Arabic Literature of Africa: The Writings of Western Sudanic Africa (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

ARABIC LITERATURE OF AFRICA Volume IV The Writings of Western Sudanic Africa HANDBOOK OF ORIENTAL STUDIES HANDBUCH DE...

Author: John O. Hunwick | R. S. O'Fahey

388 downloads 3467 Views 3MB Size Report

This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
Report copyright / DMCA form

DOWNLOAD PDF

ARABIC LITERATURE OF AFRICA Volume IV The Writings of Western Sudanic Africa

HANDBOOK OF ORIENTAL STUDIES HANDBUCH DER ORIENTALISTIK SECTION ONE

THE NEAR AND MIDDLE EAST EDITED BY

H. ALTENMÜLLER · B. HROUDA · B.A. LEVINE · R.S. O’FAHEY K.R. VEENHOF · C.H.M. VERSTEEGH

VOLUME THIRTEEN ARABIC LITERATURE OF AFRICA GENERAL EDITORS

J.O. HUNWICK and R.S. O’FAHEY EDITORIAL CONSULTANTS

ALBRECHT HOFHEINZ, MUHAMMAD SANI UMAR and KNUT S. VIKØR Volume IV The Writings of Western Sudanic Africa

ARABIC LITERATURE OF AFRICA VOLUME IV

THE WRITINGS OF WESTERN SUDANIC AFRICA COMPILED BY

JOHN O. HUNWICK WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF

OUSMANE KANE, BERNARD SALVAING, RÜDIGER SEESEMANN, MARK SEY and IVOR WILKS

BRILL LEIDEN • BOSTON 2003

This book is printed on acid-free paper. Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Arabic literature of Africa / general editors J.O. Hunwick and R.S. O’Fahey p. cm.— (Handbuch der Orientalistik. Erste Abteilung, Der Nahe und Mittlere Osten, ISSN 0169-9423 ; 13. Bd. = Handbook of oriental studies. The Near and Midle East) Includes bibliographical references (p. 331- ) and indexes. Contents: v. 1. The writings of eastern Sudanic Africa to c. 1900 / compiled by R.S. O’Fahey with the assistance of Muhammad Ibrahim Abu Salim ... [et al.] ISBN 9004094504 (cloth) 1. Manuscripta, Arabic—Africa—Cataloge. 2. Africa— Civilisation—Manuscripts—Catalogs. 3. Africa—Civilization— Sources—Bibliography—Cataloge. 4. Arabic literature—Africa—Biobibliography. I. Hunwick, John O. II. O’Fahey, R.S. (Rex S.) III. Series: Handbuch der Orientalistik. Erste Abteilung, Nahe und Mittlere Osten ; 13. Bd. Z6605.A6A73 1993 011’S.31’096—dc20 93-33250 CIP

ISSN 0169-9423 ISBN 90 04 12444 6 © Copyright 2003 by Koninklijke Brill NV, Leiden, The Netherlands All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, translated, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior written permission from the publisher. Authorization to photocopy items for internal or personal use is granted by Brill provided that the appropriate fees are paid directly to The Copyright Clearance Center, 222 Rosewood Drive, Suite 910 Danvers, MA 01923, USA. Fees are subject to change. printed in the netherlands

¡«b¼≈ u¹uÐ ‚U×Ý≈ sÐ ÊUL¦Ž ÃU(« …UO( Èd– UÞuDLK »u¼u YŠUÐ tK« tLŠ— Ü½Už WFUł b− ÂU≈ Ë In Memoriam A lh a j i O s m a n I s s a k a B o y o Dedicated manuscript researcher and Imam of the Mosque, University of Ghana

This page intentionally left blank

CONTENTS Arabic Literature of Africa: Foreword ..................................................ix Preface .................................................................................................. xi Introduction . ........................................................................................xiv Transliteration, Dates and Proper Names .............................................xv Abbreviations ... ....................................................................................xvi Short Titles of Works frequently referred to . .....................................xvii General Works of Reference, Journals, and Catalogues ... ...................xx Writings of Western Sudanic Africa: an Overview ...............................1 1.

The Middle Niger to 1800 ... ...........................................................8

2.

The Middle Niger in the 19th-20th centuries .. .............................43

3.

The Saharan Fringes of Mali I: The Kunta ..................................................................................... 67

4.

The Saharan Fringes of Mali II: Other Writers of Azawd .............................................................. 49

5.

Central Mali in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries ........... 207

6.

Senegambia I: The Niassene Tijnı Tradition . ...................................................272

7.

Senegambia II: Other Tijnı Writers ................................................................... 308

8.

Senegambia III: Writers of the Murıd ‡arıqa ....................................................... 396

9.

Other Writers of the Senegambian Region ................................ 463

10. Writers of Guinea .......................................................................491 11. Writers of Niger. .. .......................................................................530 12. Writers of the Greater Voltaic Region . .......................................539

viii

CONTENTS

13. Anonymous Chronicles, King-Lists and Historical Fragments chiefly of Mali and Niger .................... .......................................631 APPENDIX: Unassigned Writers ............................................................................ 652 Addenda.... ...........................................................................................664 SOURCES AND B IBLIOGRAPHIES (a) Manuscript Collections and Archives ................................... 667 (b) General Bibliography ............................................................ 673 (c) Editions and Translations ...................................................... 701 (d) Unpublished Reports and Papers ......................................... 707 INDICES .... ...........................................................................................709

Index of Authors ......................................................................... 710 Index of Titles (1) Arabic .................................................................................... 722 (2 Dagbane .................................................................................. 761 (3) French. .................................................................................. 761 (4) Fulfulde ................................................................................. 762 (5) Gbanyito ................................................................................ 763 (6 Hausa ...................................................................................... 763 (7) Kotokoli ................................................................................ 763 (8) Songhay ................................................................................ 764 (9) Wolof. ................................................................................... 764 Index of First Lines of Poetry (1) Arabic .................................................................................... 765 (2) Fulfulde ................................................................................. 795 (3) Hausa .................................................................................... 795 (4) Wolof. ................................................................................... 795 General Index .............................................................................. 796

ARABIC LITERATURE OF AFRICA FOREWORD

We have pleasure in presenting to readers the fourth volume of our projected series of six volumes whose purpose is to provide a biobibliographical account of the Arabic literature of Saharan and subSaharan Africa, and, in so far as is feasible in the present state of research, the literatures in African languages used by Muslims. Our aim is to provide for these regions a reference tool comparable with those of Carl Brockelmann and Fuat Sezgin for the wider Islamic world. Indeed, in so far as we attempt to include material in languages other than Arabic, we go beyond the parameters of their work. Since the publication of volumes I and II several advances have been made in terms of research relating to the Islamic intellectual tradition of Africa. In the first place, some new collections of manuscripts have come to light, and some have had catalogues of their contents published by the Al-Furqan Islamic Heritage Foundation. Secondly, we, the editors of the series Arabic Literature of Africa (ALA), have initiated an Institute for the Study of Islamic Thought in Africa, based at Northwestern University (Evanston, IL, U.S.A.) , in partnership with the University of Bergen (Norway). There is still a long way to go before the Islamic thought traditions of Africa become fully accessible to scholars of Islam. More volumes of ALA are planned, even beyond those listed below. The first two volumes have been translated into Arabic, and will be published by the Al-Furqan Islamic Heritage Foundation. Volume I, concerned with Eastern Sudanic Africa down to c. 1900 appeared in 1994. Volume II, The Writings of Central Sudanic Africa, covered Nigeria and some neighbouring territories from earliest times right down to the 1990s, and was published in 1995. The remaining parts of the six-volume series are as follows: IIIA The Writings of the Muslim Peoples of Northeastern Africa, 2003 IIIB. The Writings of the Muslim Peoples of Eastern Africa (in press)

FOREWORD

x

V. Arabic Writings of the Sudan in the 20th Century VI. The Writings of the Western Sahara A seventh volume, containing amendments and additions to the primary series is also under consideration, as is a separate volume dealing with the Hausa and Fulfulde literature of Central Sudanic Africa. J.O. Hunwick Northwestern University

R.S. O'Fahey University of Bergen

PREFACE

As with volume II of Arabic Literature of Africa, work on the present volume began several decades ago. A primitive version of it was privately circulated to selected libraries in 1979 under the title Handbook to the Arabic writings of West Africa & the Sahara, and it consisted of a simple list of authors and titles, with some indication of the location of manuscripts and the existence of published editions, covering the whole of West Africa and the southern Sahara. Serious work on preparing volume IV of Arabic Literature of Africa was initiated after a visit to Timbuktu in 1992 when, due to the courtesy of its director Mahmoud Zouber, the contents of the Centre de Documentation et de Recherches Historiques Ahmad Baba (CEDRAB) were made accessible to me. My work was further encouraged by discussions with Abdul Kader Haidara, curator of what came to be known as the Bibliothèque Commemorative Mama Haidara, the legacy of the Haidara family; and conversations with Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad Dedeb (known as Hamou), an educationalist and expert in the scholarly traditions of Timbuktu. I am most grateful to Hamou for all the help he has given me in providing biographical data for writers on the Timbuktu region and Azawd. I must also thank Djibril Doucouré, librarian of CEDRAB, for his help in locating manuscript items from that collection for me to examine. In principle this volume ought to cover all areas of West Africa not touched by volume II, which focused principally on Nigeria and Chad. However, that has not been completely possible, since many countries have not yet had their Islamic scholarly heritage brought to light through the collection and cataloguing of manuscripts, or various forms of scholarly inquiry. The initial focus was to be on Mali and Senegal, but then, to my great delight, Ivor Wilks kindly agreed to let the volume benefit from his extensive knowledge of the Islamic scholarly traditions of Ghana, which he has formulated into the basis for the chapter on “Writers of the Greater Voltaic Region”, which deals not only with the area constituting the present Republic of Ghana, but also areas of northern Ivory Coast and southern Burkina Faso.

xii

PREFACE

In the Preface to volume II, I apologised for not incorporating material on Niger given to me by Harry Norris, and indicated that this would appear in a subsequent revised edition. Rather than wait for that to happen, this material now forms the basis of Chapter 11 of the present volume. I am grateful also to other colleagues for generous help in formulating or contributing to certain chapters. Right from the beginning Ousmane Kane agreed to draft the chapters on Senegambia, and later on Rµdiger Seessemann volunteered to read through and review the sections dealing with the Tijniyya writers. The Senegambian chapters, therefore, have greatly benefited from their scholarship. Finally, through the miracle of the Internet, Bernard Salvaing was able to get in touch with me, and kindly offered to review the material I had assembled on Guinean writers. I am truly grateful to him, together with Constant Hamès and Alfa Mamadou Diallo-Lélouma, for helping to reshape and enrich Chapter 10. Nevertheless, it must be acknowledged that information is scarce (or even non-existent) concerning certain writers. In particular, little is yet known about most 19th century Malian writers, with the exception of some Timbuktu scholars. Since it has not been possible to group many of these scholars, some have simply been inserted in parts of a chapter somewhat haphazardly. Those who could not be contextualised at all have been placed in an appendix of Unassigned Writers. It should also be noted that it is not possible to personally examine every manuscript listed, and hence most titles and information on contents are based on catalogues and publications by other scholars. I also wish to express my sincere gratitude to many other friends and colleagues who helped to smooth the way for producing this volume, whether by providing me with materials or assisting the logistics of my field work. Notable among them are: Louis Brenner, Said Bousbina, Shaykh By of Boudjebéha, Jeremy Berndt, Muhammad Saliou Camara, Souleymane Bachir Diagne, Djibril Doucouré, Shaykh Tidiane Gaye (who worked with Ousmane Kane), Kadi Dramé and his son Ibrahim, Bruce Hall, Moulaye Hassan, Baz Lecocq, Doris Kuwornu, Dustin Langan, Fatima Harrak and Mohammed El-Mansour, Mbaye Lo, Benjamin Soares, and Muhammad Sani Umar, now formally an editorial consultant. Sincere thanks also to David Hunwick and Knut Vikør for technical advice and aid with computer work for the preparation of the

PREFACE

xiii

text of this volume. Thanks also to our Brill editor for her help and understanding. Finally, I wish to acknowledge with thanks the financial aid of the National Endowment for the Humanities, which supported, conjointly with Northwestern University, an entire year of my travel and research. I am also deeply grateful to the Maison des Sciences de l’Homme, Paris, for inviting me to spend a month in France in 1998; and to Jean-Louis Triaud, who recommended me for this privilege, and hosted me in Aixen-Provence after my initial stay in Paris. I also express my gratitude to the Ford Foundation for funding our Institute for the Study of Islamic Thought in Africa, which will make possible the initial basic work for volume V of Arabic Literature of Africa. Evanston

John O. Hunwick December 2002

NOTE : After completion of this volume, another catalogue of manuscripts was published by the Al-Furqn Islamic Heritage Foundation, London. The catalogue, which covers sixteen collections in Ghana, was officially published in the year 2000, and kindly sent to me by the Foundation's director, Professor Yüsuf Ibish, in November 2002; hence no information from it is included in the volume (except mss. in the University of Ghana [Legon] collection, which were individually examined). The catalogue is as follows: Fihris makh†ü†t Maktabt Ghn/ Catalogue of Manuscripts in Ghana Libraries, prepared by Bb Yünus Mu˛ammad, edited by fiAlı fiAbd al-Mu˛sin Zakı.

INTRODUCTION

The book is divided into chapters focusing on geographical areas, and in the case of the first two chapters, time periods. Within chapters authors are grouped into communities they are associated with (as far as such is known), and, whenever possible, a chronological order. Each author is defined by his or her formal Arabic-based name, as known from written sources, followed by “popular” versions of their name, and dates of birth and death; however, authors of writings in Fulfulde (Chapter 10) are generally only listed under their Fulfulde names. Immediately following this comes a list of sources containing information about the author and his writings. These are listed by the name of the writer and the date of his/ her publication (e.g. Hiskett (1980)), the full details of which are to be found in the “Bibliography” at the end of the chapters. Some may be indicated by a simple abbreviation (e. g. Nayl, Khulßa), the full titles of which are to be found in “General Works of Reference” (see below, pp. xx-xxiv). Then comes a brief biography of the author, followed by a listing of his writings in alphabetical order of their titles. Manuscript copies of the work are then listed under MSS, followed by information on published versions of the work, when applicable. Many of the locally published works in West African countries, especially Senegal, are published at the expense of some person or other, and this is indicated on the cover with the phrase fial nafaqati [fuln], indicated in this volume simply by the phrase “published for [ so-and-so]”. Other references to authors included in the volume are indicated by “(q. v.)” Anonymously (or dubiously) authored historical works are listed according to the area, or group, they relate to in Chapter 13, followed by an “Appendix” containing authors whose assignment to a particular locality is not clear, plus a brief “Addenda” of items that came to light after the main work on the volume had been completed. Users of this volume are advised to first consult the list of abbreviations used (pp. xvi) and the “Short Titles of Works frequently referred to” (pp. xviixix), the latter consisting of Arabic texts studied or worked on by various authors.

TRANSLITERATION, DATES, PROPER NAMES

Transliteration of Arabic words follows the system of the Encyclopaedia of Islam (new edition), but with the omission of the subscript ligatures and substitution of “j” for “dj”, and “q” for “‚k” Correspondence of Hijrı and Gregorian dates was calculated either using H.-G. Cattenoz, Tables de concordance des ères chrétienne et hégirienne, 3rd edn., Rabat, 1961, or the electronic programme “Minaret” by Kamal Abdali. In the English text, accepted English or French spellings of place names, where such exist, have been preferred over strict transliteration (e.g. Rabat, not al-Rib†) When place names do not have a known “anglicized” or “gallicized” spelling, they have been transliterated like Arabic. The same applies to non-Arabic personal names. Tuareg names, in particular, are often simply transliterated when no Tamasheq pronunciation is known for sure. The words, imam, wazir, and Sufi, have been treated as English words; Hausa and Fulfulde words are spelt with the “hooked” letters ›, ∂, ª, where needed, except in quotations from sources that do not use them; The term qaßıda is applied to original poetic works, even if they do not conform to the classical qaßıda format, e.g. the devotional verse works of A˛mad Bamba, which are, in fact, called khasaid in Wolof. On the other hand, verses that are clearly didactic are listed as na÷m or man÷üma. In general, titles given have followed the denomination used in the manuscript, manuscript catalogues, or the published edition of the work concerned. .

ABBREVIATIONS

A list of abbreviations most frequently used in this volume is given below. Abbreviations referring to manuscript collections are to be found tin the “General Bibliography and Sources” at the end of the volume. (1) ARABIC

b. bt. K. M. Mk. Q.

R. Sh. Sı. Takh. w.

ibn bint Kitb Ma†bafi Maktaba Qaßıda

Risla Shaykh Sıdı Takhmıs walad/wuld

(2) ENGLISH , FRENCH, AND LATIN abridgt. acc. anon. attrib. B. c. cf. cat. Ch. comm. diss. ed. edn. ff. fl. ib. id. Imp.

abridgement according to anonymous attributed Battle of circa by (about) confer by (compare) catalogue Chapter commentary [by] (shar˛) dissertation edited edition folios floruit (was active) ibidem the same (work) idem the same (person) Imprimerie

inc. in litt. litho. marg. ms./mss. MS/MSS n.p. n.d. passim publ. q.v. reg. trans. var. vers. vv.

incomplete in litteris (in correspondence) lithograph margin manuscript/manuscripts manuscript/manuscripts no place [of publication] no date [of publication] here and there published quod vide (whom/what see) regnavit (he reigned) translation/translated by variant wording versification (na÷m) by verses

SHORT TITLES OF WORKS FREQUENTLY REFERRED TO

Certain didactic and devotional texts have been studied in almost every age and place in Western Sudanic Africa. They have often been the inspiration for locally written works, and are the subject of commentaries and glosses, or, in the case of poems, rendering in quintains or other such treatments. Those most frequently referred to are listed below. ◊jurrümiyya

fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad al-∑anhjı, called Ibn ◊jurrüm, d. 723/1323, al-Muqaddima al-◊jurrümiyya; see GAL II, 237, S II, 332.

Alfiyya of IBN Jaml al-Dın Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd Allh al-‡√ı alM◊LIK Jayynı, called Ibn Mlik, d. 672/1273, Alfiyya fı ’lna˛w; see GAL I, 298, S I, 521. fiAshriyyt of AL-F◊Z◊Zˆ

fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yakhlaftan al-Fzzı, d. 626/1230, al-Qaß√id al-fiashriyyt fı ’l-naß√i˛ al-dıniyya wa’l˛ikam al-zuhdiyya; see GAL S I, 482.

fiAshmwiya

fiAbd al-Brı al-Riffiı al-fiAshmwı, fl. 10th/16th cent., al-Muqaddima al-fiAshmwiyya; see GAL S II, 435.

Burda of ALBÜ‚SˆRˆ

Sharaf al-Dın Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd al-Dilßı al-Büßırı al∑anhjı, d. 694/1296, Qaßıdat al-burda or al-Kawkib al-durriyya fı mad˛ khayr al-bariyya; see GAL I, 264, S I, 467.

Dal√il alkhayrt

Mu˛ammad b. Sulaymn al-Jazülı, d. 870/1465, Dal√il al-khayrt wa-shawriq al-anwr fı dhikr al-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-mukhtr; see GAL II, 252, S II, 359.

I˛y√ of ALGHAZ◊Lˆ

Abü ˘mid Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Ghazlı, d. 505/1111, I˛y√ fiulüm al-dın; see GAL I, 419.

al-I˛mirr of IBN BÜNA

al-Mukhtr b. Büna al-Jakanı, fl. 18th cent., al-I˛mirr fial Alfiyyat Ibn Mlik; see A˛mad al-Shinqı†ı, al-Wası† fı tarjim udab√ Shinqı†, 3rd edn., Cairo, 1961, 177-83.

xviii

WORKS FREQUENTLY REFERRED TO

Irshd al-slik fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Mu˛ammad Ibn fiAskar alof IBN Baghddı, d. 732/1332, Irshd al-slik il fiqh al-imm fiASKAR mlik; see GAL II, 163, S II, 205. fiIshrıniyyt of fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yakhlaftan al-Fzzı, d. 627/ 1230, AL-F◊Z◊Zˆ al-Qaß√id al-fiishrıniyyt fı mad˛ sayyidin Mu˛ammad; see GAL S I, 482. al-Khazrajiyya fiAbd Allh b. fiUthmn al-Khazrajı, d. 626/ 1228, alRmiza al-shfiya fı fiilm al-fiarü∂ wa’l-qfiya; see GAL I, 312. Kubr of ALSANÜSˆ

Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf al-˘asanı al-Sanüsı al-Tilimsnı, d. 892/1486, al-fiAqıda al-kubr or fiAqıdat ahl altaw˛ıd wa’l-tasdıd al-mukhrija min ÷ulumt al-jahl waraqabat al-taqlıd; see GAL II, 250, S II, 352.

Lmiyyat alaffil of IBN

Jaml al-Dın Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd Allh al-‡√ı alJayynı, called Ibn Mlik, d. 672/1273, Lmiyyat alaffil; see GAL I, 300, S I, 526.

M◊LIK

Madkhal of I BN AL-˘◊JJ

Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-˘jj al-Fsı al-fiAbdarı, d. 737/1336, al-Madkhal il tanmıyat al-afiml bi-ta˛sın al-niyyt; see GAL II, 101.

Man÷üma of Ya˛y b. fiUmar al-Qur†ubı, d. 567/1171, Urjüzat alAL-QUR‡UBˆ wildn; see GAL I, 429, S I, 763. Mukhtaßar of fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır al-Akh∂arı alAL-AKHD ‚ ARˆ Bun†yüsı al-Mlikı, d. 983/1585, Mukhtaßar fı ’l-fiibdt fial madh’hab al-imm Mlik; see GAL S II, 705; Ka˛˛la, v, 187. Mukhtaßar of KHALˆL

∆iy√ al-Dın Khalıl b. Is˛q al-Jundı, d. 776/1374, Mukhtaßar fı ’l-furüfi; see GAL II, 83, S II, 96.

Mudawwana of fiAbd al-Salm b. Safiıd b. ˘abıb al-Tanükhı, known as SA˘NÜN Sa˛nün, d. 240/ 854, al-Mudawwana al-kubr, recording rulings of Mlik b. Anas; see GAL S I, 299. Muqaddima of Shams al-Dın Abü ’l-Khayr al-Dimashqı al-Jazarı, known as Ibn al-Jazarı, d. 833/1429, al-Muqaddima alJazariyya fı fiilm al-tajwıd; see EI (2), iii, 753.

AL-JAZARˆ

WORKS FREQUENTLY REFERRED TO

xix

Murshid of IBN fiAbd al-W˛id b. A˛mad b.fiAlı Ibn fi◊shir al-Andalusı fiASHIR al-Fsı d. 1040/ 1633, see al-Murshid al-mufiın fial ’l∂arürı min fiulüm al-dın; see Ka˛˛la, vi, 205. Niqya of AL- Jall al-Dın fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Suyü†ı (d. 1505), al∑UYÜ‡ˆ Niqya fı arbafiat fiashara fiilman; see GAL, II, 143-58. Risla

fiAbd Allh b. Abı Zayd fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Qayrawnı, d. 386/996, al-Risla; see GAS I, 478-81.

∑a˛ı˛ of ALBUKH◊Rˆ

Mu˛ammad b. Ismfiıl al-Bukhrı, d. 256/870, al-Jmifi al-ßa˛ı˛; see GAS, I, 115-34.

∑a˛ı˛ of MUSLIM

Abü ’l-˘usayn Muslim b. ˘ajjj al-Qushayrı alNisbürı, d. 261/875, al-Jmifi al-ßa˛ı˛; see G A S, I, 136-43.

K. al-Shif√ of K. al-Shif√ bi-tafirıf ˛uqüq al-Muß†af of al-Q∂ı fiIy∂ Q∂ı fiIY◊∆ b. Müs al-Ya˛ßubı, d. 544/ 1149; see GAL I, 369. ∑ughr of AL- Smaller treatise on dogmatics by the author of the SANÜSˆ Kubr (see above). The ∑ughr is also known as Umm al-barhın. Tu˛fat alJaml al-Dın Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd Allh al-‡√ı almawdüd of I BN Jaynı, called Ibn Mlik, d. 672/1273; Tu˛fat alM◊LIK mawdüd fı ’l-maqßür wa’l-mamdüd, see GAL I, 300, S I, 526. Umm albarhın Wus† of alSANÜSˆ

See ∑ughr of AL-SANÜSˆ. Medium treatise on dogmatics by the author of the Kubr (see above). Also known as al-Jumal or alMurshida.

GENERAL WORKS OF REFERENCE, JOURNALS, AND CATALOGUES

ALA I ALA II Afilm

BCEHSAOF

BIFAN BIFHA BSOAS CCIM Dhikr m waqafia

Dict. biogr.

Arabic Literature of Africa, Vol. I: T h e Writings of Eastern Sudanic Africa, compiled by R.S. O’Fahey et al. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1994. Arabic Literature of Africa, Vol. II: The Writings of Central Sudanic Africa, compiled by J.O. Hunwick et al. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1995. Khayr al-Dın al-Ziriklı, al-Afilm: qmüs tarjim li-ash'har al-rijl wa’l-nis√ min alfiArab wa’l-mustafiribın wa’l-mustashriqın, 8 vols. 7th edn., Beirut, 1986. Bulletin du Comité d’Études historiques et scientifiques de l’Afrique Occidentale Française. Bulletin de l’Institut Fondamental (formerly Français) d’Afrique Noire Bulletin d’information. Fontes Historiae Africanae. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. Culture et Civilisation Islamiques: Le Mali. N.p. [Rabat]: ISESCO, 1408/1988. Dhikr m waqafia li'l-shaykh al-wlid fı ˛aytihi al-mubraka. Biog. of Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi al-Aghllı by his son. MS: [Photocopy] NU/Hunwick, 400. Trans. in Norris (1975), 181-90. Marc Gaboriau, Nicole Grandin, Pierre Labrousse & Alexandre Popovic (eds.) Dictionnaire biographique de savants et grandes figures du monde musulman périphérique du XIXe siècle à nos jours. Fasc. 1, Paris: CNRS/EHESS, 1992.

GENERAL WORKS OF REFERENCE

Dramé/FN EI (1) EI (2) Fat˛

Fay∂ Fih. Az. Fih. Fah.

Fih. Khid. Fih. Tay. GAL GAL S GAS

xxi

Ibrhım Sori Dramé, Field Notes, Kayes, Nov. 1998. Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1st edn., 4 vols. and Supplement. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1913-42. Encyclopaedia of Islam, new edn. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 11 vols.,1960 – 2002. Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd Allh b. Abı Bakr al∑iddıq al-Bartilı, Fat˛ al-Shakür fı mafirifat afiyn fiulam√ al-Takrür, ed. Mu˛ammad Ibrhım al-Kattnı & Mu˛ammad ˘ajjı. Beirut: Dr al-Gharb al-Islmı, 1401/1981. Abü Bakr fiAtıq, al-Fay∂ al-hmifi fı tarjim ahl al-sirr al-jmifi. Cairo: M. al-Munıriyya, 1376/1956. Fihris al-kutub al-mawjüda bi’l-maktaba alAzhariyya, 7 vols. Cairo: M. al-Azhar, 194662. Mu˛ammad fiAbd al-˘ayy b. fiAbd al-Kabır alKattnı, Fihris al-fahris wa’l-athbt wamufijam al-mafijim wa’l-mashyakht wa’lmusalsalt, ed. I˛sn fiAbbs, 3 vols. Beirut: Dr al-Gharb al-Islmı, 1406/1986. Fihris al-kutub al-mawjüda bi’l-kutubkhna al-khidıwiyya al-Mißriyya al-kubr, 7 vols. Cairo: M. Wdı’l-Nıl, 1289-92/1872-5. Fihris al-khizna al-Taymüriyya, 4 vols. Cairo: Dr al-Kutub al-Mißriyya, 1948-50. Carl Brockelmann, Geschichte der arabischen Litteratur, 2nd edn., 2 vols. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1943-9. Carl Brockelmann, Geschichte der arabischen Literatur, Supplementbände, I-III. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1937-42. Fuat Sezgin, Geschichte des arabischen Schrifttums. Leiden: E.J. Brill, I –, 1967 – [in progress].

xxii Hadiyya

HDS ˆ∂˛ Infq (A)

Infq (B) IJAHS IJMES Inventaire

ISSS Izlat al-rayb

JAH JHSN Ka˛˛la Kashf al-÷unün


Ismfiıl Bsh al-Baghddı, Hadiyyat alfirifın, asm√ al-mu√allifın wa-thr almußannifın, 2 vols. Istanbul: Wiklat almafirif, 1951-5. Andrew Clark & Lucie Colvin, Historical Dictionary of Senegal. New Jersey & London: Metuchen, 1994. Ismfiıl Bsh al-Baghddı, ˆ∂˛ al-maknün fı’l-dhayl fial Kashf al-÷unün, 2 vols. Istanbul, 1954-7. Infaku’l Maisuri [ Infq al-maysür o f Mu˛ammad Bello], edited from local manuscripts by C.E.J. Whitting. London: Luzac & Co., 1951. Mu˛ammad Bello, Infq al-maysür fı ta√rıkh bild al-Takrür, ed. Bahıja al-Shdhilı. Rabat, 1996. International Journal of African Historical Studies International Journal of Middle East Studies. Noureddine Ghali, Sidi Mohamed Mahibou & Louis Brenner, Inventaire de la Bibliothèque fiUmarienne de Ségou. Paris: Editions du CNRS, 1985. Islam et Sociétés au Sud du Sahara. A˛mad Abü’l-Afirf, Izlat al-rayb wa’l-shakk wa’l-tafrı† fı dhikr al-mu√allifın min ahl alTakrür wa’l-∑a˛r√ wa-ahl Shinjı†. MS:NU/ Hunwick, 476 (photocopy). Journal of African History. Journal of the Historical Society of Nigeria. fiUmar Ri∂ Ka˛˛la, Mufijam al-mu√allifın, tarjim mußannifı ’l-kutub al-fiarabiyya, 15 vols. Damascus, 1957-61. ˘jjı Khalıfa (Ktib Çelebi), Kashf al-÷unün fian asmı’l-kutub wa’l-funün, 2 vols. N.p. [Istanbul]: Maarif Matbaasi, 1941.


Kawkib Khulßa Kifya MKUB MMD MSOS Muqaddima

Nashr al-mathnı

Nayl

Nouveau catalogue RBCAD RC REI

xxiii

Najm al-Dın al-Ghazzı, al-Kawkib al-s√ira bi-afiyn al-mi√a al-fishira, 3 vols. Beirut, 1945-58. Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Fa∂l Allh al-Mu˛ibbı, Khulßat al-athar fı afiyn al-qarn al-˛dı fiashar, 4 vols. N.p. [Cairo], 1284/ 1868. A˛mad Bb, Kifyat al-mu˛tj li-mafirifat man laysa fı ’l-Dıbj, ed. Mu˛ammad Mu†ıfi, Rabat,, 1421/2000. Mafilümt fian Khiznat Usrat Bulafirf, by Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad Dadab. MS photocopy in NU/Hunwick, 476. Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad Dadab, known as Hamou, a Timbuktu scholar, who supplied some oral information. Mitteilungen des Seminars fµr Orientalische Sprachen an der Friedrich-Wilhelms Universität zu Berlin. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad al-˘anafı Fall, Muqaddima fı tarjamat almu√allif, in fiAbd Allh Niasse, Mufıd al-anm (compiled by Mu˛ammad Slim b. Qatham b. al-Dh [MS, copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 119]. Mu˛ammad al-‡ayyib al-Qdirı, Nashr almathnı li-ahl al-qarn al-˛dı fiashar wa’lthnı, ed. Mu˛ammad ˘ajjı & A˛mad alTawfıq. Rabat, 1977-86. A˛mad Bb al-Tinbuktı, Nayl al-ibtihj bita†rız al-dıbj, on marg. of Ibn Far˛ün, alDıbj al-mudhahhab fı mafirifat afiyn fiulam√ al-madh’hab. Cairo, 1351/1932-3. Khadim Mbacké & Thierno Ka, “Nouveau catalogue des manuscrits de l’IFAN Cheikh A. Diop”, ISSS, viii (1994), 165-99. Research Bulletin. Centre of Arabic Documentation, University of Ibadan. Renseignements Coloniaux Revue des Études Islamiques.

xxiv


RMM al-Safida al-abadiyya

SAJHS Shajara Tafirıf T. Fattsh

T. Nisyn T. Südn

TSE

UBMIA

Yawqıt

Revue du monde musulman. al-Safida al-abadiyya fı ’l-tafirıf bi-fiulam√ Tinbuktu al-bahiyya by A˛mad Bb˙r alArawnı; MS photocopy in NU/ Hunwick, 475. Sudanic Africa. A Journal of Historical Sources. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Makhlüf, Shajarat al-nür al-zakiyya fı †abaqt al-Mlikiyya. Cairo, 1349/1930-1. Mu˛ammad al-˘ifnwı b. al-Shaykh, Tafirıf al-khalaf bi-rijl al-salaf. 2 parts., Beirut, 1405/1985. Ma˛müd Kafiti/Ibn al-Mukhtr, Ta√rıkh alfattsh, ed. & trans. O. Houdas & M. Delafosse. Paris: Leroux, 1913. Refs. to Arabic text. Anon, Tadhkirat al-nisyn, ed. O Houdas. Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve, 1966. Refs. to Arabic text. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. fiAbd Allh al-Safidı, Ta√rıkh al-südn, ed. O. Houdas. Paris: Ernest Leroux 1898. Refs. to Arabic text. English trans., see TSE. John Hunwick, Timbuktu and the Songhay Empire: al-Safidı's Ta√rıkh al-Südn down to c. 1613 and other Contemporay Documents, Leiden: Brill, 1999. Universität Bayreuth, Materialsammlung “Islam in Afrika”, located at Lehrstuhl fµr Islamwissenschaft. Mu˛ammad al-Bashır ⁄fir al-Azharı, a lYawqıt al-thamına fı afiyn madh’hab filim al-Madına. Cairo, 1324-5.

THE WRITINGS OF WESTERN SUDANIC AFRICA OVERVIEW

Western Sudanic Africa constitutes a large and diverse region. This volume only attempts to cover certain parts of it—those where sufficient research has been done, and where a strong manuscript tradition exists. To a large extent this also reflects the areas where Islamic scholarly and literary traditions have been most prominent. One of the key centres of Islamic scholarship, from a millenium ago right down to the twentieth century, has been Timbuktu; and not only the city itself—though this was the inspirational heart—but also the neighbouring regions of Azawd, the semi-desert region to the north of the Middle Niger, and the western reaches of the Niger Bend from Gimbala down to Msina. As Timbuktu established itself as a centre of commercial interchange between tropical Africa and Saharan and Mediterranean Africa during the fourteenth century, it began to attract men of religion as well as men of business—the two categories sometimes overlapping. The city was early settled by members of the Masüfa tribe of the ∑anhja confederation following the apparent dissolution of the Almoravid movement in sub-Saharan Africa. To what extent they brought with them the Mlikı juristic tradition is not clear. When Ibn Ba††ü†a visited Timbuktu in 1352 he noted the predominance of the Masüfa, but had nothing to say about Islamic learning there. A century later, however, a Masüfa clan—the Aqıt—migrated to Timbuktu from Msina, and they clearly brought with them a deep tradition of learning, especially in the sphere of fiqh. Mu˛ammad Aqıt’s descendants, intermarried with another Berber, and possibly ∑anhja, family, provided the q∂ıs of Timbuktu over the next century and a half. But such Saharan peoples were not the sole source of Islamic knowledge in Timbuktu at that period. In fact, the most celebrated member of the Aqıt clan, A˛mad Bb (1564-1627) had as his principal shaykh a Juula scholar from Jenne, Mu˛ammad Baghayogho. The Juula were undoubtedly among the first West Africans to acquire Islamic knowledge, being originally a merchant group who traded gold with North African merchants in Ancient Ghana. They may well have been influenced eventually by Almoravid Mlikı teachings. At some point in time (perhaps after the break-up of

2

OVERVIEW

Ancient Ghana), some of them settled in the Msina region, and by the fifteenth century had opened up a trade route southwards from Jenne for acquiring gold being mined in the Akan forests of what is now the Republic of Ghana. Some also moved into the central Niger Bend region, especially Timbuktu, whilst others moved eastwards to Hausaland. They played a significant role in bringing Islam to areas of what are now the Ivory Coast, and southern Burkina Faso. Another group of them, originally settled in Diakha in the Msina region, dispersed westwards, and became celebrated as proponents of Islamic knowledge under the name Diakhanke (i.e. people of Diakha), better known as the Jahanke. Timbuktu distinguished itself from the sixteenth century onwards as a centre of study which attracted students from many parts of West Africa, and scholars of Saharan oases from Walta to Awjila, and also from North African cities. The city’s educational reputation has led some people to speak of a Timbuktu university, beginning with Félix Dubois, who wrote of the “University of Sankore”. 1 While the Sankore quarter in the north-east of Timbuktu certainly was an area which attracted many scholars to live in it, nevertheless, there is no evidence of any institutionalized centre of learning. Teaching of some texts was undertaken in the Sankore mosque, and also in the Sıdı Ya˛y mosque and the “Great Mosque” —Jingere B˙r—but teaching authorizations (ijza) always came directly from the shaykhs with whom the students studied. Much of the teaching was done in the scholar’s homes, and individual scholars had their own personal research and teaching libraries. In terms of writings, Timbuktu was noted for its fiqh works right down to the twentieth century, and apart from anything else, there is a rich fatw literature in the Timbuktu region. Timbuktu is also noted as a source of historical writing. One of the earliest such works, the Jawhir al-˛isn was a product of the sixteenth century written by one Bb Güru b. al-˛jj Mu˛ammad b. al-˛jj al-Amın Gnü, of whom nothing is known, and whose book has never come to light, but is known of, since it was a source for the celebrated Ta√rıkh al-fattsh, written by members of the Kafiti family. A twentieth-century scholar, A˛mad Bb˙r (d. 1997), wrote a book with the same title designated to take the place of the lost sixteenth century work. The other great chronicle of Timbuktu and the Middle Niger region, the Ta√rıkh alSüdn of fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Safidı, was written at about the same 1

Félix Dubois, Timbuctoo the Mysterious, London: William Heinemann, 1897, 275.

OVERVIEW

3

time as the Ta√rıkh al-fattsh, (mid-1650s), while roughly a century later an anonymous chronicle, Dıwn al-mulük fı sal†ın al-südn, recorded the history of Timbuktu and its region under the rule of the Moroccan forces from 1591 onwards. The Timbuktu chronicle tradition appears to have spread far and wide over West Africa. In what is now the Republic of Ghana there has been a strong chronicling tradition, beginning with the Kitb Ghanj in the early eighteenth century. Following the Moroccan conquest of Timbuktu in 1591, many of the city’s scholars dispersed, and it is known that some went as far south as the Volta river basin. That region (called in Chapter 12 “The Greater Voltaic Region”) was also a meeting point for scholars from east and west. From the west came Juula scholars, from the time of the establisment of the trade route from Jenne, leading down to the town of Begho just north of the Akan forests. Others established themselves in towns of the northern Ivory Coast such as Bonduku, Buna, and Kong, and eventually in Ghanaian polities such as Wa and Gonja. From the east, in the late seventeenth century, merchants from what is now northern Nigeria began to pursue their trading activities in the Greater Voltaic basin, while in the late nineteenth century such activity brought in traderscholars such as al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr, originally from Kebbi, who settled and made his scholarly reputation in Salaga. In a very broad sense, Arabic writings of Western Sudanic Africa may be classified under four headings: historical, pedagogical, devotional, and polemical. Historical writings help Muslim communities to establish and confirm their identities, a necessary exercise for those living in remote areas surrounded largely by nonMuslim peoples, but also valuable in terms of community solidarity for those dwelling in recognized centres of Islam, such as Timbuktu, Arawn, or Jenne. Only occasionally, in the twentieth century (and under the influence of European colonial administrators), do we find a broader, and what might be called more “secular”, approach to history. A notable example of this is the celebrated Zuhür al-bastın of the Senegalese writer Müs Kamara (d. 1943 or 1945), a broad history of the lands and peoples of Futa Toro and its neighbours; some writings of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr of Kete-Krayke in Ghana (d. 1934) also fall into this category. He also wrote works in verse that are of historical significance, including an account of the 1892 civil war in Salaga, and commentaries on colonial intrusions into the Volta region. The historical writing tradition of what is now the north of the Republic of Ghana is very rich. As Bradford Martin

4

OVERVIEW

(1966, 83) wrote: “If this material could be used for research it would contribute very greatly to a rewriting of the history of this region, which is so badly needed”. Pedagogical writings arise from the need for students to have text books. Whilst texts from outside of West Africa circulated within the region, teaching shaykhs often abridged some of them, wrote commentaries on them, or versified them so as to make them easier for students to memorize. This was especially true in great educational centres such as Timbuktu, but is also characteristic of the Greater Voltaic region, where, no doubt, copies of texts from elsewhere were rather more difficult to obtain, due to the remoteness of the region from the trans-Saharan trade networks. Noteworthy among such teachers was al-˘jj Mar˛ab (d. 1401/ 1981), who wrote treatises on aspects of the Arabic language, but who was also noteworthy for his writings on Muslim communities of the region. Devotional writings are common throughout West Africa, written both in Arabic and in local languages, such as Fulfulde. Both alMukhtr al-Kuntı (d. 1811) and his son Mu˛ammad (d. 1241/ 18256) wrote a considerable number of prayers which have been preserved and recopied over the past two centuries. Al-Mukhtr also wrote a major work on devotion for the Prophet, Naf˛ al-†ıb fı ’lßalt fial ’l-nabı al-˛abıb, which was commented on by his son, who himself wrote a collection of panegyrics of the Prophet, al-Sitr al-d√im li’l-mudhnib al-h√im. Poems in praise of the Prophet, and seeking his intercession are indeed a popular form of writing. A˛mad Bamba (d. 1927), the Senegalese Sufi leader, wrote dozens of such poems, and these are recited by members of his †arıqa in chanting fashion rather like the singing of hymns in Protestant Christian communities. Paper copies of many of these are available in the form of market editions reproduced in Dakar. In the other widespread Sufi †arıqa of the Senegambia region, the Tijniyya, there is a considerable volume of writing, especially poetry, in praise of the originator of the †arıqa, A˛mad al-Tijnı, and beseeching him to bless, and intercede on behalf of, his adherents. The most famous writer of such works was the Senegalese Tijnı leader Ibrhım Niasse (d. 1975), whose al-Kibrıt al-a˛mar is entirely made up of such poems. He also wrote and published a collection of six dıwns totalling nearly 3,000 verses, but these were in praise of the Prophet Mu˛ammad. Ibrhım Niasse himself became an almost legendary figure in West Africa, and was regarded as a saint by many of his numerous followers. As a result, many writers in the region wrote

OVERVIEW

5

poems honouring him. As for polemical writing, that is mainly a feature of the rivalry between the Qdiriyya and the Tijniyya †arıqas, which surfaces in the mid-nineteenth century, or under the influence of Wahhbı teachings, attacks on Sufism as a whole, generally in the second half of the twentieth century as the Saudi Arabian impact on Muslim Africa increased. In the nineteenth century the Kunta scholar A˛mad alBakk√ı (d. 1865) was a leading anti-Tijnı polemicist, not least because his authority over the Timbuktu region was challenged by the Tijnı conqueror al-˛jj fiUmar (d. 1864). Some of his sharpest conflict was with a Qdirı “convert” to the Tijniyya, generally known as Yirkoy Talfi (or in Arabic [translation] Wadıfiat Allh), whose strong response was to “make al-Bakka√ı weep”—Tabkiyat al-Bakk√ı. A˛mad al-Bakka√ı not only attacked local Tijnıs, but even entered into polemic with a Moroccan Tijanı, Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad Akansüs (d. 1877), to whom he addressed the treatise Fat˛ al-Quddüs fı ’l-radd fial Abı fiAbd Allh Mu˛ammad Akansüs, as a rebuttal of the latter’s al-Jawb al-muskit. In the twentieth century a leading early figure in such polemics was fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yüsuf al-Ifrıqı (d, 1957), a Malian scholar who studied in Saudi Arabia, and who wrote al-Anwr al-Ra˛mniyya li-hidyat al-firqa alTijniyya, an attack on the Tijniyya, and encouragement to its adherents to abandon it.Very recently in Senegal there has been a sharp controversy over Sufism. Mu˛ammad A˛mad Lo, a scholar with Saudi connections published his Taqdıs al-ashkhß fı ’l-fikr alsüfı in Riy∂ in 1996, to which Shaykh Tijn Gaye wrote as a response, Kitb al-taqdıs bayn al-talbıs wa’l-tadlıs wa’l-tadnıs. Most recently (1997) Mu˛ammad A˛mad Lo published (evidently in Saudi Arabia) his doctoral thesis with the title Jinyat al-ta√wıl alfsid fial ’l-fiaqıda al-Islmiyya which constitutes an attack on many interpretations of Islam, including both Twelver and Ismfiılı Shıfiism, and Islamic philosophers, and culminates with an attack on Sufism. Western Sudanic Africa is not, of course, the only locus of such polemics. Anti-Sufi writing and responses thereto are also to be found in Central Sudanic Africa, specifically Nigeria (see ALA II, chapter 13). In addition to the abundant Islamic literature written in Arabic in Western Sudanic Africa, there are also Islamic literatures in African languages. The best known of these (and perhaps the most abundant) is the Fulfulde literature of Futa Jallon in Guinea (see Chapter 10). Fulfulde was also written in Futa Toro in Senegal, but little is known

6

OVERVIEW

of it other than the famous qaßıda of Mu˛ammad fiAlı Cam (or Mohammadou Aliou Tyam), a supporter of al-˛jj fiUmar, whose poem is about the latter’s life and work. In Senegal there is also writing in Wolof, using the Arabic script (see, for example Serigne Müs Ka), but it has not been possible to incorporate much of that literature into the present volume. In Mali the Songhay language has also been written in Arabic characters, and some Songhay devotional poems are preserved in the Centre Ahmad Baba in Timbuktu, but again, it has not been possible to list such material. Finally, it must be pointed out that some Muslim writers of the twentieth century have composed works in French, or translated some of their Arabic writings into French. Noteworthy among such writers is Safid b. fiUmar b. Safiıd Jeliya (known as Saad Oumar Touré), director of a school in Segu, who has written five works in French as well as twenty-one in Arabic. The Senegalese founder of the Union Culturelle Muslumane, Cheikh Touré (b. 1925) has written mainly in French - eight books and some twenty articles. The practice of writing in English in an anglophone country such as Ghana appears to be less common. The only clear example is a bi-lingual work by Mu˛ammad Muß†af Kmil (b. 1936), a disciple of A˛mad Bbah al-Wfii÷, and director of the school he founded in Kumase. That work is his Bayn nißb al-zakt al-˛awlı li’l-dhahab wa-qımat rubfi al-dınr al-sharfiı fı fiumlat sıdı al-ghnı. Notes on Zakat and Dowry in Islam, a bi-lingual publication on the minimum amount of capital upon which zakt is to be paid, calculated in Ghanaian cedis, and the lawful minimum dowry payment in cedis. The future may well see an increase in the amount of bi-lingual Islamic literature in both francophone and anglophone countries, as the madrasa system continues to expand. More and more Islamic schools are being established, many of them combining traditional Islamic teaching in Arabic with elements of “Western” disciplines taught in either French or English. What will be interesting will be to see to what extent more Islamic literature is written and published in African languages—a phenomenon that certainly grew during colonial rule in Guinea. Some authors, however, even use traditional Arabic verse styles to deal with contemporary political (even nonMuslim) figures, or to comment on modern issues. Prominent among these is the Senegalese scholar and Arabic schools inspector Shaykh Tijn Gaye, who has written poems about President Léopold Senghor and Nelson Mandela, and another verse work on Islam and humanitarian organisations.

CHAPTERS ON: The Middle Niger Saharan Fringes of Mali Central Mali Senegambia Guinea Niger Greater Volatic Region Anonymous Chronicles Unassigned Writers Addenda

CHAPTER ONE

THE MIDDLE NIGER TO 1800 By far the most important centre of Islamic scholarship in the Middle Niger region during this period was Timbuktu, especially after 1500 when it eclipsed both Walta and Jenne. There had been in the previous century much coming and going of scholars between these cities and Timbuktu, but in the sixteenth century Timbuktu became the chief pole of attraction. The other great city of the area, Gao, produced no writers, so far as we know, for most scholars preferred to distance themselves from the seat of political authority. The stagnation of scholarship in Timbuktu after the mid-seventeenth century is not unrelated to the fact that the city became the seat of power of the Arma administration following the Safidian conquest of 1591. Traditionally, Timbuktu is said to have had its origins c. 1100 as an encampment for Tuareg (but more probably ∑anhja) nomads who spent the summer months close to the river Niger. During the period of Malian expansion in the late thirteenth century the whole of the Middle Niger to beyond Gao was brought under Malian hegemony, and it was during this period that the city grew into a major commercial centre, and Muslim scholars were attracted to settle there. The earliest we know of by name was Abü Is˛q Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad al-S˛ilı (d. 747/1346), an Andalusian notary and man of letters who met Mansa Müs in Mecca in 1324 and accompanied him back to Mali. After a period of residence at the mansa’s court, he settled in Timbuktu, where he was responsible for the construction of the Great Mosque and of a residence for the mansa. Scholars from North Africa, and from oases such as Tuwt, Walta and Awjila, visited or settled in Timbuktu in the period 1350-1500. Among the best known of these was Sıdı Ya˛y al-Tdallisı b. fiAbd al-Ra˛ım al-Thafilibı, a ∑üfı shaykh who claimed sharifian descent. He was made imm of the mosque built in his honour and named after him by the

THE MIDDLE NIGER TO 1800

9

∑anhja governor Mu˛ammad-n-Allh, 1 and he held classes in its courtyard. His teacher and friend Modibbo Mu˛ammad al-Kbarı was also an immigrant to Timbuktu, but from a different region. His native town of Kbara lay to the west of Jenne, not far from Diakha, in south-western Msina. Both Kbara and Diakha were known to Ibn Ba††ü†a, and Diakha was singled out by him as a Muslim town of long standing. Kbara had produced many scholars who had taken up residence in Timbuktu, and when Modibbo Mu˛ammad died he is said to have been buried in a plot alongside no less than thirty of his townsmen. His ethnic origins are not known, but it is likely he was of Mande or Soninke stock. A celebrated later immigrant from the Inland Delta region was Mu˛ammad Baghayogho al-Wangarı, whose nisba clearly indicates his Mande Juula ancestry. What is interesting here is the fact that these southerly towns were early centres of learning which produced scholars deeply versed in the literature of the Mlikı madh’hab that Timbuktu profited from. Although there is no direct evidence, we may hypothesize that this tradition ultimately stems from Almoravid scholarship, which was imbibed by Soninke and Mande who may have come in contact with learned ∑anhja in the Sahelian regions, and who subsequently migrated to towns of the Inland Delta. They would have been closely associated with longdistance merchants (often perhaps of the same family) and together they established centres of trade and learning in the region. This ∑anhja Almoravid tradition of scholarship was later passed back again to subsequent generations of ∑anhja living in Timbuktu. Modibbo Mu˛ammad taught fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt, a ∑anhja scholar of the Masüfa branch whose lineage perhaps goes back to Abü Bakr b. fiUmar, the Almoravid leader who died in 480/1087. Mu˛ammad Baghayogho (d. 1002/1593) was perhaps the most celebrated teacher of his generation, and among his best-known students was A˛mad Bb, a great-grandson of the same fiUmar. The Aqıt family had migrated to

1

This name is written Mu˛ammad Na∂∂a in Arabic, but in Western Saharan names ‘a∂∂a’ is a common orthography for Allah. See Ismaël Hamet, Chroniques de la Mauritanie sénégalaise, Paris, 1911, 96.

10

CHAPTER ONE

Timbuktu from Msina during the period of ∑anhja (often called Tuareg) rule (1434-1468), and provided the q∂ıs throughout the 10th/16th century. As is well known, when Sunni fiAlı, ruler of the expanding Songhay empire, took over Timbuktu in 1468 and drove the ∑anhja out, he undertook a purge of many of its scholars, particularly those of ∑anhja stock whom he suspected of aiding and abetting their ruling kin. His successor Askiya al-˛jj Mu˛ammad (reg. 1493-1529), on the other hand, showed favour to scholars of this same group, as did his successors, to later generations of ∑anhja scholars. Following the Safidian conquest of 1591, however, these scholars again found themselves suspected of treason. Several of them were among those arrested by Pasha Ma˛müd b. Zarqün in 1593, and some were exiled to Marrakesh. There was a perceptible decline in standards of scholarship in the 11th/17th century—the stumbling and ungrammatical prose of the historian fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Safidı (d. after 1655) is all too clear an indicator. Intellectually, Timbuktu passed into its ‘dark ages’, with signs of revival most clearly evident in the nineteenth century under the leadership of A˛mad al-Bakk√ı (q.v.). IBR◊HˆM b. MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM al-S˛ilı al-Anßrı alGharn†ı Abü Is˛q, known as al-‡uwayjin d. 27 Jumd II 747/13 October 1346 Ibn al-A˛mar, Nathır al-jumn fı shifir man na÷amanı wa-iyyhu ’l-zamn, MS: Dr alkutub, Cairo, adab, 1864; Ibn Ba††ü† (1969), iv, 431-2; Ibn Khaldün, K. al-fiibar, Cairo, 1284/1867, vi, 200-1; Ibn al-Kha†ıb, al-I˛†a fı akhbr Gharnta, vol. i, Cairo, 1955, 337-49; idem, al-Katıba al-kmina fı man laqınhu min shufiar√ al-mi√a al-thmina, Beirut, 1963, 235-8; al-Maqqarı, Naf˛ al-†ıb, ed. R. Dozy, Leiden 1855-61, i, 589; T. Südn, 8/ TSE, 11; Hopkins and Levtzion (1981), 295, 299, 335, 371; Hunwick (1990b); Binsharıfa (1992); Haïdara (1997), 102-27.

Ibrhım al-S˛ilı was born in Granada c. 1290, where his father was head of the corporation of spice and perfume sellers. He received a training in jurisprudence and was for a while a notary public. He is also said to have made some contributions in the field of derivative legal issues (al-mas√il). However, he seems to have disgraced himself while under the influence of marking nut (baldhur), in which state he proclaimed himself a prophet.


11

He set out for the east, and after travels in Egypt, Syria, Iraq, and the Yemen, made the pilgrimage to Mecca in 1324. During the course of the pilgrimage he was introduced to Mans Müs, who invited him to accompany him back to Mali. This he did, and spent the rest of his life in the domains of the Malian empire apart from a visit to the Maghrib in or about 1337. Whilst in Mali he designed a palace for Mans Müs in his capital and one in Timbuktu, where he also played a role in the building of the Great Mosque (Jingere Ber). He was invited to serve the Marınid sultan Abü ’l-˘asan, but declined and spent the rest of his life in Timbuktu where he left children who later settled in Walta. His literary skills are displayed in the elegant verse and rhyming prose of his which has survived. 1. Khi†b il ahl Gharn†a An address in rhyming prose addressed to the people of Granada, written in Marrakesh during his visit there. Publ. in Ibn al-Kha†ıb, I˛†a, 339-47. 2.

Qaß√id i) Q. fiayniyya: Dafi al-fiayn tudhrı fı †alal al-rabfiı * Fa-laysa ˛arman an urıqa bihi damfiı. Publ. 16 vv. in Ibn al-A˛mar, al-Katıba al-kmina, 237-8. ii) Q. mımiyya: Ta√allaqa najdiyy an fa-˛ayy wa-sallam * Wa-nj jufünı fa’stahallat lahu dam Publ. 17 vv. in Ibn al-A˛mar, al-Katıba al-kmina, 235-6. iii) Q. nüniyya: fiUyün sa˛bin am sa˛b fiuyünı * Saqat ßawba in nufimn bi-ßawb in mafiını iv) Q. r√iyya fı mad˛ malik al-maghrib [Abı ’l-˘asan] Opens: Kha†arat ka-mayys al-qan ’l-muta√a††irı * Wa-ranat bialh÷ al-ghazl al-afifarı Publ. First line only in Ibn al-Kha†ıb, I˛†a, 347. v) Q. sıniyya: Zrat fı kulli la˛÷in †arfu mu˛tarisı * Wa-˛awla kulli kins in kaffu muftarisı Publ. 25 vv. in Ibn al-Kha†ıb, I˛†a, 347-9

CHAPTER ONE

12

Publ. 14 vv. in Ibn al-A˛mar, al-Katıba al-kmina, 236-7. vi) Six occasional verses rhyming in ∂d are given in Ibn alA˛mar, al-Katıba al-kmina, 238. MU˘AMMAD al-Kbarı Abü fiAbd Allh, known as M o d i b b o Mu˛ammad fl. 1450 TS, 47-9/ TSE, 69-72; Fat˛, 107. He originated from Kbara on the river Niger towards the southern reaches of the Inland Delta, a town already known to Ibn Ba††ü†a. According to al-Safidı, he settled in Timbuktu in the middle of the 9th/15th century and was the teacher of the jurist fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt (contrary to Fat˛, 176, where the relationship is reversed), and Sıdı Ya˛y al-Tdallisı. He is credited with being the locus of many manifestations of divine grace (karmt). He is also described by alSafidı as a jurist and q∂ı. 1. Bustn al-faw√id wa’l-manfifi or Bustn al-mulük (see Nashr almathnı, iv, 271, where he is wrongly called Mu˛ammad al-Kabır). Opens with a discussion of al-fiAqıda al-murshida, the “creed” of Ibn Tümart. MS: Niamey, 1342 (photo, inc.). Sıdı YA˘Y◊ b. fiABD AL-RA˘ˆM b. fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N alThafilibı al-Tadallisı, d. 866/1461-2 TS, 50-1/ TSE, 72-4. His nisba probably relates him to the town of Dallys on the Mediterranean coast some fifty miles east of Algiers. He was reputed to be a sharıf, with a genealogy going back through al-˘asan, son of F†ima and fiAlı. He arrived in Timbuktu in the middle of the period of “Tuareg” rule (i.e. c. 1450), and was welcomed by the Timbuktu-koi Mu˛ammad-n-Allh, who had great affection for him and honoured him by building a mosque for him and making him imam of it. The mosque of Sıdı Ya˛y, although several times rebuilt, still stands close to the centre of the old city of Timbuktu.


13

He was the contemporary of scholars such as fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt and Anda Ag-Mu˛ammad, whose descendants constituted the leading learned families of Timbuktu over the next century and a half. No students of his are recorded, though he studied with Modibbo Mu˛ammad al-Kbarı. He is considered one of the great saints of Timbuktu. 1. Q. dliyya fı rith√ Mu˛ammad al-Kbarı Opens: Tadhakkar fa-fı ’l-tidhkr jull al-faw√idı * Wa-fı †ayyihi wirdun fial khayri wridı Publ. Text and trans. in TS, 49/80-1/ TSE, 70-72. THE AQˆT FAMILY

The first member of this family to live in Timbuktu was Mu˛ammad Aqıt. He traced his ancestry over fourteen generations back to Abü Bakr b. fiUmar, who may perhaps be identified with the Almoravid leader of that name (Norris (1967), 637). Mu˛ammad Aqıt had lived in a tented encampment in Msina, but moved his family away to forestall intermarriage with the local Fulani. He moved first to the Walta area, then to midway between Ra√s al-M√ and Timbuktu. Finally, c. 1450 he was reconciled with Akil, the ∑anhja governor of Timbuktu with whom he had a long-standing quarrel, and settled in Timbuktu. His son fiUmar (d. sometime between 1468 and 1480) was a jurist, and married Sitta, the daughter of another great ∑anhja scholar and q∂ı of Timbuktu, Anda Ag-Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn. Their descendants provided the city’s q∂ıs down to the time of the Safidian conquest of 1591, and some were also imams of the Sankore mosque. Male descendants of Anda Ag-Mu˛ammad also acted as imams, and during the Arma administration as q∂ıs. Between them, the two families provided the intellectual and religious leadership in Timbuktu for some two centuries. MA˘MÜD b. fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD AQˆT al-∑anhjı al-Masüfı, Abü ’l-Ma˛sin, Abü ’l-Than√, b. 868/1463-4, d. 16 Rama∂n 955/19 October 1548 Nayl, 343-4; TS, 38-9/ TSE, 53-5, et passim; Ibn al-Q∂ı, Durrat al-˛ijl, Cairo, 1971, no. 873; Infq (A), 196-7/(B), 316-17; Shajara, no. 1043; Ka˛˛la, xii, 85; Afilm, viii, 56; Cherbonneau (1854-5), 14-16; Saad (1983), passim.

14

CHAPTER ONE

He was born in Timbuktu, but at the age of five, in 873/1468-9, accompanied his father and two elder brothers fiAbd Allh and A˛mad to Walta, fleeing from Sunni fiAlı’s purge of scholars. He began his studies in Walta, and on his return to Timbuktu in 885/1480-1, took the q∂ı ˘abıb as his shaykh. On the latter’s death in 904/1498-9, he succeeded him as q∂ı of Timbuktu, having earlier been appointed imam of the Sankore mosque by ˘abıb. In 915/1509-10 he made the pilgrimage, during which he studied with the brothers Shams al-Dın and Nßir al-Dın al-Laqnı (v. Nayl, 335-6), and others. On his return to Timbuktu, he resumed his post as imam, but it was only on the intervention of Askiya al-˛jj Mu˛ammad that he was reinstated as q∂ı. He continued to hold both posts until his death. He was a celebrated teacher, and is said to have popularized the teaching of the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl in Timbuktu. The Ta√rıkh al-Südn says of him: ‘Jurisprudence from his mouth had a sweetness and elegance, his easy turn of expression, making his subject wonderfully clear without affectation’(TSE, 54). His students included his sons Mu˛ammad, al-fi◊qib and fiUmar, his nephew A˛mad b. al-˛jj A˛mad, and his grandson through a daughter, A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd. 1. Fatw fı ’l-riqq A fatw on slavery in which he maintained that the word of a person who says he is free and has been wrongfully enslaved is to be accepted. Publ. in Hunwick & Harrak (2000), 95 (Ar. text) /12 (trans.). 2. Shar˛ fial Mukhtaßar Khalıl A two-volume commentary compiled by one of his students from notes he took on Ma˛müd b. fiUmar’s teaching of the work (see Nayl, 344). His son MU˘AMMAD b. MA˘MÜD b. fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD AQˆT b. 909/1503-4, d. 13 ∑afar 973/9 September 1565 Nayl, 340; Kifya, 641; TS, 33-4/ TSE, 47, et passim; Infq (A), 191/(B), 311; Shajara, no. 1078; Cherbonneau (1854-5), 19-20.

Both editions of Infq al-maysür wrongly call him Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt. He studied under his father, whom he succeeded as q∂ı of Timbuktu on 15 Shawwl 955/17 November 1548, and held the post until his death.


15

1. Tafilıq fial rajaz al-Maghılı fı ’l-man†iq See Nayl, 340. Comm. on Mina˛ al-Wahhb of Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd alKarım al-Maghılı (d. 909/1503-4 or 910/1504-4, see ALA II, 20). A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. SAfiˆD b. 931/1524-5, d. 28 Mu˛arram 976/23 July 1568 Nayl, 95; Kifya, 95; T. Südn, 43/ TSE, 62; Tafirıf, ii, 58; Fat˛, 28 ; Shajara, no. 1079; Cherbonneau (1854-5), 21.

He studied at first with his grandfather the Risla and the Mukhtaßar, and with others he studied both the Mukhtaßar and the Mudawwana of Sa˛nün. He taught many persons during the last sixteen years of his life, including Mu˛ammad Baghayogho (q.v.) and his brother A˛mad. 1. ˘shiya fial Mukhtaßar Khalıl See Nayl, 95. ABÜ BAKR b. al-˛jj A˘MAD b. fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD AQˆT known as Bbakar B˙r, b. 932/1525-6, d. 991/1583-4 Nayl, 102; T. Südn, 41-2/ TSE, 59-60; Tafirıf, ii, 28-9; Shajara, no. 1089; Cherbonneau, 24-5.

He was a nephew of Q∂ı Ma˛müd b. fiUmar, and a well-known ascetic. He made the pilgrimage to Mecca, and soon after his return to Timbuktu, left again with his family, and took up residence in Medina where he remained until his death. He wrote several small works on Sufism. 1. Mufiın al-∂ufiaf√ fı ’l-qinfia See Nayl, 102. 2. Shar˛ manqib al-sdt al-kirm min al-ßa˛ba See Nayl, 182. Comm. on a statement of the qualities of some of the Companions attributed to the Prophet, and known as his waßiyya, as recorded in writing by Mu˛ammad b. Qsim al-Raßßfi (d. 894/1488-9, see GAL S II, 345). A˘MAD b. al-˛jj A˘MAD b. fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD AQˆT, b. Mu˛arram 929/19 November-19 December 1522, d. 17 Shafibn 991/5 September 1583

16

CHAPTER ONE

Nayl, 93-4; Kifya, 94 138; T. Südn, 32-3, 42-3/ TSE, 46-7, 60-2; Tafirıf, 36-7; Fat˛, 2939; Shajara, no. 1090; Cherbonneau (1854-5), 21-4; Ka˛˛la, ii, 33.

His father, al-˛jj A˛mad (c. 862/1457-8 - 942/1535-6) had been one of the oustanding scholars of Timbuktu in his day. He had made the pilgrimage in 890/1485, and in Cairo had met with al-Suyü†ı (d. 911/1505), and the grammarian Khlid al-Azharı (d. 905/1499). He spent some time in Cairo on the way home before returning to Timbuktu. A˛mad himself studied with his uncle Q∂ı Ma˛müd, and with the latter’s son Q∂ı Mu˛ammad. He made the pilgrimage in 956/1549, and during the course of his journey met with several of the more important scholars of his time, such as Nßir al-Dın al-Laqnı (d. 958/1551, see Nayl, 336-7), fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Ujhürı (d. 957/1550), Ibn ˘ajar alHaytamı (d. 974/1567, see GAL II, 387, S II, 527), and Ya˛y al-˘a††b (d. after 1001/1593). From a number of these he obtained ijzas. His Sufi shaykh was Abü ’l-Makrim al-Bakrı, (d. 994/1586, see Kawkib, iii, 67-72) and the two remained in contact after A˛mad’s return to Timbuktu. He was a noted teacher in many fields, and counted among his students A˛mad and Mu˛ammad Baghayogho, his uncles fiAbd Allh and fiAbd al-Ra˛mn, sons of Q∂ı Ma˛müd, and his own son A˛mad Bb, to whom he granted an ijza for all the works for which he himself had an ijza and all his own works. 1. ˘shiya fial shar˛ al-Tat√ı fial Mukhtaßar Khalıl See Nayl. 94. Gloss on a comm. of al-Tat√ı (d. 942/1535-6) on the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl. 2. al-Manqib al-fkhira fı asm√ sayyid al-duny wa’l-khira Attribution from the ms. in Tunis; otherwise not listed. MSS: Tunis (BN), 923. 3. Shar˛ fial Jumal al-Khünajı See Nayl, 94. Comm. on the handbook on logic of Mu˛ammad alKhünajı (d. 646/1249, see GAL I, 463, S I, 838). 4. Shar˛ fial ’l-Qur†ubiyya See Nayl, 94. Comm. on the Man÷üma of al-Qur†ubı on fiibdt.


17

5. Shar˛ fial ’l-∑ughr See Nayl, 94. Comm. on the ∑ughr of al-Sanüsı. 6. Imn˛ al-a˛bb min Minh al-Wahhb See Nayl, 94. Comm. on the the Min˛ al-Wahhb of Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-Karım al-Maghılı (see ALA I, 22). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1945. 7. Shar˛ takhmıs Ibn Mahıb li-fiishrıniyyt al-Fzzı See Nayl. 94. Comm. on the rendering in quintains by Mu˛ammad b. Mahıb of the fiIshrıniyyt of al-Fzzı, 8. Tafilıq fial maw∂ifi min Khalıl See Nayl, 94. Comm. on matters in the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl. A˘MAD B◊B◊ b. A˘MAD b. al-˛jj A˘MAD B. fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD AQˆT al-Tinbuktı, al-Südnı, al-Masüfı, al-∑anhjı, b. 22 Dhü’l-˘ijja 963/26 October 1556, d. 6 Shafibn 1036/22 April 1627 Autobiography in Kifya, 704; al-Maqqarı, Raw∂at al-s, Rabat, 1983, 303-15; T. Südn, 35/ TSE, 48-9; Khulßa, i, 272; al-Ifrnı, Nuzhat al-˛dı, Paris, 1888-9, 97-8 (edn. of Casablanca, 1998, 171-2); idem, ∑afwat man intashar min akhbr ßula˛√ al-qarn al˛dı fiashar, Fez, 1310/1892-3, 52-5; Nashr al-mathnı, i, 271-6; Fat˛, 31-7, ed. and trans. in Hunwick (1964); Infq (A), 199-200/ (B), 318-21; Ta√rıf al-khalaf, i, 16-25; alNßirı, K. al-Istiqß√, Casablanca, 1955, v, 128-31; al-˘u∂aykı, Manqib, Casablanca, 1357/1949-50, ii, 43-4; al-Tamanartı, al-Faw√id al-jamma bi-asnıd fiulüm al-umma, trans. Col Justinard, Chartres, 1953, 51-3; Fih. Fah., i, 76; al-fiAbbs b. Ibrhım, al-Ifilm bi-man ˛alla Marrkush wa-Aghmt min al-afilm, Rabat, 1974-83, ii, 302-7; Izlat alrayb, 43-6; Shajara, no. 1157; Ka˛˛la, i, 145; Afilm, i, 98; Cherbonneau (1854-5), 3142, (1855a & b); Lévi-Provençal, Les historiens des Chorfa, Paris, 1922, 250-5; Ben Cheneb, Étude, no. 94; Basset (1905), no. 12; Hunwick (1962, 1964, 1966); Kake (1966), Zouber (1977); Kifya, 25-47; EI (1), i, 191, EI (2), 279-80; GAL II, 618, S II, 715-6; Sadki (1996).

Other nisbas used are al-Msinı (and al-Masnawı), al-Takrürı, and alMlikı. A˛mad Bb was the most prolific and the most celebrated of Timbuktu scholars. He first studied under his father A˛mad (q.v.), then under his uncle Abü Bakr b. al-˛jj A˛mad (q.v.), and briefly under A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd (q.v.). His principal teacher, the man he named as the regenerator (mujaddid) of the 10th/16th century for Timbuktu, was the Juula scholar Mu˛ammad Baghayogho al-Wangarı (q.v.), whose teaching he followed for more than ten years.

18

CHAPTER ONE

In 1002/1594, following the occupation of Timbuktu in 1000/1591 by a force sent by Müly A˛mad al-Dhahabı, the Safidian sultan of Morocco (reg. 1578-1603), he and a number of other members of the Aqıt family were exiled to Marrakesh. He arrived there on 1 Rama∂n/21 May 1594, and was held in custody there for two years. On his release he was compelled to remain in Marrakesh, and took up residence close to the Jmifi al-shuraffi (later renamed Jmifi al-mawwsın). According to Nashr, 275, his house was in Darb fiUbayd Allh, but this street has since been renamed Darb al-˛ammm (see Mu†ıfi (1987), 47). Despite a speech defect, he taught in the Jmifi al-shuraf√ for many years, and acquired widespread fame both for his teaching and for the fatwas he gave. He was offered appointment as a muftı, but refused. His students in Marrakesh included Ibn al-Q∂ı, the muftı of Meknès (d. 1025/1616, see GAL II, 679), Ibn Abı Nufiaym al-Ghassnı, q∂ı of Fez (d. 1023/1623), and the noted historian of Muslim Spain, Shihb al-Dın A˛mad alMaqqarı (d. 1041/1642, see GAL II, 296, S II, 407). After Müly Zaydan gained sole power in Morocco in 1608, A˛mad Bb was permitted to return to Timbuktu, and he departed on 10 Dhü’lQafida 1016/26 February 1608. Of the scholars exiled in 1594, he was the only one to survive; the others died during an epidemic of plague. He continued to write and teach in Timbuktu until his death, but held no public office. An unnamed son of his is said to have studied in Cairo (see Nashr, iv, 275), and some verses ascribed to a grandson of his through a daughter are given in al-Maqqarı, Raw∂at al-s, 314. His special field of competence was jurisprudence, and but for the Safidian occupation and the suspicions of disloyalty that fell upon the Aqıt family, he would almost certainly have become q∂ı of Timbuktu after Q∂ı fiUmar b. Ma˛müd. He was also recognised for his abilities in ˛adıth, and wrote several works on Arabic grammar. He is probably best known, however, for his biographical compendium of Mlikı scholars, Nayl al-Ibtihj, a valuable supplement for the western Islamic world to Ibn Far˛ün’s al-Dıbj al-mudhahhab. 1.

Ajwiba i) Ajwibat al-as√ila al-Mißriyya See Nayl, 36. ii) Ajwiba fian thaltha as√ila


19

Completed 26 Shawwl 1024/18 November 1616. Replies to three questions (see Fagnan, Catalogue générale, 532 (10)): 1. On the preeminence of sharıfs or practising scholars. 2. On the method of proving that one is of sharifian descent. 3. On non-practising scholars and ignoramus sharıfs . MSS: Alger (BN), 476, ff. 153-62, 532(x). . iii) Ajwibat al-mas√il al-arbafia MSS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 2262, 2263. iv) On whether or not “saints” (awliya√) need to have a shaykh or an initiator. MS: Alger, 532(vi). v) Ajwiba fı ’l-riqq Responses to questions from Yüsuf b. Ibrhım al-ˆsı, a Moroccan student of A˛mad Bb. MSS: Rabat (KhA), Q930, ff, 365-74 (=Tamgrout, 1497); Tamgrout, 1985. Publ. in Hunwick and Harrak (2000), together with al-ˆsı’s questions. vi) Further responsa of A˛mad Bb are said to be in a collection of ajwiba by Timbuktu scholars. MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 375. 2. Anfas al-afilq fı fat˛ al-istighlq min fahm kalm Khalıl fı darak al-ßadq Written after 1014/1606. Gloss on a passage in the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl concerning the marriage portion. MSS: Rabat (KhH), 7745, 9616; Tamgrout, 2538 (15), 2999 (9) (with title Nafıs al-afilq). Publ. Fez, 1307/1889-90 (with items 13, 19, 21, and 68). 3. As√ila fı ’l-mushkilt See Sadki (1996), 14, 37-9. Thirty-six questions about matters in the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl addressed to the Egyptian Mlikı muftı Slim b. Mu˛ammad al-Sanhürı (d. 1015/ 1606, see GAL, II, 305).

20

CHAPTER ONE

4. fiAyn al-ißba fı ˛ukm †ba See Zouber (1979), 95. Written after 1018/1610. On the lawfulness of tobacco usage. See also item 30 below. One of these two items was sent to Ibrhım al-Laqnı (d. 1041/1631-2) as a response to the latter’s work declaring tobacco to be forbidden. There had been contacts between the two before this, but when al-Laqnı received A˛mad Bba’s work he refused to dignify it with a reply. See al-Nbulsı (1986), 429. 5. al-Budür al-musfira fı shar˛ ˛adıth al-fi†ra See Fat˛, 35. 6. Daffi al-∂ayr fian kalm Ibn Khayr See Mu†ıfi (1987), 58. MS: Tamgrout, 1553(6), (Jawb warada fian al-Dil√ ismuhu Daffi al∂ayr - cf. item 24 below). 7. Durar al-sulük bi-dhikr al-khulaf√ wa-af∂il al-mulük Moralising on kingship with manqib of some early caliphs and some later rulers. Written in Rama∂n 1014/10 January-8 February 1606. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 778. 8. Durar al-wish˛ li-faw√id al-nik˛ See Fat˛, 36. Abridgt. of al-Suyü†ı’s al-Wish˛ fı faw√id al-nik˛ (see GAL II, 153208 ). 9. al-Durr al-na∂ır fı alf÷ (var. kayfiyyat) al-ßalt fial ’l-bashır (var. al-shafıfi) al-nadhır Completed 1 Rajab 1014/12 November 1606. Collection of prayers for the Prophet. MSS: Rabat (KhA) D1724, ff. 13-27, D1727, ff. 9-18 (inc.); Tamgrout, 2999(3). 10. Fatw A number of his fatw were included by Shaykh By al-Kuntı (q.v.) in his Nawzil. These were extracted by an anonymous compiler. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 482. 11. Fat˛ al-Mu˛yı fı mas√alat ˛ayiya


21

Completed 1 Rabıfi II 1008/21 September 1599. Comm. on v. 995 of the Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik. MSS: Rabat (KhH ), 8228. 12. Fat˛ al-Qadır li’l-fijiz al-faqır fı ’l-kalm fial dufi√ Mu˛ammad b. ˘amır See Fat˛, 36. This appears to have been an early title for Nayl al-marm (see no. 46 below). The last folio of MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2075 (which is otherwise a mukhtaßar of a manqib of al-Sanüsı, and hence likely a copy of A˛mad Bb’s al-La√lı al-sundusiyya, q.v.) seems to refer to Fat˛ al-Qadır as such. 13. Fat˛ al-Razzq fı mas√alat al-shakk fı ’l-†alq Written after 1014/1606. MSS: Rabat (KhH), A9615 (majmüfi), Photo 1899; Tamgrout, 2538(4), 2999(12); Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 773. Publ. Fez, 1307/1889-90 (with 2, 19, 21, and 68). 14. Fat˛ al-∑amad al-Fard fı mafin ma˛abbat Allh li’l-fiabd Written after 1012/1603. MSS: Tamgrout, 2018(3); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 772; Tunis (KhA), 3760, ff. 33-43; Waddn (Ahl al-Kitb), 19. 15. Fatw ˛awla alw˛ Jazüla See al-Tamanartı, al-Faw√id al-jamma (Sadki, 28). 16. Ghyat al-amal fı taf∂ıl al-niyya fial ’l-fiamal Completed in 1001/1592. Analysis in Zouber (1979), 179-84, who describes it as ‘un véritable traité de psychologie spirituelle’. MSS: Tamgrout, 2999(4); Tunis (KhA), 3784, ff. 1-18. 17. Ghyat al-ijda fı muswt al-ffiil li’l-mubtada√ fı shar† al-ifda Abridgt. of author’s al-Ibd√ wa’l-ifida. MSS: Tamgrout, 2999(15). 18. al-Ibd√ wa’l-ifida fı muswt al-ffiil li’l-mubtada√ fı shar† alifda See Zouber (1977), 99. On syntax. Completed before 991/1583.

22

CHAPTER ONE

19. Ifhm al-smifi bi-mafin qawl Khalıl fı ’l-nik˛ bi’l-manfifi Written after 1014/1606. Gloss on a passage in the Mukhtaßar concerning marriage. See also his al-Nukat al-lawmifi, item no. 47 below. MSS: Rabat (KhH), 9016, alif 9616; Tamgrout, 2538, 2999(8). Publ. Fez, 1307/1889-90, (with items 2, 21, 23, and 68). 20. Imtfi al-asm√ bi-m qıla fı ijr√ alf÷ ruwt al-˛adith majr ’lsamfi Written before 1012/1603. MSS: Tamgrout, 2999(14). 21. Irshd al-wqif li-mafin ‘wa-khaßßaßat niyyat al-˛lif’. Completed 30 Jumd I 1014/13 October 1605. Abridgt. of his Tanbıh al-wqif. (q.v.) See Sadki, 15. MSS: Rabat (KhH), 9016, 9615; Salé, 386 (3); Tamgrout, 2538(14), 2999(2) (with title al-Nukat al-lawmifi). Publ. Fez, 1307/1889-90, (with items 2, 13, 19 and 68). 22. Isti†rd al-÷uraf√ See Nashr, i, 274. On the ˛adıth about the twelve ‘true’ caliphs. Written whilst he was in Morocco, but suppressed until after his return to Timbuktu. 23. Jalb al-nifima wa-daffi al-niqma bi-mujnabat al-wult al-÷alama (var. bi-mujnabat al-÷alama wa-ulı/dhawı ’l-÷ulm) Completed 2 Dhü’l-˘ijja 997/12 October 1589. Analysis in Zouber (1979), 156-62. MSS: Ibadan (UL), 368; Rabat (AF), fiayn379; Rabat (KhA), D517, ff. 198-221, D2743, ff. 328-78, D3456, J123(2), K383, ff. 218-76, Photo 1902; Rabat (KhH), 3731, 5534; Tamgrout, 3208(10); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 775. See also Salé, 124(24), 223/ 13, described as R. fı ’lta˛dhır min qurb al-÷alama wa-muß˛abatihim. Dhayl by author, see M rawhu ’l-ruwt, etc. 24. Jawb fian su√l warada min al-Dil√ MSS: Tamgrout, 1553(6).


23

25. Jawb fian (var. fı sha√n) al-qawnın al-fiurfiyya allatı tafirafa fialayh bafi∂ sukkn al-jibl Fatw concerning the treatment customarily meted out to brigands, and reprisals against their families by certain groups in the Atlas. Analysis in Zouber (1979), 169-73. See also al-Tamanarti, al-Faw√id al-jamma. MSS: Rabat (KhA), J1016; Rabat (KhH), 5813. 25a. al-Kashf wa’l-bayn li-aßnf (var. fı ˛ukm aßnf) majlüb alsüdn, Alternative title for Mifirj al-ßufiüd il nayl ˛ukm mujallab al-süd (q.v.) 26. Kham√il al-zahar fı (var. fı m warada min) kayfiyyat al-ßalt fial sayyid al-bashar Completed end of Jumd II 1014/27 July 1615. MSS: Niamey, 536; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 334; Paris (BN), 5684, ff. 182a-b (extract). 27. Kifyat al-mu˛tj li- (var. il/fı) mafirifat man (var. m) laysa fı ’lDıbj, also known as al-Dhayl or al-Takmila Completed 1 ∑afar 1012/11 July 1603. Revised and abridged edition of the author’s Nayl al-ibtihj. Analyses in Zouber (1979), 146-55; Mu†ıfi (1987), 74-85. MSS: Alger (BN), 156a (Fagnan, Catalogue, no.1738); Berlin, 10032; Cairo (AL), 765, 1181; Cairo (DK), ˛√8660, ˛√9016, Taymür, ta√rıkh, 1068; Fez, 106; Ibadan (UL), 323; Marrakesh, 621; Mikns (KhA), h√lm80 (116); Niamey, 362; Paris (BN), 4628; Rabat (KhA), D1641, ff. 321-335 (inc.), F/fiayn 356; J709, K2390; Rabat (KhH), 453, 681,1741, 1970, 2045, 3029, 8077, 9902 Photo, 2223; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 727 (inc.); ; Tunis (BN), 3814; Tunis (MZ), 14597, 14897; Zaria, 113/1,2,3,4, 128/1. Publ. ed. Mu˛ammad Mu†ıfi, Rabat, 1421/ 2000; trans. extracts in Cherbonneau (1854-5); biog of the mathematician Ibn al-Bann√, trans. Aristide Marre, in Atti Acc. Pontificia dei Nuovi Lincei, xix, séance I, 3 dicembre 1865. Dhayl: (i) Mu˛ammad b. al-‡ayyib al-Qdirı (d. 1187/1773), al-Iklıl wa’l-tj fı tadhyıl Kifyat al-mu˛tj (see GAL S II, 687). MSS: Rabat (KhH), 1897, 3717.

24

CHAPTER ONE

(ii) Bb b. A˛mad Bayb al-Shinqı†ı (d. before 1280/1864-4), Takmilat al-takmila li’l-Dıbj. 28. al-La√lı al-sundusiyya fı ’l-fa∂√il al-Sanüsiyya Completed 7 Rabıfi II 1004/10 December 1595. Abridgt. of al-Mawhib al-quddüsiyya fı ’l-manqib al-Sanüsiyya by al-Sanüsı’s student Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Malllı (fl. 897/1492). Analysis in Zouber (1977), 103-5. MSS: Rabat (AF), fiayn134; Rabat (KhA), D471, ff. 82-136, D984, ff. 107-32, D2100, ff. 249-69, D2594, ff. 1-64. 29. al-Lamfi fı ’l-ishra li-˛ukm al-tibgh Completed on 9 Jumd II 1016/1 October 1607. On the lawfulness of the use of tobacco, expanded in the author’s fiAyn al-ißba (q.v.). Analysis in Zouber (1977), 184-7); see also Hunwick (1964a), Mu˛ammad ˘ajji, al-˘araka al-fikriyya bi’l-maghrib fı fiahd alSafidiyyın, n.p. [Rabat], 1396/1976, i, 251-4 . MSS: Ibadan (CAD), 175; Ibadan (UL), 313; Niamey, 251 (qawfiid bi˛illiyyat al-dukhn); Rabat (KhH), 3627(2); Tamgrout, 2999(6); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1490. Sadki (1996), 30, reports that the text is included in Ibn Abı Ma˛allı, alIßlıt al-khirrı†. 30. al-Lumfia fı ajwibat al-as√ilat al-arbafia Completed 11 Shawwl 1004/7 June 1596. Responses to four questions. According to Fagnan, Catalogue, 532(9), they are: 1. The relationship between the Islamic and the Gregorian calendars. 2. The fate of an illegitimate child in the afterlife. Will he go to paradise or not? 3. The invoking of the basmala at the beginning of letters and of all important acts in life. 4. The practices of adherents of certain “brotherhoods”who get together to sing and dance until they are completely exhausted, and who also refuse to observe prayer and fasting, and refrain from learning the Qur√n and ˛adıth, and consider all those who do not follow this path to be heretics. MSS: Alger (BN), 476, ff. 150-3; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1102, 2813.


25

31. al-Manhaj (var. al-Fat˛) al-mubın fı shar˛ ˛adıth awliy√ Allh almu˛ibbın (var. al-muttaqın) Written after 1012/1603. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 779; Wdn (Ahl al-Kitb), 17. 32. Man÷üma fı ’l-mabfiüthın fial ra√s kulli mi√a See al-Maqqarı, Raw∂at al-s, 313, where one verse is given; Hunwick (1966), 24-5; Zouber (1977), 106-7. 33. al-Maqßid al-kafıl bi- (var. il) ˛all muqfal Khalıl Written before 991/1583. Comm. on part of the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl. MSS: Rabat (KhA), D1360. ˘shiya by the author, Minan al-rabb al-jalıl, see below, no. 38. 34. M rawhu al-ruwt fı mujnabat al-wult Written after 1007/1598-9). Dhayl to the author’s Jalb al-nifima (q.v.). MSS: Rabat (KhA), K3299 (1 f. only); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 774. 35. Mas√il il fiulam√ Mißr Completed 1 Rabıfi ıı 1014/16 August 1606. ‘Vingt et une questions adressées au fiulam√ d’Egypte…Les thèmes abordés dans ses questions sont: exaucement des prières; nature et signification des techniques onomatomantiques et arithmomantiques utilisés par certains lettrés musulmans…; divers sujets portant sur le droit, la morale, la théologie et la syntaxe’ (Zouber (1977), 109). MSS: Paris (BN), 5382, ff. 62b-72. 36. al-Ma†lab wa’l-ma√rab fı afi÷am asm√ al-rabb Also called Ma†labı wa-ma√rabı fı afi÷am asm√ rabbı See Fat˛, 35; Zouber, 109-10. 37. Minan (var. Mina˛) al-rabb al-jalıl fı ta˛rır (var. bi-bayn) muhimmt (var. mubhamt) Khalıl Completed 25 Rabıfi II 1018/28 July 1609. Gloss on the author’s alMaqßid al-kafıl. MSS: Marrakesh, 36†/1 (˘shiya fial ’l-Mukhtaßar); Niamey, 167; Rabat (KhH), 4468; Tamgrout, 2773; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5661. See

26

CHAPTER ONE

also Tamgrout, 348, 391, 543, 2773, described in the catalogue simply as ˘shiya fial Mukhtaßar Khalıl. 38. Mifirj al-ßufiüd il nayl ˛ukm mujallab al-süd Also entitled al-Kashf wa’l-bayn li-aßnf majlüb al-südn (q.v.). Replies to questions concerning slavery sent to him from Tuwt. Completed 10 Mu˛arram 1024/9 February 1615. Analysis in Zouber (1979), 129-46. MSS: Niamey, 1770 (inc); Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 19-23; Rabat (AF), 764; Rabat (KhA), 1447, 1985, D194, ff. 13-19, D478, ff. 115-34, D1079, ff. 83-7, D1724, ff. 1-7, J100, K1080; Rabat (KhH), 3565, W7248, Y7579; Tamgrout, 1079; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 25; Tunis, 7070(4).There is also an uncatalogued copy originating in Timbuktu preserved at the Institute of African Studies, Mu˛ammad V University, Rabat. Publ. Partial trans. in Zeys (1900); text and trans in Barbour and Jacobs (1985); text, French trans. and analysis in Zaouit (1996); text and English trans. in Harrak and Hunwick (2000). See also Hunwick’s comments in Sudanic Africa, 11 (2000), 131-9. 39. Mir√t al-tafirıf fı (var. bi-) fa∂l al-fiilm al-sharıf Written after 1012/1603. Abridgt. of the author’s Tu˛fat al-fu∂al√. MSS: Niamey, 311, 535; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 333; Timbuktu (MMHT), 271. 40. al-Misk al-anamm il mafirifat halumm Written before 1010/1601. See Hunwick (1966), Zouber (1977), 112, who comments: ‘Peut-être s’agit-il des observations sur un passage (le dernier hémistich du vers 999) de l’Alfiyya d’Ibn Mlik concernant le traitement à réserver à halumm’. 41. Munkh al-a˛bb min mina˛ al-Wahhb Comm. on al-Maghılı, Min˛ al-Wahhb fı radd al-fikr fial ’l-ßawb, attributed to A˛mad Bb, but perhaps the same as the comm. Imn˛ ala˛bb by A˛mad Bb’s father A˛mad b. al-˛jj A˛mad (q.v.) MSS: Ti†wn (JK), mım, 890/5. 42. Munawwir al-˛lik fı shar˛ baytay Ibn Mlik


27

Written after 1008/1599. Comm. on 2 vv. of the Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik concerning oaths. See Hunwick (1964), 579; Zouber (1977), 112-3. 43. Nashr al-fiabır bi-mafin (var. mafinı) yt al-ßalt fial ’l-bashır al-nadhır Written after 1014/1606. See Fat˛,35 ; Zouber (1977), 113. 44. Nayl al-amal fı taf∂ıl al-niyya fial ’l-fiamal See Fat˛, 35; Zouber (1977), 113. 45. Nayl al-ibtihj bi-ta†rız al-Dıbj, or Wajh al-ibtihj fı ’l-dhayl fial ’l-Dıbj Completed 7 Jumd I 1005/27 December 1596). Supplement to alDıbj al-mudhahhab fı mafirifat afiyn al-madh’hab, of Ibn Far˛ün (d. 799/1397, see GAL II. 175, S II, 226). Biographical dictionary of scholars of the Mlikı madh’hab, see Temimi (1985, 1994b); Mediano (1990); Haïdara (1997), 53-86. MSS: Cairo (AL), 1298; Cairo (DK), ta√rıkh, 1315; London (BM), 11569; Niamey, 361; Paris (BN), 5257, 5719, ff. 212a-210b (inc.); Rabat (KhA), D610, D2229, D766, D1975, Q394; Rabat (KhH), 99, pp. 69355, 1896, 2139, 2358, 3302, 4206; Tunis (MZ), 12877, 14596; Wazzn, 403. Publ. Fez, 1317/1899-1900; Cairo, 1329/1911, 1351/1932-3, on marg. of Ibn Far˛ün, al-Dıbj al-mudhahhab; Tripoli: Kulliyyat al-Dafiwa alIslmiyya, 1398/1989. Comm. Anon., Taqyıdt mukhtaßara fial Nayl al-ibtihj. MS: Tunis (KhA), 1982. Dhayl. Mu˛ammad al-Bashır ⁄fir al-Azharı, al-Yawqıt al-thamına fı afiyn madh’hab filim al-Madına. Publ. Cairo, 1324/1906. 46. Nayl al-marm [fial ’l-tamm] bi-bayn ˛ukm al-iqdm fial ’ldufi√ li-m fıhı min al-ıhm Written after 1014/1606. According to Zouber (1977), 115-6, “…traite du problème du dufi√ ou invocation personelle adressée à Dieu. Il y précise les règles et les conditions dont il doit s’entourner”. MSS: Tunis (KhA), 465, ff. 55-66 (inc.). 47. al-Nukat al-lawmifi fı mas√alat al-nik˛ bi’l-manfifi

CHAPTER ONE

28

cf. no. 19 above, for which it may be an alternative title. MSS: Rabat (KhH), 9615 (majmüfi); Tamgrout, 2099 (8). 48. al-Nukat al-mustajda fı muswt (var. il˛q) al-ffiil li’l-mubtada√ fı shar† al-ifda Completed 22 Dhü ’l-Qafida 991/7 December 1583. cf. items 16, 17 above. MSS:Rabat (AF), fiayn135; Rabat (KhH), 3720. 49. al-Nukat al-wafiyya bi-shar˛ al-Alfiyya Incomplete comm. on the Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik, cf. items 11, 40, 42 above, 50, 60 below. See Hunwick (1964), 579, Zouber (1977), 117. 50. al-Nukat al-zakiyya An incomplete comm. on the Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik. See Fat˛, 36 Zouber (1977), 118; cf. .items 11, 40, 42, 49, 60. 51. Nuzül al-ra˛ma fı ’l-ta˛adduth bi’l-nifima See Hunwick (1964), 580; Zouber (1977), 118. 52. Qaß√id i) Q. t√iyya: A-y qßid an Kghü fa-fiuj na˛w baldatı * Wazamzim bih ahlı wa-balligh a˛ibbatı Written in Marrakesh, on his longing for his homeland and friends. Publ. 8 vv. in al-Ifrnı, Nuz˛at al-hdı, Paris, 1889, 82 (Casablanca, 1998, 173); trans. in TSE, 316-7. ii) Q. sıniyya: Tarajjawtu min ma∂ghikum luqmat * Tuzıl albal wa-tufiısh al-nufüs Humorous dhayl to some verses of al-Manjür on early morning hunger. Publ. in al-Maqqarı, Raw∂at al-s, 314. 53. al-Qawl al-munıf fı tarjamat al-imm Abı fiAbd Allh al-Sharıf See Mu†ıfi, 62; Sadki, 43. 54. Risla fı ’l-†asawwuf


29

Completed 21 Rajab 1024/16 August 1616. On the question of whether the murıd has need of a shaykh; see Mu†ıfi(1983), 58. 55. Shar˛ al-fiaqıda al-Burhniyya Written after 1006/1598. Comm. on the fiAqıda of Burhn al-Dın fiUthmn al-Sallijı (d. 574/1167). See al-Maqqarı, Raw∂at al-◊s, 305; Zouber (1977), 119-20. 56. Shar˛ fial ’l-Bas† wa’l-tafirıf fı ’l-taßrıf Comm on the comm. of fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. fiAlı al-Makküdı al-Fsı (d. 807/ 1405; see Ka˛˛la, v, 156) on the Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik. See Izlat al-rayb, 45; also Mu†ıfi, 58, Sadki, 43, where it is simply listed as Shar˛ rajaz al-Makküdı. 57. Shar˛ al-ßadr (var. ßudür) wa-tanwır al-qalb (var. qulüb) bi-bayn maghfira m nusiba li’l-jnib al-nabawı min al-dhanb (var, dhunüb) Completed 23 Rajab 1014/4 December 1605. See Hunwick (1964), 578/ Fat˛, 35. Analysis in Zouber (1977), 120-1. MSS: Niamey, 1772 (inc.); Tamgrout, 2999(17); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 777; Tunis (BN), 3760, ff. 19-44. 58. Shar˛ al-∑ughr Written after 1006/1598. Comm. the ∑ughr of al-Sanüsı; see Fat˛, 35; Zouber (1977), 121-2. 59. al-Ta˛dıth wa’l-ta√nıs fı ’l-i˛tijj bi-[alf÷] Ibn Idrıs Variant title: Ta˛ßıl al-Ta√nıs bi-maziyya min mazy al-imm Ibn Idrıs. On the authority of the words of al-Shfifii as loci probantes (shawhid). See Fat˛, 36; Zouber (1977), 122-3; Sadki (1996), 35. 60. Tafilıq fial aw√il al-Alfiyya Listed only in Fat˛, 36. 61. Tafilıq fial maw∂ifi min Ibn ˘jib Comm. on a work of Ibn ˘jib (d. 646/1249, see GAL I, 303, S I, 531), probably his Mukhtaßar fı ’l-furüfi. See al-Maqqarı, Raw∂at al-s, 305; Zouber (1977), 123.

30

CHAPTER ONE

62. Tanbıh al-wqif fial ta˛rır (var. ta˛qıq) <wa-khaßßaßat niyyat al˛lif> Abridgt. with additions of a tafilıq on the same passage in the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl by al-fi◊qib al-Anußammanı (see ALA II, 27). Written in Dhü ’l-Qafida 991/15 November - 15 December 1583. MSS: Alger (BN), Fonds Ben Hammouda, ˘25Z (inc.); Fez (BQ), 930, pp. 345-62; Rabat (KhA), D2623, pp. 111-29, Q1104/12, 346-62, Photo, 1901; Rabat (KhH), 9226B, ff. 4-11; Salé, 359/10; Tamgrout, 2538, 2999(11); Tetuan (GM), 612. 63. Tanwır al-baß√ir wa’l-afhm bi-˛ukm (var. bi-m qıla fı) ˛ashr alajsm bafid al-ifidm MSS: Berlin, 3721 (21), see GAL II, 467. 64. Tanwır al-qulüb bi-takfır al-afiml al-ßli˛a li’l-dhunüb Written after 1006/1598. Analysis in Zouber (1977), 174-9. MSS: Niamey, 1771 (inc.); Rabat (KhA), D1641, ff. 295f.-302, Photo, 1900; Rabat (KhH), 3754; Salé, 198/8; Tunis (BN), 3766. 65. Tartıb jmifi al-Mifiyr Guide to al-Mifiyr al-mughrıb, the collection of fatws by A˛mad b. Ya˛y al-Wansharısı (d. 914/1508, see GAL II, 248, S II, 348). See Fat˛, 36; Zouber (1977), 125. 66. Tu˛fat al-fu∂al√ bi-bafi∂ fa∂√il al-fiulam√ Written after 1012/1603. MSS: Rabat (KhA), D1641, ff. 302-21; Rabat (KhH), 5334, ff. 42-66, 5675, 6308; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 776. Publ. Text and trans. Smı & Zniber (1992). Abridgt, by author, Mir√t al-tafirıf (q.v.). 67. Wasılatı wa-shfifiı fı thubüt al-i˛tijj (var. al-istidll) bi-alf÷ alimm al-Shfifiı See Sadki (1996), 35. Completed 9 Rabıfi I 1014/25 July 1605. Abridgt. of author’s al-Ta˛dıth wa’l-ta√nıs (q.v.). MSS: Tamgrout, 2999(13).


31

68. al-Zand al-warı fı takhyır al-mushtarı Written after 1014/1606. On a passage in the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl concerning the buyer’s option to rescind a sale. MSS: Rabat (KhH), 9615; Tamgrout, 2538, 2999(10). Publ. Fez, 1307/1889, with items 2, 13, 19, and 21. See also: (1) Wdn (Ahl Yy Buya), 7, Shar˛ alf÷ al-naßı˛a al-kfiya wa’l-taqrıb lim i˛tawat fialayhi min al-fiulüm al-nfifia al-shfiya, attrib. to A˛mad Bb b. A˛mad al-Misk b. A˛mad b. fiUmar Mu˛ammad Aqıt al-∑anhjı. (2) Timbuktu (MMHT), 354, Naßran li’l-˛aqq wa-nuß˛an li’lmuslimın, attrib. to A˛mad Bb b. A˛mad b. fiUmar b. Sufyn al˘asanı al-Takrürı al-Tinbuktı. THE BAGHAYOGHO FAMILY

MU˘AMMAD b. MA˘MÜD b. ABˆ BAKR al-Wangarı, known as Mu˛ammad Baghayogho, b. 930/1523-4, d. 19 Shawwl 1002/8 July 1594. Nayl, 341-2; T. Südn, 43-7, 212/ TSE, 62-8, 261; T. Fattsh, 113, 124-5; Nashr, iv, 40; Khulßa, iv, 211-12; Infq (a), 191-5 (wrongly M. b. Abı Bakr), (b), 312-15; Tafirıf, 50910, 511-12; Shajara, no. 1097; Hadiyya, ii, 260; ˆ∂˛, ii, 697; Ka˛˛la, xi, 315; Afilm, vii, 310, x, 229; Cherbonneau (1854-5), 25-31; Hunwick (1966), 22-5, (1990a).

Born in Jenne of a well-known Juula family, he studied there with his father (who was briefly q∂ı of the city before his death), and with his maternal uncle. He and his brother A˛mad then left for Timbuktu where they studied first with A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd (q.v.), and then with A˛mad b. al-˛jj A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt (q.v.). In the midst of his studies he made the pilgrimage to Mecca and met with a number of scholars in Egypt. On his return he settled in Timbuktu and became one of its most celebrated teachers and influential personalities. Askiya Dwüd was determined that either he or his brother should become q∂ı of Jenne, but neither would agree. Among his students was A˛mad Bba (q.v.), who calls him his shaykh, and considered him the mujaddid of Timbuktu for the tenth/sixteenth century.

32

CHAPTER ONE

1. Bayn m fı shar˛ al-Tat√ı al-kabır min al-sahw naqlan wata˛rıran The title is taken from a description of the work in Nayl, 342. It was A˛mad Bb himself who actually gathered together what his shaykh wrote on the errors in the large comm. of al-Tat√ı (d. 942/1535-6, see GAL S II, 435) on the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl, and compiled the work in a number of fascicles. 2. Fatwı Nayl, 342, records that he gave many. 3. al-Hady fı jamfi wa-na÷m muba††ilt al-ßalt MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4699. 4. ˘adıth tanbıh al-ghfilın wa-tan÷ım al-akhbr wa-badıfi al-thr Collection of ˛adıths related by Ibn fiAbbs. This work is sometimes attributed to fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye. In addition to the mss listed in ALA, II, 83, add: MSS: Ibadan (CAD), 291; Ibadan (UL), 382; Jos, 19; Manchester, 824E. 5. [Tafilıq wa-†urar nabbaha fıh fial hafawt li-shurr˛ Khalıl waghayrihi] A descriptive title from Nayl, 342. Apparently notes on errors made by the commentators of the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl. His nephew MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD b. MA˘MÜD b. ABˆ BAKR BAGHAYOGHO al-Wangarı, d. 9 ∑afar 1066/8 December 1655. T. Südn, 322; Fat˛, 108-9 (where his name is given as Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. al-q∂ı Mu˛ammad b. Bakr Baghyufiu)

Little is known of his life. Al-Safidı (T. al-Südn, 322) refers to him as “our shaykh”, and describes him as one of the last shaykhs of Timbuktu. His vers. of the Sughr of al-Sanüsı was highly regarded, especially by the Fulani students. 1. Dhayl rmizat al-fiarü∂ Suppl. to the treatise on prosody al-Rmiza al-shfiya by Mu˛ammad alKhazrajı (fl. 650/1252, see GAL II, 312, S II, 545).


33

2. Fatw fı sha√n taqsım al-tarika MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3025. 3. Mas√ala fı sha√n mu†lafiat kutub min mahjir MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1511. 4. al-Muqaddima al-Wangariyya Said to be on taw˛ıd. MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 276. 5. Nayl al-mafilı shar˛ fiaqıdat Bad√ al-mlı See al-Nbulsi (1986), 366-7. 6. Na÷m ∑ughr al-Sanüsı Vers. of ∑ughr of al-Sanüsı in 174 vv. Opens: Ya˛madu rabbahu khayr al-˛amdı * Al-Wangariyyu Mu˛ammadu ’bnu A˛mad. See al-Nbulsı (1986), 366, where he is called Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Ma˛müd b. Abı Bakr Baghyafiu al-Wangarı. MSS: Niamey, 1301 (Na÷m fı ’l-taw˛ıd); Paris (BN), 5484, ff. 135-43, 5492, ff. 16-24, 5492, ff. 161-4 , 5602, ff. 102-110, 6106, ff. 146-155; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 131, 641, 1039; Timbuktu (MMHT), 369. Comm. by fiAbd al-Ghanı al-Nbulsı, al-La†√if al-insiyya fial na÷m alfiaqıda al-Sanüsiyya. See al-Nbulsı (1986). 7. Nzila fı sha√n imra√a tazawwajat bafid wa∂fiih min ˛aml fsid MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1209. 8. Q. fı ’l-taw˛ıd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3505, 3820. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MU∑‡AF◊ b. A˘MAD b. MA˘MÜD b. ABˆ BAKR BAGHAYOGHO al-Wangarı al-Tinbuktı. 1. Man÷üma fı ’l-adab MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2048.

34

CHAPTER ONE

MU˘AMMAD B◊B◊ b. MU˘AMMAD al-AMˆN b. ˘ABˆB b. alMUKHT◊R, b. Jumd II 931/March-April 1525, d. 25 Shafibn 1014/5 January 1606. T. Südn, 217-8/ TSE, 267-8; Fat˛, 111-2.

A renowned scholar and teacher of Timbuktu who studied with many of the leading shaykhs of that city, among them fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Ma˛müd b. fiUmar (d. 1006/1597), Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Koray (d. 1029/1620), imm of the Sankore mosque, fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. A˛mad al-Mujtahid (d. 1019/1610), and fiAbd Allh b. A˛mad Buryu (d. 1010/1601-2). He also attended the seminars of Mu˛ammad Baghayogho al-Wangarı (q.v.). 1. ˘shiya fial ’l-Bij√ı See T. Südn, 218/ TSE, 268; Fat˛, 112 (wrongly ˘shiya fial ’lBukhrı). Perhaps to be identified with no. 6 below. 2. al-Mina˛ al-˛amıda fı shar˛ al-Farıda Comm. on the Alfiyya (or al-Farıda fı ’l-na˛w wa’l-taßrıf wa’l-kha††) of al-Suyü†ı (d. 911/1505); see GAL S II, 193 247 . MSS: Algiers (BN), Fonds Ben Hammouda, ˘19, ˘32; Kaduna (NA), G/AR10/1; Kano (BU), 343; NU/Paden, 79; Rabat (KhA), K1746; Paris (BN), 5683, ff. 85-115 (inc), 5467, ff. 1-160; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 532, 641, 1039,1563. 3.

Qaß√id i) Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı At least five such. See T. Südn, 218/ TSE, 268. ii) Q. fı rith√ Mu˛ammad Baghayogho See T. Südn, 218/ TSE, 268. iii) Q. fı rith√ fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. al-q∂ı Ma˛müd See T. Südn, 218/ TSE, 268.

4. Qi†fia fial ’l-maqmt See T. Südn, 218/ TSE, 268. An opuscule on the Maqmt of al-˘arırı (d. 516/1122, see GAL II, 276, S II, 486).


35

5. Shar˛ mulaffaqt shawhid al-Khazrajı Comm. on the pseudo-proof texts in al-Rmiza al-shfiya of al-Khazrajı (fl. 650/1252, see GAL II, 312, S II, 545). See T. Südn, 218/ TSE, 268. 6. Shar˛ takmilat al-Bij√ı fial ’l-lmiyya See T. Südn, 218. Fat˛, 112, wrongly gives Takmilat al-Bukhrı fial ’l-lmiyya. Perhaps to be identified with no. 1 above. OTHER TIMBUKTU SCHOLARS

Some time before 1003/1595, an unidentified author, known only as “alSüdnı” wrote a comm. on the Mukhtaßar. Lévi-Provençal (Cat. des manuscrits arabes de Rabat, item 181) apparently attributes it to A˛mad b. Anda Ag-Mu˛ammad, but this must be regarded as doubtful. No Timbuktu source mentions such a comm. by any one of that name. A˛mad b. Anda Ag-Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad Buryu was only born in 978/1570-1, and could have been no more than twenty-five at most when the comm. was written. Mu†ıfi (1987), 59, attributes several mss. of the Shar˛ al-Südnı to A˛mad Bb, but without arguing the case for this attribution; however, it could refer to his partial comm., al-Maqßid alkafıl (see above, p. 25, item 34). The CEDRAB collection at Timbuktu has a ms. entitled ˆ∂˛ al-sabıl fial taw∂ı˛ alf÷ Khalıl, once said to be by “al-Imm al-Südnı”, and now attributed to A˛mad Bb (see ms. 629). The following copies are attributed simply to “al-Südnı”: MSS: Fez (BQ), 1025; Marrkesh, 36/†; Mikns (JK), 26, 49, 236; Rabat (KhA), 420, Pt. II only (copied in 1003/1595), D1360; Tamgrout, 2354, 2507, 2620, 3051, 3865. MU˘AMMAD b. fiUTHM◊N al-Kbarı. There is no clear information about this scholar, but he may possibly be identified with Mu˛ammad b. fiUthman, a jurist who died in 970/1562 (see TS, 106/ TSE, 150). 1. Fatw fı sha√n ˛iyzat al-milk MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 19.

36

CHAPTER ONE

∑◊LI˘ b. MU˘AMMAD ANDA-fiUMAR, called ∑lih Takinni. T. Südn, 36/ TSE, 51.

He is mentioned by al-Safidı as the author of a commentary on the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl, and as a faqıh whose intercession with rulers was never rejected. No dates are assignable to him, though he evidently lived in Timbuktu in the 10th/16th or the early 11th/17th century. A˘MAD b. ANDA AG-MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD BURYU b. A˘MAD b. ANDA AG-MU˘AMMAD d. 1044/1634-5. T. Südn, 30, 224, 308/ TSE, 43; Fat˛, 38; Nashr, i, 331; Tafirıf, i, 37-8; GAL S II, 33430.

His great-great grandfather was the celebrated mid-fifteenth century q∂ı of Timbuktu. He studied under Mu˛ammad Baghayogho (q.v.), and became q∂ı of Timbuktu on 12 Shawwl 1020/18 December 1611, following the death of his brother Mu˛ammad. He was a celebrated teacher of fiqh and grammar. His comm. on the ◊jurrümiyya was in circulation in Fez, according to Nashr (loc. cit.), where its author is described as ‘fair in complexion, dressed in handsome garments, eloquent of speech and awe-inspiring’. 1. al-Futü˛[t] al-qayyümiyya Completed 24 or 25 Dhü ’l-Qafida 1001/21 or 22 August 1593. Comm. on the ◊jurrümiyya. MSS: Alger (BN), 163(4); Cairo (DK), na˛w Taymür, 228, h√5277; Paris (BN), 5442, ff, 195-250, 5709, ff. 159-241; Rabat (KhA, 521 (inc.); Salé, 389/2; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1927, 1928(i) and (ii), 2008; Timbuktu (MMHT), 2284; Ti†wn (KhA), 1619; Ti†wn (JK), 105, 892; Tamgrout, 3059. Publ. with ˛shiya by Mu˛ammad al-Mahdı b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Kha∂ir al-˘asanı al-Wazznı, Fez, 1298/1881. 2. Jmifi al-manfifi fı taqßır manfifi Fat˛ al-Jalıl Gloss on comm. of al-Tat√ı (d.942/ 1535-6, see GAL S II, 435) on the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl. MSS: Tamgrout, 2790, 2868.


37

3. Tafilıq fial ’l-Murdı See Nashr, i, 331, Tafirıf, i, 37. Comments, probably on a work of the grammarian al-˘asan b. al-Qsim al-Murdı (d. 749/1348, see GAL II, 22, S II, 16). MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD BAGHAYOGHO, b. MU˘AMMAD GOR∆O b. MU˘AMMAD S◊Jˆ al-Fullnı d. between 1126/1714 and 1132/1720. T. Nisyn, 145.

Nothing is known of his life, but his grandfather came to settle in Timbuktu in 1005/1597, studied under most of the leading scholars of the day, and was a close friend of fiAbd Allh, father of the historian fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Safidı (q.v.). His father and grandfather were both imams of Jingere-B˙r, and his great-grandfather Mu˛ammad Sji had been a q∂ı, perhaps in Msina. 1. al-˘izb al-nawawı MSS: Paris (BN), 5436, ff. 131-6. 2. Mab˛ith al-˛all li-tark al-˛arm al-mu˛arram Written in 1097/1685. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 728. 3. Ta√lıf fı ’l-qa∂√ wa’l-˛ukkm This work is only mentioned in the Paris ms of Fat˛ (BI, 2406(118), f. 35.

His brother (or son) SAfiˆD b. MU˘AMMAD BAGHAYOGHO fl. 1156/1743-4. T. Nisyn, 86-7.

1. Ta˛rır al-kalm fı-m yanqu∂uhu ’l-qu∂t wa’l-˛ukkm MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 745.

38

CHAPTER ONE

THE CHRONICLERS

MA˘MÜD KAfiTI b. al-˛jj al-MUTAWAKKIL KAfiTI al-Kurminı alTinbuktı al-Wafikurı (or -Wafiqurı), d. 1 Mu˛arram 1002/27 September 1593. T. Südn, 211/ TSE, 260; T. Fattsh, passim; EI (2), iv, 754; GAL S II, 717; Hunwick (2002).

His life is ill documented. A Soninke by origin, whose paternal greatgrandfather appears to have migrated from Spain, he found favour with Askiya Dwüd (reg. 1549-83), and ended his life as q∂ı of Tindirma, a town at the southern end of L. Fati between modern Niafounke and Goundam. The town was also the seat of the viceroy for the western provinces of Songhay, the Kurmina-frı. His association with Askiya al˛ajj Mu˛ammad (reg. 1493-1529) may be apochryphal, or perhaps refer to an ancestor who bore the same name. Al-Safida al-abadiyya, 42, gives his date of death as 1058/ 1648. 1. Ta√rıkh al-fattsh fı akhbr al-buldn wa’l-juyüsh wa-akbir al-ns wa-dhikr waq√ifi al-Takrür wa-fia÷√im al-umür wa-tafrıq ansb alfiabıd min al-a˛rr The Ta√rıkh al-fattsh, covers the period of the Songhay empire from the reign of Sunni fiAlı (reg. 1464-92) down to the Safidian conquest of 1591, and sketches the history of the earlier empires of Ghana and Mali. As its title indicates, part of its purpose was to rationalise a social hierarchy, based on a dichotomy between slave and free, this latter category also essentially embracing the servile groups. It was later edited by the son of one of his daughters, known to us only as Ibn al-Mukhtr Q.n.b.l (Gombele?) around the year 1075/1664-5 (the last date mentioned in the extended text), incorporating notes by three sons of Ma˛müd Kafiti. One manuscript version which survived was textually manipulated by an early nineteenth century scholar of Msina, Nü˛ b. al‡hir (q.v.), at the behest of Shaykh A˛mad Lobbo (q.v., d. 1260/1845), ruler of the Islamic state of ˘amdallhi in the southern Inland Delta. In editing and translating the text, Houdas and Delafosse included passages found only in that manuscript, so that the currently available published text is an amalgam of original sixteenth and seventeenth century material and nineteenth century forgery. A document identical with much of the


39

first chapter of the published text was circulated under the name of Nü˛ b. ‡hir to help establish the claim of A˛mad Lobbo to be the twelfth “true caliph” of Islam and the rightful successor to the territory and resources (especially the servile groups) of Askiya al-˛jj Mu˛ammad. Studies on the Ta√rıkh al-fattsh: J.P. Brun, “Notes sur le Tarikh elFettach”, Anthropos, ix (1914), 590-6; Dj. T. Niane, “Mythes, légendes et sources orales dans l’oeuvre de Mahmoûd Kâti”, Recherches Africaines [Conakry], i/4 (1964), 36-42; J.O. Hunwick, “Studies in the Ta√rıkh al-fattsh, I: Its authors and textual history” RBCAD, v (1969), 57-65, II: “An alleged charter of privilege issued by Askiya al-˛jj Mu˛ammad to the descendants of Mori Hawgro”, Sudanic Africa, iii (1992), 133-46; N. Levtzion, “A seventeenth-century chronicle by Ibn al-Mukhtr: a critical study of the Ta√rıkh al-fattsh”, BSOAS, xxxiv (1971), 571-93; idem, “Ma˛müd Kafiti, fut-il l’auteur du Ta√rıkh alfattsh”, BIFAN, xxxiii (1974), 665-74; Madina Ly, “Quelques remarques sur le Tarikh el-Fettâch”, BIFAN, xxxiv (1972), 471-93. MSS: Paris (BN), 6651; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1, 64, 2221(ii), (5 ff. only, in poor condition covering the reign of Sunni fiAlı), 2934 (copy of published text), 3927 (wrongly attrib. in cat. to Ma˛müd b. fiUmar Aqı† al-∑anhjı al-Tinbuktı al-Wafiqarı, this is, in fact, MS A of the Houdas edition, including the “feuillet isolé” and appendix 1); 8378 (copy of published text). A fragment containing the material on the ˛urma document issued to Mori Hawgro is in Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 35-36. Publ. Ed. and trans., Tarikh el-Fettach ou Chronique du Chercheur pour servir à l’histoire des villes, des armées et des principaux personnages du Tekrour par Mahmoûd Kâti ben El-Hâdj El-Motaouakkel Kâti et l’un de ses petits-fils, traduction française…par O. Houdas [et] M. Delafosse, Paris: Publications de l’École des Langues Orientales Vivantes, Ve série, vol. X, 1913-14, repr., Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve, 1964. B◊B◊ GÜR(U) b. al-˛jj MU˘AMMAD b. al-˛jj al-AMˆN G◊NÜ He evidently lived in the first half of the seventeenth century since his father was one of those who escaped from the massacre of scholars in Timbuktu by soldiery of the Arma in 1593, and his history Durar (var. Jawhir) al-˛isn fı akhbr bafi∂ mulük al-südn is quoted in T. alfattsh as edited by Ibn al-Mukhtr. Nothing is known of his life, and no copy of his history has yet come to light.

40

CHAPTER ONE

fiABD al-RA˘M◊N b. fiABD ALL◊H b. fiIMR◊N b. fi◊MIR al-Safidı, b. 30 Rama∂n 1004/28 May 1596, d. after 1065/1655-6. T. südn, 213, 244/ TSE, lxiii-lxv, 262, et passim; Fat˛, 176; Shajara, no. 1198; O. Houdas, intro to T. al-Südn, xiii; EI (2), viii, 718-9.

His father’s male line was traced to the Banü Safid, though the family had been settled in Timbuktu for several generations. His father’s maternal great-grandmother was Fulani. Nothing is known of his youth, except that he tells us that he studied under al-Amın b. A˛mad (see TS, 55/ TSE, 78). In 1036/1626-7 he became imam of the Sankore mosque of Jenne. In mid-life he was employed by the Arma administration of Timbuktu, especially in the administration of Jenne and the Masina region of the Inland Niger Delta. In 1056/1646 he became chief secretary to the Pashalik in Timbuktu. The precise date of his death is unknown, but it was evidently after 1065/1655-6, the last date mentioned in the Ta√rıkh al-südn. 1. Ta√rıkh al-südn In thirty-eight chapters, the work is chiefly concerned with the history of the Songhay empire from the mid-fifteenth century until 1591, and the history of the Pashalik of the Arma of Timbuktu from that date down to 1655. The latter period occupies about half of the work. The early chapters are devoted to brief histories of earlier Songhay dynasties, of imperial Mali and of the Tuareg, and to biographies of the scholars and saints of both Timbuktu and Jenne. Chapter 26 concerns the Fulani of Msina; a variant version of this is to be found in Gaden (1968). Al-Safidı’s acknowledged sources are few. For the seventeenth century he relies mainly on personal knowledge, evidently supported by notes (there are several chapters of obituaries and noteworthy events), and on records of the Arma administration for earlier periods. He rarely mentions his sources, other than ‘trustworthy persons’ or ‘one of my colleagues’. He does, however, cite Ibn Ba††ü†a, the anonymous al-˘ulal al-mawshiya and, for some of the biographies of Timbuktu scholars, the biographical dictionary of A˛mad Bb, Kifyat al-mu˛tj. For the period after about 1610 we may assume that much of his information was gained first-hand. The long chapter 35 is largely a first-hand account, and is sometimes frankly autobiographical.


41

MSS: Alger (BN), Fonds Ben Hammouda, ˘4, ˘5 (frag,); Dakar, Fonds Brevié, 19, ff. 1-19 (inc.); Paris (BI), 2414(200); Paris (BN), 5147, 5256, 6096; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 61 (inc.), 660, 681, 3487. Publ. Ed. and trans. O. Houdas, Paris: Publications de l’École des Langues Orientales Vivantes, IVe série, Vol. XIII, 1898-1900, repr. Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve, 1964; trans. chapters 1-30 in TSE. See also C. Ralfs, “Beiträge zur Geschichte und Geographie des Sudans eingesamelt von Dr Barth”, ZDMG, ix (1855), 518-92; V.J. Lippert, review in MSOS, ii (1899), 244-53; Charles Monteil, ed. V. Monteil, “Notes sur le Tarikh Es-Soudan”, BIFAN, xxvii (1965), 479-530. al-IM◊M al-TAKRÜRˆ Some time before 1724 an author only known as al-Imm al-Takrürı wrote a work entitled Naßı˛at ahl al-südn. It is known to us only through a lengthy quotation from it concerning the askiyas of Songhay in Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır al-Ifrnı, Nuzhat al-˛dı bi-akhbr mulük al-qarn al-˛dı, Fez, n.d., 74-5 (Casablanca, 1998, 161-2). See also J.O. Hunwick, “Askia al-˘jj Mu˛ammad and his successors: the account of al-Imm al-Takrürı”, SAJHS, 1 (1990), 85-9. ANON. In c . 1150/1737-8 an anonymous author compiled a history of the Pashalik of Timbuktu from the conquest of 1591 down to his day, entitled Dıwn al-mulük fı sal†ın al-südn. A work with the same title is preserved in Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2221, and attributed to al-Mukhtr al-Kabır b. A˛mad b. Abı Bakr al-Kuntı, though there is no other evidence that he wrote such a work. MSS: Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 88-152; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5343 (56 ff., lacks f. 1, ends in 1094/1683 with Pasha ˘addu b. Slim, and an account of the accession of Müly Ismfiıl in Morocco.). A grandson of Alfa al-Amın b. Mu˛ammad ∑üd (or Mü∂/Modi, or alamır ∑üwü), rearranged the Dıwn al-mulük as a biographical dictionary entitled Tadhkirat al-nisyn fı akhbr mulük al-südn. MSS: Kaduna (NA), O/AR10/1,3; Paris (BN), 6097; Dakar, Fonds Brevié, 20, ff. 1-128 (see H.J. Fisher in RBCAD, v (1969), 52-3).

42

CHAPTER ONE

Publ. Tedzkiret en-Nisian fi akhbar molouk es-Soudan, ed. and trans. O. Houdas, Paris: Publications de l’École des Langues Orientales Vivantes, IVe série, Vol. XX, 1899-1901, repr. Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve, 1966. Müly Q◊SIM b. Müly SULAYM◊N, fl. 1800 1. Dhikr al-wafyt wa-m ˛adatha min al-umür al-fii÷m wa’l-fitan Brief history of Timbuktu from 1160/1747 down to 1215/1815, in the form of ˛awliyyt (“annals”). MSS: Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 24-34. Publ. ed. and trans. Michel Abitbol, Tombouctou au milieu du XVIII e siècle d’après la Chronique de Mawly al-Qsim b. Mawly Sulaymn, Paris, 1982: Maisonneuve et Larose. [Fontes Historiae Africanae, Series Arabica, VII].

CHAPTER TWO

THE MIDDLE NIGER IN THE 19TH - 20TH CENTURIES This chapter lists mainly scholars of Timbuktu, but includes a small section on minor scholars of Msina. The more celebrated scholars of the Msina region, such as A˛mad Lobbo and al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd are to be found in Chapter 5. FULANI SCHOLARS

A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b. fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD GUR∆O al-Fullnı al-Tinbuktı 1. R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1884. A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b. A˘MAD al-Fullnı al-Tinbuktı Izlat al-rayb, 36

1.

R. fı ’l-naßı˛a Advice to the amır A˛mad Lobbo of ˘amdullhi. See Izlat al-rayb, 36.

MU˘AMMAD JIBO/JOBBO b. MU˘AMMAD b. fiUTHM◊N al-Türı It is not known where he originates, but his name suggests he was a Fulani. 1. La†√if al-qudsı fı fa∂√il yat al-kursı MS: Paris (BN), 5479, ff. 1r-156r. IBR◊HˆM b. al-Fagha GI∆◊∆O 1. Shar˛ sullam al-tarqiya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1063.

44

CHAPTER TWO

2. Shar˛ Tu˛fat al-mawdüd fial [fı] ’l-maqßür wa’l-mamdüd no doubt the same as item 3 below. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2159. 3. Talkhıß Jüd al-mawjüd Abridgt. of comm. by Ibn Zakür on al-Maqßür wa’l-mamdüd of Ibn Durayd (see MS Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 253). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 469.(copied 1332/1913). MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. fiABD AL-WAHH◊B al-Fullnı 1. al-Talkhıß al-mufıd fial Rislat Ibn Abı Zayd Abridgt. of the Risla of Ibn Abı Zayd al-Qayrawnı. Written before 1271/1855. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1119. 2. Q. fı faw√id yt al-Qur√n MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3133. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. ˘◊MID al-Fullnı 1. Jawb rislat Mu˛ammad Ibrhım Concerns a qaßıda, and contains 33 problems for him to solve. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 948. 2. Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi A˛mad al-Bakk√ı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1199. His son MU˘AMMAD AL-BASHˆR b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. ˘◊MID al-Fullnı 1. Mawrid al-÷am√n fı ’l-ßalt fial wuld sayyid fiAdnn (MD, 13/ii). 2. Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi Bb A˛mad b. Sıdı al-Kuntı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1195.

THE MIDDLE NIGER IN THE 19TH - 20TH CENTURIES

45

MU˘AMMAD IBR◊HˆM 1. Q. fı mad˛ Ibn ˘ammüd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 946 (with criticism of Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd). MU˘AMMAD AL-SANÜSˆ b. A˘MAD AL-ZARRÜQ al-Fullnı 1. Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı Composed at the Prophet’s tomb (?). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1173. ABÜ BAKR b. MU˘AMMAD SIRE al-Fullnı 1. Q. fı ’l-adfiiya Written before 1337/1918. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 339. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b. MU˘AMMAD al-Fullnı 1. Müjibt al-jinn MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1124. SCHOLARS OF M◊SINA

ABD AL-RA˘M◊N SISÉ d. 1846 1. Ta√rıkh Msina MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié, 14. ABÜ BAKR b. MU˘AMMAD AL-H◊Dˆ KOYARO, d. 1999 Deputy imam of Jenne and principal of the Khlid b. al-Walıd Islamic School. 1.

Hadiyyat al-bashar fı ’l-qarn al-khmis fiashar

46

CHAPTER TWO

The work is divided into five sections: (i) the author’s poem R√iyyat al-wußül (see below); (ii) “Religion is a necessity”; (iii) al-Qur√n al-karım; (iv) “Islam and Youth”; (v) History of Jenne. The history section begins with reference to a lecture by Sayyida Makı Untüsh al-Amrıkiyya [i.e Susan Keech Macintosh] and continues with a long Q. mımiyya on the fiulam√ of Jenne. These include a certain Sh. S˙yü (?) who wrote a book entitled Dal√il al-faraj. This is followed by sections on teaching methodology in Jenne, and a section on the virtues of Jenne, within which is an urjüza by the author on the city’s saints. Next comes a tourist’s guide, and then poems and occasional verses of the author. The conclusion contains the author’s Nüniyya (see below). Completed 20 Rabı√ I 1410/19 November 1989. MS: NU/Hunwick (Photo), unaccessioned. 2. R√iyyat al-wußül fı ˛ayt al-rasül Poem in 120 vv. composed in 1399/1979. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lQadır al-jrı * Fı ˛ukmihi m sh√a bi’l-aqdrı MS: Partial copy in NU/Hunwick (Photo), unaccessioned. Also in Hadiyyat al-bashar. See (1) above. 3. Q. nüniyya: A-y ilh al-filamın * Wa-munzil al-dhikr al-mubın The qfiyya is varied in fifteen of the poems forty lines, those lines having their own internal rhymes. There is an addition of 24 lines with variant rhymes, nün being predominant. Both poems are in praise of the Prophet. MS: Both are included at the end of the author’s Hadiyyat al-bashar. 4. Q. nüniyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı bi-jallihı * F∂at bu˛ür alfiilmi wa’l-fiirfnı 31 vv. in praise of his father. MS: Included in author’s Hadiyyat al-bashar. 5. Q. lmiyya: M lı ar ’l-jawwa mukhtall al-ni÷mi fial * Khilfi m kna ßi˛˛iyyan wa-mufitadilı 40 vv. elegy for his father, who died in 1401/1990. MS: Included in author’s Hadiyyat al-bashar.


47

MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. fiUMAR al-Msinı 1. Shar˛ qaßıdat Ibn Muqrifi Comm. on vv. on grammar. The only known Ibn [al-]Muqrifi is Ismfiıl b. Abı Bakr al-Shwarı al-Shaghdarı al-Yamanı (d. 837/ 1433, see GAL II, 191, S II, 245). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3129. A˘MAD b. ABˆ BAKR b. SAfiˆD al-Fullnı al-Msinı Izlat al-rayb, 37.

1. Untitled work. Izlat al-rayb, 37, simply mentions “a book in which he draws attention to the Satanic innovations of the people of the Südn”. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD al-Anßrı al-Msinı 1. Q. b√iyya On the camel of the prophet ∑li˛ (see Qur√n, 17: 59 et seq.) MS: Paris (BN), 5713, f. 157r. 2. Q. r√iyya fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Paris (BN), 5695, ff, 96r-97r. 3. Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad al-Mahdı al-Tijnı MS: Paris (BN), 5713, f. 157r. A˘MAD B◊B◊ b. Amır al-mu√minın A˘MAD b. YÜSUF b. S◊LIM b. IBR◊HˆM F◊DIG◊ al-Zghawı Izlat al-rayb, 34.

MS Niamey, 326, has intro. by Sh. Mar˛aba (q.v.) who calls the author, A˛mad Bb, brother of fiUmar Fadika b. Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf b. alSalm b. Ibrhım al-Dabsı al-Fdikı al-Zghawı. He says fiUmar studied under Sulymn Qaramughu [Karamoko] in the town of W-s-ghl [Sigila] Ghyfi. He [took his learning] from Müs Saghanuqu, from

48

CHAPTER TWO

Safiıd Saghanuqu from his brother al-fiAbbs Saghanuqu from his father Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af from his grandfather Mu˛ammad al-fi◊fı. 1. R. fı sha√n m wajadtu min anwfi al-kufr wa’l-bidafi al-mu˛arrama allatı l tu˛ß fı ar∂ al-Südn MSS: Niamey, 326, 1379; Paris (BN), 5473, ff. 15-22, 5684, f. 100, 5705, ff. 94r-97v. (inc.); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 328 (R. fı ’l-bidfia wa’lkufr fı ar∂ al-Südn). Note also MS Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1930, given the following catalogue title Naßı˛a muwajjaha min Bb b. amır al-mu√minın Fdig yanßa˛ al-muslimın fian al-bidafi allatı l tu˛ß fı ar∂ al-süd. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. YÜSUF b. S◊LIM b. IBR◊HˆM alFdikı al-Zghawı He is presumably related to the preceding writer, or may possibly be identified with him. 1. R. fı bayn anwafi al-bidafi wa’l-kufr bi-bild al-Südn MS: Paris (BN), 5461, ff. 63-88, 5603, ff. 28-41, 5610, ff. 144-50, 6106, ff. 2-10, 5684, F. 100r (inc.); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 338, 512; Timbuktu (MMHT), 1112 (Maktüb fı ’l-bidafi al-shay†niyya). ABÜ MU˘AMMAD AL-˘◊JJ b. MU˘AMMAD, Shams al-Dın, alZghawı al-Kansamı(?), fl. 1237/1822 1. al-Futü˛ al-rabbniyya fı mad˛ khayr al-bariyya Written before 3 Dhü ’l-Qafida 1237/22 July 1822. Khumsı form with ten hemistiches for each letter of the alphabet. MS: Niamey, 313 fiABD ALL◊H b. MU˘AMMAD al-Zghawı Perhaps related to the preceding author. 1. R. fı ’l-akhlq MS: Paris (BN), 6108, ff. 51r-73r.


49

fiABD ALL◊H b. AL-˘ASAN b. AL-˘USAYN b. al-˛jj SULAYM◊N al-Zghawı Two treatises by him are listed in the Paris (BN) catalogue. One is described as “Ethique. L’existence terrestre”; the other as “Ethique. Exhortations”. MSS: Paris (BN), 5690, ff. 36v.-52r., 6108, ff. 37r.-50v. MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM al-Qdirı al-Suwarı al-Zghawı 1. Takhmıs mımiyyat al-Yadlı fı mad˛ al-nabı MS: Paris (BN), 5707, ff. 120r-128v. fiABD ALL◊H B◊B◊ JANNˆ b. YÜSUF al-Wafikurı, fl. 1353/1934 1. al-Qawl bi-kifyat al-taqlıd fı ’l-taw˛ıd li-fiawmm al-muslimın With tadhyıl. Evidently a treatise denying the necessity for the common man to know the proofs in matters of taw˛ıd. This matter was also addressed by Sh. fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye, endorsing the view of al-Sanüsı; see ALA II, 70, item 58. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 508. ABÜ BAKR b. AL-MUKHT◊R al-Zanjawı (?) al-Kbarı, fl. 1095/1684. 1. K. fı ’l-taw˛ıd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2274. 2. Nibrs al-hidya fı ’l-dın al-˛anafiyya Completed on 4 Rabıfi I 1095/ 20 February 1684. MS: Paris (BN), 5450, ff. 148-186.

50

CHAPTER TWO

TIMBUKTU SCHOLARS

A˘MAD B. ABˆ BAKR B. YÜSUF b. IBR◊HˆM al-Fütı al-Düjaqı (or -Dawjaqı) al-Tinbuktwı, al-Jinnwı, fl. 1814 Originally from Futa [Toro], he studied in Jenne and settled in Timbuktu. His father was a q∂ı. He made the pilgrimage and returned through Tunis and Morocco in 1814. 1. Hatk al-sitr fiamm fialayhi südn Tünis min al-kufr Addressed to the Bey of Tunis, the treatise is a condemnation of the ‘pagan’ practices of the black Africans in Tunis, which were a form of bori. See Montana (2001). MS: Rabat (KhH), 6832; Tunis (BN), 9564, Série 63B, 21183, Série 5B. Publ. Text in Temimi (1994), 74-86; text and English trans. in Harrak & El Mansour (2000). 2. R. fı ’l-bidfia MS: Rabat (KhH), B6833. 3. ∑arfiat al-hind li-affil al-˛ajj wa’l-fiumra li’l-fiabd MS: Rabat (KhH), 6834. 4. Shikyat al-dın al-Mu˛ammadı il rifiyat al-muwakkalın bihi On the religious practices of black Africans in Morocco. MS: Rabat (KhH), 6831. Publ. text and English trans. in Harrak & El Mansour (2000). A˘MAD b. B◊B˚R b. ALF◊ MUGHY◊ al-Lamtünı Al-Safida al-abadiyya, 52.

No date of death is given for him, but his son Al-Mm Bb˙r died in 1345/ 1926-7, so presumably he was flourishing in the late 19th century. 1. Maktüb fı ’l-ßarf wa’l-na˛w MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 293.


51

ANDA fiABD ALL◊H b. A˘MAD 1. Ajwiba li-mas√il al-q∂ı Sanb˙r al-Arawnı Sanb˙r [b. al-Wfı al-Arawnı] died in 1180/1767. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 470. BÜBU al-Msinı Evidently a scholar of Timbuktu, since his only known work was copied by him in Timbuktu. 1. Maktüb fı dhikr suwar min al-Qur√n al-karım wa’l-dufi√ bih fiind al-shad√id MS: Timbuktu ( MMHT), 2801. AL-MU∑‡AF◊ b. fiABD ALL◊H, d. 1279/1862-3 Author describes himself as a student of the family of Shaykh Sıdı alMukhtr. The continuation of his history was written by an evident partisan of al-˛jj fiUmar. 1. Dhikr m waqafia fı ’l-qarn al-thlith fiashar Continued by Ibrhım al-R√is b. Ismfiıl. Annals of the Middle Niger region, 1200/1785-6 - 1297/1880. MS: Paris (BI), 2406(75). MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. fiUTHM◊N al-Kbar, known as San Shirfi, d. 3 Mu˛arram 1280/19 June 1863 Al-safida al-abadiyya, 49.

He was appointed Notary Public (ktib al-wath√iq) in 1249/1833-4. In 1257/1841-2 he was appointed q∂ı of Timbuktu, and was also imam of Jingere B˙r from 1271/1854-5. His son Mu˛ammad was q∂ı shortly before the French occupation. 1. Notes on the history and obituaries of Timbuktu and Msina Three fragments attributed to San Shirfi are preserved in Paris (BI), 2406(72, 71, 70, so arranged):

52

CHAPTER TWO

(72) is the beginning of the work, and consists of an account of Sh. A˛mad Lobbo as the twelfth “true” caliph of Islam, with “proofs” from the forged Ta√rıkh al-fattsh. (71) Obituaries from 1257/1841-2 down to 1263/1847-8, followed by an account of the conquest of ˘amdallhi by al-˛jj fiUmar in 1279/1861. The obituary section corresponds to an obituary list (Paris (BI), 2405(3)), said to have been written by Mu˛ammad b. al-Suyü†ı, father of a later scholar and imam of the same name, except that it omits mention of the death of “our wife” Nna Khadıja bt. Sh. Alfa A˛mad b. Alfa Banya on 8 ∑afar 1270/9 November 1853. (70) An account of al-Bakk√ı’s coming to Timbuktu and his battle with the forces of al-˛jj fiUmar. 2. Two short letters addressed to Sı. A˛mad al-Bakk√ı, entreating him to come to the aid of Timbuktu against the forces of al-˛jj fiUmar. MS: MAMMP, 7.3; Niamey, 528, p. 22, 544(vi); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5576(ii). A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. ABˆ BAKR b. SAfiˆD 1. Maktüb fı radd al-bidafi al-shay†niyya al-mu˛datha fı bild alSüdn Written before 1290/1873. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 114, 1019. A˘MAD B◊B◊ b. ABˆ ’L-fiABB◊S b. fiUMAR b. ZAYY◊N, b. c. 1860 Marty (1920), ii, 12-13.

Q∂ı of Timbuktu and a Tijnı muqaddam, his genealogy goes back (through a slender eight generations) to A˛mad al-∑aqlı (or ∑aqallı), the ˘assanid sharıf who is said to have arrived in Timbuktu in the early 16th century (see Hunwick, 1996b). He was in the delegation that met with the French officer Lt Boîteux in 1893 to negotiate the submission of Timbuktu. He was appointed q∂ı in 1896, and was held in high regard by the French, who made him a member of Comité Consultatif des Affaires Musulmanes for West Africa. He was affiliated to the Tijniyya through Sh. A˛mad Zarrüq of Jenne, who obtained his authorization from the zwiya of Fez.


53

1. Report on the case of a woman enslaved by the Tuareg who died in Ar˛am. After her death who inherits her? MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2224. AL-SUYÜ‡ˆ b. MU˘AMMAD, b. c. 1865 al-Safida al-abadiyya, 51; Marty (1920), ii, 15-17.

When the French began to threaten Timbuktu in the early 1890s, alSuyü†ı went as a member of the Timbuktu delegation to Morocco to seek help from Sultan ˘asan I. Obtaining no satisfactory reply, he went on pilgrimage to Mecca. On his return to Timbuktu he found the French installed, and paid allegiance to them, In 1911 he was appointed professor at the French established Médersa of Timbuktu where he taught theology and law. He received the Tijnı wird from Sh. A˛mad Zarrüq of Jenne. A˘MAD b. MB◊RAK b. BARKA b. MU˘AMMAD al-Müs-ü-fiAlı al-Takanı al-Wdnünı al-Süsı al-Tinbuktı, known as Abü’l-Afirf, or Bou’l-Araf, b. 1864, d. 16 September 1955. MKUB.

Born in Gulimım in Darfia (Morocco), he was not a professional scholar, but a man of independent means, gained through trade, a bibliophile and patron of the learned. After living for some time in Shinqı†, he settled in Timbuktu in 1907. In the CEDRAB catalogue some of the mss. below are ascribed to A˛mad b. Abı ’l-Afirf Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd b. fiAbd Allh al-Qsim. 1. Bahjat al-†lib bi-nayl al-ma√rib MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 623. 2. al-Baraka wa’l-mafiüna fı muntakhab faw√id min al-Risla almaymüna Abridgt of al-Risla al-maymüna of Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 359, 987. 3. Bustn ahl al-dın wa’l-fiirfn fı shar˛ Manfafiat al-ikhwn MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 959, 1845.

54

CHAPTER TWO

4. al-Durra al-∂wiya wa’l-ghurfa al-ßfiya See MKUB, 6. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 974, 1213 (al-Durra al-ghwiya). 5. Fat˛ Allh al-Majıd fı iltiq† faw√id min Junnat al-murıd Abridgt. of Junnat al-murıd of Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı (q.v.). listed in MKUB, 5, as Fat˛ Allh al-Majıd talkhıß kitb Junnat al-murıd dün al-marıd. MS: Niamey, 1356; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 357. 6. al-Faw√id al-manqüla min kitb al-Kawkab al-Waqqd Abstract of a book by Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı (q.v.). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 404. 7. Izlat al-rayb wa’l-shakk wa’l-tafrı† fı dhikr al-fiulam√ almu√allifın min ahl al-Takrür wa’l-∑ahrI 29 A biographical dictionary of scholars of the Middle Niger and southern Sahara. See Brown (1967b), written in 1360/ 1941-2 (see Kani (1984). MSS: Niamey, 1476; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 492, 991 (inc.); photocopy of ms. in the hand of Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad Dadab, NU/ Hunwick, 480. Publ. ed. al-Hdı al-Mabrük al-Dlı n.p. [Benghazi], n.d.[ c.2000] [Silsilat al-Ta√rıkh al-Thaqfı li-Ifrıqiy fı-m war√ al-∑a˛ra√ waShimlih, 1]. 8. Jamfi nawzil Mu˛ammad Fl b. Mattl See MKUB, 4. 9. al-Kashf wa’l-nabha fı il˛q al-walad li’l-shubha MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 458. 10. Man÷üma fı ’l-kab√ir MSS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 66; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 8911 (Na÷m fı ’lkab√ir). Cf. Munawwir al-∂am√ir (see below). 11. Man÷üma manfafiat al-ikhwn fı shufiab al-ımn See MKUB, 6. 12. Man÷üma fı rith√ Afilı b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Anßrı


55

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1668. 13. Munawwir al-∂am√ir fı shar˛ Mußaqqil al-baß√ir fı na÷m alZawjir Comm. on Mußaqqil al-baß√ir, itself a vers. of al-Zawjir [fian iqtirf al-kab√ir of Ibn ˘ajar al-Haytamı?]. Written before 1328/1909 (date of copying of MS: 1228). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 956, 1228. Cf. Na÷m al-kab√ir, MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 8911. 14. Mukhtaßar al-Kawkab al-waqqd Abridgt. of al-Kawkab al-waqqd by al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı (q.v.). 15. Mukhtaßar K. al-†ar√if wa’l-tal√id Abridgt. of the K. al-†ar√if wa’l-tal√id of Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı (q.v.). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 403. 16. Nasab Müs b. fiAlı Genealogy of Müs b. fiAlı who is buried in Shaghrüsh. See MKUB, 6. 17. Nawzil A˛mad Mu˛ammad b. Khayr al-Tandaghı See MKUB, 4. 18. Nawzil Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı b. al-Mukhtr al-fiAllüshı Arranged under fiqh topic classifications; see MKUB, 4. See also item 28 below. 19. al-Nawzil al-mufıda MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 711, 1222. 20. Na÷m akbar al-kab√ir al-thaltha fiashar See MKUB, 5. 21. Na÷m fatwı bafi∂ fiulam√ al-Takrür MSS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 1306. 22. Na÷m fi mukaffirt al-dhunüb

56

CHAPTER TWO

MSS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 1223. 23. Na÷m ˛ikam al-shaykh Ma˛müd al-Kardı al-Kürnı See MKUB, 5. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 471. 24. Na÷m al-kab√ir al-sabfiın See MKUB, 5. 25. Na÷m al-kab√ir al-sabfiimi√a See MKUB, 5. Deals with all the mortal sins mentioned by Ibn ˘ajar alHaytamı (d. 973/ 1565) in his K. al-zawjir fian iqtirf al-kab√ir (see GAL II, 387). 26. Na÷m nasab al-shuraf√ al-Birrıshiyyın See MKUB, 5. 27. Na÷m al-nsikh wa’l-mansükh min al-˛adıth al-muttafaq fialayhi See MKUB, 4. Evidently comm. of a work by Ibn al-Jawzı (d. 597/ 1200; see GAL I, 500) on abrogated ˛adıths: Ikhbr ahl al-rusükh fı ’lfiqh wa’l-ta˛dıth bi-miqdr al-nsikh wa’l-mansükh min al-˛adıth. Maybe the same as item 39 below. 28. Na÷m nawzil Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı b. al-Mukhtr See also item 18 above. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1220. 29. al-Na÷m al-÷arıf li-nawzil ˘am ’llh al-sharıf See MKUB, 5. 30. R. fı ahammiyyat al-ta√rıkh MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1849. 31. R. il Sı. Mu˛ammad b. Sı. fiUmar al-Kuntı Asking him to find him a copy of A˛mad al-Bakk√ı’s Fat˛ al-Quddüs. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1154. 32. Shar˛ bustn ahl al-dın wa’l-fiirfn fı shar˛ Manfafiat al-ikhwn


57

See MKUB, 6. 33. (Shawhid min na÷mihi) MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1160. 34. Sullam al-bayn fı ˛urriyyat al-südn MKUB, 6. 35. Tafilıq fial ’l-risla al-maymüna See MKUB, 5. Comments on al-Risla al-maymüna of Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı (q.v.). 36. ‡arıq al-janna fı faw√id min Kitb al-minna Abstract of K. al-minna of Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı. Written before 1369/1949. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 397. 37. Tarjamat Mu˛ammad Ya˛y b. Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. al-‡lib fiAbd Allh al-Shinqı†ı al-Waltı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 440. 38. Tu˛fat al-arıb al-najıb fı muntakhabt faw√id [var. faw√id abraznh min] al-Raw∂ al-khaßıb Comm on Naf˛ al-†ıb fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-˛abıb by Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kunt (q.v.). See MKUB, 6. MS: Niamey, 1290; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 958. 39. Urjüza fı ’l-nsikh wa’l-mansükh min al-a˛dıth al-nabawiyya washar˛ih See also item 27 above. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1683. MU˘AMMAD fiABD ALL◊H b. ABˆ ’L-AfiR◊F al-Takanı al-Tinbuktı 1. Maktüb fı ’l-na˛w mafia shar˛ihi Timbuktu (MMHT), 1373. 2.

Muqaddima fı ’l-fiarü∂

58

CHAPTER TWO

MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 2496. ABÜ BAKR b. AL-BANY◊ Fatw MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 724. MU˘AMMAD MA˘MÜD b. AL-SHAYKH b. Sı. ABˆ BAKR (BUBAKKAR) b. al-q∂ı Sı. A˘MAD al-˘asanı al-Süqı al-Arawnı alTinbuktı, d. 30 Shawwl 1393/25 November 1973 Izlat al-rayb.

His genealogy continues: b. al-q∂ı Sı. Mu˛ammad b. al-q∂ı S ı . Mu˛ammad B˙r b. al-q∂ı Sı. al-Wfı b. al-q∂ı Sı. ‡libna b. al-q∂ı Sı. Mu˛ammad Agin b. ‡libna b. Sh. Sı. A˛mad b. Adda. A jurist, q∂ı of Timbuktu, and a prolific poet, there was mutual admiration between him and the French. Post-independence, under the military regime of Moussa Traore, however, he was arrested and exiled to Sikasso. In the 1990s much of his library was plundered during the Tuareg uprising. The remainder is looked after by his son Buya. He is said to have written an account of his own life. 1. al-Ajwiba al-durriyya fial ’l-as√ilat al-Süqiyya Written before 1355/1936 (date of copying of ms.) MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2967. 2. Bulghat al-murıd il bu˛ür al-man†iq al-jadıd MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 456. 3.

Fatwı i) On a point in the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1897. ii) On marriage. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2291, 7946. iii) Nzila concerning a woman who married a Christian without her parents’ consent. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 516.


59

iv) Concerns a woman who was married on condition that if her husband took a second wife or befriended another woman (tawannasa bi-imra√atin ghayrih), she would become ˛arm to him. Judgement given Rajab 1355/Sept.-Oct. 1936, followed by remarks by other legal scholars. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5963. v) On loans. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7939. vi) On wills. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7943. vii) On a man who claimed the debts of his father. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7950. 4. Fay∂ al-Fti˛ al-Mlik fı ußül al-imm Mlik MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 153, 5. Fuyü∂t al-Muqtadir fı ˛illiyyat kulli sharb fiad ’l-musakkir MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 473. 6. If˛m Mu˛ammad al-Slik fı [al-]dhabb fian al-a√imma Perhaps response to Mu˛ammad al-Slik b. Khayyi al-Tinwjıwı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 580. 7. K. al-turjumn fı ta√rıkh al-∑a˛r√ wa’l-Südn wa-balad Tinbuktu wa-Shinqı† wa-Arawn Written after 1352/1933. Consists of sixteen chapters, but the index at the end indicates that this is only Part I. There are several genealogical tables, some glued in in the text, others detached at the end. Chapter 14 is on the benefits of French rule. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 769. 8. Maktüb fı a˛km al-˛ubus MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 641. 9.

Mukhtaßar Fat˛ al-Shakür

CHAPTER TWO

60 Notes of MMD.

10. Na÷m Izlat al-rayb lists: i) Fı ’l-fiarü∂ ii) Fı fiilm al-sirr wa’l-jadwal iii) Fı ’l-man†iq 11. Qaß√id i) In praise of Sayyid fiUrwa al-Arawnı, and congratulating his son Bb A˛mad on his appointment as amır. 40 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1235. ii) Elegy MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2260 (with another by Ibn fi◊lı b. ˘abıb). iii) Q. fı rith√ fiAbd al-Wahhb al-Takanı Opens: A-l inna ’l-zamna la-dhü ’ghtiylı * Wa-yan÷uru ahlahu na÷ara ifitillı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5043. iv) Q. lmiyya: Y †liban li’l-˛aqqi düna jidlı * Anßif akhı li’lW˛id al-Mutafilı 15 vv. See also no.15 below. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5054. v) Q. nüniyya: ‡alafiat bi-wajhin s†ifi al-lamfinı * Qarrat biman÷arin ßabbah al-fiaynnı 62 vv. congratulating the amır Mu˛ammad fiAlı b. al-‡hir b. alMahdı on his safe return from the pilgrimage. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5869. vi) Q. r√iyya: Qif bi’l-diyri wa-bi’l-mafilimi fı ’l-qur * Nabkı khalılı ˛asratan wa-ta˛ayyur MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 453(ii).


61

vii) Q. r√iyya: A-dafinı [or A-dafika]dfiı ’l-bayni bi’l-ijhrı * Y nafsi inna al-khayra fı ’l-asrrı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4839; Timbuktu (MMHT), 453(i). 12. R. il Mu˛ammad al-Slik b. Khayyiya fı sha√n al-†uruq al-ßüfiyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1675. 13. Tabßirat al-mukhtr fı anna sadl al-yad sunnat al-Mukhtr MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4710. 14. Tafsır al-Qur√n Notes of MMD. 15. Tanbıh al-ghfilın fı farsh al-afirsh fı a˛km lu˛üq al-walad bi’lfirsh On paternity, preceded by poem: Y †liban li’l-˛aqqi düna jidl MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5054. His son MA˘MÜ D b. MU˘AMMAD MA˘MÜD b. AL-SHAYKH alArawnı, known as fi◊dil Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad Notes on MMD.

A talented poet who wrote many poems of welcome, and elegies. He studied under his father and under fiˆs (b. Mu˛ammad al-Mawlüd?). He taught for some time in Segu. 1. Na÷m al-Kitb al-akh∂ar [li’l-Qadhdhfı] Vers. of the “Green Book” of Col. Mufiammar al-Qadhdhfı, president of the Libyan Arab Jamhıriyya. 2. Q. r√iyya: Fa-˛aw∂ al-mawti amruhu ayyu amrı * Wa-Zaydun fı wurüdihi mithlu fiAmrı 13 vv. elegy for Bba Wangara b. Surmoy Wangara. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5325. Müly A˘MAD [b.] B◊B˚R al-Arawnı, d. 12 Rabıfi I 1418/17 July 1997 Notes of MMD.

CHAPTER TWO

62

His principal teacher was Abü ’l-Khayr b. fiAbd Allh al-Arawnı (q.v.). He became one of the leading teachers of Timbuktu, being a recognized expert in matters of inheritance, an exegete, mu˛addith and historian. He was also imam of the zwiya of Müly al-fiArabı (q.v.) and q∂ı of the people of Arawn resident in Timbuktu. He is buried close to the mausoleum of Q∂ı Ma˛müd b. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt just north of the city of Timbuktu. 1. Fat˛ al-Rabb al-La†ıf fial man÷ümat Mu˛ammad al-Mawlüd alSharıf Comm. on poem on inheritance. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2996. 2. Jawhir al-˛isn fı akhbr al-südn Intended in some sense to replace the apparently lost 16th cent. work of the same title by Bb Gür(ü) b. al-˛jj Mu˛ammad al-Amın (q.v.). For the period down to the early 19th cent. the work follows existing histories in the main, but the material for the 19th and 20th centuries is more original, especially in synthesizing tribal histories. It is clearly arranged in chapters and sections and the Niamey ms. copy is perhaps in the hand of the author. MS: Niamey, 106. Publ. ed. al-Hdı al-Mabrük al-Dlı, n.p. [Benghazi], 2001[Silsilat alTa√rıkh al-Thaqfı li-Ifrıqiy fı-m war√ al-∑a˛ra√ wa-Shimlih, 3]. 3. Shar˛ fiala ’l-na÷m al-Ma√müniyya min al-mırth fı ’l-munsakha MS:Timbuktu (MMHT), 1653. 4. Man÷üma fı dhamm qaryat Hadr MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2737. 5. Mughnı al-mutafiallim fı ’l-˛isb wa’l-far√i∂ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 6144, 6365; Timbuktu (MMHT), 1029. 6. al-Nür al-f√i∂ fı laghz al-far√i∂ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5044. 7.

R. fı fiilm al-˛isb


63

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3027. 8. al-Safida al-abadiyya fı ’l-tafirıf bi-fiulam√ Tinbuktu al-bahiyya History of Timbuktu and biographical dictionary of its scholars. MS: Ibadan (CAD), 262 (photocopy in NU/Hunwick, 475); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2752. 9. Ta√rıkh Azawd Edited version with footnotes of a history of the Barbısh of Azawd by Ma˛müd b. Da˛mn. Written in 1368/1948-9. A copy of the original history is in Niamey, MS 86. MS: Niamey, 1475 (photo, 43 pp.). 10. Shar˛ man÷ümat A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Ww MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2994. Titles supplied by MMD: i) Aßdaq al-qawl fı mas√il al-fiawl Comm. on vv. by Mu˛ammad Rr. ii) Mift˛ al-far√i∂ li’l-mubtadi√ın fı tafilım fiilm al-far√i∂ Introduction to the law on inheritance. iii)

Minan Allh fial m yüßıkum Allh

iv) Natıjat al-fara∂iyyın fı istinb† mas√il al-writhın Comm. on the chapter on inheritance in the Risla of Ibn Abı Zayd. v)

Shar˛ al-mawlidiyya fı ’l-far√i∂

vi)

R. fı wußül al-thawb li’l-amwt

vii)

R. fı ikhtilf al-fiulam√ fı ’l-tibgh

AL-∑IDDˆQ b. YA˘Y◊ al-Tinbuktı Evidently 20th century, since he praised Hamidu Sossi of Segu (q.v.), who was still alive in 1367/1947. 1.

Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad ˘mid SΩsi

64

CHAPTER TWO

Opens: Y man bi-˛usn al-ßanfii qa†† ˛ab lı * fiAmman siwhu wa-fianhu batta wißlı MS: Niamey, 429(iv). MA˘MÜD MU˘AMMAD DADAB known as ˘ammü, b. 26 Shawwl 1374/27 June 1955 Biographical notes and list of titles supplied by MMD.

Born in Timbuktu, he studied under several teachers: Abü ’l-Khayr b. fiAbd Allh al-Arawnı (q.v.), Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh Bü ’l-Afirf, from whom he obtained an ijza in ˛adıth and other Islamic sciences. Other teachers included Müly al-fiArabı b. Müly Hshim al-Arawnı, fiAbd Allh Badda b. al-Munır al-fiAlawı, fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Sayyid alTinbuktı, fiˆs b. Mu˛ammad al-Mawlüd, Sı. Mu˛ammad w. A˛mad alfiAyshı, Mu˛ammad al-‡hir b. Shirfi al-Arawnı, Müly A˛mad (q.v.), from who he obtained an ijza in ˛adıth, and Mu˛ammad al-∑adıq b. alDın, from who he obtained a certificate in calligraphy. He ran a Qur√nic school, then became a prospector and curator at the Centre A˛mad Bb. He then transferred to education, and after more than ten years working in that field became educational consultant in the Malian Inspectorate of Education. He has his own teaching circle held at his house, but remains devoted to calligraphy, constantly copying manuscripts. He has been a research assistant for several researchers, and is one of the experts in the field of Arabic manuscripts in Timbuktu. The titles of works below have been supplied by their author. 1.

Ajwiba ˛awl mafin ˛adıth .

2. Ba˛th ˛awl al-fialqt bayn al-sukkn fı shiml wa-janüb al-∑ahr√ al-kubr Paper delivered in Nadwat al-Tawßul in Tetuan, May 1998. 3. al-Irshd al-nuqüfi li’l-akh al-halüfi fı ’l-ta˛dhır min al-wuqüfi fı ashwk al-mashrüfi In verse. Taqrı÷ by Mu˛ammad al-Mawlüd b. A˛mad al-‡hir, known as Ammalü Ag Hamath al-Anßrı.


65

4. al-Irshdt ˛awl al-tawjıht fı istinb† al-fiqh wa-mawqif alfiulam√ fı ’l-dın Taqrı÷ by Alf A˛mad Bb˙r. 5.

al-Maq†af al-ßarıf li’l-fikif al-wajıf fı adfiiyat al-La†ıf

6.

Maktüb ˛awl al-makh†ü†t wa-ahammiyyatih wa-adawtih

7.

Maktüb fı ’l-kasb wa-ahammiyyatihi

8. Mafilümt fian khiznat usrat Bulfiarf On the library of A˛mad Bü’l-Afirf (q.v.), with analysis of its contents. MS: Xerox copy of ms. in author’s hand in NU/ Hunwick, 480. 9. Nabfiat al-dhawq wa’l-shawq al-mukhtaßara min al-mudh’hab wa’l-nafit wa-ftiq al-ratq Taqrı÷ by Alf Idrıs b. Mu˛ammad al-˘aydarı. 10. Nawzil al-Shaykh Abı’l-Khayr al-Arawnı Collection of the rulings by Abü ’l-Khayr al-Arawnı (q.v.) 11. Qaß√id i) Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-ghazawtihi ßall ’llh fialayhi wasallam bi-ßarf al-fitna fian ahl al-fiIrq ii) Q. fı ’l-naßı˛a wa’l-tawaßßul bi’l-awliy√ al-mu˛ı†ın bimadınat Tinbuktü li-raffi al-fitna (in Songhay). 12. Qıfin al-janna fı ’l-adhkr al-Qur√niyya wa’l-nabawiyya Collection of adhkr derived from the Qur√n and the Sunna in 280 pp. 13. al-Risla al-maymüna al-muhimma al-mu˛tawiya fial jull alnaß√i˛ al-wuddiyya wa’l-irshdt al-bayyina al-qayyima bi-munsabat al-fitna al-†˛ina fial Tinbuktü wa’l-aqlım al-shimliyya Commentary and counsel on the Tuareg uprising in the 6th region of Mali in the early 1990s. 14. al-Shabb wa-dawruhum fı ’l-Islm

66

CHAPTER TWO

15. Tafßıl al-ımn wa-arknihi 16. Tanbıh al-mdi˛ al-muqallid fial m kna fialayhi salaf Tinbuktu fı ’l-mawlid Taqrı÷ by Alf Slim b. al-Imm Bb˙r. 17. Tarjamat A˛mad Bü ’l-Afirf wa-ibnihi Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh Bü ’l-Afirf 18. al-fiUßra al-ßfiya fı sulük al-shawmis fı ’l-ukhuwwa fı shu√ün aldafiwa wa’l-i†ra wa’l-bifitha 19. al-Zin wa-thruhu al-sayyi√a fı sulük al-Muslim wa-shiddat ftihi fı ’l-mujtamafi MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. A˘MAD al-Tinbuktı 1. Ajwiba fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Tijniyyın MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 444. 2. Ta√rıkh al-†arıqa al-Tijniyya min al-Maghrib il baqiyyat mudun Ifrıqiyya MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 412.

MU˘AMMAD b. YAfiQÜB b. MÜSA al-Sunghawı This is the only person to use the nisba “Sunghawı”, (i.e. Songhay). Perhaps he did not identify himself with Timbuktu; or possibly he was not from the city or resident in it. 1. Fal˛ al-mu√min wa’l-najt On prayers for the Prophet. MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 1185.

CHAPTER THREE

THE SAHARAN FRINGES OF MALI: I, THE KUNTA The Kunta, although they consider themselves “Arabs” and claim fiUqba b. Nfifi as their eponymous ancestor, are most likely Berber by origin. Their early history is unclear, but from the mid-sixteenth century they begin to emerge as a distinct and relatively large tribe, and they began to roam over wide areas of the Sahara from al-Sqiy√ al-˛amr√ in the north to the Hodh (al-˘aw∂) in the south, and eastwards as far as the oasis of Tuwt, where eventually a settlement known as the Zwiyat Kunta emerged. In the early eighteenth century a rift occurred. Clans descended from Sı. Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır, a son of Sı. A˛mad al-Bakk√ı established themselves in what is now southern Mauritania, and became known as the Kunta al-Qibla, whilst descendants of Sı. fiUmar alShaykh, another son of Sı. A˛mad al-Bakk√ı (and a respected religious figure) combined pastoralism with commerce, and established a network of trading posts from Wdı Darfia through Tuwt to the Azawd region north of the Middle Niger to Timbuktu in the west and Katsina in the east. Among the latter, the Awld Sıdı al-Wfı established a pre-eminent status in the second half of the eighteenth century, due to the role of their leader Sı. al-Mukhtr b. A˛mad b. Abı Bakr (d. 1226/ 1811), who combined qualities of learnedness and sanctity with political astuteness and commercial acumen. In 1167/ 1753-4 he established a base at a location known as al-˘illa in Azawd, which soon became a noted centre of study and a base for the propagation of the Qdiriyya †arıqa. In fact, due to the saintly nature of Sı. al-Mukhtr, his propagation of the Qdiriyya led to his disciples constituting a sub-order known as the Qdiriyya-Mukhtriyya, from which many Qdiriyya groups in West Africa derive their affiliation. Upon Sı. al-Mukhtr’s death, his son Sı. Mu˛ammad inherited his role as chief of the Awld al-Wfı and shaykh of the Qdiriyya-Mukhtriyya. Upon his death in 1241/ 1826, political and spiritual leadership passed to his son al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır, and upon his demise to his brother A˛mad

68

CHAPTER THREE

al-Bakk√ı, who took up residence in Timbuktu, and worked to retain the city’s independence in the face of attempts at domination by A˛mad Lobbo and his successors, and of the Tijnı shaykh al-˛jj fiUmar, who established a state based on Segu in the early 1860s. In the closing years of the nineteenth century, two grandsons of Sı. Mu˛ammad distinguished themselves by their differing reactions to French colonial overrule. Zayn al-fi◊bidın declared a jihd against the French, following their occupation of Timbuktu in 1894, and continued to present a menace to them in the first two decades of the twentieth century. Sh. By b. Sı. fiUmar, a scholar and man of saintly repute, took up residence in the Ad‚ra‚r-n-Ifo‚ras, and encouraged both the Ifo‚ras and the Ahoggar Tuareg to avoid conflict with the French. He came to be recognized by the French as a judicial authority in the region, though he did not hold a designated post. The Kunta produced numerous scholars in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, of whom the best-known and most prolific were direct descendants of Sh. Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kabır. Their Qdiriyya disciples carried the †arıqa widely over western Sudanic Africa, though the Tijniyya became a powerful rival to it in the twentieth century. al-MUKHT◊R b. A˘MAD b. ABˆ BAKR al-Kuntı al-Wfı, Abü Zayn al-fi◊bidın, b. 1142/1729, d. 1226/29 May 1811 Fat˛, 152-3; Marty (1920), i, 27-62; Batran (1971, 1974, 1979, 2001); McDougall (1986); EI (2), v, 393-5; CCIM, art. by Mahmoud Abdu Zouber, pp. 215-8. See also Missions to the Niger, ed. E. M. Bovill, Cambridge, 1964 i, 301, n. 3.

He was born in the region of Kathıb/Erg Oralla a large dune just north of Mabrük. His father died when he was ten, and he was educated by his brothers Mu˛ammad Abü ˘miya and Abü Bakr, and by his maternal grandfather Bdi b. al-˘abıb. He also spent time living with and studying among the Kel Inalbash branch of the Kel al-Süq, and the Kel ˘urma. His principal teacher, however, was Sı. Alı b. al-Najıb of Arawn, a leading shaykh of the Qdiriyya in the region. He spent the years 1754-7 studying in Morocco, and on his return married a distant cousin of his, a pious and learned woman simply known as al-Shaykha (d. 14 January 1810).

THE SAHARAN FRINGES OF MALI I: THE KUNTA

69

On the death of Sı. fiAlı, he succeded him as shaykh of the Qdiriyya, and established a zwiya at Bü ’l-Anwr in Azawd, some 400 km. NE of Timbuktu [15-20 km NE of the well of Aneschchag, 18° 42’ N - 1° 02’ W]. From there he exercised his intercessory powers over various inter-tribal disputes, especially those of his own tribe with the Barbısh. He was on especially good terms with their chief Mu˛ammad b. Ra˛˛l and supported the succession of the latter’s son fiAlı. Relations with the Kel Antasar, however, deteriorated, and hostility remained between them and the Kunta until the early twentieth century. Nevertheless, Sı. alMukhtr retained good relations with clerical clans such as the Kel Inukundar. He was also a spiritual advisor to Kawa Ag Amma, the amenokal of the Ullimiden. Sı. al-Mukhtr maintained a wide range of contacts with other Islamic leaders of the region and a network of discipleship that extended from southern Mauritania to Bornu and southwards to the forest zones of Ivory Coast and Guinea. Among those who traced their Qdirı wird through him were Sh. fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye (see ALA II, 55), and Sh. A˛mad Lobbo of Msina. He was buried at his zwiya at Bü ’lAnwr. 1.

Adfiiya wa-a˛zb

Some collections of prayers exist without title, while several individual prayers circulate independently. These are listed first: i) Dafiwat yat al-kursı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5624. ii) Dufia√ al-awliy√ Opens: Allhumma laka al-˛amd bi-kulli shay√in nu˛ibbu an tu˛mada bihi. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 611. iii) Dufi√ al-basmala See also no. (v) below. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3072. iv) ˘izb al-asrr MSS: Rabat (KhA), D2257, pp. 614-26, J962, pp. 1-9.

70

CHAPTER THREE

v) ˘izb al-basmala MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 987.6-8, 3072 (listed as Dufi√ albasmala). vi) ˘izb al-isr√ MS: Rabat (KhA), D2257(9); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 900 (inc.), 1943 (inc.), 2065, 2937, 3622(i), 3798. vii) ˘izb al-nür MSS: Niamey, 1721; Rabat (KhA), D253, ff. 106-8; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 602, 3621(ii) (frag.). viii) Untitled. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı sharrafan bi-ßaltihi fialayn MSS: Niamey, 1008, 1444. ix) Untitled. Opens: Rabban ÷alamn anfusan Written for a student in a state of mental confusion. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4010. x) Untitled. Opens: Allhumma ˛ulla baynı wa-bayn almafißiya wa-asbbih wa-kha†artih wa’qtirbih MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5258. xi) Prayers said to be uttered by Sı. al-Mukhtr on arriving at a camping site or a house where he would stay. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2342(iv) Collections of prayers xii) Untitled. Opens with Qur√nic vv. of protection. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4052 (inc.). xiii) Khamsa a˛zb MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2661. xiv) Majmüfia a˛zb wa-adfiiya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 966 (62 ff.), 2438 (66 ff.), 2672, 4311.


71

Rabat (KhA), D127, pp. 71-335, D1754 (Opens with ˘izb alisr√, ˘izb al-nür, ˘izb al-basmala). xv) Majmüfi adfiiya A collection of 27 prayers. Opens: Y ilh al-liha al-rafıfi jalluhu, Y Allhu as√aluka bi-ww ilühiyyatika al-kmila, wamım ra˛matika al-shmila wa-dl daymümatika al-sarmadiyya wa-fiayn fiizzatika al-abadiyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1337; Rabat (KhH), 1130. 2.

Ajwiba i) On reciting a portion of the Qur√n during communal ßalt. Opens: M jar min al-fida min qir√at al-˛izb bayn a÷hur almußallın. MS: Timbuktu, 1732, 4992, 5668(i); Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 3340r. ii) On reciting the Qur√n in a loud voice close to someone who is praying. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 194, 790. iii) Responses to various questions, perhaps from one of his sons. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı jafiala qulüb al-fiulam√ mafti˛ li-fat˛ ratq muqfalt al-a˛km. MS: Niamey, 590, 1386; Rabat (khA), D226. iv) Responses to questions on taßawwuf and fiqh. Opens: al˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı lahu ’l-wujüd al-mu†laq. MS: Niamey, 565. v) On writing Qur√nic verses for a fee for a sick person who then dies. MS: Niamey, 1150. vi) On marriage. A man asks a girl’s hand, being already married. The girl’s father lays down a condition: if the man

72

CHAPTER THREE

reunites with his wife or takes a concubine, the girl is automatically divorced. MS: Niamey, 564; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5668(ii). vii) Responses to various questions. Opens: Amm suatafiallim. MS: Niamey, 1029. viii) Responses to various questions. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi jfiil fial qulüb al-fiulam√ maftı˛ ta˛illu aqfl al-mushkilt. MS: Niamey, 2278. ix) Responses to various questions. Opens: M jar min al-fida min qir√at al-˛izb bayn a÷hur al-mußallın (cf. nos. i and ii above). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5668. x) On the ruling concerning goods seized from marauders (mu˛ribün) and robbers (lußüß), and whether there is any difference between these two categories. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié, 21, ff. 1-7. xi) On various religious matters. Opens: ˘ a m dan li-man nawwara baß√ir ülı ’l-istibßr bi-ithmid ku˛l al-asrr wa’latwr MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1953. xii) On the lawful and the forbidden (al-˛all wa’l-˛arm) MS: Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 37r-38v. xiii) Ajwiba fı ’l-fiqh MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(14)b√, ˘(14)F; Niamey, 2271; Paris (BN), 5480, ff. 103-6, 5610, ff. 10r.-13v., 5616, ff. 83r-89v; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1955. xiv) On failure of women to observe ˛ijb. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 299 (Ajwibat al-niqb).


73

xv) Selection compiled by his son Mu˛ammad MS: Kaolack, 143. See also: Paris (BN), 6399, ff. 219-65.

3. Ajwibat Labbt Answers to 81 questions in response to Labbt [b. Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım]. MSS: Boudjbeha (500 ff.); Niamey, 582; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1258 (inc.). 4. al-Ajwiba al-muhimma li-man lahu bi-amr dınihi himma Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı awjab al-tamassuk bi’l-kitb wa’l-ßalt wa’l-salm fial ’l-nabı al-awwb MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√37 dl; Birmingham, 3; MAMMP, 8.4, 2-60; Paris (BN), 6366; Rabat (KhA), D270, pp. 196-335, D1429, ff. 1r-57v., K2541; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 21, 2915, 3953, 4637, 8878. 5. al-Awrd al-Qdiriyya wa’l-tawjıht al-Mukhtriyya See Cour, Catalogue de la médersa de Tlemcen. See also Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4114 (Awrd). 6. Badhl (var. bulügh) al-wusfi fı ’l-mas√il al-tisfi Nine questions put to Sı. al-Mukhtr by one of the fiulam√ al-südn as a test. See Fat˛, 152, Massignon (1909), no. 1. 7. Bughyat al-kh√i∂ fı ˛ukm al-tamattufi bi’l-˛√i∂ On sexual relations with a woman after menstruation if she has not bathed due to lack of water. MSS: Niamey, 965, 2237; Paris (BN), 5675, ff. 146r-153v. 8. al-Burd al-muwashsh fı qa†fi al-ma†mifi wa’l-rush MSS: Birmingham, 19; Niamey, 424, 584; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1015 (inc.), 1701. Comm. By his son Mu˛ammad (q.v.), fiIlm al-yaqın wa-sunan almuttaqın. MSS: Niamey, 585; Rabat (KhA), D2450; Rabat (KhH), 824; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 36, 473, 3295.

74 9.

CHAPTER THREE

Fatwı i) On seeking cures through writing of Qur√nic verses. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 933, 2711. ii) On the lawfulness of property taken from robbers and marauders (al-mu˛ribün); cf. Ajwiba, no x above. MSS: Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 40r.-43v.; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 968, 1077, 2566 (on what is taken from Ullimiden, Tadmakkat and Imghd), 2716, 3848. iii) On the law on zakt. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1550. iv) On a judgment (nzila) on the people of Azawd. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1572. v) On blood remaining inside a carcass after slaughter. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1766. vi) On divorce. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2359 vii) On selling salt for grain. The item is not actually by Sı. al-Mukhtr, but refers to a ruling of his on the subject. Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3602. viii) On stipulations a sick man makes about healing. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2486, 2922 (different?). ix) On attempting bribery. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2405. x) On almsgiving. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3961. xi) Decision in a case between two men (unknown issue). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2924. xii) On treachery. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3354, 3431.


75

xiii) On zakt. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2993, 4112. xiv) On inheritance. Question posed by the grandsons of Sh. Inalbash about the division of their father’s inheritance. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2727. xv) On the fidya of him who recites Qur√n for the dead. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4630. xvi) On marriage with conditions. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5047. xvii) On the status of goods taken from the hands of marauders and thieves, and the difference between them. Cf. fatw no. ii, and Ajwiba, no. x above. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4223. xviii) Collection of fatwı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3948 (18 ff.) 10. Fat˛ al-Wadüd bi-shar˛ Tu˛fat al-mawdüd Comm. on Tu˛fat al-mawdüd of Ibn Mlik. Written in 1201/1786. MSS: Birmingham, 5 (inc.); London (BM), 12544; Niamey, 570, 2243 (inc.); Paris (BN), 5371, ff. 1-164; Rabat (KhA), J58, K2572; Rabat (KhH), 1957, 3278, J58; Salé, 161; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 14 (inc.), 567, 1246, 1247, 1388; 1974, 2035, 3490, 8631. Gloss: by Mu˛ammad al-∑li˛ b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Qri√, Tu˛fat al-labıb wa-bughyat al-˛abıb. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 442, 6356. 11. Fat˛ al-Wahhb fial Hidyat al-†ullb Comm. on author’s Hidyat al-†ullb (q.v.) in four large volumes. MSS: Niamey, 1738, 2542. 12. Fiqh al-afiyn fı ˛aq√iq al-Qur√n Also called Lubb al-albb fı ˛aq√iq al-sunna wa’l-kitb. MSS: Niamey, 1207, 2420 (Pt. II only), 2541 (part of Pt. I only), Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2845, 2846, 3684.

76

CHAPTER THREE

13. Hidyat al-†ullb A compendium (mukhtaßar) of fiqh; see Fat˛, 152. MSS: Rabat (KhA), D372 (Pt. III only). Comm. by author, Fat˛ al-Wahhb fial Hidyat al-†ullb (see above). 14. al-˘ißn al-manıfi fı ’l-tawaddud il ’l-˛abıb MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3169. 15. al-fiIlm al-nfifi MSS: Paris (BN), 5606, ff. 98r.-103v.; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 517, 3380. 16. al-Irshd fı maßli˛ al-fiibd A treatise on theology. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1834 (Pt.I, inc.), 1835 (Pt.II, inc.), 2009 (Pt 1, 192 ff., copied in 1242/1826 by al-Mukhtr [al-∑aghır] b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr b. A˛mad [al-Kuntı], the author’s grandson). 17. al-Istikhra MSS: Paris (BN), 5474, f. 154, 5543, f. 153. 18. Jadhwat al-anwr fı ’l-dhabb fian (manßib) awliy√ Allh alakhyr Written in 1205/1790-1. Reply to al-Mukhtr b. Büna regarding a verse in his poem al-Wasıla in which he denied that anyone other than a prophet could possess fiißma. Mukhtr al-Kuntı argues that saints also possess it. MSS: Birmingham, 22; MAMMP, 8.2, 170-287; Niamey, 1384, 1705; Paris (BN), 5429, ff. 247-93; Rabat (KhA), K2579; Shinqı† (Ahl ˘abat), 139; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 332, 810, 3681, 4225. 19. Jadhwa nürniyya tubayyinu li’l-slik m yafiru∂ lahu mimm huwa rabbnı aw shay†nı MSS: Birmingham, 6. Publ. text in Batran (1971), 425-32. 20. al-Jurfia al-ßfiya (var. al-shfiya) wa’l-naf˛a al-kfiya Written in 1207/1792-3.


77

MSS: Alexandria (MB), taßawwuf, 13; Niamey, 821 (inc.), 1157, 1452, 1952, 1986, 2006; Paris (BN), 5503, ff. 1-156, 5525, ff. 199-374; Rabat (AF), ayn 655 (attrib. to M. b. al-Mukhtr) Rabat (KhA), D360, K2578; Shinqı† (Ahl ˘abat), 189; Shinqı† (Ahl Ludfi), 16; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 500, 1700, 3349, 3985. Comm. by Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. fiAbd al-Wahhb al-Mlikı. MS: Niamey, 819 (inc.). Abridgt. by author, al-Rashfat al-shfiya min al-jurfiat al-ßfiya, MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1657. 21. Kashf al-labs fı m bayn al-rü˛ wa’l-nafs MSS: Birmingham, 18, 24 (inc.); Niamey, 583; MAMMP, 8.2, 1-169; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3616. 22. Kashf al-niqb fian asrr Fti˛at al-Kitb See Fat˛, 152, where it is described as an extraordinary work. MSS: Salé, 119 (inc.); Rabat (KhA), D343 (Tafsır al-Fti˛a); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1699., 2479 23. al-Kawkab al-waqqd fı fa∂l dhikr al-mash√ikh wa-˛aq√iq alawrd MSS: Birmingham, 15 (inc.); Kaolack, 77, 78 (both: fı dhikr fa∂√il almash√ikh wa-daq√iq al-awrd); MAMMP, 8.3, 2-223; 8.5, 285-321; Niamey, 587, 1275, 1383; Rabat (AF), fiayn 65; Rabat (KhA), D1661, ff. 156-61 (inc.), J615, J762, K1592 (inc.); Rabat (KhH), 1124, 6099, 8328, 9942; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1608 (fı fa∂l mash√ikh al-awrd), 2481. See also A˛mad Abü ’l-Afirf, al-Faw√id al-manqüla min al-Kawkab al-waqqd. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 404. 24. Khu†bat fiıd al-a∂˛ Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı’l-fiizza wa’l-jall al-fia÷ım bi-ghayr jism wa-l shakl wa-l khayl MS: Algiers (BH), ˛√16; Niamey, 918, 1681; Paris (BI), 2405(29); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 13, 391, 1612, 2308, 2339, 2585, 4269. 25. K. al-minna fı ifitiqd ahl al-sunna MSS: Salé, 57 (lacks opening); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 170, 415.

78

CHAPTER THREE

Abridgt. by A˛mad b. Abı ’l-Afirf al-Tinbuktı ‡arıq al-janna fı faw√id k. al-minna ( q.v.). 26. La†√if al-Qudsı fı fa∂√il yt al-kursı MSS: Rabat (KhH), 5493, 9838. 26a. Lubb al-albb fı ˛aq√iq al-sunna wa’l-kitb Alternative title for Fiqh al-afiyn (q.v.). 27. al-Mamzüj See Fat˛, 153, where it is described as a work that unites ∑üfism (al˛aqıqa) and sharıfia. 28. Maqla fı ’l-awliy√ wa-karmtihim MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2284. 29. Ma†iyyat al-khalß fı kalimat al-ikhlß On the teacher and pupil. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1821, 2917 (fı mafin ’l-ikhlß). 30. al-Mukhtaßar al-jamıl fı m tadfiü ilayhi al-˛ja min al-˛urr wa’lfiabd wa’l-mar√a wa’l-ßibyn MS: Rabat, UNESCO, ser. K, B935/3. 31. Naf˛ al-†ıb fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-˛abıb MSS: Kaduna (NA), G/AR1/4; Paris (BN), 5474, ff. 54r.-99v., 5519, ff. 138r.-50r., 5675, ff. 28v.-57v.; Rabat (KhA), D127, ff. 1-35, D2257, pp. 543-613, J407, pp. 7-100; Rabat (KhH), 8439, 8827; Shinqı† (Ahl ˘abat), 171; Sokoto (WJC), 1/57; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 173, 475, 1607, 1614, 1655, 1933, 2945, 2785, 2945, 4177; Tunis (BN), 2178. Comm. by his son Mu˛ammad (q.v.), al-Raw∂ al-khaßıb fı shar˛ Naf˛ al-†ıb, MSS: Niamey, 1382, 2175; Rabat (AF), fiayn 358; Rabat (KhA), D730, K164, K1547 (inc.); Rabat (KhH), 4636; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 8362. Abridgt. by A˛mad Abü’l-Afirf, Tu˛fat al-arıb (q.v.). Abrigt. of text and comm. by Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Bakk√i b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 402.


79

32. al-Naßı˛a Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh alladhı azla fiann al-sina wa’l-asinna bi’l˛ikma wa’l-mawfii÷a al-˛asana. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 29 (inc.), 30. 33. Naßı˛at al-batt li-jamıfi ahl Kunta MSS: Niamey, 551; Paris (BN), 5613, ff. 190-3; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4838; 34. al-Naßı˛a al-shfiya al-kfiya MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1538. 35. Naßı˛at al-munßif al-mubaßßir [var. al-mubtahil] al-mutafia††if Quoted and abstracted in fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye, Nayl almarm min shiyam al-kirm; see ALA II, 100. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qla wa-liman ßabara wa-ghufrn dhlika li-man fiazama alumür MSS: Niamey, 526. 36. Nu∂r al-dhahab fı kulli fann muntakhab MSS: MAMP, 8.2, 346-418; Niamey, 586, 2173. 37. Nuzhat al-rwı wa-bughyat al-˛wı MSS: Niamey, 420, 815, 1381, 2530; Paris (BN), 5365 (inc.), 5367 (inc.); Rabat (KhA), K1517 (inc.), K1327, K2148 (inc.), Q56 (inc.); Rabat (KhH), 412, 1429, 2513; Shinqı† (Ahl ˘abat), 207; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 706, 3453. Comm. by anon. MSS: Niamey, 815. 38. Qaß√id i) Q. mutanawwifia MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 465-9; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1516, 4460. By qfiya ii) Q. b√iyya: al-Dhawqu sakr al-fiabdi bi’l-sharbı * Qabl al-tarawwu˛ bafid al-iqtirbı

80

CHAPTER THREE

MSS: Sokoto (WJC), 10/87. iii) Q. b√iyya: Minnı’l-salm wa-fiannı ayyuh ’l-nujubü * Ta˛ammalü tafib an intjuhu ’l-†arabü Addressed to his disciples, 88 vv. MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 276-9; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 306. iv) Q. dliyya: A-l abligh il ’l-nafar al-mufidı * Mughalghalatan tunbi√u bi’l-saddı In 32 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2027(i). v) Q. dliyya: Shughif al-fu√du bi-˛ubbi Dht al-w˛idı * Wa’l-sirru anb fian muqirrin j˛idı ∑üfı poem in 28vv. MSS: Paris (BN), 5623, ff. 103r-v, 5693, ff. 65r-v; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3057, 4862, 5435. Comm. by author; see Fat˛, 153. vi) Q. dliyya: Afiüdhu bi’llhi min kayd al-fiid abad * Washarri m fiaqadü wa’stamsakü’l-fiuqad MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4015 (attrib. to A˛mad al-Bakk√ı), 4093(i). vii) Q. dliyya: Y man bi-azrihi yashudd al-sfiidü * M lı siwkum fı ’l-umüri musfiidü See Fat˛, 153. viii) Q. dliyya fı ’l-taßawwuf MSS: Paris (BN), 5623, f. 103. ix) Q. hmziyya: Allhu rabbi filimun bi-shif√ı * Wa’hwa ’lQadıru fial ’l-shif√ı In 36vv. MS: TC 2582. x) Q. h√iyya: Ra√aytu ’l-Muß†af fı ’l-nawmi ˛aqq * Fabashsharanı wa-adnnı ilayhi MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2155(i), 3764, 5276(i).


81

xi) Q. h√iyya: Suqy an li-ar∂in ghashh ’l-qa˛†u min zamanı * Fa’mnin bi-ghaythin ay Mannnu y ’llhü MSS: Sokoto (WJC), 3/33. xii) Q. h√iyya: A-man tashakk min shab (?) ˛absihi * Abshir bi-nür in l˛a min shamsihi Addressed to a disciple. 20 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2601(iv). xiii) Q. ˛√iyya: Fa-l takhsh iqllan wa-dhü’l-fiarshi mni˛ü * Wa-l takhsh. Adressed to his son Sı. al-Mukhtr.. 13vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2637(ii) xiv) Q. lmiyya: Y rabban ∂afiufat al-a†flü * Wa-qa˛a† alnis√u wa’l-rijlü Prayer in verse, 23 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 300(ii), 2327. xv) Q. lmiyya: Ijfial al-layla jawdan yamta†ı * Wa-dafi alnawma fa-fı ’l-nawmi al-fashal 19vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2601(v). xvi) Q. lmiyya: Il mat anta y miskınu mashghülü * Bijamfii duny wa-anta fianh manqülü MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5388. xvii) Q. lmiyya: Abshir fa-anta bi-˛abl Allhi mawßülü * L takhsh faqran fa-inna ’l-fiahda mas√ülü Addressed to his son Sı. al-Mukhtr. 20 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2637(iii). xviii) Q. lmiyya fı ’l-dufi√ MS: Paris (BN), 5693, ff. 66r. -67v. xix) Q. lmiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi rabbı khliqı azal * ˛amdan afüzü bihi wa-ablugh al-amal In 77 vv, celebration of the 99 names of God. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1254.

82

CHAPTER THREE

xx) Q. lmiyya: Y rabbi dh ’l-anmi wa’l-af∂lı * Rawwi ’l-bilda bi-wbilin dhayylı Prayer for rain in 17 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2969(ii). xxi) Q. lmiyya MS: Salé, 494/1 (at end). xxii) Q. mımiyya: Abshir bi-khayrin fa-inna ’l-naj˛a ma˛tümü * Wa-kullu m qaddar al-Ra˛mnu marsümü MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2191. xxiii) Q. mımiyya: A-man huwa bi’l-fiadli mawßüfun wa’lkaramı * Wa-bi’l-kamli wa-bi’l-i˛sni wa’l-qidamı Prayer in verse, 22 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 300(i). xxiv) Q. mımiyya: Rabban dafiawnka fial * Falaqatin wa’lfiafwu yufiz li’l-kirm In 30 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3915 (fial fiqatin), 5893. xxv) Q. nüniyya: Ayqi÷ jufünaka inna ’l-qalba wasnnü * Waßammim al-fiazma inna ’l-fiazma kaslnü In 27 vv. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2893, 5706. xxvi) Q. nüniyya: Y rabbi y rabbi ßra ’l-mawtu †üfn * Wa-anta akramu man bi’l-lu†fi awln In 49 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 884. xxvii) Q. nüniyya: Habb al-nasımu bi-naf˛at al-aw†nı * Faathra minnı kmin al-fiirfnı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5388(ii) (inc.). xxviii) Q. nüniyya: ˘amdan li-man lahu ’l-asmı ’l-˛usn * Wakullu nafitin dhı kamlin asn In 191 vv.


83

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2316 (vi). xxix) Q. nüniyya: ‡araf al-fiayni yaq÷nü * Wa’l-qalbu min lafa˛t al-wajdi walhnü MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2580 (inc.). xxx) Q. qfiyya fı rith√ zawjatihi xxxi) vv. Elegy for his wife Lalla fi◊√isha. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1894. xxxii) Q. r√iyya: A-man sirruhü na˛w al-mulibbına qad yassar * Taraffaq bin wa-la-tubdil al-fiusra bi’l-yusrı In 262 vv. MS: Niamey, 1404 (inc.). xxxiii) Q. r√iyya: Tanßarat al-afid√u min kulli jnibı * fiAlayya fa-˛asbı man lahu ’l-khalqu wa’l-amrü In 57 vv. MS: Paris (BI), 2413(199 end); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2316(iii). xxxiv) Q. r√iyya: Y ayyuh ’l-muta˛allı ghayra shımatihı * Aqßir fa-laysa wujüd al-fiayni ka’l-atharı In 53 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 939. Publ. text in Batran (1971), 399-405. xxxv) Q. r√iyya: Y dh’l-than l yan˛aßir * Innı ghulibtu fa’ntaßir In 31 vv. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2877, 3767, 5888. xxxvi) Q. r√iyya: Ilayka rafafin ’l-amra y man lahu ’lamrü * Wa-laysa laka Zaydun siwka wa-l fiAmrü MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4339 (preceded by prayer by Sı. alMukhtr). xxxvii) Q. r√iyya: Y rabban qad fiammat al-asw√u wa’l∂ararü * Wa’ghbarra ufq al-sam wa’˛marrat al-shajarü Prayer for rain in 20 vv.

84

CHAPTER THREE

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2969(i). xxxviii) Q. sıniyya: Ashkü ilayka wa-l ashkü il ’l-nsı * Faqrı wa-dhullı wa-taqßırı wa-iflsı In 21 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5642. xxxix) Q. t√iyya: Y rabbi hadh ’l-wab * Nar annahu i∂taramat MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2202. xl) Q. t√iyya: Idh lam ashmir bafida khamsına ˛ijjat * Fa-dhlika tafrı† un wa-sü√u †awiyyatı On his approaching death, in 10 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2027(ii). xli) Q. r√iyya: Mat taßhü wa-qalbuka fı ghurürı * Watasbi˛u bi’l-sinıni wa’l-shuhürı. In 118 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4888. By topic xlii) al-Q. al-badriyya Calling on God, the Prophet, and the saints to help him against his enemies. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı bi-fa∂lihı * Manna fial fiibdihi bi-ruslihı. 30 vv. MSS: Paris (BN), 5678, ff. 118-9v); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2219, 2659, 2708, 4079. xliii) Denial of the suggestion that he is the Mahdı. MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√23÷√. xliv) al-Q. al-fay∂iyya al-mushtamila fial anwfi al-tajalliyyt Comm. by anon. MS: Niamey, 812(v) (frag.). xlv) Q. fı ’l-dht al-ilhı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2983. xlvi) Q. fı ’l-dufi√ fial ’l-÷alama MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3767.


85

xlvii) Q. fı ’l-˛ikam Openß: Nafsi ’llatı tamliku al-ashy√a dhhibatü * Fa-kayfa asfi fial shay√in dhhibı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3155. xlviii) Q. fı ’l-ibtihl a) Al†if bi-lu†fika y La†ıfu bi-khalqihi * Bi’l-ghaythi tabfiathuhu sarıfian mughdiq. 17 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3136(i) b) Opens: Y rabbi m fiawwadtan ill ’l-jamıl * Warizquka ’l-jammu wa-fa∂luka ’l-jazılü. 23 vv. Urjüza MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3136(ii). c) Opens: Laka ’l-˛amdu y man lahu iftaqara * Jamıfi al-bary bi-qahri ÷ahrı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3544. d) Opens: Qad ßadaqa ’llhu wa-ballagha ’l-rasülü * Wana˛nu mann bi-kulli m yaqülü MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4262. See also, 3980. xlix) Q. fı fiilm al-†arıqa MSS: Paris (BN), 5613, ff. 190-3. l) Q. fı ’l-istisq√ Opens: Ql al-faqıh al-muqtadı bi’llhı * Mu˛ammad alMukhtru ghayra w†ı. 27 vv. (inc.?). On f. 1r is another version of ll. 1-3. Line 1 ends man dhü’l-jhı. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3940. See also 2372. li) Q. fı mad˛ fiashıratihi wa’l-diffi fianh MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1752. lii) Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı Opens: Laka’l-˛amdu rabbi m tarannamat * w-sh-˛ fial ’lfqi wa-minhum maßabb MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 569.

86

CHAPTER THREE

liii) Q. fı mad˛ al-Süqiyyın In 44 vv. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2649, 4325, 5603(i). liv) Q. fı mad˛ ra√ıs Kal al-Süq In 14 vv. Opens: Il man thaw bayn al-jawni˛i ˛ubbuhü * Salmun ka∂aw√ al-miski bal huwa ajmalü. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5603(ii) lv) Q. fi ’l-radd fial ’l-Mukhtr b. Büna MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2046 (illegible). lvi) Q. fi ’l-radd fial ahl al-Süq Response to the Kel al-Süq who were preventing al-Mukhtr’s students from attending the ˛a∂ra Mukhtriyya. Opens: Man dh yusfiilu fian kirmin ajillatı * Fa-hum mash√ikhu qdatun li’l-muqtafı. 20 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3692(i). lvii) Q. fı shafin al-dajjl Opens: Minnı wafiıdun d√im al-iqblı * Yaqfü la√ıman fı rififiin blı. 28 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4031. lviii) Q. fı ’l-ta√rıkh Arousing Muslims to the dangers of the French conquest of Egypt. Opens: Nm al-khaliyyu wa-jafn al-fiayni yaq÷nü * Idh qıla ˛alla bih büqun wa-ßulbnü. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2689(i). lix) Q. fı ’l-tawassul MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4079. lx) Q. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd Opens: L tastarib bi-karmtin yukhaßßu bih * Man ittaq ’llha fı sirrin wa-ifilnı. 20 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2601(i).


87

lxi) Q. fı ’l-zuhd MS: Shinqı† (Ahl fiAbd al-˘amıd), 17. lxii) Urjüza: Fa-qad safiü bi’l-ar∂i bi’l-fasdı * Fakhudh’hum wa-kulla man yufidı In 41 vv., attacking the Banü ’l-Mült. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2316(i) 39. al-Rashfat al-shfiya min al-jurfiat al-ßfiya, MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1657. 40. Ras√il [of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı] i) R. fı ’l-istikhra MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3053. ii) R. fı jawb al-muta˛ribın MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4766. iii) R. fı kayfiyyat al-sulük Opens: al-Sulük il ’llh huwa al-iqbl fial ’llh fı ’l-sirr wa’lfialniyya. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3070 (inc.). iv) R. fı kayfiyyat ziyrat al-shaykh Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4763. v) R. fı taqßır al-wird MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1923, 3405 (called here fatw). vi) R. fı ujrat al-a†ibb√ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3087. vii) R. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3157, 3942, 3947, 4461. viii) R. il abn√ fiAlı b. Najıb To the sons of his teacher. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3625. ix)

R. il abn√ Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf

88

CHAPTER THREE

Abolishing the custom of letting a slave cut the tip of the ear of a man’s camel in order to change master. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4282, 5296. x) R. il abn√ Sh. Sı. A˛mad ∑li˛ fı sha√n kaff Kel Antaßar fian al-fasd MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1631. xi) R. il A˛mad b. ∑li˛ al-Arawnı MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 148. xii) R. il fiAlı b. Sh. Sı. A˛mad wa-ikhwnihi Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi mu÷hir al-˛aqq wa-mufilıhı wamuba††il al-b†il wa-madh’hab mu˛illıhi. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1650. xiii) R. il amır al-mu√minın fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. fiAshshb MSS: Rabat (KhH), 2114. xiv) R. il Bdı b. Ma˛müd Advice to him on fighting the Tuareg. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2730. xv) R. il ˘mid b. A˛mad al-∑anhjı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1963. xvi) R. il Hanün b. Bayd Concerning Tuareg in the area of Ra√s al-M√. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 572. xvii) R. il ibnihi Sı. Mu˛ammad Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi mufarrij al-kurüb wa-fiallm alghuyüb MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2637(i). xviii) R. il ibnihi fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd C.f. no. (xviii) below. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3153.


89

xix) R. il jamfiat al-abn√ wa’l-ikhwn jamfiat abn√ fiammin Ibn al-Nafima MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(14)th√, ˛√(37)th√. xx) R. il jamfiat Iguelld At end is a note in a different hand apparently by the [pilgrim] caravan leader ˘m b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. al-Mukhtr (q.v.) about events in the Middle East. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2045. xxi) R. il jamfiat Kel Antaßar Inviting the Kel Antaßar to arbitration after they attacked the Kunta. MSS: Niamey, 546; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 712, 901. xxii) R. il kulli mu√min wa-mu√mina On women’s dress and comportment. MSS: Birmingham, 12. xxiii) R. il Mu˛ammad al-Süqı See Brown (1967a), no. 26. xxiv) R. il ’l-sul†n al-Almadı al-Mukhtr Bb al-Kuntı Letter to the chief of the Ullimiden asking him to mediate in a war between the Kunta and the Iguellad. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2710. xxv) R. il ’l-Q√id Abı Bakr al-Bsh On the question of the imamate at Timbuktu, addressed to Q√id Abü Bakr (Bübakr), who became pasha in 1210/1795-6. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1635, 1514 (addressed to Q√id Abü Bakr b. A˛mad, Buya b. fiAlı, and fiAbd al-Ra˛mn and Sharıf Zayyn), 3195 (il afiyn T.), 4791. xxvi) R. il ’l-∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad al-Bashır On what took place between the Tuareg and the Sultan Kawa Ag Amma, amenokal of the Ullimiden. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1361.

90

CHAPTER THREE

xxvii) R. il Sıdı al-Wfı See Brown (1967a), no. 28. xxviii) R. il fiUthmn b. al-˘jj b. Balla fı sha√n al-∂arrt (sic) Whether a wife can seek the divorce of her co-wife. The attribution to Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı is taken from the CEDRAB catalog, but it is doubtful since fiUthmn b. al-˘jj b. Balla was probably a 20th century figure. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2139. 41. al-Risla al-fiajıba wa’l-naßı˛a al-badıfia il sayyid Bb A˛mad MS: Kaolack, 142. 42. al-Risla al-kfiya al-shfiya bi-nashr al-fifiya Addressed to A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad. MSS: Niamey, 1160 (inc.). 43. al-Risla al-maymüna Or Sabıl al-hud wa’l-rashd fı naßı˛at al-afid√ wa’l-˛ussd. O n religious ethics. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı l mudhill li-man rafafia wa-l mufiizz li-man fian fa∂lihi dafafia MS: Niamey, 574; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 987, 1814. Abridgt. by A˛mad Abü ’l-Afirf (q.v.), al-Baraka wa’l-mafiüna fı muntakhab qaw√id min al-Risla al-maymüna. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 987. 44. Risla wa-ta√rıkh MSS: MAMMP, 8.3, 577-666 (inc. attrib. to al-Shaykh al-kabır). 45. al-Sahm al-mußıb Urjüza: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı bi-fa∂lihı * Manna fial fiibdihı biruslihı. 84 vv., imploring God and God’s chosen ones to help him against his enemies. MSS: Paris (BN), 5436, ff. 201r-202r.; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 235, 881, 2316(ii), 4972 (attrib. to A˛mad al-Bakk√ı); Timbuktu (MMHT), 4142 (attrib. to his son Mu˛ammad).


91

46. ∑alawt fial ’l-nabı Sokoto ms says: ‘Whoever recites this prayer once on a Friday, it is as if he had recited the Dal√il al-khayrt [of al-Jazülı] a thousand times’. MSS: Niamey, 1440; Sokoto (WJC), 6/94. 47. Shar˛ fial ßal† †alfiat al-dht al-mu†alsam MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3805. 48. Shar˛ qaßıda fı mad˛ al-nabı Comm. on poem by A˛mad b. Nßir al-Dın Mu˛ammad al-Darfiı (d. after 1100/1680) (Cf Q. by his son Mu˛ammad, al-Futü˛t al-ladunniyya). MS: Birmingham, 16. 49. Shar˛ al-qaßida al-fay∂iyya MSS: Rabat (KhH), 7357; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 501. 50. al-Shumüs al-A˛madiyya fı ’l-fiaq√id al-Mu˛ammadiyya MSS: Niamey, 576. 51. Sullam al-ri∂wn bi-dhawq ˛alwat al-ımn MSS: Cairo (DK), 808 taßawwuf; Niamey, 541, 968, 1104; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 713. 52. al-Tadhyıl al-jalıl al-fiadım al-mathıl MSS: Rabat (KhH), 1736; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1805. 53. Ta√rıkh wa-nasab Awld ˘assn bi-Azawd MSS: Niamey, 107; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1291 (T. qab√il B. ˘assn b. fiUqayl), 4598 (R. fı dhurriyyat abn√ ˘assn). 54. Tu˛fat ahl al-jibl fı mafirifat a˛wl al-rijl Biographies of illustrious Muslims. Unfinished. Paris (BN), 5588, ff. 129r-142r. 55. Waßy i) Opens: Iyyka an tu˛ıla awrdaka bal jamıfi afimlaka fial wujüd al-fargh wa-khuluww al-waqt. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2344.

92

CHAPTER THREE

ii) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi al-Malik al-Jabbr alladhı jafiala al-tawßı min sunnat anbiy√ihi al-akhyr Advice to a disciple who wanted to travel to bild al-südn. MSS: Niamey, 527;Timbuktu (CEDRAB) 1270. iii) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı amaran bi-ittibfi almursalın wa-˘a∂∂a fial ˛usn al-khuluq wa’l-lın. MSS: Niamey, 1156, Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 314, 359, pp. 13141;1156, 2985. iv) Opens: ˘amdan li-man amara bi’l-tawßı bi’l-˛aqq wa’lßabr MS: Niamey, 2262. v) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı jafiala qulüb awliy√ihi khaz√in l√ihi. MSS: Niamey, 1035; Paris (BN), 5429, ff. 294v-301. vi) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh al-munazzah fian al-shurak√ wa’l-andd al-mutafilı fian al-ß˛iba wa’l-awld. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 315, 359, pp. 124-9, 999. vii) Waßiyya fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2293. viii) Waßiyya il ’l-tilmıdh Sayyid al-Wfı b. ‡lib. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3113. ix) Waßiyya il tilmıdhihi al-˛jj fiAbd Allh b. al-˛jj Mu˛ammad b. al-Shaykh Ikina MSS: Paris (BN), 5437, ff. 152-70, 176-81, 198. x) Waßiyya wajıza fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2588. 56. Yatımat al-laylı fı ifhm fiulam√ Tanylı (or Qıtlı) See Fat˛, 153. 57. Zawl al-albs fı †ard al-shay†n al-khanns


93

Completed Rabıfi II 1217/August 1802. MSS: Manchester, 837A; Niamey, 581, 1551, 2297; Paris (BN), 5437, ff. 109-27; 5452, ff. 79-99; 5495; Rabat (KhA), D508, ff. 89-95; Shinqı† (Ahl fiAbd al-˘amıd), 16; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 274. Abridgt. by anon. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 809. WORKS OF UNCERTAIN ATTRIBUTION

58. Fat˛ al-aqfl See Brown (1967a), no. 43. 59. al-Irshd fı ’l-hidya il ’l-murd wa-˛usn al-ihtid√ On taw˛ıd. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi jfiil qulüb al-fiulam√ mafti˛ aqfl al-mushkilt. The title is taken from a recent note on the inside front cover. On f.1r. in another hand the book is identified as being the work of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı al-Shinqı†ı. An older note speculates that it is by Zarrüq, but says the author is also the author of Nuzhat al-rwı, cf. al-Mukhtr’s book Nuzhat al-rwı wa-bughyat al-˛wı. MS: Rabat (KhA), 2573. 60. Jumn al-durr Said to be a commentary. MSS: Zaria, 879. 61. K. al-taw˛ıd wa’l-fiqh bi-†arıq al-ishra wa’l-ghumü∂ MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 523-35. 62. Naßı˛at al-ghawth See Brown (1967a), no. 23. 63. Nzila nüzila bih Sh. al-Mukhtr b. Bb A˛mad Appears to be some kind of dream or vision, said to have occurred on 6 Jumd I 1205/11 January 1791. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5246. 64. Nubdha ßfiya kfiya mu˛arrara shfiya

94

CHAPTER THREE

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi al-Fatt˛ al-fiAlım al-Bsi† al-˘akım fı ’l-mulk wa’l-fiizza wa’l-tadbır. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 853, 1896 (inc., no title given). 65. Nuzhat al-asm√ See Brown (1967a), no. 32. 66. Ru√y MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2961. 67. Shar˛ al-†ar√if al-qudsı [al-qudsiyya] See Brown (1967a), no. 44. 68. Tafsır al-basmala See Fat˛, 152. 69. al-Waßiyya al-nfifia See Brown (1967a), no. 29. **************** Unidentified items in Paris (BN), 5401, ff. 42r-43v, 72, 5519, f. 13v, 5556, f. 183r, 5560, ff. 163r-166v, 5607, 16v-54r, 5623, ff 103, 5675, f. 27r, 5705, ff. 176r-178v, 179v. Also unverified is a dıwn attributed to Sh. al-Mukhtr, MS: Sokoto (WJC), 10/8. His son Sı. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MUKHT◊R b. A˘MAD b. ABˆ BAKR al-Kuntı al-Wfı, b. c. 1178/1764-5, d. 1241/1825-6 Marty (1920), i, 65-74; Batran (1971, 1974, 1979); EI (2), v, 393-5; CCIM, art. by Sidi Amar Ould Ely, pp. 229-31.

The fifth son of Sı. al-Mukhtr, but was selected by him as his successor as shaykh of the Qdiriyya in Azawd due to his great learning, much of which was acquired directly from his father. He himself was a noted teacher, the most celebrated of his students being Sh. Sıdiyya of Bü Tilımıt (in S. Mauritania), who studied with him for fifteen years (181126), and later became the leading Qdirı shaykh of the Mauritanian Ad‚ra‚r. Sı. Mu˛ammad was buried at Bü ’l-Anwr beside his father.


95

1. Adfiiya man÷üma Opens: Ya rabbi bi’l-fiAlı al-mu˛ı†ı * al-Wsifii wa’l-ism al-afi÷amı MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2424 (20 vv.). See also 2441. 2. A˛zb wa-adfiiya MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2436 (4 such), Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4310 (Majmüfi a˛zb wa-awrd), Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3910 (appears to be referred to at end as al-˘izb al-sayfı: opens: Allhumma anta Allh al-Malik al-˘aqq al-Mubın alQadım al-mutafiazziz bi’l-fia÷ama wa’l-kibriy√); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5336: Opens: Allhu l ilha ill huwa al-Kfı al-Kafıl al-Walı al˘afız;Timbuktu (MMHT), 636 (Majmüfi min al-dafiawt wa’l-awrd wa’l-asrr) 3. Ajwiba Responses to 24 questions. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi wjib ˛amdihi wa’l-shukr lahu fial m awlhn min rafdihi. Rabat (KhA), D1855(2); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 489. 4. Ajwiba li-mas√il fiqhiyya MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√14b√; Kaolack, 143; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3142. 5. al-Ajwiba al-farıda li’l-mawlid al-nabawı MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 541. 6. Ajwiba fı ’l-wird al-Qdirı MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2480 (inc.). 7. Ajwiba il Nü˛ b. al-‡hir al-Fullnı Responses to Nü˛ b. al-‡hir al-Fullnı, who was a propagandist for the caliphal claims of A˛mad Lobbo of Msina. Opens: Il ’l-akh al-ar∂ wa’l-murıd al-ßdiq al-murta∂ MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 317. 8.

Awthaq fiur ’l-ifitißm li’l-umar√ wa’l-wuzar√ wa’l-˛ukkm

96

CHAPTER THREE

MSS: Rabat (KhA), D1855, ff. 73v-137r. 9. Awrd wa-silsila Qdiriyya MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 2443, 2516. 10. al-fiAqıda al-sunniyya wa’l-farıda al-saniyya fı ’l-taw˛ıd MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 909. 11. Dufi√ ßalt al-tarwı˛ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4369. 12. Fatwı i) Apostasy: If a man utters words of kufr, but performs no act of kufr, he is not an apostate. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2921. ii) On Friday prayer in Sansanding. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1201. iii) Ritual purity: on the permissability for a person in major ritual pollution to recite the Qur√n. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3374. iv) Slavery: concerning two men who disputed ownership of a slave woman. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 746. v) Slavery: On permission given to the Tuareg to marry off their slaves. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3803. vi) Talismans: on taking of compensation for writing Qur√nic talismans. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3802. vii) Will of deceased. Response to another scholar. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB) 2052. viii) Subject unknown.


97

In ˘assniyya. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2593. 13. al-Faw√id al-jalıla MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3929. 14. Faw√id nürniyya wa-faw√id sirriyya ra˛mniyya tashra˛u min mabnı al-ism al-afi÷am m inbaham MS: Rabat (KhA), D209, ff. 196-222, D2000, pp. 481-523; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 413. 15. al-Futüh al-qudsniyya bi’l-ajwiba al-Fullniyya MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3276: Timbuktu (MMHT), 250. 16. al-Futü˛t al-laduniyya al-sharfiiyya fı shar˛ al-taßliya alNßiriyya al-Darfiiyya Opens: ˘amdan li-man i††alafia fı sam√ al-azal shams mafirif alnubuwwa al-Mu˛ammadiyya. Comm. on ∑alt al-Nßiriyya al-Darfiıyya. MSS: Niamey, 533 (attrib to Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr b. Sı. Bb alKuntı); Rabat (KhA), D1855, ff. 1-31v. 17. al-˘aqıqa al-khmisa On talismans. MSS: Rabat (KhA), J75 (pp. 466). 18. fiIlm al-yaqın wa-sunan al-muttaqın bi-˛asm al-itwa almuzawwara bi-˛aqq al-musta˛iqqın Comm. on al-Burd al-muwashsh of his father al-Mukhtr (q.v.). MSS: Niamey, 585; Rabat (KhA), D2450; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 36, 473, 3295. 19. Irs√ al-asrr il asrr ˛izb al-isr√ MSS: Niamey, 873 (attribution from cover; ms lacks beginning and end); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1943. 20. Jlibat al-afr˛ wa-slibat al-atr˛ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2308.

98

CHAPTER THREE

21. Jawb Responses to three questions concerning the Qdiriyya. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1321. 22. Jawb mas√il Mu˛ammad b. fi◊qib b. fiAlı MSS: Paris (BN), 5574, ff. 1-2. 23. Junnat al-murıd dün al-marıd Completed 12 Rabıfi II 1227/25 April 1812. MSS: Boudjebeha (see CCIM, 141); MAMMP, 8.4, 307-426; Niamey, 593, 787, 797 (inc.); Paris (BN), 5452, ff. 99-112 (inc.); Rabat (AF), fiayn 99; Rabat (KhA), D1038, ff. 1v-168r, K931; Rabat (KhH) 610, 3431; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2932. Abridgt. by A˛mad Abü ’l-Afirf (q.v.), Fat˛ Allh al-majıd fı iltiq† faw√id min Junnat al-murıd. MSS: Niamey, 1356; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 253. 24. al-Kalm fial ’l-ism al-afi÷am Completed in 1260/1844-5. MSS:Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 413. Comm. by author. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1069. 25. Kshifat al-kurüb fian al-mu∂amman fı na÷m asm√ Allh al-˛usn MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 983, 1281. 26. Khu†bat fiıd al-fi†r Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi kathıran wa-sub˛n Allhu bukratan wa-aßılan MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4857. 27. Kitb fı ’l-adfiiya wa’l-asrr MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1337. 28. Man÷üma fı silsilat al-awrd al-Qdiriyya Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı man ittaßal * Bi-˛ablihi ’l-matıni l budda waßal. 59vv. Vers. of the Qdirı silsila of the Kunta, back to Mu˛ammad, the angel Gabriel and the law˛. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2622 (attrib. to Mu˛ammad b. Sıdı al-Amın al-Kuntı), 3531.


99

29. Man÷ümt fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2498 (19 ff.). 30. Man÷ümt fı ’l-taw˛ıd MS:Timbuktu (MMHT), 416. 31. Maqla fı ’l-akhlq al-dıniyya wa’l-wafi÷ MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 329. 32. Maqla fı daffi al-fiayn MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2594. 32a. Mubarrid al-fialıl wa-shfiyat al-ghalıl. See al-Risla al-Ghallwiyya. See also next item. 33. Mubarridat al-ghalıl wa-shfiyat al-ghull min ßudür al-mu√minın MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 570, 902. 34. Mughnı ’l-murıd fian al-shaykh al-rashıd MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 467. 35. al-Naßı˛a al-faßı˛a wa’l-˛ikam al-badıfia al-ßa˛ı˛a Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh al-Mawl ’l-˛amıd wa’l-shukr lahu fial m awln min al-minan al-wfira wa’l-mazıd. MS: Niamey, 421. 36. al-Naßı˛a al-ma˛müda wa’l-fii÷a al-maßmüda Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh al-Rashıd al-˘dı il ’l-hud. MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 62-70; Niamey, 1312(i) (title only on cover); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 453, 986, 1303. 37. Naßı˛a muwajjaha il Mu˛ammad b. Afkarsh MS: Timbuktu (MMHT),5 65. 38. Qaß√id i) Q. fiayniyya: Y rabbi bi’l-fiilm al-mu˛ı† al-wsifiı * Wa’lism al-afi÷am al-fia÷ım al-jmifiı

100

CHAPTER THREE

Prayer in verse, 48 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 301. ii) Q. fiayniyya: Ijmafi shatt al-shamli fı dafiatı * Wa-khaf∂ fiayshin raghadin wsifiı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2116. iii) Q. b√iyya (?): ∆q al-khinqu wa-khnat al-asbbü MS: Zaria, 99/5. iv) Q. dliyya: ‡alafiat fa-burjuka li’l-bariyyati asfiadü * Ayymu jda bika ’l-zamn al-ajwadü The poem, which also appears to bear the title Sard al-mas˛a, is a linguistic tour de force, in as much as the first words of the the first hemistich of each verse when put together form a short coherent poem of their own, and likewise the first words of each second hemistich. The two poems thus extracted are given at the end, each in 15vv. The poem is of 107 vv. with space for 8 “forgotten” verses (with first words of each hemistich and rhyming word present in red) near the end in the only known copy. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 455. v) Q. f√iyya: Y d√im al-i˛sn wa’l-mafirüfı * Wfaytu bba nawlik al-ma√lüfı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5413(ii). vi) Q. dliyya: Wa-min shımatı ’l-ıthru ill bi-qurbikum * Wa-˛a÷÷ı minkum fa-hwa mumtanifiun fiindı Taken from a letter he wrote in praise of his father and mother. 7 vv. Two other verses rhyming in b√ from the same letter are also given. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(vi), 3253(vi). vii) Q. dliyya: Khalılayya m hdhı ’l-†ulülu wa-dhı ’l-kud * Mu†awwadatun mathn fa-mathn fa-ßfiid In 4 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(ix).


101

viii) Q. h√iyya: ˘asb al-∂afiıfi idh ∂ıma mawlhü * ˘asb alfaqıri ghin man laysa illhu In 60 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2635. ix) Q. hamziyya: Akshif ˛ijba ÷ulmat al-dahm√ı * Y †ayyib al-nufiüti wa’l-asm√ı Prayer in verse, 45 vv. Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2971 says the first verse is by Sı. al-Mukhtr, while the rest is by his son Sı. Mu˛ammad. MSS: Sokoto (WJC), 6/21, 6/68 (both attrib. to al-Mukhtr); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 302(i), 2971, 3690. x) Q. hamziyya: M ’l-sukh†u il˛˛un bi’l-dufi√i * Wa’ltij√un ilayka bafid iltij√ı In praise of his father Sı. al-Mukhtr, and seeking his intercession after his death. 37 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(vii), 3253(vii). xi) Q. hamziyya: Bi’smi ’llhi ibtid√ı * Wa-makhtamı wa’ntih√ı Over 350 vv. in praise of the Prophet, intercession through the pious, and satire of the unbelievers. MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 246-55 (inc.); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 399. xii) Q. hamziyya: An fiabduka al-kaslnü wa’l-fiaybu ÷hirü * Fa-khudh bi-yamını l tadafinı li-afid√ı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4178(i). 20 vv. xiii) Q. lmiyya: Ilhı wa-y mawl ’l-mawlı wa-khayra man * Yurajj li-kashf al-˛ditht al-ta†awwulı MSS: Paris (BN), 5675, ff. 57v-58r. xiv) Q. lmiyya: Y rabbi üfı ˛ılat al-mu˛tlı * Laj√an ilayka bi-dhullatin wa-sufilı In 58 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5413(i).

102

CHAPTER THREE

xv) Q. lmiyya: A-min dhikr ikhwn al-˛aj atamalmalu * Am al-rakbi aghr ’l-wajda idh yata˛ammalü In praise of the Prophet, 29 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(i), 3253(i). xvi) Q. lmiyya: Azk’l-war man khaßßahu rabbuhü * Bibizzat al-fa∂li wa-tj al-jamlı In praise of the Prophet, 117 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(iii), 3253(iii). xvii) Q. lmiyya: Y kafibat al-aq†bi wa’l-abdlı * Wamu˛aqqiq al-a÷nni wa’l-mlı In praise of his father Sı. al-Mukhtr, 93 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(iv), 3253(iv). xviii) Q. lmiyya: ˘lı ilayka shakawtuh y sayyidı * Y mlikı wa-mu˛awwil al-a˛wlı In 44 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2644. xix) Q. mımiyya: ∑altu rabbı mafia ’l-salmı * fiAl ’l-˛abıbi khayr al-anmı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3950. xx) Q. nüniyya: ‡b al-zamnu wa-qarrat al-fiaynnı * Wa-at ’l-˛ubüra fa-hanna√ü khulßn (?) In 48 vv. preceded by a letter in prose to his father. Opens: ˘amdan li-man asd wa-m akd wa-ahd ilayn nifimahu wam ahd. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(x). xxi) Q. nüniyya: al-Dufi√u sil˛u ahl al-yaqın * ∑a˛˛a fian A˛mad al-mukayyif (?) al-amın MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 451-2. a) Q. qfiyya: Allhu ˘ayyun ∑amadun wa-Bqı * Sub˛nahu dhü kanafin wa-wqı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3905.


103

b) Q. qfiyya: Araqqu salmı min raqıq widdikum * Taruqqu ˛awshı washyıhi wa-tarüqü MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4022(i). xxii) Q. r√iyya: Ruwaydaka ba˛r al-m√i man fıka yafiburü * MSS: Paris (BN), 5693, f. 49v. xxiii) Q. r√iyya: Al l dujiya fikrun bihi anta tufakkirü * Wal fiumiyat fiaynun bih anta tabßirü In 6 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2518. xxiv) Q. r√iyya: Y whilan jafial al-taqßıra taqßır * Warma raddan wa-tajwır an wa-tafikır In 34 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1212(i). xxv) Q. r√iyya: Y sdat in bihim al-zamnu mufkhirü * Wa-lahum fial amad al-laylı mafkhirü In praise of his shaykhs, 22 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3363(iii) (inc.), 4687(ii). xxvi) Q. r√iyya: Rifqan bi-man adbarat rak∂an shabıbatuhu * Wa-aqbala al-shaybu yanfi slif al-fiumrı In praise of his father Sı. al-Mukhtr. 26 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(v), 3253(v). xxvii) Q. r√iyya: A-l y sayyid al-sdti man qad * Tasarbala bi’l-mahbati wa’l-waqrı Addressed to his father, 41 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(viii). xxviii) Q. r√iyya: Allhu sharrafa man bi’l-fa∂li khaßßaßahu * Wa-kna fı qab∂ihi wa’l-bas†i asrrü In 26 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(ix). xxix) Q. t√iyya: Il ’llhi bi’l-shaykhi ’bni fiUmri wasılatı * Wa-˛uqqa li-mithlı an yaludh bi’l-khalıfatı

104

CHAPTER THREE

In 24 vv. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 312(i), 2940, 3363(i), 4687(i). xxx) Q. t√iyya: Lawqi˛ al-ra˛amti wa’l-ta˛iyytı * fiAl ’l-nabıyyi ’l-ra∂iyyi khayr al-barriyy†ı In praise of the Prophet, 32 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 752(ii), 3253(ii). xxxi) Q. fı ’l-ibtihl MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3906. xxxii) Q. fı ’l-istisq√ wa’l-tawassul MSS: 5 such poems in Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1374, (2 on istisq√). xxxiii) Q. fı ’l-mad˛ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3916. xxxiv) Q. fı mad˛ Junnat al-murıd Opens: Badıfi al-shaykhi junnatu man yurıd * Farıdun wa’lbadıfiu lahu farıdü. 62 vv. at end of copy of Junnat al-murıd (1 f.). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5058. xxxv) Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 834 (3 such). xxxvi) Q. fı mad˛ wlidihi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2432. xxxvii) Unknown qfiya MS: Paris (BN), 5452, ff. 112-3; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1384, 1943. xxxviii) Q. maqßüra: ˘amdan li-man lahu ’l-asm√ al-˛usn * Wa-kullu nafiatin dhı kamlin asn MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2598. xxxix) Q. fı ’l-taßawwuf MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3265.


105

xl) Q. Opens: Lu†fuhu yajrı bi’l-fiabıdi dawm * Min ghawiyy in wa-safiıdin wa-rashıdı. MS: Rabat (KhA), J75, pp. 464-5. 39. al-Raw∂ al-khaßıb fı shar˛ Naf˛ al-†ıb Comm. on the Naf˛ al-†ıb of his father al-Mukhtr (q.v.). MSS: Niamey, 1382, 2175; Rabat (AF), fiayn 358; Rabat (KhA), D730, K164, K1547 (inc.); Rabat (KhH), 4636; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2542. Selective comm. on this comm. by A˛mad Abü’l-Afirf, Tu˛fat al-arıb al-najıb fı faw√id abraznh min al-Raw∂ al-khaßıb. MS: Niamey, 1290. 40. Ras√il i) R. il abn√ihi Exhorting them to follow the footsteps of the pious forefathers. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2723. ii) R. il A˛mad b. al-Faqı 10 ff. on the freedom of slaves. MS: Boudjbeha, see CCIM, 141. iii) R. il A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. al-kha†ıb al-Madanı MS: Algiers (BH), ˛√14dl. iv) R. il Sh. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo a) Concerning Bübu Ar∂o Galo and ˘amad Bodejo MS: MAMMP, 7, 20. b) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ˛aqqa ˛amdihi wamablagha majdihi MS: Niamey, 1346; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 289 (inc.). c) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ˛amdan mamdüdan ghayr [var. l] mafidüd wa-l ma˛düd. MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 24-30; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3300. d) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi wa-nifim al-Mawl ’lnaßır.

106

CHAPTER THREE

On the capture of Jenne. MS: Niamey, 2242, p. 34. e) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ghfir al-dhanb wa-q√il al-tawb. MS: Paris (BI), 2405(22) f) Opens: ˘amdan li-man taw∂afia kulla shay√ lifia÷amatihi. MS: Paris (BI) 2405 (23). g) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı a˛sana kulla shay√in khalaqahu. MS: Paris (BI), 2405 (24). h) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi rabb al-filamın al-malik al-˛aqq al-mubın MS: Paris (BI), 2405 (25). i) MS: Paris (BN), 5541, ff. 13-14. j) Opens: ˘amdan li-man fiaßamanı bi-fiinyatihi min khadhaln ahl al-ımn MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 461. k) Opens: ˘amdan li-man ˛akama bi’l-fiadl wa-wall wa-fiazala wa-afi† fa-ajzala wa-mana˛a fa-af∂ala. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3919(i). l) Opens: Bi-asn’l-salm wa-atammihi wa-asn’likrm wa-anammihi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3939(ii). m) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi rfifi fialam al-khilfa alinsniyya ˛aythu abrazahu fı a˛sani taqwım MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5163. v)

vi)

R. il abn√ A˛mad b. Hanün al-fiUbaydı Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi mu˛iqq al-˛aqq wa-mujillihi wamub†il al-b†il wa-mudhillihi. MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 44-[inc.]. R. il ahl Jenne


107

Chiding them for aiding the Bambara against the Muslims [i.e. the forces of A˛mad Lobbo]. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi mufiizz al-Islm wa’l-ßalt wa’l-salm fial rukn al-dın wa-aßlihi. MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 30-4. vii) R. il ahl al-‡lib al-Muß†af Opens: ˘amdan li-man amara bi’l-fiadl wa’l-i˛sn wa-nah fian al-jawr wa’l-fasd fı ’l-ar∂. MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 41-3. viii) R. il Awld Dwüd Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ˛aqqa ˛amdihi dawma fiizzihi wamajdihi. MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 39-40. ix) R. il Bb A˛mad Recipient was his brother. a) al-˘amdu li’llhi akmala ˛amd in wa-awfhu MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 1-21. b) al-˘amdu li’llhi ˛amdan yuwfı jam√il al-fa∂√il MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 21-4. x) R. il bafi∂ al-Kuntiyyın MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4278 (2 such). xi) R. il Fondoko, Sultan Msina MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB) 565. xii) R. il Hanün b. Abı Yüsuf Recipient was chief of the Abn√ A˛mad b. Hanün. Opens: ˘amdan li-man amara bi’l-fiadl wa-nadaba ilayhi wanah fian al-jawr wa-tawafifiada fialayhi. MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 34-6. xiii) R. il ibnihi A˛mad al-Bakk√ı Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi al-˘amıd al-Shakür wa’l-ßalt wa’lsalm fial nabiyyihi al-mu√ayyad al-manßür.

108

CHAPTER THREE

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2342(i). xiv) R. il ibnihi Sh. al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 72-5; Niamey, 707; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 707, 2342(iii), 4629 (Opens: ˘amdan li-man jafiala al-ifitimd fialayhi fiumdat al-mufitamidın); 4273 (Opens: al-˘amdu l’llhi ’lladhı khalaqa min al-m√ basharan wa-jafialahu nasaban waßihran ). xv) R. il ibnihi Mu˛ammad The son was in Aïr. MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 79-84. xvi) R. il ibnihi al-brr Mu˛ammad wa-man mafiahu min altalmıdh al-akhyr Opens: ˘amdan li-man ˛akam fa-fiadala wa-mana˛a fa-af∂ala. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2342(ii). xvii) R. il ˘abıb Allh b. al-Mukhtr To his brother urging him to return home. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2918. xviii) R. il jamfiat abn√ Abı Radda wa-ahl al-‡lib fiAbd Allh Opens: al-Hamdu li’llhi ’lladhı khalaqa al-mawt wa’l-˛ayt wa-a˛y al-fii÷m wa-hiya raft. MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 40-1. xix) R. il jamfiat F-w-n-t wa-ahl Bahbal Opens: ˘amd an li-man bi-yadihi al-khalq wa’l-amr wa-bimashı√atihi al-kasr wa’l-jabr. MS: Niamey, 2242, p. 39.


109

xx) R. il jamfiat Idaghmüs Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi bi-jamıfi al-ma˛mid wa’l-shukr lahu fial faw√id al-fiaw√id MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 43-4. xxi) R. il ’l-khalıfa A˛mad b. al-Fagg b. Mu˛ammad xxii) Opens: Il ’l-akh al-ar∂ al-˛abıb al-a˛abb…al-khalıfa A˛mad b. al-Fagg b. Mu˛ammad. MS: Paris (BI), 2405(39). xxiii) Opens: Il ’l-khalıfa al-imm al-ßdiq al-humm A˛mad b. al-Fagg b. Mu˛ammad Buya. MS: Niamey, 1178. xxiv) R. il Mu˛ammad al-fi◊qib b. al-‡hir b. fiAlı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3290. xxv) R. il Mu˛ammad Mawlüd wa-Mu˛ammad al-‡hir Both recipients were sons of Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad fi◊lı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2774. xxvi) R. il Mu˛ammad b. Afimar b. fiAlı b. fiUmar, called ◊msh Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi al-La†if bi-fiibdihi al-˘akam al-fiAdl fı bildihi. MS: Niamey, 2242, pp. 36-8. xxvii) R. il murıdihi al-ßdiq Galajo b. ˘ammad MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2599. xxviii) R. il Nü˛ b. al-‡hir Opens: Bi’l-salm al-tmm wa’l-ikrm al-fimm wa’l-tabjıl wa’l-i˛tirm wa’l-ijll wa’l-ifi÷m. Answers to six questions. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 317.

110

CHAPTER THREE

xxix) R. il ’l-Rashıd wa-Galajo On ‘commanding good and forbidding evil’. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2735. xxx) R. il Sidiyya b. al-Mukhtr MS: Niamey, 818 (73 ff. inc.). xxxi) R. il Sı. Bb A˛mad A˛mad Exhortation and advice, especially to shelter and protect members of the zawy. MS: Birmingham, 4. xxxii) Addressed to some one who claimed that the Ma˛jıb were attacking him. MS: Algiers (BH), ˛√14dhl. 41. al-Risla al-fiajıba wa’l-naßı˛a al-badıfia Addressed to Sayyid Bb A˛mad. MSS: Kaolack, 142; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 809. 42. R. fı ’l-dhikr wa-shurü† al-khalwa MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1952. 43. R. fı ˛uqüq al-nis√ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3989. 44. R. fı inkr al-÷ulm li-ibnayhi Mu˛ammad wa-˘ammdı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3298. 45. al-Risla al-kfiya al-shfiya bi-nashr al-fifiya ghayr al-fifiya MSS: Niamey, 1160. 46. R. fı sha√n a˛wl sukkn Tinbuktu MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3917. 47. R. fı sha√n il˛q al-walad bi-abıhi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2086.


111

48. R. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3919 (2 such), 4068, addressed to his son Mu˛ammad and his maternal uncle (Opens: Bi’l-salm al-tmm wa’lta˛iyya wa’l-ikrm wa-innahu bi-˛amdi ’llhi ilayka). See also same title by his father. 49. al-Risla al-Ghallwiyya Also called Mubarrid al-fialıl wa-shfiyat al-ghalıl. Otherwise known as Ta√rıkh Kunta. MSS: Niamey, 573. Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 329 (44 ff., inc.), opens: ˘amd li-man aqma bi-kulli fiaßr man yufi†ı al-fiilm ˛aqqahu wa-yüfıhi wa-ya˛fu÷ fial ’l-umma dınah al-qawım. Trans. by Ismaël Hamet in ‘Notice sur les Kounta’, in Mission Cortier, 1908-1909-1910, Paris, 1914, 267-85. See also RMM, Sept. 1911. 50. Ruqyat al-fiayn MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3038 (inc.). 51. Sabıl al-hud wa’l-rashd Tafilıq on al-Risla al-maymüna of his father al-Mukhtr (q.v.). MSS: Niamey, 1358; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 359. 52. al-∑awrim al-hindiyya fı qa†fi al-dafiwı al-mahdiyya Response to a letter of Mu˛ammad al-Jaylnı al-Barkürı who claimed that the Mahdı had manifested himself in Dinnik. MS: Niamey, 577. 53. Shar˛ ahamm al-kalm fial ’l-ism al-afi÷am Comm. on author’s al-Kalm fial ’l-ism al-afi÷am Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1069. 54. Shar˛ ˛izb al-asrr MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2031. 55. Shar˛ ism Allh al-afi÷am MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3022, 3458, 3993 (Shar˛ mabdi√ etc).

112

CHAPTER THREE

56. Shar˛ la†ıf fial ’l-abyt allatı ansha√tuh fı ’l-muthallath al-khlı al-was† al-firı min al-ta∂fiıf Comm. on verse work of his own which opens: Y man bi-fiirfn almuthallath ightaba† * Min ghayr ta∂fiıfin bihi khlı al-wasa† on consonantal skeletons capable of having three different meanings (see EI(2), v, 567, art. ‘‚Ku†rub’). MSS: Paris (BN), 5429, ff. 31-2 (inc.); Shinqı† (Ahl ˘abat), 625; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 50, 3364, 3793. 57. Shudhür al-adhkr al-m˛iya li’l-awzr MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1796, 2383. 58. al-Sihm al-musaddada il nu˛ür al-shunt al-˛asada In 87 vv. Opens: M lan fiißmatun siw man ta˛m * In yurma ˛imyatan aw yu∂m. MSS: Rabat (KhA), J75, pp. 459-64; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2316(iv), 2349. 59. al-Sitr al-d√im li’l-mudhnib al-h√im The work consists of prayers for the Prophet. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3294, 3789, 4121: Timbuktu (MMHT), 197, 451. 60. al-Sullam al-asm al-asn il samfi al-asm√ al-˛usn Opens: Tayammantu bi’smi’llhi mawlya awwal * Wa-m khba makrüb un fial ’llhi fiawwal, 48 vv.Cf. no. 62 below. MSS: Paris (BN), 5401, ff. 76-80, 5429, ff. 293v-301v.; MAMMP, 8.4, 486-8 ; Rabat (KhA), D127, ff. 336 ff.; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1918, 2012, 2192, 2425, 4219 . 61. Takhmıs Q. lmiyya li’l-Mukhtr al-Kuntı Takh. of lmiyya by his father al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı; . Opens: ˘att mat anta bi’l-ahw√i maghlülü * Wa-anta bi’l-raybi fı ’l-˛lt al-manshülü MS: Salé, 494/1. 58a Ta√rıkh Kunta See al-Risla al-Ghallwiyya.


113

62. Taqyıd fı ’l-asm√ wa’l-˛urüf On talismans (al-tilimst). MSS: Rabat (KhA), D2254, pp. 140-3. 63. al-‡ar√if wa’l-tal√id min karmt al-shaykhayn al-wlida wa’lwlid History and hagiography of his father and his Qdiriyya silsila. The title suggests that the book also deals with his mother’s karmt, but none of the known copies includes that final section, and perhaps it was never written. MSS: Birmingham, 25 (inc.); Boudjebeha (see CCIM, 141); Ibadan (UL), 398; Kaolack, 103; Niamey, 1265, 2001; Paris (BI), 2407(121); Paris (BN), 5334 (inc.), 5511, ff. 12-111; 6755; Rabat (KhA), J14 (inc.); K2294; Rabat KhH), 690, 1836, 4406; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 523, 2182; Zaria, M298 (vol. I), M299 (vol. II). Abridgt. by A˛mad Abü ’l-Afirf (q.v.). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 403;Timbuktu (MMHT), 505. Publ. abstract in Hamet (1910). See also Marty (1920-1), i, 66 ff. 64. Turjumn al-maql wa-rfifi al-ishkl bi-shar˛ Mina˛ al-Fafifil fı ’l-ußul Vers. of the Waraqt of Abü ’l-Mafilı [al-Juwaynı?] MSS: Boudjbéha (see CCIM, 141); Niamey, 571; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 561. 65. al-Wasıla al-mubraka bi-asm√ Allh al-˛usn Opens: Tayammantu bi’smi’llhi Mawlya awwal * Wa-m khba makrüb un fial ’llhi fiawwal. Cf. no. 57 above. MSS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 2918, 2989, 3002. 66. Waßiyya i) Opens: ˘amdan li-man amara bi’l-ıß√ wa-awjab al-amr fial ßi˛˛at al-in˛√. MS: Rabat (KhA), D2254, pp. 130-6, D3501. ii) Addressed to one of his disciples. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi al-Walı al-˘amıd wa’l-shukru lahu fial m awln min alminan al-wfira wa’l-mazıd.

114

CHAPTER THREE

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2974 (on cover: al-˘ikma albrifia). 67. al-Waßiyya al-fkhira al-mushtamila fial khayray al-duny wa’lkhira Advice to an unnamed person. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh al-ma˛müd bikulli jamıl al-munfiim bi-kulli jazıl al-munazzah fian kulli shabıh wamathıl. MSS: Niamey, 1177 (attrib. to Shaykhun Sı. Mu˛ammad: Paris (BN), 5560, ff. 163-6. Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 904. 68. Waßiyya li’l-bashır A˛mad al-Madanı MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1626. 69. Waßiyya li-murıdihi Ma˛müd b. al-˛jj al-Ajıjı MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2178. 70. Waßiyya wa-kitb fı fiilm al-sirr MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1896.

WORKS OF UNCERTAIN ATTRIBUTION 71. al-Ajwiba al-Fullniyya See Brown (1967a), no. 15. 72. Bahjat al-nufüs fı manfi al-qdüs Massignon (1910), no. 4. 73. al-Darrı al-sarrı bi’l-ajwiba al-khiyriyya See Massignon (1910), no. 7. 74. ˘adıth al-isra√ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3798. 75. ˘ill al-bi†r (sic) See Brown (1967a), no. 19.


115

76. al-Ishrt al-irdiyya wa’l-asrr al-imrdiyya (sic) See Massignon (1910). no. 11. 77. Mufassir al-ql li-ma∂ammir al-˛l See Massignon (1910), no. 8. 78. Radd fial qu∂t Arawn See Brown (1967a), no. 18. 79. R. fian al-wird Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi al-munfarid bi’l-fia÷ama wa’l-jall almunazzah fian al-ashbh wa’l-amthl MS: Niamey, 568 (no indication of author in ms.). 80. Sirj al-naf√is wa-fiilj al-waswis Massignon (1910), no. 12. 81. ‡alfiat al-urjuwn See Brown (1967a), no. 14 (listed as ‡alfiat al-arjün). 82. Ußül al-fiqh See Brown (1967a), no. 11. AL-MUKHT◊R AL-∑AGHˆR b. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MUKHT◊R b. A˘MAD b. ABˆ BAKR al-Kuntı, also known as Sı. Mukhtr Ntiemi or Sı. Bdı, b. 1790, d. 1264/1847 or 30 Rabıfi II 1263/26 April 1846 (acc. MS: Paris (BI), 2405(3)). Marty (1920), i, 75-7; EI (2), v, 393-5.

Studied under his grandfather, Sı. al-Mukhtr, and under his father, whom he succeeded in both his religious and political roles. In the year of his succession the Fulbe of Msina had taken Timbuktu, and it fell to Sı. al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır to negotiate with them. Later, in 1831, with the help of Tdmakkat and Ullimiden Tuareg he forced the Fulbe to evacuate their garrison from Timbuktu. 1. Fatw fı ’l-nik˛ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 2591.

116

CHAPTER THREE

2. K. al-irshd Pt. 1 only. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2009. 3.

Qaß√id i) Q. fı ’l-dufi√ li-raffi al-wab√ MS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(25)fiayn; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2980 . ii) Q. fı rith√ zawjat al-shaykh Sı. al-Mukhtr bt. A˛mad alBakk√ı MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 232-4. iii) Q. fı rith√ A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Fullnı Opens: Allhu akbar m dh qad nafi al-nfiı * Min mawt shaykh in hdh il ’llhi dfiı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1776(i). iv) Q. fı shuyükh al-Qdiriyya MS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(25)ghayn. v) Q. nüniyya: Innı bi-sdat hdhihi ’l-azmnı * Ahl alsafidati sdatı khulßnı 74 vv. on the men of the Qdiriyya silsila. MS: 917, 1398.

4.

Ras√il i) R. fı ’l-naßı˛a Addressed to his paternal cousins and his brothers. Opens: al-˘amdu li’lladhı qla: Wa-la-man ßabara, wa-ghafara inna dhlika la-min fiazm al-umür. Quotation is from Qur√n, 42: 43. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 427 (inc.). ii) R. fı sha√n bayfi ama fı qaryat Sraym MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2865. iii) R. fı ta˛rım al-hijra fı hdh’l-zamn MS. Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2011.


117

iv) R. il Abı Bakr b. Ghurul Seeking his arbitration with the Kel Antasar. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1379(ii). v) R. il A˛mad b. fiAbd Allh al-Waddnı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2867. vi) R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad al-Fullnı An attack on the Tijniyya, responded to by al-Mukhtr b. Wadıfiat Allh in his Tabkiyat al-Bakk√ı. vii) R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr al-Msinı Opens: Rabban ÷alamn anfusan wa-in lam taghfir lan lanakünanna min al-khsirına. Dated 15 ∑afar 1250/22 June 1834. Deals with relations with the Tuareg, and the question of the use of snuff and tobacco. MS: Niamey, 1325; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 282. viii) R. il Sh. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad [Lobbo] Written 12 ∑afar 1250/20 June 1834. MS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(14); Paris (BN), 5659, ff. 1r-18r. ix) R. il ’l-fimil ˘ammd wa-q∂ı Kül† MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3570. x) R. il Mu˛ammad ˘awlan MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1379(i). xi) R. il ’l-˘jj b. fiUmar Abı Radda [Bü Radda] MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(28), ˛√(44)alif. xii) R. il fiUmar al-˘awßı See Izlat al-rayb, 47. An attack on followers of the Tijniyya. xiii) R. il Walwan (?) wa-Arwy (?) MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2864. xiv) R. il Zayn al-fi◊bidın Addressee was in the ˘aw∂.

118

CHAPTER THREE

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3593. 5. al-‡ar√if al-ßughr See Brown (1967a), no. 1. B◊B◊ A˘MAD b. AL-MUKHT◊R AL-∑AGHˆR 1. Q. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Ghaldı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 994. fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MUKHT◊R al-Kuntı b. c. 1820, d. c. 1895. Marty (1920), i, 116-17.

He settled in Ad‚ra‚r-n-Ifo‚ras where he built a fortified village and zwiya. His eldest son Sı. Mu˛ammad preached jihd against the French, but died in 1896 and was buried next to his father at In Settefen. 1. Man÷üma fı ∂ab† al-nafs MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2440. fiURWA b. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MUKHT◊R al-Kuntı 1. al-Manhaj al-qawım il ’l-ßir† al-mustaqım MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 476. A˘MAD al-BAKK◊√ˆ (or -BAKK◊Y) b. MU˘AMMAD b. alMUKHT◊R al-Kuntı al-Wfı b. c. 1803, d. 15 Rama∂n 1281/12 February 1865 Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ al-Tijnı, Tarjamat Mawln al-Shaykh Mu˛ammad al-Hshimı, 7; Izlat al-rayb, 47-8; Marty (1920), i, 85-97; Zabadia (1975); EI (2), v, 393-5; Barth (1965), iii, 308 ff.; Ould Ely (1985); Charles C. Stewart, art. “al-Bakk√ı al-Kuntı” in Oxford Encyclopedia of the Modern Islamic World, i, 182-4.

He studied with his grandfather Sı. al-Mukhtr and with his father Sı. Mu˛ammad. He succeeded to the religious and political leadership of the Kunta of Azawd on the death of his elder brother al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır, but was challenged by his nephew ˘ammad who continued to lead a portion of the Kunta in opposition to al-Bakk√ı’s leadership. He


119

negotiated a pact with the Fulbe of Msina in 1846 under which the administration of Timbuktu remained in Songhay hands, but with a Fulbe q∂ı and tax-collector who supervised the payment of the tribute agreed upon. Al-Bakk√ı established a zwiya in Timbuktu, but later moved it to the nomadic encampment known as al-˘illa, due to some discontent with the institution in Timbuktu. He then divided his time between al-˘illa and Timbuktu. In September 1853 he received the German traveller Heinrich Barth and gave him his protection against both local elements and the demands of Sh. A˛mad III (◊madu ◊madu) of Msina to hand him over to him. When Barth left Timbuktu eight months later alBakk√ı accompanied him to beyond Gao and gave him a safe-conduct document (see Barth (1965), iii, 764-7) which served to protect him all the way to Bornu. Although he at first corresponded diplomatically with the Tijnı conqueror al-˛jj fiUmar, in 1861 al-Bakk√ı went on the attack and joined forces with contingents of the defeated Fulbe of Msina to besiege ˘amdallhi. Al-Tijnı, son and successor of al-˛jj fiUmar at Bandiagara turned the tables on the Kunta-Fulbe alliance. AlBakk√ı died during an attempted counter-attack at Sarédina, and was buried there. 1. Adfiiya MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 514, 515, 4041. 2. Adfiiya man÷üma (i) Opens: Allhu Allhü rabbı l sharıka lahü * Man a˛san al-khalqa taqdıran wa-ajmalahü. 38 vv. MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 281-2; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 307(i), Also: Timbuktu (CEDRAB) 338 (2 poems), 2423, 2803 (2 poems). 3. Bughyat al-alf fı jawb Ibn Yirkoy Talfi Reply to the attack on al-Bakk√ı in a poem called Tabkiyat al-Bakk√ı by al-Mukhtr b. Wadıfiat Allh [Yirkoi Talfi], q.v.), a former Qdirı shaykh who had joined the Tijniyya. MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 228 (table of contents only); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4860 (20 ff., lacks beg.).

120

CHAPTER THREE

4. Dhakhırat al-sarmad fı naßı˛at al-shaykh A˛mad See Izlat al-rayb, 47. Treatise addressed to Sh. A˛mad Lobbo. 5. Fatw On continuous shortening of ßalt while on travel during Rama∂n. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3419. 6. Fat˛ al-Quddüs fı ’l-radd fial Abı fiAbd Allh Mu˛ammad Akansüs Rebuttal of the treatise al-Jawb al-muskit by the Moroccan Tijnı writer Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad Akansüs (or al-Kansüsı), d. 1294/1877; see Ka˛˛la, viii, 310. MSS: Niamey, 325, 1296; Rabat (KhA), K2455, D1071 (with reply of Akansüs, for which also see D1604, ff. 111-40, D2135, pp. 174-204); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 430, 522, 657. 7. Jawb fı a˛km al-hady li’l-sal†ın MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 912(i). 8. Jawb fı sha√n waßiyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2633. 9. Maktüb fı a˛km bayfi al-mil˛ bi’l-†afim MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 912(ii), 5381 (attrib.) . See also al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı, Fatw on same subject. 10. Man÷üma fi ’l-fiibdt MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2485. 11. Man÷üma fı ßalt al-istisq√ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2396. 12. Man÷üma fı ’l-taw˛ıd Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı minn †alab * Ikhlß safiyin wa-murfit al-†alab. MS: Niamey, 532 (67 pp., photo). 13. Maslik al-jinn MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 775; 776.


121

14. Qaß√id i) Untitled MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(25)f√, ˛√(37)shın, ˛√(26)˛√; Paris (BN), 5452, ff. 113-4; Rabat (KhA), D492, ff. 154-9; Rabat (KhH), 2114, Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 180, 1670, 2351, 2394, 3379, 4099, 4297. ii) Q. fı ’l-amthl wa’l-˛ikam MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4437. iii) Q. fı ’l-ghazal MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2271. iv) Q. fı ’l-ibtihl MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3218, 3559 , 4035 (several). v) Q. fı mad˛ fi◊lı b. A˛mad Opens: Y qu†ba dawr al-sdat al-akmalı * Y dh’l-fiul y sayyidi y fiAlı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3888. vi)

Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı (a) Opens: Nabiyyu mawln ’l-shafıfi * al-∑li˛ al-barr al-mu†ıfi * Dhü’l-qadri wa’l-sha√n al-rafıfi * fiAl ’lnabiyyi ’l-Muß†af khayr * al-∑alti wa’l-salm * Walihi wa’l-shuraf√ * Aß˛bihi ’l-ghurr al-kirm In 266 vv. MS: Rabat (KhA), 492, ff. 168-72; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 316(i), 871, 970, 2743(iii), 2938, 4356, 4662. (b) Opens: Ya nßir al-fiabd al-nabiyyu Mu˛ammad * Fardan tu˛addı kulla jamfi in fı ’l-nad. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 389. (c) Others: MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 260-4, 266-70; Rabat (KhA), D492; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 871, 970, 1901, 2754, 2804 (several, 16 ff.).

vii) Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi fiUmar b. Safiıd [Ghlı] MSS: Paris (BN), 5519, f. 54a. viii) Q. fı mad˛ al-sul†n fiAbd al-Majıd

122

CHAPTER THREE

In praise of the Ottoman sultan fiAbd al-Majıd (reg, 1839-1861), 33 vv. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1251(ii). ix) Q. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Tijniyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 504. x) Q. fı ’l-silsila al-Qdiriyya Opens: Ql al-khadımu A˛mad al-Bakk√ı * fiAnhu fiaf wara˛ima ’l-fiAliyyu. Urjüza in 85 vv. Publ. text in Batran (1971), 421-4 xi) Q. fı ’l-tawassul MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 151, 180, 653. xii) Q. fı ’l-taw˛ıd MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(23)dhl; Niamey, 1399 (?); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4023 (several, 4 ff.). By qfiya xiii) Q. fiayniyya: Qul li-jaysh al-Fullni qultu(m) shanıfi * Rumta amran amran fia÷ıman fa÷ıfi MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4157. Publ. in Barth (1965), iii, 650-3 (text), 655-6 (trans.). xiv) Q. b√iyya: Y nafsu qümı bi-ßidq al-jiddi fı ’l-†alabı MSS: Zaria, 168/8. xv) Q. b√iyya: Y rkib al-fiansa tukha††i ’l-rub * Wa-taq†afi al-sabsaba wa’l-sabsab (?) In 27 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 316(ii). xvi) Q. dliyya: A-˛aqqan at min fiinda A˛mada A˛mada * Mu˛ammad in sayyidd al-fiabdi wa’l-fiabdu aswada Satire in 31 vv. on Sh. A˛mad Lobbo of Msina when he asked al-Bakk√ı to surrender his guest Dr Heinrich Barth. See also R. no xiii below. MSS: Niamey, 528, pp. 20-1; MAMMP, 8.4, 109; Niamey, 528, pp. 20-1; Sokoto (WJC), 8/14; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 452, 814, 1028 (2 poems), 5576.


123

Publ. in Barth (1965), iii, 653-5 (text), 656-7 (trans.). xvii) Q. dliyya: Y man yajüdü bi-jüdin ghayra ma˛düdı * Wa-man yamunnu bi-mannin ghayra ma˛düdı MS: Sokoto (WJC), 2/67, 3/62. xviii) Q. dliyya: Y jfiil al-nra bardan li’l-khalıli wa-qad * Ta√ajjaj al-jamru minh ˛miyan wa-waqad In 18 vv. C.f no (lxi) below. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 938, 5400. xix) Q, dliyya fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Bello Expressing sadness on parting with Mu˛ammad Bello. MS: Paris (BN). 5599, ff. 18r-v. xx) Q, dliyya: Habba ’l-nasımu bi-naf˛at al-wa†an al-bafiıdi * Wa-at fial fiawz in wa-fı ’l-waqt al-safiıdi MSS: Niamey, 1312(iii); MAMMP, 8,4, 70; Sokoto (WJC), 13/1. xxi) Q. h√iyya: Y sayyidi nißf al-Khulsati li’bni M * likin al-immi Mu˛ammadin akmaltuhu Addressed to his father upon completing study of half the Khulßa of Ibn Mlik with him. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2450, 2485, 4727(i), 8 vv., followed by his father’s poetic response in 16 vv. xxii) Q. hamziyya: fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Bello MS: Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 11v-14v., another, ff. 17r-v (responding to Mu˛ammad Bello’s hamziyya); another, ff. 18v19r. xxiii) Q. lmiyya: Bi-Fti˛at al-kitbi tunlu sirr * Wa-fiIzzan shmikh an †ül al-laylı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4044 (i). xxiv) Q. lmiyya: M lı li’l-fiadhli wa’l-fidhilı * fiAdhilu qad aktharta fı ’l-b†ilı MSS: Niamey, 1312(ii); MAMMP, 8.4, 69-70; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1261 (??) (lacks 1st line; 2nd= Thumma al-ßalt wa’l-salmu minhu * fiAl ’l-nabiyyi wa-ri∂hu fianhu).

124

CHAPTER THREE

xxv) Q. lmiyya: Adfiüka y dh ’l-fiarshi ya Mutafilı * Y rabbı y wlı wa-nifim al-wlı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 653. xxvi) Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ al-nabı MS: Sokoto (WJC), 3/34, 61. xxvii) Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ jamfiat al-Süq MSS: Paris (BN), 5361, ff. 137-46. xxviii) Q. lmiyya il amır al-mu√minın Mu˛ammad Bello Response to Mu˛ammad Bello’s lmiyya. MSS: Paris (BN), 5599, f. 18r, ff. 26r-27r.; Zaria, 31/7. Sokoto (WJC), 3/39, 10/79 (Opens: L tadhkur al-dra wa’ns ’l-rabfia wa’l-†alal * Wa-fiadda fian dhikrika ’l-a˛y√a wa’lkhulal (?)) xxix) Q. lmiyya: Salm un kam ∂fiat riy˛ ghawlı * Tahubbu rı˛an ßabb an wa-shamlı In 54 vv. [Said to be response to a q. on the Muthallath of alGhazlı]. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5586 (badly damaged). xxx) Q. lmiyya: ‡araqat Nafısatu [var. Ummatu] wa’l-duj lam yanjalı * Wasnna min †ül al-sur fı ’l-hawjalı In defence of the Kunta in response to an attack by A˛mad Slim b. al-Slik al-Daw˛jjı [of the Idaw al-˘jj]. 387 vv. MSS: Birmingham, 23, Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2068, 3376(iii), 3824, 3834, 5237. xxxi) Q. lmiyya: Y rkib al-nujub al-fiitqi wa’l-fa˛li * ˘ayya ’l-amıra ’bn al-amır al-akmali MSS: Sokoto (WJC), 13/4. xxxii) Q. lmiyya: Y fidhilayya min al-luwwami wa’lfiudhdhalı * fiÜwj ’l-ma†iyya bi-hdh ’l-rabfi wa’l-†alalı. 25 vv.


125

MS: Sokoto (WJC), 7/84; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1261, 3539, 3692(ii). xxxiii) Q. lmiyya: Y man tadakdiku min tajalliyyihi ’l-jibl * Wa-li-fiizzihi’l-afil jamıfi al-khalqi dhall In 31 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4213, 4690. xxxiv) Q. lmiyya: Y rabbi qad ∂q al-khinqu wa-†l * Wailayka nafzafiu ßibyatan wa-rijl In 38 vv. MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 283-4; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 307(ii). xxxv) Q. lmiyya: Y ß˛i fiuj bi’l-jimlı * fiAl ’l-rubüfi albawlı In 130 vv. in praise of the Prophet. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 303(i), 2067, 2743(i). xxxvi) Q. mımiyya: Nma khalılı wa-bittu ’l-layla lam anam * Min ghayri m saqamin ladayya wa-l alam To amır al-mu√minın Mu˛ammad Bello. MSS: Sokoto (WJC), 2/73; Zaria, 31/5; 168/6. Also Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 11v-14a (unknown ma†lafi). xxxvii) Q. nüniyya fı amr ahl al-Tijnı MSS: Zaria, 35/4, 85/4. xxxviii) Q. nüniyya: Mimm samifitu min aghrab al-buhtnı * Min qawl ahl al-zaygh wa’l-khidhlnı Defence of the Qdiriyya against the Tijniyya. MS: Kaduna (NA), L/AR11/7; Niamey, 812 (viii) (inc.); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 504, 1018 , 4860 (at end of Bughyat alalfı) xxxix) Q. nüniyya In praise of the Fulani and encouraging them to jihd. MS: Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 22v-24v.

126

CHAPTER THREE

xl) Q. nüniyya: Qif bi’l-diyri wa-in lam talqa insn * Fam al-tansı li-†ül al-fiahdi ansn Addressed to Mu˛ammad Bello. MS: Salé, 494/2; Sokoto (WJC), 3/40, 13/2. xli) Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Bello MS: Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 11v-14r. xlii) Q. qfiyya MS: Zaria, 27k (old). xliii) Q. qfiyya il Abı Bakr fiAtıq MSS: Zaria, 27j (old). xliv) Q. qfiyya Response to poem of fiAbd al-Qdir b. al-Muß†af (see ALA II, 226 (xiv)). MS: Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 20v-21r. xlv) Q. r√iyya: Atat qabl an abd tanaffasuhu ’l-fajrü * Faz˛a bih ˛ijrun wa-zla lah hijrü Reply to Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad Akansüs. 90 vv. MS: Rabat (KhA), 206(i). xlvi) Q. r√iyya: Salmun ka-fiarf al-raw∂i bkarahu ’lma†arü * Kam zna fian wakf al-khay nürahu al-shajar Advice to the Futanke (i.e. the supporters of al-˛jj fiUmar), in 156 vv. MS: MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 288-91, Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 985, 1027. xlvii) Q. r√iyya: Salm Allhi wa’l-ri∂wnu yattar * Yajüdu tharan li-Bba A˛mad wa-qabr Elegy for his brother Bba A˛mad in 67 vv. MS: Paris (BI), 2406(65); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3540, 5549. xlviii) Q. r√iyya: An fı zimmı Mu˛ammadin wa-dhimrihi * Khayr al-war fı nafsihi wa-nijrihi MS: Paris (BI), 2406(62). xlix) Q. r√iyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı afi† wa-bar * Thumma had thumma waf thumma shakar


127

MS: Niamey, 1344(i). l) Q. y√iyya: fiAliyy an Kabıran Mlik al-mulk Qhir * fiAl kulli jabbrin afinı al-kulla fi◊liy MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2666. li) Q. y√iyya: Dafiawtuka y man l yukhayyibu dfiiy * Wa-ji√tu il abwbi fa∂lika sfiiy Prayer in 106 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 302(ii), 3938. lii) Q. y√iyya: Y jfiil al-nra bardan li’l-khalıli wa-qad * Ta√ajjaj al-jamru minh wa-waqada ˛miy In 18 vv.Cf. no. (xviii) above. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5400. Collections of poems liii) Dıwn al-mad√i˛ Said to be in praise of Sh. fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye and his jihd. First poem: Min fiabdi mawlhu ’l-ghaniyyu bihi ’l-faqırı * Wailayhi ˛aqqan A˛mad al-Bakk√iyyı. MSS: Sokoto (WJC), 3/97, 10/7, 80. liv) A miniature dıwn of poems exchanged between alBakk√ı, Mu˛ammad Bello and fiAbd al-Qdir b. al-Muß†af. MSS: Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 11v-27b Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1776. lv) Majmüfi qaß√id MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 933. lvii) Vv. on taw˛ıd. MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 298; Niamey, 1344(i); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 350(i), 518, 2743(ii), 4428. 15. Raw∂at al-kham√il li’l-akhyr wa-shafrat al-ßawrim fial ’lashrr MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 430. 16

Ras√il i)

R. fı sha√n fiaqd nik˛

128

CHAPTER THREE

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4025. ii) R. fı sha√n al-im√ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2463. iii) R. fı m yajibu fiamaluhu mafi fiUmar al-Fütı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2230. iv) R. fı ’l-tafirıf bi-ahl al-ar∂ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3903. v) R. il ikhwnin wa-a˛bbin wa-talmıdhin alMarrkushiyyın Specific addressees include the Qdirı muqaddam Mu˛ammad fiAmmür (?), and the imam of the Qdirı zwiya Müly alMadanı al-fiAlawı. MSS: MAMMP, 8.2, 294-9 (to his disciples in Marrakesh); Niamey, 454, 531; Rabat (KhA), D206, D1071bis; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 805 (with reply ), 816. vi) R. il fiAbd Allh b. Alf fiAmm [al-Tinbuktı] Asking him when he meets with Sh. A˛mad of Msina to speak to him diplomatically about the Tuareg problem. MS: Niamey, 539(i). vii) R. il ’l-amır Ba Lobbo Opens: Il ’l-humm al-dhakı al-shujfi al-zakı wa’l-jawd alsakhı MS: Niamey, 539(ii). viii) R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı la yakhfu fıhi lawmat lfiim ill kullu mudhabdhab whin MS: Niamey, 544. ix) R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad al-Fullnı An attack on the Tijniyya, responded to by al-Mukhtr b. Wadıfiat Allh in his Tabkiyat al-Bakk√ı. x) R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Sh. A˛mad MSS: MAMMP, 8.1, 390-1 (inc.), 9. 15.


129

On inheritance. xi)

R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. A˛mad a) Opens: Faqad waßala kitbuka al-÷arıf fi mi˛wal kitb Mu˛ammad b. Sayyid fa’llhu yujzıka khayran wa-yaqıka ∂ayran MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 309. b) Opens: Bi-l’salm al-ma˛füf bi’l-takrım wa’l-ikrm almaß˛üb bi’l-tafi÷ım MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2215.

xii) R. il A˛mad b. al-Shaykh MS: Algiers (BH), ˛1. xiii) R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo fı ˛urmat ∂ayfihi fiAbd al-Karım Concerning the protection of his guest Dr Heinrich Barth. See also Q. no xvi above. MSS: MAMMP, 7.2 (inc), 8.4, 214-8; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 485. Publ. trans. [by Dr. Nicholson] in Barth (1965), iii, 764-7; French trans in Monteil (1938). Partial English trans. in A.A. Boahen, Britain, the Sahara and the Western Sudan, 1788-1861, Oxford, 1964, 251-2. General letter of recommendation for, and defence of, Heinrich Barth, addressed to Arabs, Tuareg, Fulani and the südn. xiv) R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo al-Msinı a) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı nazzal al-kitb wahuwa yatawall al-ßli˛ın. MS: Niamey, 569 (photo, 74 pp. & 6 pp. index) b) Opens: Amm bafid radd al-salm bi-mithlihi aw a˛san. MS: Niamey, 1369 (photo, 8 pp.); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 291. c) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi al-Malik al-Quddüs al-Salm al-bfiith al-nabiyyın wa’l-mursalın bi-dın al-Islm

130

CHAPTER THREE

Concerns the dispute over Barth and Sh. A˛mad’s demand that he be handed over to him. MS: Niamey, 1723; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3291. d) Complaints over the Fulani governorship of Timbuktu. Written 24 Rabıfi II 1265/19 March 1849. MS: Niamey, 545 (photocopy, 25 pp. & 3 pp. index, lacks first page). e) Opens: Salm kmil al-a†rf wa-ikrm bası† al-aknf Complaining and censuring him for listening to the slander of San Shirfi and not contacting him about it. MS: Paris (BI), 2406(43). f) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi fiazza wa-jalla alladhı l yudhillu man afiazza wa-l yufiizzu man adhalla MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1. See also: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 485. xv) R. il Sh. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo al-Msinı MSS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(27)b√. xvi) R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad Concerns a house of his in Jenne. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2880. xvii) R. il A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Abı Bakr al-Msinı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2883. xviii) R. il Amır Minkali (?) A˛mad b. fiUthmn MS: Niamey, 552(iii). xix) R. il amır Ibn fiAbd Allh b. Sh. A˛mad Concerning a dispute between him and his brother al-amır A˛mad b. A˛mad. MS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(37)t√. xx) R. il amır Karshısh Sulaymn Baßaldı (?) MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2863. xxi) R. il ’l-˛jj fiUmar


131

MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 103-5, 113; Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 66r-70r, Niamey, 528. Publ. in Gerresch (1976). xxii) R. il jamfiat al-Islm Opens: Nuhanni√ukum wa-na˛mad Allha fial naßrikum fial ’lafid√ MSS: Niamey, 553(v); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 11(i), 31 (copy of 11(ii)), 323(ii). Paris (BN),5259, ff. 72-3; xxiii) R. il jamfiat Jenne Opens: Fa’l-salm wa’l-ikrm il jamfiat Jenne alladhına waw il ’l-dajjl wa-rakanü ilayhi Censuring those in Jenne who supported al-˛jj fiUmar. AlBakk√ı gives himself the title amır al-mu√minın wa-khalıfat rabb al-filamın. MS: Niamey, 552(ii); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 323(iii). xxiv) R. il Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. Gıg MS: Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 70-2. xxv) R. il Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. √g-l-g Opens: Ra√ayn kitbaka il ahl al-Süq wa-m dhakkartanı bihi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5056(iii). xxvi) R. il Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı Faraj MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2168. xxvii) R. il ’l-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı Also addressed to Mu˛ammad and all the sons of fiUmar. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3700. xxviii) R. il Sı. Mu˛ammad b. al-Nasab Consoling him on the death of a relative. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5551. xxix) R. il qab√il al-Fulln Opens: Fa’l-salm wa’l-ikrm il jamıfi ahl al-Islm min qab√il al-Fulln

132

CHAPTER THREE

MSS: Niamey, 549, 552(i), 1729; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 11(ii), 323(i). See also Algiers (BH), ˛√ (19)jım; Birmingham, 14; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1009. xxx) R. il ’l-q∂ı al-Muß†af b. fiAbd Allh Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi’lladhı bi-yadihi maqlıd al-umür wahuwa al-fialım bi-dht al-ßudür Dated 30 Rabıfi II 1264/5 April 1848. MS: Niamey, 548. xxxi) R. il Sıdiyya wa-B Lobbo wa-fiAbd Allh b. Abı Bakr wa-ghayrihim Letter to his paternal cousin Sıdiyya and others “among all the Fulani tribes, especially Msina and Sebara”. Concerns various inter-Fulani quarrels. MS: Paris (BI), 2405(41). xxxii) R. il ’l-amır al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütwı a) Opens: Fa-inn nuhanni√uka bi-m afi†ka Allh tafil min al-dın wa-makkanaka min al-amr bi’l-mafirüf wa’l-nahy fian al-munkar. The letter calls upon al-˛jj fiUmar to exercise restraint, and to show mercy and forebearance. MS: Niamey, 528, pp. 2-11 (further short letters to him, pp. 11-19); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5056(i). b) Opens: Fa-qad j√anı rasül bi-kitbika wa-kalmika ill annaka l tafiri∂ li-jawb kitbı bi-qalıl wa-l kathır. MS: Niamey, 544 (iv); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5056(ii). c) Opens: Bi’l-salm wa’l-ikrm il ’l-amır al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütwı. Concerns a kidnapped concubine. MS: Niamey, 544(ii), followed by other short letters. xxxiii) R. il fiUmar ˘amad fı sha√n al-∂iyfa MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3220. xxxiv) R. il Wadıfiat Allh al-Fullnı MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 2022.


133

xxxv) R. il Yüsuf b. A˛mad Letter to the chief of the Kel Ahoggar asking for cessation of hostilities (ßul˛). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3699, 4043 (R. fı ’l-ßul˛). xxxvi) Ras√il bayn al-Bakk√ı wa-Akansüs See also item 6 above. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 808, 2431 (single risla). xxxvii) Raß√il il fiUthmn b. M. Fodiye, fiUmar al-Fütı, A˛mad A˛mad, wa-ahl Tinbuktu MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 103-13. 17. R. fı ’l-˛a∂∂ fial ’l-jihd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2798 18. al-Sihm al-masdüda fı nu˛ür al-afid√ al-˛asada MS: Paris (BN), 5519, ff. 214r.-117r.; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4023: Opens: Ilh al-khalqi mawln qadımü * Wa-mawßüfun bi-awßf alkamlı. See also al-Sihm al-musaddada, poem attrib. to al-Mukhtr alKuntı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2349. 19. Ta√lıf fı ’l-adhkr wa’l-awrd Written in 1250/1834-5. MS: Algiers (BH), ˛√(26)˛√. 20. Tanzıh al-akrim fian tazwıj al-ma˛rim MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 392. 21. Waßiyya li-awldihi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 2722, 3911, 5580 (opens: Y awldı üßıkum bi-taqw ’llhi ’l-fia÷ım.) 22. Wathıqa fı ’l-mırth MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2474. 23. Wathıqa fı ta√mın Jwandu kibr (?) MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3554. ***

134

CHAPTER THREE

Anon. poem in praise of A˛mad al-Bakk√ı… Opens: Dafiat bafid m abd mabsimih ’l-fajrü * Wa-zla fian alishrqi min laylih ’l-˛ajrü MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4848 Al-BASHˆR b. fiALˆ b. MU˘AMMAD WAD◊D 1. Ismfi al-n√ı fı tarjamat al-sayyid A˛mad al-Bakk√ı MS: Niamey, 543. 2. Maktüb fı ’l-taw˛ıd Simply attributed to al-Bashır al-Kuntı. MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 1082. AfiMAR [fiUMAR] b. A˘MAD AL-BAKK◊√ˆ b. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MUKHT◊R al-Kuntı, fl. mid-19th cent. 1. R. il ’l-Nßir b. al-Nbigha Letter to the Tuareg chief al-Nßir b. al-Nbigha b. Kwı, [the latter perhaps Kawa Ag Amma, amenokal of the Ullimiden, a contemporary of Sh. Sı. al-Mukhtr]. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2578. 2. R. il kalafat Kunta Advising them to return to the sharıfia. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2596. 3. R. il Zayn al-fi◊bidın b. al-Bakk√ı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2444. MU˘AMMAD AL-∑AGHˆR b. A˘MAD AL-BAKK◊√ˆ al-Kuntı 1. Risla Concerns a teacher who lost his temper when a boy distorted a verse of the Qur√n. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1836.


135

B◊B◊ A˘MAD b. A˘MAD AL-BAKK◊√ˆ 1. Q. fı mad˛ jaddihi (i) Opens: Y sayyidı al-Bakk√ı y sanadı * Wafiadtu wa’intih qaßdı wa-y fiamadı 20 vv. (ii) Opens: Y ayyuh ’l-rams al-sanı * Dhü’l-maghna†ıs al-˛asanı 22 double lines. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2713 (2 such). fiUMAR b. fiALˆ b. AL-MUKHT◊R al-Kuntı 1. al-Kawkib al-sayyrt fı ’l-awrd al-Qdiriyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4271. 2. Fatw fı ’l-faskh On the annullment of marriage. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2712. 3. Majmüfi nawzil A collection of 43 legal opinions. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2120. 4. Q. fı ’l-˛all wa’l-˛arm MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 140-8. 5. Q. fı mad˛ al-Qsim wa’l-Fzzı wa-jamfiatihim Opens: A-y †liban nahj al-hidyati mujtall * fiUlüman wa-tafilıman wadhikran murattal MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2728. 6. Radd fial su√layn fı ’l-bayn Opens: ˘amdan li-man manna bi-bayn m yufham fial ’l-adh’hn waabna ghawmi∂ asrr kitbihi Dated 1344/1925-6. MS: Niamey, 829. 7.

R. fı mara∂ al-bbüsh

136

CHAPTER THREE

MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3618. See also Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1691: Fatw fı mara∂ al-bbüsh (or allbüsh), by fiUmar b. fiAlı b. al-Shaykh al-Sharıf. 8. Wasılat al-anm fı m yanqasim fial a˛km al-sharıfia MSS: Niamey, 1319; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 448. Perhaps also by the same author is a letter simply by fiUmar b. fiAlı, addressed to Sı. fiUmar b. Sı. A˛mad al-Bakk√ı, concerning the revolt of Kaoussen in 1917. MS: Niamey, 1266. MU˘AMMAD AL-∑AGHˆR b. fiUMAR [AfiMAR] b. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MUKHT◊R b. A˘MAD al-Kuntı, known as Shaykh By, b. 1865, d. after 1920 Dhikr m waqafia, pp. 7-10, trans in Norris (1975), 186-7; Cortier (1908), 286-9 (trans. in Norris (1975), 168-70); Marty (1920), i, 117-22; EI (2), v, 393-5.

His father, fiUmar, established a zwiya at Telia in the Ad‚ra‚‚r-n-Ifo‚ras, and upon his death was succeeded as head of it by his eldest son Sı. Mu˛ammad (q.v.). and later by Sh. By. By studied both with his father and his brother, and lived at first at his father’s zwiya at Telia. After 1904 he adopted a nomadic life style, living in tented encampments in the Wdı Telia; only in exceptionally dry years would he and his following go down to al-Süq or towards the river Niger. According to Cortier, he led a life of seclusion, inspiring enormous veneration among the local people, neither eating meat nor drinking milk. Although he kept his distance from the French, his relations with them were good. He helped to mediate in several tribal quarrels, and played a role in reconciling the Kel Ahoggar to the French. The Ahoggar chief, Müs Ag Amastan was a student of his and remained attached to him. After the establishment of the French post at Kidal, Sh. By became recognised officially as q∂ı of the region. Among his other students were his grandson Mu˛ammad b. Bdı alKuntı (q.v.), and Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi al-Aghllı (q.v.), and Mu˛ammad Ammak b. al-Bakk√ al-Kuntı (d. after 1379/1960, see Dhikr m waqafia, p. 11).


1.

137

Fatwı. i) On doubt in ßalt. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3420. ii) On dwelling with the Christians, and on fines. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3922. iii) On lost camels. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2122(ii). iv) On ritual purity. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2122(i). v) On wells: response to question from Mu˛ammad alMukhtr b. al-∑idq. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1471. vi) On wife’s rejection of husband’s authority (nushüz). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1873. vii) Response about whether it it permissible to eat with a man who fails to perform wu∂ü√ without valid reason. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2088.

2. al-Far√i∂ al-r√iqa wa’l-ajwiba al-f√iqa MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 903. 3. Fat˛ al-baßıra fı qawfiid al-dın al-munıra MSS: Niamey, 1424, 2236. 4. Maktüb fı ’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 356. 5. Maktüb fı taqßır al-wird fı ’l-safar MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1020. Cf. Maktüb fı ’l-taßawwuf, MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 387. 6. Nawzil wa-ajwiba fiqhiyya The importance of the rulings of Sh. By merits a closer examination of existing manuscripts. The following are the collections presently known:

138

CHAPTER THREE

i) Niamey MS: 562: 19 ff. replies to his “friend in God” Al-Sayyid B-k-t. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh al-munfarid bi’l-tadbır wa’l-˛ukm al-mustabidd bi’ltaqdır wa’l-qa∂√ MS: 566: The Twenty-six Responses. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh wa-kaf wa-salm fial fiibdihi alladhına iß†af. Hdh m yassar Allh sub˛nahu fı jawb al-as√ilat allatı su√iltu fianh wa-hiya sitta wafiishrün. MS: 589(i): 108 numbered pages. Opens: Fa-hdhihi nubdha manqüla min nawzil Sh. Sı. Mu˛ammad b. Sh. Sı. fiUmar. Completed in 1350/1931-2. The questions are numbered to 102 in marg., but index lists items up to 178, so possibly this is only part I. MS: 822: 18 ff. Begins with rulings on questions of ritual ablution and ends with rulings on manumission and clientage. MS: 1419 Nawzil al-Shaykh By. 2 vols., photocopy, 417 pp. and 332 pp. Vol. I completed 18 Rajab 1344/1 Febuary 1926. Vol. II is not dated. Both were copied in 1388/1968-9. MS: 1437 Nawzil al-Shaykh By, Vol. I only, corresponding to Vol. I of MS: 1419, but manuscript in a different hand. An opening paragraph indicates that an anonymous person collected together and arranged the nawzil under fiqh headings, omitting waßy and ras√il, except those containing a ruling. MS: 1492 (10 ff.) and 1500 (14 pp.): a minor collection of responses beginning with a question about payment of some one hired to fetch something who does not find the object in the place he is directed to, and ending with a question about divorce in the case of a wife who is beaten or otherwise abused. ii) Timbuktu (CEDRAB) MSS: 118 (Vol. I), 119 (Vol. II), 120 (Vol. III.), 121 (Vol. IV), 122 (Vol. V), 123 (Vol. VI), 124 (Vol. VII.), 125 (Vol. VIII), 126 (Vol. IX). A 9-volume collection in various hands. Pages are numbered (1-1011), and Vol. IX has at the end an index of all the volumes. MS: 247. One vol. in 263 ff., corresponding to Niamey, 1437. MS: 688 (263 ff.). MS: 1890 (2ff.). MS: 2119 (4 ff.).


7.

139

Ras√il i) R. fı ’l-awrd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3647. ii) R. fı ’l-†ahra MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3385. iii). R. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3382. iv) R. il A˛mad Abı ’l-Afirf Concerning disapproval of the writings of Mu˛ammad Ya˛y [al-Waltı?]. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2091. v) R. il Bb A˛mad b. fiUrwa b. ˘ammd And to his nephew and others. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4412. vi) R. il B-k-t Advising him to stop shedding blood and plundering property. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2084 (to B-k-t) . vii) R. il ˛kim ar∂ Adghgh Addressed to the governor (commandant?) of Ad‚ra‚r concerning a man he was inquiring after. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 594. viii) R. il Mu˛ammad b. Mbrak b. fiAlı MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1110. ix) R. il ’l-Nßir b. al-Nbigha b. Kwı To a Tuareg leader consoling on the loss of his goods plundered by the Barbısh. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2609. x) R. il ’l-q∂ı A˛mad Bb b. Abı ’l-fiAbbs b. fiUmar b. Zayyn al-˘asanı MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3702, 3703, 3709 (on a dispute between fiumml).

140

CHAPTER THREE

xi) R. il ’l-walı al-ßli˛ al-˛jj Ballu fı sha√n al-itwt MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1632. 8. Shar˛ fial ’l-a˛dıth al-Maqqariyya See Dhikr m waqafia, p. 7. 9. Shar˛ man÷ümat al-faqıh Sı. fiUmar b. fiAbd al-Karım li-mırth Khalıl MS: Niamey, 2365 (inc.) 10. Shar˛ na÷m al-◊jurrümiyya Comm. on vers. of the ◊jurrümiyya [by Mu˛ammad Ya˛y al-Waltı? see CEDRAB, item 3971] MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3973. 11. Shar˛ na÷m al-Tuwtı li-fiAqıdat al-Akh∂arı Comm. on vers. by Mu˛ammad b. Ubba al-Tuwtı of the fiAqıda of fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır al-Akh∂arı al-Bun†yüsı al-Mlikı, (d. 983/1585, see GAL S II, 705). MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 471-9. 12. Waßiyya li-qabılat Kunta MSS: Niamey, 793 (frag. of 19 ll.). 13. Waßiyya To one of his students. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3887. 14. Waßiyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4137. 15. Untitled “Écrit relatif à l’origine des Imaghcharan, des Peuls et des Touareg”; see CCIM, 141


141

˘AMMA b. B◊Y [MU˘AMMAD AL-∑AGHˆR] al-Kuntı 1. Q. fı mad˛ fiulam√ al-Süq Concerns a ruling about going on pilgrimage by air. MS: Niamey, 2513. MU˘AMMAD b. ˘AMMA b. MU˘AMMAD b. al-shaykh al-kabır [AL-MUKHT◊R] al-Kuntı 1. Q. fı mad˛ khlihi Bb A˛mad Opens: Y Bba A˛mad y kahf al-∂ififi dafi * Mustanjidka ∂afiıfun ruknuhu inßadafi. 23 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 311(i). 2. Q. fı ziyratihi li-khlihi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 311(ii). MU˘AMMAD b. B◊Dˆ b. B◊Y [MU˘AMMAD AL-∑AGHˆR] alKuntı d. 1379/1960 Dhikr m waqafia, p. 10-11, et passim.

A student of Sh. By al-Kuntı, whose fatwı he collected together and arranged under fiqh headings. He is considered to be his intellectual successor. Among his pupils was Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi al-Aghllı (q.v.). 1. Badıfi al-shakl fı a˛km al-libs wa’l-sharb wa’l-akl MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 441. 2. al-Maqßid al-asn fı khawßß asmfi Allh al-˛usn MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 503-8. 3. Na÷m al-Niqya Vers. of the Niqya of Jall al-Dın al-Suyü†ı. Comm. by author. See Dhikr m waqafia, pp. 7, 10. 4. Qaß√id MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 489-503.

142

CHAPTER THREE

5. Qaßıda r√iyya: In fia∂∂ak al-dahru bi-anybihı * Wa-lam tuqill min fiathrat al-fithirı Poem in praise of Sh. By al-Kuntı (q.v.). See Dhikr m waqafia, pp. 3, 8-9 (total of 14 vv. quoted). 6. Q. fı rith√ Sh. By See Dhikr m waqafia, p. 9, where the author mentions the work, but says he has not come across a copy of it. 7. al-Raw∂a al-anıqa fı m yatafiallaq bi’l-u∂˛iyya MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 508-14. 8. R. fı ’l-awrd wa-kayfiyyat al-talqın wa’l-bayfia MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3581. 9. R. il A˛mad Abı ’l-Afirf On exchanging of their writings. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1841. 10. R. il A˛mad Abı ’l-Afirf In praise of the recipient’s book Bustn ahl al-dın (q.v.) MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1011. 11. Shar˛ fial na÷m Niqyat al-Suyü†ı Comm. on his own vers. of the Niqya of Jall al-Dın al-Suyü†ı. See Dhikr m waqafia, p. 7. 12. al-Shumüs al-†awlifi bi-÷alm m u˛ditha fiind al-qubür min mankir al-bad√ifi Completed 29 Rabıfi I 1368/29 January 1949. Concerns a man named Sı. Mu˛ammad b. Umayya who claimed to be able to receive messages from the dead. MSS: MAMMP, 8.3, 427-578; Niamey, 579, 1316 (91 pp.), 2240; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 293. 13. Sullam al-ithbt il saqf al-najt min m∂ı al-dhunüb wa’l-tı MS: MAMMP, 8.4, 515-22.


143

14. Wiqyat al-mutakallimın min al-la˛n al-muthallim MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1142. 15. Zınat al-fityn fı fiulüm al-dın al-mußn Alfiyya on taw˛ıd. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 563. MU˘AMMAD b. fi◊BIDIN al-Kuntı 1. Radd fial kitb min Ibn Salım Accuses Ibn Salım of insulting Sh. A˛mad ˘amhu ’llh, lying and becoming an apostate. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1298. See also Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 559, a reply to Mu˛ammad b. Zayn al-fi◊bidın. MU˘AMMAD MA˘MÜD al-Kuntı 1. Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-asm√ Allh al-˛usn Opens: Yaqülu fı aqw ’l-raj√i fı karamı * Dhı ’l-karam al-jammi lighafr m ’jtaram MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1252. AL-MUKHT◊R AL-KHALˆFA [b. Sı. M U˘AMMAD B . AfiMAR b. SH. Sı. MU˘AMMAD b. SH. Sı. AL-MUKHT◊R AL-KUNTˆ 1. Q. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Shdhiliyyın wa’l-Tijniyyın Opens: Sabaqat rijl al-Qdirı wa-tuwwijü * Bi-fiam√im al-taqdır wa’tijnı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1018. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. A˘MAD AL-ZAYD◊N al-Kuntı 1. al-Murshid fı ’l-tanfır fian mutaßawwifa hdh ’l-zamn MS: Niamey, 1310. 2. Shar˛ al-hady wa’l-ßilt fı jamfi wa-na÷m Muba††ilt al-ßalt Comm. on vers. of a book by Mu˛ammad b. Ma˛müd b. Abı Bakr alWangarı (q.v.).

144

CHAPTER THREE

MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB) 4305 (by ˘amma al-Amın al-Kuntı) . MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM b. fi◊BIDˆN b. AL-‡◊HIR b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. HAYBA al-Kuntı al-Tinbuktı 1.

Ajwiba i) On a paternity dispute. MSS: MAMMP, 8.4, 167-75 (and 176-83, a reply to an objection to the fatw). ii) On a dispute between one of the Barbısh and the Rguibat over she-camels. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 116. iii) On a paternity dispute. Perhaps same as (i) above. MS: Niamey, 1355. iv) On inheritance. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1618. v) On gifts/allowances (al-manı˛a) MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1583. vi) Concerns a woman who was married to Khalıl b. Bb b. fiUthmn and bore a child, and another man claimed he had not divorced her. Dated 3 Shawwl 1365/30 August 1946. Cf. (i) and (ii) above. MS: Niamey, 1355 (date 14 Shawwl, 1365); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 422.

2. R. il Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad fiAlı al-Anßrı Concerning a vision. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1889. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b. fiUMAR b. A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b. fiUMAR b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. fiALˆ b. YA˘Y◊ al-Kuntı 1. Q. r√iyya MS: Paris (BN), 6399, ff. 207-10.


145

MU˘AMMAD b. fiALˆ ZAYN AL-fi◊BIDIN al-Kuntı 1. R. il wazır Dawr ˘asan b. Müs fian al-mahdiyya MS: Zaria, 102/9. ˘ABˆB ALL◊H b. AL-MUKHT◊R b. MU˘AMMAD [b. MU˘AMMAD b. Sı. Al-MUKHT◊R] al-Kuntı 1. Fatw fı ˛ukm al-zakt MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 507. ˘ABˆB ALL◊H b. fiUMAR al-WADD◊fi al-Kuntı 1. Shar˛ man÷üma fı ’l-˛adıth MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2604. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-AMˆN b. MU˘AMMAD b. AfiMAR b. ABˆ SAYFˆ (or al-Büsayfı) al-Kuntı 1. Q. fı ’l-silsila al-Qdiriyya Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı man ittaßal * Bi-˛ablihi ’l-matıni l budda waßal. 9vv. Vers. of the Qdirı silsila of the Kunta, back to Mu˛ammad, the angel Gabriel and the law˛ (the “Guarded Tablet”). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2622 , 3531,(attrib. to Mu˛ammad b. alMukhtr al-Kuntı) 3538. 2. Q. fı ’l-˛anın Opens: Yawadd al-fat idrka m huwa †libuhü * Wa-ya√b lahu dahrun tawlat maß√ibuhü. In 25 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4136. fiABD ALL◊H b. AL-BAKKA√ˆ b. KIN◊NA b. AL-MUKHT◊R alKuntı 1.

Fatwı i) On the marriage of a girl before puberty.

146

CHAPTER THREE

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2707. ii) Does the man who cuts off a boy’s penis while circumcizing him have to pay diya? MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2724. iii) On divorce. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2734. 2. Maktüb fı ’l-tafirıf bi’l-shaykh wa-mat yakünu shaykhan MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2740. 3. Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad b. fiUmar Composed upon visiting his tomb. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2943 (2 such). 4. Tu˛fat al-muttaqın wa-junnat al-mutawaqqın min al-umar√ wa’lwuzar√ wa’l-qu∂t al-muwaffaqın MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2733. fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N b. AL-‡◊LIB Sˆ A˘MAD al-Kuntı 1. Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-rasül MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2170. IBR◊HˆM w. ABÜD al-Kuntı 1. Fatw On the invalid sale (bayfi fsid). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3800. A˘MAD F◊L b. AL-MUKHT◊R al-˘abalı (?) al-Kuntı 1. Du√fi nayl al-maqßid 150 vv. Opens: Bi’smi ’llhi bi’ismik al-mufradı * Bihi bada√tu li-nayl al-maqßidı. MS: Niamey, 169.


147

AL–AMˆN b. ˘AYBALL◊ al-Raqqdı al-Kuntı 1. Man÷üma fı ’l-dufi√ Opens: Sa√altuka mu∂†arr an li-yusrin lad fiusrı * Fa-y rabbi y Ra˛mnu y kshif al-∂arrı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2597. A˘MAD [b. fiABD ALL◊H] b. A˘MAD al-Raqqdı al-Kuntı 1. Shif√ al-asqm al-firi∂a fı ’l-÷hir wa’l-b†in min al-ajsm MS: Kaolack, 158; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1045; Timbuktu (MMHT), 116. *************************

KUNTA RELATED A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD AGANAN 1. Q. fı rith√ Llla fi◊√isha Elegy for the wife of Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı. Opens: Ufiazzı qibb al-majdi wa’l-mawtu l yu†fı * Wa-inna karmatahu al-nafsa wa’l-†abfi bal yu˛fı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1279. A˘MAD AL-S◊LIM b. AL-S◊LIK b. MU˘AMMAD b. ALMUKHT◊R 1. Q. fı hij√ Kunta cf. similar poem by ˘amma b. al-‡hir al-Anßrı; see below, p. 190. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4279. 2. Q. lmiyya: Ariqat li-barq al-firi∂ al-mutamallilı * fiAynki fa’nhamat bi-damfiin musbilı In 79 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3376(ii). 3. Q. r√iyya: Y hjiy an hdhiyan bi’l-kidhbi muftakhir * Al-kidhbu djin wa-nür al-˛aqqi ÷ahar

148

CHAPTER THREE

52 vv. response to a satire by al-Bakk√ı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 305, 1679.

CHAPTER FOUR

THE SAHARAN FRINGES OF MALI: II, OTHER WRITERS OF AZAW◊D WRITERS OF ARAW◊N

Arawn is a small town situated some 260 km. north of Timbuktu on the route to Taghza and Tuwt. It is said to have been founded c. 1600 by Sı. A˛mad Ag Adda (d. c. 1634), a holyman from al-Süq, but it was already known to Leo Africanus, who wrote in 1526. Sı. A˛mad Ag Adda’s great-grandfather Abü Bakr b. al-‡hir was the first of his family to quit al-Süq, and he is considered the ancestor of most of the shuraf√ of the Middle Niger. Sı. A˛mad’s father lived and died in Timbuktu and is buried there. A˛mad Ag Adda’s settlement in Arawn marks its beginning as an Islamic centre. He built the mosque there and was its first q∂ı. His presence attracted other learned men, and Arawn became a centre of learning as well as a commercial crossroads. A˛mad Ag Adda is buried there, and the mosque is named after him. In the early twentieth century the town’s free population was about 750, but by 1920 Paul Marty only estimated it at only 500.1 ‡◊LIBNA SANB˚R b. AL-W◊Fˆ b. ‡◊LIBNA al-Arawnı, b. c. 1100/1688, d. 28 Rama∂n 1180/27 February 1767. Fat˛ al-Shakür, 102-3; CCIM, art. by Ahmed Mohamed Salim, pp. 238-41.

His father was q∂ı of Arawn, and he studied with him first, then with Abü Bakr b. fiˆs al-Ghallwı (d. 1146/1733), and with A˛mad Ag alShaykh al-Süqı, a student of Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad Baghayogho (q.v.). He became celebrated for his fatws, many of which were given the seal of approval by other scholars from as far afield as Tuwt and Walta.

1 See art. “Arawan” by Sidi Mohamed Ould Youbbu, and art. “Ahmad Ag Adda” by Adil Mahmoûd Muhammad in CCIM, 81-4, 198-200.

150

CHAPTER FOUR

His students included Sı. Mu˛ammad b. Bbuya, Abü Bakr b. al-∑ayd (father of A˛mad al-∑ayd, q.v.). 1. Ajwiba i) Subject unknown MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2502. ii) On purchase of cowries. A man bought some cowries from another man who claimed to be an agent of the owner of the cowries, and then transported them to a place 20 days distant. He then discovered that the seller was not an authorized agent. Must he then (a) return a like amount of cowries to the place of purchase, or (b) refund the value of the cowries, or (c) return the actual cowries. MS: Niamey, 530 (attrib. to Q∂ı Sanb˙r). 2. Basamt al-fiulüm al-fiarabiyya fial mas√il al-diyr al-maghribiyya See CCIM, 240. 3. al-Bayn al-shfı fial su√l Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Fullnı See CCIM, 240 4. Fatw fi sha√n al-∂amn MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4164. 5. Fat˛ al-Ghaffr fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Mukhtr See CCIM, 240. 6. Fat˛ al-Rabb al-La†ıf fı takhrıj [var bayn.] m fı Mukhtaßar Khalıl min al-∂afiıf MSS: Niamey, 455, 525, 2110. 7. al-Jawb al-f√iq fial ’l-su√l al-r√iq See CCIM, 240. 8. Kifyat al-ma√üna Said to be a confirmation of the replies of al-Maghılı (see ALA II, 20) to

OTHER WRITERS OF AZAW◊D

151

Askiya al-˛jj. Mu˛ammad; see CCIM, 240. 9. Mißb˛ al-anwr wa-kshif al-astr MS: Niamey 530; Timbuktu (MMHT), 94. 10. Naf˛ al-fiabır fı ˛ukm dam dabrat al-bafiır See CCIM, 240. 11. Raffi al-mushkilt fian bafi∂ fiulam√ Tuwt See CCIM, 238. 12. ∑anjat al-wazzn fı nawzil Arawn See CCIM, 240. 13. Shar˛ Khulßat Ibn Mlik See CCIM, 240. MU˘AMMAD al-Q∂ı b. Al-W◊Fˆ al-Arawnı 1. A˛km sharfiiyya fı bayfi al-raqıq wa’l-wirtha MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 207. A˘MAD b. AL-∑◊LI˘ b. SAYYID AL-W◊Fˆ b. SAYYID b. A˘MAD b. ADDA al-Arawnı al-Safida al-abadiyya; Izlat al-rayb.

Jurisprudent and grammarian, known for his skill in interpreting dreams. The two sources give quite contradictory dates for his death: 1120/17089, or 1230/1814-15. The earlier date is probably the more accurate since A˛mad Ag Adda died c. 1634. 1. Qaß√id fı mad˛ khayr al-bariyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3104. 2 Qasıda Prayer to God to destroy the nomadic Arabs and their amır Yüsuf for having plundered Arawn.

CHAPTER FOUR

152

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3621. 3. Tu˛fat al-asfr fı adhkr al-safar MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3566, 3633 (Tu˛fat al-musfir), 4808. ABÜ BAKR b. MU˘AMMAD AL-∑AYD al-Arawnı, d. 1260/1844-5 Notes of MMD.

∑üfı and scholar of jurisprudence. Also skilled in Arabic grammar and rhetoric. 1. Fatw fial man tajib al-zakt (sic) MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1868. 2. Q. fı ’l-mad˛ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3114. 3. Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Bakk√ı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5273. A˘MAD b. ABˆ BAKR b. MU˘AMMAD AL-∑AYD al-Arawnı, d. 1339/1920-1 al-Safida al-abadiyya.

Noted as a grammarian and philologist. His students included Abü ’lKhayr b. fiAbd Allh al-Arawnı (q.v.). 1. Fatwı i) On division of inheritance. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7951. ii) On divorce. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7980. iii) On enmity. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7989. iv) On purchasing plundered goods. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2123.


153

v) On raiding and plundering. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5995. vi) On sales. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2292. vii) On a slave who committed a crime against a free boy. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1640. 2. Ijzt MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 6239, 6313. 3. R. il jamfiat abn√ Mu˛ammad b. Yüsüf Informing them that he has abolished the ‘cutting of the ear’ (i.e. the practice of a slave cutting the ear of another’s camel when he wishes to change master). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1689. MU˘AMMAD b. ABˆ BAKR b. MU˘AMMAD AL-∑AYD 1. Fatw On inheritance. In a collection of fatwı on the subject. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3846. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. ABˆ BAKR b. MU˘AMMAD AL∑AYD, Abü Bakr 1. Fatw On sacrificing an animal that has a sickness of the udder. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3115. 2. Ijza fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4176. 3. Ijza li-Khlid b. Ma˛müd Ijza for the ∑a˛ı˛ of al-Bukhrı.

CHAPTER FOUR

154

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3135. 4. R. il Ibn Hanün The recipient was the amır of the Awld fiAllüsh. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3707. AL-TIJ◊Nˆ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN al-Arawnı, d. 1367/1947-8 al-Safida al-abadiyya;

Like his father, known for his extreme piety and observance of the Sunna. He wrote a great deal of poetry, some of it in Songhay. 1. Qaß√id i) Q. fı dhamm al-tabk In Songhay acc. notes of MMD. ii)

Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi Abı ’l-Khayr Si. A˛mad b. al-∑ayd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 612,5051, 465

iii) Q. fı rith√ Müly Afilı b. Müly fiAbd al-Salm al-Tuwtı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5628. iv) Q. fı rith√ al-q∂ı Sı. fi◊lı al-Arawnı The subject of the elegy died in 1340/1921-2. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5042. v) Q. fı rith√ fiUrwa amır Arawn MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 539 vi) Q. fı tahni√at Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd Congratulating Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd on his appointment as q∂ı of Timbuktu. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1236. 2. Man÷üma fı ’l-†alq MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1720.


155

ABÜ ’L-KHAYR b. fiABD ALL◊H b. MARZÜQ b. AL-˘ALLA alArawnı, d. 6 Mu˛arram 1397/27 December 1976 He was born in the early years of the 14th century of the hijra [1300=1882] and studied with his brother Afilı, and with Sı. A˛mad b. Babbakar b. al-∑ayd (d. 1340/1921). He was imam of Arawn and q∂ı of Azawd. Later he settled in Timbuktu and became its chief Qur√nic exegist, diividing his time between that city and Arawn until his death. He took the Qdiriyya wird from al-Turd b. al-fiAbbs, and also had silsilas to the Shdhiliyya, Nßiriyya, Zarrüqiyya, Jazüliyya and Dirdıriyya. 1. Ajwiba i) Concerns (a) the fiidda before a widow’s marriage, and (b) meat sales. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 650. ii) Topics unknown. Timbuktu (MMHT), 8. 2. Fatwı i) As√ila wa-fatw (with material by Mu˛ammad al-‡hir b. Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1545. ii) Fatw addressed to A˛mad b. Abı Bakr b. al-∑ayd. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1546. iii) Majmüfi fatwı MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 10. iv) On gifts. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3243. v) On the imamship of the two festivals (fiıd al-fi†r and fiıd al-a∂˛). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3247. vi) On sale of livestock among nomads. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3533.

156

CHAPTER FOUR

vii) On secret marriage. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3959. viii) On those who make lawful the seizure of goods belonging to those who dwell with the colonialists. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1791. ix) On wikla. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7953. x) On zakt. Jointly issued with Zayn al-Dın fiAbd al-fiAzız al-Jabhı al-Süqı. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2623, 2624. 3. Fat˛ al-Karım fial man÷ümat Mu˛ammad Ya˛y al-Waltı Ibn Salım MS: Niamey, 487 (photo); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 419. 4. Ijzt (i) To Alfa Slim b. Bb˙r al-Tinbuktı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 6355. (ii) To Mu˛ammad b. al-∑iddıq. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3442. (iii) Ijza fı ’l-˛adıth MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3930. 5. al-Jawb al-muskit fı radd ˛ujaj al-mufitari∂ fial ’l-q√ilın binadbiyyat al-qab∂ fı ßalt al-nafl wa’l-far∂ MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 632. 2812. 6. Maktüb fı dhikr bafi∂ fa∂√il al-shaykh Abı ’l-fiAbbs Sayyid A˛mad b. al-∑li˛ al-Süqı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1033. 7. Maktüb fı ’l-jawb fian mas√alat al-nawm fı ’l-masjid MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1034.


157

8. Mift˛ al-fal˛ fı adhkr al-mas√ wa’l-ßab˛ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 8368. 9. Nawzil Collection made by Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad Dadab (q.v.), and in his possession. 10.

Qaß√id i) Q. fı mad˛ Yüsuf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3085. ii) Q. fı dhamm al-duny MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4730.

11. R. il ’l-q∂ı Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. A˛mad Bb b. Abı ’lfiAbbs al-˘asanı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3728, 3884. 12. Shar˛ Ibn fi◊shir Listed by MMD. Probably a comm. on al-Murshid al-mufiın fial ’l∂arürı min fiulüm al-dın by fiAbd al-W˛id b. A˛mad b.fiAlı Ibn fi◊shir al-Andalusı al-Fsı (d. 1040/ 1633, see Ka˛˛la, vi, 205). 13. Shar˛ Marqı ’l-ßufiüd List of MMD. 14. Ta√rıkh Arawn wa-Tawdannı History of Arawn and Taoudeni. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 621, 3440 (T. Arawn as related by fiUrw b. M. b. al-˘abıb); Timbuktu (MMHT), 750. AL-˘AR‡◊Nˆ b. AL-MUKHT◊R b. ‡ALIBN◊ al-Arawnı 1. Ijza fı ’l-wird al-Qdirı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1178.

158

CHAPTER FOUR

MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN Teacher at the mosque of Arawn. 1. Tafilıq fial Mukhtaßar Khalıl MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 624. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b. MU˘AMMAD A˘MAD b. B◊NNA al-Arawnı 1. Fatw On whether a master should reject the affability (mudrh) of his slave or not. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2602. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-∑IDDˆQ b. AL-DˆN al-Arawnı al-Tinbuktı, d. 28 Shawwl 1402/18 August 1982 Biographical information supplied by MMD.

His father was also known as a scholar and a poet. He himself studied with Abü ’l-Khayr b. fiAbd Allh (q.v.), and was a jurist, mu˛addith, grammarian, exegete and poet. Towards the end of his life he taught at the Centre Ahmed Baba, Timbuktu. 1. Fatwı i) On the virtues of peace, and censure of those who oppose it. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3438. ii) On a man who married a woman without anyone telling him she was within the prohibited degrees of marriage. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3439. iii) On a man who gives a gift to one son, but does not give to the others. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3441. iv) On sales. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3881.


159

2. Khu†ba fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3021. 3. Shar˛ fial man÷ümat al-◊jurrümiyya Info. from MMD. MU˘MMAD AL-H◊Dˆ b. AL-‡◊LIB SURGU al-Arawnı 1. Fatw On the question of congregational prayer at Boudjbéha. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2640. 2. Q. lmiyya: ∑altı fial man nafituhu ’l-jüdu wa’l-badhlü * Wa-min sha√nihi ’l-i˛snu wa’l-ßul˛u wa’l-fa∂lü MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7766. THE DESCENDANTS OF MU˘AMMAD B˚R

Mu˛ammad B˙r was the fifth generation descendant of A˛mad Ag Adda, founder of Arawn. His floruit would therefore be during the late eighteenth century. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD B˚R al-Arawnı, d. 1290/1873-4 1. al-fiAß fı ta√dıb man fiaß On his dispute with Mu˛ammad Ya˛y b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr alWaltı. See notes of MMD. 2. Fatwı i) On fees for charms. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5973. ii) On plundered goods. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2126 iii) On the sanctity of genealogy (˛urmat al-nasab). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5986.

160

CHAPTER FOUR

iv) On sickness of animals. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 804 3. Jawb li-mas√ala fı ’l-nikh MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2882. 4. R. fi ’l-fiqh MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2467. 5. Shar˛ fial Alfiyyat Ibn Mlik wa-I˛mirr Ibn Büna Info provided by MMD. His son A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD B˚R al-Arawnı 1. Fatwı i) On endowments (˛ubus). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2060. ii) Two fatws. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2218. iii) On money a man gives his wife to please her. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2720. iv) On divorce. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5985. See also Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5987, 7963. The latter’s son AL-W◊Fˆ b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-W◊Fˆ b. MU˘AMMAD B˚R al-Arawnı 1. Fatwı i) The case of a man who bequeaths money to two men, one of whom dies intestate before the bequeather. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2062. ii) Subject unknown. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2402.


161

iii) On bequests. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3054. fiUMAR B. A˘MAD B. MU˘AMMAD B. MU˘AMMAD B˚R alArawnı 1. Fatwı i) On the ijza. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 1871. ii) On whether the ßadq of a slave woman is to be paid by her or by her owner. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2128. iii) On sales. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2017, 7983. 2. Na÷m ashykh al-Qdiriyya Opens: ˘amdan li-man jafiala zayda nifiamihı * Fı shukrihi bi-fa∂lihi wakaramihı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 6309. MA˘MÜD B. MU˘AMMAD LAMMÜ∆ B. A˘MAD AG ADDA, d. c. 1320/1902 Of the family of Ag Adda. 1. Fatw fı man yaskun mafia al-Naßr MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 292; Niamey, 1320. 2. Fatw fı sha√n al-hijra fian al-Naßr MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1909. fi◊Lˆ b. fiUMAR b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD B˚R al-Arawnı, d. after 1331/1913 He died either in 1338/1919 (see CEBRAB cat., 3887), or 1340/1921, acc. al-Safida al-abadiyya and the catalogue entry for MS Timbuktu (MMHT), 319. A man celebrated for his piety, who prayed much and

162

CHAPTER FOUR

slept little. Skilled in exegesis, ˛adıth, and ußül al-fiqh. He was a q∂ı and had his own zwiya in Timbuktu. He apparently belonged to the Tijniyya, since he gave an ijza for its awrd. 1. Ajwiba fı ’l-fiqh MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4317. 2. Ajwiba wa-a˛km The rulings listed below are classified by topic. Multiple listings for the same topic may or may not be identical in content. i) Anger MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7925. ii) Camels MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2235. iii) Camels A man finds a stray camel and uses it, loading it heavily with salt. The camel is weakened by this and eventually abandoned, and never found. The owner of the camel brings a case against him, and the first party is ordered to pay the price of the camel, but he absconds. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4267. iv) Commerce. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7923. v) Cutting down trees to feed goats. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2127, 2569. vi) Debt. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7931, 7965. vii) Deputizing (wikla). MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7934, 7942, 7966. viii) Dispute. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3198, 7933.


163

ix) Dispute between al-Muß†af b. Bb Sharaf and alMukhtr al-Kuntı al-Jakanı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 587 (attrib. to fiAlı b. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad B˙r al-Arawnı). x) Dispute over a horse. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3012. xi) Divorce. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3887, 5984, 7965. xii) Friday prayer. See also item 4 below. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3325. xiii) Guarantee (∂amn) A man is held up by bandits and is forced to hand over one of two camels with him. He hands over the one that does not belong to him and keeps his own. Is he liable for the one he gave up? MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5967. xiv) Hiring a camel. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7938. xv) Inheritance MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2561, 3091, 3846 (in collection of fatwı on the subject), 7970 (?). xvi) Inheritance A woman who died and left a slave. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2207. xvii) Khulfi On a woman’s release from marriage by repayment of her marriage portion (ßadq). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3832. xviii) Marriage portion (ßadq) of a slave girl. Who pays it, the woman or her master?

CHAPTER FOUR

164

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2128. xix) Milk kinship Concerns a man and woman who befriended one another and claimed that they were milk kin. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 579. (attrib. to fiAlı b. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad B˙r al-Arawnı). xx) Milk kinship MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7938. xxi) Milk kinship A married couple are told after many years of marriage that they are milk kin. Fatw dated Dhu ’l-Qafida 1331/October 1913. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2249 (5 ff.). xxii) Philology Concerns the meaning of a word in al-Dasüqı[‘s comm. on the Mukhtaßar] regarding false accusation of fornication (qadhf). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1644. xxiii) Piety. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7964. xxiv) Sacrificial animals. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3914. xxv) ∑alt, sales, and other matters. Dated Rama∂n 1335/November 1916. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1642. xxvi) Sales MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7924, 7982. xxvii) Theft. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3196, 7930. xxviii) Treachery and faithfulness (amna) MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7932. xxix)

Wife’s maintenance.


165

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3138. xxx) Witnessing. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7969. 3. Maktüb fı ’l-radd fial ’l-mutafiaßßib li-˛ukm al-q∂ı Q-th-m MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 471. 4. Radd fial risla fı iqmat al-jumufia fı Bü Jubayha On the holding of Friday prayer in Boudjbéha, addressed to Zayn al-Dın b. fiAbd al-fiAzız. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2015. 5. Risla On a commercial case between al-Mukhtr b. al-Kuntı and Bb Sharaf. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3496. 6. R. fı akhbr al-jumufia MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3314. 7. R. fı ’l-irth MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2545. 8. R. fı sha√n fiAbd Allh b. Khashün MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2187. 9. Ta√rıkh al-shaykh Abı Adda wa-awldihi fı Arawn MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 319. 10. Wathıqa Petition to the French asking for protection for the salt caravan. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3319. JAL◊L b. fiUMAR b. A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD B˚R al-Arawnı 1. Maktüb fı ’l-radd fial ˛ukm al-q∂ı Mu˛ammad al-Amın MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 439.

166

CHAPTER FOUR

MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD al-ˆtı al-Takrürı 1. Awrq fı ta√rıkh al-mudun wa’l-kalm fial ar∂ al-Takrür MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2775. B◊B◊ AL-KABˆR b. MU˘AMMAD al-fiAlawı 1. Ta√rıkh waq√ifi al-Barbısh wa-na÷muhu MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 990, foll. by Khabar al-Süq. SCHOLARS OF B Ü JUBAYHA

The name of this small town is variously written Bou Djebiha, Bousbehay and Boûdjbéha, and it lies some 220 km. north-northeast of Timbuktu and 100 km south-east of Arawn. It was founded by Sı. Mu˛ammad al-Süqı at the time Mu˛ammad w. Ra˛˛l was chief of all the Barbısh (mid-18th cent.). In the early twentieth century the population was some 300 persons, made up of Kel al-Süq scholars, some Barabish and ˘ar†ın. In 1920 Marty described it as having only 15-20 houses not in ruins, and a population of no more than fifty; the population in 2001 was about the same. ZAYN AL-DˆN b. fiABD AL-fiAZˆZ b. ZAYN b. MU˘AMMAD alJubayhı al-Süqı, d. 1355/1936-7 A biog. of him by Mu˛ammad al-Amın Abw, Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1908; al-Safida al-abadiyya.

A student of Sh. By (Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır b. fiUmar) al-Kuntı (q.v.), he was also taught by Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad al-˘asan al-fiAlawı, and through him renewed his Qdirı wird. 1. Adfiiya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7968. 2. al-fiAhd wa’l-mıthq MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 8103. 3. Ajwiba


167

MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 128. 4. Fatwı i) Fı sha√n tafilıq al-˛arm MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1984. ii) Gift (hiba) and its legal status. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4122. iii) Marriage of one who is absent. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1908. iv) Marriage of a dissolute person (al-mufsid) MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2625. v) Recalcitrant wife (al-nshiza) MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3828. vi) Zakt Minimum amount (nißb) on which zakt is liable. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3250. vii) Zakt Given jointly with Abü’l-Khayr b. fiAbd Allh al-Arawnı (q.v.). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2623, 2624. viii) Fatws on undisclosed topics. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4240, 7968, 8082, 8103. ix) Majmü min al-fatwı MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 1080. 5. Fat˛ al-∑amad fı ’l-radd fial Mu˛ammad al-Arawnı MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2617, 2642. 6. ˘ukm fı ’l-nudhür MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2629. 7. Ijza li-Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Mu˛ammad Ibrhım b. Tütta fial ’lsilsila al-Qdiriyya

168

CHAPTER FOUR

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1470, 1687. 8. Ijza li-Surmoy b. Mu˛ammad Baghayoghoo MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 6352. 9. Jawb ˛awla fatw nik˛ al-mufsid MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2626 .Cf. Fatw (iv) above 10. Man÷üma fı silsilat asm√ al-ajdd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3071. 11. Mina˛ al-∑amad fi radd maqlt al-Arawnı Mu˛ammad See CCIM, 141, where it is described as a response in 20ff. on the question of the validity of holding Friday prayer at Boudjbéha. 12. Naßı˛a MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 8082. 13.

Qaß√id i) Q. fı mad˛ al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı wa’l-tawassul bihi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2638. ii) Q. fı ’l-mad˛ MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3079 (several), 3904 (2 such). iii) Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-ashykh Kanta Seeking intercession through the Kunta shaykhs. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3081. iv) Q. fı ’l-waßiyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3619. v) Q. fı ’l-wafi÷ Addressed to Bb b. Suwaylim al-Khußaybı MS: Timbuktu, 3809.

14. al-Qawl al-ma√lüf fı ’l-radd fial man nah fifil al-mafirüf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB) 2620.


15.

169

Ras√il i) To the q∂ı A˛mad Bb b. Abı ’l-fiAbbs al-˘asanı, seeking intercession. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3740. ii) To the amır al-saqy (administrator of water delivery) in Kabara MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 595. iii) To the Awld al-Bahır MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2619. iv) To the chiefs of the Awld Ghayln MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3080. v) To fiˆs b. al-˛jj fiAlı al-fiUmrnı Warning agains recent innovations. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1911. vi) To the people of Timbuktu (CEDRAB) Counselling them to remain attached to the Qdiriyya †arıqa MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1917. vii) To Surmuy b. Mu˛ammad Baghayogho al-Wangarı General counsel. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 576. viii) To al-Zahr√ bt. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Yafiıshiyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1910.

16. R. fı fa∂l al-fiilm wa’l-fiulam√ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2195. 17. R. fı ˛ukm al-taqlıd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2634. 18. R. fı ’l-ımn MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2621. 19. R. fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3056.

170

CHAPTER FOUR

20. Waßiyya il al-amır al-˘asan b. al-Khiya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3046. 21. Waßiyya li-bafi∂ al-ikhwn MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1916. His son Sh. B◊Y b. ZAYN al-Jubayhı, still living in 2002. He inherited his father’s love of scholarship and ∑üfism, as well as his father’s library, of which he has been the zealous guardian. 1. Fat˛ al-fiAlı fı da√b al-salaf al-Jabahı See CCIM, 141, with the following description: “Il porte sur les origines et les traditions des premiers occupants du village de Boujbéha, 25 feuilles”. 2. Tanbıh al-shı fı nawzil al-Shaykh al-Jabhı Info. obtained from the author. ˘AMM◊D b. KHALˆL al-Jubayhı, d. 30 Rama∂n 1386/11 January 1967 al-Safida al-abadiyya.

A student of Zayn al-Dın b. fiAbd al-fiAzız al-Jubayhı (q.v.); poet and ∑üfı. 1. Man÷üma fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Antahawsy (?) MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2676. 2. Man÷üma fı taßrıf al-affil MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3629. 3. Qaß√id i) Q. fı ’l-mad˛ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3077, 3088. ii) Q. fı mad˛ fiAbd al-Qdir al-Jılnı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3084 (two such).


171

iii) Q. fı mad˛ By b. fiUmar MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3058. iv) Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd b. al-Shaykh al-Arawnı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3897. v) Q. fı mad˛ al-Mukhtr b. A˛mad MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3246. vi) Q. fı mad˛ Müly Sharıf b. al-˘asan MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3059 (2 such) vii) Q. fı ’l-tawassul MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3061. viii) Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-ashykh al-imm MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3089. 4. R. il Ufimar al-mulaqqab bi’l-shaykh By MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3885. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD [b.] AL-˘ASAN b. fiUTHM◊N alfiAlawı al-Jubayhı al-Safida al-abadiyya.

A student of Sh. Zayn al-Dın b. fiAbd al-fiAzız al-Jubayhı (q.v.), a ∑ufı of Qdiriyya affiliation, described in al-Safida al-abadiyya as qu†b alzamn. 1. Man÷üma fı mad˛ malik al-Maghrib MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2083. 2. Man÷ümt fı ’l-salsil al-thaltha MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2939. 3. Q. fı mad˛ al-rasül Opens: A-min tidhkri laylin ariqtu damfi * fiAl ’l-khaddaynı am habba riy˛ü

172

CHAPTER FOUR

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5067. 4. Qaßıda MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4731. SCHOLARS OF THE KEL AL-SÜQ

The Kel al-Süq, or Kel Es Souk, are a predominantly ‘clerical’ group who claim an origin from the ancient town of al-Süq, probably to be identified with ancient Tdmakkat, in the Ad‚ra‚r-n-Ifo‚ras. Legends of alSüq say that it was seized by fiUqba b. Nfifi and a group of Companions of the Prophet, and hence the Kel al-Süq claim an Anßrı genealogy. fiABD ALL◊H b. A˘MAD al-Süqı 1. Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-aty Poem in praise of green tea. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2678. fiABD ALL◊H D◊NY◊L b. MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD al-Süqı 1. Man÷üma fı waßf mafiraka li’l-†awriq MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1883. 2. Man÷üma fı ’l-ta˛dhır min al-bidafi fı ’l-süq MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2150. 3. Qawfiid al-Islm al-khamsa MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1512. fiABD ALL◊H b. AL-˘AMˆD al-Süqı 1. Man÷üma fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2500. fiABD ALL◊H b. AL-SHAYKH b. MU˘AMMAD ADDA 1. Ta√rıkh ahl al-Süq MSS: Niamey, 1389; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 280.


173

Also entered as Tafirıkh al-Süqiyyın, attrib. to fiAbd Allh Ag-◊dd (see CEDRAB cat., i, 321) fiABD AL-fiAZˆZ b. MU˘AMMAD b. fi◊Lˆ b. IBR◊HˆM b. A˘MAD al-Süqı, d. before 1230/1815 Izlat al-rayb

1. R. il Sıdı al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır al-Kuntı fı ’l-awrd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3062. A˘MAD al-Süqı 1. Man÷üma fı ajz√ al-˛adıth al-khamsa MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 1899. A˘MAD AL-BASHˆR al-Mlikı 1. Man÷üma fı sha√n m jar bihi al-fiamal min al-mu˛arramt MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1838. 2. Na÷m fı mafirifat al-∂arürı min al-dın MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1453 NOTE : Nubdha fı nasab A˛mad b. al-Bashır al-Süqı by unidentified author MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1950. A˘MAD b. A˘MAD AL-BASHˆR al-Kalasüqı 1. Fatw On the reward for the person who returns plundered property MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4436. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD A˘MAD al-Süqı 1. Q. fı ’l-na˛w MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4095.

174

CHAPTER FOUR

A˘MAD b. AL-SHAYKH al-Süqı 1. R. il shaykhihi Mu˛ammad b. [Mu˛ammad] Baghayogho b. Gur∂o Letter to his shaykh Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Baghayogho b. Gur∂o (q.v.), who died in 1720. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1167. A˘MAD b. YÜSUF al-Süqı 1. Man÷üma fı ’l-mad˛ MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2328, 2340. AL-BUKH◊Rˆ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. A˘MAD AL-BASHˆR b. MU˘AMMAD al-Süqı (or al-Kalasüqı) 1. Fatw fı zawj al-bikr MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3076. 2. Radd fial rislat Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad B˙r fı ’l-nikh MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2648. His son S◊LIK b. AL-BUKH◊Rˆ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. A˘MAD al-Süqı 1. Ajwiba fı ’l-fiqh MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2466 2. Fatwı i) Guarantees for objects deposited. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5667. ii) Slavery: selling a concubine mother. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5669. iii) Various MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4142, 8054, 8057. 3. R. il Zayn al-fi◊bidın b. al-Bakk√ı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2231.


175

4. Wathıqa fı waft San Shirfi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2226. AL-DARFAN b. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD IN⁄AMAT al-Süqı 1. Hibat al-mlik fial Alfiyyat Ibn Mlik MS: Timbuktu ( (MMHT), 1269.

KH◊LID b. fiALˆ b. MÜS◊ al-Süqı, also called KH◊LID al-Müsawı Izlat al-rayb, 60. 1. Man÷üma Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad arsal * Rasülahu ßall fialayhi dh’l-fiul MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1271. 2. al-Tu˛fa See Izla, 60. Vers. of the Shfiya of Ibn ˘jib (d. 646/1249; see GAL, I, 367) on syntax. MU˘AMMAD b. fi◊LI AL-SHARˆF al-Süqı 1. Fat˛ al-aqfl fial Lmiyyat al-affil Comm. on the Lmiyyat al-affil of Ibn Mlik. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 649. MU˘AMMAD B. MU˘AMMAD INALBASH al-‡ughüghı al-Süqı, fl. 1125/1713 Izla 1. Man÷üma Opens: Ql Mu˛ammadun huwa ’l-‡ughüghiyyu jaddı * Takrüriyyu iqlım in wa-Süqı al-waladı

176

CHAPTER FOUR

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1265. 2. Shfiyat al-qulüb Verse treatise on taw˛ıd. Opens: Qla Mu˛ammad al-‡aghüghiyy alnasab * Ibn Mu˛ammad in Inalbash al-qu†b. Continues: al-˘amdu li’llhi alladhı qad ibtada√ * Khalq an li-an yufirafa thumma yufibada. 360 vv., completed 12 Rabıfi al-Awwal 1125/8 April 1713. MSS: Paris (BN), 5645, ff. 50v-68r, 5671, ff. 54r-70v..; Niamey, 1269; ; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 233 (18 ff.), 2151 (f. 11v, first 10 vv. only), 3044, 4975, 5062. 3. Man÷ümat †urfat al-mamdüd fı na÷m m bi-Tu˛fat al-mawdüd Same opening as 2 above; then Bismi ’llhi nabda√ al-ni÷m * Nahmaduhu wa-nuhdı ’l-salm MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2154 (inc.). 4. Mafiünat al-ikhwn mimman waqhu ’llhu min al-shay†n Said to be an urjüza on inheritance, see Inventaire, 239. MS: Paris (BN), 5687, ff54v-73a; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2156, 5266; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1116. 5. Q. dliyya A comm. on Sürat al-Ikhlß. MS: Paris (BN), 5682, ff. 57v.58v. 6. Tas’hıl al-marm Comm. on Sürat al-ikhlß. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 8900. 7. Wasılat al-mundı On Sufism. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 6098. 8. Fatw on divorce Attrib. to Mu˛ammad Ag-Inalbash. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 3007.


177

MU˘AMMAD al-‡ughüghı al-Duqüqı al-Takrürı 1. Hadyat al-qulüb min ÷ulm al-taqlıd wa’l-ruyüb MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 726. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. B◊Y al-Süqı al-Tijnı 1. Takhmıs qaßıdat al-Shaykh A˛mad Akansüs Takh. of a poem by the Moroccan Tijnı shaykh Mu˛ammab b. A˛mad Akansüs in praise of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd. Opens: Il nukhbat alakhyri y fawtu azmnı * Wa-q√id jund Allhi Fütiyyi ’l-buldnı. MS: Niamey, 1318; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 287. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD NA⁄MA al-Süqı 1. Haybat al-mlik fial Alfiyyat Ibn Mlik Comm. on the Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 955. MU˘AMMAD B◊Y b. MU˘AMMAD AKKIN/IKKIN MU˘AMMAD AL-BASHˆR al-fiAdawı al-Süqı al-Jubayhı

b.

Izla

1. Tu˛fat al-z√ir fı shar˛ [var.fı ˛all alf÷ ] Ibn fi◊shir No doubt a comm. on the Murshid of Ibn fi◊shir. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1269, 1671. 2429, 2955., 3249 2. Shar˛ Mul˛at al-ifirb Comm. on the Mul˛at al-ifirb of Qsim b. Alı al-˘arırı (d. 516/ 1122; see GAL, I, 276). See Izla. MU˘AMMAD DAQQA b. AL-‡◊HIR al-Süqı 1. Tas’hıl al-marm fial shar˛ fiaqıdat sürat al-ikhlß MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 2507.

178

CHAPTER FOUR

MU˘AMMAD K-K al-Süqı 1. Man÷üma fı mad˛ Ibrhım Niyß b. fiAbd Allh al-Kawlakhı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2685. MU˘AMMAD [b.] AL-∑◊LI˘ b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD ALQ◊RI√ b. AL-SHAYKH A˘MAD al-Süqı 1. Tu˛fat al-labıb wa-bughyat al-˛abıb Gloss on Fat˛ al-Wadüd of Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı (q.v.). MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 442, 6356; Timbuktu (MMHT), 1144. MU˘AMMAD AL-∑◊LI˘ MU˘AMMAD al-Süqı

b.

AL-ASWAD

b.

AL-WALˆ

1. ˆ∂˛ al-maql fial Lmiyyat al-affil Comm. on the Lmiyyat al-affil of Ibn Mlik MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4397. 2. Qarfi al-ikhwn fian al-ta˛akkum bi’l-÷unün wa’l-buhtn On witnessing. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1874. MU˘AMMAD AL-SÜQˆ b. AL-BASHˆR al-Takrürı 1. R. fı ’l-taw˛ıd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1938. MU˘AMMAD AL-‡UGHÜGHˆ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-SÜQˆ b. ALBASHˆR al-Takrürı The precise identity of this author is unclear. It is possible that he is identical with another author listed above, the form of whose name is to some extent a “re-arrangement” of the name of the present author; that other name is Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Inalbash al-‡ughüghı al-Süqı. A work entitled Shfiyat al-qulüb is attributed to both of them.


179

1. Man÷üma fı ’l-far√i∂ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3224. 2. Man÷üma fı sha√n [var.fa∂l] sürat al-ikhlß Cf. no. 8 below. MS: .Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1962, 2124, 2671(i), 3843. 3. Man÷üma fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2671(ii). 4. R. Il Masfiüd b. Manßur Congratulating him on defeating the Bambara “pagans”. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1810. 5. Shfiyat al-qulüb fı ’l-taw˛ıd MS: Paris (BN), 5671, ff. 54r-70v.; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1715, 1972, 3909. 6. Shar˛ man÷üma fı ’l-taw˛ıd (sürat al-ikhlß) Comm. by author. on his verse on taw˛ıd (see no. 2 above). See also item 8 below, perhaps the same work. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2056, 3149 7. Shar˛ Q. fı ’l-ifitiqd Cf. no. 2above. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3149. 8. Urjüza fı shar˛ sürat al-ikhlß Perhaps the same as item 6 above. MS: Paris (BN), 5682, ff. 57v-58r. MU˘AMMAD MU˘AMMAD B. MU˘AMMAD b. UMAYYA alSüqı 1. Q. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3231.

180

CHAPTER FOUR

MU˘AMMAD YA˘Y◊ al-Süqı 1. Qaß√id fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar MSS: Paris (BN), 5519, ff. 50r-52r (two such, and poem in praise of A˛mad al-Tijnı); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 848. SHARˆF al-Dughüghı al-Süqı 1. Radfi al-aqrn fian al-ta˛akkum fı a˛km al-Qur√n MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2742. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN AB◊W◊ 1. al-Naffi al-fiamım fı sırat al-fiallma Zayn al-Dın b. fiAbd al-fiAzız alJabhı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1908. DHÜ ’L-KIFL b. MUFLI˘, fl. 1336/1918 1. Im†at al-shawk fı ’l-†arıq li-man ard al-hurüb min dr al-kufr il bayt Allh al-fiatıq wa-il dr hijrat al-rasül wa-ßa˛batihi khayr alrafıq Completed 18 Rabıfi II 1336/31 January 1918. MS: Private collection of Ibrhım Ag Yüsuf, Bamako (photocopy in NU/Hunwick, 482(i)). MU˘AMMAD AL-fiATˆQ b. SAfiD AL-DˆN al-Süqı, b. 1348/1329-30 Belongs to the Tagalalt clan. They are semi-nomadic, but the drought of 1401/1983 forced them to settle in a village four miles from Gao, where they built a mosque and a school. They were later expelled from there and settled in Niger. Mu˛ammad al-fiAtıq received a traditional education among his people and has devoted his life to scholarship. 1. Shar˛ al-Tu˛fat al-miskiyya wa’l-naf˛a al-Makkiyya Comm. and arrangement of a work by al-Suyü†ı (written 23 Rajab 869/21 March 1465). MS: Photocopy in lib. of MMD.


181

2. Untitled essay in 8ff. giving an account of his clan’s history, their settlement near Gao and their subsequent expulsion. It was written to form the basis of a tape recording made by Ibrhım b. Yüsuf alShuyükhı [Ibrhım Ag Yüsuf], and is dated 12 Rama∂n 1415/12 February 1995. MS: NU/Hunwick, 482 (ii). (photocopy of ms. owned by Ibrhım Ag Yüsuf). SCHOLARS OF THE KEL INUKUNDAR

The Kel Inukundar are a fraction of the Iguellad, and are “clerical” nomads who live by themselves. They are said to have arrived in the Middle Niger area during the “Maghsharan Tuareg” period (1434-68). They dug the well of Inu Kundar, 75 km north-east of Tintouhoun and pillaged their neighbours until Askiya al-˛jj Mu˛ammad subdued them. They then renounced arms and assumed clerical functions. Before the colonial period they lived to the north of the Niger and in Tagant. They subsequently moved to between Timbuktu and Goundam. In the early twentieth century they were reported to be only a small group, having about one hundred tents, but large numbers of cattle and many Bella slaves who lived in Timbuktu and had their own chief.2 Barth camped among them on 20 April 1854 with al-Bakk√ı. fiABD ALL◊H b. fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N al-Inükundarı 1. Man÷üma fı ’l-dufi√ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2529. 2. Man÷üma fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2540(i), 2532 (2 such). 3. Q. fı ’l-mad˛ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2325.

2

See “Notice sur les tribus sahariennes et les Touareg de la région de Tombouctou”, by Mohamed ben Saïd, Interprète Militaire de 3e classe. See Paris (BI), MS 5939, Fonds Auguste Terrier, 110.

182

CHAPTER FOUR

4. Q. fı mad˛ al-rasül MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 2546, 2538 (several), 2899, 3358 (several). fiABD ALL◊H b. AL-∑◊DIQ b. MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM b. fi◊BIDˆN al-Inükundarı 1. Fatw On removing the bark from trees. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2446. 2. Ras√il i) On the customs of his contemporaries. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1585 (inc.). ii) In praise of learning. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2683. ABÜ BAKR b. ˘AMM◊D al-Inükundarı 1. Fatw MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2264. 2. Man÷üma fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2331, 2530. 3. Q. fı ’l-mad˛ MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 2262, 2265, 2686., 33401 4. Q. fı mad˛ al-aty MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2332. 5. Majmüfia qaß√id MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3351. IBN MU˘AMMAD al-Inükundarı 1. Q. fı rith√ Mu˛ammad Iknan b. ˘amm MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2548.


183

MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD al-Inükundarı 1. R. fı sha√n al-a˛bs MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2551. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. ABˆ BAKR b. AMÜSAN al-Inükundarı 1. Qaßıda Addressed to his shaykh fiAbd Rabbihi. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3239. 2. Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi al-Mundhir Al-Mundhir was the founder of B˙r (fl. 1958). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1985, 3230. 3. Q. fı mad˛ shaykh al-ßüfiyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2553. 4. Q. fı mad˛ shuyükh al-Tijniyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2526. 5. R. fı ru√y ra√h MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3098. MU˘AMMAD AL-JUMUfiA b. AL-M◊LIK b. ˘AYDA B. fi◊LI alInükundarı 1. Fatwı i) On maintaining close relations with oppressors. See also fiUthmn b. al-˛jj Ballu, Nußrat li-ahl al-fiilm. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1115. ii) On marriage. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2334. iii) On the purchase of a calf from a slave and whether it was free of sickness. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1262.

184

CHAPTER FOUR

2. Jawb li-Mu˛ammad A˛mad b. al-˘asan On ßalt in a graveyard. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1345. 3. Man÷üma fı ’l-fiqh MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2353. 4. Man÷üma fı talfiub al-ns bi’l-zakt MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2253. 5. Q. fı mad˛ al-Shaykh al-Tijnı Opens: al-˘amdu li’l-ilhi idh had’l-war * Li-wirdihi man li-san√ihi ÷ahar MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 551. 6. R. fı ’l-taßawwuf Anti-Tijnı tract. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 351. 7. R. il kffat al-Süqiyyın MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2956. 8. R. il Mu˛ammad al-Slik b. Khayyiya Concerns a slave belonging to the Kel Inükundar. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2658. 9. Rislat naßı˛ Advising his brethren to quit the Tijnı †arıqa NS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1359. 10. Silsilat ajdd Mu˛ammad al-Jumfia b. Mamm Author is called Mu˛ammad al-Jumufia b. Mamm b. al-Mlik b. Jıd b. fi◊li MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2560. MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑‡AF◊ b. fiABD ALL◊H al-Inükundarı 1. Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi


185

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2688. SAfiD b. ˘AMM◊ al-Inükundarı. See also SAfiD b. AL-˘◊JJ b. ˘AMMA below. 1. Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi Sadıd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2537. His son MU˘AMMAD AL-˘ABˆB b. SAfiD b. ˘AMM◊ al-Inükundarı al-Mlikı al-Tijnı, fl. 1396/1976 A Tijnı scholar, and student of fiAbd Rabbihi. 1. Kanz al-ragh√ib fı m li-fiAbd Rabbihi min al-manqib MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2781. 2. Naßr al-fiulam√ al-fiubbd fı ’l-radd fial urjüzat al-Galldı Prose response to a 1,000 line urjüza, written in 1396/1976 by “one of the Galldı brothers of Bamba”, attacking Sh. fiAbd Rabbih b. Mu˛ammad al-Anßrı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2782 3. Man÷üma fı ’l-dufi√ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2547. 4. Man÷üma fı ’l-radd fial Nukka al-Süqı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2910 5. Man÷üma fı ’l-radd fial ˘ukku Defence of the Tijniyya in response to the denunciations of Mu˛ammad al-Faqıh b. Mu˛ammad Ibrhım b. Yüsuf, known as ˘ukku al-Galldı from Bamba Cf. item no. 2 above. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2305 (17 ff.). 6. Mißb˛ al-÷alm fı fa∂l al-ßüfiyya al-kirm MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2760. 7. Qaß√id

186

CHAPTER FOUR

i) Q. fı mad˛ fiAbd Allh MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2895. ii) Q. fı mad˛ bafi∂ ashykh al-Tijniyyın MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4444. iii) Q. fı mad˛ Ibrhım al-Kawlakhı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4448. iv) Q. fı mad˛ Lmiyyat al-firifın fı mad˛ sayyid al-firifın Praise of a poem by Sh. fiAbd Rabbihi. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4454. v) Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2534. vi) Q. fı mad˛ Zayn al-Dın b. fiAbd al-fiAzız al-Jabahı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1919. vii) Q. r√iyya: Fa-minnı li’l-taqı al-fiadl al-shahır * Salmun nashruhu fawq al-fiabır A response to Nagg al-Süqı, who had disparaged his hospitality, n 53 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2910. viii) Q. fı ’l-rith√ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2324. ix) Q. fı rith√ waladihi ˘amza MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2896. 8. R. fı mad˛ al-shifir MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2259. 9. R. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-faqıh fiUthmn al-Ghu†ayrif MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2891.


187

10. R. fı ’l-radd fial m ishtamala fialayhi Khaß√iß Mu˛yı ’l-Dın MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2889. 11. R. il A˛mad al-Tijnı Concerning the Jawhir al-mafinı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2523. 12. Tahdhıb al-waraqt al-˛aramiyya fı ’l-tafßıl bayn shurü† aljumufia al-wujübiyya (wa-) ’l-ad√iyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2783. 13. al-fiUjla al-fiajıba fı ’l-radd fial ahl al-khußüßiyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2784. 14. Urjüza fı naßr al-Tijniyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2539. SAfiD b. AL-˘◊JJ b. ˘AMM◊ al-Inükundarı 1. Q. fı mad˛ akhıhi fiUthmn b. al-˘jj MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2552. 2. Q. fı mad˛ fiUmar b. Sadıd al-Triqı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2556. 3. Q. fı ’l-diffi fian al-Tijniyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1906. 4. Man÷üma fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2105. fiUTHM◊N b. AL-˘◊JJ b. BALLU al-Inükundarı 1. Jawb fı ’l-inkr fial kitb Jawhir al-mafinı Response to an attack by Mu˛ammad al-Jumufia b. Mmma on the Jawhir al-mafinı of fiAlı ˘arzim Barda, dated 1381(?)/1961-2. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2780 (13 ff.).

188

CHAPTER FOUR

2. Man÷üma fı ’l-dufi√ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2419. 3. Man÷üma fı ’l-far√i∂ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4197. 4. Nußra li-ahl al-fiilm fı ’l-radd fian muwßalat ahl al-÷ulm Warning against close relations with oppressors and behaving like them. Alternative title: Hadiyyat al-akh li-kulli ˛ibb ßdiq fı ’l-nahy fian muwßalat kulli fsiq MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1189, 2651. Cf.Timbuktu (MMHT), 602, Maktüb fı ishra il fiadm jawz muwßalat ahl al-÷ulm. 5. Q. fı ’l-mad˛ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2256, 2336, 4194.. 6. Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi Asaqqafi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2536. 7. Q. fı mad˛ fiAbd Rabbihi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2422, 4467. 8. Q. fı mad˛ Awld Ghayln In praise of a tribe of the Barbısh of Azawd. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2555. 9. Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad b. Bü Bakr al-Afiıshı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2652. 10. Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2421. 11. Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-nabı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2557, 2903. 12. Shar˛ qaßıdat al-Muß†af b. Mu˛ammad ˘ammag MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3146.


189

13. Shar˛ qaßıdat al-shahma wa’l-arya˛iyya bi-ßarma MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3233. 14. Taqrı÷ li-kitb ˘ujjat al-murıd al-mufitaqid fial ’l-munkir almuntaqid MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2055 (ii). 15. Urjüza fı ’l-fiarü∂ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3097(i). 16. Urjüza fı fiilm al-˛isb MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3097(ii). 17. Urjüza fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2653. SCHOLARS OF THE IGUELLAD

See Norris (1975), Ch. X, Marty (1920-1), i, 251. The Iguellad are a confederation of Arabo-Berber origin, now Tuaregized and seminomadic in a radius of about 150 km from Timbuktu north of the river Niger. They are a clerical group and serve as spiritual advisors to Tuareg groups such as the Tdmekkat and the Tengueregif. The Iguellad consist of the Kel Antasar, the Kel Awsa and the Cheurfig. The Kel Antasar claim descent from Mu˛ammad Qu†b b. Mu˛ammad b. Yanfafi who became chief of the Kel Antasar settlements in Atlaq (N. of Timbuktu) in the early 17th century. fiABD Al-RA˘M◊N b. MU˘AMMAD (b.) SADˆD al-Galldı 1. Q. fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2902 (2 such). 2. Q. fı mad˛ al-Ma˛müd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2904. 3. Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af al-Galldı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3378.

190

CHAPTER FOUR

4. Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh Abı’l-fiAbbs MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3894. 5. Q. fı ’l-radd fial munkir al-Tijniyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3368. 6. Tanbıh al-kuhül wa’l-murd fial ta˛rım lafib al-shi†ranj wa’l-nard wa-ghayrihim min al-lafib al-shghil fian dhikr Allh al-Fard Attacking the playing of chess and backgammon. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3383, 6395, 8375. ABD AL-RA˘M◊N b. SAfiˆD (or SAfiD) al-Galldı al-Anßrı 1. Q. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd Opens: Hdhı ’l-bu˛ayratu abdat kulla m fıh * Li-man ghad bisihm al-katmi yarmıh MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7672. 2. Tabkıt al-mufitaqid wa-tabkıt al-muntaqid MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4320. A˘MAD b. MÜS◊ al-Anßrı al-Galldı 1. Q. fı rith√ By b. Sh. Sı. fiUmar al-Kuntı Opens: fiAzza’l-diynatu idh kdat mabnıh * Tandakku wajdan fial fuqdni bnıh MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1688, 4316, 6385. AL-AMˆN b. HILLˆ al-Galldı 1. Ajwiba fial as√ila fiqhiyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3990. HAMMA b. AL-‡◊HIR al-Anßrı 1. Q. fı hij√ Kunta MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2870.


191

2. R. fı ’l-radd fial Ubbu MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3392. IBR◊HˆM ˘UKKU al-Galldı al-Anßrı See also p. 194 for Mu˛ammad al-Faqıh b. Mu˛ammad Ibrhım, known as ˘ukku al-Galldı. al-Anßrı 1. Qaß√id fı mad˛ al-rasül MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3626. IDABALTANT al-Galldı The spelling of the author’s name is uncertain. It is written as √I-d-b-l-tn-t 1. Man÷üma fı m ˛adatha fı zamnihi min al-bidafi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2914. fiˆS◊ b. MU˘AMMAD MU∑‡AF◊ al-Galldı 1. Fatw fı shihdat al-samfi fı ’l-irth MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3416. 2. Fatw fı wujüb al-fatw fial ’l-muftı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 3425. MA˘MÜD b. KH◊LID al-Galldı 1. Naf˛ al-†ıb fı mad˛ ahl zwiyat B˙r MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2905. MAJD AL-DˆN b. AL-MAHDˆ al-Anßrı 1. Q. fı rith√ al-Mundhir MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2528. 2. Q. fı ’l-mad˛ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3371(i).

192

CHAPTER FOUR

3. al-Radd wa’l-ib†l fial man iddafi al-ru√y bi’l-iqbl MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1939. MU˘AMMAD AL-fi◊BID b. MU˘AMMAD AfiLˆ b. A˘MAD b. fiUMAR al-Anßrı 1. Man÷üma fı ’l-ta√rıkh wa-mad˛ al-rasül MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2689(ii). 1. R. il A˛mad Lobbo al-Fullnı MS: Timbiktu, 284. MU˘AMMAD A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-‡◊HIR al-Anßrı, known as Atal 1. Fatwı i) Beating a young wife to make her eat. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3635. ii) Cow slaughtered for a deceased person. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3627. iii) Engagement for marriage. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3353. iv) Marriage. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3637. v) Sales. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3163. 2. R. fı a˛km al-jinyt MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3636. 3. R. fı ’l-amna MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3473. 4. R. fı ’l-fiqh MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3634.


193

5. R. fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-anbiy√ wa’l-awliy√ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3642. MU˘AMMAD b. fiALˆ b. MU˘AMMADÜN b. AL-‡◊HIR b. A˘MAD A˘MAD, known as Halsin Aryaw, b. c. 1908 Info. supplied by MMD. Studied under Abü ’l-Khayr in Arawn; an expert in Arabic grammar, philology and rhetoric. Engaged in a public debate (mun÷ara) with A˛mad al-Kisy al-Kalasüqı. He was still living, in 2001, and was the q∂ı of the Kel Antasar of the west. 1. R. fı fiilm al-†abıfia wa’l-falsafa MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1372. 2. Q. fı mad˛ ahl al-fiurüba MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3100. 3. Wathıqa fı sha√n laf÷ kalimat al-triqiyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3400. MU˘AMMAD b. AT◊Y al-Anßrı, d. 1992 An important scholar in Arabic grammar and jurisprudence. Died in Lere (S.W. of L. Faguibine). 1. R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr al-Msinı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3310. MU˘AMMAD AL-DˆN b. MU˘AMMAD al-Anßrı 1. Fatw fı sha√n G-m-y-t MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3799. 2. Q. fı hij√ ahl baladihi Poem satirizing the people of his area for not observing the Qur√n and Sunna. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2550.

194

CHAPTER FOUR

MU˘AMMAD AL-FAQˆH b. MU˘AMMAD IBR◊HˆM b. YÜSUF, known as ˘ukku, al-Galldı al-Anßrı Notes of MMD. A well-known poet who wrote in both Arabic and Songhay. He engaged in a public debate (mun÷ara) with fiAbd al-Qdir al-Anßrı. 1. al-fiAbır bi-iftirr thaghr al-tahnı li-ahl zwiyat Bır MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3377. 2. A†yab al-nuzl wa’l-qir li’l-nr al-mustawfı fı shurüt al-jumufia min ahl Bır On the question of the Friday prayer at Ber. See also fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Mu˛ammad al-˘aramı, Min˛at al-Kabır fı luzüm al-jumufia ahl Bır, MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2911. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2913. 3. Fatw fı ’l-buyüfi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3895. 4. Fatw fı hibat al-tawriq MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3632. 5. Ghaßb al-i˛tijj fı ’l-dhabb fian al-˛ijj MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 6406. 6. Ibnat al-maktüm MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2297. 7. Man÷üma fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2322, 2330, 2892. 8. Muwlt awliy√ Allh wa-mufidt afid√ Allh MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3391. 9. Naßı˛at al-muttabifi wa-fa∂ı˛at al-mubtadifi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2554.


10.

195

Qaß√id i) Q. fı ’l-hij√ li-ar∂ Qantaraw wa-ahlih Opens: In kna fı Qantara naffiun fa-li’l-sü√i MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5429.. ii) Q. fı ’l-mad˛ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2416 (2 such), 3451, 4193 (2 such). iii) Q. fı mad˛ ahl Bayır (Ber?) MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2906. iv) Q. fı mad˛ Sh. Ibrhım Niys MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3386. v) Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3448, 4191. vi) Q. fı tahni√at shaykhihi Mu˛ammad Muß†af MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7666.

11. al-Si˛r al-˛all fı m bayn al-˛arm wa’l-˛all MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5104. 12. Tahni√at al-fim bi-m waqafia fıhi min al-infim MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1573, 2684. See also 3402 (2 such). His son MU˘AMMAD A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-FAQˆH alAnßrı 1. Q. fı ’l-dufi√ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4071 (2 such). MU˘AMMAD AL-˘ASAN b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑‡AF◊ alAnßrı 1. Q. fı ’l-mad˛ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2337.

196

CHAPTER FOUR

MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MAHDˆ b. HUKUYA al-Anßrı 1. Q. fı ’l-˛anın il wa†anihi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2484. MU˘AMMAD AL-MAHDˆ b. AL-‡◊HIR al-Anßrı 1. Q. fı dhikr ar∂ Gundm wa-Tinbuktü MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2682. 2. Q. fı mad˛ al-rasül MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2679. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD al-Anßrı 1. R. il q∂ı Tinbuktü Reporting to him a case concerning a marital dispute. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2992. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD ATALL◊ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-‡◊HIR al-Anßrı 1. R. fı jawz al-ujra li-mufiallim al-Qur√n MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3259. 2. R. fı mushkilat al-zakt MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3394. 3. R. fı ’l-tafimul mafi al-naßr MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3396. 4. R. fı ’l-†alq al-thulthı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3395. 5. R. fı ’l-ujra MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3397. 6. R. fı fiuyüb al-ßadaq†


197

Also deals with matters relating to slavery. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3399. 7. Tathqıf al-mufiawwaj fı nu†q bafi∂ al-˛urüf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3404. 8. Wathıqa fı sha√n tan÷ufi fial br MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3320. MU˘AMMAD ˘AMM◊D b. IMALAN b. MU˘AMMAD QU‡B 1. Na÷m shar˛ Ba˛raq al-Kabır fial Lmiyyat al-affil MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1138 MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD QU‡B al-Anßrı 1. Man÷üma fı ’l-bayn wa’l-badıfi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2739. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b. AL-H◊Dˆ b. AL-‡◊HIR al-Anßrı 1. Radd fial qaßıdat Yafiısh al-Galldı Response to a poem denouncing those who embrace the Tijnı †arıqa MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 993. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b. ˘AW◊LAN al-Anßrı fl. 1960. 1. Q. fı mad˛ Müs Tarwiri In praise of the Malian president Moussa Traore. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3207(i). 2. Q. fı mad˛ al-aty Poem in praise of green tea. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3207(ii). 3. Man÷üma fı hija√ Kunta MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1561 (two such ). See also 3051 (fı hija√ Kanta) attrib. to “one of the Kel Antaßar poets”

198

CHAPTER FOUR

MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b. MU˘AMMAD fiABD ALL◊H b. KAN◊N al-Anßrı 1. R. il fiAbd Allh b. Kann Criticizing him for a judgment he made for a woman resulting in the annullment of her marriage. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2726. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b. MU˘AMMAD fiALˆ, called ˘awwad, b. BÜ ˘AYD◊ b. MU˘AMMAD b. ABˆ BAKR b. al-˛jj BILL◊ al-Anßrı, d. 1979 Notes of MMD, no. 90

Studied under Ag ˘atı al-Anßrı (q.v.). A brilliant poet and expert in jurisprudence, ußül al-fiqh, grammar and ˛adıth, he made the pilgrimage to Mecca and encountered the Saudi King fiAbd al-fiAzız during the circumambulation of the Kafiba. He then wrote a poem which is said to have been extemporised. (see no. 5 below). His students included Imillü b. Hamathi, Hamma b. Hamathi, and Ag ˘atı b. ˘uwilly. 1. Fatw fı ’l-nikh MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4314 (2 such). 2. al-Nüniyya al-Kitwiyya Perhaps the title should be al-Nüniyya al-Kuntwiyya. Opens: A-l abligh banü qaynın shu√ün * Min al-kalimt türithuhum shujün. 173 vv. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3123. 3. Q. fı ’l-mad˛ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2687(ii) 4. Q. fı mad˛ al-shal† Poem in praise of salad. Opens: Inna’l-shal†a akluhü mamdü˛ü * Li’lrjı’l-ßaghıri ˛ayyun yarü˛ü MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7441. 5. Q. fı mad˛ al-malik fiAbd al-fiAzız


199

See Notes of MMD. Opens: A-l man lı bi-fiansin jalmazız * Tusfiidunı bi-naßßin aw hazız 6. Q. fı mad˛ al-rasül MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2681. 7. Q. ˛√iyya: Ataytuka mushtqan ilayka wa-z√ir * Wa-lı khamsatu ayymin fı ’l-badwi wa-s√ir Composed after making a five-day journey from Bi√r Inüshuf to Goundam to visit Mu˛ammad al-Mahdı Ag al-‡hir. 8. R. fı ’l-if†r On ending the fast of Rama∂n based on the sighting of the new moon in another town. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2870(i). 9. R. fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2970(ii). 10. Shajarat [nasab] Mu˛ammad fiAlı al-mulaqqab bi-˘awad alAnßrı il ◊dam The author traces his father’s genealogy back to ◊dam. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2201. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-∑◊LI˘ b. MU˘AMMAD b. Mu˛ammad, known as Qu†b, al-Anßrı 1. Shar˛ asm√ Allh al-˛usn MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 2200. MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑‡AF◊ b. MU˘AMMAD, known as ˘ammd, al-Galldı Dates of his birth and death are not known, but he was evidently alive in 1339/ 1920, because he received an ijza that year. He was probably still alive around the mid-20th century, since he wrote a poem in praise of Si. Ibrhım Niasse.

CHAPTER FOUR

200

1. Ijza fı ’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1832. 2. Q. fı ’l-mad˛ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2907. 3. Q. fı mad˛ Sh. Ibrhım Niyß Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh al-fiAzız al-Qdirı * Idh khaßßan bi-Abı ’lfuyü∂ al-Zhirı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1830, 2527. 4. R. fı ’l-Tijniyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2160, 4452 (fı ’l-wird al-Tijnı). MU˘AMMAD AL-‡◊HIR b. A˘MAD ADDAH (or al-Dh) al-Anßrı al-Arawnı, also known as Dh al-Timbuktı, d. 1375/1955-6 Notes of MMD.; al-Safida al-abadiyya. An expert in tafsır and ˛adıth. He opened a school (ma˛∂ar) in Timbuktu which is still functioning. 1. Ajwiba MS: Timbuktu (MMHT),320, 378F. 2. Ajwiba fı ˛ukm bayfi al-mil˛ bi’l-†afim MS: Timbuktu (MMHT),436. 3. al-Durar al-fiatıq (sic) fı taqrıb m fı †urrat al-süq MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 856. 4. Fatwı wa-nawzil i) Anger. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 385(ii). ii) Friday prayer: being changed from one mosque to another. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4250. iii)

Genealogy


201

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3942. iv) Marriage and divorce MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 439, 1643. v) Prayer: clasping position of hands (al-qab∂) in ßalt. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1706, 4280. vi) Friday prayer: what the people of Julabogo wrote about Friday prayer in Gao. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 385(i). vii) Marriage: a woman who married a man aboard ship, though she was still married to another. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1233. viii) Fı tanqu∂ al-dafiw MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1567. ix) Case review(nzila) of a man who claimed to be the son of a dead man. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 40. x) On a case review (nzila). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4333. xi) ˘ukm al-nshiza fian zawjih MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 84. 5. K. fı ’l-radd fial ahl al-qab∂ See al-Safida al-abadiyya. 6. K. fı ta√rıkh fiulam√ al-Takrür See al-Safida al-abadiyya. 7. Majmüfi min al-mawfii÷ MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 834. 8. Maktüb fı a˛km al-qab∂ wa’l-adab MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 1867.

CHAPTER FOUR

202

9. Maktüb fı a˛km al-sadl wa’l-qab∂ fı ’l-ßalt MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 1705. 10. Naßı˛at al-zawjayn MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 382. 11. R. fı naßı˛at ahl al-bawdı Author named as Mu˛ammad ‡hir al-Anßrı, called Dh al-Timbuktı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2618. 12. Shar˛ fial ’l-Jawhara fı ’l-taw˛ıd MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 383. 13. Shar˛ fial man÷ümat Mu˛ammad Ubba li’l-◊jurrümiyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 488. 14. Shar˛ Muqaddimat al-Akh∂arı See al-Safida al-abadiyya. MU˘AMMAD AL-‡◊HIR b. MU˘AMMAD A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. QU‡B al-Anßrı Probably active c. 1800. 1. Fatwı i) On slavery. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4459. ii) On thieves MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5992. iii) On complaint MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5994. 2. R. fı ˛ukm dim√ al-Kuntiyyın wa-amwlihim MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5097. 3. R. fı ’l-wafi÷ Addressed to al-Amır A˛mad b. al-Fakk


203

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3774. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-‡◊HIR Perhaps son of the preceding. 1. Q. fı ’l-˛arb bayn Kal-Antaßar wa-Kanta MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1250. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-BUKH◊Rˆ b. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-‡AHIR Perhaps grandson of preceding. 1. Fatw MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 139 2. Jawb MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 137. 3. R. fı fiilm al-tawqıt MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 550. AL-∑IDDˆQ B. MU˘AMMAD B. MU˘AMMAD AG ˘ATT◊ alAnßrı 1. Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3630. AL-‡◊HIR b. MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD al-Anßrı 1. Man÷üma fı ’l-˛isb MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4131. fiUTHM◊N b. MU˘AMMAD b. INGHIL◊LAN b. ˘AW◊LAN alAnßrı, d. 1365/1945-6 Notes of MMD; al-Safida al-abadiyya.

CHAPTER FOUR

204

Born in Farsh near Goundam. Grammarian, philologist, and a brilliant poet, whose dıwn is well-known, he was fluent in speaking in a highly classical Arabic. He opposed the Tijniyya at first, but later retracted and took the wird from the shaykhs of Arawn. His son Mu˛ammad A˛mad is still alive, and is also a poet and a scholar. 1. Fatw fı ’l-mufimalt MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2082. 2. Man÷üma fı ’l-radd fial ’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya Opens: Hma ’l-fu√du li-shawqin fjanı wa-†ar * Fa-sla damfiı fial ’l-khaddayni wa’nhamar MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2696. 3. Man÷üma fı sha√n ahl al-bidafi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1571. 4. Mift˛ al-†lib shar˛ Tu˛fat al-†ullb On grammar. Written in 1339/1919. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 203. 5. Qaß√id i) Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad b. Abı ’l-Afirf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 7892, 7893. ii) Q. fı mad˛ al-Maymün b. ˘ammd wa-fiUmar al-Raqqdı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2727 (2 such) iii) Q. fı †alab al-naßr min Allh Opens: A-l fa’stabshir al-muslimına bi-naßr Allhi wa’l-khayrı * MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5089. 6. Radd fial qaßıdat Mu˛ammad b. Burayk MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1736.


205

7. Risl The author retracts what he earlier said about the Tijnı †arıqa; dated 8 Rabıfi II 1355/28 June 1936. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1606. See also 2103, a document in which the author affirms his return to the Tijnı †arıqa. See also MS 5262. 8. R. fı nu†q al-∂d MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2875. AL-YAMˆN b. HALL◊ al-Galldı 1. al-Tafirıf bi-shurü† al-bayfi wa-ta˛dıdihi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4132. IBN MU˘AMMAD al-Galldı 1. Q. fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2409 MU˘AMMAD al-Anßrı 1. Majlis al-qawm al-barara fı ’l-jawb fian al-mas√il al-fiashara MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3638. UNASSIGNED

The following appear to be scholars of Azawad, but their relationship to others of the region is unknown. MU˘AMMAD AL-‡AHIR b. fiALˆ b. AL-NAJˆB, fl. 1800 His father was a Qdirı shaykh and the principal Sufi master and teacher of Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı. 1. Ajwiba MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 8426.

206

CHAPTER FOUR

MU˘AMMAD AL-‡AHIR b. IBR◊HˆM b. AL-˘ASAN b. AL-H◊Dˆ b. fiALˆ b. AL-NAJˆB known as Ag ˘atty, d. 1360/1941-2 or 1376/1956-7. Scholar and q∂ı of Azawd, belonging to the Kel Sıdı fiAlı. 1. Fatwı i) On the definition of rib. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2142. ii) On the legal definition of manumission. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2140. iii) On a slave who stole his master’s property and sold it. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1920. iv) On selling cattle. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1765. v) On selling an animal against meat of its species. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3801. 2. Man÷üma Comm. by anon. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1509. 3. R. fı sha√n man yukhrij al-zakt min ardhal m fiindahu MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3168. 4 R. Il ’l-amır fiAlı al-fiAshshrın Kak b. Ma˛müd Concerns property of a person lost in the river. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3223.

CHAPTER FIVE

CENTRAL MALI IN THE NINETEENTH AND TWENTIETH CENTURIES The area covered in this chapter extends from the southern reaches of the Inland Delta of the river Niger in the east to the borderlands of Mali and Senegal in the west. One of the most celebrated writers of this region was an outsider who is also well known as an empire builder: al˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütı (d. 1864). He was born in Futa Toro in northern Senegal, and launched his jihd from close to the Futa Jallon region of Guinea, eventually conquering much of what is now central Mali and setting up his headquarters in Segu. In his palace there he established a library which was inherited and augmented by his successors until it was seized by Col. Louis Archinard following the French take-over of Segu in 1890, and two years later deposited in the Bibliothèque Nationale in Paris. Many of the manuscript copies of works listed in this chapter are preserved in that valuable collection. In addition to being a mujhid, al-˛jj fiUmar was a deeply committed Sufi, and a devoted propagator of the Tijniyya †arıqa. As a result of this, he and his followers entered into conflict, both intellectual and physical, with adherents of the Qdiriyya in Niger Bend region, beginning with descendants of Sh. A˛mad Lobbo, founder of a Qdiriyya-inspired state based in ˘amdallhi (to the north-east of Jenne), but also closely involving the Kunta of Azawd (see Chapter 4). Although Segu in the early nineteenth century was the centre of a nonIslamic state, it became by the middle of the twentieth century a centre of Islamic education. French colonialism in a sense “took over” Islamic education by setting up Franco-Islamic médersas (a word derived from the Arabic: madrasa), designed to promote French educational objectives within an Islamic context: but from the mid-twentieth century Muslim scholars began to establish their own madrasas in cities such as Segu, Bamako, and Kayes, promoting Islamic learning alongside elements of European-style francophone education (see Brenner, 2000).

208

CHAPTER FIVE

Sufism (especially the Tijniyya expression of it) continued to be a popular reading of Islamic spirituality and practice until in the midtwentieth century opposition to it arose from Muslims who had studied in the Middle East and been influenced by Wahhbı beliefs (see Kaba, 1974). During French colonial rule a new Sufi sub-order arose, known as the ˘amlliyya (or in French “Hamallisme”), which the French viewed as a form of opposition to their rule. The ˘amlliyya was, in fact, an internal dissention within the Tijniyya organised by A˛mad ˘amhu’llh b. al-Sharıf Mu˛ammad, claiming to return to the most authentic Tijnı practices. A˘MADU LOBBO, HIS DESCENDANTS AND FOLLOWERS

A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD BÜBÜ b. ABˆ BAKR b. SAfiˆD al-Fullnı, or in Fulfulde, Aamadu Hammadi Buubu, also known as Ahmadu Lobbo, Seku Amadu and Aamadu Hamman Lobbo, b. c. 1776, d. 12 Rabıfi I 1261/20 April 1845 Ba & Daget (1962); Brown (1969); Sanankoua Diarrah (1982); Sanankoua (1990); Brenner (2000b).

He was brought up by his father’s younger brother Hamman Lobbo, and hence he often bears this name as part of his own designation. Founder of the Islamic state of Msina, known as the “Caliphate of ˘amdullhi”, he was originally authorized to carry out jihd in the name of Sh. fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye of Sokoto (see ALA I, 52 ff.), and his state was to have been part of the western half of that empire under fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye of Gwandu (see Stewart (1979), etc. But he soon created a state independent of Sokoto over much of the Interior Delta of the Niger, with hegemony over Timbuktu for a period under his son. The date of his death is taken from the obituary list in MS: Paris (BI), 2405(3). 1. Khu†bat fiıd al-a∂˛ Attribution is on the authority of de Gironcourt’s (1920) informant. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi rabb al-filamın huwa kam athn fial nafsihi laysa ka-mithlihi shay√. MS: Paris (BI), 2405(28).

CENTRAL MALIN IN THE 19TH AND 20TH CENTURIES

209

2. K. al-i∂tirr il ’llh fı ikhmd bafi∂ m tawaqqada min al-bidafi wa-i˛y√ bafi∂ m indarasa min al-sunan MSS: Paris (BI), 2406(63).; Timbuktu (MMHT), 183. 3.

Manshürt i) Proclamation announced by fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. al-imm Abı Bakr al-Azkarı (?Azharı), putting an end to the practice of rulers seizing Bambara, Zanj, and other local unbelievers as slaves without formal capture or purchase. Followed by several questions relating to the practice of slavery put to Sh. A˛mad, by a q∂ı, evidently the aforementioned fiAbd al-Ra˛mn. MS: Paris (BI), 2406(46). ii) Proclamation announcing that all Zanj (Bozo/ Sorko) are to be enslaved in accordance with what is in the Ta√rıkh alfattsh (see Hunwick, 1970). MS: Paris (BI), 2406(60bis). iii) Proclamation limiting bride-price to 5,000 cowries or the equivalent in goods. MSS: Paris (BI), 2405(35). iv) Proclamation on punishments for immorality MS: Paris (BI), 2406(66).

4.

Ras√il i) R. il ’l-q∂ı Abı Bakr Sammüd a) If a man kills the calf of a cow in milk, is he liable to recompense for both the calf and the milk? MS: Paris (BI), 2405(32). b) Concerning stray livestock. MS: Paris (BI), 2406(56). ii) R. il ’l-faqıh Bb b. fiUthmn On apportioning income with wives. MS: Paris (BI), 2405(34). iii) R. il ibn fiammihi Abı Bakr

210

CHAPTER FIVE

What happens to the land whose owner has no other slave to work the land? MS: Paris (BI), 2405(33) iv) R. il ’l-q∂ı Abı Bakr b. fiAbd Allh a) Concerns selling into slavery of close relatives by the “mountain people” (ahl al-jabal) - the Dogon). MS: Paris (BI), 2406(50). b) Question about a man who sold his daughter before his people were reduced to slavery, and who now wants to buy her back, followed by the q∂ı’s reply. MS: Paris (BI), 2406(55). v) R. il A˛mad b. ˘amad Samba Tta Authorizing him to send agents to inflict discretionary punishment on people guilty of deliberate falsehood or breaking of the pact. MS: Paris (BI), 2406(58, 61). vi) R. il Ghuruwü b. Safiıd Two letters concerning aspects of slavery addressed to his nephew, who was also an amır. MSS: Paris (BN), 2406 (53, 54). vii) R. il ibnihi A˛mad Authorizing his son A˛mad to go in search of stolen cattle. MS: Paris (BI), 2406(59). viii) R. il Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr Concerns the concubine mother of an apostate. MSS: Paris (BI), 2406(51, 52). ix) R. il Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı MS: Boudjebéha, see CCIM, 141; said to be a request to accept the function of procurer of “magistrates” for Timbuktu, and to renovate the mosques of the city. x) R. il ’l-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı Addressed to Sı. al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır al-Kuntı.


211

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB),1079 . Publ. Text & trans in Ali Sankare (1986), 53-4. xi) R. il Würam b. Alfa MS: Paris (BI), 2406(48). xii) R. il tilmıdhihi fiˆs b. Ma˛amma On definitions of slavery and freedom, before and after religious revival (tajaddud al-dın); followed by other questions concerning ijtihd. MS: Paris (BI), 2406(47/i). xiii) R. il ’l-umar√ wa’l-˛ukkm MSS: Paris (BI), 2406(61, 66). 5. Waßiyya MS: Paris (BN), 5680, ff. 14v-16v. ************* A certain Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı al-Waltı wrote a manqib of Sh. A˛mad Lobbo entitled Fat˛ A˛mad fı dhikr shay√ min akhlq shaykhin A˛mad. Partial photocopy with fiAlı w. Sıdı, head of Cultural Mission, Timbuktu. See also MS.Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2039: letter of Mu˛ammad Dadab al-mu˛tasib to amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad concerning what to do about people of Sansanding who tried to hide their wealth by sending it to Timbuktu, with reply by fiAlı b. Ibrhım on behalf of amır al-mu√minın (1 f.). His son A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD LOBBO, known as Ahmadu Seku d. 1853 Sanankoua Diarrah (1982); Sanankouah(1990).

Succeeded his father as ruler of the ˘amdullhi “caliphate”, 1845-1853. 1.

Ajwiba i) To Müly fiAbd al-Qdir b. Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsı on various questions. MS: Paris (BI), 2406(47/ii)

212 2.

CHAPTER FIVE

Manshürt i) On runaway Muslim slaves. MS: Paris (BI), 2406(44/i). ii) Status of a free woman married to a man who is enslaved to an idol. MS: Paris (BI), 2406(49).

3.

Ras√il i) R. il Ibn fiammihi Abı Bakr MS: Paris (BI), 2405(31). ii) R. il ’l-amır Ghuruwü b. Safiıd Said by De Gironcourt to be letter to the chief of Sio near ˘amdullhı, concerning a visit of al-Bakk√ı and requests he made to Sh. A˛mad, including a request to make him commander of Timbuktu and nearby villages. MSS: Paris (BI), 2405(36, 38). iii) R. il fiAbd Allh b. Abı Bakr wa-Idrıs b. Nü˛ MS: Paris (BI), 2406(46/i). iv) R. il ’l-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 819. v) R. il ’l-amır fiUthmn b. Abı Bakr On preventing guardians from seizing a bride’s ßadq. MS: Paris (BI), 2406(44/ii).

The latter’s son A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD LOBBO, known as ◊madu ◊madu, b. 1833, d. 1862 Brown (1969); Robinson (1985); Sanankoua Diarrah (1982); Sanankouah (1990); CCIM, art. “Aamadu Aamadu” by Bintou Sanankoua, pp. 171-3.

Succeeded his father in 1853 as third and last ruler of the Diina of Hamdullahi, but was defeated and put to death by al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd in 1862, after being declared an “unbeliever” for supporting the ruler of Segu whom he claimed to have converted to Islam, a fact contested by al-˛jj fiUmar.


213

1. R. il ’l-fiulam√ wa’l-˛ukkm Concerning the death of amır al-mu√minın A˛mad. MS: Paris (BI), 2406(64). 2. R. il ’l-˛jj fiUmar Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi rabb al-filamın al-mir bi-ißlh dht al-bayn Publ. Text in al-Tijnı (1383/1963-4). NÜ˘ b. AL-‡◊HIR al-Fullnı, d. 1860 Ba & Daget, (1964); CCIM, art. by Ali Koullogo Diallo, pp. 221-8.

He belonged to the Dibinaÿe sub-clan of the Yirlaÿe Fulani of Msina. His youth was spent as a herdsman and warrior, but at the age of forty he went to study with Sı. fiAlı al-Najıb of Arawn, and then with the latter’s student Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı (q.v.), and it is said, with Sh. fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye. In 1821 he joined the court of Sh. A˛mad Lobbo and later became president of the Assembly of Forty, the advisory council of Sh. A˛mad. He became chief propagandist of the Diina of Msina, adding passages to the Ta√rıkh al-fattsh to support Sh. A˛mad’s claims to be the twelfth true caliph of Islam and successor to the “caliphate” of Askiya al-˛jj Mu˛ammad and inheritor of his territories and of the so-called “servile tribes”. He retired from his duties in 1858 and died just two years later at an advanced age. 1. R. fı ÷uhür al-khalıfa al-thnı fiashar MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 812. Copies of the document of Alfa Nü˛ incorporating much of the forged first chapter of the Ta√rıkh al-fatth are in Paris (BI), 2405(2), 2 copies [addressed to peoples and places in the western Sahara], 2406(73) [addressed to places to the north of Masina as far as “al-Andalus”], 2410(174), simply called Ta√rıkh alfattsh; Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 74-78, 79-82; Paris (BN), 5259, ff. 74v. -78v. and ff. 79-83; Timbuktu (CEDRAB) 479, 4220. 2. Maktüb fı khaß√iß al-nabı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 8912.

CHAPTER FIVE

214

MU∑‡AF◊ b. A˘MAD ˘AMM◊D 1. Jawb li-risla mursala il A˛mad Sıkü MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 866. fiUMAR b. JAfiFAR b. AL-MAHDˆ 1. R. il A˛mad Sıkü MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 857. MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD al-Syawı al-Jaljwı al-∑anbaytı, known as Gi∂a∂o Modibbo Since he dates his treatise by the reign of amır al-mu√minın A˛mad III [of Msina], he may have been from that region; his nisba al-Syawı indicating place of residence, might refer to Say in Niger. 1. al-Mina˛ al-mufıda li-ahl al-˛ukm wa’l-mafirifa Replies to a series of fiqh questions in about 100 pp. MS: Niamey, 1294. ANON Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad Sıkü MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 868. AL-˘◊JJ fiUMAR, HIS DESCENDANTS, AND FOLLOWERS

fiUMAR b. SAfiˆD b. fiUTHM◊N b. MUKHT◊R b. fiALˆ b. MUKHT◊R al-Fütı al-‡ürı al-Gidiwı al-Tijnı, known as al-˘jj fiUmar, or fiUmar Tall, b. c 1210/1794-5, d. Rama∂n 1280/9 February9 March 1864 Anon (1918); Tyam (1935); al-Tijnı (1383/1963-4); Abun Nasr (1965); Holden (1966); Willis (1967), (1970), (1989); Marquet (1968); Martin (1969); Müs Kamara (1970, 1975); St Martin (1970),(1976b); Samb (1972), 41-72; Dumont (1974); : Jah (1979); Ba (1980); Robinson (1985); Schmitz (1985, 1988); al-Zuwrı (1989); Ly-Tall (1991); Bousbina (1995-6), 61-7; Dieng (1997); Caam (c. 2000).

Born c. 1794 at Halwar, the principal town of the province of Futa Toro, some 50 km. south-east of Podor in the central Senegal river valley, he


215

was educated first by his father and older brothers (he was the seventh son of his mother), and other teachers, and then by his brother-in-law Lamin Sakho, “an authority on Arabic grammar” (Robinson (1985), 70). At some time during his youth he visited Futa Jallon, and was initiated into the Tijnı Path by fiAbd al-Karım al-Nqil whose silsila went back to the founder A˛mad al-Tijnı through Mawlüd Fl and the great Idaw fiAlı muqaddam Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷. In c.1826 he left his homeland to undertake the pilgrimage to Mecca, perhaps passing through Hausaland and Bornu on the way. In Mecca he came in contact with Mu˛ammad Ghlı, a khalıfa of A˛mad al-Tijnı, became his devoted disciple for three years, and was finally designated by him as a khalıfa and given the authority to initiate sixteen muqaddams who in turn could each initiate four others. On his way back to western Africa he passed through Bornu, where he tried to patch up the quarrel between Bornu and Sokoto, and then spent about seven years (c. 1831-8) in Sokoto, participating in some of Mu˛ammad Bello’s jihd campaigns, and proselytising for the Tijnı Path. Bello evidently had high regard for him and gave him his daughter Maryam in marriage. After Bello’s death in 1837, he left for Hamdallhi, where he spent a while as guest of Shaykh A˛mad Lobbo, passing on to Segu, where he was imprisoned for several months by its non-Muslim ruler, and finally to Futa Jallon, where he was well received by Almami Bakar. The latter gave him lands at Jegunko (Diegounkou) and it was there, in the zwiya-like community he established, that he completed the writing of the Kitb al-rim˛ in early Rama∂n 1261/early September 1845. In 1849 he moved to Dinguiraye, from where he launched his first jihd against the kingdom of Tamba to the west of Futa Jallon. Much of the rest of his life, until his mysterious death in 1864, is a story of conflict and conquest leading to the establishment of a large but fragile state based on Segu with regional capitals at Dinguiraye, Nioro and Bandiagara. In 1861 al-˛jj fiUmar’s forces conquered Segu, and its ruler fled to ˘amdullhi to seek the protection of A˛mad III, ruler of the Msina Muslim state founded by his grandfather A˛mad Lobbo. This led al-˛jj fiUmar to make a move against Msina, and in 1862 he took ˘amdallhi and put A˛mad III to death. In the following year the Kunta chief A˛mad al-Bakk√ı joined forced with the Bari clan of Masina and

216

CHAPTER FIVE

besieged ˘amdallhi. By February 1864 al-˛jj fiUmar was able to escape, and in flight took refuge in a cave in Dégembéré where he “disappeared” following a mysterious explosion. David Robinson (1985) has described the creation of al-˛jj fiUmar’s state in a wealth of detail, while Hanson (1996) examines the Kaarta region and its relations with Futa Toro after the death of al-˘jj fiUmar. A pen portrait of al-˛jj fiUmar may be found in Paul Soleillet, Voyage à Ségou, 1878-1879, Paris, 1887, 361-2. 1.

Ajwiba [of al-˛jj fiUmar] i) On ∑üfı disciplines. MS: Paris (BN), 5608, ff. 289v-291r., 5599, ff. 55r-57v; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 825, 853. ii) On judicial rules. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 361. iii) On whether sons of shaykhs have the same status as the shaykhs themselves. This question is also the first of those in (iv) below. MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 22r-23v. iv) On aspects of the Tijniyya †arıqa, and other religious matters. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı amaran bi-su√l ahl al-dhikr fı kitbihi MSS: Niamey, 1350, 1712; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 361. Paris (BN), ;

2. Bayn m waqafia baynan wa-bayn amır Msina A˛mad b. A˛mad b. al-Shaykh A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo, also called Sayf al˛aqq MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Veillard, Section Masina, 12; Paris (BN), 5605, ff. 2r-29r; MAMMP, 8.1, 164-201, 9.11; Niamey, 1391 (inc.); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 27, 286, 412, 806, 839; Timbuktu (MMHT), 119, 275. Publ. Text in al-Tijnı (1383/1963-4), Book II, pt. 2, pp. 3-66, trans. in Dumont (1983); trans. Mahibou & Triaud (1983).


217

A response to this was written by “A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-faqıh”, perhaps corresponding to A˛mad III of Msina, or possibly one of his court scholars. MS: Kaolack, 227. 3. al-Fal˛ al-mubın See Samb (1972), 46. 4. Hidyat al-mudhnibın il kayfiyyat al-khalß min ˛uqüq Allh wa˛uqüq al-fiibd ajmafiın Analysis in Bousbina (1995-6), 161-2. MSS: Paris (BN), 5573, ff. 54-61; Kaduna (NA), C/AR7/3. 5. If∂at al-†√ifa al-insiyya wa’l-jnniyya On Tijnı teachings. Completed 23 Jumd I 1251/16 September 1835. MS: Paris (BN), 5669, ff. 17r-23v. 6. Man÷üma Accrostic on Qur√n, 5: 76. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 832. 6a. Man÷üma fı ißlh dht al-bayn. Alternative title for Tadhkirat al-ghfilın fian qub˛ ikhtilf al-mu√minın (q.v.). 7. al-Man÷üma al-mubraka MSS: Zaria, 92/4 (3 copies). 8. al-Maqßid al-saniyya li-kulli muwaffaq min al-dufit il ’llh (var. fı-m yajib fial ’l-dfiı il ’llh min al-rfiı wa’l-rafiiyya) See Jah (1978, 13. MSS: Paris (BN), 5485, ff. 160-203, 5573, ff. 90-145, 5405, ff 30r-62v, 5608, ff. 270r-289r; Paris (MAAO), 14722/18.; Shinqı† (Ahl ˘abat), 191. 9. Na÷m Lawqi˛ al-anwr Vers. of [names in?] the Lawqi˛ al-anwr fı †abaqt al-akhyr of fiAbd al-Wahhb al-Shafirnı (d. 1565), see GAL II, 80, S II, 89. MS: Paris (BN), 5681, ff. 101r-105v.

218

CHAPTER FIVE

10. al-Nuß˛ al-mubın See Samb (1972), 46. 11. Qaß√id i) Various MSS: Paris (BN), 5681, f. 106 ii) with takh. by al-Fhim Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad MS: Paris (BN), 5457, ff. 60-3. iii) Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı MS: Paris (BN), 5599, f. 63r. iv) Q. fı mad˛ al-Shaykh Mu˛ammad al-Amın al-Knimı MS: Zaria, 1/36. v) Q. nüniyya: Allhu yafißimunı min kulli mahlakatı * Kadhka yafißimu aß˛bı min al-fitanı Acrostic on Wa’llhu yafißimuka min al-ns (Qur√n, 5: 67) MS: Niamey, 211; Paris (BN), 5684, f. 149r. vi) Urjüza Sayyid al-dufi√ Also called Khayr m fı ’l-ar∂ wa’l-sam√. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-Ra˛ım al-Hdı * Li-man yash√u min dhawı ’l-fiindı. 90 vv. Publ. Rufisque: NIPR, for Serigne Kibi Keur-Souf (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 463); text in Amadou Makhtar Samb, Introduction à la Tariqah Tidjaniyya, Dakar, 1994, 340-5. 12. Rim˛ ˛izb [al-Qawı] al-Ra˛ım fial nu˛ür ˛izb [al-qawı] al-rajım, also called Rim˛ ˛izb al-Qdir al-Murıd fial nu˛ür ˛izb al-Qdir alMarıd Completed c. 1261/1845. MSS: Ibadan (UL), 207 (inc.); Kaduna (NA), E/AR32/2; Niamey, 1774; Paris (BN), 5370, ff. 1-202, 5543, ff. 132r-133v., 5583, 1r-243r.; Rabat (KhA), D1150; Shinqı† (Ahl ˘abat), 192; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1093, 1815; Tunis (MW), 3808. Publ. Cairo: M. al-Safida, 1330/1911; Cairo: M. al-Istiqma, 1345/1926-7; Cairo, 1383/1963-4; Beirut: Dr al-Jıl, 1408/1988, all on marg. of fiAlı ˘arzim Ibn al-fiArabı Barda, Jawhir al-mafinı.


219

Trans. of chapter headings and select chapters in Puech (1967); partial trans. in Bousbina (1988); analysis of chapter 4 in Triaud (1988); chapter headings only in Hunwick (1992b); on its sources, see Radtke (1995). Polemic against it by fiAlı b. Sulaymn, Daffi al-jun˛ alladhı wa∂afiahu fiUmar fial riqb al-umma bi’l-Rim˛. MS: Rabat (KhA), 157, ff. 3647. 13. Ras√il i) R. fı db al-murıd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 636, 1828 . ii) R. fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Paris (BN), 5718, ff. 111v-115v. iii) R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad Addressed to A˛mad III (Aamadu Aamadu) of Msina. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi’lladhı amaran bi’l-ikhlß fı dınihi MS: Paris(BN), 238v. - 142r. Publ. Text in al-Tijnı (1383/1963-4). iv) R. il jamfiat Msina Letter to the Masina community and especially to A˛mad b. A˛mad [Lobbo], warning and advising. MS: Niamey, Irwin Papers, 5/1; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 901 . Perhaps the same as Paris (BI), 2405(30), from “Us”, addressed to “A˛mad b. A˛mad and his brethren of the Msinıs in general and in particular”. See also Archives AOF, Dakar, 15G77/24. Opens: Il A˛mad b. A˛mad wa-ikhwnihi min al-Msiniyyın fiumüman wa-khußüßan: salm yushayyifiuhu dufi√ bı ’l-thabt fial ’l-dın al-˛anafı. See also Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 860 (same opening), and Paris (BN), 5684, ff. 138v-142r. v) R. il ’l-mujhidın MS: Paris (BN), 5718, ff. 2v-4v, 5734, ff. 90r-92v. vi) R. il ’l-sul†n Mu˛ammd al-Amın al-Knimı

220

CHAPTER FIVE

See Jah (1978), 13-14. Reply to a letter, and polemic on the Tijniyya. MS: Paris (BN), 5693, ff. 1r-2v. 14. al-Risla al-mubraka MS: Kaolack, 93. 15. Sawq al-˛abıb il fahm as√ilat Ibrhım al-labıb Written in 1260/1844-5. Replies to five questions in fiqh, three on dhimmıs and two on Tijnı practices. For an amalysis, see Bousbina (1995-6), 110-30. MS: Paris (BN), 5724, ff. 61r-65v; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 8910. 16. Safınat al-safida li-ahl al-∂ufif wa’l-nijda Written 1268/1851-2. Tafishır of the fiIshrıniyyt of al-Fzzı, prefaced by 7 pp. in prose explaining the reason for writing it. Analysis in Bousbina (1995-6), 157-60. MSS: Paris (BN), 5456, ff. 1-27, 5457, ff. 50-53, 68-105 (inc.), 5485, ff. 1-159. Publ. Dakar: Multazam al-Tabfi “Wa’l-Fajr”, 1997 (copy in NU/Hunwick, 478). Comm. by al-Sharıf Ma˛müd of Thilogne (q.v.). MS: (Dakar) IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb, Panégyriqies, 6. 16a. Sayf al-˛aqq Alternative title for Bayn m waqafia.(see item no. 2 above) 17. Suyüf al-safiıd al-mufitaqid fı ahl Allh ka’l-Tijnı fial raqabat al†arıd al-jnı For an amalysis, see Bousbina (1995-6), 97-109. MSS: Kaduna (NA), H/AR19/1; Paris (BN), 5651, ff. 406r-439v., 6108, ff. 100v-131v.; Shinqı† (Ahl ˘abat), 193. 18. Tadhkirat al-ghfilın fian qub˛ ikhtilf al-mu√minın Also called Man÷üma fı ißlh dht al-bayn. Acrostic in 196 vv. on Qur√n 49:9, inspired by the dispute between Sokoto and Bornu. In the preface to the poem al-˛jj fiUmar says that he wanted to go on pilgrimage via North Africa but certain circumstances forced him to


221

take “the Sudan route”. In Hausaland he became aware of the conflict between Sokoto and Bornu, but could do nothing that might hinder his pilgrimage. On his way back, he learned in the Fezzan that the conflict was still raging and he determined to do what he could to bring about reconciliation. He wrote his poem in the desert between Fezzan and the “land of the Tubu”. Opens: Wa-qla bi’smi rabbihi ’l-Fütı fiUmarü * alKadiwiyyu ’bnu Safiıd in m ’ftakhar. There is a prose introduction on al-amr bi’l-mafirüf, and a khtima. See also Tadhkirat al-mustarshidın wa-fal˛ al-†libın below. MSS: Ibadan (UL), Bornu, 32, 333; Paris (BN), 5532, ff. 123v.-133r., 5609, ff. 19r-34v., 5647, ff. 44r-54v, 6101, 207v-208v (preface only); Niamey, 2208, Irwin Papers, 4;. Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 290, 861. A letter from Mu˛ammad al-Amın al-Knemı to al-˛jj fiUmar, thanking him for his efforts at reconciliation, is preserved in the Archives du Sénégal Fonds de l’A.O.F., Dakar, 15G79, no. 85. 19. Tadhkirat al-mustarshidın wa-fal˛ al-†libın Acrostic on Qur√n, 63: 9-11, in 206 vv. Completed 4 Shawwl 1244/9 April 1829 in Madına. The present poem is an expanded version of Tadhkirat al-ghfilın. There is a prose introduction explaining the circumstances of its composition. Opens: Yaqülu ’l-Fütiyyu dhka ’lafqarü * Al-Kidiwiyyu ’bnu Safiıdin fiUmarü MSS: Kaolack, 94; Niamey, 214, 2035; Paris (BN), 5708, ff. 128r137v., 6101, ff, 207v-208v (inc.); Kaolack, 94; Sokoto (SHB), 866. In the Public Record Office, London, CO 267-324, 536, there is a copy made in Freetown on 8 Rama∂n 1295/30 October 1873 for “Mukhtr fiAbd al-Karım, known by his Christian name as Edward Blyden”. 20. Taqyıd fı khawßß al-˛izb al-sayfı Thus in Salenc (1918), 420. Samb (1972), 46 has … al-˛izb al-shfifiı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 8916 (Maktüb fı dhikr karmt al-˘izb alsayfı). 21. Urjüza fı ’l-fiaq√id Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-fia÷ım al-mir * MSS: Paris (BN), 5722, ff. 134r-134 bis, r., 5716, ff. 16r-21v.; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 820, 824.

222

CHAPTER FIVE

22. Wathıqa il ’l-muslimın MS: Paris (BN), 5616, ff. 176r-178r. Poems and other writings about al-˘jj fiUmar: see CEDRAB catalog, vol. I, 1241, 1261, 1263-4-9, 1271-2, 1281, 1285, 1287, 1289, 1290-1, 1321-2, 1326, 1412-13, 1420; Paris (BN), 5732, ff. 14v-15v (rhymed prose preface to a poem) His son MU˘AMMAD AL-MAKKˆ b. fiUMAR b. SAfiˆD, b. c. 1836, d. 1864 1. Letter written with A˛mad al-Tijnı, addressed to A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı b. al-˛jj fiUmar. MS: Paris (BN), 5457, ff. 1-4. 2. Q. dliyya fı mad˛ al-nabı MS: Paris (BN), 5695, ff. 60. 3. Takhmıs Q. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad al-˘awsı fı mad˛ awld al-˛jj fiUmar Written 6 Dhü ’l-˘ijja 1272/7 August, 1856. MS: Paris (BN), 5558, ff. 64r-64(bis)r, 5558, ff. 184r-185v, 5560, ff. 128r-129v 4. Urjüza fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar wa-awldihi MS: Paris (BN), 5684, ff. 150v-151r. Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 828. 5. R. il A˛mad al-Madanı fı bayn m jar bayn A˛mad al-Bakk√ı wa-fiUmar al-˘awsı MS: Paris (BN), ff. 32r-40r; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 826. 6. Ta√rıkh Füta Jallü MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié , 24. 7. Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié, 16, lists the following items by Makki Tall: i) Noms des chefs qui résistèrent à El Hajj Omar. ii) Noms des chefs qui ont soutenu El Hajj Omar.


iii)

223

Histoire de A˛madu b. El Hajj Omar.

His son A˘MAD al-KABˆR al-Madanı b. 1836, d. 1898. Robinson (1985), 339-41: Hanson & Robinson (1991). The eldest son of his father (by his wife fi◊√isha Jallo), he became his principal successor, based in Segu, assuming in 1874 the title amır almu√minın. When the French forces under Archinard began to approach in 1893 he undertook a hijra eastwards, and ended up with his followers in northern Nigeria 1.

Ras√il i) Il jamfiat ahl Bakel According to Inventaire, 271, “Envoi d’argent aux destinataires dans l’espoir de relation privilégiée avec l’auteur”. MS: Paris (BN), 5713, f. 61v. ii) Il Alfa Ibrhım According to Inventaire, 271, “Témoignage d’affection et réponse à une lettre du destinataire”. MS: Paris (BN), 5713, f. 129. iii) Il Imm T.w.r.k wa-∑anb Ddi Followed by letter to imm Q.m Tuku. According to Inventaire, 246, “Réponses à deux lettres d’affection et de loyauté”.

MU˘AMMAD AL-H◊SHIMˆ b. A˘MAD b. SAfiˆD, called Alfa Hshim, b. 1280/1863-4 or 1283/1866-7, d. 11 Dhü ’l-Qafida 1350/19 March 1932 [or 12 Dhü’l-Qafida 1349/1 April 1931] Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ al-Tijnı, Tarjamat mawln Sh. Mu˛ammad al-Hshimı (ms.); Mu˛ammad Majdhüb Muddaththir, Foreword to Imtfi al-a˛dq of Alf Hshim al-Fütı, al-Khar†üm, 1351/1932. See also MS: Niamey, 122, p. 61; Abü Bakr fiAtıq, al-Fay∂ alhmifi, 48 ff.; Paden (1973), 84-7; Archives AOF, 19G2, no. 67; ALA II, 251, 262, 265, 288, 291, 293, 294, 575; al-‡ayyib Mu˛ammad al-‡ayyib, al-Masıd, Khartoum, 1991, 145-6.

His father was an elder brother of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd (q.v.), and a khalıfa of the Mauritanian Tijnı muqaddam Sı. Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ alfiAlawı. Alfa Hshim was born in Diawara [or Segu Sikoro] and studied under Mu˛ammad A˛mad and Sh. al-Sanüsı (whose identities are

224

CHAPTER FIVE

otherwise unknown), and in Segu under Safiıd Jeliy (q.v.). His Tijnı affiliation was through his father’s silsila through Mu˛ammad al-˘fı÷ from Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı, with another through his brother A˛mad alTijnı. He left Segu in 1891 with a large group of Tukulor fleeing French occupation, and spent the next sixteen years travelling eastwards. He initially settled in Sokoto and participated in the B. of Burmi, the last stand of the Sokoto Caliphate against the British in 1903. Moving eastwards, he passed through the Sudan, where he spent some time as guest of the of the Majdhıb clan of al-Dmir. Finally, in 1907 he reached Mecca, and after two years stay there, moved to Madına where he spent the rest of his life learning, teaching and giving fatws according to all four of the law-schools. He became the leader of the West African Tijnı community in the ˘ijz, but retained close contact with Tijnıs resident in West Africa, especially those of Kano. He initiated into the Tijniyya persons from many parts of the world. After his death he was succeeded in his position as shaykh of the West African Tijnı community of the ˘ijz by Ibrhım Khalıl and then by his close disciple A˛mad b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Katghumı (see ALA II, 265). Mu˛ammad Majdhüb Muddaththir claims that the total of his writings, long and short, numbers about seventy, but only the following are clearly identifiable, or traceable. 1. Hadiyyat al-khalaf Biography of his teacher Alfa Safiıd al-Fütı. See Paden (1973), 85, n. 27. 2. Imtfi al-a˛dq wa’l-nufüs bi-mu†lafiat a˛km awrq al-fulüs On whether paper money is liable to zakt. See Hunwick (1999b), 92. Publ. Khartoum: M. Mandıl, 1351/1933 (copy in NU/Paden, 322). 3. Q. b√iyya MS: Paris (BN), 5666, f. 235a (extract). 4. Q. dliyya A poem in praise of the Prophet, in which there is no dotted letter; hence it is sometimes called al-muhmala. Alf Hshim challenged the Majdhıb of al- Dmir to make a tash†ır of the poem, and the challenge


225

was taken up by Mu˛ammad al-Majdhüb (known as al-Shaykh w. alShaykh al-‡hir). Publ. text of the tash†ır in al-‡ayyib (1991), 146-7 (24 vv.). 5. Ragh√ib al-mu˛tjın fial †arıqat al-Tijniyyın Summarized in Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. fiUmar b. Mlik al-Fütı, Salm al-Tijniyyın; see Kensdale (1955), 19. 6. Tafirıf al-fiash√ir wa’l-khilln bi-shufiüb wa-qab√il al-Fulln See ALA II, 575. The ms. listings given there for Timbuktu are old style. Below are given the new revised accession numbers. MSS: Kaduna (NA), F/AR3/8 (copy in Zaria, 43/1); Niamey, 611; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 431, 620; Sokoto (SHB), 4/42/329; Zaria, 54/1112. Publ. Mecca: M. al-Majıdiyya, 1354/1936; Wd Madanı, by Mu∂awı al˘jj, 1374/1955 (copies of both in Niamey, 612). 7. Thabat shuyükhihi See intro. to edn. of Imtfi al-a˛dq. MU˘AMMAD b. AMJAD b. A˘MAD AL-TIJ◊Nˆ Probably grandson of Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı, nephew of al-˛jj fiUmar, and ruler of Msina, after his reconquest of it in 1864. 1. Qaßıda Poem celebrating A˛mad al-Tijnı’s jihd, and praise of al-˛jj fiUmar. [see Oloruntimehin (1972), 162-7]. MS: Paris (BN), 5519, ff. 167v-169a. A˘MAD AL-fiADN◊N al-Tijnı 1. fiIqd al-jumn wa’l-durar fı dhikr karmt al-Shaykh fiUmar b. Safiıd MS: Paris (BN), 5559, ff. 41-56, 5734, ff 116-20; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 840.

226

CHAPTER FIVE

MU˘AMMAD b. MA˘MÜD [b. MU˘AMMAD] 1. Qaß√id fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 829. 2. Letters to A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı and others. MSS: Paris (BN), 5582, ff. 58, 60, 62 MU˘AMMAD b. TAFSˆR MA˘MÜD b. ˘AMM◊T SÜLˆ NAB◊DHˆ WURQˆ QIRL◊Wˆ 1. Qaßıda fullniyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd In praise of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd, with preface. Annotations and verse by verse translation into Arabic in marg. MS: Paris (BN), 5732, ff. 23v-28v. MA˘MÜD b. MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD b. SULAYM◊N al-Fütı al‡ürı al-Silawı 1. Lamfiat al-barq Poem in praise of Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı, with material on his biography and his doctrine. MS: Paris (BN), 5628, ff. 11r-18v. 2. Takhmıs qaßıdat al-˛jj fiUmar MS: Paris (BN), 5457, ff. 60r-63v. MA˘MÜD b. ◊BBA 1. Letter in verse to the khalıfa [al-˛jj fiUmar] on the progress of the jihd. MS: Paris (BN), 5480, f. 80 MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. AL-AMJAD 1. Wathıqa fı bayn ghazawt al-˛jj fiUmar MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 851.


227

MÜS◊ b. ∑◊LI˘ b. MU˘AMMAD b. MÜS◊ b. MU˘AMMAD alWıwı al-Drı al-Fütı 1. Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 830. 2. Q. dliyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd MS: Paris (BN), 5719, ff. 102r-104r. 3. Shifir al-ßibyn fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı Written in 1270/1853-4. MS: Paris (BN), 5556, ff. 256r-258v. fiUTHM◊N KÜ∑◊ b. MU˘AMMAD b. fiUMAR al-Drı al-Wıwı (or al-Wiywı) al-Sankurı (?), d. after 1289/1872-3 Supporter of al-˛jj fiUmar who exercised considerable influence over him. 1. Q. dliyya: Tabarrakü min fiubaydin kna shaykhahum * 2 vv. with third verse by Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Drı, followed by prose; written in 1272/1855-6. MS: Paris (BN), 5723, f. 23r. 2. Q. dliyya In praise of al-˛jj fiUmar in his capacity as father of A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı. MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 45v-48v, 3. Q. hamziyya fi mad˛ A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı MS: Paris (BN), 5640, ff. 33r.-34v. 4. Q. kfiyya: Y mumidd al-Mukhtri ra˛ala than√uka * In praise of the Prophet. MS: Paris (BN), 5662, f. 25. 5. Q mımiyya: Il Sighü r√im al-khayrti rma * Ya√ummu fa-innah ar∂ al-nifim

228

CHAPTER FIVE

14 vv. encouraging people of the west [i.e. Futa Toro] to migrate to Segu. On this migration, see Hanson (1996). MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 44r; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 836 (ii) Publ. Text and trans. in Hanson and Robinson (1991), 102-5, 326. 6. Q. nüniyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi man fı ’l-gharb qad fata˛ * fiAl ’lamıri Abı ’l-fiAbbsi buldn Poems on the campaign against Keje, 1285/1868, in which the forces of amır al-mu√minın A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı defeated a Bambara force, and a poem in praise of A˛mad al-Kabır MSS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 42r.-43v; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 836 (i). Publ. Text and trans. of poem on B. of Keje, in Hanson and Robinson (1991), 95-102, 322-5. 7. Q. hamziyya fi mad˛ A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı MS: Paris (BN), 5716, f. 44r. 8. Q. r√iyya: Bi-˛amdi ’llhi qad fata˛a ’l-amırü * Abü ’l-fiAbbsi A˛madun ’l-kabırü On the campaign against Keje, 8 Rajab - 8 Rama∂n 1285/24 October 22 December 1868, with 2 vv. added by Mu˛ammad Bobo. MS: Paris (BN), 5716, f. 44v. See also Paris (BN), 5594, ff. 151r-152r., 5601, ff. 119r-120r., 5640, ff. 29a and 35 Publ.: Text and trans. in Robinson and Hanson (1991), 104-5, 327. 9. Q. r√iyya Pledging allegiance to A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı. MS: Paris (BN), 5601, ff. 119r-120r. 10. Q. r√iyya Two such on the B. of Gemukura. MSS: Paris (BN), 35r-36r. 11. Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 844.


229

12. Collection of verse and prose by various authors, including fiUthmn Küs (q.v.) in praise of Amır A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı, with prose preface by fiUthmn Küßa, written in 1288/1871-2. MS: Paris (BN), 5640, ff. 25-36. J◊Jˆ al-Zughrnı 1. Q, r√iyya Two such celebrating the victory of A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı at Gemukuru MSS: Paris (BN), 5640, 29r, 29v-30v. AL-MUR√U b. MU˘AMMAD al-Msinı 1. Q. dliyya In praise of A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı. MS: Paris (BN), 5640, ff. 32v-33r. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-∑AGHˆR b. ANBÜJA 1. Khiznat al-adab fı mafirifat ansb al-fiArab MSS: Paris (BN), 5397, ff. 1-124, 5510, ff. 1r-210r, 5722, ff. 115r-v. 2. Qaß√id fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar 3 such. MS: Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 1r-4v. 3. Shams al-qaß√id al-ghurar fı tahni√at al-shaykh fiUmar MSS: Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 4v-10v, 5602, ff. 87r-v, 5688, ff, 74r-75r, 6107, 16v-17v, 18v. 4. Tafsır al-Qur√n Completed 16 Mu˛ammad 1286/18 November 1851. MS: Paris (BN), 5579, 3r-204r. 5. Urjüza fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 49v-64v.

230

CHAPTER FIVE

MU˘AMMAD b. MA˘MÜD b. ˘AMM◊T 1. Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 864. fiABD ALL◊H b. fiALˆ Robinson (1985), 24. A disciple of al-˛jj fiUmar and secretary to him, he later became an important advisor to A˛mad al-Tijnı of Bandiagara (reg. 1864-87). 1. Dhikr ibtid√ jihd shaykhin History of the jihd of al-˛jj fiUmar from a Bandiagara perspective. MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié, 3, 4, 10 (with French trans.); MAMMP, 6.4; see also Robinson (1985), 24, n. 32. Publ. trans in M. Sissoko, “Chroniques d’El Hadji Oumar”, Education Africaine, 1936-7. AL-AMˆN TAFSˆR 1. On the conquest of Kaarta by al-˛jj fiUmar. Described as “chant en prose rimée”. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Gaden, 15 (3 copies with French trans.). MU˘AMMAD LAMIDE TAFSˆR MAABO 1. Qaßıda On the conquest of Kaarta. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Gaden, 16 (2 copies with French trans.). MU˘AMMAD YA˘Y◊ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R 1. Q. dliyya In praise of amır al-mu√minın A˛mad after a victory. MS: Paris (BN), 5713, f. 41.


2.

231

R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı i) Acc. Inventaire, 265: “Témoignage d’obéissance et pri-ere pour le succès du jihd du destinataire. MSS: Paris (BN), 5713, f.8. ii) Acc. Inventaire, 268: “Prédiction de victoires pour 1289[1872-3] et éloge du destinataire. MS: Paris (BN), 5713, f. 42.

4. R. il amır al-mu√minın fiUmar b. Safiıd According to Inventaire, 246: “Demande d’audience pour dire au revoir et éloge du destinataire” MS: Paris (BN), 5713, f.36. fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD al-˘awsı 1.

Q .b√iyya Acc. Inventaire, 281, “Elégie d’un grand shaykh”. MS: Paris (BN), 5716, f. 83v. 2.

Q. dliyya Acc. Inventaire, 279, “Conseils et vertus de fiUmar b. Safiıd”. MS: Paris (BN), 5714, ff. 75r.-76v. 3.

Q. kfiyya Acc.Inventaire, 281, “Invocation du Prophète” MS: Paris (BN), 5716, f. 83r.

4. R. il A˛mad al-Bakk√ı MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 182r.-185v. 5. Takhmıs qaßıda mımiyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar The original poem upon which the tahmıs was made was by Mu˛ammad al-Makkı (q.v.). MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 78r-82v; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 822. 6. Vision of fiUmar b. Safiıd, sometimes with the Prophet; see Inventaire, 279. MS: Paris (BN), 5714, ff 77r-78v.

232

CHAPTER FIVE

7. Untitled Acc. Inventaire, 65: “Lettre en prose contenant deux poèmes (kfiyya et mımiyya). Nouvelles et éloge de Mu˛ammad al-Makkı”. MS: Paris (BN), 5462, ff. 39v-40r. MU˘AMMAD fiALˆ CAM, also known as Mohammadou Aliou Tyam Robinson (1985), 26, 342-3 He was born in eastern Futa Toro and joined al-˛jj fiUmar’s forces in 1846. He fought in most of the jihd campaigns, but never seems to have gained much distinction or rank. In the 1870s and 1880s he wrote a long poem about al-˛jj fiUmar in Arabic metre and characters, but in the Fulfulde language. MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Gaden, 19, 20. Trans. Text in Roman characters with French trans. by Henri Gaden: La Vie d’El Hadj Omar: Qaçida en Poular, Paris, 1935. MU˘AMMAD fi◊√ISHA DIAKHITE, also known as Mamadou Aissa Jakhite fl. 1900 Robinson (1985), 27.

Grandson of a prominent Soninke disciple of al-˛jj fiUmar, Mamadou Aissa collected both written and oral accounts of the life of al-˛jj fiUmar and the history of the fiUmarian state which he used to compile three Arabic histories, which are now known only through their French translations: 1. “Livre renfermant la généalogie des diverses tribus noires du Soudan”, trans. H. Labouret in Annales de l’Académie des Sciences Coloniales, iii (1929). 2. “Légendes historiques du pays de Nioro (Sahel)”, trans. M. Adam, in Revue Coloniale, iii-iv (1902-4). 3. “Traditions historiques et légendaires du Soudan occidental”, trans. M. Delafosse, in RC, 1913.


233

MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD b. A˘MAD Possibly to be identified with Hammadun Abba, q∂ı of Sokura; see Diarah (1982), 24-5. 1. M jar bayna amır al-mu√minın A˛mad wa-bayna al-˛jj fiUmar MSS: MAMMP, 6.5, 9.11; see also Robinson (1985), 31, n. 42. AL-MUKHT◊R b. WADˆfiAT ALL◊H al-Msinı, known as Yirkoy Talfi, or Wadıfiat Allh, d. c. 1862 Brown (1969); Willis (1979b); CCIM, art. by Maliki Yattara, pp. 235-7; Robinson (1990); Bousbina (1995-6).

His family, who were resident in the Goundam-Diré area, claimed an origin from Silla in ancient Takrür, though they were locally regarded as Songhay-speaking Fulani; and indeed they were of the Jalloÿe. He pursued part of his years of study in Timbuktu. After the creation of the Diina of ˘amdallhi, the area was governed by A˛mad Abü Bakr Wulde Hoore Goniya, who in old age asked to be represented in the councils of ˘amdallhi by his cousin Yirkoi Talfi. The latter eventually settled in ˘amdallhi, and taught there, but when A˛mad al-Shaykh died in 1853 and was succeeded by his son ◊madu ◊madu, Yirkoi Talfi split with the Qdiriyya establishment of Hamdullahi and went to serve the Tijnı leader al-˛jj fiUmar (q.v.) He then became one of his most vocal polemicists, and a fierce antagonist of the Bakk√iyya. Nevertheless, when the decision was made to attack Hamdullhi in 1862, Yirkoi Talfi deserted al-˛jj fiUmar, but after roaming in search of asylum, was killed by some Fulani near Konna. The Songhay name Yirkoi Talfi has the same meaning as the Arabic Wadıfiat Allh, i.e. “ God’s deposit”. 1. al-Futü˛t al-qudsniyya fı istikhrj shawhid al-Mughnı alQur√niyya MS: Paris (BN), 6103, ff. 68v-98v. 2. Jmifi al-asrr wa’l-anwr fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-mukhtr MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 8895. 3. Jawb il ’l-Shaykh al-Bakk√ı MS: NU/Paden, 69.

234

CHAPTER FIVE

4. M waqafia fı ’l-Takrür al-Südnı m bayn Tinbuktu wa-Jannı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 281 5. Mas√il muhimma Analysis in Bousbina (1995-6), 182-6. MS: Paris (BN), 5361, ff. 4-6. 6.

Qaß√id i) Q. b√iyya In praise of the Prophet. MS: Paris (BN), 5575, f. 215. ii) Q. b√iyya In praise of al-˘jj fiUmar. MS: Paris (BN), 5575, ff. 216r-217r. iii) Q. b√iyya In expectation of the arrival of al-˘jj fiUmar in Msina. MS: Paris (BN), 5605, f. 66v. iv) Q. dliyya In praise of the Prophet. MS: Paris (BN), 5575, ff. 219v-221r. v) Q. h√iyya: Allhu ˛asbı idh m azmata fia÷mı * MS: Paris (BN), 5681, f.91. vi) Q. h√iyya: Astaghfir Allha min naqßı wa-min nafsı * MS: Paris (BN), 5681, f.91. vii) Q. h√iyya (?): M lı arka il m yuskhi† Allha * MS: Paris (BN), 5681, f.91. viii) Q. ˛√iyya: Y man yadullu fial musammhu ismuhu * MS: Paris (BN), 5605, f. 73v. ix) Q. lmiyya In praise of his brother-in-law Muß†af b. Mu˛ammad. MS: Paris (BN), 5606, f. 94r.


235

x) Q. lmiyya On the approach of old age. MS: Paris (BN), 5605, f. 66r-v. xi) Q. lmiyya In praise of the Tijniyya †arıqa. MS: Paris (BN), 5681, f. 96r. xii) Q. mımiyya MS: Paris (BN), 5605, f. 73v. xiii) Q. nüniyya In praise of A˛mad al-Tijnı MS: Paris (BN), 5575, ff. 215v-216r. xiv) Q. nüniyya In praise of A˛mad al-Tijnı MS: Paris (BN), 5575, f. 221r-v. xv) Q. nüniyya In praise of the Tijniyya MS: Paris (BN), 5575, f. 221v-222r. xvi) Q. r√iyya In praise of al-˘jj fiUmar MS: Paris (BN), 5681, f.91. xvii) Various Paris (BN), 5409, f. 146r-v.5457, ff. 54-9, 64-7, 5519, ff. 38r49v, 92r-93v (2 poems in praise of al-˘jj fiUmar), 5588, f. 119r., 5680, 160v-161r.; Rabat (KhA), D1071, f. 34 (2 qq. in praise of A˛mad al-Tijnı); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 841 (R. amd two poems to al-˛jj fiUmar), 865 (collection in 26 ff.). Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3118 (in praise of A˛mad al-Tijnı) 7. R. il Ibn amır al-mu√minın fiAbd Allh MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1590. 8.

Tabkiyat al-Bakk√i

236

CHAPTER FIVE

Written in 1276/1859. Analysis in Bousbina (1995-6), 187-201. MSS: MAMMP. 8.4, 230 (table of contents); Niamey, 538, 2371; Paris (BN), 5697, ff. 29r-42v; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 344. 9. al-Ta√yıdt al-rabbniyya li’l-jamfia al-Tijniyya Analysis in Bousbina (1995-6), 170-81 MSS: Paris (BN), 5599, ff. 58r-63v, 5605, ff. 67r-73r; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 862. AL-MUKHT◊R b. ISM◊fiˆL b. WADˆfiAT ALL◊H 1. No title On events of the 13th/20th century. Sometimes known as Ta√rıkh Fittuga. MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Veillard, Section Masina, Cahier 4, and second item containing a list of rulers, both with French trans; MAMMP, 6.2; Paris (BN), 5664. f.154 (frag.); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 411. ABÜ BAKR b. YIRKOI TALFI 1. Q. hamziyya fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı MS: Paris (BN), 5575, ff. 217. A˘MAD b. fiABD ALL◊H b. IBR◊HˆM 1. Q. nüniyya: ˘amadtu rabbı ’lladhı qad ˛aqqa mihaddatuhu Arabic rendering of a Fulfulde poem in praise of Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı by al-Mukhtr b. Wadıfiat Allh MS: Paris (BN), 5681, f. 88r. MU˘AMMAD AL-FAQˆH b. fiABD ALL◊H b. WADˆfiAT ALL◊H 1. Jawb fı sha√n al-i˛tifl bi’l-mawlid al-nabawı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 792.


237

fiABD ALL◊H B. JAMfiAL b. ˘AMA MU˘AMMAD b. BIL◊L 1. Q. nüniyya fı rith√ Abı bakr b. Yirkoi Talfi MS: Paris, 5702, f. 231V.

UNASSIGNED The following authors appear to belong to Msina or the Segu region in the nineteenth century, but have not been further identified. fiABDUL b. al-Fhim A˘MAD b. SHˆTH 1. Q. lmiyya In praise of A˛mad b. [al-˛jj] fiUmar b. Safiıd. MS: Paris (BN), 5401, ff. 148-52. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. MODˆ b. fiUMAR b. ABˆ BAKR 1. Q. dliyya In praise of amır al-mu√minın Sh. A˛mad. MS: Paris (BN), 5410, ff. 47-9. A˘MAD b. AL-W◊Lˆ SULAYM◊N al-Fütı al-‡ürı 1. Q. r√iyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar MS: Paris (BN), 5432, ff. 290-4. ˘◊MID b. fiUTHM◊N b. fiABD AL-Q◊DIR 1. Q. fı mad˛ fial ’l-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 591. AL-˘ASAN b. A˘MAD b. AL-SIRI b. AL-˘ASAN b. AL-AMˆN 1. Q. sıniyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar MS: Paris (BN), 5737, ff. 105r-111v.

238

CHAPTER FIVE

IBR◊HˆM b. MU˘AMMAD b. MÜS◊ al-Drı al-Fütı al-Labawı 1. Letter and poem to al-˛jj fiUmar MS: Paris (BN), 5591, f. 99. 2. Q. il ’l-˛jj fiUmar MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 854. 3. Q. lmiyya Praise of his teachers, especially Abü Safiıd Jamıl al-Dın. MS: Paris (BN), 5605, f. 63r 4. Opuscule. Accession au pouvoir d’A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı MS:Paris (BN), 5683, ff. 150r.-151v. IBR◊HˆM b. al-q∂ı ABˆ BAKR 1. R. il A˛mad b. al-shaykh fiUmar MS: Paris (BN), 5519, f. 160. AL-MA˘JÜB b. AL-IM◊M 1. Q. r√iyya fı mad˛ amır al-mu√minın A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı MS: Paris (BN), 5737, ff. 114r-117r. M◊LIK b. MU˘AMMAD al-Kawjjı al-Msinı 1. Mukhashlab al-†uwaylib Comm. on part of the Risla. MS: Paris (BN), 5682, ff. 81v-118v. MU˘AMMAD b. SAfiˆD al-Saylwı (or -Sılwı) al-Fütı Perhaps to be identified with Muhammadu Samba Mombeyaa; see below, p. 514. 1. Minkhalat al-ajz√ Poem on the Qur√n.


239

MS: Paris (BN), 5484, ff. 98-102r. 2. Q. mımiyya Account of the conquest of S.n.k.l by Imam Ibrhım. MS: Paris (BN), 5734, ff. 170r-173r. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-˘ASAN 1. Urjüza fı mad˛ amır al-mu√minın A˛mad al-Kabır MS: Paris (BN), 5616, ff. 28r-31v. MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM SILLA 1. Poem invoking al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd. MS: Paris (BN), 5689, ff. 86r-87v. 2. Q. dliyya Acc. Inventaire. 242: “Invocation d’A˛mad [al-Kabır al-Madanı] et de son père fiUmar”. MS: Paris (BN), 5689, f. 88r. 3. Q. dliyya According to Inventaire, 242: “Eloge d’A˛mad [al-Kabır al-Madanı] “. MS: Paris (BN), 5689, f. 88v. MU˘AMMAD b. fiUTHM◊N b. A˘MAD al-Bghunı al-Anßrı 1. Q. lmiyya fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Paris (BN), 5519, f. 95. 2. Q. mımiyya Defence of Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı. MS: Paris (BN), 5713, ff. 192-3. 3. Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ shaykhihi MS: Paris (BN), 5605, f. 74v.; see also 5713, ff. 192-3.

240

CHAPTER FIVE

4. Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı MS: Paris (BN), 5575, ff. 217v-218v. Perhaps the author of a poem (nüniyya) addressed to al-Bakk√ı, containing the line: Mad˛ un wa-dhammun fı maqmin w˛idı * Min w˛idin li-w˛idin fiajabnı. See Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ al-Tijnı, Tarjamat mawln al-shaykh Mu˛ammad al-Hshimı, 7. MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD AL-∑AGHˆR b. ˘AM◊ ’LL◊H 1. R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı Inventaire, 346, describes it as a letter in prose containing a poem (nüniyya). Greetings and praise to the recipient. The author excuses himself for not having gone to see him.. MS: Paris (BN), 5693, f. 11r. MU˘AMMAD b. SAfiˆD 1. Shar˛ man÷üma fı ’l-na˛w Comm. on a poem of the author on grammar. MS: Paris (BN), 5484, ff. 121-34. See also 5486, ff. 168-73. 2. Q. dliyya Said to be a vers. of the Risla of Ibn Abı Zayd, but evidently only a fragment. MS: Paris (BN), 6851, f. 348v. MU∑‡AF◊ b. IBR◊HˆM al-Dakarı/Dukurı 1. Q. dliyya fı ’l-taßawwuf MS: Paris (BN), 5606, f. 94v. 2. Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ al-Tijniyyın In praise of the Tijnıs of Msina persecuted by A˛mad b. Sh. A˛mad Lobbo, written in the year of the latter’s death. MS: Paris (BN), 5606, ff. 96v-97r.


241

fiUMAR b. Modi ˘AMMAD GHAYI al-Fullnı al-Sidibı al-Kunrı 1. Ghasslat al-qalb al-fialıl min wasakh takhwıft al-Awjilı Comm. on the fiaqıda of al-Awjilı MS: Paris (BN), 5566, ff. 30r-32r, 5660, ff. 37r-42v, 5673, ff. 196r200v, 5684, ff. 191r-193r.Perhaps also 5684, ff. 197v.-199r.(described simply as “commentaire sur une fiaqıda ). 2. Kashf al-ghi†√ fian mafinı alf÷ al-Muwa††a√ MS: Paris (BN), 5414, ff. 1-442 (Vol. 1 only), 5466, ff. 162v-285r (inc.); Paris (MAAO), 14722/2a. Publ. Fez, 1318/ 1900 (see Adnani (2001-2), 156. 3. Shar˛ al-Awfı fı ’l-ßalt MS: Paris (BN), 5566, ff. 21r-29r., 5647, ff. 57r-63r., ff. 197v-199r. THE JELIYA FAMILY

SAfiˆD JELIYA b. (Cerno Wocce) A˘MAD b. SIRÉ b. ˘ASAN, known as Seydu Jeliya, b. c. 1830, d. April 1895 Gallieni (1885), Ch. XIX; Robinson (1985), 349; Hanson (1996), 13, 162; CCIM, 186-90 (art. of Bokar N’Diaye) .

His ancestry goes back to the Ture lineage of Hayre (Podor) in Futa Toro. His grandfather, Siré had been Almamy of Futa Toro, c. 1823-5. His father A˛mad had married Jeliya, daughter of Cerno Bismor Lamine Abdoulaye [al-Amın b. fiAbd Allh] of the Sakho lineage of Halaybe, who ran a noted Qur√nic school at Boghe, and who was a teacher of al˛jj fiUmar. Her mother was the latter’s sister, F†ima ◊dam Tall. Seydu Jeliya received his early education from the learned of Hayre, then studied first in southern Mauritania and then with his two brothers at Dinguiraye, where al-˛jj fiUmar had established himself on his return from the pilgrimage. He joined the jihd of al-˛jj fiUmar and remained with him until the conquest of Hamdallahi. From there he was sent to join fiUmar’s son and successor in Segu, A˛mad (also called Amadu Seku and Lamido Julbe—amır al-mu√minın), and became one of his principal counsellors

CHAPTER FIVE

242

during the 1870s-1880s. He negotiated the Treaty of Nango (3 November 1880) with the French emissary Commandant Gallieni (1885), 398, who said of him: “From our first discussions I saw that Seïdu Diéliya was more intelligent than any other Negro chief I had seen hitherto. He followed an argument well, and his speeches, despite abuse of metaphors, had a logic and a conclusion. He discussed coolly, and knew how to respond to my signals. He had a finely drawn and pleasant face…”.1 Faithful to his master, he died in battle against the French as they pursued A˛mad b. al-˛jj fiUmar, at the Battle of Dounga, near ˘amdallhi. 1. Account of the conquest of Gemukura in Kaarta by A˛mad alKabır al-Madanı MS: Paris (BN), 5640, ff. 36v-38v. 2. On the battle of A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı against the people of Mß and Jwira, 4 Mu˛arram 1289/14 March 1872. MS: Paris (BN), 5713, ff. 37r-38r. See also Paris (BN), 5561, ff. 66v-69v, letter written by “Safiıd” to A˛mad [al-Kabır al-Madanı] b. Sh. fiUmar, proving his legitimacy as amır al-mu√minın MU∑‡AF◊ b. A˘MAD b. al-imm SIRÉ b. AL-˘ASAN, called fiUmar Jeliya Brother of the preceding. 1. Abridgt. of ˘ayt al-˛ayawnt al-kubr of Mu˛ammad b. Müs al-Damırı. MS: Paris (BN), 5467, ff. 267-302. 2. Various questions. MS: Paris (BN), 5584, f. 127r.; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 842.

1

A letter from Cdt. Gallieni to Seidou Dieliya in French is preserved in BN, 5582, f. 52.


243

3. Q. kfiyya On the conquest of a town by the Muslims. MS: Paris (BN), 5678, f. 163r. 4. Q. lmiyya Versification of some exhortations of fiAlı b. Abı ‡lib. Dated 26 or 27 Shawwl 132(?). MS: Paris (BN), 5561, f. 4v. 5. Q. lmiyya Exhortations in Sufi fashion MS: Paris (BN), 5722, f. 87r. 6. Q. r√iyya fı ’l-taßawwuf Completed on 16 Shafibn 1297/24 July 1880. MS: Paris (BN), 5584, f. 178r. 7. Q.†√iyya fı mad˛ al-nabı MSS: Paris (BN), 5573, 11r-12r, 5573, f. 12v. . fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD JELIYA al-Tijnı al-Maghribı al-Fullnı 1. al-Mawfii÷ al-safiıdiyya fı ıßl˛ al-dın li’l-bariyya An account of the emigration and settlement of Tukulor supporters of A˛mad b. al-˛jj fiUmar in northern Nigeria and Niger; and of a visit by Seydou Nourou Tall to the community, enjoining them to be loyal to the French. MS: NU/Falke, 1403. 2. Qaß√id: lmiyya, nüniyya, nüniyya MS: Paris (BN), 5618, f. 3v. 3. Q. dliyya In praise of fiUmar b. Safiıd. Attribution simply to fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad. MS: Paris (BN), 5713, ff. 75r-76v. 4. Vision of fiUmar b. Safiıd MS: Paris (BN), 5713, ff. 77r.78v.

244

CHAPTER FIVE

SAfiD b. fiUMAR b. SAfiˆD JELIY◊ al-Fütı al-Tijnı, known as Saad Oumar Touré, b. c. 1914 1Brenner (1986), (2000), 74 ff.; Sanankoua & Brenner (1991).

In 1947 he founded the Madrasat al-Fal˛, Segu, of which he has been ever since the director. Its pedagogy is modern and since 1959 it has combined Islamic learning with elements of Western/French secular learning. His grandfather was a teacher of Alfa Hshim (q.v.), though Safid himself is largely self-taught.. 1. al-Afijıb al-mutakarrara fı aqwl Mu˛ammad al-Manßür almutanqi∂a 2. al-A∂w√ al-ßfiya fial ’l-awrd al-Tijniyya Publ.Tunis: M. al-Manr (1st edn.), 1397/1977. (copy in NU/Brenner, 6b ). 3. A˛km al-ßalt fı ’l-†ahra fial madh’hab al-sdt al-Mlikiyya Publ. Tunis: Multazam al-†abfi al-Tijnı al-Mu˛ammadı (M. al-Manr), 1393/1973 (copy in NU/ Brenner, 2), with French trans. La prière muslumane rite malekite. (copy in NU/Brenner , 3) 4. A˛km ßawm Rama∂n fial madh’hab al-sda al-Mlikiyya Publ., 1381/1961, with French trans. Règlements religieux du jeûne du mois de Ramadhan (rite malékite), Tunis: Multazam al-†abfi al-Tijnı alMu˛ammadı (M. al-Manr), 1958 (copy in NU/Brenner, 2) 5. Dhikr Allh tafil Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, n.d., with French trans. Les invocations. [(copy in NU/Brenner, 10 ) 6a al-Durüs al-na˛wiyya li’l-madris al-ibtid√iyya Pt. I, dated 8 Rama∂n 1397/24 August 1977. Publ. Casablanca; Dr al-Rashd al-˘adıtha. 6b. al-Durüs al-na˛wiyya li’l-madris al-ibtid√iyya Pt. II, dated 15 Rabıfi I 1399/13 Febnruary 1979. Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, n.d.; Casablanca: Dr al-Rashd al-˘adıtha.


245

6c. al-Durüs al-na˛wiyya li’l-madris al-ibtid√iyya Pt. III Publ. Casablanca: Dr al-Rashd al-˘adıtha, n. d. 7. ˘all al-mas√il fı shar˛ Mukhtaßar al-Akh∂arı Comm. on the Mukhtaßar of al-Akh∂arı. Publ. Casablanca: Dr al-Rashd al-˘adıtha, 1993. 8. ˘amlat †alabat al-madris al-Islmiyya min ta∂lıl rijl al-kan√is al-ması˛iyya Publ. Casablanca, 1411/1991. 9. ˘aqıqat al-mu˛datht wa’l-bidafi wa-m laysa minh fı ’l-sharfi Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, 1988.(copy in NU/Brenner, 6a ) 10. ˘ayt al-mujhid al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütı Acc. Brenner; both in Arabic and French. 11. ˘ayt al-rasül al-tablıghiyya 12. al-Kan√is al-ması˛iyya See list of unpublished writings in Shar˛ al-la√lı, 82. See also below: Writings in French, no. 1. 13. al-La√lı wa’l-durar fı ’l-db wa’l-ma˛sin al-ghurar Publ. Tunis: Multazam al-†abfi al-Tijnı al-Mu˛ammadı (M. al-Manr), n.d., with French trans. Perles précieuses de l’éducation islamique. (copy in NU/Brenner, 4); 3rd edn. (Arabic text only) Casablanca: Dr al-Rashd al-˘adıtha. Comm. by author, see below. 15a. al-Mabdi√ al-ßarfiyya li’l-madris al-ibtid√iyya (al-juz√ alawwal) Completed 1 Mu˛arram 1376/9 August 1956. Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, 1393/1973.; Casablanca: Dr al-Rashd al˘adıtha, n.d..

246

CHAPTER FIVE

15b. al-Mabdi√ al-ßarfiyya li’l-madris al-ibtid√iyya (al-juz√ althnı) Publ. 3rd printing, n.p. 1394/1974.; Casablanca: Dr al-Rashd al˘adıtha, n.d. 16. Mawqif al-faßl fı adillat al-qab∂ wa’l-sadl Publ. Casablanca: Dr al-Rashd al-˘adıtha. 17. al-Mubrifi shar˛ al-mughnifi (?) fı fiilm al-nujüm See list of unpublished writings in Shar˛ al-la√lı, 82 18. Mufiın al-b˛ithın fian mas√il qismat furü∂ al-writhın Publ. Casablanca: Dr al-Rashd al-˘adıtha. 19. al-∑alt wa’l-†ahra fial madh’hab al-sda al-Mlikiyya Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, 1972, with French trans. 20. al-∑awfiiq al-ilhiyya fı ’l-radd fial turraht al-kan√is alması˛iyya From the title, evidently an attack on Christian churches. Publ. Casablanca: Dr al-Rashd al-˘adıtha. 21. Shar˛ al-la√lı wa’l-durar fı ’l-db wa’l-ma˛sin al-ghurar Comm. on author’s al-La√lı wa’l-durra, a collection of Qur√nic verses and ˛adıths on manners, morals and sociability. In the preface the author says he also made a French translation.. Completed 16 Dhü ’l-˘ijja 1387/16 March 1968. Publ. 1st edn., Tunis: M. al-Manr, 1383/ 1964 (copies in NU/Hunwick, 464, NU/ Brenner, 7); 2nd edn., Casablaca; Dr al-Rashd al-˘adıtha, 1410/1989 . 22. al-Taw∂ı˛t al-bası†a fial ’l-man÷üma al-Bayqüniyya Comm. on verse treatise on the technicalities of ˛adıth by ‡h b. Mu˛ammad al-Bayqünı al-Dimashqı (d. after 1689; see GAL II, 307, S II, 419). Completed 29 Jumd I 1377/22 December 1957. Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, 1964 (copies in NU/Hunwick, 480, NU/ Brenner, 7); 2nd edn., Casablanca: Dr al-Rashd al-˘adıtha, 1410/1989. (copy in NU/Brenner , 1).


247

23. al-Tu˛fa bi-m yajüzu wa-ya˛rumu min al-tadwı wa’l-fiuwadh wa’l-ruqya On what is lawful and unlawful as regards medication, talismans and charms. Publ. Tunis: Multazam al-†abfi al-Tijnı al-Mu˛ammadı (M. al-Manr), 1408/1987. Writings in French

1. L’église actuelle, est-elle chrétienne au Paulinienne? Reply to attacks by the [Catholic] church against Islam and its adherents. Completed 24 Rajab 1396/22 July 1976. Publ. 2nd edn., Paris, 1981 ( copy in NU/ Brenner, 8). 2. Étude sur des expériences en cours d’exécution sur l’état actuel de l’utilisation de l’alphabet arabe dans l’enseignement formel et nonformel au Mali, Bamako: MEN, 1985. 3. L’Islam et la paix mondiale See his Shar˛ al-la√lı, 82. 4. L’Islam et ses détracteurs. Unpublished. Completed 6 December, 1965; see Brenner (2000a), 331. See also his Shar˛ al-la√lı, 82. 5. Mahomet: sa mission Publ. Bamako: Éditions-Imprimeries du Mali, n.d. ( copy in NU/ Brenner, 9) 6. Sauvegarde des élèves des médersahs des étudiants et toute notre jeunesse musulmane contre les tentatives de dévoiement des hommes des églises chrétiennes Publ. Casablanca, 1993.

248

CHAPTER FIVE

OTHER WRITERS OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY

MU˘AMMAD b. fiUTHM◊N b. al-q∂ı MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-∑IDDˆQ b. B◊BA b. fiABD ALL◊H al-SΩsı known as Hamidu Sossi, b. c. 1289/1872-3, d. after 1367/1948 Author’s Minnat al-Quddüs, MS Niamey, 429(iii).

He was born in Guinea of Sosso parentage and orphaned at the age of seven. From his nasab we know that his father was a q∂ı, and three of his other ancestors are given the title imm. He received a standard Islamic education including works of al-Akh∂arı, al-fiAshmwı, alQur†ubı, al-Jaz√iriyya, al-Murshida, Bnat Sufid, and the dıwn of Imrü√ al-Qays. He settled in Segu. The titles of works for which no ms. is listed are taken from the author’s listing in MS Niamey, 429(iii). 1. Bkürat al-jnı fı karmat al-akbar al-sayyid A˛mad al-Tijnı MS: Niamey, 1227. 2.

Bishrat al-mu√minın bi-tasarrı ’l-nabı al-ma√mün

3.

∆aw√ al-falaq fı fa∂l ßalt al-Fti˛ li-m ughliq

4. Durrat al-han√ bi-†√ifa min al-asm√ A treatise of philology, mainly based on al-Qmüs al-mu˛ı† of alFırüzbdı, completed 4 Rajab 1345/8 January 1927. MS:Niamey, 1307 (278 pp. photo). 5. Ifilm al-akhyr bi-m malak al-nabı al-mukhtr MS: Niamey, 1236. 6. al-Ifitidhr bi’l-fiajz wa’l-taqßır fian ˛aqıqat al-mad˛ fial ’l-nabı al-mukhtr In 18 vv. Opens: Man lı bi-mad˛ al-Muß†af * Wa’l-mad˛u fawq almuntah MS: Niamey, 429(i), photostat, 1233. 7. Kashf al-ghi†√ fian mafinı Minwl al-insh√ Evidently a gloss on the author’s Minwl al-insh√ (see no. 15 below).


249

8. Kashf al-niqb fian wajh Minnat al-Wahhb Comm. on author’s Minnat al-Wahhb; see item no. 14 below. 9. Mahıjat al-gharm il dr al-salm MS: Niamey, 1244. 10. Ma†iyyat al-kh†ir li-ibn al-akh fiAbd al-Qdir MS: Niamey, 1238. 11. Minnat al-A˛ad bi-asm√ al-asad MS: Niamey, 1226. 12. Minnat al-Jalıl bi-nubdha min fa∂l al-mawlid al-jalıl Prose work in 25 pp., completed on 1 Dhü ’l-Qafida, 1367/5 September 1948. MS: Niamey, 429(ii). 13. Minnat al-Quddüs bi-jawb al-˛abr Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsi Autobiograpical note and list of works. MS: Niamey, 429(iii). 14. Minnat al-Wahhb fı ’l-than√ fial ’l-shaykh al-Tijnı qu†b alaq†b Comm. by author, Kasf al-niqb; see above. 15. Minwl al-insh√ li-˛awk al-sır√ Gloss by author, Kashf al-ghi†√; see item no. 7 above. 16. Mirqt al-∂ufiaf√ il mafirifat bafi∂ al-asm√ al-wqifia fı Durrat al-asm√ MS: Niamey, 1232. 17. Musarri˛ al-fiayn fı-m laqiya afid√ al-˘usayn Not completed. 18. Muzıl al-˛alak fian istijb (sic) kayfiyyat al-taßadduq fial ’l-mayyit bi-S-y-k On the way in which alms are given for the dead in Segu.

250

CHAPTER FIVE

MS: Niamey, 1245. 19. Nfifiat al-ßad li-man bihi ghulal mafirifat al-asm Based on two other works of his: Mirqt al-∂ufiaf√ and Durrat alhan√. MS: Niamey, 1237 (inc.). 20. Nibrs al-÷alm fı mad˛ sayyid al-anm MS: Niamey, 1231. 21. Nudrat al-safida fı isr√ ß˛ib al-zifima MSS: Niamey, 1225, 1306. 22. Nür al-fiaynayn fı khalq sayyid al-kawnayn MS: Niamey, 1228. 23. Nür al-˘annn fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-fiAdnni 24. Nuzhat al-awidd√ fı fa∂l khtim al-awliy√ 25. Nuzhat al-n÷irın bi-mawlid sayyid al-awwalın wa’l-khirın MS: Niamey, 1249. 26. Qal√id al-fiasjad fı fa∂l al-nabı al-mumajjad MS: Niamey, 1246. 27. Qal√id al-jumn fı fiilm al-bayn 28. Salwat al-a˛zn bi-tasliyat al-Qur√n MS: Niamey, 1243. 29. Shawhid al-mızn li-shifir al-fiurbn 30. Shufilat al-anwr fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-mukhtr MS: Niamey, 1230. 31. Sullam al-wildn il mafirifat ˛ukm al-niswn


251

32. al-Surür bi-Rabıfi al-awwal shahr al-surür 33. Surür al-jannn bi-awßf al-jinn 34. Tashnıf al-dhn bi-m athn ’l-Qur√n fial ’l-nabı al-ammn MS: Niamey, 1248, 35. ‡awq al-fiiqyn fı jawmifi kalim al-Qur√n MS: Niamey, 1247. 36. al-Tibyn fı mafinı ßiy˛ al-˛ayawn MS: Niamey, 1239. 37. al-Yqüt wa’l-jawhar fı khalq ß˛ib al-tj wa’l-mighfar. MU˘AMMAD b. fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD b. DALLA, known as Ibn fiUmar Dukure, al-Murjı al-Südnı al-Mlikı, b. 5 Rabıfi I, 1301/4 January 1884, d. 10 Mu˛arram 1366/4 December 1946 CCIM, art. by Ali Koullogo Diallo, pp. 280-4.

Born in Mourdia, he first studied with his father and then with a Tukulor scholar from Futa Toro. A precocious student, he soon engaged in correspondence with scholars of southern Mauritania over points of law, and was especially close to Mu˛ammad Ya˛y al-Waltı. Ultimately he was to become recognized as the muftı of south-eastern Mauritania and the adjacent regions of Mali. He was initiated into the Tijniyya at the age of twenty, and later became a disciple of Sh. A˛mad ˘amhu ’llh (q.v.). However, he broke with him after the latter adopted the abbreviated “ßalt of danger” as his standard ritual in 1936 following his ten years of exile. He wrote works attacking this position and quit the Tijniyya altogether in favour of a “Salafı” position, establishing through correspondence a close relationship with the Algerian Salafı fiAbd al-˘amıd b. Bdıs. Among his students were his two brothers, By and fiAbd al-Ra˛mn; his sons, fiUmar, fiUthmn and fiAbd al-Wahhb; his sons-in-law Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn Hawsa, father of the celebrated Ida Hawsa of Mourdia, and Demba Wague, father of the scholars Shaykhn, Muß†af

252

CHAPTER FIVE

and ˘mid of Baroueli; Ma˛müd ˘ammd Kane Diallo and his brother Khalıl of Dilly; A˛mad b. Abı Bakr Kale, chief imam of Bamako; and the Mauritanian scholars Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd Allh Amnat Allh, Mu˛ammad al-Amın w. A˛mad Zaydn of Daragla, and Mu˛ammad F∂il al-Qalqamı. He died in Algiers on his way home from the pilgrimage and was buried there. 1. Dfiı al-fal˛ bi-shar˛ Ghurrat al-ßab˛ Comm. on a poem on the language of the ∑a˛ı˛ of al-Bukhrı by fiAbd Allh b. Ibrhım al-fiAlawı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 364. Publ. n.p. [Cairo]: Dr al-Qawmiyya al-fiArabiyya li’l-‡ibfia, 1388/1968. (copy in NU/Brenner, 40) 2. K. fı ’l-taw˛ıd (attrib. uncertain). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 846. 3. Man÷üma fı ’l-fiarü∂ wa’l-qawfı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1840 4. Nzila fı sha√n al-jmifi al-kabır fı Tinbuktu (attrib. uncertain). Written before 1343/1924. The original fatw was given by Imam Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 57. 5. Qurrat fiayn al-muttabifi A reformist treatise in verse in which he attacks certain local practices: seventh day post-mortem ceremonies, hereditary succession to the position of imam, even for those unqualified, tafsır by the unqualified, and translation of the Friday khu†ba into local languages. Opens: Qla Mu˛ammad un sullatu fiUmar * Rjı ra˛mat al-Ilhi dhı’lQadar Publ. Beirut: Dr al-Kitb al-Jadıd, 1963 (with Foreword by his son fiAbd al-Wahhb). Comm. by author’s grandson Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af (q.v.).


253

6. fiUqüd al-jumn fı radd al-bidafi wa-tabyın sunnat al-rasül almannn MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 384. al-Muß†af b. fiAbd al-fiAzız. His grandson MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑‡AF◊ b. fiABD AL-fiAZˆZ b. MU˘AMMAD b. fiUMAR DUKURI 1. Shar˛ Qurrat fiayn al-muttabifi Comm. on his grandfather’s Qurrat fiayn al-muttabifi 2. Kitb al-fatwı 56 problems and rulings of Ibn fiUmar Dukure, collected together by his grandson Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af. Completed in 1390/1970. YÜSUF b. AL-IM◊M AL-LAKHMˆ b. MU˘AMMAD al-Gangalı known as Fodiye ∑anba Allh (or Sanbal), b. 1306/1888-9. d. 1371/1951-2 Dramé/FN, 3-21.

Born in Musla, a district of Kayes, and at first studied with his father until the latter’s death in c. 1905. He then went to his father’s teacher fiUmar b. al-˘asan Tanjakür in Kougeni, whose son Fodiye Mu˛ammad Sita taught him the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl and the Tu˛fat al-˛ukkm of Ibn fi◊ßim over the next three years.After a period back in Müsla he returned to Kougeni to study the Tafsır al-Jallayn and the Maqmt of al-˘arırı with the same teacher. He then travelled to Senegal, and in Futa Toro studied the Alfiyya of al-Suyü†ı and the poem of Mu˛ammad al-Daymnı on fiarü∂, and alSimllı’s poem on arithmetic with Mu˛ammad Mukhtr Sghü of Bogue. He went on to Tivaouane and studied the I∂√at al-dujunna of al-Maqqarı with al-˛jj Mlik Sy (q.v.), who also inducted him into the Tijniyya; then to Kaolack where he renewed his wird with fiAbd Allh Niasse (q.v.), and studied prosody with Mu˛ammad Saynabu Niasse. He also studied with fiUthmn Kara, and finally he went to Dakar where he studied the ∑ughr of al-Sanüsı with Mu˛ammad al-Taslamı, known as Karasanku, just after he was released from jail. With the same teacher he studied the Khtima of al-Yadlı on ∑üfism, the Six [Pre-Islamic] Poets and completed study of the Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik.

CHAPTER FIVE

254

He then returned home to Mrina where he spent the next forty years teaching, being granted official status as a teacher in 1332/1914, and in the same year was appointed imam of the town. In 1365/1946 he performed the pilgrimage to Mecca and established contact with a number of eminent scholars: the Moroccan Tijnı shaykh Mu˛ammad al-Na÷ıfı, who granted him the status of a muqaddam, the Moroccan historian al-Mukhtr al-Süsı and Mu˛ammad al-Jaz√irı, the kha†ıb of Blida with who he travelled by ship, and ∑li˛ al-Zughaybı, imam of the Prophet’s mosque in Madına, who gave him an ijza to transmit six books of ˘adıth. He was accompanied on his pilgrimage by the Malian scholar Mu˛ammad Mourdia. His students included: his son Mu˛ammad al-Bashır Dramé of Sami, fiAbd Allh Bashılı of Lani, Jafifar Jumoy (or Djamoye) of Lani Modi (?), Hrün Tanjakür of Golomi, Fodiye Sibi, Fodiye Almami Sy, and Safiıd Sghü, teacher of tafsır in Abidjan. The following books of his are all said to be published: 1.

∆iy√ al-nahr li-ib†l shibh al-anwr

2.

It˛f ahl al-tadrıs

3.

Kashf al-niqb fian basmalat al-Muß†af

4.

Qaß√id i) Q, fiayniyya: Laqad ˛aqqa an yubk damun l madmifiü * fiAl ’l-dıni mimm ghayyarathu ’l-fa÷√ifiü 16 vv. bewailing the evils of the time and the perversion of youth.. ii) Q. r√iyya: Bifi al-nafsa fı ’l-fiilm al-sharıfi Bashırü * Fainna bihi ahd ’l-anmi taßırü 16 vv. encouraging his son Bashır to pursue learning. iii) Q. r√iyya: Salmun fial man tha minhu thabırü * Wathat bi’l-duny wa-th al-qubürü 17vv. in praise of the Prophet. iv) Q. r√iyya: Halummü awqad al-shawqu fı ßadrı * Jadhan tatala÷÷ fıfi nhıka min jamrı 3 vv. in memory of Sh. al-Shihb al-Alüsı.


5.

255

Tu˛fat al-awld wa’l-˛afad

His son MU˘AMMAD AL-BASHˆR b. YüSUF al-Darmı al-Tijnı known as Fodiye Mu˛ammad al-Bashır Dramé,b. 1918 Dramé/FN, 23--33 Born in Mrina, some twenty-five miles from Kayes, and grew up in his father’s household, beginning study with him at age seven. He continued studying with him for twenty-five years, and succeeded him as teacher in 1952 after he died. In 1960 he moved his school to Smı, fifteen miles from Kayes, where he was well received and his endeavours supported. In 1968 he built a grand mosque in that town, partly from his own funds and partly from contributions by his senior pupils. He remains a noted teacher and an important religious figure in the region. Among his pupils were the following: al-˛jj al-˘asan Anj√ of Gori Jfunü, al-˛jj Jafifar Jumoy (or Djamoye), al-˛jj Tijnı Dramé (France), Fodiye Jbı of Gori, Fodiye Dwüd Sıbı of Fegui, fiAbd alQdir Jawr, director of the government school (in Smı?), and a founding member of the journal Barıd Ifrıqiy (Dakar), and al-˛jj Yüsuf Sıl, teacher of Islamic law in Bogoro Grmaga (sic). He is said to have written many works and given many fatws. The following are titles listed by Dramé: 1.

fi◊dtun afid√un

2. Bayn kawn ittibfi madhhib al-a√imma ittibfi al-Kitb wa’lSunna 3.

˘ubb al-shuhra d√ fia∂∂l

4.

Inqdh al-fiawmm min war†at ta˛lıl al-˛arm

5.

Qaß√id i) Q. r√iyya: Qad qlah shukran Mu˛ammad al-Bashırü * Li-nifiamin awlhu Rabbuhu ’l-Baßırü Denying that ijtihd mu†laq is possible in the present times. The qfiya is inconsistent.

256

CHAPTER FIVE

ii) Q. mımiyya: Jaz ’llhu shaykh an qma bi’l-naß˛i li’lwar * Li-wajh ilhin bi’l-sar√iri filimü Thanks to his father for the educastion he gave him. iii) Q. nüniyya: al-Dınu yabra√u wa’l-ift√u min fi√atı * Tasfi il ’l-sharri bi’l-fatw wa-bi’l-dını Attack on the use of weak ˛adıth to support fatws by those seeking wealth and influence. iv) Without qfiya. Opens: ˘amdan li-man akhrajan a˛y√ * Min †alabi ˛ayy in zdan a˛y√ Thanks to his father for looking after his children and his students. FODIYE ‡◊HIR JÜMBˆR◊ b. 1941 Dramé/FN, 35-45

He was born in Tafsirga, a town one hundred miles distant from Kayes, son of a well know local scholar and teacher, with whom he studied the principal Islamic sciences. Later he studied with Mu˛ammad al-Bashır Dramé (q.v.) in Mrına; then he travelled to Bamako and studied with Slim Sükhün, and later to Nioro where he studied for four years with Mu˛ammad ∑diq. He then returned to Tafsirga to assist his father. In 1960 he took up residence in Goundioro, close to Kayes, where he started a teaching circle and became deputy imam of the town’s mosque. In 1987 he opened a school for local children while maintaining his teaching circle for fiqh, tafsır, and ˛adıth. His students include Abü Bakr Diawara of Poutels, Shaykh Tijnı of Kingui, fiUthmn Sıl of Sbü Sirı, and fiUthmn Mrıgh of Bambogo. Dramé gives the texts of four sets of verses, all rhying in nün. 1. Q. nüniyya: Taqallamü ’l-lughta wa’l-taßrıf * Wa’l-na˛wa wa’lbadıfia bi’l-bayn 19 vv. Advice to students on how to learn 2. Q. nüniyya: Fa-nazzih al-khalqa fian al-radh√ilı * Wa-fian ßift aldhammi wa’l-nuqßnı 7 vv. On the manners of a pupil.


257

3. Q. nüniyya: Wa-firru min amkin al-malhı * Ka’l-duffi wa’lmizmri wa’l-fiıdnı 4 vv. admonishing young people to avoid places of amusement. 4. Q. nüniyya: Wa’filam bi-anna thamarat al-tafiallumı * Li-†lib alfiulümi wa’l-burhnı 18 vv. On learning. SUFY◊N b. S◊LIM DAR◊Mˆ al-Jallnı, al-Azharı, or Soufiane Salime Dramé Born into a well-known family of scholars in the town of Jallnı, some thirty miles from Kayes. His brother Zayd founded a school there in 1993, which now has over 1,300 pupils. Sufyn is principal of the Madrasat al-Hill al-Islmı. 1. al-Islm wa-mabdi√ al-akhlq Completed on 9 Jumd II 1395/20 May 1975 in Bamako. Publ. Cairo: fiˆs al-Bbı al-˘alabı, n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 35). YAfiQÜB DUKURE b. c. 1946 Biog. and list of works taken from a resumé by the author.

Born in Kayes and studied at the Madrasa Mu˛ammadiyya before embarking upon travels. He eventually settled in Sikasso where he directs the Madrasat Ummun and is the imam and kha†ıb of the congregational mosque of the Weirma district of Sikasso. He has a library called Maktabat al-Mafirif with 5,500 volumes, open to all. He acts as muftı, answering listeners’ questions on local radio, and also gives lectures and guidance on local and national radio and television. He also heads an organization known as D√irat al-dirst al-Islmiyya and the Union of Arabic-Islamic Schools in the Sikasso region. His recorded dafiwa tapes amount to some 2,000. The following list of works follows the subject-matter division of the author’s list. It is not clear whether any have been published.

258 (I)

CHAPTER FIVE

al-Dhikr wa’l-dufi√

1. al-Ahamm min kitb al-dhikr wa’l-dufi√ al-muhimm min al-kitb wa’l-sunna 2.

al-Dhikr wa’l-dufi√ wa-dbuh

3. al-Dufi√ bi-asm√ Allh al-fii÷m In French. 4. Muqaddimt muhimma fı adhkr al-ßalt wa-ghayrih In Arabic and French. 5. ∑alawt wa-adhkr wa-adfiiya muhimma In Arabic and French. (II) Kutub dıniyya 6. Afidd irshdiyya wa-naß√i˛ dıniyya min al-qism al-a˛dı il ’lqism al-fiashrı 7.

al-Adilla al-fiaqliyya wa’l-naqliyya fial wujüd al-Brı

8.

Ahl al-kahf wa-mas√il rü˛iyya

9.

al-Ajwiba fial ’l-as√ilat fı ’l-idhfia

10. Ashr† al-sfia 11. As√ila wa-ajwiba Islmiyya mufißira 12. ◊yt wa-a˛dıth mukhtra 13. al-Fatwı: as√ila wa-ajwiba mutanawwifia 14. Ghazwat Badr al-kubr 15. K. al-˛uqüq 16. al-I˛tifl bi’l-mawlid al-nabawı wa-aqwl al-fiulam√ fıhi


259

17. Il manzilat al-muqarrabın 18. al-Ism : al-tafirıf bihi wa-bafi∂ m fıhi min al-fiulüm wa’lmafirif 19. al-Isr√ wa’l-mifirj 20. al-Jnn wa’l-shay†ın wa’l-ifitißm minhum 21. al-Jawb al-ßarı˛ fial nuzül al-ması˛ 22. al-Jawb al-ßawb li-inqdh al-fiawmm wa’l-shabb In Arabic and French. 23. Jawb al-su√l m huwa dalıl al-isdl 24. K. al-kab√ir 25. Kayfiyyat al-dafiw il ’llh 26. al-Khumür wa’l-mukhaddirt fı ’l-Islm 27. Khu†ab wa-mawfii÷ muhimma 28. Mu˛ammad: manziltuhu wa-akhlquhu 29. Mun÷art mafi mun÷irın 30. al-Mursalt fial ’l-asm√ wa’l-ßift 31. Nawqi∂ al-ımn 32. al-Na÷fa fı ’l-Islm 33. Na÷m adwr al-tashrıfi al-Islmı mafia kitb 34. Nußüß min al-Tawrh wa’l-Injıl

260

CHAPTER FIVE

35. al-Qadar wa’l-qa∂√ 36. al-Radd fial ’l-murtadd al-mutajarri√ fial ’llh wa-fial kitbihi 37. Ras√il fı ˛ukm al-fiaqd fial ’l-˛iml min al-zin wa-aqwl alfiulam√ fıhi 38. Ras√il fı nik˛ al-mutfia wa-aqwl al-fiulam√ fıhi 39. al-Ruq wa’l-nushur wa’l-fiuwadh wa-aqwl al-fiulam√ fıh 40. al-Shabb fı ’l-Islm: wjibtuhum wa-mushkiltuhum wa-fiiljuh 41. Shar˛ waßy ’l-rasül (ßalfiam) fı ˛ijjat al-widfi 42. ∑ift al-imm wa-mas√üliyyatuhu fı ’l-Islm 43. al-∑iym: ˛ukmuhu wa-˛ikamuhu 44. al-Ta∂mun al-Islmı 45. al-Taw˛ıd wa-dalıliuhu min al-Qur√n al-majıd 46. Thalth mu˛∂art: (i) Mafirifat Allh wa-taw˛ıduhu; (ii) ∑ift aldfiiya fı ’l-Islm; (iii) al-Mar√a fı ’l-Islm 47. Zawj al-Muslim min al-kitbiyya wa-aqwl al-fiulam√ fıhi (III)

Kutub madrasiyya

48. al-Barwt li’l-tadarrub fial kitbat al-ras√il 49. al-Bishra (Shar˛ yt wa-a˛dıth fı ’l-tarbiya al-Islmiyya—3 ajz√) 50. al-Bustn (Anshıd madrasiyya fiilmiyya dıniyya wa-wa†aniyya waghayrih) 51. Jughrfiyya li’l-ßaff 4 al-ibtid√ı


261

52. Jughrfiyya li’l-ßaff 5 al-ibtid√ı 53. Jughrfiyyat Mlı li’l-ßaff 6 al-ibtid√ı Approved for Malian schools (and so presumably in French). 54. Khulßat kitb al-bb 55. K. al-bb fı ’l-qir√a wa’l-kitba 56. al-Mu˛addatha al-wqifiiyya (IV)

Kutub ukhr

57. al-Dıwn al-Jahhwı 58. K. al-fukht wa’l-nawdir 59. Müjaz ta√rıkh Mlı 60. Ri˛lat il ’l-Qhira 61. al-Tafilım al-fiarabı wa-fiulüm al-fiarab wa-˛a∂ratuhum waahammiyyatuh fı ’l-filam al-Islmı 62. ‡ibb al-jinn fı ’l-qaß√id al-˛isn (V) al-Tafsır 63. Tafsır yat al-kursı 64. Tafsır yat al-nür 65. Tafsır 66. Tafsır Juz√ fiamma In local language (= Senufo?)

262

CHAPTER FIVE

67. Tafsır sürat al-ikhlß 68. Umm al-kitb: manzilatuh wa-faw√iduh D◊WÜD MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN J◊H Radio and television producer in Mali. 1. ˘ayt al-˛jj Sıkü Bassılı, 1928-1981 Publ. n.p., n.d., by al-˛jj Ibrhım Karyyr (copy in NU/Brenner, 28). 2. al-Tawfiiya Completed 27 Rama∂n 1403/9 July 1983. Includes chapters on ∑üfism, the Mahdı, the Wahhbiyya, and Communism. Publ. n.p., n.d. (copy inNU/Brenner 37). MU˘AMMAD BAR◊Jˆ, called Karanmokho Barjı 1. Qabs min a˛km al-jan√iz Completed on 26 Jumd I 1406/ 6 February 1986. Published, n.p. [Bamako], n.d. (copy inNU/Brenner , 32a). fiUTHM◊N b. ABˆ BAKR b. AL-˘ASAN b. MU˘AMMAD b. MA˘MÜD, called Yakhlif Rasül Allh Imam and kha†ıb. 1. Bughyat al-muslimın wa-kifyat al-wfii÷ın wa’l-muttafii÷ın Publ. Beirut, 1381/1962. See Hock (1998), 326. 2. al-˘aqq al-mubın fı jawz al-ishtirk al-mufiın fial †alab zd al˛ajj li’l-muslimın Publ. with no. 2 below. 3. Tabyın al-a˛km fı isti˛bb tafsır al-khu†ba Collection of sermons and fatws from al-Azhar and other sources on the permissibility of giving an interpretation of the khu†ba in a local


263

language after giving it in Arabic. Followed by no. 1 above. Publ. Cairo: M. al-Mash’had al-˘usaynı, n.d. KARˆM b. al-imm fiABD ALL◊H JIRE AL-∑AGHˆR b. al-imm fiABD ALL◊H AL-KABˆR fl. 1357/1938 A descendant of fiUthmn Jire the founder of Segu Sikoro, whose family traditionally filled the office of imam. His grandfather studied with al˛jj Safiıd Hann, and was a teacher and mentor of Bokar Salif Tal (q.v.). 1. Ta√rıkh al-S˙kü ’l-Sikuru fa-li’llhi al-˛amd wa’l-shukr History of Segu Sikoro, the meaning of which is explained in the text as “the shaykh under the tree”, a reference to Sh. fiUthmn Jire, founder of the town, at the door of whose house there was a tree. The history terminates in 1357/1938. MSS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 407 (24 ff., xerox of photo by David Robinson, 1976, from family of Mamadou Jire known as Benke); MAMMP, 6.1; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 410 (copy of Dakar (IFAN) xerox). MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN K◊KÜ b. ABˆ BAKR [BUYA K◊KÜ] b. A˘MAD b. fiABD ALL◊H al-Nyminı al-Banambi Born in Niamina, settled in Banamba. 1. A†arr al-yad fial adillat al-qab∂ Completed in Banamba 2 April 1977. Publ. with ˘aqq al-yaqın (q.v.) 2. ˘aqq al-yaqın fı shar˛ mafin ußul al-dın al-Islmı al-thaltha Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, 1980.(copy in NU/Brenner, 34). ABÜ BAKR DAMBAW◊Qˆ, d. 25 Dhü ’l-˘ijja 1398/26 November 1978 Principal of al-Madrasa al-Itti˛diyya li’l-Dirst al-Islmiyya in Baroueili, Mali.

264

CHAPTER FIVE

1. Tablıgh al-nis√ fı tadhkır al-nis√ Book of rules for female conduct taken from the Qur√n and ˘adıth. Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1980 (copy in NU/Brenner, 30).

˘AM◊HU ’LL◊H AND HIS COMMUNITY A˘MAD ˘AM◊HU ’LL◊H b. al-Sharıf MU˘AMMAD b. Sayyidin fiUMAR, b. c. 1883 , d. 1943 . Abun-Nasr (1965), 150-56; Alexandre (1970); Traoré (1983); Hamès (1983); Brenner (1984), 4959; Soares (1997); Savadogo (2000),

He was born in Nioro of an Arab father and a servile Fulani mother, c. 1883. He became a disciple of Sı. Mu˛ammad w. A˛mad w. fiAbd Allh al-Akh∂ar, a Tijnı sharıf of Tuwt who had settled in Nioro, and who taught that the prayer Jawharat al-kaml was to be recited only eleven times in the wa÷ıfa rather than twelve, the majority Tijnı practice. This seemingly minor ritual difference was to mark out its practitioners as a “radical” group, both in the eyes of fellow Tijnıs and the French. ˘amhu ’llh himself was a quietist ascetic teacher who avoided contact with the French, contrary to the fiUmarian Tijnıs whose closeness to the French administration had eventually assured them a favoured position. The disciples of ˘amhu ’llh also had to contend with the hostility of the Tinwjiyü, a zawya group who were adherents of the Qdiriyya. Frictions between these two led to accusations by the fiUmarian Tijnıs in 1912 that ˘amhu ’llh’s disciples represented a threat to public order. Incidents involving fiUmarians and followers of ˘amhu ’llh in 1917, 1923 and 1924 led to the French exiling ˘amhu ’llh to Mederdra in southern Mauritania in 1925. Without his restraining hand, his followers became more militant and at Kaédi in 1930 thirty persons were killed in a riot instigated by his disciple Yafiqüb Sylla. ˘amhu ’llh dissociated himself from his disciple, but was nevertheless sent off to the Ivory Coast for the remaining part of his tenyear exile. At this time he also began the abbreviated prayer of two rakfias, sanctioned for times of danger, his disciples adopted a western qibla (facing Nioro) and substitued the words ‘˘amahu’llh shaykhun’ for ‘Mu˛ammadun rasül Allh’ in the shahda. This further served to


265

mark the group as ‘heretics’ and further the notion that they were dangerous radicals. After Sh. ˘amhu ’llh’s return to Nioro in 1935, tensions with the Tinwajıyu escalated and in 1940 some of his disciples perpetrated a bloody revenge. The French undertook their own reprisals, hanging thirty-six disciples and imprisoning some six hundred. Although Sh. ˘amhu ’llh disavowed and condemned the massacre as contrary to his teachings, he was exiled, first to Algeria and later to France where he died as a result of his campaigns of protest, fasting at Montluçon on 16 January 1943. Despite being a man of considerable learning, he is not known to have written anything himself. His most prominent disciple was Cerno Bokar Salif Tal, whose own disciples included the writer and historian Ahmadou Hampaté Ba (see Brenner (2000a), Modibo Keita (President of Mali), Diori Hamani (President of Niger) and Boubou Hama (historian, and president of the National Assembly of Niger). Yafiqüb Sylla, after spawning an extremist splinter group based on a primitive socialism and rejecting the sharıfia as a perversion of the pure faith, was exiled to the Ivory Coast in 1930 where he eventually settled and became an economic power in his own right. He had considerable influence with the rising politician Houphouët Boigny. Both wings of ˘amhu ’llh’s disciples were used by the Rassemblement Démocratique Africaine in the political struggle for Malian independence. A zwiya of the movement was maintained at Nioro du Sahel, headed until 1972 by ˘amhu ’llh’s son A˛mad, and now by his sole surviving son Mu˛ammad. It is a place of annual visitation during the mawlid of the Prophet. 1. Risla See Brenner (1984), 58, n. 73. MU˘AMMAD b. MUfi◊DH Traoré (1983), 272; Soares (1996) 1. al-Yqüt wa’l-marjn fı mad˛ (var. ˛ayt) shaykhin ˘imyat alRa˛mn Publ. Dakar, 1972; Casablanca, 1988.

266

CHAPTER FIVE

Sı. OULD B◊B◊ fiAYNAYN, known as Sidtı b. Bba fiAynayn Traoré (1983), 272.

1.

Bahjat al-ashb˛ wa’l-arw˛ On the virtue of the abridged prayer. Written in Nioro, 1926. The published version bears the title K. qaßr al-†√ifa al-˛amawiyya li’l-ßalt al-rubfiiyya, followed by the title above. Publ. Ed Müly Mu˛ammad al-Sidtı, Casablanca: M al-Naj˛ alJadıda, 1407/ 1986. Cerno BOKAR SALIF TAL, b. early 1880s, d. February 1940 Monod (1950); Bâ and Cardaire (1957); Bâ (1980); Brenner (1976), (1984), . Hampaté Ba (1980); Hamès (1983). See also Hampaté Ba, Oui, mon commandant, 341-87, n.p. [Arles]: Actes du Sud, 1994.

A great-nephew of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd (see “Genealogical table of the Taal family” in Brenner (1984), 26), Cerno2 Bokar Salif (Abü Bakr b. ∑li˛) was born in Segu at an uncertain date somewhere between 1876 and 1886, and began his study of the Qur√n with fiAbd Allh Jire, a former student of his maternal grandfather al-˛jj Safiıd (Seedu) Hann. After Cerno Bokar’s father left Segu to escape the French conquest of 1892, fiAbd Allh Jire became the young man’s effective guardian and persuaded his mother to take him and his siblings to Bandiagara in 1893 after the French had installed Agibou (al-fi◊qib), son of al-˛jj fiUmar there. Little is known of his teachers, but one of them, A˛mad (Amadu) Tafsır Ba, his ∑üfı mentor, was certainly very influential. Born into the leading Tijnı family of the area, he was formally appointed a muqaddam through the spiritual line of the Marka shaykh al-˛jj Salmoye of Jenne, though probably not by him personally. Later he received renewals in the fiUmarian line through the sharıf Nyaaro Karamoko, and later through members of his own clan, Muntaq, the muqaddam of Segu, and Safiıd al-Nür (Seydou Nourou Taal), the “grand marabout” of Dakar, both grandsons of al-˛jj fiUmar. By the 1920s Cerno Bokar was regarded as a leading muqaddam of the Tijniyya in the area. In 1937 Cerno Bokar formally took Sh. ˘amhu’llh as his

2 Brenner (1984), 66, points out that the “title” Cerno was not an earned one, but that he was called Cerno Bokar after his paternal grandfather.


267

shaykh during a visit to Nioro. French suspicion of “Hamallisme” forced Cerno Bokar to indicate his renunciation of this, but he continued privately to be an adept, eventually retiring to the seclusion of his compound, where he remained until his death in February 1940. 1. M ’l-dın? Originally an oral catechism closely related to the Fulfulde oral theology, known as the kabbe. Brenner (1984), 82, notes that the latter is closely related to al-Manhaj al-farıd of Mu˛ammad al-Wlı b. Sulaymn al-Fullnı al-Barnwı (fl. 1100/1688-9, see ALA II, 34-7), but this may be because the Manhaj is itself an Arabic version of (presumably oral) Fulfulde commentaries on the ∑ughr of al-Sanüsı. For an analysis of M ’l-dın? see Brenner (1984), 86-97. Publ. French translations of the complete “text”, presented as the catechizing of a Dogon convert to Islam, are to be found in Bâ and Cardaire (1957), 96-120, and Bâ (1980), 195-239. English trans. of the “second lesson” in Brenner (1984), 187-92. Complete Fulfulde text and French translation, Paris: Nubia, 1988 (copy in NU/ Brenner, 15). 2. “Spiritual Discourses” This is the descriptive title preferred by Brenner (1984), 147. The discourses are, in fact, a French rendering by Ahmadou Hampaté Bâ of oral teachings he received from Cerno Bokar Salif Tal in Fulfulde in 1933. The French text Hampaté Bâ wrote at the time was subsequently polished and preserved as an internal document (no. 50354) of CHEAM, with the title “Les paraboles de Tierno Bokar”. Hampaté Bâ later published extracts of this in his own writings with minor modifications, notably in Bâ and Cardaire (1957), and Bâ (1980). Hampaté Bâ became the chief exponent of Cerno Bokar’s teachings, so much so that he confessed that he found it hard to distinguish between the shaykh’s teachings and his own glosses on them. This may be the source of some of the “anachronisms” that Brenner notes in the discourses (e.g. the use of scientific metaphors). However, Brenner concludes that “the overwhelming weight of the internal evidence suggests that these texts are the product of a West African Muslim and Sufi of the early twentieth century, although…we have no means of verifying that they are Cerno Bokar’s exact words”. An English translation by Brenner of about two-

268

CHAPTER FIVE

thirds of the “discourses” is to be found in Brenner (1984), 157-86, preceded by an analysis of their content. ANON. Disciple of Cerno Bokar 1. Poem Trans. in Monod (1947). A˘MAD fiUTHM◊N BAH. al-Tijnı al-˘amawı A ˘amawı scholar from Diakhamody near Nioro du Sahel 1. ∆iy√ al-ghasaq: man÷üma naßı˛at al-shabb Publ. Casablanca: M al-Naj˛ al-jadıda, 1992 [for Ibrhım Karniyr, Bamako] MU˘AMMAD AL-˘ASANˆ al-Nifimwı, known as Sidtı b. Bb fiAynayn A prominent muqaddam of Sh. ˘amhu ’llh 1. Qaßar al-†√ifa al-˘amawiyya li’l-ßalt al-rubfiiyya The published text has a sub-title: Bahjat al-ashb˛ wa’l-arw˛ bi-kawn al-kh√if min fitnat al-kuffr laysa fialayhi fı ’l-qaßar jun˛. Publ. Ed, Müly Mu˛ammad b. Sidtı, Casablanca: M al-Naj˛ aljadıda, 1407/1986. ***

OTHER SCHOLARS OF THE REGION [ALL PERIODS ]

ABÜ BAKR b. AL-MUKHT◊R al-Kbarı, fl. 1095/1683 1. Nibrs al-hidya fı ’l-dın Written in 1095/1683. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1070. fiABD AL-Q◊DIR al-Jannwı 1. Dal√il al-faraj fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 558.


269

fiUMAR b. MU˘AMMAD al-˘usaynı, fl. early 19th cent. 1. R. il fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye The writer complains of false accusations made against him by the people of Liptako of unjust killing, being harsh with those he commands and seizing property. The author cites various sources including the “Replies” of al-Maghılı in his defence. MS: Paris (BI), 2413(199). MU˘AMMAD b. fiUMAR 1. R. fı anwfi al-kufr Opens: Ifilam ann wajadn min anwfi al-kufr al-mujmafi alayhi fa∂lan fian al-mukhtalaf fıhi MS: Niamey, 317 (probably mid-19th cent. copy or earlier). WADˆfiAT AL-˘◊JJ YÜSUF b. FODIYE Perhaps to be identified with Yüsuf al-Imm al-Lakhmı b. Mu˛ammad (q.v.). 1. ∆iy√ al-nahr li-ib†l shibh al-anwr Polemic with fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Ifrıqı (q.v,) over the question of intercession. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 405. ˘◊MID B◊B◊ b. ALFA MAY (or al-Fmı) b. fiUMAR Wilks (1988), 169.

Nothing is known of this scholar, except for the fact that he wrote the one following work, but according to Wilks, he was from Jenne. 1. Shar˛ Irshd al-slik Comm on the Irshd al-slik of Ibn fiAskar; see Wilks (1968), 169, n. 1

270

CHAPTER FIVE

MS: Legon, 64 ( a few photocopied pages of a ms. said by Wilks to be of a total of 1,100 ff.) ABD AL-RA˘M◊N b. YÜSUF al-Ifrıqı, b. 1326/1908-9, d. 28 Rabıfi I 1377/ 22 October 1957 Cardaire (1954), 80-1; Froelich (1960); Triaud (1986)

Born on an island in the Niger near Ansongo, he was selected by French colonial authorities to study in one of their schools, against his parents’ wishes. Following a brilliant school career, he worked asd a teacher and in other posts before departing to make the pilgrimage to Mecca. After his pi;lgrimage he went to Madına to study for four years. Just as he was preparing to return to Mali he met with a certain Safiıd b. ∑diq, a man of African origin, who taught at the Prophet’s mosque, and through him he was introduced to Wahhbı doctrines. Through him too, he gained admission to the Dr al-˘adıth, and eventually (c. 1939) became a member of its staff, as an interpreter for African (presumsbly Francophone) students. In around 1844 King fiAbd al-fiAzız appointed him to be a preacher of Wahhbı doctrine in a ˘ijz oasis called Yanbüfi al-nakhl. In 1945 he was recalled to Madina, and for the next seven years taught the Sunna at the Prophet’s mosque and the Dr al-˘adıth. In 1371/1951-2 he was appointed to teach at the Sharıfia Institue and the Mafihad al-fiIlmı in Riy∂.Nevertheless, he retained his association with the Dr al-˘adıth, particularly during his vacations, and perhaps held a directorial position. Whilst in the ˘ijz he took pains to have contact with West African pilgrims, especially from his own country, and in this way he began to implant Wahhbı teachings in Mali. At age fifty, he fell severely ill, and with royal aid was sent to hospital in Beirut, where he later died. 1. al-Anwr al-Ra˛mniyya li-hidyat al-firqa al-Tijniyya Attack on the Tijniyya, and encouragement to abandon it. MS: Ibadan (UL), 220, 242. 2. Jawban li’l-Ifrıqiyyın See Triaud (1986), 176.


3. Taw∂ı˛ al-˛ajj wa’l-fiumra See Triaud (1986), 176.

271

CHAPTER SIX

SENEGAMBIA I: THE NIASSENE TRADITION by Ousmane Kane, John Hunwick, and Rµdiger Seesemann The Tijniyya †arıqa is one of the most recent Sufi “ways” to be established, and it rapidly became the most widespread one in the African continent. The man after whom tit was named, A˛mad b. Ma˛ammad (sic) b. al-Mukhtr al-Tijnı was born at fiAyn M∂ı in western Algeria in 1150/ 1737-8. Twenty years later he travelled to Fez and became involved with three Sufi groups: the Qdiriyya, the Nßiriyya and a †arıqa established by A˛mad al-˘abıb b. Mu˛ammad, and later, whilst on his way to Mecca for pilgrimage he joined the Khalwatiyya in Algiers. In Mecca he met with Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd alKarım al-Sammn, the founder of a branch of the Khalwatiyya (the Sammniyya), who told him he would become the Sufi qu†b of his age. Upon his return to North Africa, in the oasis of Abı Samghün he claimed to have experienced a waking vision of the Prophet in which he was given a wird, and authorized to pass it on to other Muslims. That marked the birth of the Tijniyya, and A˛mad al-Tijnı, after returning to Fez in the late 1790s, soon began to acquire disciples. Two of the most significant of these were Mu˛ammad Ghlı, who, after al-Tijnı’s death in 1815, was considered a khalıfa of his, and later designated al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd (see Chapter 5) as a khalıfa for West Africa; and Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷, a member of the Idaw fiAlı, who as a muqaddam carried the Tijnı teachings to his people in southern Mauritania. These, then, were the two paths through which the Tijniyya †arıqa established itself in West Africa. Al-˛jj fiUmar introduced the Tijniyya into the Sokoto region of what is now northern Nigeria, and into Futa Jallon (Guinea), and areas of central present-day Mali. It was also an associate of his who initiated

SENEGAMBIA I: THE NIASSENE TIJ◊Nˆ TRADITION

273

fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Niasse, grandfather of the most celebrated West African Tijnı figure Ibrhım Niasse. The other great branch of the Tijniyya, led by al-˛jj Mlik Sy (see Chapter 7), owes its existence to the initiation of Mlik Sy’s maternal uncle, who was initiated by a member of the Idaw fiAlı, Mawlüd Fl. Al˛jj Mlik Sy and his descendants played an important role in the propagation of the Tijniyya in Senegal, whilst Ibrhım Niasse, through extensive travels of his own, made it the most popular †arıqa in many other areas of West Africa. Because A˛mad al-Tijnı received his wird directly from the Prophet, the Tijnıs consider their †arıqa to be the most authentic and divinely blessed one. Similarly, A˛mad al-Tijnı is considered the “seal of saints” (khatm al-wilya), i.e. the most exalted of “saints” from whom all others, both before him and after him, derive their inspiration; he is also the distribution point for all spiritual emanations (fay∂, pl. fuyü∂) proceeding from the Prophet Mu˛ammad. He was also qu†b al-aq†b, or “God’s vice-regent in all the affairs of the Universe” (Abun-Nasr (1965), 34). Because of his exalted status, and his direct link to the Prophet, his Sufi “Way” (†arıqa) was considered by his followers to be unique and inimitable, and al-Tijnı himself forbade them from associating with, or visiting the tomb of, any other walı. Such claims were a source of conflict with other Sufi groups, but were also a powerful factor in attracting followers, who saw their eventual entry into Paradise thus assured.

fi ABD ALL◊H B. MUHAMMAD NIY◊S , HIS DESCENDANTS AND THEIR FOLLOWERS

fiABD ALL◊H b. MU˘AMMAD NIY◊S, known as Abdullahi Niasse, b. 4 Dhü ’l-Qafida 1264/2 October 1848, d. 1340/9 July 1922 D.B.S.G.F.M.M.P.; Muqaddima; Marty (1917), i, 136-9; Klein (1968), 223-5 ;Samb (1972), 213; Gueye (1983), 20-26; Coulon (1985), 91; Mbodj (1986); Gray (1988); Harrison (1988), 119; Kane (1997).

Born in the Jolof region (north-central Senegal) into a family of clerics, he was of Tukulor origin. His father taught him the Qur√n which he memorized by the age of 18. He was then trained in the Islamic sciences by a learned man of Jolof called Matar Ndiaye. In 1868 he founded the

274

CHAPTER SIX

village of Taïba in central Senegambia. He was initiated into the Tijniyya in 1875 by Mu˛ammad Diallo, a former companion of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd (q.v.). During the period 1875-80, he took part in the struggle against the French headed by Saer Maty Ba, the son and successor of Maba Diakhou Ba, a Senegambian Tijnı cleric killed in 1865. In 1880, he abandoned the armed struggle to devote his life to farming and teaching activities, and became very prosperous. In 1890, he performed the pilgrimage to Mecca, stopping in Fez, where he established connections with the leaders of the mother-zwiya of the Tijniyya. During his return journey, he visited Cairo and Alexandria. Back in Senegal again, he resumed his teaching activities. However, in 1901 he was accused of instigating a riot against the French colonial administration. The French authorities ordered the complete destruction of his village of Taïba. His library was destroyed including some of his own writings. With two hundred of his disciples, he fled to neighbouring Gambia, controlled by the British, and remained there until 1910. In that year, his friend al-˛jj Mlik Sy (q.v.), an influential Tijnı leader, interceded on his behalf with the French colonial administration and as a result he was allowed to settle with his family and his followers in Kaolack in Central Senegambia. In 1911, he returned to the mother-zwiya of the Tijniyya in Fez where he was awarded the i†lq, the highest authoritsation in the Tijniyya hierarchy. During the last ten years of his life (1912-22), his following increased considerably in the region of Kaolack and in the Gambia. He died on 9 July 1922 and was succeeded by his son Mu˛ammad Niys. 1. al-Ajwiba al-Niysiyya fı ’l-ri˛la al-Kawkiyya Replies to questions on the Tijniyya Order put by A˛mad Diack. MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Soufisme, 13. 2. al-Ajwiba al-mufakhkhama fı ’l-ßadaqa li’l-mayyit See Muqaddima. Text included in Mufıd al-anm (q.v.). 3. Birr al-muslimın al-mukallafın MS: Kaolack, 229.


275

4. al-Dal√il al-mu˛kama See Muqaddima, 17. 5. Tanbıh al-ns fial shaqwat nqidı bayfiat Abı ’l-fiAbbs Publ: Alger: M. al-Thafilibiyya, 1910 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 118) 6. Mift˛ al-anwr See Muqaddima, 17. 7. Mikhaddat al-fibidın See Muqaddima, 17. 8. Mubın al-hadiyya fı-m yuhd li’l-makh†üba min al-fia†iyya See Muqaddima, 17. 9. Mufıd al-anm wa-munıl al-marm bi-jamfi ajwiba wa-waßy waan÷m fa∂ılat al-shaykh fiAbd Allh Niys A collection of letters, fatws, and short treatises, compiled by Mu˛ammad Slim b. Qatham b. al-Dh, written in Kaolack c. 1922. MS: UBMIA/TIJ, 119 (inc.). 10. Nuzhat al-mustamifi wa’l-lfi÷ fı manqib al-shaykh Sı. Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ On the virtues of the Mauretanian Tijnı leader Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ alfiAlawı. MS: Kaolack, 151. 11. Su√l al-mas√il wa’l-nawzil MS: Kaolack, 181. His son MU˘AMMAD b. fiABD ALL◊H NIY◊S al-Kawlakhı, known as Khalıfa Mu˛ammad, b. 2 Rama∂n 1298/29 July 1881, d. 2 Shafibn 1378/1 March 1959 See Marty, (1917), i, 137-8; Samb (1972), 213-20; Gueye (1983), 26-7; Gray (1988); Kane (2000); see also biog., at beginning of comm. of Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr al-Sharıf al-˘asanı al-fiAlawı to al-Kibrıt al-a˛mar (see below), repr. as foreword to 2nd edn. of al-Juyüsh al-†ullafi.

276

CHAPTER SIX

Born at Selik in Sine-Saloum, Muhammad b. fiAbd Allah Niasse, known as khalıfa, was the eldest son of fiAbd Allah Niasse. Like his brothers, including Ibrhim Niasse he received much of his training at the hand of his father. After memorizing the Qur√n, he studied tafsır, ˛adıth, taw˛id, philosophy, Islamic jurisprudence, logic, rhetoric, arithmetic, prosody, geometry, and Islamic medicine. In 1338/1920, he made the pilgrimage to Mecca. He travelled with his father to Fez and left him there to proceed to Arabia. In 1922, his father passed away and he succeeded him as khalıfa of what came to be known as the Niassene Tijniyya. In the same year, he made a visitation (ziyra) to the mother-zwiya of the Tijniyya in Fez and was granted ijzas by Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı’s grandson Sı. Ma˛müd. A scholar of great learning and piety, Mu˛ammad Niys maintained close contacts with most of the Tijni fiulam√ of Mauritania, Morocco, and Algeria, to whom he was introduced by his father. He remained the sole leader of the Niassene Tijniyya until 1929 when Ibrhim Niasse, one of his younger brothers, claimed the spiritual legacy of Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı and set up his own branch of the Niassene Tijniyya. A prolific writer, Mu˛ammad Niys was the author of over twenty works, in prose and verse. Dominant in his works are panegyrics of the Prophet and Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı. The following works are all preserved in manuscript form in the private library of Mu˛ammad Niys at Kaolack: 1.

Bulügh al-sül fı mad˛ al-rasül

2.

Dhakhırat al-mafid fı mad˛ khayr al-fiibd

3.

Dhakhırat al-waßy fı ’l-wufüd wa’l sary

4. Fawz al-sufiad√ fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-shuhad√ A biography of the Prophet. 5.

Al-fay∂ al-rabbnı fı ’l-tawassul bi-asm√ al-nabı al-fiAdnnı

6.

al-Mawhib al-ilhiyya fı ’l-ghazawt al-nabawiyya


7.

Mift˛ al-fat˛ wa’l-wußül il ˛a∂rat shaykhin Ibn al-Rasül

8.

Musmarat al-fikr fı ziyrat al-qu†b al-akbar

9.

al-Nafa˛t al-fianbariyya bi’l fuyü∂t al-rabbniyya

277

10. Naßı˛at al-ikhwn fian dafiwı al-wilya bi’l-buhtn 11. Nayl al-marm fı mad˛ khayr al-anm 12. Shif√ al-ßadr fı man ˛a∂ara waqfiat Badr 13. ‡arıq al-jinn fı mad˛ sayyid Banı fiAdnn Other MSS: 14. Kashf al-ghumma fı mad˛ nabı al-ra˛ma MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Panégyriques, 5b (3 copies). Publ. Dakar, n.d., for Oumar Thiam (copy in UBMIA) 15. Majmüfi qaß√id fı mad˛ al-nabı MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Panégyriques, 4. 16. al-Murhaft al-qu††afi fial Ibn Myb akhı al-tan††ufi Response in verse to an attack on the Tijniyya †arıqa by Ibn Myb alJakanı.see Kane (2000). MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Soufisme, 6; Timbuktu (MMHT), 713 [Title given as al-Murhaft al-qu††afi il anna Ibn Myb bara√a fı ’l-tana††ufi Comm. by Ibrhım Niasse, al-Budür al-su††afi (q.v.) Other works: 17. al-Adilla al-muqni’a il †uruq al-manfafia. Publ. Cairo: M. al-∑idq al-Khayriyya, 1352/1933 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 121).

278

CHAPTER SIX

18. Hamziyyat al-madı˛ fı ’l-rasül al-shafıfi Publ. Algiers: M. al-Thafilibiyya, 1955. Also publ. in Mir√t al-ßaf√ (see below) 19. al-Juyüsh al-†ullafi bi’l-murhaft al-qu††a√ fial Ibn Myb akhı altana††ufi A comm. on his al-Murhaft al-qu††afi (see no. 17 above). MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 713 (title given as: al-Murhaft al-qu††afi il anna yw bara√a fı ’l-taqa††ufi). Publ. Cairo:M. Dr al-Ta√lıf, 1348/ 1929; Dakar: Mu√assasat Wal Fadjri, 1416/1996 (copy in Bayreuth/TIJ, 120); 2nd edn., [al-Dr] alSinighliyya li’l-†ibafia, 1416/ 1996 (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 488). 20. Kashf al-ghumma fı mad˛ nabı al-ra˛ma MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Panégyriques, 5b (3 copies). Publ. Dakar, n.d., for Oumar Thiam (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 124) 21. Khtimat al-durar fial fiuqüd al-jawhar fı mad˛ sayyid al-bashar Publ. Dakar: Mu√assasat Wal Fadjri, 1416/1996 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 123). 22. al-Kibrıt al-a˛mar fı mad˛ al-qu†b al-akbar Collection of poems in praise of Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı. Publ: Cairo, 1955, with comm. of Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad alMukhtr al-Sharıf al-˘asanı al-fiAlawı (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Soufisme, 4). 2nd. edn., Dakar: Mu√assasat Wal Fadjri, 1416/1996 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 122). 23. Mir√t al-ßaf (var. al-shif) fı sırat al-nabı al-Muß†af Publ: Cairo, 1925, with comm. of Mu˛ammad b. Mukhtr al-fiAlawı & 7 other praise poems (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Biographie du Prophet, 1). See also “Addenda”, p. 665.


279

ABÜ BAKR b. fiABD ALL◊H NIY◊S, known in Nigeria and Ghana as Abubakar Serigne Mbaye, and in Senegal as Baye Mbaye, b. c 1903, d. 1973 The youngest son of fiAbd Allh Niys, he supported Ibrhım’s claim to supreme leadership of the Tijniyya, and travelled widely in West Africa to promote the Niassene branch. He was a member of the inner circle at Kaolack. 1. K. al-˛ikam MS: Kaolack [dated c. 1350/1931] (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 84). 2. Naßı˛at al-ikhwn bi’l-fiilm wa’l-fiamal Text of a speech given in Tamale, Ghana in 1962. Publ. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 83). 3.

Qaß√id i) Opens: Ladayya ’l-mala√ al-afil tadhakkartu nqatı * Wa˛awlı unsun shribüna bi’l-fa∂latı Written c. 1930. MS: UBMIA /TIJ, 81(photocopy). ii) Opens: Hdhihi rislatun ilayka nafsı * Arsalah rü˛ı kamithl al-ussı Composed 12 Rajab 1392/ 21 August 1972. MS: UBMIA/TIJ, 82(photocopy).

IBR◊HˆM b. fiABD ALLAH b. MU˘AMMAD NIY◊S al-Kawlakhı known as Shaykh Ibrhım Niasse, or Baye Niys, and in Nigeria and Ghana as Shehu Kawlaha, b. 15 Rajab 1320/17 October 1902, d. 17 Rajab 1395/26 July 1975 Gray (1988), Kane (1997), Hiskett (1980), HDS, 206-207; Dict. biogr. 47;, Samb (1972) 220-235; Bild al-Shinqı†, 514; fiAlı Cissé, Foreword to Kshif al-ilbs, Cairo, 1380/1961; Froelich (1968); Paden (1973), 94-104 et passim; Maigari (1981); Guéye (1983); Hassan Cissé (1984); Biarnès (1984-5); Quadri (1985); Garonne (1995-6); Brigaglia (2000-2001).

Without a doubt, one of the greatest figures of Islam and the Tijniyya in twentieth century Africa, Sh. Ibrhım was born in Taïba Niassene, a

280

CHAPTER SIX

village founded by his father fiAbd Allh Niys (q.v.), from whom he received all his education. After his father’s death in 1922, the Niassene Tijnı community and family was headed by his brother Mu˛ammad. In 1929 however, a split occurred in the community when Sh. Ibrhım claimed to be the spiritual successor of A˛mad al-Tijnı and established a community of his own. Throughout the 1930s his following was largely limited to Senegal, though by the late 1930s he had a following in Mauritania. After World War II however, he recruited quite a large following in West Africa, particularly in Northern Nigeria, but also in Niger, Mali, Ghana, Chad, Cameroon, even in the Sudan. So much so that, by the end of colonial rule, his following, which he named Jamfiat anßr al-dın, was probably the largest single Muslim community in West Africa, with several million followers.He himself has been the subject of many writings of praise by his followers, and of criticism by his opponents. He was one of the earliest West African leaders with wide connections throughout the Islamic world. He was a founding member of the Muslim World League based in Mecca, and served asVice-President of the World Muslim Congress based in Karachi, Pakistan, for a number of years. He was also a member of the Academy of Islamic Research at alAzhar University. A religious and political leader, Sh. Ibrhım Niasse was also involved in Senegalese politics both during colonial rule and after independence. A learned Muslim jurisconsult, he delivered a great many fatws and and wrote many text books designed for students. Also as a Sufi and a Tijnı, he wrote a large number of poems in praise of the Prophet Mu˛ammad and Sh. Ibrhım’s spiritual master Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı. In the preface to al-Dawwın al-sitt his genealogy is traced back over eighteen (sic) generations to fiUqba b. Nfifi. 1. Af∂al al-dafiawt li-bulügh al-ghyt wa-nayl al-masarrt Publ. n.p. [Kano], n.d.; Cairo: Dr al-Nahr, c . 1987; Dakar, by Mu˛ammad al-Ma√mün Niasse, 1988. 2. Arbafi qaß√id Four poems praising and invoking the Prophet.


281

i) Q. lmiyya: Jamafita wa-jüdan haybatan wa-jall * Waabßarta min dh bahjatan wa-jaml Composed whilst on his way to Beijing, October 1963, respoding to an invitation by the head of the Islamic community there, Burhn al-Dın. ii) Q. nüniyya: Dumüfiun ka-raqrq al-lujayni tubarhinü * fiAl ßidqi shawqı baynam ’l-waqtu mawhinü Composed in Madına, 10 Dhü’l-˘ijja 1383/ 23 April1964. iii) Q. r√iyya: Huwa’l-˛ibbu Ibrhımu qad j√a z√ir * LiA˛mada khayr al-filamına wa-shkir Uttered in Medina in the same year. iv) Q. b√iyya: Wa-in sa√alü qad zurtum al-farma fiqib * Wahal at’haf al-zuwwru minhu mawhib Composed in Aswan, Egypt, 16 May, 1964. Publ. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, 1384/1964 (copy in NUPaden, 255). 3. Ba˛th fı thubüt ru√yat al-hill On the question of sighting the new moon to mark the beginning of a month (especially Rama∂n). Publ. ed. Sh. al-Tijnı b. fiAlı Cissé, Casablanca: M al-Najt al-jadıda, 1996 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 43). Abridgt. by author, Kashf al-ghumma (q.v.). 4. al-Bayn wa’l-tabyın fı ’l-Tijniyya wa’l-Tijniyyın MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Soufisme, 8. Publ. by Mu˛ammad al-Ma√mün b. Ibrhım Niasse, Dakar, 1988 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 13a)); Cairo: Dr al-Nahr, n.d. [c. 1997] (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 13b). 5. al-Budür al-su††afi fı shar˛ al-Murhaft al-qu††afi Comm. on al-Murhaft al-qu††afi by Mu˛ammad Niasse (q.v.), written in Rama∂n 1347/ February 1930. MS: copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 3.

282

CHAPTER SIX

6. Dafiwa il wa˛dat al-muslimın fı ’l-Sinighl MS: Kaolack, 162. 7. al-Dawwın al-sitt A collection of six dıwns of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse totalling 2,972 vv., followed by a seventh entitled Nür al-˛aqq fı mad˛ alladhı j√a bi’lßidq, composed in Rabıfi I 1379/4 September - 4 October 1959 —all poems in praise of the Prophet. At the foot of the page are explanatory notes by Abü Bakr fiAtıq (see ALA II, 287) and Mu˛ammad al-Thnı b. al-˘asan (Sani Kafanga, see ALA II, 304), partly based on the work of Sh. Ma˛müd Salga, with additional help from Sh. fiAlı Cissé. The dıwns contained in the volume are as follows: i)

Taysır al-wußül il ˛a∂rat al-rasül

ii) Iksır al-safidt fı mad˛ sayyid al-sdt iii) Salwat al-shujün fı mad˛ al-nabı al-ma√mün iv) Awthaq al-fiur fı mad˛ khayr al-war v) Shif√ al-asqm fı mad˛ khayr al-anm vi) Mansik ahl al-widd fı mad˛ khayr al-fiibd Publ. n.p.[Dakar], by Mu˛ammad al-Ma√mün Niasse, 1988 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 8a); Beirut: Mk. al-Thaqfiyya - Khartoum: Mk. al-Tawfıq, 1415/ 1995 [also containing Kanz al-firifın fı mad˛ sayyid al-awwalı wa’l-khirın, and Nür al-˛aqq fı mad˛ alladhı j√a bi’l-ßidq]. (copies in NU/Hunwick, 486, UBMIA/TIJ, 8b). 8. Fat˛ Makka Extract of the author’s Nür al-baßar fı mad˛ khayr al-bashar (q.v.). Opens: fiAllilünı bi-fat˛ı Makkata shams * Li-˛urübi ’l-Hdı bi-düni qitlı MS: Kaolack, 23. 9. al-Fay∂ al-A˛madı fı ’l-mawlid al-Mu˛ammadı Publ. Kano, n.d. (copy in NU/Paden, 292); Kano: Bola Print, n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 63); also publ. in al-Majmüfi al-kmila li-afiml almawlid al-nabawı (q.v.).


283

10. al-Fay∂a al-jriya fı mafinı al-Islam wa’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya Publ. Zaria: Gaskiya Corpn., n.d. ( copy in NU/Hunwick, 61). 11. ˘adıqat al-anwr fı-m i˛taw fialayhi qawfiid al-Islm min al˛ikam wa’l-asrr Address given at the Emir’s palace, Kano. Publ. Kano:Northern Maktabat Press, n.d. 12. al-Hijra al-kubr wa-tashawwuq al-n÷im il tilka ’l-biqfi Extract of Nür al-baßar fı mad˛ khayr al-bashar (q.v.). Opens: Fa-at ‡aybat an bi-amri ilhı * Qawiya ’l-Muß†af bi-tilka ’l-˛ijlı MS: Kaolack, 24. 13. al-˘ikam al-qu†biyya al-ma√khüdha min al-qalam al-sirinbiyya Comm. on Sürat al-Fti˛a and some other Qur√nic verses by Sh. Ibrhım Niasse, compiled by his brother Abü Bakr, known as Serigne Mbaye (hence in the title: ma√khüdha min al-qalam al-sirinbiyya). An appendix contains a short statement by Sh. Ibrhım, justifying his claims to be a walı and a qu†b. 14. al-˘ujja al-bligha fı kawn idhfiat al-Qur√n s√igha Argument in favour of the recitation of the Qur√n being broadcast, reflecting a controversy in Nigeria. The Emir of Zaria, Jafifar b. Is˛q, had argued against it (see ALA II, 360). Publ. Cairo: M. Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1375/1956 (with poems of taqrı÷ by three disciples of Shaykh Niasse); Beirut: Markaz al-Abjadiyya li’l-∑aff al-Taßwırı, 1401/1981; Dakar, n.d. [c. 1988] by Mu˛ammad alMa√mün b. Ibrhım Niasse, 1988 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 52). 15. Ifdat al-murıd fı ’l-jawb fial as√ilat Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-fiˆd Responses to 26 questions on Tijnı practice raised by a Tijnı muqaddam. MS: NU/Paden, 310. Publ. Kano, for al-˛jj fiAlı b. Malam ˘amza; and in Jawhir al-ras√il (q.v.). 16. Ifrıqiyy li’l-Ifrıqiyyın

284

CHAPTER SIX

Response to an article by Archbishop Lefebvre of Dakar which appeared in La France catholique of 19 December 1959, attacking Islam and African nationalism. Analysis in Samb (1972), 223-6. Publ. Lagos: Times Press, 15 Rama∂n 1379/13 March 1960; trans Gane Samb Lo, L’Afrique aux Africains, with Lumières sur la Tijâniyya, and Les Trois étales de la religion, Saint-Louis: Association Sciences et Services dans l’Islam Eternel, 2001. 17. Ijbat fatw fı tahfut al-ßüfiyya Publ. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, 1964 (copy in NU/Paden, 286). 18. Irshd al-srın il fiadam al-hrın On the question as to whether or not zakt has to be paid on groundnut (Wolof: harin) crops, written in 1355/ 1936. C.f. Q. no xvi below. MS: Kaolack (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 12). 19. Jmifi jawmifi al-dawwın A collection of collections of poems by Sh. Ibrhım, selected by Ibrhım Balarabe Jega (see ALA II, 244) from the “Great Dıwn” established by Sh. fiAlı Sısay (Cissé), apparently in 1374/1954. The collections contained in this volume are as follows: i) Jabr al-kasr ii) Tu˛fat a†yib al-anfs fı mad√i˛ al-qu†b Sı. Abı ’l-fiAbbs iii) Jal√ al-ßudür fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-bu˛ür wa-marthıhim iv) Nawdir al-˛ikam li-ß˛ib jmifi al-kalim wa-waßy ’lmurıdın wa-†ullb al-fiilm v) Mift˛ al-fia†iyya fı ’l-istightht bi-khayr al-bariyya wabi-walidihi ß˛ib al-khatmiyya wa’l-katmiyya vi) al-Kibrıt al-a˛mar fı ’l-tawassul bi-aw√il al-suwar wa-bi˛urüf al-yt al-ghurar vii) ‡ayyib al-anfs fı mad√i˛ al-khatm Abı ’l-fiAbbs Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1979; [Cairo]: Dr al-Nahr, n.d. [1996]. (copy in NU/Hunwick, unaccessioned). 20. Jawâb ‘an risâlat ba‘∂ al-muntamîn ilâ’l-’ilm Also called R. il Niamey.


285

Publ. Kano, Northern Maktabat Press, 1395/1975 (copy in Bayreuth/TIJ, 5). 21. Jawhir al-ras√il A collection of short prose works by Sh. Ibrhım Niys, edited and published by A˛mad Abü ’l-Fat˛ b. fiAlı al-Yarwwı in 2 vols. (see ALA II, 400). Publ. n.p., n.d. 22. Kanz al-firifın fı mad˛ sayyid al-awwalın wa’l-khirın Publ. in al-Dawwın al-sitt, Beirut: Mk. al-Thaqfiyya - Khartoum: Mk. al-Tawfıq, 1415/ 1995. 23. Kashf al-ghumma fı raffi mir√ fiulam√ al-umma fı ikhtilfihim fı ’lahilla Treatise on the question of establishing agreed dates for the beginning and end of Rama∂n. Abridged version of Ba˛th fı thubüt ru√yat al-hill. Publ. Kano, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 259). 24. Kshif al-ilbs fian fay∂at al-khatm Abı ’l-fiAbbs Completed 18 Mu˛arram 1350/5 June 1931, with a dhayl written on 8 Mu˛arram 1351/14 May 1932. Written to promote the Tijniyya, and to justify his claim to being the “master of spiritual emanation” (ß˛ib alfay∂a). MS: NU/Falke, 331. Publ. Casablanca, n.d.; Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1371/ 1952, 1380/1961 (copy in NU/Paden), 251; n.p., 1988; Cairo: Dr al-Nahr, n.d. [c. 1996] (copy in NU/Hunwick, 475); repr., Kano by Mu˛ammad Salgha, 1971; repr. Dakar, by Mu˛ammad al-Ma√mün, 1988 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 10); Publ.by al-˛jj A˛mad Rifafiı al-K-t-bı [Nigeria], 1371/ 1952 (copy in NU/Hiskett Coll., 305). 25. al-Khamr al-˛all fı mad˛ sayyid al-rijl See Foreword to Kshif al-ilbs, 6. Publ. in Jawhir al-ras√il. 26. al-Khi†b al-sanawı Address for the Prophet’s Birthday, delivered in Kaolack, 1384/1964.

286

CHAPTER SIX

Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, n.d., followed by Q. r√iyya: Waliyyukum awliy√ Allh Publ. in Jawhir al-ras√il. 27. Khu†ab Many of Sh. Ibrhım Niys’s addresses are contained in Jawhir alras√il (q.v.). Those listed below are known independently. i) On the occasion of the marriage of one of his daughters. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Discours, 2d. ii) al-Khu†ba al-˛amıda al-jmifia li’l-˛ikam al-mufıda Speech given at Kaduna in 1391/ 1971. Publ. Zaria: Gaskiya Corpn., 1391/1971-2 (copy in NU/Hunwick, 62). iii) Khu†ba jalıla. On the occasion of the Prophet’s birthday. Publ. Lagos: Times Press, 1380/1960; Zaria: Gaskiya Corpn., n.d. (copy in NU/Paden, 260); also publ. in Jawhir al-ras√il. iv) al-Khu†ba al-Müritniyya Delivered in January 1968. Publ. Kano: Oluseyi Press, 1388/1968 (copy in Bayreuth/TIJ, 6).; also publ. in Jawhir al-ras√il. v) Delivered in Kaolack at a festival of Islamic schools. Publ. Zaria: Gaskiya Corpn, n.d. (copy in NU/Paden, 290); also in Jawhir al-rasa√il. vi) Delivered on the occasion of the Prophet’s birthday (almawlid al-nabawı) in 1384/1964. Publ. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press. 1384/1964. 28. al-Majmüfia al-kmila li-afiml al-mawlid al-nabawı Contains: i) Majmüfi qaß√id al-mawlid al-nabawı ii) al-Fay∂ al-A˛madı fı ’l-mawlid al-Mu˛ammadı


287

iii) Nür al-baßar fı mad˛ sayyid al-bashar Publ. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 66). 29. Majmüfi qaß√id al-mawlid al-nabawı Collection of seven poems celebrating the Prophet’s birthday. Publ. Kano: Oluseyi Printing Press, 1379/1959-60 (copy in NU/Falke, 1455); Cairo: M. al-Mash’had al-˘usaynı, n.d.; Kano, n.d. (copy in NU/Paden, 257); n.p. n.d. for Mu˛ammad al-Ma√mün b. Ibrhım Niasse (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 476); also publ. in al-Majmüfia al-kmila liafiml al-mawlid al-nabawı (q.v.). 30. Majmüfi ri˛alt al-shaykh Ibrhım Contains accounts of four journeys, partly in prose and partly in verse: i) al-Ri˛la al-˘ijziyya al-ül ii) Nayl al-mafz bi’l-fiawd il ’l-˘ijz iii) al-Ri˛la al-Gannriyya wa’l-Kumshiyya Accounts of two journeys: one into southern Mauritania (Gannr in Wolof), 1371/1951-2, the other to Kumase; see also item 52 below. iv) Nafa˛t al-Malik al-Ghanı fı ’l-siy˛a fı ar∂ Bamakü waGhinı, also called al-Ri˛la al-Kunkiriyya Publ. n.p., by al-Amın b. Ibrhım Niasse, c 1993 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 17); by Mammad al-Ma√mün b. Ibrhım Niasse, Cairo: Dr al-Nahr, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 474) 31. Majmüfi thaltha ajwiba Contains two pieces by Sh. Ibrhım, and one by Emir Jafifar of Zaria on the question of broadcasting recitation of the Qur√n; see ALA II, 360, Umar (2002). 32. Majmüfi thaltha khu†ab Three sermons: for Friday worship, for fiˆd al-fi†r and for fiˆd al-a∂˛. Publ. in. Jawhir al-ras√il (q.v.).

288

CHAPTER SIX

33. Majmüfi thaltha majlis sunniyya ma√thüra fian khulaf√ murshid al-slikın wa-murabbı al-murıdın al-qu†b al-rabbnı wa’l-firif alßamadnı Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı Texts of speeches given in Kano (1372/1952-3), Katsina (1372/1952-3), and Kaolack (1373/ 1953-4). Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1956 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 39a). 34. Mansik al-widd fı mad˛ khayr al-fiibd In praise of the Prophet and defence of Tijnı litanies. MS: NU/Falke, 787. Publ. in al-Dawwın al-sitt (q.v.). 35. Maqmt al-dın al-thalth Publ. Kumase. n.d. (copy in NU/Paden, 284.); n.p. [Kano] by al-Hâjj Ibrhım Idrıs Fantü, 1410/1990 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 46a). 36. Masarrat al-majmifi fı mas√il al-jmifi Written c. 1932 to justify construction of a new Friday mosque. See Foreword to Kshif al-ilbs, 6. Publ. in a modified version as Wajh al-ta˛qıq fı kawn jmifi Madına huwa ’l-fiatıq, Casablanca: M. al-Naj˛ al-Jadıda, 1996. 37. Mift˛ al-naßr fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-dhikr Poem of intercession through the süras of the Qur√n. Opens: al-˘amdu mu†laq an li-dht al-brı * Thumma salmhu fial ’l-mukhtri MS: Kaolack, 18. 38. Mift˛ ra˛mat al-Ra˛ım fı ’l-tawassul bi-bi’smi ’llhi al-Ra˛mn al-Ra˛ım Accrostic on Bi’smi ’llhi al-Ra˛mn al-Ra˛ım. Opens: Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ashkuru ’l-murıd * Wa-artajı min fa∂lihi ’l-mazıd MS: Kaolack, 16. 39. Mukhtrt fı sıra wa-manqib shaykhin wa-sayyidin Abı’lfiAbbs A˛mad al-Tijnı Contains three treatises by the author: i) al-Nür al-rabbnı fı sırat A˛mad al-Tijnı


289

ii) ‡ayyib al-anfs fı mad√i˛ al-khatm Abı ’l-fiAbbs iii) Nasım al-riy˛ fı tash†ır qaßıdat sayyidı Ibrhım al-Riyy˛ı Publ. n.p. [Dakar], by Mu˛ammad al-Ma√mün b. Ibrhım Niasse, 1994 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 18). 40. Nafa˛t al-Malik al-Ghanı fı ’l-siy˛a fı ar∂ Bamakü wa-Kunkirı Also known as al-Ri˛la al-Kunkiriyya. Account of his visits to Bamako and Conakry in 1367/1947. Opens: ˘amdan li-man fı dhikrihı qul sırü * Fı ’l-ar∂i man sar lahu bashıru MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Récits de Voyage, 2; Jos, 1307; Kawlakh, 27; NU/Falke, 606, 2822. Publ. Kaolack, by Mu˛ammad al-Ma√mün b. Ibrhım Niasse, 1988 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 2a); also in Majmüfi ri˛alt Sh. Ibrhım. 41. Naßı˛a minnı il ’l-ikhwn Another title for Rü˛ al-adab. MSS: NU / Falke, 2822; NU/Paden, 280. 42. Nayl al-mafz bi’l-fiawd il ’l-˘ijz Poem celebrating his second pilgrimage journey via Lagos, Kano, Rome and Cairo, written in 1370/1951. Opens: ˘amdan li-man fiallaman fı ’lBaqarah * A˛km ˛ajj al-bayti ˛ına dhakarah MSS: Kaolack, 26; NU/Paden, 264, 289. Publ. Kano, c. 1384/1964-5 (copies in NU/Paden, 264, 289); also included in Majmüfi ri˛alt Sh. Ibrhım. 43. Naßs al-kalima allatı alqh Ibrhım Niys fı ar∂ Marrkish fı ’l˛aflat allatı uqımat fı ihd√ qfiat Jmifiat al-Qarawiyyın bi-munsabat dhikr ta√sısih Speech given in 1959 at festivities commemorating the founding of the Qarawiyyin mosque-college in Fez. Publ. by Mu˛ammad al-Rjı, n.p. [Kano?], n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 71). 44. Nujüm al-hud fı kawn nabiyyin af∂al man dafi il ’llh wa-had Analysis in Samb (1972), 221-3. Publ. Rabat: Imp. Aminiyya, 1962; Ibadan, 1388/1968-9.

290

CHAPTER SIX

Trans: Stars of the Good Way, Paris: Imprimerie de Carthage, n.d.; Astres de la bonne voie, Paris: Imprimerie de Carthage, n.d. Mouhammad: l’élu de la création, n.p.{Dakar?]: L’Association Sciences et Services dans l’Islam Eternel [ASSISE], 2001. 45. Nür al-baßar fı mad˛ sayyid al-bashar Verse work on the life of the Prophet. Publ. Zaria. 1962 (copies in NU/Paden, 258, 282); also publ. in alMajmüfia al-kmila li-afiml al-mawlid al-nabawı (q.v.). 46. Nür al-˛aqq fı mad˛ alladhı ja√ bi’l-ßidq Publ. in al-Dawwın al-sitt, Beirut: Mk. al-Thaqfiyya - Khartoum: Mk. al-Tawfıq, 1415/ 1995. 47. al-Nür al-rabbnı fı sırat Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı See Foreword to Kshif al-ilbs, 6. Publ. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, 1964 (with ‡ayyib al-anfs; Zaria: Gaskiya Corpn., n.d. (copy in NU/Paden, 265); also publ. in Mukhtrt fı sıra wa-manqib shaykhin wa-sayyidin Abı ’l-fiAbbs A˛mad alTijnı.(q.v.) 48. Nuzhat al-asm√ wa’l-afkr fı mad˛ al-Amın wa-mafinı ’l-Mukhtr Constitutes the six original dıwns of his al-Dawwın al-sitt (q.v.). Later editions also include Nür al-˛aqq (q.v.) Publ. Zaria: Gaskiya Corpn, n.d.(copy in NU/ Paden, 256). 49. Qaß√id Most of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse’s poems have been published in collections; those listed below are manuscript copies of individual poems. i) Q. b√iyya: Aghit˛ aghith y mughıth al-kawn lı kurbı * Bi’l-Muß†af ’l-muntaq min jumlat al-fiarabı MS: Kaolack, 4. ii) Q. b√iyya: Farartu li’l-Kfı ’l-Muhaymin al-Raqıb * Fakuffa aydı ’l-baghyi rabbi lı raqıb Accrostic of Qur√n 2: 137. MS: Kaolack, 14.


291

iii) Q. b√iyya: Kubb al-fiaduwwu fa-inna ’llha ghlibuhü * Fa’l-mawtu †libuhu wa’l-mawt slibuhü Poem written to spite his opponents after his party lost an election in the 1950s. MS: Kaolack, 20; NU/Falke, 638.2. iv) Q. b√iyya: A-l ra˛im al-ilhu akhı wa-˛ibbı * Ab Bakrin fat√ı wa-ra√sa ßa˛bı Elegy for his brother Abu Bakr Serigne Mbaye (c. 1973). MS: copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 40. v) Q. dliyya; Bal inna hdhı ar∂u ‡h Mu˛ammadı * Fadhka fiAqıq un dhka Silfiun wa-Gharqadü In 26 vv. Dated 13 Dhü’l-˘ijja 1382/7 May 1963, on the way to Madına. Publ. with Q. Mımiyya: Khayl un sar am inna rakbı yammam, n.p. [Kano]. n.d.; also publ. in Sayr al-qalb. vi) Q. dliyya: Innı ’ttakhadhtu rasül Allhi mustanadı * ˘iss an wa-mafinan wa-m arjü siw sanadı MS: Kaolack, 22. vii) Q. dliyya: Y rabban ßalli fial Mu˛ammadı * fiAbdika dh nabiyyika ’l-mumajjadı MS: Kaolack, 15. viii) Q. dliyya: Mawl ’l-bariyyati bi’l-nabiyyi Muhammadı * Anzil sa˛√iba rahmatin li-Muhammadı Elegy of 28 vv. for his brother Mu˛ammad Zaynab (d. 1366/1947). MS: Copy of MS: UBMIA/TIJ, 76 (in the hand of Muhammad b. al-Hasan Cissé). ix) Q. f√iyya: Laqad ruziqtu widd al-Muß†af wa-ßaf * Waqtı bi-mawlidihı abıtu fiinda ∑af MS: Kaolack, 3. x) Q. f√iyya: fiAkaftu fial bb al-nabiyyi Mu˛ammadı * Waman ftanı lam ulfa min dhka safü Publ. Text forms the concluding section of R. al-tawba (q.v.).

292

CHAPTER SIX

xi) Q. h√iyya: Ataytu bb ilh al-khalqi multabis * Bi˛awbatı wa-shanıfi al-fifili y Allhu MS: Kaolack, 19. xii) Q. hamziyya: Urıtu bi-khayr al-khalqi khayra mar√ı * Naf al-shakka wa’l-asw wa-kulla mir√ı In 40 vv. Publ. n.p. [Kano], n.d., for Thni Abü Bakr ∂an fiAf (foll. by Q. y√iyya: Wusülu jamıfi al-msikına). xiii) Q. hamziyya: Li-dh idh fiamma khawfun kulla an˛√ı * Bi’l-Muß†af artajı amnı wa-ifil√ı MS: Kaolack, 5. xiv) Q. lmiyya: Li-dh ’ntaßartu bi-manßür al-ilhi mal(*)dhı fı ’l khu†übi ˛abıbu ’llhi jalla fial MS: Kaolack, 6. xv) Q. hamziyya: Li-‡h nabiyyi ’l-anbiy√i than√ı * Biwaqti iqtirbı mithla waqti tan√ı Written in Jeddah, 3 Dhü ’l-˘ijja 1387/3 March 1968. Publ. n.p., n.d., with Q. lmiyya: Rasülu ilh al-filamına xvi) Q. kfiyya: Yâ sa√ilan hal Mlikun qad zakk * Gerte fahabbu gerte lam yuzakk On the question of whether zakt is to be paid on peanut crops. Cf. item 16 above. MS: copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 74. xvii) Q. lmiyya: Rasülu ilh al-filamına tafil * Khadımuka nd y rasülu tafil In 9 vv.. written on 5 Jumd 1386/22 August 1966. Publ. n.p., n.d., with Q. hamziyya: Li-‡h nabiyyi ’l-anbiy√i than√ı; also publ. in Sayr al-qalb. xviii) Q. mımiyya: Khaylun sar am inna rakbı yammam * Maw†ina khayr al-nsi li’l-sayri ßammam Composed as he was preparing to depart by air for his tenth pilgrimage, and completed whilst at Min on the second day of the pilgrimage, i.e. 13 Dhü’l-˘ijja 1382/7 May 1963.


293

Publ. n.p. [Kano], for Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı fiUthmn and Sh. Abü Bakr fiAtıq, n.d., with Q. dliyya: Bal inna hdhı ar∂u ‡h Mu˛ammadı. xix) Q. mımiyya: Mu˛ammadun ’l-Mushrı atka ˛immü * Wa-arjü min al-Mawl atka marmü Elegy for Mu˛ammad al-Mushrı (or -Mishrı), a prominent Mauritanian disciple, in 12 vv., written while on his deathbed in St Thomas’s Hospital, London in 1975, and recited over the telephone to Kaolack. MS: Copy of MS: UBMIA/TIJ, 75 Publ. at end of his R. al-tawba, Kano, n.d. xx) Q. mımiyya: Qad shba shawq al-nabiyyi ’l-Muß†af adamı * Fa-hal tasılanna min bafid al-dumüfii damı MS: Kaolack, 2. Publ. in Jmifi jawmifi al-dawwın. xxi) Q. nüniyya: Innı ’sta√jartu ’l-dahra bi’l-Muhayminı * Bidh ’l-jiwri ˛uztu kulla ma√manı MS: Kaolack, 10. xxii) Q. nuniyya: Laja√tu il ’l-mawl ’l-fialiyyi jalla sh√nuhü * Li-daffiı wa-jalbı qad kafnı ˛ißnuhü MS: Kaolack, 21; NU/Paden, 287. xxiii) Q. nüniyya: Rabbı bi-jhi mujmifi al-shu√ünı * Fa’kshif kurübı aßli˛an shu√ünı MS: Kaolack, 17. xxiv) Q. qfiyya: Wajjahtu wajhı li’l-Qadım al-Bqı * L ∂arranı ˛asadu dhı ’l-nifqi Accrostic of Qur√n 40: 44, composed in 1362/1942-3. MS: Kaolack, 11; NU/Paden, 287. xxv) Q. r√iyya: Wathiqtu bi-khayri ’l-khalqi fiabdi ’lMudabbiri * Nuzül al-nad li’l-qnifiına wa-mufitarı MS: Kaolack, 7; NU/Paden, 287. . xxvi) Q. wwiyya: Mu˛ammadun kullu m fı ’l-rusli fıhi †uwi * Mu˛ammad un fza minhu al-mißru wa’l-badwi MS: Kaolack, 1.

294

CHAPTER SIX

Publ. in Jmifi jawmifi al-dawwın, 12. xxvii) Q. y√iyya: Wusülu jamıfi al-msikına bi-˛abliy * Ta˛aqqaqahu man lam yukadhdhib bi-rabbiy Publ. at end of Q. hamziyya: Urıtu bi-khayr al-khalqi xxviii) Q fı ’l-istightha Opens: Rabbî tarnı b√isan faqır* fa’r˛am ra˛ımı ’l-b√is alfaqır. Acrostic of Qur’ân 28:24. MS: Copy of MS: UBMIA/TIJ, 68a. Publ. n.p. [Ghana], n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 68b). xxix) Q. al-˛irz al-manıfi Opens: Inna lî far˛atan bi-dhikr al-nabı * ˘ubbuhü ßâra zhirı wa-khafı. MS: Copy of MS: UBMIA/TIJ, 72. xxx) Q. fı rith√ akhıhi Abı Bakr Opens: Fa-kha†bun khalîlun fiazzanı fiindahû ’l-ßabrü * Mamtu ˛abıbin fiumruhu ’l-fawzu wa’l-naßrü. Publ. Dakar: n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 142). xxxi) Urjüza: ˘asbı ’l-Muhayminu wa-˛asbı ’l-Wqı * ˘asbı ’l-Qadımu ’llhu ˛asbı ’l-Bqı Acrostic of Qur√n 3:173, composed in 1360/ 1941-2. MS: Kaolack, 9; NU/Paden, 287. Publ. in Jmifi jawmifi al-dawwın. xxxii) Urjüza: Rabb al-fiibdi Ghfir al-dhunübı * Wa-qbil al-tawbi bi-taqabbuli tawbı Accrostic on Qurfin, 23: 29, Rabbi anzilnı munzalan mubrakan wa-anta khayr al-munzilına Publ. at end of fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütı, Safınat al-safida, Dakar, 1997 (q.v.). 50. Raffi al-malm fian man rafafia wa-qaba∂a iqtid√an li-sayyid alanm Probably written in the early 1940s, it sparked off considerable controversy.


295

Publ. Cairo: M. al-Mash’had al-˘usaynı, n.d. (copy in NU/Paden, 272). 51. Raw∂ al-mu˛ibbın fı mad˛ sayyid al-firifın See Foreword to Kshif al-ilbs, 6. 52. al-Ri˛la al-˘ijziyya al-ül Account of his first pilgrimage in 1355/1935. Publ: Kano, 1960; Kano: M. al-Amıriyya, 138[0?], for Mu˛ammad ∆an Jinjiri b. al-˛jj fiAbd al-Ra˛mn. with Nayl al-mafz and Tadhkira man knü; Kano: M. al-Amıriyya, 1384/1964-5, with Nafa˛t al-Malik alGhanı and Nayl al-mafz (copy in NU/Paden, 259); also included in Majmüfi ri˛alt Sh. Ibrhım (q.v.). 53 al-Ri˛la al-Gannriyya wa’l-Kumshiyya Accounts of two journeys: one into southern Mauritania (Gannr in Wolof), 1371/1951-2, the other to Kumase. Publ. in Majmüfi ri˛alt Sh. Ibrhım (q.v.). 54 R. il amır Kanü Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsı On the occasion of the deposition of the Emir of Kano, Mu˛ammad alSanüsı, naming him a khalıfa of his. MS: NU/Falke, 637. Publ. in Jawhir al-ras√il. 55 R. il bafi∂ al-ikhwn Disowning any disciple whose conduct might be in conflict with the sharıfia. Publ. Kano: n.d., for al-˛jj Rbifi b. al-˛jj Zakariyy Mai Riga. 56 R. il Niymı Written c. 1975 to address problems similar to those tackled in R. altawba (q.v.). Publ. Kano: M. Yan Kasa, n.d. [c. 1975]; n.p. [Lagos]: Thnı Awwal (copy in NU/Hunwick, 219). Also publ. as Jawb li-Ibrhım alKawlakhı ajba bihi fian rislat bafi∂ al-muntamın il ’l-fiilm, Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, 1395/1975 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 5). 57

R. nfifia

296

CHAPTER SIX

Written in 1386/1966. Publ. by Malam Ibrhım b. Malam fiAbd Allh, n.p. [Kano], n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 50). 58 R. al-Qur√n Publ. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, 1388/1968 (copy in NU/Falke, 1462). 59 R. al-tawba Written 8 Jumd II 1395/18 June 1975. Addressed to his Nigerian followers warning them against the false claims made by a Nigerian adversary of the Tijniyya to the effect that Sh. Ibrhım’s Urjüzat altawba amounted to a declaration of his having abandoned the Tijniyya. The text of the poem is given at the end. Publ. Beirut: M. Dr al-Kutub, 1975 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 70).; Lagos: Multazam al-Tabfi al-˛jj Thni Awwal, n.d.; n.p. [Kano], for al-˛jj Mu˛ammad al-Thni fiUthmn, n.d. (followed by a waßiyya and Sh. Ibrhım’s last poem, his elegy for Mu˛ammad al-Mushrı). 60. Rü˛ al-adab li-m ˛awhu min ˛ikam wa-adab Urjüza, written in 1342/1922-3. Opens: Yaqülu Ibrhımu najl al-˛jjı * fiAbd al-ilhi badrin ’l-wahhjı MS: NU/Falke, 2086; NU/ Paden, 280. Publ. Litho,. n.p., n.d; Medina: Dr al-Madına al-Munawwara, n.d (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 48); also publ. in fiAlı Cissé, Bughyat al-slikın. 61. Rü˛ al-˛ubb fı mad˛ al-qu†b See Foreword to Kshif al-ilbs, 7. His first work, written in 1342/ 1922-3. MS: Jos, 844. 62. Ru√y Report of a vision (dated 1382/1963) in which Sh. Ibrhım Niasse advised the Emir of Kano Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsı to handle the problems facing him with steadfast patience, and a request for people to pray for al-Sanüsı’s success. MS: NU/Falke, 1349.


297

63. Sabıl al-salm fı ibq√ al-maqm In support of leaving the Maqm Ibrhım at the Kafiba in its original place, after suggestions that it should be moved to a new location within the Sacred Mosque. Publ. n.p., 1963 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 26); Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, n.d. [c.1413/1993] )copy in NU/Hunwick, 472). 64. al-∑rim wa’l qa∂ıb fı qa†fi awhm ahl al-ßalıb Opens: Wa˛y un atka min al-ilh al-afi÷amı * L rayba fı hdh lighayri jahannamı MS: Kaolack, 8. 65. Sayr al-qalb li-mad˛ al-Muß†af al-˛ibb il ˛a∂rat al-rabb The last dıwn of Sh. Ibrhım Niys. Publ. Zaria: Gaskiya Corpn, n.d., for al-˛jj ∆an Jinjiri b. al-˛jj fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Mai Adua; Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, 1976 (copies in NU/Hunwick, 359; UBMIA /TIJ, 47a). Cassette tape containing extracts recited by Mouhammad Taha Abdoulaye Ibrahima Niass, published by al-Ruwwd li’l-intj al-fannı wa’l-tawzıfi, Cairo, 1998. 66. al-Shaykh al-Tijnı huwa ’l-qu†b al-maktüm On the spiritual position of Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı, based on a document written infiAyn M∂ı, which Sh. Ibrhım found in his father’s papers. Publ. n.p. [Kano?], n.d. (copies in NU/ Paden, 303, UBMIA/TIJ, 54a). 67. Shif√ al-asqm fı mad˛ Sayyid al-anm MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Panégyriques, 2a. Publ. in al-Dawwın al-sitt as Shif√ al-asqm fı mad˛ khayr al-anm; and in Nuzhat al-asm√. 68. Sil˛ al-ßli˛ın fı nu˛ür al-afid√ al-†li˛ın Poems, accrostic of Qur√n, 40:44. Opens Wuqıtu sharra ’l-insi mafia ’ljinni * Li-anna sayyida ’l-war mujinnı MS: Kaolack, 16. 69. al-Sirr al-akbar wa’l-kibrıt al-a˛mar On the doctrine and merits of the Tijniyya. MS: NU/Falke, 595; Kaolack (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 1a)

298

CHAPTER SIX

Publ. in Mai Gari (1981), 410-59. 70. Tabßirat al-anm fı anna al-fiilm huwa al-imm See Foreword to Kshif al-ilbs, 6. Publ. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, n.d. 71. Tabßirat al-anm fı jawz ru√yat al-Brı fı ’l-yaq÷a wa’l-manm Publ. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 37). 72. Tafsır mafinı al-Qur√n al-karım Boxed set of 62 cassette tapes in two volumes of sessions of exegesis of the Qur√n in Wolof given by Sh. Ibrhım Niys between 1950 and 1960. Introduction by Ibrahim M. Diop, personal secretary to Sh. Ibrhım. Produced by Saite Sall Family Inc., New York. 73. Tanbıh al-adhkiy√ fı kawn al-shaykh al-Tijnı khtim al-awliy√ Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1959 (with copy of Qaßıda no. xx above); Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, n.d.(copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 25). 74. al-‡qa al-dharriyya al-muwajjaha li-afid√ khayr al-bariyya Acrostic on Qur√n 3: 147. Opens: Rabb al-Amın wa-rabb al-Muß†af wa-kaf * Fa ’ghfir dhunüba fiubayd in qad fiaß wa-jaf MS: NU/Falke, 1988; NU/ Paden, 250, 283. 75. Taqwiyat al-∂afiıf fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-Qur√n al-sharıf Opens: Fa’s√al al-mawl bi-khayr al-nsı * al-Fliq al-ißb˛i ka ’lmiqbsı MS: Kaolack, 12. 76. Tawsifiat al-fiilm wa’l-fiirfn li’l-shuyükh wa’l-shubbn Address delivered in Kano in 1391/1971-2. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, n.d. [c. 1972]. 77. Tawßiyat al-a˛bb alladhına bafiudü fiann wa-tabshır Acrostic on Qur√n 40: 44, composed 22 Shawwl 1375/ 2 June 1956. Opens: Waliyyukum awliy√ Allhi idh makarü * makran huwa ’llhu mawl ’l-khalqi fa’ß†abirü


299

MSS: NU/Falke, 674, 1452.2; NU/Paden 285; and within NU/Falke, 1293, and NU/Paden, 341. Publ. at end of Khi†b sanawı (see no. 27 above). 78. ‡ayyib al-anfs fı mad√i˛ al-khatm Abı ’l-fiAbbs See Foreword to Kshif al-ilbs, 6. Publ. in Jmifi jawmifi al-dawwın (see no. 21 above); and in Mukhtrt fı sıra wa-manqib shaykhin wa-sayyidin Abı’l-fiAbbs A˛mad alTijnı (see no. 39 above); and in al-Nür al-rabbnı fı sırat Sı. A˛mad alTijnı (see no 46 above). 79. Taysır al-wußül il ˛a∂rat al-rasül Publ. in al-Dawwın al-sitt (q.v.). Trans. extracts in Samb (1972), 227-35. 80. Tu˛fat ahl al-˛∂ira bi-m yanfafi al-˛ajj siyyam bi’l-†jira Publ. ed. Sh. al-Tijnı b. fiAlı Cissé, Casablanca: M. al-Najt al-jadıda, 1996 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 59). 81. Tu˛fat al-a†fl fı ˛aq√iq al-affil On the conjugation of verbs; see Foreword to Kshif al-ilbs, 6. Publ. Nouakchott, n.d., for Mu˛ammad Slim b. Mu˛ammad Mawlüd. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 22a). 82. Urjüzat al-tawba Poem in 19 vv., composed as he was returning from his sixth pilgrimage in 1377/1958. Opens: Bi’smi’l-ilhi tubtu innı tubtü * Tubtu li-m fafialtu aw m qultü. Publ. text at back of R. al-tawba (q.v.). 83. Waft al-Muß†af ßall ’llhu fialayhi wa-sallam Extract of the author’s Nür al-baßar fı mad˛ khayr al-bashar (q.v.). Opens: Aflata shams al-dıni idh nma ‡h * Thumma fiamm al-war ÷alm al-∂allı MS: Kaolack, 25.

300

CHAPTER SIX

84. Wajh al-ta˛qıq fı kawn jmifi Madına huwa ’l-fiatıq Publ. Ed. Sh. al-Tijnı b. fiAlı Cissé, Casablance: M al-Najt al-jadıda, 1996 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 21). 85. Waßiyya Last will and testament of Sh. Ibrhım, written 16 Dhü ’l-˘ijja 1393/ 10 January 1974, just over seven months before his death. He appoints his son fiAlı Sısay [Cissé] to be his khalıfa. He gives him the right to sell his property including books, but not his manuscripts, while expressing the hope that that will not be necessary. His father’s library is to remain a waqf. He is to be buried behind the congregational mosque [in Kaolack] at a spot of their choice. His male and female slaves are to be freed; concubines who have not borne children are to be given a portion from his estate, as are divorced wives who otherwise have no such rights. The imamate of the mosque goes to fiAlı Cisse and then to his son al-˘asan; the imamate of the zwiya is to go to Sh. Ibrhım’s sons and to his brothers’ sons in turn as fiAlı Cisse and the shaykh’s eldest son al-˛jj fiAbd Allh see fit. MS: Copy of MS in the handwriting of Niasse, 16. Dhü ’l-Hijja 1393/10. Jan. 1974 (UBMIA/TIJ, 80). Publ. at end of R. al-tawba, Kano, n.d; in Mai Gari (1981), 344-5. 86. Wathıqa fı ’l-tafiziya fial waft akhın al-˛jj al-Tijnı fiUthmn Letter of condolence to his Nigerian followers on the death (in December 1970) of A˛mad Tijnı fiUthmn of Kano in a car accident (see ALA II, 284). The published edition of the letter is followed by an elegy by an otherwise unknown Nigerian, Mu˛ammad Fani b. fiAlı. Publ. Kano, n.d.[1390/1971]; copies in NU/Hunwick, 233.1, UBMIA/TIJ, 32). 87. Ziydat al-jawhir min yawqıt alf÷ wa-durar ˛ikam fı funün fiulüm shatt Supplement to Jawhir al-ras√il. Publ. ed. A˛mad b. fiAlı Abü ’l-Fat˛, n.p. [Maidugari], 1410/1990 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 10). 88. Translations In French Translated by Gane Samb Lo.


301

Trois oeuvres choisies, traduites et annotées de Cheikh Ibrâhîm Niass: i) Lumières sur la Tijâniyya ii) L’Afrique aux Africains iii) Les trois étapes de la religion Publ. n.p. [Dakar]: L’Association Sciences et Services dans l’Islam éternel [ASSISE], 2001. fiALˆ B. AL-˘ASAN CISSE, known in Nigeria and Ghana as Sı. fiAlı Cisse, and in Senegal as Serigne Aliou, b. 1905 d. 1982 Source: Paden (1973), 123; Hiskett (1980).

Born in Josom in Central Senegal, he belongs to the first generation of disciples of Sh. Ibrhim Niasse. Although apparently named as khalıfa of Sh. Ibrhım, he surrendered this right to the shaykh’s eldest son fiAbd Allh (q.v.). However, he retained the right to the imamate of the Great Mosque of Kaolack, and upon his death was succeeded by his son al˘asan, who still exercises that function (for information on him, see the web site ). fiAlı Cissé was the most senior of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse’s deputies, and was in charge of the shaykh’s affairs when Sh. Ibrhım was on tour. He travelled widely in West Africa, and was well known among the Ghanaian and Nigerian disciples of the Niassene Tijniyya. Most disciples from those regions who visited the Kaolack zwiya would stay in his house or study with him. This explains the significant number of poems celebrating his learning and piety that have been composed in Hausa and Arabic (see Hiskett, 1980). In the Niassene zwiya of Medina Kaolack, fiAlı Cissé was in charge of two major activities: teaching Islamic sciences and initiating people into the tarbiya. 1. Aw∂a˛ al-burhn fı radd m zakhrafahu ahl al-buhtn Publ. Kano: Northern Maktabat Press, n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 132). 2. Bughyat al-slikın wa-raw∂at al-wßilın Includes the text of Sh. Ibrhım’s Rü˛ al-adab, and five short qaß√id of his.

302

CHAPTER SIX

Ms: NU/Paden, 349. Publ. Ibadan Shukr Allh Press, nd. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 133). 3. Irshd al-ikhwn il m yajmafi al-qulüb fial ’l-Ra˛mn Publ. by Sani Kafanga, n.p. [Kano], n.d. [c1389/1969 (copy in UBMIA) Kano: Oluseyi Press, 1389/ 1969-70 (copies in NU/ Falke, 1262, UBMIA/TIJ, 134. 4. K. al-mikhzam written in 1350/1931. MS:copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 131). 5. Tarjamat al-mu√allif A biography of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse, published as Foreword to the 1988 edition of Kshif al-ilbs, (q.v.). fiABD ALL◊H NIY◊S b. IBR◊HˆM b. fiABD ALL◊H called al-˘jj fiAbd Allh, b. 1928, d. 2001 The eldest son of Ibrhım Niys, he succeeded to the leadership of the Niassene Tijniyya on the latter’s death in 1975 after fiAlı Cisse had stood down. Like all his brothers and sisters, he received most of his training in Senegal, at the hands of his father and a Mauritanian scholar, Sh. Rabbnı. A scholar of high learning, he has taught and opened several schools in Senegal. Moreover, he has maintained close ties with the disciples of his father throughout the world. He also completed building the Great Mosque of Madına Kaolack. He has given a number of sermons and lectures on different topics, that have been taperecorded, but not yet published. 1. Risla maftü˛a il sa√ir al-ikhwn wa’l-a˛bb fı ’llh. Publ. Kaolack, n.d. (market edition). MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. IBR◊HˆM b. fiABD ALL◊H NIY◊S called Bba Lamin b. 1941 He received Qur√nic and traditional Islamic education in his father’s school in Madına Kaolack. In the early 1960s, he went to Rabat, being among the first generation of Senegalese scholars of Arabic to study


303

there. After completing high school in Morocco, he went to Egypt to attend al-Azhar University. He obtained his bachelor and Master’s degrees in Law from Al-Azhar and returned to Senegal. He was given an appointment in the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in 1975, and since then has served as a diplomat in several countries, including Algeria, Egypt and Saudi Arabia. He is now the Consul-General of Senegal in Saudi Arabia. He has traveled widely in the Muslim world giving lectures and is now one of the leading muqaddams of the Niassene Tijniyya. 1. Bahjat al-qulüb wa’l-qawlib fı na÷m d√irat al-ma†lib Vers. of the D√irat al-ma†lib of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse (publ. in Jawhir al-ras√il). Opens: Y ’llhu y alifu ßalli d√im * Wa-sallim fial ’lladhı qad wusim Publ. Jeddah, by Mu˛amamad al-Amın Ndiaye, n. d. 2. Mirqt al-aßfiy√ il kanz al-awliy√. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh al-fialiyyi ’l-a˛adı * Rabb al-khal√iq al-karımi al-ßamadı. Vers. of the Kanz al-awliy√ of Sh. Ibrhim Niasse (publ. in Jawhir al-ras√il). Publ. Jeddah, by Mu˛amamad al-Amın Ndiaye, n. d. 3. ˘adıth al-nafs Opens: ˘adıth al-nafsi yadh’habu bı wa-ytı * Yu˛arriku skinı yuqßı subtı. 19 vv. composed 20 May 1997. Publ. Jeddah, by Mu˛amamad al-Amın Ndiaye, 1997. 4. Q. b√iyya: Rabbi bi-hijrat al-rasül al-rashdı * Fal-tahdin lisubul al-rashdı Acrostic of Qur√n, 18: 10. 9 vv. in praise of the Prophet Mu˛ammad, written 1422/ 2001. MS: Kaolack. 5. Q mımiyya: Dr al-˛abıbi ataytuh fajran fa-l * A÷faru bi-luqy ’l˛jjı fıh lam u√lim Elegy for his brother fiAbd Allh Niasse, written in 2001. MS: Kaolack.

304

CHAPTER SIX

6. Q. b√iyya: Mafia jumüfiin min al-mu˛ibbına qumn * Nata˛arr hill shahrin ˛abıbı 39 vv., written 1422/ 2001 MS: Kaolack. A˘MAD AL-TIJ◊Nˆ b. IBR◊HˆM NIY◊S, known as Cheikh Tidjane Niasse, b. c. 1932 Paden (1973), 123; Hiskett (1980).

The third son of Ibrhım Niasse, he has travelled extensively to visit the disciples of his father in countries such as Nigeria, Niger, Chad, Cameroun, and Ghana. 1. al-Ba˛th wa’l-taw∂ı˛ fı ˛aflat al-ziff wa’l-tafimım On wedding celebrations and the wearing of turbans. Publ. Lagos: Prinko Lagunju, n.d. [1966], with Yoruba and English translations (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 87). 2. Ifiln hmm wa-dafiw shmila li-majlis al-ßüfiyya wa-dhikr mawlid ßa˛ib al-fay∂a al-Tijniyya al-Shaykh Ibrhım b. fiAbd Allh Niys Speech given in Ngaoundere, Cameroun, on the occasion of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse’s birthday. Publ. Yola: Maftahu Printing Press, n.d. [1996] (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 86). 3. al-Jawb fial su√l al-muqaddamın fı Njamın MS: written in N’Djamena, 1418/1997 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 85). A˘MAD b. A˘MAD AL-TIJ◊Nˆ b. IBR◊HˆM NIY◊S, fl. 1995 1. Hdhihi hiya ’l-Tijniyya Publ. in Ibrhım Niys, al-Bayn wa’l-Tabyın, Cairo: Dr al-Nahr, n.d. [c. 1997] (copy in UBMIA) MU˘AMMAD al-QURASHˆ b. IBR◊HˆM NIY◊S, b. 1956 Seessemann (2000), 424-6.


305

1. R. il man jarrada al-†arıqa fian al-tarbiya Written in N’Djamena in reply to an allegation that a descendant of A˛mad al-Tijnı had condemned the mystical practices introduced by Sh. Ibrhım Niasse. Publ. n.p., 1991 (copy in UBMIA/ TIJ, 88). RUQAYYA bt. IBR◊HˆM NIY◊S b. fiABD ALL◊H NIY◊S b. 1930 Samb (1972), 235-6. A daughter of Sh. Ibrhim Niasse, she was born in Kaolack and trained in her father’s house by the Mauritanian Sh. Rabbnı. She opened a number of Islamic schools in Kaolack, where Islamic training is given to women and children. 1. Tanbıh al-bint al-muslima fı ’l-dın wa’l -duny Publ: Dakar: Impricap, 1954; trans. extracts in Samb (1972), 236-41; Kano, Northern Maktabat Printing Press, [c. 1980]. 2. ˘a÷÷ al-mar√a fı ’l-Islm Publ. Kano, Mai-Nasara Press, nd. [c 1987] (copy in NU/Hunwick, 404, UBMIA/TIJ87). MARYAM bt. IBR◊HˆM b. fiABD ALL◊H NIY◊S, alled al-Shaykha Maryam, b. 1350/1932See Samb (1972), Coulon (1988). Born in Kossi, a village not far from Kaolack, she was trained in Qur√anic studies by the Mauritanian Sh. Rabbni and his two sons, Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd w. Rabbnı and fiAbd Allh w. Rabbnı in her father’s zwiya in Madina Kaolack. She memorized the Qur√n by the time she was sixteen and was taught Arabic grammar and syntax, and Maliki jurisprudence, by the well-known Senegalese scholar Mu˛ammad Thiam. In 1950 she was married to a disciple of her father based in Dakar and she moved to the capital where she opened an Islamic school. Since then she has been teaching the Qur√n and has trained several thousand persons in memorization of the Qur√n. During the late 1980s, she started modernizing her teaching system and opened a number of

306

CHAPTER SIX

kindergarten, primary and high schools in the region of Dakar, which offer both Islamic and secular education. 1. fiAlqatı mafi al-Qur√n MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire, 5d. fiUTHM◊N N’DIAYE, fl. 1930 One of the first disciples of Ibrhım Niasse 1. ∑awrim al-˛aqq wa’l-intißr fı qa†fi afinq al-mutafiaßßibın fial shaykhin min dhawı ’l-inkr Response to A˛mad Dem’s Tanbıh al-aghbiy√, which was a criticism of the teachings of Ibrhım Niasse. MS: Kaolack (dated 1350/ 1931) (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 136). AL-˘ASAN B. MU˘AMMAD al-Fütı al-Kawlakhı, called al-˘asan Dem, d. c. 1989 A disciple of Sh. Ibrhim Niys of Futanke origin, he lived in the Niassene zwiya at Madına Kaolack for several decades and visited Nigeria where his writings were published. 1. Kashf al-ghi†√ fian al-fikr al-ßfı fı mafirifat ußül al-dın al-islmı wa-mafirifat ußül al-Tijniyya Publ. n.p., n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 130). 2. al-Khulßa fı ’l-jawb fian amr al-khalıfa Publ. n.p., 1403/1983 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 128). 3. Nür al-kaml fı mashhad al-rijl Publ. Kano, Northern Maktabat Priniting Press, 22/2/ 1394; Khartoum: Matba’at al-Tamaddun, n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 129). 4. Nayl al-marm fı su√l al-˛jj Ub Ringim fı ’l-manm Uba Ringim mentioned in the title is a well-known Tijnı merchant of Kano. Written 5 Rabıfi I 1398/13 February 1978. Publ. Kano, 1397.


307

5. Ußl al-fiilm wa’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya wa-fa∂√il mawln al-shaykh A˛mad al-Tijnı ß˛ib al-maziyya Publ. n.p., 1409/ 1989 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 127). IBR◊HˆM SAL, b. c 1953 A leading muqaddam of the Niassene Tijniyya, he has toured Europe and the U.S.A. giving lectures. He taught Arabic at primary schools for a few years before resigning to be a full time propagator of the order. 1. Maslak al-hud li’l-sufiad√ al-Tijniyyın Publ. Dakar: Multi-Services-Excellence, nd.; adapted French trans., Le Guide du Parfait Tijânî aspirant à la perfection, Beirut: Editions alBouraq, 1999. 2. al-Risla wa’l-wilya wa-thamaratuh al-f√i∂a bi’l-fay∂a alTijniyya Publ. Dakar: Multi-Services-Excellence, nd.; adapted French trans., La Prophétie, la sainteté et leurs fruits, Beirut: Editions al-Bouraq, 1999. IBR◊HˆM A˘MAD NIANG, known as Ustdh Barham Niang Born in the early 1930s, he received his elementary training in Kaolack before attending Al-Azhar where he graduated. On his return he taught Arabic for several years in high schools in Senegal before retiring. 1. Amn wa-amn fı tash†ir bafi∂ qaßfiid mauln al-Shaykh Ibrhım Niys Elegy for Sh. Nadhır b. Ibrhim Niys. Publ. in Aßd al-fay∂a, 1, 1998. 2. ◊thr al-taßawwuf fı ˛ayt al-Shaykh al-˛jj fiAbd Allh Niys Paper presented at the International Conference on the Life and Works of al-˘jj fiAbd Allh Niys, Dakar, Union Culturelle musulmane, 1986. 3. Mißft al-sidq fı i÷hr al-˛aqq min kitb Mai Gari ˛awla ˛ayt war√ wa-tafilım al-shaykh Ibrhım Niys A rejoinder to the polemical bibliography of Sh. Ibrhim by the Nigerian scholar al-Thir Mai Gari (see ALA II, 555). MS: Kaolack.

CHAPTER SEVEN

SENEGAMBIA II: OTHER TIJ◊Nˆ WRITERS by Ousmane Kane and John Hunwick AL-˘◊ JJ M◊LIK SY, HIS DESCENDANTS AND FOLLOWERS

M◊LˆK b. fiUTHM◊N b. MUfi◊DH b. fiALˆ b. YÜSUF SY known as al-˛jj Mlik Sy, b c.1855, d. 1922. (HDS, 255; Abun-Nasr (1965), 143-5 et passim; Robinson (1993); Bousbina (1995-6), 73-6; Bousbina (1996); 181-198; Fall (1995-6), Mbaye (1993): Robinson (1993, 2000b).

Founder of the larger Senegambian Tijani community, Mlik Sy was born at Gaya near Dagana in northern Senegal. Although born a Futanke, he was raised among the Wolof and was assimilated to them. Raised by his maternal uncle Alfa Mayoro Wele who initiated him into the Tijaniyya †arıqa, Malik Sy became a peripatetic scholar in the 1880s and toured the regions of Kajoor, Jolof and Walo during that period. He performed the pilgrimage to Mecca in 1889, as well as visiting the mother-zwiya of the Tijniyya in Fez, where he was granted i†lq (the highest Tijnı authorisation) by al-Q∂ıA˛mad Skıraj al-fiAyyshı (see GAL, S II, 882). On his return he opened a school in Saint-Louis. Unlike al-˛ajj fiUmar Tall, Maba Diakhou Ba and other early nineteenth-century Senegalese Tijani leaders, Mlik Sy waged no war against French invaders. Rather, he peacefully collaborated with them. In 1902, he settled permanently in the city of Tivaouane in Central Senegal where he established a zwiya and several Islamic schools, and enjoyed a good reputation as a teacher. He maintained throughout his life very good ties with the French colonial administration, who trusted him a lot. The title of Khalif General of the Tijniyya was granted to his son Babacar Sy, who succeeded him when he died in 1922. The Sy

S ENEGAMBIA II: OTHER TIJ◊Nˆ WRITERS

309

branch of the Tijniyya still remains the largest Islamic community of Senegal. 1. Diıwn Contains 51 poems totalling 5,495 verses. Publ. Tunis, 1915 (see Samb (1972), 337. 2. Dufi al-ruft Publ. Rufisque by Serigne Kébé, market edition, n. d. 3. Dufi khatm al-Qur√n li’l-mayyit Publ. market edition, np. n. d. 4. Dufi√ y man a÷har al-jamıl wa-satar al-qabı˛ Publ. Rufisque, n.d., for Serigne Kebe Keury-Souf (copy in NU/Hunwick, 468). 5. Fkihat al-†ullb nahj al-Tijanı al-khliß al-aßlb. MSS: Tivaouane, 22; Kaolack, 31. 6. ˘urüf ∑alt al-Fti˛ Acrostic on ∑alt al-Fti˛ Publ. Rufisque, n.d., for Serigne Kebe Keury-Souf (copy in NU/Hunwick, 469). 7. If˛m al-munkir al-jnı fial †arıqat sayyidin wa-wasılatin il Rabbin A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Tijnı Defence of the Tijniyya and condemnation of those who reject it. See Samb (1972). 331-2, 340-4; Bousbina (1995-6), 275-380. 8. Kifyat al-rghibın fım yahdı il ˛a∂rat rabb al-filamın waiqmfi al-mu˛dithın fı ’l-sharıfia m laysa lahu aßl fı ’l-dın According to Samb (1972), 331-2, this work deals with general Islamic beliefs; for a detailed analysis of the contents, see Bousbina (1995-6), 381-454. 9. Khashm al-Qur√n al-fia÷ım Publ. with Khatm al-Qur√n li’l-mayyit and Khu†bat al-nika˛, Rufisque: Tirage Serigne Kébé, n.d.

310

CHAPTER SEVEN

10. Khatm al-Qur√n li’l-mayyit Publ. with Khu†bat al-nika˛ and Khu†bat al-nika˛, Rufisque:Tirage Serigne Kébé, n.d. ( copy in NU/Hunwick, 471) 11. Khilß al-dhahab fı sırat khayr al-fiarab 12 vv. on the life of the Prophet, his family, his entourage, and devotion to him. Analysis in Samb (1972), 349-53. MS: Kaolack, 32. Comm. by author, see below, item 19. Publ. Dakar: Ecaricom, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 452); Dakar, M. alRa√s al-Akh∂ar, n.d. (copy in UBMIA/TIJ 142). Trans. by Idrissa Mbengue & Mawdo Mbengue, with preface by Moustapha Amadou Cissé, L’Or décanté, n.p., n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 11) 12. Khu†bat al-jumufia Publ. Rufisque, n.d., for Serigne Kebe Keury-Souf (copy in NU/Hunwick, 470) 13. Khu†bat al-nika˛ Publ. with Khashm al-Qur√n al-fia÷ım and Khatm al-Qur√n li’lmayyit, Rufisque:Tirage Serigne Kébé, n.d. 14. Qan†arat al-murıd. Publ: Dakar: Imprimerie P. Monteiro, n. d. 15. Qaß√id Presumably, most, if not all, of these poems are to be found in his published Dıwn (see above). i) Q, fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı Publ. partial trans. in Samb (1972), 359-60 (full text in Dıwn). ii) Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar Publ. trans. in Samb (1972), 360-1. iii) Q. lmiyya: In kunta bba n li’l najt müfiy * Mutafialliq an bi-janbin al-˛mı ’l-fialiyyı MS: Kaolack, 34.


311

iv) Q. mımiyya: A-bad burüqun tahta jun˛i ÷almı * Am wajhu Mayyata am rubüfiu shammi MS: Kaolack,32. Publ. Rufisque, n.d., by Serigne Kébé; partial trans. in Samb (1972), 353-5. v) Q nüniyya: A-l y Dafidu way˛aka nabbi√ını * Praise of the Prophet. Takh. by Mu˛ammad al-Amın Ibn Zubayr (q.v.). Publ. partial trans. in Samb (1972), 355-8. vi) Q. nüniyya: Rabbi bi-jh al-Muß†af ’l-hdı ’l-amını * ∑all fialayhi rabbun fı kulli ˛ını Poem of intecession through his shaykhs. Publ. Rufisque, n.d. by Serigne Kébé . vii) Poem on the fast of Rama∂n, opposing those who declare it illicit to announce the end of fasting by telegraph, or the firing of guns. Publ. partial trans. in Samb (1972), 344-5. viii) Poem on the question of paying zakt on peanuts, since they are not among crops listed in the Muwa††a√ of Mlik or the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl. On this question, see also Ibrhım Niasse, Irshd al-srın il fiadam al-hrın. Publ. partial trans. in Samb(1972), 346-8. ix) Poem in praise of his uncle Mayoro Welle Publ. trans. in Samb (1972), 362-3. 16. Radd man qayyada shurü† al-†arıqa al-Tijniyya MS: Kaolack, 30. 17. R. il jamıfi al-ikhwn Invented title based on the trans. of Samb (1972), 366. The treatise is advice to fellow believers in accordance with the ˛adıth: “al-Dın al-

312

CHAPTER SEVEN

naßı˛a”. Publ. partial trans. in Samb (1972), 366-73. 18. R. la†ıfa mushtamilafial ˛ikam mufıda MS: Kaolack, 29. 19. Shar˛ khilß al-dhahab fı sırat khayr al-fiarab Author’s commentary on his poem in praise of the Prophet. MS: Tivaouane, 34. 20. Taysır Book of prayers, in Arabic with romanized transcriptions facing the texts. Publ. Dakar: Ecaricom, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 467). 21. Wasılat al-mun fı na÷m asm√ Allh al-˛usn, known as Taysir (i.e. item 20 above). Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı ’l-taysıri ya ’llhu * Na÷m al-dararı lahu y ’llhu y ’llhu Publ. Dakar: Hill, 1973; Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır, with Fa-najjin y khliq al-shay†n [by fiAlı b. Baydi Ba, q.v.] (copy in NU/Hunwick, 466). 22. Wasılat al-muqarrabın il ˛adrat al-matın, known also as Fa-l budda min shakw. Opens: Fa-l budda min shakw il ’llahi kurbatı * Fa-m liya ghayru ’llhi jbiru kasratı Publ. market edition, n. d. n. p. 23. Zajr al-qulüb Poem, the title of which is translated in Samb (1972), 364, as “Warning the heart, so as to turn it away it from its love for the deceptive world. Publ. 341vv. trans in Samb (1972), 364-6. ABÜ BAKR SY b. M◊LIK b. fiUTHM◊N called Serigne Ababacar or Serigne Mbaye Sy, d. 23 Shafiban 1376/25 March 1957. HDS, 254, Samb (1972), 374-81.


313

He succeded his father as Khalifa-General of Tijnıs in Senegal after his father’s death in 1922. 1. ˘urüf ∑alt al-Fti˛ Acrostic on the words of the Tijniyya prayer ∑alt al-Fti˛. Publ. with intro. by fiAbd al-fiAzız Sy Jamıl, and French trans., Huruf: Composition à partir des lettres de la “Sallatul Fatahi” de Cheikhal Khalifa Seydi Ababacar Sy (RTA). Les ruisellements de la splendeur [Back cover: 1997: Année Khalifa Ababacar Sy, Viatique pour le 21ème siècle], n.p. [Dakar], n.d. (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 475) 2. Ifinat al-wildn Vv. on the duties of the affiliate to the Tijniyya. Opens: Tasabbaba fiabd un slikun nahja mlikı * Bi-jamfii ’l-shurü† al-mustaghıthi bimlikı. Publ. Rufisque, n.d. by Serigne Kébé. 3. Q. lmiyya: Y man yanhü ˛aqqan amalu * Wa-laqad nufiya ’lmithlu ’l-mathalu Publ. Rufisque, n.d. by Serigne Kébé. 4. Q. h√iyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi hdha ’l-shaykhu rabbhu * Khayru ’l-wujüdi ’lladhi afilhu mawlhu Publ. Rufisque, n.d. by Serigne Kébé. 5. Q. fı mad˛ abıhi In praise of his father al-˛jj Mlik Sy when he had written his poem on the life of the Prophet, Khilß al-dhahab. Publ. trans in Samb (1972), 378-80. 6. Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı Publ. trans in Samb (1972), 376-8. 7. Q. fı rith√ Alfa Hshim Elegy for Alfa Hshim (q.v.), who died in 1931. Publ. partial trans in Samb (1972), 380-1.

314

CHAPTER SEVEN

ABD AL-fiAZˆZ SY b. M◊LIK SY b. fiUTHM◊N Samb (1972), 398-407.

Son of al-˛jj Mlik Sy and his khalıfa at the Tijnı zwiya of Tivaouane in succession to his elder brother Abü Bakr (q.v.). 1 Poem in praise of Sh. Hdı Touré Poem in an admixture of Arabic and Wolof in praise of his brother-inlaw and teacher. Publ. trans. in Samb (1972), 399-401. MAN∑ÜR SY b. M◊LIK SY b. fiUTHM◊N b.1892 d. 27 Shafibn 1376/29 March 1957. The manuscripts listed below are all to be found in the collection of the author’s brother fiAbd al-fiAzız in Tivaouane. 1. Q. kfiyya: fiAbd al-fiAzız afiirnı qalba üßıka * Waßiyyatan fianka tashfı kulla m fıka 40 vv. written in 1957 to appoint his brother fiAbd al-fiAzız to the leadership of the Sy branch of the Tijniyya. 2. Q. dliyya: A-fı ’l-bası†ati ghayr Allahi mafibüdü * Bi’l-˛aqqi am fı ’l-sam√i li’l-ghayri mawjüdü In praise of his father Mlik Sy. 3. Q. y√iyya: fiAraftu li-Salm bi’l-yaf√i maghniy * fi◊dat lisawnı ’l-mufißirti bawliy fiABD ALL◊H FALL MAGATTE b. 1324/1907 d. 1409/1989. Fall (1997).

1. Q. r√iyya: fiAl innan nuhnıka bi’l-bishri wa’l-khayri * Bitazwıjika ’l-fiadhr√a fakhran fial fakhri 12 vv.. acrostic on the name fiAbd al-fiAzız b. Mlik Sy, written to congratulate him when he married F†ima b. A˛mad Ba. MS: Saint-Louis: author’s family collection.


315

2. Q. hamziyya: Uslik al-dahra dh ’l-bah√ı * Bi’l-dhti wa’lßifti wa’l-asm√ı MS: Saint-Louis: author’s family collection. fiABD ALL◊H b. SHAYBA SOW 1. Qaßıda istighthiyya bi-jh al-nabı Opens: Balligh thawba hdhihi ilhı * Hadiyyat an minn li-˛ubb Allhı. Publ. Dakar: M. al-Azhar li’l-†ibfia, n. d. fiALˆ b. BAYDI BA b. 1293/1877 d. 22 Muharram 1368/20 April 1968 He was born into a Fulani family in Gédé in Futa Toto. His mentors in Arabic and Islamic studies include al-˛jj Kamara and Shaykh Mor Ngirane and, last but not least, al-˛jj Mlik Sy, with whom he stayed for several years in Tivaouane. The latter taught him various sciences as well as initiating him into the Tijniyya. He then instructed him to settle in Guéoul, a city not far from Saint-Louis to preach for Islam. At Guéoul where he spent much of his life, he built a huge congregational mosque and devoted himself to worship, work, and study until his death. 1. Zd al-musfir wa-kifyat al-˛∂ir Publ. n.p., 1410/1990 (ltho. 44 pp.). He also has a dıwn including the following poems, all of which are in the collection of Mu˛ammad al-˘abıb Ba in Guéoul: 2.

Qaß√id

(I) By title i) A˛km al- zawj wa’l-†alq Opens: Wa-hdhihı ’l-zajaru min fialiyyi * Min nashri shaykhin ’l-ri∂ ’l-fialiyyi ii) Dufi li’l-ahli wa’l-wildn Opens: ∑alli wa-sallim Rabban fial ’l-nabı * Wa’l-li wa’lßa˛bi filı ’l-rutabi.

316

CHAPTER SEVEN

iii) al-˘amdu li’l-Ra˛mn: Opens: ˘amadtuka y Ra˛mnu fı kulli ˛latı * fa˛aqqiq raj√ı fıka y kulli munyatı. iv) Khi†b al-nafs Opens: L tatakabbar wa-l tatajabbar * Innaka fiabdun lasta bi-shay√ı. v) Khulßat al-fiulüm Opens: Qla fiubaydu Rabbihı fialiyyü * ayyadahü bi-naßrihı ’lfialiyyü. vi) Q. fı a˛wl Dakar Opens: Inna Dakra mafilımu ’l-tidhkri * wa-maw†inun limuhazzabi ’l-afkri. vii) Q. fı ’l-˛aqıqa al-Mu˛ammadiyya Opens : al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı ’l-if∂li wa’l-nifiamı * Wa’lmanni wa’l-jüdi wa’l-i˛sni wa’l-karamı viii) Q. fı rith√ al-Sayyida Umm al-khayr Opens: Hdhihi ’l-raziyyatu jalla ’llhu dhü karami * Raziyyatun fiammat al-a˛lma bi’l-ghumami Composed in 1370/1951. ix) Q. fı rith√ al-shaykh A˛mad Ba Opens: Y ghfiran kull fiabdin mudhnib in jnı * Y Barru y Ra˛mnu y ˘nı. x) Q. fı ’l-ta√assuf fial ’l-aslf alladhına knü fı Sanluwı Opens: Inna ’l-rubüfia hiya ’l-rubüfiu tala√lu√ * lkin sawkinuh hümu ’l-aghyri. xi) Q. al-taslım li’llhi Opens: Qalbı fufidı shighfı kulliyatı kabidı * aslamtu li-llhi fı sirrin wa-fı fialanı xii) Q. al-Tawassul bi-sirr al-shaykh A˛mad al-Tijnı Opens: Y Rabbı hab lı d√ima ’l-ghufrni * bisirri shaykhı A˛mada ’l-Tijnı xiii)

Zajr al-ikhwn fian shurb al-khamr.


317

Opens: Banı zamnı ajıbü lı bi-tibyni * Mimm bihı fiammati ’l-balw li’l-azmni (II) By Opening Verse: xiv) A-l fa’smafiü minnı niy˛ata h√imı * Li-hawli n in shadıd h√ilin mutarkimı An elegy of Abu Bakr and Mansür Sy, the two eldest sons of Mlik Sy who died the same week. xv) Awfia÷tu nafsiya min amr al-kha†ı√tı * khawf al-suqü†i fial raw∂ al-baliyytı xvi) Bushr lan ahla ßalt al-fti˛ı * Fuzn bim yafimalu kullu ßli˛ı xvii) Bushr qad in†af√at nırnu Almn * Bi-qudrat Allhi bushrn fa-bushrn. Written upon the defeat of Germany in World War II. xviii) Fa-najjin y khliq al-shay†nı * Min kaydihi wa-salb al-ımn Publ. with Wasılat al-mun fı na÷m asm√ Allh al-˛usn, Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. xix) Ghba fiann ghawthu ’l-war wa’l-wal√ü * fabak ’lfilamüna wa’l-fiulam√ü Another elegy for Mlik Sy. xx) Hdhihı ’l-bishratu l bishrata mithluh * li-tammi amri ∂iyfatin lam tüjadi. Composed on the occasion of the visit of General Charles De Gaulle to Saint-Louis in 1961. xxi) Hal min mubk in fial qadmin qad imtathal * Awmir llhi na˛w Allhi qad ra˛al xxii) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı bi-jallihı * Qad tamma m rumn bi-˛usni jamlihı xxiii) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı yarzuqunı * Min ˛aythu l a˛tasibu kulla ’l-zamanı

318

CHAPTER SEVEN

xxiv) al-˘amdu li’llhi min qalbı wa-arknı * fiAl ta˛allı bisilk al-qu†b al-rabbnı. Composed on the occasion of his visitation to the shrine of A˛mad al-Tijnı in Fez (Morocco). xxv) Khaßßan rabb al-anmı * dhü ’lfia†y wa’l-fii÷mı In praise of Mlik Sy. xxvi) Inn li’llhi wa-inn rjifiüna lahü * Jalla tafila fia÷ım al-mulki wa’l-sha√ni. An elegy for Ruqiyya Sow. xxvii) Inna ’l-mu˛arrik al-musakkan alladhı * Yüfi†ı wayamnafiu wa-ghayra dh anbudhı xxiii) Lan min al-fiumri taf∂ıl an min Allhi * Hadhı ’lfiimratu inna ’l-˛amda li’llhi. Written when he reached the age of eighty. xxix) Law kna yablughu wßifun m ˛zahu * fiAbd al-fiAzızi mu†ayyab al-arkni. In praise of fiAbd al-fiAzız b. Mlik Sy. xxx) Lı arbafiüna min al-mıldi sinın * Wall ’l-shabbu wa-Rabbı ’llhu yahdın. Written when he reached the age of forty. xxxi) Li’llhi y qawman tübü il ’llhi * Umürakum fawwi∂ü ˛aqqan il ’llhi. An elegy for his disciple Samba Ka. xxxii) M lı ar ’l-fiabarti mithl ’l-dim√i * Fawq alkhudüdi fa-qultu y l fian√i An elegy for Mlik Sy. xxxiii) Qlü ’staslimu kunta fı dh ’l-jıli dh qadami * Wakunta fıhim ra√ısan y akhı ’stalimi. Composed when A˛mad Bamba returned to Senegal from his exile in Mauritania, and some of the author’s friends urged him to abandon the Tijniyya and affiliate to the „Muridiyya. xxxiv) Qad kuntu fı ˛li ahl al-dahri mufitabir * Li-man yudrıhim kay yaqta∂ı ’l-wa†ar


319

xxxv) Qaßurtu fian al-mash√ikhi ajmafiın * Il shaykhı ’lmurabbı ’l-wlidın In praise of Mlik Sy. xxxvi) Rfiü ’l-waßıyyata fiüh qawm al-Tijnı * Wa’ltan÷urüh bi-ri∂wnin wa-i˛sni Urging Tijni followers to regularly attend the recitation of the Tijnı litany of wa÷ifa. xxxvii) Salmun mu˛allan bi’l-zabarjadi wa’l-durrı * Wa-yuzrı fial ∂aw√ al-yawqıti fı ’l-na˛rı A risla to his friend Abü Bakr Diallo. xxxviii) Sar rü˛ al-˛abıbi yazüru Rabbı * wa-yarjü minhu maghfirat al-dhunübı An elegy for his father. xxxix) ∑udd al-maß√iba Rabbı la taßul darı * Wa-baynan Rabbi bfiid bayna ßuldrı [ßuldr is a rendering of the French word “soldat”] xl) Tiwwan fı hdh ’l-˛ıni yusta˛sanu ’l-ßabrü * fiAn alna÷ri fı ˛ltih yufi÷amu ’l-ajrü Written during the conflict between rival factions in Tivaouane for the leadership of Mlik Sy’s family. xli) Waßiyyatı kullu ıß√in li-fiuthmni * Fal-yastamifi kulla ißkh√i li-ladhzni Advice to a disciple of his named fiUthmn Ndiaye. xlii) Y ’llhu y ˘annnu y Mannnu * Y ˘ayyu y Qayyümu y Ra˛mnu A prayer to be recited during the last days of Rama∂n. xliii) Y ’llhü y kshif al-balw√i  wa’l-ghumamı * y Rabbi y shfifi al-awjfii wa’l-alamı. A poem of intercession. xliv) Y man tunaghghißu dafiban fiinda shurbatin * ba˛r alma˛abbati i÷hran li-fiudwni xlv) Y man tamunnu fial m shi√ta min karamı * watafruju ’l-hamma y mawßüfu bi’l-qidamı

320

CHAPTER SEVEN

A poem of intercession. xlvi) Y man yar m fı ’l-∂amıri mukh†ir * Y man yajüdu bih narümu takarrum xlvii)

Ya Rabban y qarıbü * Y man ilayka atübü

xlviii) Y Rabban y Rabban y Rabbi dh ’l-ma†arı * Am†ir ladayn sa˛ban ghayra dh ∂ararı. A prayer for rain. xlix) Y †lib al-fiilmi kun fı ’l-fiilmi mufitabir * ta˛uz ma√thira tughnı ˛aythu m ˛a∂ar l) Y Momar Seye qad fiarnı * m fiarnı fı jannı An elegy of Shaykh Momar ˘awa Ndiaga Seye. li) Y waykha nafsı wa-wayki ’l-nafsu w alamı * idh ghba fiannıya badrun ˛lata ’l-÷ulamı An elegy for Shaykh A˛mad Nguirane. fiABD al-fiAZIZ SY b. M◊LIK SY b. fiUTHM◊N b. 1321/1904 d. 1417/1997 1. Khu†ba Delivered at the meeting of the Islamic League in Mecca, 1965. MSS: IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb. 2. Khu†ba fı iftita˛ al-Jmifi al-kabır bi-Dakar Delivered 27 March, 1964. Publ. Translated extract in Samb, (1972), 401-7. 3. Munqidh al-ikhwn min nazafit al-shay†n MS: Tivaouane (Sy), uncat. 4. Q. fı mad˛ l Sıh In praise of the Sy family. Opens: Y la Dimba fa inna ’llha * Fa∂∂alakum minhu m sh√a min maziyyatı. MS: Tivaouane, 22 vv. Unpublished French trans. by Shaykh Tidiane Fall and Mansur Niang. in collection of fiAbd Allh Fall, Magatte, St.-Louis.


321

5. Sullam al-murıd fı-m ya˛tju ilayhi fı ’l-drayni min al-Malik Majıd Opens: Bi’smi ’l-ilhi abtadı dufi√ı * Dhi ’l-˛awli wa’l-qudrati wa’lfial√i. Publ. n.p., n.d.(Market edition). 6. Takdhıb al-mul˛id al-˛asüd Salmn Rushdı al-ma†rüd fı-m iftar fial ’llh min zawrin buhtnin wa-sabb al-rasül wa-tabdıl alQur√n A rejoinder to the Satanic Verses of Salman Rushdie. Completed 10 Rajab 1409/17 February 1989. Publ. Dakar: Offset Gutenberg. fiABD AL-SAL◊M LO b. MU˘AMMAD, b. c. 1283/1867 d. 1376/1957 A Wolof from Ndieye, a village located between the cities of Kebemer and Guéoul in northern Senegal, he was initiated to Qur√nic studies by his father Mu˛ammad Lo. He then moved to Kébémer and stayed a year studying there. From Kébémer, he went to Ndiarde where he stayed ten years and received initiation into the Tijniyya from Shaykh Malik Seye. He then returned to his village and contributed significantly in developing his father’s Qur√nic school. He devoted much of his life to preaching. At his death, he was buried in his village and his shrine is a place of visitation. His writings are preserved in the family library at Ndieye. 1.

Qaß√id i) al-Inba il ’llh Opens: Astaghfir Allha mimm kuntu ffiilahü * Atübu li’llhi mimm kuntu q√ilahü. MS: Ndieye, 21 vv. ii) Naßı˛at al-ikhwn Opens: Tübü il ’llhi tawban l yukhli†uhü * Ghishshun wa-l tabtadı fı ufuqihı ’l-kadhib. MS: Ndieye, 87 vv. iii) Q. fı ’l-dufi√ wa’l-tawassul. Opens: Bi-bismi’llhi mabda√ı idh abd * Wa-˛amduhü lı ’lmuntah idh ahd

322

CHAPTER SEVEN

MS: Ndieye, 101 vv. iv) Q. fı mad˛ rasüli ’llhi Opens: Rasül Allhi mift˛u ’l-mazy * fiAdımu ’l-mithli wahhbu ’l-hady. MS: Ndieye, 39 vv. v) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh A˛mad al-Tijnı Opens: Tijnı laysa mithluka fi ’l-budüri * Wa-l shamsun ka shamsika fı ’l-÷uhüri. MS: Ndieye, 78 vv. vi) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-˛jj Mlik Sy Opens: Shaykhı ’l-farıdu mlikı * m mithluhü min nsiki. MS: Ndieye, 62 vv. vii) Q. fı ’l-shukr wa’l-˛amd Opens: Nahrı kulluhu darsun wa-ßwmu * wa-laylı kulluhü dawman qiymu. MS:Ndieye, 46 vv. viii) Q. h√iyya: Man kna yarjü siw ’l-Ra˛mni qultu lahü * ∆ayyafita fiumraka fı lahwin wa-fı fiabathı MS: Ndieye, 10 vv. ix) Q. mımiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı ’l-l√i wa’l-nifiamı * musdı ’l-fa∂√ili mu˛∂i ’l-fa∂li wa’l-karamı MS: Ndieye, 133 vv. SAfiˆD b. fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N WELE b. 1341/1923 Born in Louga, he is a grandson of Alfa Mayoro Wele, the uncle of al˛jj Mlik Sy the Great whom he (Alfa Mayoro) initiated into the Tijniyya. Safiıd Wele learnt the Qur√n with different masters, including Mor Seck, Demba Ndiaye and Amın Kébé. He spent part of his life in Tivaouane where he was trained among others by fiAbd al-fiAzız b. Mlik Sy and his brother Manßür b. Malik Sy. He built an Arabic school in Gaya (Northern Sénégal). He is now the Khalıfa of the Alfa Mayoro branch of the Tijniyya based in Gaya. His writings are preserved in the family library in Louga.


323

1. ˘ayt al-Shaykh al-˘jj Mlik Sy MS: Louga, 80 p. 2.

Qaßfiid i) Q. fiash√ fı bayt al-shaykh fiAbbs Sall al-Tijnı. Opens: M sma˛a ’l-dahru min yawmin aladhdha bin * Ka’lyawmi ji√n lad dr ibni fiAbbs MS: Louga, 11 vv. ii) Q. bi-munsabat al-intikhb bayn Büba Sall wa-Ndiaye Zalzamn fı Sanluwı Senghor wa-na˛nu ’l-Mru nakhtru MS: Louga, 18 vv. iii) Q. fı ’l-radd fial hij√in min a˛ad al-buyti al dıniyya alkabıra Written in 1414/ 1994. Opens: Qad ˛uyyirat jumlat al-†ullbi wa’l-fiulam√ * Hal ji√ta bi’l-na÷mi aw bi’l-nathri aw bihim. MS: Louga, 72 vv. iv) Q. fı mad˛ al- shaykh Abı Bakr Sy al-khalıfa Opens: Inna fı ’stiw’i ’l-thar najmu ’l-thur fiajazü ’l- * wa-fı ’stiw√i ∂iy√i ’l-kawkabi ’l-qamar MS: Louga, 28 vv. v) Q. fı tahni√at al-sharıf fiAbd ’l-fiAzız al-˘asanı Opens: Y dh ’l-sharıfu karım al-aßli wa’l-nasabi * Mujaddid al-dıni bi’l-akhlqi wa’l-adabi. MS: Louga, 9 vv. vi) Q. fı ziyrat al-sharıf A˛mad ˘aydara fı Mtam Opens: Humümı min al-duny wußülı li-Mtami * Li-˛ubbı liq√ al-qarmi najli ’bni ˘shimi. Written in 1414/1994. MS: Louga, 9 vv. vii) Q. San Luwı [St-Louis] Opens: Tarnı idh m ji√tu drata San-Luwi * fiAl ˛lati m mithluh shribu ’l-khamri. MS:Louga, 20 vv. viii)

Q. al-shy.

324

CHAPTER SEVEN

Opens: Fa’l-shyu shif√un in khafıfan munafinafi * Li-s√iri amr∂i ’l-˛arürati wa’l-bardi. MS: Louga, 15 vv. ix) Opens: Sammıhi bi’l-sharıfi dhı ’l-martibi * Mu˛ammadi ’l-ghlı akhı ’l-mawhibi Written on the occasion of the naming ceremony of a son of his. MS: Louga, 11 vv. x) Tawassul al- asıf bi’l-nabı al-sharıf il Rabbihi al-La†ıf Opens: Tubn ilayka y ilha ’l-filamın * qbil al-tawbi li’lfiibdi ’l-mujrimın. MS: Louga, 70 vv. xi) Opens: Uhdı salm an il man ismuhü fialamu * Wa-man manqibuhü fı ’l-dıni tashtahiru On seeking a scholarship for one of his relatives at the Islamic University of Madına [Saudi Arabia]. MS: Louga, 22 vv. xii) Opens: Y ’bnı wa-y qurrata ’l-fiaynayni y waladı * summıta bi’l-gidiwı ’l-fütıyyi shaykhi fiUmar. Written on the occasion of the naming ceremony of one of his sons. MS: Louga, 9 vv. ABABACAR SY b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑‡AF◊ SY JAMˆL 1. ˘urüf Acrostic on the words of the Tijnı prayer ∑alt al-Fti˛. Publ. with French translation, Huruf: Composition à partir des lettres de la “Sallatul Fatihi” de Cheikhal Khalifa Seydi Ababacar Sy (RTA). Les ruissellements de la splendeur [ Back cover: 1997: Année Khalifa Ababacar Sy, Viatique pour le 21ème siècle, n.p. [Dakar]. n.d. (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 475) A˘flMAD DEM b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. A˘MAD MBACKE b. MU˘AMMAD b. SULAYM◊N b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN, b. 1312/1894-5 Samb, (1972), 249-57; Monteil (1980). 167-9


325

Of Tukulor origin, he was born and raised in Sokone in Sine Saloum; he also had distant ancestral connections to the Mbacké family of Touba and the Sy family of Tivaouane. He first studied the Qur√n with his paternal uncle. Then he went to Futa Toro to continue his studies, first with Ibrhım Aw in N’Daibé, with whom he studied the Risla; then in Walaldé with the brother of Mu˛ammad Aw, with whom he studied many Islamic sciences, including astronomy and mathematics. He also acquired the Tijnı wird. He then went to Thierno Yoro Bal in Guiguilone and studied with him the Maqmt of al-˘arırı, and the Q. hamziyya (in praise of the Prophet) of al-Büßırı. He returned to Sokone, and in 1922, made the pilgrimage to Mecca, and went on to Baghdad to study Mlikı fiqh. During this journey he passed through Acre in Palestine, where he underwent a second initiation into the Tijniyya, after briefly trying out the Naqshabandiyya. Later, after his return home, he received further initiations and the right to invest muqaddams from disciples of al-˛jj fiUmar, and personally from al-˛jj Mlik Sy. He remained a devoted Tijnı, but was firmly opposed to the teachings of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse. 1. Ajwiba fian as√ila fı ’l-wird al-Tijnı MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Soufisme , 9. 2. ∆iy al-nayyirayn Comm. on the Qur’n in 20 vols. Completed 5 Shafibn 1379/3 February 1960. See Samb (1972), 250, 253-7; see also Mu˛ammad Mus†af Deme: al-Burhn al-w∂i˛. Publ. Tanger: Imprimerie du Royaume Marocain (see Samb (1972), 252. 3. Dıwn al-shifir See Samb, (1972), 250. 4. Gharıb al-lugha al-fiarabiyya See Samb, (1972), 250. 5. al-˘athth fial ’l-ittifq wa-tark al-mirfi Samb, (1972), 250.

326

CHAPTER SEVEN

6. al-fiIqd al-thamın fı ˛adıth al-ßdiq al-amın On ˛adıth; see Samb, (1972), 250. 7. ˆq÷ al-wasnn Treatise on Sufism; see Samb, (1972), 250. 8. Jal√ al-fuhüm fi nawdır al-fiulüm On rare Arabic words; see Samb,(1972), 250. 9. Kshif al-˛ijb fı fiilm al-˛isb See Samb (1972), 250. Publ: Saint-Louis, n.d. (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Astronomie, 7). 10. Naßı˛at al-ikhwn On Sufism; see Samb, (1972) 250. 11. Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj Mlik Sy wa’l-˛jj fiAbd Allh Niys MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire, 5e. 12. al-Raw∂t al-nadiyya fial ’l-maqßürat al-Duraydiyya Comm. on the Maqßüra of Mu˛ammad b. al-˘asan Ibn Durayd al-Azdi (d. 933); see GAL I, 111, S I, 172. 13. Shar˛ al-Bjürı Evidently comm. on a work of Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad al-Bjürı (d. 1860) perhaps his R. fı ’l-taw˛ıd (see GAL II, 639, S II, 335). MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Théologie, 4. 14. Tamrın al-†ullb On grammar; see Samb, (1972) 250. 15. Tanbıh al-aghbiy√ fial isti˛lat ru√yat Allh tafil bi’l-abßr fı ’l-duny sharfi an li-ghayr khtim al-anbiy√ Polemic attacking Sh. Ibrhım Niasse for his alleged capacity to ‘show” God to his disciples.


327

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Soufisme; 12; ms. copied in 1930 in Sokone (copy in UBMIA/TIJ 125). 16. Tanfıs al-ßli˛ın Publ: Saint-Louis, n.d. (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, soufisme, 11). 17. Ta√rıkh al-˛jj fiUmar MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire 3d. 18. fiUnwn al-†irz fı ’l-ri˛la il ’l-˘ijz On his pilgrimage of 1922; see Samb, (1972) 250. MU˘AMMAD MUS‡AF◊ DEM He is a nephew of A˛mad Dem . 1. al-Burhn al-w∂i˛ fial ˛ayt al-fiilm fı Ifrıqıya al-sawd√ Account of the ceremony launching the publication of A˛mad Deme’s ∆iy√ al-nayyirayn; see Samb, (1972), 251-7. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire 7c.

MU˘AMMAD AL-H◊Dˆ b. SHA√TH TURE AND HIS DESCENDANTS MU˘AMMAD AL-H◊Dˆ b. SHA√TH TURE., b. 1311/1894, d. 1399/1979. A native speaker of Wolof, he was born in Fass Ture in the heart of the Kajoor region (Central Senegal). He studied the Qur√n with his father in Fass, and then with him also other Islamic topics. Around 1912, he went to Tivaouane and became a close disciple of Mlik Sy, the founder of the Sy branch of the Tijniyya. He appeared to be a very gifted student, particularly in algebra and astronomy, and he produced a number of works in such fields. From 1912 to 1922 he lived in Tivaouane, and at some point he was in charge of the education of the children of Mlik Sy. When Mlik Sy passed away in 1922, he returned to his village Fss

328

CHAPTER SEVEN

Ture, which not only he contributed to its being a famous centre for studies, particularly Qur√nic studies. A lot of his writings were lost, including a collection of poems that he was trying to publish in Saudi Arabia, and a 300 page treatise on algebra that was burnt in his house. Manuscripts listed below are in his family’s collection in Fass (northern Senegal), unless otherwise indicated.

1.

Tabßirat al-†ullb bi-mabdi√ al-˛isb

2. Ta˛qıq al-maql fı ÷ill al-zawl MS: IFAN, Fonds de la région de Louga; see Nouveau catalogue, p. 188. 3.

Kayfiyyat ta˛wıl al-ta√rıkh al-hijrı il ’l-mıldı wa-fiaksuhü

4.

Kayfiyyat wa∂fi al-taqwım al-mıldı wa’l-hijrı

5.

Qaß√id

(I) By title i) Gharıb amr Dakr. Opens: Wa-min al-fiaj√ibi fı Dakar li-mubßirı * Kawn al-usüdi yaßıduh ’l-ghizlnü ii) Q. fı ’l-iftikhr bi-shuyükhihi Opens: Y skinı ’l-Sinighl hal ghayrı * Mimm banaytum ˛√izun fakhrı. iii) Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı wa-irshdt fı mukhtalif al-maydın Opens: Lamfinu barqi ’l-layli na˛wa ’l-mashriqı * abd haw qalbı bi-nürin mashriqı iv) Q fı mad˛ al-biqfi al-islmiyya al-muqaddasa. Opens: Ya qßid al-˛aramayni bushrka ’˛riß * Fı-m nawayta wa-bi’l-mansiki akhliß


329

v) Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj Mlik. Opens: A-tarawna fı ’l-Sinighla †abban yu˛kimu * †ibban li-dhı qalb in ya†ıru wa-ya˛simu vi) Q. fı mad˛i al-nabı Opens: Atnı amrun min amırı wa-fiindan * Dawmu ’mtithl al-mar√i amr an mufiayyan vii) Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı. Opens: Sali ’l-nsa ahla ’l-fiar∂i aw kha†† al-istiw√ı * Fa-hal fakhru ‡h ’l-Muß†af ghayruhu ˛aw viii) Q. fı madh al-nabı bi-amrin min khlihi. Opens: Khlı dafinı wa-qla lı ’ttakhidh qalam * wa’mda˛ nabiyya ’l-hud wal takun sa√im ix) Q. fı mad˛ Momar ∑ßum Diakhate. Opens: Uhdı salman fiarfuhü muta∂awwifiü * Li-janbi khlı qadruhü mutaraffifiü. In praise of his uncle. x) Q. fı mad˛ al-rasül. Opens: fiAdhülı tarki ’l- lawma lam asta†ifi ßabr * bal amrı suyül al-damfii aw anzil al-qabr xi) Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj Mlik Sy. Opens: Y man yurıdu lu˛üq an bi’lladhı sabaq * Min al-rijli wa-sabqan bafida m la˛iq xii) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh al- ˛jj Mlik Sy. Opens: Ab ’l-˛abıb salıl al-qu†bi ’Uthmn * wa˛ıdu fiaßrika ta√yıdan wa-fiirfn xiii)

Q fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-Tijnı. a) Opens: A-l malı˛ al-shifiri anshid fa-nasmafi * wa-l tajfialna dhikra ’l-ghanjti ma†lafi b) Opens: Bushr li-man manhj salak * Wa-rafi shar√i†an wa-m tarak c) Opens: Qad ishtqa qalbı il sayyidı * Wa-shaykhı al- Tijnı al- fat ’l-amjadi

330

CHAPTER SEVEN

d) Opens: Y arıb an yabtaghı manhaj * Li-mafz in l yur afiwaj e) Opens: Yashtqu qalbı il qu†bin ˛aw sharaf * Wa-jumlat al fiaybi fianhu ’llhu qad ßaraf f) Opens: Y ukhayya khudh nama† * Li’l-jinni munbasi† xiv) Q. fı mad˛ al-†arıqa al-Tijniyya. Opens: Udhnı tamujju kalmakum y-luwwamü * Wa’l-qalbu min hazytikum yata√allamü

.

xv) Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi Opens: Sharibn khumür al-shawqi fı sakartı * Wa-khu∂n bu˛ür al-fiishqi fı ghamartı xvi) Q. fı rith√ ummihi. Opens: Allhu akbar inna ’l-fiumra firiyyatü * wa-kullu firiyatin l budda mardüdü xvii) Q. fı ’l-taw˛ıd. Opens: al-˘amdu li-llhi mawln ’lldhı bada√ * ˆjda ◊dama ˛ına hayya√a ’l-˛ama√ xviii) Q. fı shukr Allh tafil. Opens: Yanlu ’l-mar√u mabghhü * Idh m ’llhu afi†hü xix) Q. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd. Opens: Y lhiyan bi’l-shabbi fa’ntahizi * Furßatuhü wa’lba†latu ’shta√izi xx) Q. Istightha bi’l-˛jj Mlik Sy Opens: ˘abıbı ˛abıbı maldhı wa-bughyatı * Immı murdı frija ’l-hammi junnatı MS: Guéoul. xxi) Q. al-tawassul wa-dufi √ li’l-wird wa’l-wa÷ıfa. Opens: Y ’jillhu fiann ’jzına li’l-shaykh sayyidin * al-˛jj Mlik bi-m yur∂ıhi bi-llhi

(II) By first line: xxii) fiAjaban li-man fiarafa ’l-hidyata wa’btagh * Wa-binüri ‡h lam yakun mustaßbigh


331

xxiii) A-l y ab zaydin fian al-˛aqqi fa’f˛aßi * wa-in kunta lam taqdir fa-qallid li-darqaßi xxiv) A-l y fiadhülı l talumnı fial ’l-˛ubbı * Fa-hadhka law tadrı thaqılun fial qalbı xxv) A-l kullu awrdi ’l-shuyükhi ’l-nüri * Baßırata man yarfi shurü†an wa-yadhkuru xxvi) A-l y qawmu fa’stamifiü ’l-˛adıth * Bi-mad˛i’lMuß†af ’l-nadbi ’l-mughıth xxvii) Allhu akbar min siwhü wa-afi÷amu * Wa-afiazzu minhu wa-minhu ay∂an akramu xxviii) Aßıghü il mad˛ al-walı ’l-mukammali * khitmi ’lwilyt al-fialı ’l-mufa∂∂alı xxix) A-ya†ıbu fiayshuka wa’l-mashıbu qad ifital * Fawdayka muntashirn wa-mawtuka aqbal xxx) Balha ’l-malma fa-inn ßabran faragh * Wa’l-saylu sayl al-haw il ’l-zub balagh xxxi) Bi-fa∂lika y mawlya kun lı whib * Sulüka †arıq al qawmi qalb an wa-qlab Acrostic of: Bi’smi ’llhi ’l-Ra˛mni ’l-Ra˛ım. xxxii) Bi-fss in sayyidun tana√a * fiAdım al-mithli mudh nasha√. xxxiii) ∆fia ’l-shabbu bi-l fiilmin wa-l fiamalı * Wa-shba ra√siya shayb al-dhulli wa’l-khajali xxxiv) Fa-idh fu√d al-mar√i kna tawassakh * Bi-madı˛i ‡h fal-yazul kullu al-†akh xxxv) Fa-m lı wa-m li’l-ghniyti wa-m liy * Wa-m lisiwya’l-mukhtri ˛att ubliy xxxvi) Fu√dı li’l-˛abıbi fia÷ımu fiishqı* Wa-qalbı li’l-fiurüqi bi-dhlika yusqı xxxvii) Hal min murabbin ˛aw kaml * Ka-mithl al-shaykh al-Tijnı ll

332

CHAPTER SEVEN

xxxviii) Hal qu†bu d√irat al-wujüdi wa-markazü * Falak alfiul li-mad√i˛ı yatahazhazü xxxix) al-˘amdu li-llhi ’lladhı qaddar * Wa-fiaf wa-zda fia†√an liman shakar xl) Kunn lad zaman al-nuw * nanshı ’l-farı∂a wananshuru xli) Inna fı Fs waliyyan ˛wiyy * Li’l-mazy li’l-bary hdiy xlii) La-mad˛u rasül Allhi ka ’l-shahdi fı ’l-famı * Fa-qum wa’sqınıhi muskiran bi’l-tarannumı xliii) Laqad ∂fiat al-ashfiru idh m yuqra÷u * Siw ’lMuß†af man ßıtuhü laysa yafiki÷u xliv) L qarma ill wa-hdın lahü sanadü * Huwa ’lhumm alladhı m mithluhü a˛adü Acrostic of “La ilha illa ’llah, Mu˛ammadun rasül Allh” xlv) L tanmı y fiaynu jüdı bi-damfii * Ffiilin fifil alwbilına bi-zarfii xlvi) Rabbi bi-l ilha ill ’llh * Qin ’l-rad wa-kulla m nakhshh xlvii) ∑aramtu ˛abliya min layl wa-in afiishi * ∑araftu hammı bi-madh al-Muß†af ’l-Qurashı xlviii) Than√u khayr al-war li’l-fawzi fiunwnü * L yashghalanka fianh ’l-dahra insnü xlix) ‡ulu shaykhı fı Dakr * Minhu qalbı fıhi nr Written on the occasion of a visit of al-˘jj Mlik Sy to Dakar. l) Uhdı salman zrı ’l-jwı * Bi-bayti shifirin r√iqin bwı In praise of his uncle. li) Wa-l√imin lumtuhü fı ’l-lawmi aw kn * mustafidhiran an ndim wa-nazruhü ln lii) Wa-qul li’lladhı yashkü fial qalbihı ’l-ghi† * Li-yuthni fial ’l-mukhtri dhı ’l-nüri wa’l-fia†


333

liii) Y dh ’lladhı athra duran khafı * Fı mad˛i ‡h ’lMuß†af ’l-ashrafi liv)

Y ba˛ru sirbı il ˛abıbı * Bi-ar∂i Fsin fatan najıbi

lv) Y ß˛i in rumta fı ’l-firdawsi abyt * qul fı madı˛i rasüli ’llhi abyt lvi) Y sayyid al-rusuli y man mad˛uhü daraku * Li’lmubtadı wa-hajhu fı ’lla÷ daraku lvii) Y shfiiran yartajı bi-shifirihı nifiam * Aw yattaqı niqamn aw yabtaghı ˛ikam lviii) Ya shfiiran yarjü ’l-nabiyya wa-yamda˛u * Y safida jiddika kullu safiyika yarba˛u lix)

Y qalbu m laka ka’l-jarı˛ * hall tafıqu wa-tastarı˛

lx) Y slikan yashtakı fı qalbihı mara∂ * qum li’l-†abıbi ’l-Tijnı yashfi m fiara∂ A˘MAD AL-TIJ◊Nˆ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-H◊Dˆ b. SHA√TH TURE, b. 1345/1927 He was born in Kébémer in Central Senegal. A scholar of great learning, he received all his education in his father’s village, Fass Ture. He spent much of his career teaching in his father’s school. Since the death of his eldest brother in 1996, he has become the imm of the Jumufia mosque of Fass. His writings are preserved in the family library in Fass. 1.

Ta˛rır al-aqwl fı trıkh al-Sinighl

2.

Talkhıß al-afilm li-arkn al-islm

3. K. makrim al-akhlq Completed in 1394/1974 4.

Shurü† al-mufimalt fı af∂al al-diynt

334

CHAPTER SEVEN

5. Na÷m asm√ Allh al-˛usn. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi li-yawmi ’l-fiar∂i * Rabbi al-samwti warabb al-ar∂i. Written in 1394/1974. 6.

Qaß√id

(I) By title i) Q. fı bafi∂ aßdiq√ihı Opens: Hay˛nun fı ba˛ri ’l-layli khußüß * Mnifiun min mawnifii ’l-yammi ghawßn ii) Q. fı falsafat al-˛ayt Opens: Bidyatu kulli shay√in fı ’˛tiqri * Fa-hdh ’l-dıku aßlan kna farakh iii) Q. fı ˛aqıqat al-†uruq al-ßüfiyya Opens: Kullu wirdin ütiya il nsi fiar∂ * La-daw√u ’l-murıdi rü˛an wa-fiar∂ iv) Q. fı hathth al-shabb fial ’l-jidd wa’l-fiamal Opens: Tafilaw y shabba’l-qu†ri li’stishkhdhi Müsn.* Written in 1375/1956. v) Q. fı ’l-iftikhr bi’l-Sinighl. Opens: M lan min kharı†ati ’l-ar∂i dhı * Ghayru m ’lSinighl min khayri ’l-wa†anı vi) Q. fı mad˛ ajddihi Opens: M fianna fiaynayka mundhu ’l-layli lam tanami * A-fı ’lfu√di khaylu ’l-˛ubbi min alami vii)

Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı. a) A-afiyi m yadüru fı ’l-khuldi l * Am an l afiı wa-lam alqa bl b) A-l l˛a shaybun bayna fawdı wa-hmatı * Wabayya∂a fa˛mı mundhiran lı nihyatı


335

c) A-l ÷ahar al-fasdu fı ’l-barri wa’l-ba˛rı * Bi-m kasabat aydı unsin dhawı ’l-kufrı d) Opens: A-l y mlik al-mulki ’l-fia÷ımı * Laka ’l˛amdu ’l-˛adıthu mafia ’l-qadımı e) Hal min maraddin lı zamnan m∂iy * layta ’lbuk√a yuraddu dahran n√iyy f)

Hal samifitum ’l-khabar * jalla m bihı nashar

g) ˘amdan li-jfiilin bi-ma˛∂ al-nifimah * Min ummat al-mukhtri fiayni ’l-ra˛mah h) Il dhı ’l-jüdi ka ’l-ba˛r al-fası˛ı * Rasülu ’l-lhi dhı ’l-raw∂ al-∂arı˛ı i) Inna li’l-shamsi khibratan fı ’l-tawrıkhı * Wa-law bi’l-jawbi jdat bi-hamsı j) L kuf√a m bayna ’l-bası†ati wa’l-suh * Li’lMuß†af ’l-mukhtri min ülı ’l-nuh Written in1393/1974. k)

Laqad ∂fiat taqrı÷ı * Wa-abytı wa-ank÷ı

l) Li’l-ra˛li ta˛tı min al-a†ı†i * bi-mithli m bı min algha†ı†i m) Qılı tawall il ’l-zimmi wa-miqwadı * Wa-lidhka bittu ’l-layla laylata anqadi Written in 1378/1959. n)

Shuddü ’l-ri˛la il ßindıdin ’l-fiarabı * ’lhshimiyyi ’l-sharıfi ’l-aßl wa’l-nasabi

viii) Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiAbd al-fiAzız Sy fı i˛d ziyratihı liFs Ture. Opens: A-l ˛alla fı ’l-dri ∂ayfun lan * karımun bißa˛bin kirm in hun ix) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh fiAbd al-fiAzız Sy. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi fı fiawdı il qalamı * Li-mad˛i fiAbdi ’l-fiAzız ’l-mlikı ’l-fialami

336

CHAPTER SEVEN

x) Q fı mad˛ al-shaykh A˛mad al-Tijnı. Opens: Su˛q an li-salm wa-layl ayyu fiudwnı * baynı wabaynahum min düni buhtnı xi) Q. fı mad˛ shaykhin al-Tijnı. Opens: Than√ı li-samiyyı al-qu†bi widdı * wa-˛aythu ’l-dınu muntasabı wa-jaddı xii) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh Ndiassé Mbaye . Opens: Minnı ilayka ta˛iyytun mufatta˛atü * Akmmu azhrih min raw∂at al-bni xiii) Q. fı mad˛ ummihi. Opens: L shakka annaki law-l kunti ßbirat * M kunti skinatan fı Fsa min alami xiv) Q. fı mad˛ wlidihi Opens: Fa-l budda min raffii aqlmin * nuhü∂an li-tashhıdhi adhhnin. Written in 1376/1957 xv) Q. fı mufitabat al-nafs. Opens: Ar rü˛ı turıdu ’l-majda * Wa’l-khayrti wa’l-fiizz. Written in 1972/1392 xvi) Q. fı naßı˛at al-ikhwn. Opens: Rfii m anta qultahü li’l-munjı * Wa’l-munj walaysa ka ’l-burwjı xvii) Q. fı rith√i ummihi Opens: Faqadtu fiawnan ar min khayri afiwnı * Bi-faqdi ummı ’llatı min khayri niswnı. xviii) Q. fı ’l-ta√assuf fial ibtifid al-ns fian al-sharıfia alislmiyya. Written in 1381/ 1962. Opens: A-min †üli ’l-fiuhüdi am al-tan√ı * tar tarakü qawnına ’l-sam√ı. xix) Q. fı ’l-taßawwuf. Opens: ‡arıqu ahli ’l-ilhi * Qafrun wa-wafirun ßadüfiu. xx) Q. fı ’l-tasbı˛. Opens: Sub˛na man l yumr * Wa-l yur wa-l yubr


337

Written in 1393/1973. xxi) Q. f’l-tawassul Opens: Khudh bi-∂abfiı ilayka Rabbiya akhdh * Layyinan aw biaydi lu†fika jabdh xxii) Q. fı ’l-taw˛ıd Opens: Fa-dhü ’l-fiarshi mawjüdun qadıman bil ’btid * WaBqin bil ’ntih dawman bil ’mtir xxiii) Q. li’l-tawassul il ’llh bi-jh al-nabı wa-bi-˛urmat alTijnı. Opens: Afiüdhu bi’llhi min dhanbin yafiüqu fiani ’l * -Wußüli li’l-˛a∂rat al-fiuly il ’llhi

(II) By first line: xxiv) Akhı anßit il ˛adıthı * Li-mad˛i khayr al-war ’lqafiıthi xxv) A-l ayyuh ’l-ikhwnu qümü * Il taghyıri aw∂afi alrafiy Written after the excecution of Mustaf Lo, for attempting to assassinate former president of Senegal Léopold Senghor . xxvi) A-l shamsu ’l-hud †alafiat fialayn * Bi-hmdi ’llhi na˛nu ’l-muslimın Written in 1390/1971 xxvii) fiAmmara ’llhu fimiran wa-rawn * M ku√üs aldbi qad nwaln. Written in 1395/1975. In praise of the book of Amar Samb (See Samb,1972) xxviii) A-tar shukra shkirin li-jaw√i * jda bi’l-malali wjiban am jamıl xxix) A y mdi˛an layl wa-zaydan wa-khlid * wa-khilan wa-tajan hal nasıta Mu˛ammad?

338

CHAPTER SEVEN

xxx) Bushr bi-mawlidi dh ’l-qmüsi qad sa†afiat * Anwruhü fa-a∂fiat jawwa linjn Written in 1399/1979 when the first issue of the magazine “alQmüsı” published in Kaolack by A˛mad Dienn came out . xxxi)

Fa’mda˛ü ’lladhı †araq * Wa’rtaq ’l-sam√ araq

xxxii) Ghdartu Fsan il Dakr * Fı yawmi ’l-ithnayni fial ’l-nahr. Describes his stay in Cairo in 1986. xxxiii) ˘amdan li-mawln ’lladhı fata˛ * Bba ’l-wußüli liman ilayhi na˛ xxxiv) ˘amdan li-Rabbı idh ’l-aqdmu qad wa†i√at * Turbata mißra bild al-nıli wa’l-haram On Egypt. xxxv) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad arsal * A˛mada bi’lkitbi kay yu˛allil. In praise of al-˛jj fiAbd al-fiAzız b. Mlik Sy. (Acrostic of the name of the latter). xxxvi) Inna ’l-shuyükha kullahum kirmu * Amm ’l-fakhükhu fa-hum al-li√mu In praise of al-˛jj Shakh Mbacké. (Acrostic of the name of the latter). xxxvii) Li-mad˛i A˛mada ‡h * ‡awılan sahirtu laylı xxxviii)Khalli ’l-taghazzula fı-madı˛i ’l-Muß†af * Inna ’ltafiazzula fı ’l-madıhi qad intaf Written in 1972/1392 xxxix) Lam yazal wjib al-wujüdi wa˛ıd * Lam yajid qa††u ß˛iban aw walıd Acrostic of “La ilha illa ’llha, Mu˛ammadun rasül Allh” xl) Sa√aln ahla hdh ’l-˛ayyi * Wa-damfiı sqi†un fian mayyi Written in 1949.


339

xli) Takallam akhı fı ’llhi †abfi an bi-l ’l-tiw * Fa-l yarsha˛ ’l-an bighayri ’lladhı ˛aw. Written in 1390/1971. xlii) ‡alafi al-badru fı rubüfii qurayshi * Fa ’l-nra ’l-thar fial kulli nawshi xliii) Wa-hal fiawd al-fat ’l-ndarwı li-Fsi * Siw ’l-tafibıri fian kurh al-tansı To welcome Malik Mu˛sin from Saint-Louis (Ndar in Wolof) on the occasion of a visit to Fass Ture. xliv) Wa’llhi m kna fi ’l-akwni man balagh * ˘aqıqata ’l-Muß†af bi’l-fiilmi law nabagh xlv) Ya khayra mawlüd in mawjüd in at * Min khayri mafibüdin ’l-war kay ya†f xlvi) Y madı˛an li-ghayri ‡h rasüli ’llhi * M dh janayta min mad˛i dhk Written in 1390/1971. fiABD AL-fiAZˆZ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-H◊Dˆ b. SHA√TH TURE, b. 1367/1948 He was born in Fass Ture where he received all his training. It was his father and his brother al-˛jj Mlik Ture who trained him in Qur√nic and Islamic studies. He is now believed to be one of the most learned men in astrology in Senegal. He is the principal of the Qur√nic school named Dr al-Arqm li-Tahfı÷ al-Qur√n al-Karım. He also chairs another fiilm school where he teaches various Islamic subjects. All items listed below are preserved in manuscript form in the Ture family library in Fass. 1. Ahammiyyat al-tafilım al-Islmı Written in 1402/1982 2.

al-fiAqıda al- islmiyya

3. al-Azma al-rü˛iyya fı Sinighl Written in 1416/1996.

340

4.

CHAPTER SEVEN

Bafi∂ al-jawnib min kamlt sayyidin Mu˛ammad

5. al-˘afalt al-fi√iliyya Written in 1406/1986. 6. ˘ayt al-imm Mlik Written in 1412/1992. 7. ˘iwr bayn al-fiaql wa’l-dın Opens: Waqafa ’l-fiaqlu wazamjar * wa-amm al-dıni tharthar. Written in 1400/1980. 8. ˘uqüq al-†ifl fı ’l-islm Written in 1412/1992. 9. Ifrıqiyya Poem, opens: Ifrıqiyy ’stayqi÷ı wa-†rudı * fiIdki ’l-ghuzti wa-l tarqudı. Written in 1396/ 1976. 10. al-Inba il ’llh Opens: Huymı il ghayri ’l-ilhi shaqwatun * Takhayyaltuh safidan wa-˛ubbı lahü ’l-safidu. Written in 1396/1976. 11. al-Islm manhaj ˛ayt Written in 1400/1980. 12. al-Islm wa-wqifi al-Muslim al-mufißir Written in 1415/1995. 13. al-Islm wa’l-shabb Written in 11 Rabıfi I 1415/19 August 1994. 14. al-Kattıb Written in 1403/1983. 15. al-Kitb wa’l-sunna Written in 1415/1995.


341

16. L illha ill’llh Written in 1407/1987. MS: Fass, 69 p. 17. Lim-dh yakhfüna al-Islm? Written in 1412/1992 18.

al-Mar√a fı ’l-islm

19. al-Mar√a al-muslima Written in 1416/1996. 20. al-Masünı fı nürin am ÷alm ? Written in 1405/1985 21. Mafilim al-†arıq Written in 1405/1985 22. Q. fı mabdi√ fiilm al-falak Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-fiAlı al-Afilamı * Mudawwiri al-aflk mujrı ’l-anfiumı 23. Q. fı ’l-tawakkul fial ’llh Opens: Man ghayru Rabbika tarjühu wa-ta√malu * an yuza˛zi˛a ’lhamma wa’l-awjla wa’l-kurab 24. Q. fı ’l-muwzana bayn al-mar√a al-˛a∂riyya wa’l mar√a albadawiyya Written in 1408/1988. Opens: Kadhabat in iddafiat al-˛a∂rata awbadat * Badawiyyatun fı zayyi man tata˛a∂∂arü. 25.

Qaß√id i) Opens: An l as√alu nafsı * Mithla Suqr†a wa-Hubsi ii) Opens: Laysat ˛ukümat Senghor aw-Lamin * Taq∂ı lan ’l-˛jt fiinda man qamin iii) Opens: Na˛nu ˛umt al-dıni * Bi’l-fiilmi wa’l-talqın nafdıhi bi’l-watın * bi-fiazminat al-mubın

342

CHAPTER SEVEN

A song of the pupils of the Fass Qur√anic school. Written in 1410/1990 iv) Opens: Kuntu khilwan min al-humümi barı√ * Waan jawd ufi†ı ’l-nawla jarı√ 26. Talkhıß al-manhaj al-islmı fı ’l-tarbiya Written in 1407/1987 27.

al-Tarbiya al-islmiyya

28. al-Taw˛ıd wa’l-shirk Written in 1412/1992. 29. al-fiUlam wa’l-islm Written in 1404/1984. MADIOR CISSÉ. b. 1919 Samb (1972), 99. Grandson of Muhammad Mlik Cissé, known as Madior Cissé the Great (See Chapter 9). He was initiated into the Tijniyya and appointed the deputy of Serigne Babacar Sy in Saint-Louis. A number of his writings were translated into French and published by fiAbd Allh Cissé as Musulmans, pouvoir et société d’après les dits et les écrits de Son Eminence Serigne Madior Cissé. Paris, L’Harmattan, 1998. 1. A∂w√ fial mashrüfiiyyat al-i˛tifl bi’l-mawlid al-nabawı alsharıf On the orthodoxy of celebrating the birthday of Prophet Mu˛ammad. Publ. I˛sn, 4, July 1998. 2. A˛km al-ßiym Publ. I˛sn, 10 January 1999. 3. fiˆd al-fi†r Publ. I˛sn, 11 January 1999


343

4. al-Taqw Publ. I˛sn, 12 February 1999. On piety. Writings in French 5. L’Essentiel sur la Purification Adapted trans. by his son of talks given by Madior Cissé in Arabic and Wolof. Publ. St.- Louis: Fondation Serigne Madior Cissé, 2000. copy in NU/Hunwick, 483). 6. L’Essentiel sur le maouloud à la mosquée Ihsaan Described as “d’après les dits et les écrits de Son Eminence Serigne Madior Cissé”. Publ. Saint-Louis: Fondation Serigne Madior Cissé, 2000 (copy in NU/Hunwick, 484). AHMAD TALL, b. 1943 Born in Saint-Louis, Senegal, and now an independent teacher and Sufi shaykh in Dakar, his own principle shaykh was Abü Bakr Zayd alJalluwı (q.v.), who is described in a cover note in his Niche des Secrets as his “illustre Maître le Saint et Sublime Imam de Bansang”. A˛mad Tall describes himself as “professeur de Lettres, Islamologue et écrivain”. 1. Mishkt al-asrr or Niche des Secrets A book of prayers with emphasis placed on their numerological significance. The principal language of the book is French, though the text of most of the prayers is given in Arabic. Publ. 2nd edn., n.p., 1995 with the title Niche des Secrets: recueil d’Arcanes Mystiques dans la Tradition Soufie. 2. Dimensions de l’Islam selon le Coran et la Sounnah Publ. Dakar: Sicap Baobob, 1996.

344

CHAPTER SEVEN

DESCENDANTS AND FOLLOWERS OF CERNO fi UTHM◊N SY

fiUTHM◊N SY b. ABˆ BAKR b. IBR◊HIM, al-Mlikı al-Ashfiarı alTijnı, known as Cerno fiUthmn Sy, d. 1931 His son A˘MAD fiIY◊N SY b. fiUTHM◊N SY b. 10 Jumd I 1331/17 April 1913, d. 1984 Samb, (1972), 85-98; Diouf (2002)

The eldest son of fiUthmn Sy, A˛mad fiIyn founded a branch of the Tijniyya distinct from the better-known branch of his brother Mlik Sy. He was taught the Qur√n by his father, who also initiated him into Arabic literature and Sufism. However, it was through the teaching of his father’s disciple and biographer Cerno Mody ◊che that he deepened his knowledge of the Islamic sciences. In time A˛mad fiIyn became recognized as one of the finest Senegalese Arabic poets. Other mentors of his included Badara Diack and Cerno Hamdine Kane, all of whom were disciples of his father. In 1931, his father died and, at the tender age of eighteen, he succeeded him as leader of his community based in Saint-Louis, the former capital of French West Africa. It was during this period that he began writing. Between 1934 and 1936, he served in the colonial army, and in the last year of his service spent a few months in the Senegalese city of Thiès, and then served in Algeria and France. In 1936, he returned to SaintLouis and lived there until his death in 1984. He wrote a great deal. His poetry deals with the traditional themes of classical poetry, the passion of native land, the praise of his friends, and a number of panegyrics of the Prophet Muhammad. His military career was also an important source of inspiration for his poetry. 1. Majmüfi qaß√id fı mad˛ al-nabı MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Panégyriques, 3d. 2. Mawlid sayyid al-filamın fı asfr al-mursalın MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Discours, I a.


345

3. al-Shif√ fi mad˛ al-Muß†af His most significant collection of poems. Publ. Dakar: M. Mma Jrah, n.d. (copy in Dakar (IFAN), St Louis, 387). 4. al-Khaw†ir al-fiiyniyya Collection of poems. 5. A prose work on the Tijniyy Samb, (1972), 98 6. [Majmüfi qaß√id] (i) Collection of poems, mainly in praise or congratulation of various public figures ranging from Safiıd al-Nür [Seydou Nourou Tall] and al-˛jj Mlik Sy to Marshal Pétain and General De Gaulle. A total of 65 poems in 158 pp. (numbered 9-218, with many pp. missing), copied 28 Rabıfi II 1385/26 August 1965. Poem no. 23 (3 vv.) explains the name fiIyn: it was adopted by his grandfather A˛mad and refers to an ability to spy out the intentions of both enemies and honest folk. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Saint-Louis, 383(i), photo, with index. Publ. trans. of some extracts in Samb (1972), 92-4. (ii) Collection of poems in praise of the Prophet and supplication of God. A total of 37 poems in 165 pp. (numbered 1-218, with many pp. mising). Includes some poems found in (i) above. MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Saint-Louis, 383(ii), photo. 7. Kurrs jmifia li-mad˛ al-Shaykh al-Tijnı Collection of poems in praise of Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı, 65 pp. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Saint-Louis, 384. 8. Qaß√id fı ’l-mad˛ Includes many poems found in Majmüfi (i) above. The last poem in the collection is al-Shif√ fi mad˛ al-Muß†af. MS: Dakar (IFAN), 385 (photo, 142 pp.) 9.

Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Niys

346

CHAPTER SEVEN

(i) Opens: Qul li’l-khalifati abq Allhu ˛urmatahu * Wa-anna shfiirahu fı ’l-bbi qad waqaf. Publ. Trans. extracts in Samb (1972), 91. (ii) Opens: Y khayra man zra ’l-aw†n * Wa-khayra man min fiulüm al-dıni makhzünü Poem composed during his last visit to the tomb of Sh. Mu˛ammad Niys in Kaolack in March, 1983. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Saint-Louis, 386. 10.

Q. fı mad˛ Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı i) Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi l mafibüba ill huwa * Bi’l˛aqqi l rabba ill rabbun ’llhu MS: Dakar (IFAN), Saint-Louis, 389. ii) Opens: ˘ayyi Drin kulla ˛ını * ˘awla Fsin hiya dını MS: Dakar (IFAN), Saint-Louis, 391.

11. Poems in Arabic supplicating God MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Saint-Louis, 388, 390 M◊LIK fiIY◊N b. fiUTHM◊N SY known as al-˛jj Mlik Sy, b. 1333/1915, d. 1392/20 January 1973 Diouf (2002).

Born in Saint-Louis, Senegal, he was fiUthmn Sy’s second son. Like his brothers, he was initiated into the Qur√n in his family’s house in the ward of Sor in Saint-Louis. He first studied with his father, and when the latter passed away, it was with Cerno Mody ◊che that he studied various Islamic sciences. Worthy of note is the fact that he spent one year in Thilogne, in the hinterland of the Saint-Louis region to deepen his knowledge. In early 1947 he went to Fez to attend the Qarawiyyin university. In 1949 he graduated in Islamic Law. He then went to Algeria where he attended the Institut Supérieur d’Etudes Islamiques at the Faculty of Arts of the University of Algiers, and obtained the Bachelor of Arts (licence ès-lettres) in 1953. After his graduation, he went back to Senegal and occupied several positions in the colonial civil service: Deputy Director of Islamic Affairs from 1953 to 1957, and Director 1957 to 1960. When Senegal gained independence from colonial rule, he became the country’s first


347

ambassador to Saudi Arabia. In 1963, he returned to Senegal and occupied a number of positions in the civil service. In 1973, he was appointed Deputy Secretary-General of the Organisation of the Islamic Conference, but before he could take up the post he died in Mecca while performing the pilgrimage on 20 January 1973. 1. Dirst ˛awla al-qa∂y al-ijtimfiiyya Written in 1941. MS: Dakar. See Diouf (2002). 2. ˘ikyat al-ri˛la: al-˘ajj il bayt Allh al-˛arm wa’lmulha÷t ˛awla al-maghrib wa’l-Jaz√ir Completed in 1946. MS: Dakar. See Diouf (2002). 3. Naßı˛at al-ikhwn fı manfi tark qir√at al-Qur√n See Tijn Gaye (2001), 110. 4. al-Risla al-muqaddasa fı ta√rıkh Füta Türu Translated into French by the author under the title La mission sacrée ou l’histoire du Futa Toro MS: Dakar. See Diouf (2002). 5. Tafiqub al-layl wa’l-nahr Completed in 1954. MS: Dakar. See Diouf (2002). 6. al-Waßy al-mufıda fı ’l-tarbiya al-Islmiyya Written in 1936. MS: Dakar. See Diouf (2002). In French 7. Le chemin de la croyance vers la foi Completed in 1947) MS: Dakar. See Diouf (2002).

348

CHAPTER SEVEN

MU∑‡AF◊ fiIY◊N b. fiUTHM◊N SY b. 1334/1916 d. 23 Mu˛arram 1411/11 August 1990 Diouf (2002).

Muß†af fiIyn Sy was the third son of Cerno fiUthmn Sy. Born in SaintLouis in 1916, he studied the Qur√n with his father Cerno fiUthmn Sy. After the death of his father in 1931, a disciple of latter, Cerno Mody ◊che, became his mentor in Islamic studies. In 1947 he went to study at the Qarawiyyın University in Fez, together with his brother al-˛jj Mlik fiIyn Sy. From Fez, he went to Algeria where he attended the Institut Supérieur d’Etudes Islamiques of the Faculty of Arts of the University of Algiers and graduated there with the Licence ès-Lettres. On his return in Senegal, he worked as an archivist at the Assemblée Territoriale de l’Afrique Occidentale Française, and after that as an interpreter in the Tribunal Musulman of Saint-Louis. After a few years in the colonial civil service, he resigned to cooperate with his brother A˛mad fiIyn Sy in running the school founded by their father fiUthmn Sy. He modernized the school of his father in such a way that the latter would provide a training which would enable graduates of the school to attend Arabic universities. In 1960, he was appointed premier conseiller to the Senegalese ambassador in Saudi Arabia. In 1963, he returned from Saudi Arabia to work at the translation department of the Senegalese Minister of Foreign Affairs. Although belonging to one of the major branches of the Tijniyya, he was not formally affiliated to the Tijniyya. A modernist, he was very critical of the veneration of holymen, the use of charms and other local Islamic practices. He seems to have been influenced by Salafi teachings during his stay in Morocco and Algeria. He died in Dakar and was buried in the family vault in Saint-Louis. 1. al-Khaw†ir wa’l-˛aqıqa 89 p. MS: Dakar . See Diouf (2002). 2. Koly Soundiata A novel . See Diouf (2002).


349

3. Aßban m aßban MS: Dakar. Diouf (2002). The author denounces the excessive veneration of saints in Senegalese Islam 4. al-Islm dın al-taw˛ıd MS: Dakar. See Diouf (2002). ABÜ BAKR fiIY◊N SY b. fiUTHM◊N b. 29 September 1931 Diouf (2002).

Born in Saint-Louis , he was the youngest son of Cerno fiUthmn Sy fiIyn. His mother Zaynab Tall was the daughter of A˛mad al-Kabır, son and successor of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd (q.v.). He was raised by his maternal uncle Cerno Muntaq Tall. Trained in Arabic as well as in French, he started his professional career in Chad, teaching French in a primary school from 1957 to 1962. At the same time, he was director of Arabic programmes at the Chadian National Radio. He also worked as a clerk in the Chadian court of Justice, and at the office of the Head of State of Chad in 1963. Back in Senegal in 1963, he served as a clerk in the court of justice for a couple of years before embarking on a diplomatic career. From 1964 to 1967, he served as a clerk in the Senegalese embassy in Algiers. He came back to Senegal to serve as the Director of Arabic programmes in the Ministry of Education from 1967 and to 1970. He then resumed his diplomatic career, acting as First Secretary of the Senegalese Embassy in Cairo between 1971 and 1974. From Cairo, he was sent to Kuwait as Senegalese Chargé d’Affaires, and in 1979 returned to Cairo as Chargé d’Affaires. During the 1980s he served as Senegalese ambassador, first to Libya (1979-80), then Egypt (1980-82) and briefly to Iraq. In March 1982 he returned to Senegal to serve as Senior Civil Servant in the Ministry of Foreign Affairs until his retirement in 1990. He is currently the khalıfa of his father Cerno fiUthmn Sy as well as being spokesman of Cerno Muntaq Tall, who is considered to be al-˛ajj fiUmar’s khalıfa in Senegal. 1. al-Thaqfa al-Islmiyya juz√ min al-˛a∂rt al-ifrıqiyya Publ. in al-Wa˛y al-Islmı, 341, Mu˛arram 1415/June 1994.

350

2.

CHAPTER SEVEN

Qaß√id i) Q. Ghazlat al-nür Opens: Ghazlat al-nüri fiinda al-sidri qad †alafi„at * Wa-kahfuh al-fiarshu wa’l-kursiyyu ka’l-qalami. MS: Saint-Louis; see Diouf (2002). ii) Q. al-isr√ wa’l mifirj Opens: Qad asar Allhu rü˛ı na˛wa ˛a∂ratihı * Wa-sawfa tıhi mafirüjan mafia ’l-jismı MS: Saint-Louis. iii) Qaßıda fı mad˛ ß˛ib al-jalla al-malik al-sharıf al˘ußayn b. ‡all MS: Saint-Louis. See Diouf (2002).

ABÜ BAKR b. fiUMAR b. ABˆ BAKR al-Fütı, known as Cerno Mody ◊che Diouf (2002).

Was born in Futa Toro and received his training in Qur√nic and Islamic Studies in a number of schools. During the 1910s, he stayed briefly in Tivaouane while al-˛jj Mlik Sy (the founder of the sub-branch of the Tijniyya) was alive. After that, he moved to Saint-Louis and settled there. He became a very close friend, disciple, and advisor of Cerno Uthmn Sy whose biography he wrote in 1945. 1. Shaq√iq al-nufimn fı ˛ayt fiUthmn A hagiography of his master fiUthmn Sy b. Abı Bakr b. Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad al-Mlikı al-Ashfiarı al-Tijnı, written in 1945.

fi ABD ALL◊H B. fiABB◊S B. MAYORO ∑ALL, HIS DESCENDANTS AND FOLLOWERS

fiABD ALL◊H b. fiABB◊S b. MAYORO ∑ALL known as al-Shaykh fiAbbs Sall, b. Rajab 1327/July-August 1909, d. 1410/1990 Samb, 1972, 147-54; Fall (1995-6), 80 ff.; Tijn Gaye, al-Shaykh fiAbbs ∑all al-Tijnı, ˛aytuhu wa-afimluhu, Dakar: Nouvelle Imprimeries Sénégalaises, 2001.


351

Born in Nguick Fall, which is located at 4 km. from Sakal (some 27 km. to the north of Louga), fiAbd Allh b. fiAbbs Sall was one of the most prolific Senegalese writers in Arabic. Although a native speaker of Wolof, fiAbbs Sall, known as Mayoro Sall, chose to name him fiAbd Allh b. fiAbbs after the Companion of the Prophet of that name. He began memorizing the Qur√n with his father, and was then passed on to a disciple of his, Shaykh fiAlı Dia (d. 1341/ 1923) to teach him the rest. After the death of his father, he moved to a village named Roye Dièye to study with fiAlı Dièye. He then travelled widely in the Njambur area of northern Senegal to learn other Islamic sciences. His paternal uncle Serigne fiUmar Diop of Njejj taught him Mlikı jurisprudence, including the Risla of Ibn Abı Zayd and the first part of Mukhtaßar of Khalıl. He completed his jurisprudential studies with fiAbdu Samb in the village of Cambeen (near Sakal on the road to Nguick). At Thiambène, Alioune Samb initiated him into Arabic grammar. In the village of Masar Diop, he studied with Sandiary Diop, including the Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik, the Maqmt of al˘arırı and the metrical treatise (al-Rmizat al-shfiya) of al-Khazrajı. In Saint-Louis, he studied with Ibrahim Diop (known as Baryım) the I˛mirr of al-Mukhtr Ibn Büna al-Jakanı on grammar, the fiUqüd aljumn of al-Suyü†ı on rhetoric, al-Khünajı’s al-Sullam al-murawnaq on logic, and the Qur√nic commentary Tafsır al-Jallayn. He finally learnt the Alfiyya of Ma˛an∂ Bb al-Daymnı with Sh. Safiıd Nür Tall (Seydu Nourou Tall). Initiated into the Tijniyya by Abü Bakr b. Mlik Sy, he later on distanced himself from him and the Sy branch of the Tijniyya in general to set up his own autonomous branch of the Tijniyya in Louga. He built several mosques and schools throughout northern Senegal. The major achievement of Sh. fiAbbß Sall was the establishment of al˘anafiyya, an Islamic institution of higher learning based in Louga, and attracting thousands of students, including some from neighbouring countries. fiAbbs Sall began his career as a writer in 1934. He taught privately in Saint-Louis for fifteen years, but then found it necessary to go into business in order to pay his way, and he earned a living transporting and selling vegetables, and finally peanuts. Eventually, he moved to Kayel with some of his students at the invitation of Müs Cam, then to Callep.

352

CHAPTER SEVEN

While he wrote on many themes, his writings are dominated by panegyrics of the Prophet and of Sh. A˛mad Al-Tijnı. According to Shaykh Tijn Gaye his lineage went back to fiUqba b. Nfifi, and he gives his ancestry as follows: fiAbd Allh b. fiAbbs, generally known just as fiAbbs b. Mayoro b. Gumba b. Galy b. Majra b. Mukhtr b. Mayoga b. Mukhtr b. Maysin fiAlı Lamtooro Samba Umn b. Müs b. Birum b. Bülu b. Mkam b. Dafit b. fiUqba b. Nfifi, whose ancestry is traced back to Mafiadd b. fiAdnn, the ancestor of the Prophet Mu˛ammad. He married F†ima bt. A˛mad Wade. Their first child was fi◊√isha, who became the grandmother of Shaykh Tijn Gaye (q.v.); the last was fiAbbs ∑all al-Tijnı (q.v.) His father, Mayoro Sall, was a disciple of al-˛jj Mlik Sy, and fiAbbs was initiated into the Tijniyya by the latter’s khalıfa, Abü Bakr Sy in 1925. Seven years later he was granted authority by Manßür Sy to pass on the Tijnı wird to aspirants. He also received ijzas of various degrees of authority (including “total authority”- i†lq) from a dozen other shaykhs, listed by Shaykh Tijn Gaye in his biography of him (pp. 18-19). According to the latter (p. 35), Sh. fiAbbs also wrote an account of his own life, and Shaykh Tijn Gaye owned the manuscript. The items listed below are preserved in the author’s library in Louga; see Fall (1995-6), 81. 1.

˘all al-aqfl fı ˛adıth

2.

Ta˛qıq al-mabnı fı †arıqat al-khatm al-Tijnı

3.

al-Adfiiya al-mubraka fı mukhtalif al-aghr∂

4. al-Asnıd al-ghliya fı ’l-tarıqa al-Tijniyya Addresses his salsil in the Tijniyya. 5. al-Jawhir al-ghliya fı ’l-asnıd al-filiya li’l-†arıqa alTijniyya On his Tijnı shaykhs and their chains of authority. See Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 18. 6.

Qaß√id


353

He produced a number of collections of poems. They were gathered together in one single unpublished volume entitled Nafa˛t rabbniyya, which has been divided into four parts. Devoted to panegyrics of the Prophet Mu˛ammad, the first part is entitled Jmifi al-durar fı madh khayr al-bashar. The second part comprises poems in praise of A˛mad al-Tijnı, and is entitled Subul al-salm fı mad˛ writh khayr al-anm. The third part includes Sufi songs of various sorts (taßawwufiyyt) and poems of intercession (tawassullt). Part four comprises praises of various Muslim learned men, elegies etc. All the poems listed below are preserved in manuscript at the author’s library in Louga, whose custodian is Sh. Tijn Gaye (q.v.). Some are published in Nafa˛t rabbniyya: al-juz√ al-thlith, Majmüfi al-tawassult, Louga, 1999 (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 405). P ART I: POEMS: IN PRAISE OF THE PROPHET

I) Poems with title i) fiAlwat al-˛alwt fı mad˛ khtim al-rislt al-munjı fawq al-samwt Opens al-˘amdu li’llhi l nu˛ßı ’l-than√a abad * Kam fiala nafsihi min nafsihi ˛amıd Acrostic of Qur√n, 84: 1. 100 vv., written on 16 Jumada I 1402/12 March 1982. ii) Fat˛ al-qadır bi-taysır al-fiasır fı mad˛ al-bashır alnadhır Dıwn included in Nafa˛t rabbniyya. See Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 141. Contains 13 vv. rhyming for each letter of the alphabet. Completed in 1378/1959. iii) Ghyat al-arab fı mad˛ khayr al-fiArab Opens: Mu˛ammadun fiAbd Allhi khayr al-bariyyatı * Wamajl ’l-asmı wa’l-ßift al-fialiyyatı. Completed on 27 Shawwl 1404/25 June 1984. 53 vv. iv) Jany al-jannatayn fı mad˛ sayyid al-kawnayn Opens: A-l khalli ’l-taghazzul wa’l-taßbı * Wa-dwi ’l-d√a bi’l-qalb al-mußbı. Written in 1375/1956. 53 vv.

354

CHAPTER SEVEN

v) Jmifi al-durar fı mad˛ khayr al-bashar Dıwn included in Nafa˛t rabbniyya. See Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 141. vi) Jawhir al-badıfi fı ’l-tawasßul il ’llh al-badıfi fı mad˛ al-˛abıb al-shafıfi Dıwn included in Nafa˛t rabbniyya.; see Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 141. contains 13 vv. rhyming for each letter of the alphabet, plus lm-alif, considered an additional single letter. vii) Khtimat al-amd˛ li-sayyid al-arw˛ wa’l-ashb˛ Opens: Wa-laqad aratnı wa’l-ilhu mubaßßirı * M afijazat bi’lfiaqli kulla mufakkirı. Completed on 17 Dhü ’l-Qafida 1395/21 November 1975. 39 vv. viii) Mahr al-˛ür al-fiın fı mad˛ q√id al-ghurr al-mu˛ajjilın Opens: Y man lahü sabba˛atu man fı ’l-samwtı * Wa-man fı ’l-ar∂i min anwfi al-barriyytı. Written 1378/1959. 320 vv. See Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001),, 141. ix) Mawjat al-khi∂amm min Allh al-brı ’l-nasam fı mad˛ al-kanz al-afi÷am Opens: Inna aß˛b al-jannati ’l-yawma bushr * Jwazat li’lfiuqüli ˛addan wa-†awr. 100 vv., completed on 14 Jumd II 1402/9 April 1982. The phrase Inna aß˛b al-jannati ’l-yawma in the first hemistich is a reference to Qur√n 36: 55. x) Naf˛at al-Mannn fı mad˛ khayr Banı fiAdnn Opens: Wa-laqad karrama ’l-ilhu mubın * Fa∂lahu m li◊dam in min banın. 100 vv. Completed on 26 Jumada II 1402/21 April 1982. xi) Nihyat al-amnı fı mad˛ al-nabı al-ummı ’l-fiAdnnı Opens: Hjanı shadw al-˛ammi * Bafida m †ayf al-manmı * ‡fa wahnan min ˛adhmı * Müqidan nr al-gharmi. Written in 1384/1965. 502 vv. See Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 141. xii)

Nayl al-arab fı mad˛ khayr al-fiArab


355

Opens: A-fidhilı ’l-˛ablu min Salmka mafßülü * Wa’l-fiahdu muntaqi∂ un wa’l-fiaqdu ma˛lülü. This was the first poem he wrote in praise of the Prophet Mu˛ammad. 104 vv Publ. 18 vv. in Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 144-5. xiii) Nayl al-marm fı mad˛ khayr al-anm. Opens: A-min ∂a˛ik al-ghammi ar ammı * San barqin am iftarrat ummi. 111 vv. xiv) Rayy al-÷am√n fı mad˛ sayyid al-akwn Dıwn included in Nafa˛t rabbniyya.; see Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 141. Completed in 1955/1375. II) By qfiya xv) Q. fiayniyya: Fa-min jahd al-muqilli fial is†i†fiah * Madı˛ı man bi-qab∂atihi ’l-shaffiah xvi) Q. b√iyya: Naßrun min Allhi wa-fat˛un fian qarıb * Wa-bashshir al-mü√mina jamfian y ˛abıb. Completed on 5 Jumada II 1401/10 April 1981. 31 vv. Acrostic of Qur√n, 61: 13: “Naßrun min Allhi wa-fat˛un qarıbun wabashshir al-mü√minına”. xvii) Q. ghayniyya: Rasül un ra√üfun bal hud an fiaynu ra˛matı * Yadullu sabıl an li’l-jinni muballigh xviii) Q. h√iyya: Sha√n al-ma˛abba shay√un fıhi m fıhi * Man dhqa †afiman lahu fı ’l-nsi yudrıhi xix) Q. lmiyya: A-l layta shifirı hal li-shifirı fı ’l-azal * Qubül un lad ’l-mukhtri wa-law aqall xx) Q. lmiyya: ˘asbun ’llhu lı wa-nifima ’l-wakıl * L il ghayrihı ladayya sabıl Acrostic of Qur√n 3: 173 in 20 vv. Completed on 7 Jumada II 1401/12 April 1981. xxi) Q. mımiyya: Wahhbu bi’smika ’l-fia÷ım al-afi÷amı * Wa-fiayni nüri wajhika ’l-mu†alsamı Acrostic of Qur√n, 21: 107. 27 vv.

356

CHAPTER SEVEN

xxii) Q. mımiyya: Wa-qul ilhi Rabbi zidnı fiilm * Y man a˛†a kulla shay√in fiilm. acrostic of Qur√n 20:114. 14 vv.; completed on 3 Rajab 1402/27 April 1987. xxiii) Q. mımiyya: Wujüdı bi-hamdi ’llhi min sbiq al-fiadam * Wa-m bafidahu li’llhi min sbigh al-nifiam Completed on 2 Jumada II 1402/28 March 1982. 17 vv.; acrostic of Qur√n, 93: 11. xxiv) Q. nüniyya: Bi’smika ’llhumma wa-bi’l-Ra˛mnı * Wa-bi’l-Ra˛ım al-mlik al-dayynı Completed on 4 Jumada II 1401/9 April 1981. 28 vv. xxv) Q. nüniyya: M sh√ahu ’llhu bi-kun yakünü * M lam yakun yash√u l yakünü 52 vv.; acrostic of “M sh√a ’llhu l quwwata ill bi’llhi”. Completed on 28 Shafibn 1407/27 April 1987. xxvi) Q. nüniyya: Nr al-ma˛abbati am dhı nüru fiirfnı * Iyyhu ghyatu m yufin bihi ’l-fnı Composed on 24 Safar 1406/7 November 1985. 46 vv.; acrostic of Qur√n, 68: 1. xxvii) Q. nüniyya: Wa-qla rabbukum ilhı ’dfiünı * Wa˛dı astajib lakum fa-l tafißünı Acrostic of Qur√n, 40: 60. xxviii) Q. nüniyya: Wathiqtu bi-fa∂l Allhi m a˛sana ’l-÷ann * Bihi ’l-dahra arjü m urajji bihi ’l-amn Acrostic of “Wa-ufawwi∂u amrı il ’llh; inna Allha baßırun bi’l-fiibd” (Qur√n, 40: 44). Written in 1382/1963. 35 vv. xxix) Q. r√iyya: Rabbi ’shra˛ lı y man lahu ’l-amru ßadrı * wa-ila ’l-yusri ˛awwilan kulla amrı Completed on 6 Jumada I 1402/2 March 1982; acrostic of Qur√n, 20:25. 9 vv. xxx) Q. r√iyya: Wa-la-sawfa yufi†ıka rabbuka ’l-mukhtrü * Rutaban fa-tar∂ ayyuh ’l-mukhtrü Written on 23 Jumada I 1401/19 March 1982. 19 vv.; acrostic of Qur√n, 93: 5.


357

xxxi) Q. r√iyya: Wa-huwa ’llhu l siwhu kabırü * Wafial kulli m yash√u qadırü Written on 26 Jumada I 1402/22 March 1982. 19 vv. Another acrostic of Qur√n, 93: 5. xxxii) Q. t√iyya: Rabbı innı li-m anzalt * Ilayya min khayrin faqırun batt Acrostic of Qur√n, 28:24. 28 vv. Completed in 1376/1957. PART II: POEMS IN PRAISE OF Sˆ. A˘MAD AL-TIJ◊Nı

I) Poems with title xxxiii) al-Durr al-man÷üm fı mad˛ al-khtim al-Mu˛ammadı al-maktüm Opens: Kayfa tarjü maqmaka ’l-awliy√ü * Wa’ntih√un lahum ladayka ’btid√ü. Written in 1389/1969. xxxiv) Nuzhat al-murıd fı mad˛ shaykhin al-farıd Opens: ˘amdan dawm al-abadi * Li-dhı ’l-baq√i ’l-∑amadi * al-W˛idiyyi ’l-a˛adı * Mubdı ’l-shu√ün al-mubtadı. 248 vv. xxxv) Q. fı ’l-ijba fiamman sa√alahu: a-m taqüluhu fı ’lshaykh al-Tijnı ÷ann am yaqın xxii) vv. Opens: Yaqınan bi-afil m yakünu yaqınü * Fa-hal mithlu dhı ˛aqqi ’l-yaqıni ÷unünü. Written on 10 Jumda II 1395/20 June 1975. II) Poems by qfiya xxxvi) Q. fiayniyya: A-hja qalbaka barqun kh†ifun lamafi * Ta˛t al-duj wa-fial ’l-qalb al-jaw khalafi 29vv. xxxvii) Q. fiayniyya: A-l qul li-man ya√wı li-shaykhı wayaddafiı * Ma˛abbatahü fal-yastamifi lı wa-yusmifiı 52 vv. on the truth of the Tijnı †arıqa. xxxviii) Q. b√iyya: Him bi’l-jamli li-sayyid al-aq†bı * Wa’hjur sabıla taghazzulin wa-taßbı 11 vv. xxxix) Q. b√iyya: Wa-in tafijab fa-˛asbuka min fiujbı * ˘ijbun fiaynuhu kashf al-˛ijbı

358

CHAPTER SEVEN

52 vv; written on 18 Rabıfi II 1391/12 June 1971. xl) Q. b√iyya: Wa-la-anta akramu man ankha bi-bbihı * Ni∂w al-mulimm al-mudalhimmu mujannabü On visiting the tomb of Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı. Written on 18 Dhu ’l-Qafida 1368/11 September 1949. 2 vv. xli) Q. ∂diyya: Qad akh†a√a ’l-sahmu min rmı ’l-fiul ’lghara∂ * In kna ghayru khitmi ’l-awliy ghara∂ xlii) Q. dliyya: ˘ubbı ’l-Tijniyya l yanfakku yazddü * M dma minhu li-ahl Allhi imddü 57 vv. xliii) Q. dliyya: Idh khuliqat li’l-a˛ibb ’l-fiuhüdü * Fafiahdı li-man kuntu ahw jadıdü cxiv) vv.; written in 1357/1939. xliv) Q. dliyya: M ji√ta y ghawth al-khal√iqi sayyidı * La-shahidta min fiind al-rasüli Mu˛ammadı Acrostic of a statement of the Senegalese Tijnı leader al-˛jj Mlik Sy: “Min rü˛ihi istimdd kull al-awliy√”. xlv) Q. dliyya: Qif al-ma†y bi-afil sh†i√ al-wdı * ‡uw ’l-muqaddasi m afilhu min wdı xlvi) Q. dliyya: Ta√awwabanı lahf un wa-hamm un tamarrad * Wa-wajdun uqsı ladhfiahü al-mutawaqqid Written in 1352/1933. 157 vv. xlvii) Q. dhliyya: Rü˛ al-nabiyyi wa-rü˛u shaykhı hkadh * Maddan wa-imddan fa-khudh dh ’l-ma√khadh xlviii) Q. f√iyya: Sirrun sar mutanakkiran bi-tafiarrufı * Bayn al-war muta÷hiran bi-tala††ufı Written in 1365/1946. xlix) Q. f√iyya: Zur ar∂a fsin bi-qalbin khshifiin nfı * Siw ’l-Muhaymini qaßdan fiabdahu ’l-kfi. Written on 9 Jumda ’l-khira 1374/2 February 1955. l) Q. ghayniyya: Ra√nı bafi∂ al-nsi annı mublighü * Bimad˛ı li’l-Tijnı mudh an blighü Written on 11 Shawwl 1396/5 October 1976. 11 vv.


359

li) Q. h√iyya: Jaz ’llhu fiann shaykhan khayra m bihı * Yujzıhi shaykhan fian murıdıhi ˛izbihı lii) Q. h√iyya: Kafnı Abü ’l-fiAbbsi fakhran ufkhiruhü * Mad ’l-dahri y fawza ’lladhı ’l-khatmu nßiruhü Written on 10 Jumd II 1384/10 October 1964. liii) Q. h√iyya: Kafnı ’l-qu†bu A˛madu fian siwhu * Waghayrı ghayru A˛mada m kafhu liv) Q. ˛√iyya: Khalılı afiirnı ’l-samfia minnı naß√i˛u * Ilaykum tarh kulluhunna mafti˛u lv) Q. h√iyya: Ysınu sirru wujüd al-Muß†af ‡h * Mu˛ammad un makhtam al-anb wa-mabdh lvi) Q. hamziyya: Kayfa astaghnı fian al-awliy√ı * Bafida naylı ’bna slim in dh ’l-fial√ı lvii) Q. jımiyya: Bushr li-man fı ∂amn al-Muß†af walaj * Bushr lahu wa-hanı√an bi’lladhı falaj lviii) Q. kfiyya: Y ab ’l-fay∂i innan fı ˛imk * Nartajı waßla ˛ablin bi-fiurk lix) Q. kh√iyya: Ya√b ’l-qa∂’u li-jumlat al-ashykhı * Ill ’l-Tijnı an yaküna munkhı lx) Q. lmiyya: Ari˛ al-nafsa l tukallaf ill * Wusfiah fa’lTijnu afijaza fiaql lxi) Q. lmiyya: Fa-li-bbi jüdika yanta˛ı i√mlü * Ni∂w alhumümi wa-tanta˛ı ’l-mlü lxii) Q. lmiyya: Hal li-baynin damfiu fiaynayka ’stahal * Min in karım dhti ˛alyin wa’l-˛ulal lxiii) Q. lmiyya: Laka ’l-˛amdu dh ’l-jalli * Wa-dh ’lbah wa’l-jamlı lxiv) Q. lmiyya: Shaykhun A˛mad al-Tijnıyyu afil * Jmifi in li’l-fiul ’l-raqıb al-mufiall lxv) Q. lmiyya: Y man lahü qla khayr al-khalqi ijll * Anfiq wa-l takhsha min Dhı ’l-fiarshi iqll

360

CHAPTER SEVEN

lxvi) Q. mımiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-fiAliyyi than√uhü * Azk ’l-ßalti fial ’l-rasüli ’l-afi÷amı Publ. Nafa˛t, Pt. 3, 59. lxvii) Q. mımiyya: Layta shifirı hal lan qad ˛utim * Fı bulayd zawratun min umam lxviii) Q. nüniyya: Hal jannat al-khuldi fı raw˛in wa-ray˛nı * Am annanı bayna janbay wlidı ’l-jnı Written in 1399/1979. 12 vv. lxix) Q. nüniyya: Mala√ al-qalba ˛ubbu shaykhı ’l-Tijnı * Laysa fıhi li-ghayrihı min maknı lxx) Q. qfiyya: S√iq al-khayri l yazlu yasüqü * Li’lTijnı man lahu ’l-tawfıqü lxxi) Q. r√iyya: fiAl kulli fiabdin kalimatu ’l-˛amdi wa’lshukrı * Li-khliqihi ’l-Mannni fi ’l-sirri wa’l-jahrı Discusses his silsila in the Tijniyya. 44 vv lxxii) Q. r√iyya: A-l layta shifirı hal yafiülu lı ’l-amrü * Il jamfii shamlin kna farraqahü ’l-dahrü lxxiii) Q. r√iyya: A-shqatka ’l-mafihidu wa’l-fiadhr * Waf∂at gharbu fiaynayka iddikr lxxiv) Q. r√iyya: al-˘amdu fı ’l-ül wa-fı ’l-khirah * Li’llhi fı anfiumihi ’l-wfirah Written on 20 Jumd II 1354/18 September 1935. lxxv) Q. r√iyya: Khtim al-awliy√i li’llhi †urr * Y mumidd al-aq†bi sirran wa-jahr lxxvi) Q. t√iyya: Maktümatun khutimat bi’l-fiilmi wa’l-dhti * Nafs al-wilyati majl †al lxxvii) Q. t√iyya: Ml al-fu√du il badr al-dujunntı * Ghawth al-anmi il qu†bi ’l-bariyytıfiat al-dhti


361

lxxviii) Q. sıniyya: Allhu fa∂∂ala bi’l-mazy fs * Bayn alqur wa-khußüßan al-dards lxxix) Q. shıniyya: M kuntu aktumuhu mudh azmunin fshı * Bayn al-bariyyati li-m bna li’l-wshı lxxx) Q. r√iyya: Inna ’l-Tijnı la-yat un li-man ifitabar * Min yi khliqihi ’l-fii÷mi min al-bashar Written in 1371/1952. 9 vv. lxxxi) Q. ßdiyya: ⁄afirat yadka bi-durrat al-ghawwßı * Wa-akhadhta li’l-khayrti kulla nawßı Written on 9 Shafibn 1392/17 September 1972. lxxxii) Q. †√iyya: Y slikan li-†arıq al-khatmi munkhari† * Bushrka nilta mun ’l-drayni fa’ghtabi† Written 11 Shawwal 1396/5 October 1976. 11 vv. lxxxiii) Q. th√iyya: A-yumkinunı y lahfa nafsı hun ’l-mukthü * Wa-thamma dawm an dhlik al-qu†bu wa’l-ghawthü lxxxiv) Q. wwiyya: Wa-in kna nayl al-˛ubbi fı ’llhi bi’lfiadw * Fa-l tar∂a ill bi’l-atammi wa’l-aqw Written in 1396/1976. 27 vv. lxxxv) Q. z√iyya: Fa-hal fı mafinı ’l-khatmi in kamula ’lmayzü * Li-mustayqi÷in ill ’l-ta˛ayyaru wa’l-fiajzü lxxxvi) Q. ÷√iyya: Ra√ ’llhu qalb an kna da√ban yu˛fi÷ü * fiAl ’l-fiahdi li’l-Tijnı ni’ma ’l-mu˛fi÷ü Completed 11 Shawwal 1396/5 October 1976. 9 vv. PART III AL-TA∑AWUFFIYY◊T WA’L-TAWASSUL◊T

All the tawassult are published in a volume entitled al-Nafa˛t al-rabbniyya: al-juz√ al-thlith, Majmüfi al-tawassult, Louga, 1999 (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 405). I) By title lxxxvii) Dalıl al-srı il malik al-brı

362

CHAPTER SEVEN

Opens: Yaqülu afqaru ’l-fiabıdi ’l-whı * lira˛mati ’l-ghaniyyi fiabdu ’llhi. Completed on 27 ∑afar 1354/30 May 1935. On taw˛ıd. 336 vv. lxxxviii) Ma†lab shif√ al-amr∂ al-÷hira wa’l-b†ina. Completed on 26 Shafibn 1371/21 May 1952. 18 vv. Opens: Y ’llhu y ˘ayyu y man l sharıka lah * Fı ’l-khalqi wa’l-amri y Qayyümu y Kfı. Publ. Nafa˛t, Pt. 3, 44 lxxxix) Ma†lab tafrıj al-kurüb. Opens: Y ’llhu y ˘ayyu y Qayyümu y ∑amadu * Y man yujıbu dufi ’l-mu∂†arri y ahdu. 11 vv. Publ. Nafa˛t, Pt. 3, 43. xc) Na÷m asm√i ’llhi ’l-˛usn Opens: Bismi ’l-ilhi abtadı dufi’ı * al-Wsifii ’l-ra˛mati wa’ll√i. xci) Na÷m ˛urüf bi’smi’llhi ’l-Ra˛mn al-Ra˛ım Opens: Bi-Mu˛ammadin wa-bi lihi ’l-akhyri * wa-bishaykhin al-Tijnı dhı ’l-asrri. 21 vv. xcii) Na÷m ˛urüf ; Opens: Astawdifiu ’llha ’l-karım ’l-kfı * al-mnifia ’l-˛afı÷ dh ’l-al†fi. 17 vv. xciii) Na÷m ˛urüf ßalt al-fti˛ Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi al-Karım al-Kfı * al-Mu√min alfiAlımi bi’l-al†fi. 19 vv. xciv) Q. fı ’l-dufi’ li’bnihi A˛mad Opens: Y Rabban astawdifiuka ’l-bunayy * Mu˛ammad A˛mad kun lahu khafiyy. Prayer for his son as he left to study in Cairo. Completed on 7 Dhü ’l-Qafida 1386/17 February 1967. 9 vv. xcv) Tawassul fı ’l-tafwı∂ wa-†alab al-fiilm Opens: Fawwa∂tu amrı mu∂†arran il ’llhi * Mu˛assina ’l÷anni da√ban kna bi’llhi. Completed on 19 Jumda ’l-ül 1387 / 25 August 1967. 16 vv Publ. Nafa˛t, Pt. 3, 41.


363

xcvi) Tawassul li-hıf÷ al-Qur√n Opens: Y Rabban bi-˛aqqi ’l-ismi ’l-afi÷ami * Wa-˛aqqi khayri ruslika ’l-mufia÷÷ami. 12 vv. xcvii) Tawassul li’l-khißl al-˛amıda Opens: Jaz ’llhu fiann ’l-umma wa’l-wlida ’l-barr * washaykhı wa-ikhwnı wa-a˛bbıya ’l-khayr. Completed on 2 ∑afar 1361/18 February 1942.13 vv. xcviii) Tawassul abytihi mutawwajun bi-˛urüf ism al-ßa˛bı ’l-jalıl (fiAmr b. ˘usayn) Opens: fiUdhn min-al-nafsi wa’l-shay†ni bi’llhi * Mimm yuza˛zi˛unı fian ˛a∂rati ’llhi. 14 vv. II) By qfiya xcix) Q. fiayniyya: Il mat anta min dunyka tankhadifiu * Wa-ayna min ˛ubbih li’l-qalbi muntazafiu. Completed in 1366/1947. 70 vv. c) Q. dliyya: Madadtu y Rabbi y ra˛mnu y ßamadu * Yadı ilayka fa-anta ’l-w˛idu ’l-a˛adu Written when the conflict between him and other Tijnı leaders based in Tivaouane reached it’s climax sometime in the 1950’s. 13 vv. Publ. text in Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 132; Nafa˛t, Pt. 3, 52. ci) Q. lmiyya: Ashkü wa-˛uqqa lı ’l-shakw il wlı * fiAfwi ’l-kha†y ’l-mufifı sü√a a˛wlı. 21 vv. Publ., with French trans. by Cheikh Tidiane Gaye & Cheikh Tidiane Fall, Réflexions mystiques de Serigne Abbas Sall, n.p. [Dakar?]. n.d. (c. 1993). cii) Q. h√iyya: ˘adıthun in lam yakun fı ’llhi * Yanqußu ajru ßawmina wa’llhi. 20 vv.

364

CHAPTER SEVEN

ciii) Q. h√iyya: Ar ’l-mu˛arriku li’l-ashy huwa ’llhu * Huwa ’l-musakkinu m fı ’l-kawni illhü Completed on 20 Shafibn 1382/29 December 1962. 70 vv. civ) Q. t√iyya: Y Rabban brak lan fı †btıi * Munılan b’il-fa∂li kulla ’l-bughyatı A prayer for a village named c. 10 vv. Publ. Nafa˛t, Pt. 3, 64. cv) Q. t√iyya: Y Rabban bi-sirri fiayni ’l-dhti * Wa-nüri m lah mina ’l-ßifti. 37 vv. Publ. Nafa˛t, Pt. 3, 61. cvi) Q. h√iyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi Rabbi m qara√nhu * Fa’qbalhu bi’l-fa∂li wa’l-tawfıqi y ’llhu Prayer to be said after the recitation of the Tijnı daily collective prayer known as wa÷ıfa. 33 vv. Publ. Nafa˛t, Pt. 3, 54. cvii) Q. nüniyya: ‡ahhir ∂amıraka min hammi dunka wakun * Bi’llhi li’llhi fiabd an wthiqan qanifi 13 vv. cviii) Q. nüniyya: Afiüdhu bi’llhi min al-shay†ni * Rajımihi ’l-lafiıni dhı ’l-fiudwni. 113 vv. cix) Q. nüniyya: Rabbı bi-shaykhı A˛mad al-Tijnı * Khayru ’l-wasılati il ’l-Ra˛mni. 10 vv. Publ. Nafa˛t, Pt. 3, 51. cx) Q. mımiyya: Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’l-˘ayyi wa’l-Qayyümi * wa’l-kshifi ’l-kurübi wa’l-humümi. 180 vv. cxi) Q. y√iyya: Y Rabbi bi’smi dhtika ’l-fialiyyah * Wabi-ßiftika ’l-fiul ’l-saniyyah Prayer for rain. 50 vv. cxii) Q. qfiyya: Innı afiüdhu bi-Rabbi ’l-nsi wa’l-falaqi * Min sharri khaßmin aladdin ˛sid in khaliqi


365

PART IV MAD◊√I˘ AL-SHAKH∑IYY◊T AL-DˆNIYYA

cxiii) Q. Opens: A-shamsun tabaddat fı san ufuqi ’l-safidi * a∂√at dujunti ’l-ghayhibi min bufidi. Completed on 27 Rama∂n 1366/14 August 1947. Written to welcome al-Sharıf Sayyid al-‡ayyib b. Sı. fiAlll b. Sı. fiAmmr al-Tıjnı to St-Louis, Senegal. 52 vv. cxiv) Q. Opens: Ramaytum fa aqßadtum ßamıma fu√dı * faghdartumü fiaynı salıba ruqdi. Completed on 26 Jumd ’lül 1369/15 March 1950. To welcome Sıdi fiUmar al-Karzı al-Tijnı during his visit to Saint-Louis at the same date. 24 vv. cxv) Q. Opens : Y rghib an li-man√i˛i ’l-fursni * mutafiarri∂a ’l-nafa˛ti li’l-ra˛mni. Completed on 3 Dhu ’lhijja 1384/5 April 1965. In praise of King Faysal b. fiAbd al-fiAzız on the occasion of the convening of the summit of the Organisation of the Islamic Conference. 118 vv. cxvi) Q. fı mad˛ Sh. Ibrhim Diop Opens: Wa-ra∂iya ’llhu Rabbı ’l-munzilu ’l-suwar * ri∂an war√a madhu l yuqsu war. In praise of Shaykh Ibrhim Diop, a famous Senegalese grammarian. 21 vv. cxvii) Q. fı mad˛ al-malik Mu˛ammad al-khmis Opens : Asfiad Allhu dhü ’l-jalli jallah * maliki ’l-maghribi ’l-mufı∂i nawlah. 32 vv. In praise of Mu˛ammad Vth, King of Morocco. cxviii) Q. fı ’l-tar˛ıb bi’l-shaykh al-sharıf b. fiUmar al-Tıjnı Opens: M lı ar ’l-kawna mamlü√an bi-afr˛ı * Wa-l kamaytati ar∂in ghibba Sa˛s˛i 26 vv. cxix) Q. fı mad˛ al-q’id Mufiammar al-Qadhdhfı Opens: Jaz ’llhu ’l-muhayminu khayra wfin * Min al-˛usn Mufiammarahü ’l-Qadhdhfı. Completed on 25 Raman∂n 1393/20 September 1976.

366

CHAPTER SEVEN

cxx) Q. fı ’l-tar˛ıb bi-muf†ı Mıßr al-shaykh Muhammad al˘ußarı Completed in 1388/1969. cxxi) Q. fı mad˛ malik al-Maghrib al-˘asan al-thnı Opens: Y thniya ’l-˘asanayni ’l-fqid al-thnı * Fı qarni fiishrına min qß in wa-min dni cxxii) Q. fı mad˛ Sh. Abı Bakr Sy Opens: Aßikh y man yukhallı bi’l-ghawnı * Wa-rannti ’lmathlithi wa’l-mathnı. cxxiii) Q. fı mad˛ Sh. Abı Bakr Sy Opens: Hatafa ’l-haw li’l-khalqi hatfa ’l-bulbuli * Fataßammama ’l-akhyru düna ’l-bulbuli cxxiv) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-filim Mu˛ammad fi◊li b. Fat ’l-Müritnı Two poems were written in praise of the same person: a) Opens: Yafn ’l-zamnu wafın dahshatu ’l-bli * fiAl fat najlihı Mu˛ammadin fi◊li b) Opens:Fat najluhu ’l-mafirüf bayna ’l-fiash√irı * Ülı ’l-sabqi fı ’l-taqw min ahli ’l-baß√irı cxxv) Q. fı mad˛ al-Shaykh al-Azharı fiAbd al-˘alım Ma˛müd fiinda ziyratihı li-Sinighl Opens: Zran Mißru wa’l-mukarraru a˛l * ˘alla was†a ’lqulübi ahlan wa-sahl cxxvi) Q. fı ’l-dufi√ li-ßadıqihı A˛mad Jah Opens: Ra√ ’l-˛afı÷u janb al-khilli A˛madu Jah * Dın an waduny wa-yaq∂ı m yash ˛iwajah cxxvii) Q. fı mad˛ Sh. al-˛jj Mlik Sy Opens: Y shaykhu mliku hdh ’l-ibnu qad nazal * ˘amka ya√mulu min imddika ’l-nuzul. 14 vv. cxxviii) Q. fı ’l-tar˛ıb bi-Sı. fi◊lı al-Tıjnı bi-munsabat nuzülihı bi-madınat Louga


367

Opens: J√an ’l-khayru kulluhü wa’l-surüru * Dabba fı afimaq al-qulübü yadüru. Completed in 1404/1984. P ART IV (A) AL-MAR◊THˆ

cxxix) Q. fı ritha√ Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr w. al-Dh. Elegy for his closest spiritual mentor, written 24 Rama∂n 1374/ 18 April 1955. Opens: Ar ’l-duny ta˛illu bih ’l-bary * Mufint al-maß√ib wa’l-baly Publ. in Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 31-3. cxxx) Q. fı rith√ La˛lu. Elegy for a Moroccan merchant. Opens: ∑˛ibı un÷ur fa-hal tar min bqı * Ghayra wajh al-Muhaymin al-Khallqı . cxxxi) Q. fı rith√ Sh. fiAbd al-Salm Lü Opens: Ma∂ il Ra˛mati ’l-Brı wa-ri∂wnih * Hdh ’lmu†ahharu hqqan kulla ardnih. Completed on 25 Rabıfi I 1376/29 October 1956. 13 vv. cxxxii) Q. fı rith√ al-Shaykh A˛mad Elegy for one of the intimates of Sh. Abü Bakar Sy Opens: A-limu√min ill ’l-ri∂ bi-qa∂’√ı * Maliki ’l-mulüki wa-maliku ’lashy√ı. 41 vv. cxxxiii) Q. fı rith√ Sh. fi◊lı Ba Opens: A-lam ya√ni bafid al-shaybi minka rujüfiü * Il †fiat almawl wa-anta mu†ı fiü 31 vv. Publ. in Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 109-10. cxxxiv) Q. fı rith√ Sh. al-˛jj Safiıd Nüru Tll Opens: Safiıdun ummatun fıh safiıdu * Muf∂a ’l-nüri †lifiuh sufiüdu. Completed on 28 January 1980/10 Rabıfi I 1400. 33 vv. cxxxv) Q. fı rith√ Sh. Mu˛ammad Füdı Opens: Badr al-ahillati ghba ’l-yawma wa’statar * fiAn alfiuyüni fa-amr Allhi m quddir. 40 vv. cxxxvi) Q. fı rith√ Sh. Mu˛ammad al-Hdı Türe

368

CHAPTER SEVEN

Opens: Fal-yabki man kna yabkı ’l-fiilma wa’l-fiamal * Wasunnat al-muß†af ’l-hdı lan subul. Completed on 6 August 1979/13 Rama∂n 1399. 47 vv cxxxvii) Q. fı rith√ Sı. Ma˛müd al-Tijnı Opens: Fı kulli yawmin li’l-ilhi shufiünu * Fı ’l-khalqi yubdıh bi-kun fa-yakünu. Completed on 28 Shawwl 1391/16 December 1971. 55 vv cxxxviii) Q. fı rith√ ummihı a) Opens: ˘ayyi ’l-diyyra bi-s˛atay Nkıktu * Wa’ltudhra fı fiaraßtih fiabartu. Completed on 18 Shawwl 1379/15 April 1960. 96 vv. b) Opens: Laylata ˛ayyin min laylı ’l-jumufiah * Shawwli †afisash in waftu ’l-warifiah. Completed 20 Shawwl 1379/17 April 1960. 8 vv PART IV (B) AL-TAQ◊Rˆ⁄

The following writings were the subject of praise poems: cxxxix) al-Hadiyya ’l-sinighliyya min al-murjn fı ’l-fiuqüd al-adabiyya li’l-fiurbn by fiAmr Samb. Opens: Y fi◊miran ka ’smihı bi’l-fiilmi m ’ndaras * Min almadrisi li-l-qawm al-nuh ’l-ru√as. 19 vv Publ. text in Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 112. cxl) It˛f al-bughya fı ˛ukm al-ßalt wa-mas√il al-jumfia, by al-˛jj by Mu˛ammad Füdı. Opens: fiAl raghmi anf al-jhil al-mutafiaßßibı * li-kulli akhin jahlin tafassaqa mudhnibı cxli) Munqidh al-ikhwn min nazafit ’l-shay†n by fiAbd al-fiAzız Sy Opens: Jz ’l-fiAzızu li-fiabdihı ’l-rabbnı * Khayra ’l-jaz√i bi-akmal al-ri∂wnı 15 vv. cxlii) Zd al-musfir wa-kifyat al-˛∂ir. by fiAli Ba. Opens: Qarrarta y shaykhu fiaynay mubtag˛ı zdi * Muballaghin li-jinnin kulla murtdi. 12 vv.


369

cxliii) Naßı˛at al-ikhwn fı manfi tark qir√at al-Qur√n by Mlik [fiIyn] Sy. Opens: Jzka Rabbuka y fat ’l-fitynı * Wa-a†la fiumraka fı tuqan wa-amni. 14 vv. Publ. text in Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), 110-11 PART IV(C) MISCELLANEOUS

cxliv) Kifyat al-†ullb fı ’l-˛athth fial ’l-fiilm wa’l-db Opens: Yaqülu najlu m yara ’l-südnı * al-maghribiyyu ’lmlikiyyu al-Tıjnı Publ. Text and French trans. by Cheikh Tidiane Gaye & Cheikh Tidiane Fall under the title: Réflexions de Serigne Abbas Sall sur l’éducation ou l’utilité du savoir, Saint-Louis, Al-Azhar editions, 1994, with a preface by Iba Der Thiam. cxlv) Q. fı ’l-˛athth fial ’l-ßabr wa’l-tawakkul fial ’llh Opens: A-y ß˛i ßabran wa’l-karımu ßubüru * saya˛kumu m bayna ’l-fiibdi khabıru cxlvi) Q. fı ’l-ta√assuf li-hujüm Isr’ıl fial ’l-fiarab fı 7 yuniyü 1967 Opens: Ra∂ın bi-m ’l-mawl qa∂ fı fiibdihı * wa-man lam yakun na√ fian rashdihı Completed on 3 Rabıfi’I 1987. 4 vv. cxlvii) Q. fı ˛ußülihi fial bafi∂ al-martib al-rabbniyya Opens: Fa-innı bi-˛amd Allhi adraktu bafi∂a m * Tamannaytuhu min fiindihı mutakarrim. Completed on 3 Rabıfi II 1360/30 April 1941. 7 vv. cxlviii) Q. fı tahni√at ’l-shaykh fiAlı Ba bi’ntih√i jmifiihi fı Guéoul Opens: Kaml al-mun fı ’l-dıni wa’l-ghyati ’l-qußw * Min alfara˛ al-muf∂ı il jannat al-ma√w. 13 vv. cxlix) Q. fı ’l-radd fial shfiirin min a˛ad al-buyüt al-dıniyya hij√an shifiran Opens: Qul li’l-mumazziqi fiir∂ı dünam sababi * Wa’l-muftarı

370

CHAPTER SEVEN

†uruqan min ayyim kadhibi. Completed on 17 Jumada I 1374/12 January 1955 63 vv. MS: Dakar (IFAN) Fonds Serigne Mor Mbaye Cissé; Louga. cl) Q. fı talkhıßihi li-bb fialmt al-ifirbi fı ’l-na˛w Opens: Naja˛a li’l-khamsati fı ’l-affili * Tathniyat al-asm lahu y tlı. 5 vv. cli) Q. fı na÷m asm√ ajddihı Opens: Mayoro Kumba Galy Madira Mukhtr * Mbayang Mukhtr Maysin fi◊li Lamtoro. Completed on 7 Rabıfi II 1404/ 10 January 1984. 15 vv. clii) Q. fi-tafwı∂ amrihi il ’llh Opens: Fawwa∂tu rjiya fa∂l Allhi li’lhi * Amriya sirran wajahran dh min Allhi. cliii) Q. fı ’l-tar˛ıb bi-shahr Rama∂n al-mubrak fim 1397/1977 Opens: Ahlan wa-sahlan bi-∂ayfin z√irin tı * bi-kulli m shi√ta min anwfii khayrti. Completed on 3 Rama∂n 1397/18 August 1977. 12 vv. cliv) Q. fı ta√rıkh ta√sıs qaryatihi “al-Qhira” Opens: Munsalakhu Shawwla fim wafsash * Ta√sısun ’lsafidata shfı ’l-fia†ash. The date referred to in this initial verse is 30 Shawwl 1387/ 30 January 1968. 20 vv. clv) Q. fı ’l-tawajjuh al-tmm il ’llh Opens: Wajjahtu wajhiya rjı ’l-fa∂li li’llhi * Bi’l-Muß†af y fi÷ım al-qadri wa’l-jhi clvi) Q. fı ’l-tawba il ’llh wa’l-ta∂arrufi lahu Opens: Shba ra√sı wa-ghaflatı fı ’zdiydi * Wa-jumü˛ı li-m dhuhı fı tamdi. clvii) Q. fı waßf ri˛la lahu il qaryat Alék fı Murıtniyy Opens: Khalawna lad “Alika” lan laylı * Ghawlin lasna fı ’l-fiußur al-khawlı. 5 vv.


371

clviii) Q. lmiyya: Idh m wa∂afita ’l-ar∂a fı falak al-fiül * Wa-nazzalta sukkn al-sam bi-hibl. clix) Q. r√iyya: fiAlayya akramta y mawlya fı safarı * Y jliban kulla khayrin mnifian ∂ararı. clx) Q. ra√iyya: Fa-azk salmin kna minnı fi†iri * Il ß˛ibı ’l-muwaffı li-fiahdiya nßiri. Completed on 4 Jumada II 1395/14 June 1975. 7 vv. clxi) Q. yatashawwaqu ilayh al-shaykh Mu˛ammad al-Hdı Türe Opens: Y ˛∂ı ’l-fiısi na˛wa ’l-fiaylami ’l-hdı * rifqan bi-sawqi fiamıdin shawquhu bdiı 5 vv clxii) Risla shifiriyya il bafi∂ aßdiq√ihi Opens: Fa-raddı salmun l yusmu lahü niddu * Tamman wal yufiz l fiamrı lahü ˛addu P ART IV, ADDITIONS

clxiii) Na÷m mulakhkhaß li-yt al-shif Opens: Wa-y ’l-shif wa-y ikhwnun wa-idh * qul hu‹wa ytu ’l-shif li-dhı’l-adh. Completed on 7 Shafibn 1392/15 September 1972. 2 vv. clxiv) Q. f√iyya: Wafiada ’l-karımu fa-wafiduhü l yakhlifu * wa-ghad il akwnihı yatafiarrafu Acrostic of Qur√n 93: 5l; in praise of the Prophet Muhammad. Completed on 30 Rabıfi II 1402/24 February 1982. 18 vv. clxv) Q. fı bayn m j√a bihi al-rasül Opens: Fa-innahü fialayhi af∂alu ’l-salm * m in dafi ill il ’llhi ’l-salm. 10 vv. clxvi) Q. fı mad˛ shaykhin A˛mad al-Tijnı. a) Opens: Fa-in li’l-ghıdi wa’l-fiıni * a˛bıl al-shay†ıni. b) Opens: ∑arraftu widdı fian sufida wa-fian mayy * wafian kulli m yunm il hdhihı ’l-duny. 28 vv.

372

CHAPTER SEVEN

c) Opens: al-˘amdu li’l-mu√†iyyi ’l-waliyyi ’l-mnifii * fiAl ’l-nabı khayri ’l-anmi ’l-shfifii. Completed on 27 Rama∂n 1354. 39 vv. d) Opens: Alikan a†yaba ’l-ulükati minnı * ˘diya ’l-fiısi li’l-qir wa’l-sandi. 39 vv. e) Opens: Jaz ’llhu fianna la Dwuda khayra-m * Yujzıhi khayran fian murıdihı akram. 8 vv clxvii) Q. fı rith√ ’l-sharıf Mu˛ammad al-˘abıb al-Tijnı Opens: Ghba fiann ’l-˘abıbu ghayba fiiyni * Dünam fiindan lahü min makni. Completed on 22 Rajab 1403/6 May 1983. 61 vv. clxviii) Q. fi tar˛ıb bi-sumuww al-amır fiAbd Allh b. fiAbd ’lfiAzız fı Lügha Opens: ‡alafi al-badru kshifan ÷ulumtı * Kunna fın tarq il darajti . Completed on 29 Jumd II 1406/10 March 1986. 49 vv. clxix) Q. fı ’l-taßawwuf. Opens: ∑˛i ’rkabi ’l-˛azma wa’ß˛ab ßdiqa ’l-˛li * m∂ı ’lfiazımati fı ’l-tı wa-fı ’l-˛li. 14 vv. clxx) Q. fı ’l-tawwassul bi’l-˘ayy ’l-Qayyüm. Opens: Fa-y ˘ayyu y Qayyümu y kshifa ’l-mi˛an * Wa-y filiman m fı ∂am√irin kaman clxxi) Q. sullam al-muhtadı wa-fialam al-muqtadı Opens: Ci turu buur bi Yà lla mi ra˛mn * Te di ’l-ra˛ımi ’lwhibi ’l-mannni. A qaßıda in Wolof (with an Arabic title). Completed on 25 Rajab 1383/12 Décember 1963. MS: IFAN (Nouveau Catalogue), 337c. clxxii) Q. Dalıl al-ßidq il †arıq al-˛qq A qaßıda in Wolof. Opens: Jisn bu woor te kima wan bür Yàll * lay xeeti sant lépp ñehalna yalla. 516 vv. Completed on 29 Safar 1386/19 June 1966 in Abidjan (Ivory Coast). Publ. Louga, n.d. (market edition). Four poems attributed to him were lost


373

clxxiii) Q. fı mad˛ al-malik ˘ußayn b. ‡alll malik ’l-Urdunn. clxxiv) Q. fı rith√ wlidihi al-shaykh Mayoro Sall. clxxv) Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad al-Manßür Sy b. al-shaykh al˛jj Mlik Sy clxxvi) Q. fı mad˛ Sıdı al-fiArabı b. al-S’i˛ al-Tijnı alMaghribı His son MU˘AMMAD AL-AMIN b. fiABB◊S SALL, b. 9 ∑afar 1383/1 July 1963 S. Tijn Guèye, Al-Shaykh fiAbbs ∑all, 373

Muhammad al-Amın Sall was born in Louga. He studied the Qur√n in his father’s Qur’nic school in Louga and then was initiated into other Islamic sciences by a Muslim scholar in Louga and initiated to the Tijniyya †arıqa by his father. He developed a strong interest in tajwıd. He was selected at a competition on recitation organized by the World Muslim League in Mauritania. Following his success, he received a twoyear training in tajwıd in Mauritania and returned to Senegal. He is now in charge of his father’s Qur√nic school in Louga. 1. Maftı˛ al-ghayb. Completed in Rajab 1414/January 1994. MS: Louga 9 p. 2. Misk al-khitm fı mad˛ q√id al-kirm Opens Innı bi-mad˛ al-Muß†af atamadhhabu * Fı kashfıya ’l-asw wam atajannabu. Completed in 1414/1994. 185 vv. 3. Na÷m Opens: Fa-bi-m ra˛matin min Allhi ln * Sayyid al-khalqi kulluhum al-n. 3 vv. 4. Q. dliyya: A-fı ’l-kawni man yarjü maqman li-A˛mad * Washaykhı Abı ’l-fiAbbsi writhi A˛mad Acrostic of “maqm al-shaykh al-Tıjnı” 1408/1988. 16 vv. 5.

Q. fı rith√ abıhi fiAbbs Sall

374

CHAPTER SEVEN

Opens: Qad †ba lı ’l-yawma fian Layl wa-jrtı * Dafidin Sufidin waSufidh wa-Mayytı. Completed in 1410/1990. 50 vv. 6. Waßiyyat al-shaykh fiAbbs ˛awla ’l-ßalt. Completed in Mu˛arram 1411/29 Juin 1990. MS: Louga. His disciple fiALˆ b. M◊LIK SALL, b. 24 Rabıfi II 1382/23 September 1962 Born in Saint-Louis, he studied the Qur√n and Arabic language in the ˘anafiyya Institute of Louga. In 1988 he traveled to Iraq for higher education. He did not stay there long, but abandoned his studies at the outbreak of the Gulf War in 1990. His writings comprise mainly poetry dominated by panegyrics of the Prophet Mu˛ammad and of Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı. He now teaches at the ˘anafiyya Institute established by his father in Louga. The works listed below are all manuscripts to be found in the collection of Sh. Tijn Gaye. 1. Dawarn al-˛ubb Opens: Tafnayn bi-˛ubb al-khatmi ˛ubb * Wa-afinı ’l-khatma A˛madan ’l-Tijnı. Completed 24 Rajab 1412/29 January 1992. 2. Shif√ al-ghalıl Opens: A-fı ’l-kawni man yushfı ghalılı wa-ghullatı * Wa-yakshifu awj’ ∂an√ı wa-ghammatı. Completed 11 Safar 1413/10 August 1992. 66 vv 3. al-Tijnı fial burj al tuq Opens: Khatm un fial burj al-tuq yataqaddamü * Mutaraddiyan bi-rida ’l-nabiyyi yatabassamü. Completd 11 Safar 1416/9 July 1995. 19 vv. 4.

Qaß√id i) Q. dliyya: Sharibtu bu˛ür al-˛ubbi fı ’llhi khliqı * Wa-fı nüri ‡h wa’l-Tijniyyi A˛madı. Written in 1412/1992. 37 vv.


375

ii) Q. nüniyya: “˘asbun ’llhu lı wa-nifima ’l-wakılü” * Wa-hwa ˛asbı ˛asıbun fı ’l-awni. Completed 10 Ramadan 1412/15 March 1992. 13 vv iii) Q. dliyya: Kam laylatan qad bittuh mutaßaffi˛ * ∑afa˛ti ˛ubbin min fu√dı ’l-muqßadi. Written in 1413/1993. 35 vv. iv) Q. t√iyya: A-l tahda√u ’l-rawfitu fın bi-la˛÷atı * Waqad ˛alla hdh ’l-kha†bu fın bi-shiddatı Completed 6 Mu˛arram 1414/26 June 1993. 26 vv. v) Q. h√iyya: A-ya†rudunı man rü˛u qalbı wa-m√uhü * Wa-mashrabuhü al-aßf wa-a˛l ghidh√ihı Completed 14 Shawwal 1413/7 April 1993. 13 vv. vi) Q. t√iyya: A-y shaykhu y fiAbbsu rifqan bimu∂ghatı * Tukinnu lakum ˛ubban wa-ab˛ura ˛urmatı Completed 23 Jumada II 1414/7 Décember 1993. 36 vv., elegy. vii) Q. mımiyya: Rabbi adfiü bi-˛qq al-ism al-mufia÷÷amı * Wa-bi-˛qq al-ßifti ˛qq al-asmı. Written in 1414/1993. 42 vv. viii) Q. t√iyya: Kadh khatmuhü kna li-bbi ’l-wilyatı * Kadh katmuhü lubbun li-dhti ’l-khilfatı Completed 25 Shafiban 1414/6 February 1994. 11 vv. ix) Q. kfiyya: ˘abıbı ’l-rasül al-Muß†af fiabdu dhtik * Kadh sirruhü ’l-maktümu fay∂u ba˛rik. Completed 26 Shawwl 1415/28 March 1995. 11 vv. His disciple ˘ASAN b. MÜS◊ GAYE, b. 1331/1913, d. 1394/1975 Born in Gade Ndemba in central Sengal, he received Qur√nic and basic Arabic education in his village. He then went to the village of Njabel in the Saloum region to study fiqh, and to the village of Patare in central Senegal to deepen his knowledge of grammar and humanities (adab). At

376

CHAPTER SEVEN

some point in his career, he renewed his affiliation to the Tijniyya with Shaykh fiAbbs ∑all in Saint-Louis and became one of his closest disciples. Teaching and preaching remained his main activities until his death in Louga. His writings comprise essentially poetry, some of which is lost, but the following are preserved in the family library in Louga. 1.

Qaß√id i) Q. fı ’l-ishda bi’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya. Opens: Fa’l ˛amdu li’l-mni˛ al-akwni khayrti * Thumma ’lßaltu fial khayr al -bariyyti. 9 vv. ii) Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı . Opens: A-l min sabılin müßilin dra fiirfnı * Li-Fsin il dardsin dri i˛snı. iii) Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-himmat al-shaykh al-Tijnı. Opens: Y himmat al-shaykh al-Tijnı sahhilı * Li-fiabdikum murdahü ’l-mubtahilı. iv) Q. fı ’l-tawfiiya wa’l-irshd Opens: al-Nüru jund al qalbi ay taw˛ıdu * Wa-jundu nafsin ÷ulmatun ßindıdu. 32 vv. v) Q. fı ta√dıb al-nafs Opens: Asqi† wa-akhmil wa-fir y †lib al-lı * Jhan wa-dhikran muw∂ifian fian ikhbli. 21 vv. vi)

Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh fiAbbs Sall al-Tijnı . a) Opens: Shaykhı ’bnu fiAbbs alladhı man ammahü * yufi† ’l-mun bi-fiinyat al-ra˛mni. 18 vv. b) Opens: Fa-fii÷ nafsaka ’l-ammrata ’l-fa˛sh wa’lnadhl * wa-ill tazidka ’l-tafiaba wa√l khizya wa’ldhull. 41 vv.

vii) Q. fı makrim al-akhlq Opens: Azil al-jahlata wa’l-khan bi-tafiallumi * fiIlman yurıka ˛aq√iqan bi-tafahhumi. 47 vv.


377

viii) Q. fı naßı˛at al-ikhwn. Opens: Iltamisü ’l-arzqa fı khaby * Ar∂ikum ta˛÷ü min almazy. 14 vv. ix) Q. fı ’l-ßidq fı ’l-†alab Opens: Fa-ßaddiq fı †ilbika wa’khsha nafs * Tafiüquka fian wißlin li’l -murdi. 9 vv. x) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh A˛mad Buya Gueye Opens: Il ’l-imm al-rafıfii dhı ’l-karmti * Uhdı ilayhi ta˛iyytin zakiyyt. 29 vv. xi) Q. Tanbıh al-mubtadi√ın wa-tadhkirat al-ghfilın Opens: Man kna fimilan li-wajh Allhi * Yanßur lahu ’llhu bil ’shtibhi. 148 vv. xii) Q. fı ’l-dafiwa il taqw ’llhi tafil Opens: Af∂alu m yu∂maru fı fu√di * Taqw ’l-ilh al-khliq al-fiibdi. Written in 1390/1970. 31 vv. xiii) Q. fı mubyafiatihı li’l-shaykh fiAbbs Sall al-Tijnı Opens: Wa-innı ’lldhı byafitu shaykhı ’bna fiAbbsi * Bi-qaydi ˛aytı lastu ulf bi-iqfisi. 23 vv. xiv) Q. tawwassul bi-jh rasül Allhi ßalla ’llhu fialayhi wasallam fı ’l-istisq√ Opens: Rabbı bi-jh al-murta∂ Mu˛ammadi ßalli * fiAlayhi Rabbi †ül al-abadi. 29 vv. xv) Q. fı ÷uhür al-˛qq lahu Opens: Arn ilhı ’l-˛aqqa wa√l-˛qqu w∂i˛u * Wa-za˛za˛a fiann ’l-˛ayfa wa√l-nüru l√i˛u. 12 vv. xvi) Q. fı ’l-radd fial bafi∂ m haj al-shaykh fiAbbs Opens: A-l qul li-man yaghdü yufarriqu ikhwn * Wa-yaq†afiu ar˛man wa-yanßur al-shay†n. Part of the poem was lost, only 20 vv remain.

378

CHAPTER SEVEN

xvii) Q. fı ’l-tawakkul fial ’llh Opens: A-y man idh fiujn yuqawwimu m bin * Bihimmatihı f’†rud jamıfia rawfiidı. 7 vv. xviii) Q. fı dufi√ihi ’l-khayri li-masqa† ra√sihi Opens: Y Rabban y ˘ayyu y Qayyümu * Y man ilayhi kullu m arümu xix) Q. fı ’l-istightha bi-rabb al-filamın Opens: Y dalıl al-˛ayrni aydı ’l-nmi * Wa-quwhum wanat mudımı ’l-malm. 16 vv. xx) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh fiAbbs Sall Opens: Jaz ’llhu fiann ’l-nadba ˛ja ’bna fiAbbsi * Jaz√a qadırin whib in düna miqysi. 14 vv. xxi) Q. fı ’l-tawba il ’llh Opens: Astaghfir al-ilha ghfir al-dhunübi * jamıfiaha wastiran kulla fiuyübi. Part of the poem lost; only 23 vv. remain. xxii) Q. fı ’l-dafiwa il ’l-taw˛ıd Opens: Fa-wa˛˛id ilhan jalla rabb an tafarrad * Kamlan fifilan wa-ßiftin mumajjid. 11 vv. xxiii) Q. Na÷m ˛urüf ßalt al-Fti˛ Opens: As√aluka ’llhumma lu†fa ’l-khßßi * Mafia ’stiqmatı fial ’l-ikhlßi. Part of the poem lost; only 20 vv. remain. xxiv) Q. fı ’l-radd fial bafi∂ muntaqid al-shaykh fiAbbs Sall Opens: M †ba fiayshuka y man sha√nuhü abad * Kadhb un wa-ifk un wa-buhtnun min al-nasami. Part of the poem lost; only 8 vv remain. xxv) Q. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd Opens:Akhliß akhı fiibdatan fı ’llhi * Wa-l takun musı√ah ka’llhı


379

xxvi) Q. fı tahdhıb al-nafs Opens: Ard ’l-murıdi min al-a˛wli shuhratuhü * Wa’l-ßıtu fa’˛dharhum taßil il ’l-˛li. 17 vv. xxvii) Q. fı tahni√at al-˛jj Müs bi-˛ajjihi. Opens: Uhanni√u man yafilü ’l-san√a wa-yaqßidu * Il na˛wi bayt Allhi nifim al-maqßadi. 20 vv. xxviii) Q. fi’l-tawssul il ’llh Opens: Y ’llhu y Rabbi y Ra˛mnu y ’llhu * Ra˛ımun y Bsi†u ’l-mannni y ’llhü. 9 vv. xxix) Q. fı ’l-tawassul il ’llhi bi-shaykhin al-Tijnı Opens: Y shaykhan A˛mad al-Tijn y sanadı * Mumiddu kulli waliyyi ’llhi bi’l-madad. Part of it was lost; 5 vv. remain. xxx) Q. fı rith√ ibn fiammihi Hrün Gaye Opens: Hal yarta∂ı fiayshun fial ’l-l√i * Am yaltaqı ilghni fawqa fiar√i? . 17 vv. xxxi) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh A˛mad al-Tijnı Opens: Fa ’l-fiizzu markazuhü shaykhı akhü himamı * Fa-man yarum naylahü yti lidh ’l-shahamı. 8 vv. His son SHAYKH TIJ◊N GAYE b. ˘ASAN b. fiABB◊S ∑ALL, b. 10 March 1951 Biog. note on back cover of author’s al-Anıs fı tadrıs al-lugha al-fiarabiyya

Born in Nguick, near Louga, he studied first the Qur√n, and the Arabic and the Islamic sciences with his father ˘asan Gaye. More advanced studies were then undertaken with al-˛jj Mlik Mu˛ammad al-Hdı Ture in Fass Ture. He then went to Libya in 1972 where he completed a Secondary School certificate and then a B.A. in Arabic at Qaryünus University in Benghazi. He returned to Senegal in 1979 and pursued a further year of training at the Teachers Training College in Dakar, culminating in a teaching certificate authorizing him to teach in primary and secondary schools. In 1980 he was appointed teacher of Arabic in

380

CHAPTER SEVEN

the A˛mad Fal secondary school in Saint-Louis. After a further two years of training at the Teachers and Inspectors Training College, he gained an inspector’s diploma in 1988, and became an inspector of Arabic language teaching between Saint-Louis and Louga until Louga (his grandfather’s home) became his fixed base in 1993. Published Works 1. al-Anıs fı tadrıs al-lugha al-fiarabiyya On methodologies and problems of teaching Arabic, especially in Senegal. Publ. 2nd edn., Dakar, Nouvelles Imprimes Sénégalaises, 2001 (copy in NU/Hunwick, 477) 2. Dıwn According to the biographical note on the back cover of al-Anıs fı tadrıs al-lugha al-fiarabiyya, he has a dıwn in Arabic and another in Wolof. 3. Hdh ’l-fiabqarı al-Shaykh Mu˛ammad al-Hdı Fal According to the biographical note on the back cover of al-Anıs fı tadrıs al-lugha al-fiarabiyya, this book is in press. 4. Ishkliyyt al-lugha al-fiarabiyya fı ’l-madris al-ibtid√iyya According to the biographical note on the back cover of al-Anıs fı tadrıs al-lugha al-fiarabiyya, thiswork is in press. 5. K. al-taqdıs bayn al-talbıs wa’l-tadlıs wa’l-tadnıs Written in 1997 in response to Taqdıs al-ashkhß fı ’l-fikr al-∑üfı, by Mu˛ammad A˛mad Lo (q.v.). Publ. Dakar, Nouvelles Imprimeries Sénégalaises, 1999; n.p., n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwicj, 489). 6. K. al-taw∂ı˛t fial mul˛a÷t jhil majhül yuwaqqifi bi’smi ’lustdh F∂il Sar Publ. Dakar, Nouvelles Imprimeries Sénégalaises, 2000.


381

7. al-Shaykh fiAbbs ∑all al-Tijnı: ˛aytuhu wa-afimluhu A biography of Al-Shaykh fiAbbs Sal with an analysis of his works. Publ. Dakar: Nouvelle Imprimeries Sénégalaises, 2001 (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 487). Unpublished works Preserved in the collection of the author in Louga: 8. al-fiAbd al-fia÷ım fiAntara b. Shaddd Written in 1975, 43 pp. 9. Ahammiyyat al-qawfiid al-fiarabiyya fı istinb† al-a˛km alsharfiiyya Written in 1991, 50 pp. 10. Ahammiyyat al-tarbiya wa’l-tafilım fı ’l-islm Written in 1992, 27 pp. 11. ◊liyt al-ukhuwwa fı al-islm Written in 1993, 12 pp. 12. al-fiArabiyya fı fahm al-Qur√n Written in 1988, 35 pp. 13. al-Mar√a al-muslima fı al-qarn al-fiishrın Written in 1991, 50 pp. 14. Bi-ayyi ni÷m akhlqı nuwjih al-ta˛addiyt? Written in 1987, 15 pp. 15. Dawr al-Qur√n al-karım fı tawjıh al-insniyya Written in 1983, 24 pp. 16. ∆arüriyyat istifiml imkniyt fı khidmat al-islm Written in 1990, 12 pp.

382

CHAPTER SEVEN

17. Ibn Ba†ü† fı Mali On Ibn Ba††ü†a’s visit to the ancient kingdom of Mali in 1352. Written in 1976, 27 pp. 18. Ishkliyyat al-tafilım al-fiarabı fı al-madrasa al-fiumümiyya Written in 1994, 34 pp. 19. al-Islm dın Allh al-khlid; Written in 1990, 12 pp. 20. Al-islm fı Ifrıqiyya al-gharbiyya Written in 1976, 35 pp. 21. Kayfa tafiısh al-islm Written in 1990, 16 pp. 22. Min qablu wa-min bafidu Written in 1999, 4 pp. 23. Mushkiltun: asbbuh wa-fiiljuha Written in 1985, 19 pp. 24. Muslim al-yawm bayna thaqfatihı wa-dınihi Written in 1991, 26 pp. 25. Naf† al-sharq Written in 1998. A critique of detractors of Sufism accused to have been bought off by the oil of the Middle East, 4 pp. 26. al-Sinighl wa’l-istifimr al-firansı Written in 1975), 43 pp. 27. al-Siysa al-sukkniyya wa-na÷rat al-islm il ’l-mas√ala Written in 1994, 26 pp. 28. al-‡alq kam yajib an yakün fi ’l-islm Written in 1980, 19 pp.


383

29. Thawra janziya fiumruh arbafiat fiashara sana fı ’lfiIrq Written in 1979, 22 pp. 30.

Qaß√id i) Akhı al-fidfiı fı junüb Lubnn Opens: ‡afiantu sayfin fawqa fiunqi ’l-abya∂i * Bi-∂arüratin tilka ’llatı an arta∂ı Written in 1977 14 vv. ii) ◊na al-wn Opens : Y man yukh†ibu Salm dünam khajali * Wa-ru˛ta tabhathu fianhu dünama malali Written in 1978, 31 vv iii) Bamba Opens: Jahilüka ramzan li’l-tuq wa-tafnı * Jafialuka ramzan li’l-qil wa-tawni Written in 1979, 21 vv. In praise of Ahmad b. Habıb Allah Mbacké iv) Bi-munasabat fitizl ra√ıs Senghür al-˛ukm Opens: fiAzalaka Brisu ifitizl * Sallim mahmaka wa’rta˛il Written in 1980 on the occasion of the resignation of former Senegalese President Léopold Senghor, 20 vv. v) Bunuwwuhu al-rü˛ Bunuwwuhu ’l-rü˛i sqat m bi-dardsi * Min al-mafilı il shaykhı ’bn fiAbbasi Written in 1987, 21 vv. In praise of his master fiAbd Allh b. fiAbbs Sal. vi) Dhikr al-mawlüd al-nabawı Opens: A-nusıta fa-anta man yansk * Li-m hdha ’l-dawiyyu fı dhikrk Written in 1988, 31 vv.

384

CHAPTER SEVEN

vii) Itijn The title Itijn means “Student” in Wolof. In defense of locally trained Muslim clerics against criticisms by students trained in Middle Eastern and North African universities. Masamba and Dimba are Senegalese names. Written in 1982 33 vv. viii) Jihd al-˘jj Mlik Sy Ppens: Laysa al-jihdu ßawrikhan wa-junüd * Wa-ta˛akkuman fı shaghlih wa-wafiıd Written in 1981, 16 vv. On the peaceful jihd of al-˛jj Mlik Sy in colonial Sénégal. ix) Kullun Latdior Opens: Nah∂an li-sawtin qad dafi bi-Kajoor * I˛y√a nahjin shaqqahu Latoor In praise of Lat Dior, a ruler of the Senegalese precolonial state of Kajoor who fought against the French. Written in 1978, 34 vv. x) al-Lugha al-fiarabiyya wa-kifyatuh al-˛a∂riyya wa’ltiknülüjiyya Opens: Duny ’l-˛a∂rati kawnun kulluhu fikru * wa’l-fikru rahanu lisnin kulluhu duraru Written in 1986, 38 vv. xi) Majd fı ’l-√ishra bi-m∂ın al-ifrıqı Opens: ˘adratun idh qumn takünu * Li-ummatina bifiazmin la yalınu Written in 1979 27 vv. xii) Man an Opens: Lastu ill mufiayyaban bi-yaqını * Anna fiayna ’l-yaqıni fı ÷illi dını Written in 1985, 13 vv.


385

xiii) al-Manhaj: qaßıda fı ’l-ishda bi’l-shaykh fiUmar alFütı wa’l-qdi fiAmar Fl Opens: Sayr un bi-˛addi durübin yaftakhir * Bi-m√thir alsrına bih man khabir Written in 1987 in praise of two famous Senegalese religious figures al-˘jj fiUmar al-Fütı and Qdi fiAmar Fl, 21 vv. xiv) Mar˛aban bi-∂uyüf al-khayr Opens: Hutmatun taqßuru fian darki ’l-fiul ’l-himamu * Walam tafiud fı sibqi ’l-majdi tazdahimu Written in 1987 on the occasion of the inauguration of AlHanafiyya Islamic Institute in Louga (Sénégal), 31 vv. xv) Mufraqa fı bayn siysat al-ra√ıs Sanghür Opens : fiAjab al-dahri an ya√ummu Sanghüru * Baladan kna issahu Latjüru Written in 1979, 18 vv. xvi) Mu√tamar al-qimma al-islmı fı Dakr Opens: Tafarruqun ka-asrbi ’l-qa†ıfii * na√at fi ’l-jar√i min farfii ’l-hufiüfii Written on the occasion of in competition in poetry held during the OIC meeting in Dakar of 1991, 67 vv. xvii) Nelson Mandela Opens: Lastu adrı lim’l-fiuyünu fiuyünı * Fı ’nßibbi wa’zdiydi hutünı Written in 1984 15 vv. xviii) Qaßıda b√iyya Opens: Qalbun fial ba˛r al-as yataqallabu * wa-shighfuu fı qfiihı yatalahhabu An elegy for fiAbd Allh Niys d. 2001. xix) Qaßr Thierno Ka Uhanni√u ßhib al-qaßri ’l-munıfi * Lad Wakma qurba ma†ar Yüfı

386

CHAPTER SEVEN

Congratulating his friend Thierno Ka on his house built in the residential area of Wakm close to the Senghor International Airport at Yoff, a developing elite quarter in post-colonial Senegal. xx) al-Ra√ıs Shadhlı b. Jadıd Opens: Ghadawtu wa-l adrı li-wajhiya maqßad * Wa-amsaytu ˛ayarna ’l-fu√di mubaddad Written in 1984 , 67 vv. xxi) al-Shaykh Ibrhım Niys Opens: Barhin bi-fay∂ khatm al-Tijni y Barhmu * Anna ’ltijniyyın li’l-anmi immu In praise of Shaykh Ibrhim Niys. xxii) al-Tafiwun al-ifrıqı al-fiarabı Opens: Jamafia ’l-qa∂√u wa-in ya∂ummu qa∂fiu * Shafibayni nla dhawwuhum m sh√u Written in 1984, 42 vv. xxiii) Ta˛iyyat al-multaq fı ’l-fikr al-islmı al-tsifi fiashara Opens: M ’l-dahru ill na˛yh * aw dawratun ya˛y bin majrha Written in 1985, 23 vv. xxiv) Tajribatı Opens: Tadabbartu ’l-hayta hayta fiasrı * wa-mithlı l yußarri˛u düna sabri Written in 1984, 26 vv. xxv) Tanqud fı bayn al-zunüj fiinda ra√ıs Senghür Opens: Ihtimmu Senghür bi’l-zanji yukhdhı * Kulla man hammahü ’l-zunüj wa-yu√dhı Written in 1980, 13 vv. xxvi) Takwın al-fi†ilın Opens: ⁄alamüna wa-Rabbin ÷alamüna * Abßat al-haqqi fi ’lduny ˛aramüna


387

Complaining about the predicament of students trained in Arabic universities and can not find job when they come back home. Written in 1988, 30 vv. xxvii) al-Tubbu tabbu Opens: Baladun sayru amrihı bi-tubbi * S√irun düna waqfatin li-tabbı Tubbu means in Wolof a white man. The author criticizes Jean Collin (a former colonial administrator who settled in Senegal), whowas believed to be the power beyond the throne of Abdou Diouf (president of Senegal 1980-2000). It also criticizes Elizabeth Diouf, the wife of the President. Written in 1988, 17 vv. xxviii) al-Waqf Opens: ◊mantu rabban l sharıka lahu wa-l * Abadan yur liqa∂√ihı min mufsid Written in 1978, 34 vv. xxix) Wa†anı wa-fiıd al-istiqll Opens: ∑a˛awta fa-hal tar∂ ’l-ghayrika ßhiy * Qubaylaka nah∂an li’l-mafilı musmiy Written in 1977, 27 vv. M◊LIK DIALLO of Kidira Sénégal 1. Matn al-fiaj√ib al-qadariyya wa’l-mawhib al-karamiyya lishaykhin wa-sayyidin al-˛jj fiUmar b. Sfiıd al-Fütı MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Curtin , 7. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. fiUMAR M◊LIK al-Fütı 1. Salm al-Tijniyyın (Abstract. of Ragh’ib al-Mu˛tjın of Mu˛ammad al-Hshimı b. A˛mad b. Safiıd al-Fütı, (q.v.) MS: Ibadan (UL), 101.

388

CHAPTER SEVEN

2. Tanbıh al-ikhwn Biog. of Alf Hshim [Mu˛ammad al-Hshimı b. A˛mad b. Safiıd] (q.v.), describing his miracles and meeting with the Prophet; see Paden (1973), 85. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. ZUBAYR, b. c. 1330/1912 1. Maydn al-barhın fi ’l-naßı˛a li’l-fiuqal√ al-sawdın MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Pédagogie, 1 (2 copies) 2. Mukhtaßar fı ’l-na˛w Work on grammar in verse. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, grammaire, 6. 3. Tu˛fat al-ikhwn fial takhmıs rayy al-÷am√n Takh of a poem by fiAbd Allh b. fiAbbs b. Mayoro ∑all (q.v.) MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Panégyriques 2 b. MAKALA b. MÜS◊ DIAKHATE, known as Khli Madiakhate Kala, b. 1250/1835, d. 1319/1902 Samb (1972), 259-301. Born in Keur Makala in the M’Bakol, of a family that had migrated from Njambur in Jolof, his primary teacher was his father. In, or shortly after, 1875 he was initiated into the Tijniyya by Samda Diadana, a Tukulor shaykh whose silsila back to A˛mad al-Tijnı passed through Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ al-fiAlawı. At some point he quit Keur Makala and founded the village of Aïnoumane. He came into contact with Lat Dior, his maternal uncle, a damel of Cayor, who made him his q∂ı (hence his sobriquet “Khli”); he also served as Lat-Dior’s secretary, conducting correspondence on his behalf with the French colonial authorities (for examples, see Samb (1972), 269-71). Learned in jurisprudence and many other Islamic sciences, he was also a skilled poet, and is said to have initiated A˛mad Bamba into the art of verse writing. In fact Madiakhate Kala and A˛mad Bamba had a common ancestor in Ma˛aram M’Backe, their great-grandfather (maternally and paternally respectively).


389

The French colonial authorities tried to gain his collaboration, but in the end, feeling that they were not winning, brought him to Saint-Louis under house arrest. In Samb (1972), 278, is the following list of Khli Madiakhate Kala’s students, though Samb remarks that the list is certainly not exhaustive, but there are already plenty: Momar Antisali and his son A˛mad Bamba, Mayacine Oumi Dieng, Bara Khary Niang, Momar Sâssoum Diakhaté and his brothers (sons of Khli Madiakhate Kala), Mâsilla Mâné (one of the teachers of al-˛jj Mlik Sy), Müs Mâne N’Diaye, Fâs Cissé Touré (father of Sh. Hdi Touré), Momar Antasali Diakhaté, Sh. M’Backé Bousso (maternal uncle of A˛mad Bamba), to whom he taught metrics (al-fiarü∂), Serigne Madîna Sylla (otherwise known as Massemba Khary Sylla), Bamba Fâ-Khoudia, Samba Marême Diop (his brother-in-law), Maba M’baye (father of M’baye Roqayya), Mamadou Saghîr M’baye from Louga, Mamadou Fâ-Diama Niang. 1. Mubayyin al-ishkl MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Métrique, 1. Publ: Trans. with text & comm. by C. Gerresch, “Le livre de Métrique Mubayyin al-ishkl du Cadi Madiakhaté Kala”. BIFAN, xxxvi (1974), 714-832. 2. Qaß√id The following poems are discussed and partially translated in Samb (1972), 263-74. i) Q. r√iyya fı hij√ Lat Dior Written after Last Dior’s defeat by the French in 1864. Publ. see trans. in Samb (1972), 263-4. ii) Q. fı silsilatihi al-Tijniyya Publ. trans. in Samb (1972), 284. iii) Q. fı mad˛ Lat Dior Written after Lat Dior’s “conversion” to Islam by Mb Diakhou. Publ. trans. in Samb (1972), 265-6.

390

CHAPTER SEVEN

iv) Q. fı mad˛ Alboury N’Diaye Publ. trans. in Samb (1972), 273-4. v) Poem celebrating the victory of Alboury N’Diaye over Samba Laobé Fall, damel of Cayor in the B. of Guilê in 1886. Publ. trans. in Samb (1972), 275-6. vi) Poem protesting his house arrest, each verse being half in Arabic and half in Wolof. Publ. see trans. inSamb (1972), 277-8. vii) Poetic jousting with his student A˛mad Bamba, with rhyming words in Wolof. Publ. trans. in Samb (1972), 280-1 (followed by the reply of A˛mad Bamba. IBN al-fiARABˆ LY d. 1388/1969 Samb (1972), 198-202..

1. Jawb al-faßl fı a˛km al-waßl On the lawfulness of women artifically lengthening their hair. See Samb, (1972) 201. 2. Dıwn See Samb, (1972), 198. YUNUS b. MU˘AMMAD, called Dhü ’l-Nün Ly, d. 1345/1927 Samb (1972). 1. Dıwn MS: Diourbel, see Kane (1997), 63.


391

MU˘AMMAD MU˘Yˆ ’L-DˆN GASSAMA, known as Shaykh Gassama, b. 1325/1908, d. c. 1991. Samb (1972), 410-19. Born in Dakar, he became well-known through his religious radio broadcasts. Little seems to be known of his life, though it is known that he once made the pilgrimage to Mecca, and in 1963 “visited” the tomb of Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı. 1.

Qaß√id Translated excerpts of the following poems are to be found in Samb (1972), 411-18: i) Q. dliyya fı mad˛ al-nabı ii) Q. lmiyya fı ziyratihi li-Fs On his visit to Fez in 1963. iii) Q. lmiyya fı ’l-tahni√a On the birth of a son to Mu˛ammad al-˘abıb and Umm alKhayr bt. Ibrhım Niys, named after al-˛jj fiUmar. iv) Q. t√iyya fı ’l-tahni√a Same topic as (iii). v) Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj F∂il Mbacke vi) Q. fı rith√ Ibn al-fiArabı Ly Composed on 3 ∑afar 1389/21 April 1969.

2. Tj al-jawhır fı mad˛ ß˛ib al-kawthar Tash†ır of the Burda of al-Bußırı, composed in 1940. Publ: Dakar: Impricap, 1964 (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Panégyriques, 5 a). NGAGNE DIEYE P◊THE, b. 1323/1906, d. 25 Rabıfi I 1411/14 October 1990. He was was born in Khelcom Diop in northern Senegal and received his training in Arabic and Islamic studies in Sakal, mainly with two shaykhs from that city: Shaykh Ngagne Dièye and ◊le Sarr. Although he received a sound religious training, his main activity was commerce. However, he taught and wrote during his leisure hours. The following items are to br found in his family library in Sakal:

392

CHAPTER SEVEN

1.

al-˘adıth fı ta√rıkh al-Südn [Mli] al-Ifrıqı al-gharbı

2.

al-Mashyakha fı Kajür

3.

Tu˛fat al-fikr fı zakt al-fi†r

4.

K. al-tibyn fı ’l-Südn [Sinighl] wa-fiulam al-buldn

SHAYKH MU˘AMMAD DIOP, b. 1300/1883, d. 1404/1984 Shaykh Tijn Gaye (2001), Interview by Ousmane Kane with Shaykh Tijn Gaye.

A native of Koki, he lived all his life there. 1. Q. r√iyya: Bakhbakh li-drin banh ’l-shaykh Mukhtrü * Shaykh al-mash√ikhi mashhürun wa-mukhtrü Poem about the town of Koki. The following works are attributed to him, but no copies of them are known to exist: 2. Q. fı marthiyyat al-shaykh Ibrhım Seck 3.

Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh Ibr Mbaye

4.

Q. Madınat Tiwwan

5.

Q. fı db al-jimfi

6.

Q. fı fa∂√il Rama∂n

fiALˆ b. A˘MAD BOYE, b. 1 Ramadan 1376/2 April 1957 A native of Géoul in northern Senegal, he was taught Arabic and other Islamic sciences in his village by his father and his uncle Sh. Bashır Ngirane. Manuscripts listed below are in the family’s collection in Guéoul. 1. al-Tarbiya al-islmiyya wa-ahdfuh Written in 1410/1990.


393

2. Mawqif al-mar√a fı ’l-mujtamafi al-islmı Written in 1412/1992. 3. ∆arürat al-fiamal fi ’l-islm Written in 1413/1993. 4. I†mi√nn al-qalb wa-ahammiyatuhü fı ˛ayt al-insn Written in 1415/1995. 5.

Qaß√id i) Q. al-bi√r al-fiatıq Opens: Li-qalbı il ’l-bi√ri al-fiatıqi tasharrubü * Wa-fı zamzam al-gharr√i li’l-ahli mashrabü. Written in 1416/1996. 17. vv. ii) Q. fı ’l-tawassul Opens: ˘amdan li-man mana˛an al-ımn * Wa-fata˛a ’lqulüb wa’l-abdn. Written in 1414/1994. 45 vv.

MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. MUKHT◊R MBAYE Born in Dahra Djolof (north-central Senegal), he learnt the Qur√n and the fundamentals of the Arabic language in his village. His mentors in Islamic studies were Gor Dara and Mbacké Seck. After completing his training in traditional Islamic schools, he attended two teacher training colleges: the Dr al-mufiallimın in Dakar, and the Madrasat Takwın alMufiallimın in Tunis. He also attended the University of al-Azhar in Cairo where he graduated in 1985. 1. Mashkil al-†ifl al-nafsiyya fı ’l-usar al-sinighliyya Written in 1407/1987. MS: Guéoul, 30 pp. 2. al-Manhij al-mukhtalifa li-tafilım al-lugha al-fiarabiyya fı ’lmadris al-fiumümiyya Written in 1407/1987. MS: Guéoul, 28 pp.

394

CHAPTER SEVEN

3. Ta√thır al-lugha al-fiarabiyya fı ’l-lugha al-wulufiyya Written in 1410/1990 . MS: Guéoul, 43 pp. 4. Bafi∂ al-alfib al-wulufiyya wa-qımatuh al-tarbawiyya Written in 1993. MS: Guéoul, 19 pp. fiABD al-RA˘M◊N SAL 1. Ri˛lat umm al-qur MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, récits de voyage, 3. 2. Shukr rabb al-filamın Autobiography in verse. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire, 5 b. MUHAMMAD DIOP al-Kükı, called Mor Khoudia Coumba Diop, b. c. 1255/1840, d. 1297/1880. A Wolof speaker, he was born and died in Koki, a town founded by his grandfather Mukhtr Ndoumbé some 30 km. east of Louga. Very little is known about his training as a scholar, though he is said to have studied under some Mauritanian shaykhs. Much of his writing has been lost. This much we do know: he was affiliated to the Tijniyya and was also the author of a treatise on Arabic grammar widely used in Islamic schools in Senegambia 1. Hadiyyat al-mujıd Also known as al-Muqaddima al-Kükiyya. Vers. of introduction to alI˛mirr of Ibn Büna in 469 vv. Opens: Qla Mu˛ammadu ’l-Kükiyyu ’ldri * Wa’l-abü min dhurriyat al-Mukhtri. The author also gives an alternative title: Mafiünat al-balıd. MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, grammaire, 1 (two copies). Publ. Ed. Khadım Mu˛ammad Safiıd Mbacké, Istanbul: IRCICA, 1418/1996 as Muqaddimat al-Kukkı (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 473).


395

1a. Muqaddimat al-Kukkı See Hadiyyat al-mujıd. 2. Q. fı hij√ al-q∂ı Madiakhate Kala Opens: Idh lam yakun bz un lad aykatin ß˛ * Tarannama fawq alghußn al-wurqu irt˛. 7 vv. MS: Louga: Sh. Tijn Gaye Collection. AL-‡◊HIR b. ABˆ BAKR LAMBA DUKURE, b. 1930 Behrman (1970); biog. notes inside covers of Les bases de la voie at-Tijania

Born in Malicounda, some 80 km. from Dakar, he studied the Qur√n and taw˛ıd with his father. He later studied Arabic literature in Riya∂. After Senegalese independence in 1960 he became President Senghor’s cultural and religious affairs counsellor, and then minister of religios affairs until 1967. He has also been a leading personality of the Hamawiyya in Senegal. 1. al-Dafiwa al-˛amawiyya fı mir√t al-†arıqa al-Tijniyya Publ. Dakar: M. al-Ra’s al-Ahdar, 1976 (copy in UBMIA/TIJ 141). 2. al-Mawhib al-laduniyya fı ’l-dafiwat al-˘amawiyya [li]’l-bayfia Account of French defamation of the ˘amawiyya, their accusations of Sh. ˘am’llh’s criminality, his imprisonment and the execution of sons of his and followers; see biog. notes. 3. Qawfiid al-†arıqa al-A˛madiyya al-Tijniyya Publ. Dakar: Al-Azhar li’l-Tibafia wa’l-nashr wa’l-tawzıfi, 1995; and French trans., Les bases de la voie Ahmadiyya at-atijania, same publisher and date (copies in NU/ Hunwick, 484, 485). 4. Wa˛y al-fiaqıda fı s˛at al-sharıfia wa’l-˛aqıqa Publ. in same vol. as Qawfiid al-†arıqa al-A˛madiyya al-Tijniyya see above no. 3).

CHAPTER EIGHT SENEGAMBIA III: WRITERS OF THE MURˆD ‡ARˆQA by Ousmane Kane and John Hunwick The Murıds (or Mourides) are the most studied Sufi order of West Africa. Three generations of scholars have worked on the Mourides in European languages: the colonial scholars starting from Paul Marty, the early post-colonial scholars (Cruise O’Brien, Copans, Cheikh Tidiane Sy), as well as a number of younger scholars over the past decade. The first and second generation extensively covered the process through which, following the colonial conquest and the breakdown of Wolof states and political economy, Mouride shayks provided citizens of precolonial Wolof states of Senegambia with a social and political framework, thereby replacing rulers. In this literature special attention is paid to the role played by this typically Senegalese Sufi order in the cultivation of cash crops, and to the stability of the Senegalese state, due to the fact that Mouride shaykhs would deliver the votes of their disciples in favour of the ruling party in exchange for some benefits. The third generation of scholarship on the Mourides has focussed on their transnational migrations and the spiritual and economic networks linking Mourides based in Asia, America, Europe and Africa. However, much less work has been done on the Mouride contribution to ArabicIslamic literature. A notable exception is Fernand Dumont (1975), whose study is devoted to the thought of A˛mad Bamba. More recent research has shown that there are a number of scholars who form what Amar Samb called a “Touba school”. Notable among them is A˛mad Bamba himself, who was the most prolific Senegalese writer—Dumont alone collected some thirty thousand verses of his. These form only a part of his writings, which his Mouride devotees claim to be so numerous as to weigh seven tons altogether.

SENEGAMBIA III: WRITERS OF THE MURˆD ‡ARˆQA

397

A˛mad Bamba’s writings, and those of other Mourides are greatly influenced by Sufi world views. A˛mad Bamba himself was initiated into Sufism by Qdirı shaykhs including his paternal uncle Samba Ka, and then by al-˛jj Kamara in Saint-Louis. Sh. A˛mad Bamba also spent two years in exile in Mauritania with Sh. Sıdiyya, leader of another major branch of the Qdiriyya. After being initiated into both the Shdhiliyya and the Tijniyya, A˛mad Bamba founded his own order, known as the Murıdiyya, which in some respects is closest to the Qdiriyya. Mouride poetry is largely that of tashakkurt—grateful acknowledgement of the favours of God and His Prophet. The poems of A˛mad Bamba and his disciples have a great relevance for understanding the culture of Senegal and the Senegalese diaspora. In Senegal, most singers, whether traditional or modern, have devoted songs to A˛mad Bamba. In many such songs poems of Mouride writers are chanted. Printed copies, audio- or video- cassettes of qaß√id, as these poems are called, sell in huge quantities in Senegal, as well as in New York, Paris, and Turin. Mouride communities form the majority of the West African immigrants in many western countries (and in South Africa), and membership of the order plays an important role in the life of these people. Most of them regularly send a portion of their earnings to their shaykhs in Senegal, or to the administration of the semiautonomous Mouride city of Touba. In organized weekly festivals, thousands of Mouride followers gather to recite qaß√id, both in Senegal and overseas, believing that this will procure them blessing for their endeavour. Thus, more than the literature of any other Sufi order, that of the Murıdiyya is widely utilised beyond the circle of literate people. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. ˘ABˆB ALLAH, called A˛mad Bamba or Khadım al-Rasül, b. 1270/ 1853-4 or 1272/ 1855-6, d. 1346/1927. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af ◊n (q.v.), ˘ayt al-shaykh A˛mad Bamba; Cruise O’Brien (1971); Creevey (1979); Ba (1982); Robinson (1991); Seesemann (1993); Robinson (2000), 208-28; HDS, 189-91.

His father’s family was Tukulor by origin, and had migrated in the eighteenth century fron Futa Toro to Cayor, where thay had been incorporated into Wolof society. A˛mad Bamba’s grandfather founded a

398

CHAPTER EIGHT

village called M’Backe (hence the “family name” M’Backé, or in Arabic “Bakkı”); his father, known as Momar Antisali, a teaching shaykh, moved from M’Backé to Salum, where he married a sister of the ruler of Cayor, Lat Dior. A˛mad Bamba, however, was the son of another wife, Maryama Bousso [also known as Jrat Allh] of distant Tukulor origin. Both of his parents were from religiously learned families, and hence it is no surprise that A˛mad Bamba’s early teachers were, in addition to his father, either maternal or paternal uncles. By 1887 his merits as a scholar and man of God were becoming well recognized and he began to acquire disciples, especially after the death of Damel Lat Dior in 1882, and the collapse of the state of Cayor. It was then at about this time that he established his own village of Touba, which was to become the “holy city” of his followers, the murıdün, or disciples—the Mourides as they became commonly known in French and English writings. He had already been initiated into the Qdiriyya by a muqaddam in Saint-Louis, and had received further spiritual instruction from Sh. Sıdiyya in Mauritania. His growing following alarmed the French colonial authorities, who in August 1895 arrested him, and the following month exiled him to Gabon. He was allowed to return to Senegal in 1902, but a year later was sent off to Mauritania, where he spent the next four years with his spiritual master Sh. Sıdiyya. After his return to Senegal in 1907 he took up monitored residence in Thiène in the cercle of Louga, and in 1912 returned to Diourbel where he had spent the years 1903-7 under “open arrest”. His relations with the French colonial authorities, however, steadily improved, and in 1916 he was made a member of the Comité Consultatif des Affaires Musulmanes, and in 1919 a “Chevalier de la Légion d’Honneur”. A˛mad Bamba’s first, and most noted, disciple was Ibra Fall, who recruited many other disciples. Though Ibra Fall was not a scrupulously observant Muslim, his devotion to A˛mad Bamba was such that his own followers honoured him as God, and Ibra as his prophet. They came to constitute a sect of the Mourides known as the Baye-Fall. An analysis of A˛mad Bamba’s spiritual teachings can be found in Dumont (1975), and a list of Arabic language biographies of him in Samb (1972), 421-2. Many of his works have been made accessible through market editions. The majority of them are in verse, and in such


399

cases the opening line is given in the lists below. Many of them do not have clearly stated titles, so most of those below reflect what is given on the cover of the edition. Other titles in Addenda, p. 664. 1. fiAdad shuhür al-fiajam Poem on months of the European calendar. Opens: Yanyir Fabryir fa-Mris * Abrıl May yünyu y ˛ris MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 155. 2. A-fa-l tashkurüna bika Opens: Ilayya qudta ’l-barakti wa˛dı * bil tanzufiin wa-ghayri ja˛dı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 148. 3. fiAj√ib Rasül Allh Opens: Yaqülu man laysa yazlu A˛mad * Li-Rabbihı dh khidmatin mufitamid MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 158. 4. Allh Opens: Idh katabtu ’htazza fiarsh al-Bqı * Wa-sabba˛at mal√ik alqibbı Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. with W’al-balad al-†ayyib yakhruj nabtuhu bi-idhn Allh and Mu˛ammadun Mu˛ammadun lahu, for his son Bashır Niang (copy in NU/Hunwick, 418). 5. Allhu Mu˛ammad un (i) Opens: Allhu akramu man afi† wa-man wahab * Wa-khayru man bi’ladh wa’l-sü√i qad dhahab MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 115.. 6. Allhu Mu˛ammad un (ii) Opens: Allhu Mughnin Wsifi u n ∑amadü * fiAlayhi jalla wa-fial afitamidü See also Qaßıda lvi below. Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang for his son Bashır, n.d., with Sa-yajfial Allhu bafida fiusr in yusran and A†lubu minka ’l-fiilm (copy in NU/Hunwick, 437).

400

CHAPTER EIGHT

7. Allhu Mu˛ammad un (iii) Opens: Adfiu il ’l-ilhi bi’l-taw˛ıdı * Wa-m ra√aytu fianhu min ma˛ıdı Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang for his son Bashır, n.d., with Ilhm alWadüd and Waßiyyat Sukhna Penda Diop (copy in NU/Hunwick, 477) 8. A-li-dhikri layl Opens: A-li-dhikri layl idh atatka bi-manzilı* al-nafsu ˛zat fıhi kulla mu√ammalı In praise of the Prophet, and warning against love of this world. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 60. 9. fi◊m daksash Opens: fiUlüm alladhı qd al-fiulüma li-man yash * Tufiallimunı m kna fı ’l-ghaybi wa’l-÷ahri MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 85. The title suggests it was composed in 1324/1906, numerical value of d. k. s. sh. 10. A˛madun al-m˛ı Opens: Sub˛na Rabbı al-fia÷ım al-afil * Man khalaq al-Mukhtra fardan afil MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 95. 11. A˛madun al mukhtr Opens: A˛madun ’l-mukhtru mil˛u ’l-nsi * Khidmatuhü ta˛mı fian aladnsi MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 96. 12. fi◊m haksash fı rabıfi al-awwal The year “Haksash” is equivalent to 1325/1907. Opens: fiAl ’l-muntaq khayri ’l-bary Mu˛ammadı * Salmıka khallid y ilhı bi-A˛madı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 59. Publ. together with. Q. b√iyya: Y kitb al-Karım anta ˛abıb and Q. mımiyya: Kun ktiman li’l-∂urri, Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. for [his son] Bashır Niang (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 420).


401

13. Ash’hadu anna Allh mawjüd Deals with the unicity of God, religious education. Includes also the ruling on those who abandon ßalt without cause. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 43. 14. Ashkur Rabbı dhkir an Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi wa-ßall ’llhu * fiAl „Mu˛ammadin wa-man talhü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 128. 15. Asm√ al-˛abıb a)Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı kafnı * Makr al-fiid biMuß†af kafnı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 76. b)Opens: Wa-lı fı ’l-drayni hab khayra naßıb * Wa’jfial ˛aytı kullah khayra thawbi MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 76. 16. Asm√ sayyidin Mu˛ammad On the names and nicknames of the Prophet Mu˛ammad. Opens: Ismuhu fiinda ahl al-jannati fiAbd al-Karım MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 154. 17. Asm√ al-tahlıl allatı fı ’l-Qur√n al-fia÷ım The attribution to A˛mad Bamba is not certain, since the published version does not mention his name. However the style is his, and the publisher is the principal publisher of works by A˛mad Bamba. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır Niang, copy in NU/Hunwick, 461). 18. A†lubu minka’l-fiilm Opens: A†lubu minka’l-fiilma qabl al-fiamalı * Fal-taqinı ’l-jahla wa-qud liya amalı Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang for his son Bashır, n.d., with Sa-yajfial Allhu bafida fiusr in yusran and Allhu Mu˛ammad un (copy in NU/Hunwick, 437).

402

CHAPTER EIGHT

19. Ayyasa minnı ’llhu Opens: Ayyasa minnı’llhu fiinda jwalı* Iblısa idh ndaytuhu bi-y walı Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with Q r√iyya: Y man bi-amd˛ihı ta√tını ’l-busharü and Mumıti (copy in NU/Hunwick, 451). 20. al-Bqiyt al-ßli˛t On good works. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 213. 21. Bidyat al-khidma Opens: Y Rabban ßalli wa-sallim sarmad * fiAl ’lladhı sammaytahü bi-A˛mad MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 182. 22. Bidyat al-khidma fı ’l-ßalt fial nabı ’l-ra˛ma Opens: Ufawwi∂u amrı il ’llhi inna ’llha baßırü * B’ismi’llhi ’lRa˛mni ’l-Ra˛ımı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 24. Publ, n.p., n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 21) 23. Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’kfinı Opens: Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’kfinı’akdra y ’llhü * ∑affi ’l-baqa√a bihi lı fıka y ’llhü. Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with ˘amdı wa-shukrı (copy in NU/Hunwick, 465) 24. Dını ˛ubb Allh Opens: Dını ˛ubbu ’llhı wa’l-rasüli * ßall fialayhi qda lı sülı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 64. 25. ∆iyfat li-dhı ’l-itqn wa-li-ghayrihim min al-murıdın wa’l-murıdt Advices to his disciples. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 214.


403

26. al-Durra al-yatıma Vv. on grammar. Opens: ˘adda al-kalma laf÷un ’l-mufıdü * Na˛wa at zaydun wa-dh yazıdü. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 229. 27. Fa∂√il al-fishür wa’l-mu˛arram Prose work urging performance of devotional acts during the Muslim month of Mu˛arram and particularly on the day of fi◊shür. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 230. 28. Fa∂√il Rama∂n On the benefits of fasting during Rama∂an. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 194, 220. 29. F√ida tanfafi kulla man arda al-intiffi Advice to Muslims. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 159. 30. Fat˛ al-badıfi fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı ’l-rafıfi Opens: Bi’smi ’l-ilhi al-Whibi al-Fatt˛ * Bi-dhı ßaltı fial ’l-mift˛. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 181. 31. Fat˛ al-Fatt˛ al-fiAlım al-Khabır fı bathth fiilm yu√addı il ’l-ajr al-kabır Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi bil intih√ı * fiAl nabiyyi ’llhi dhı ’l-luh√ı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 6. 32. Fat˛ al-Fatth fı mad˛ al-mift˛ Opens:Inna fufidı li’l-rasüli ßaraf* ßall fialayhi Rabbuhü wa-sharaf MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 71. 33. Fat˛ al-Ghaffr fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-m˛ı al-awzr Prayer to the Prophet. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 167. 34. Fat˛ al-Kfı al-Bqı al-Mumıt Urging his disciples to search knowledge. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 220.

404

CHAPTER EIGHT

35. Fat˛ al-Mannn fı jawb fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Replies to the questions on Sufism asked by a man named fiAbd alRa˛mn Lo. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 206. 36. Fat˛ al-Wahhb al-Karım fı bi’smi ’llh al-Ra˛mn al-Ra˛ım A Süfi exegesis of the basmala. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 227. 37. Fay∂ al-ghanı ’l-mughnı fı na÷m m fian al-sulüki yughnı Opens: Aqsmu dın Allhi dhı ’l-jamlı * (....) al- s√il bi-’l-ml MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 22. 38. Fı rabıfi al-awwal Opens Fari˛a khayru mursalin bi-kha††ı ’l-mufiassali MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 66. 39. al-Fulk al-mash˛ün al-maßnüfi min al-dhikr al- maßün Opens: Ql al-khadım al-fiabdu wa’hwa A˛madü * L zla fiinda Dhı ’ljaml ya˛madü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 8. 40. Futü˛ al-mukrim fı amd˛ al-mukarram Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı ßarrafanı * Bi-fa∂lihı fian bidfiin li’lsunanı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 64. 41. ˘ad√iq al-fa∂√il fı khidmat khayr al-was√il See Dumont (1975), 12. See also p. 631 below. 42. ˘adıth al-shaykh Text of a sermon delivered by the author to his disciples on the eve of the fasting month of Rama∂n. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 223. 43. ˘lat al-ziyra On how to “visit” the shrine of a saint. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 226.


405

44. ˘amdı wa-shukrı Opens: ˘amdı wa-shukrı li-man kullı bihi ßr * Lahu ri∂an düna sukh†in fiinda ßarßr. Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with Bi’smi ’lilhi ’kfinı (copy in NU/Hunwick, 465). 45. Hammat Sulaym Also titled Jlibat al-maziyyt wa-dfifiat al-raziyyt fı mad˛ khayri ’lbariyyt (q.v.). Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 417). 46. ˘ijb al-drayn f ı’l-tafiawwudh min al-nrayn Publ. see Dumont (1975), 15. 47. ˘ijb mülı ’l-fiinya fı ’l-tamassuk bi-inna waliyya Allhu Opens: Inniya a˛madu muRabbiya ’l-wakıl * Mußalliyan fial immiya ’l-kafıl. Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., with Ma†lab al-taqabbul fı ’l-ßalt fial khayr al-rusul and Q. mımiyya: Kun ktiman li’l-∂urri wa’l-büs tanal for his son Bashır (copy in NU/Hunwick, 427). 48. ˘aqıqat sirr al-maßün wa-durr al-maknün On hidden truths. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 176. 49. ˘ißn al-abrr al-hudt fian mak√id al-fujjr al-bught Publ. Dakar: al-Dr al-Sinighliyya, n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 24) 50. ˘ißn al-jalıl Opens: Sa√altu Rabbı ’l-˘afı÷ al-Mnifi * In kna fiann kulla ∂urrin dfifi. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 173. 51. Ijtanib al-ghıba wa’l-riy√ Warning against calumny and hypocrisy. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 211.

406

CHAPTER EIGHT

52. Ilhm al-salm fı ’l-dhabb fian dın al-islm Opens: Wa-bafidu fa ’l-majüsu wa’l-naßr * ∑rü li-iblısa ’l-qawı asr MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 221. 53. Ilhm al-La†ıf al-Khabır fı ’l-twassul bi-asm√ al-bashır al-nadhır Opens: Yaqülu †lib al-ilhi wa’l-rasül * Mu˛ammadun yarjü ’l-ri∂ wa’l-qubül. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 189. 54. Ilhm al-Wadüd fı jawb Ma˛müd Advice to one of his disciples. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı fiibdah * Amara bi’l-ımni wa’l-fiibdah. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 205. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with Waßiyyat Sukhna Penda Diop and Allhu Mu˛ammadun (iii) (copy in NU/Hunwick, 482). 55. Inna ’l-rasül la-sayf un yusta∂√u bihi Opens: Wajjahtu li’llhi ˛amdan wa’hwa karramanı * Bi ’l-Muß†af wabihı lı jda bi’l-amni. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 77. 56. Inna waliyya Allhu’lladı nazzal al-kitb Publ. Dakar: Imp Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with Ma†lab altaqabbul and Q. mımiyya: Kun ktiman li’l-∂urri wa’l-büs tanal (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 427). 57. Inna wujüda Rabbin wa’l-qudam Except for the first line, the work is an urjüza. Written in Rama∂n 1344/ March-April 1926, as suggested by the numerical value of the last word of the first verse: damsashin (d-m-s-sh.). MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 3. 58. Irshdt li-bafi∂ al-mustafıdın Opens: Tub li’l-fiAlımi wa’l-Khabıri fawr * Min kulli shay√in qad yu˛kı jawr. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 217


407

59. Ishtar Allah tabraka minnı al-∂am√ir kullah Prayers of different kinds. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 179. 60. fiIßmat jamıfi al-mafißümın Opens: fiAßamanı ’l-Khliqu min ∂arari m * Khalaqa aw yakhluqu ∂urrı ’nßaram MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 171. 61. al-Ifitiqdt On the Islamic creed. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 13-14. 62. Jadhb al-qulüb il fiAllm al-ghuyüb See Dumont (1975), 12. Opens: al-˘amdu li’l-˘aqq al-Mubın * Man kawnahu liya yabın. Publ. n.p. [ Dakar]” Imp. Serigne Saliou M’Backe, for Muß†af Mbodj n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 440); Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 441). 63. Jlibat al-marghib fı ajl ka-fijil al-rghib Publ. n.p., n.d., but indicated “in the Maghrib” (copy in NU/ Brenner, 18). 64. Jlibat al-maziyyt wa-dfifiat al-raziyyt fı mad˛ khayr al-bariyyt Written in 1311/ 1893-4 in Touba. Opens: Hammat Sulaym bi-ßarfı fian maziyytı * Kay-m taqüdu zimmı li’l-raziyytı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 58. Publ. as Hammat Sulaym, Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. for [his son] Bashır Niang (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 417). 65. Jmifi al-ml fı ’l-˛l wa’l-ma√l Prayers of different kinds in prose. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 176.

408

CHAPTER EIGHT

66. Jawb fiAbd al-La†ıf Reply to the questions of a man called fiAbd al-La†ıf; c.f. no. 77 below. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 206. 67. Jawb amır Ndar Answers to questions put to him by the French colonial governor based in Saint-Louis (Ndar in Wolof) between 1900 and 1903. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 161. 68. al-Jawb fı su√l man qla inn jamıfian na†lub minka an tubayyina lan Questions and answers on Sufism. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 14. 69. Jawb al-˛jj Demba Bsin Sal Replies to the questions of his disciple Demba Bsin Sal. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 207. 70. Jawb il akh s√il MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 209. 71. Jawb akhına „Mu˛ammad Diop Responses to questions concerning Sufism from his disciple Mu˛ammad Diop. Opens: In kunta fı ’l-drayni fawz an taqßidu * Fa-’ttaqi mawlka bi-fifili m amara (...?) MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 204. 72. Jawb Serigne Bakala Mmur Sıse Poem replete with Sufi advice. Opens: Dünaka y ma˛müdu m in sh√a’l-Jalıl * Yashfı murıdan wa-murdan min ghalıl. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 160. 73. Jawb Serigne Busübbe Replies to the questions asked the author by Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Busübbe. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 204.


409

74. Jawb Serigne ‹Wajja Dieng Reply to a letter of a shaykh named Wajja Dieng. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 222. 75. Jwartu ’llha bi-kitbihi Opens: Jwartu bi’l-furqni Rabbiya ’l-mufiın * Malaktu nafsı waza˛za˛tu ’l-lafiın. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır., with Lam yabdu mithl al-Muß†af (copy in NU/Hunwick, 434). 76. al-Jawhar al-nafıs fı fiaqd nathr al-Akh∂arı al-ra√ıs Vers. of the Mukhtaßar of Al-Akh∂arı. Opens: Awwalu m awjabahu ’lRa˛mnü * qa†fian fial ’l-mukallafi al-ımnü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 192. 77. Jaz√ al-shakür al-fia†üf fı jawab fiAbd al-La†ıf Comm. on vv. he wrote on his exile; c.f. no. 66 above. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 158. 78. Jaz√ al-shakür al-fia†üf alladhı kafnı kulla jabbr fianıd washay†n marıd wa-kafnı kulla m fıhi sü√ wa-∂arar abadan Publ. see Dumont (1975), 15. 79. al-Khidma al-mu†ahhara Opens: Bi’smi ’l-fiAliyyi Allhi wa’l-Ra˛mnı * al-Nfifii ’l-Ra˛ımi Dhı ’l-azmnı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 9. 80. al-Khilf al-wqifi bayna al-fiulam√ fı tafsır ism Allh al-afi÷am The debate of the fiulam about the greatest name of God. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 190. 81. Khutbat al-nik˛ MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 195. 82. La-in shakartum la-azıdannakum Operns: Li-Rabbin karımin wsifiin khayri mafibüdı * Shukürı lad drı wa-fı ’l-ba˛ri wa’l-bıdı.

410

CHAPTER EIGHT

Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., with Wa-m dhlika fial ’llhi bi-fiazız (copy in NU/Hunwick, 419). 83. Layla balsash bishr Opens: Li-khayri kulli wlidin wa-walad * Qd al-fiAlı Dhü qidamin lam yalid. The year “Balsash” corresponds to 1332/1913-4. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 69. 84. Laylat al-mawlid fim ˛aksashin Opens: Lı maddu Rabbı ’lladhı ˛waltuhü wa-hud * Kullı wa-lı qda bi’l-mukhtri khayru hud. Written on the occasion of the anniversary of the birth of Prophet Mu˛ammad in 1328/1910. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 65. 85. Lisn shukri Opens: Lisnu shukrı * Min bafidi dhikrı * Bi-ghayri makri * Li-dhı’ll√ı. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır, with Madd al-Khabıru (copy in NU/Hunwick, 426). 86. Mada˛tu ’l-nabı ’l-muntaq Opens: Mada˛tu ’l-nabı ’l-muntaq ’l-nüri azmn * Li-wajhi Ra˛ımin lam yazal qa††u Ra˛mn. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 78. 87. Madd al-Khabıru Opens: Madd al-Khabıru * Lı wa’l-kabıru * M l yabüru * min alluh√ı. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır, with Lisn shukri (copy in NU/Hunwick, 426). 88. Maftı˛ al-bishr wa’l-amn wa’l-janna fı ’l-ßalt wa’l-taslım fial muqım al-sunna Opens: A˛adu ßalli wal-tusallim sarmad * fiAl ’lladhı sammaytahu Mu˛ammad


411

Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, for Muß†af Mbodj n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 435). Kane (1997), 174, gives the opening line as: Afiüdhu bi-llhi min al-shay†nı * Wa-†ayyib al-mamarri ka ’l-aw†nı. 89. Maftı˛ al-jinn wa-maghliq al-nırn c.f. no. 94 below. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Saliou M Backe, n.d., for Muß†af Mbodj (copy in NU/Hunwick, 459); Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır (copy in NU/Hunwick, 422); Dakar, for al-Mukhtr al-Kattnı (copy in NU/ Brenner, 17). 90. Mafti˛ al-mun fı ’l-than√ fial ’llh tafil wa’l-rasül Publ. see Dumont (1075), 15. 91. Mafiiyyat Allh Deals with religious exhortation. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 212. 92. Majmafi al-nürayn fı faw√id al-drayn See Dumont (1975), 12, who states: “comprenant 59 morceaux, dont 19 fâida ou leçons de morale”. Publ. Casablanca: Dr al-kitb, n.d, (copy in NU/Brenner, 41). 93. Manfifi Rama∂n On the benefits of fasting during Rama∂n; c.f. no. 134 below. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 197. 94. Man rma fıka y kitb al-Karım Praise of the Prophet. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 75. 95. Maslik al-jinn wa-maghliq al-nırn MS: Niamey, 1387 (photo of Bü ’l-Afirf’s copy). 96. al-Mashrab al-ßfı fı mad˛ al-Muß†af ’l-kfı Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi mawl ’l-˛if÷i wa’l-÷afarı * Man kna fı ßufrin aw kna fı safarı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 68.

412

CHAPTER EIGHT

97. Ma†lab al-fawzayn Composed as he was constructing Touba. After a lengthy introduction, poem opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-Karımi dhı ’l-minan * fiAl ashghlı bi-furü∂in wa-sunan. Publ. Dakar, n.d., for Ibrhım Jukhni Yamjal (copy in NU/Hunwick, 462). 98. Ma†lab al-shif√ Opens: ˘amdan li-munzili ’l-∂an wa’l-d√ * Wa-munzil al-shif√a wa’l-daw√. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 168. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 447); Dakar, M Middı (copy in NU/Hunwick, 446). 99. Ma†lab al-taqabbul fı ’l-ßalt fial khayr al-rusul Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhi yubaddilü * Sayyi√atan ˛asanatan wayajzilü. Publ. Dakar:Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır, with ˘ijb mülı’l-fiinya and Q. mımiyya: Kun ktim an li’l-∂urri wa’l-büs tanal (copy in NU/Hunwick, 427). 100. Mawhib al-Nfifi fı mad√i˛ al-shfifi Opens: Rafafin il ’l-M˛ı ’lladhı qad ma˛ ’l-˛uzn * Madı˛an fiajıban yukhjil al-sajfia wa’l-wazn. Publ. Dakar: Serigne Saliou M’backé, n.d. (copies in NU/Hunwick, 433, 438); Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. with Mawlid khayr alfilamın (copy in NU/Hunwick, 444). 101. Mawhib al-Quddüs fı na÷m nathr shaykhin al-Sanüsı Vers. of the ∑ughr of al-Sanüsı. Opens: Ifilam ˛abka ’llhu rushdan wa-safiah * Kna ilhun wal shay√a mafiah. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 2. Publ. see Dumont (1975), 13. 102. Mawhib al-Ra˛mn On prayers. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 171.


413

103. Mawlid khayr al-filamın Opens: Mawlid khayr al-filamın A˛mad * Naf li-ghayrin ’l-adh wa’l-kamad. Publ. Dakar:Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. with Mawhib al-Nfifi fı mad√i˛ al-shfifi. 104. Mift˛ al-ghuyüb fi jawb khillin fiUmar Jüb Advice to his disciple fiUmar Diop. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 210. 105. Mifta˛ al-naßr fı dufi√ laylat al-qadr Described as a collection of poems taken from the letters of “Shahr Rama∂n”. Publ. Casablanca: Dr al-Kitb, n.d. (copy in NU/Brenner, 42). 106. Mift˛ al-safida fı ’l-ßalt fial khayr al-sda Also called Muqaddimat al-khidma fı ’l-ßalt fial nabı al-ra˛ma (q.v.) 107. Minan al-Bqı ’l-Qadım fı mufijizt ’l-rqı ’l-makhdüm Composed in 1321/1903-4. Opens: Barra√anı ’l-Bqı min al-amr∂ı * Wa-kabba man ankara bi’fitir∂ı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 56. Publ. Casablanca: Dr al-Kitb, n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 22). 108. Min al-˘aqq Opens: Min al-˘aqq j√a ’l-˛aqqu li’l-˛aqqi fı ’l-ßa˛bı * Bi-˛aqqin mubın in l yufinıhi min ßafibı Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. for [his son] Bashır Niang, with Wa-laqad karramn banı ◊dam (copy in NU/Hunwick, 408 ). 109. Min fiumüm ahl al-madına al-munawwara On Sufism. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 162. Publ. see Dumont (1975), 13.

414

CHAPTER EIGHT

110. Mu˛ammad al-˛abıb Opens: Madda lı ’l-˘aqqu ’l-mubınu m li’l-bariyyati yubınu * Wa-m li-ghayrı l yubınu min bishrin wa-nifiamı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 82. 111. Mu˛ammad al-jamıl Opens: Madda lı ’l-sharıfiata ’l-mu†ahharah * Man qda lı ’l-˛aqıqata ’l-munawwarah. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 100. 112. Mu˛ammadı al-khalıl Opens: Madd al-khabıru lı wa’l-kabıru * M l yabüru min al-’luh√i. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 77. 113. Mu˛ammad al-ma˛büb Opens: Madda lı ’l-mukhtru m lı madd * Min bishrin bi-l adhan fa’mtadd. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 98. 114. Mu˛ammad al-m˛ı Opens:Ma˛ ’llhu m qad s√anı ’l-dahru fa ’nghasal * Wa-lı qda sirran minhu a˛l min al-fiasal. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 81. 115. Mu˛ammad al-makhdüm Opens: Middı wa-aqlmı wa-fiaqdı wa-aqwlı * Li-Rabb al-sam wa’lar∂i qa†fian ka-a˛wli MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 118. 116. Mu˛ammad al-ma√mün Opens: Mu˛ammadun jammalahü ’l-ilhu * Bi-bahji l ilha illa ’llha. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 94. 117. Mu˛ammad al-mufia÷÷am Opens: Mahawtu ’l-lagh fiannı bi-Rabbı wa-bi ’l-nabı * fiAlayhi salm khayri hdin mujnibı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 80.


415

118. Mu˛ammad al-mubbashir Opens: Mallakanı ’l-maliku sirran fia÷m * Sqa li-ghayrı kullu man tafia÷÷am. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 99. 119. Mu˛ammad un Mu˛ammadun lahu Opens: Ma˛ fiuyübı wa-ma˛ fiifsı * Man qda lı ’l-shukür fı anfsı Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır Niang, with Wa’l-balad al-Tayyibyakhruju nabtuhu bi-idhn Rabbihi and Allh (copy in NU/Hunwick 418). 120. Mu˛ammad al-mumallik Opens: Ma˛ tawajjuh al-fiid wa’l-sü√ı * Lı-man ˛am fiumrı fian musı√ı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 99. 121. Mu˛ammad al-mußallı Opens: Mu˛ammad un qad ma˛ m s√anı abad * Wa-madda lı bisharri bqin w˛idin fiabd MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 88. 122. Mu˛ammad al-muqaddam Opens: Min mlikı rumtu bi-ahli Badrı * fiißmata kullı wa-’ fitil√i qadrı. In praise of Muslims who fought at the battle of Badr. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 100. 123. Mu˛ammadatı Opens: ˘amadtu Rabbı fial kawn al-rasül * Wasılatı ilayhi hdh khayru sül. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 203. 124. Mujlasat ahl al-taßawwuf On the relationship between Sufi masters and aspirants. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 225. 125. Mulayyin al-ßudür wa-mudhakkir al-qubür Publ. see Dumont (1975), 15.

416

CHAPTER EIGHT

126. Mumıt Opens: Mumıtu kuffa man tawajjaha bi-∂urr * Liya lahu fı fijilin y ma ya∂urr Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with Y man bi-amd˛ihi, and Ayyasa minnı ’llhu (copy in NU/Hunwick, 451). 127. Munawwir al-ßudür lad ’l-manzil wa-fiinda ’l-duwar Poem of wafi÷, composed in 1324/ 1906. Opens: Y ayyuh ’l-ghdı il ’l-tafiallumı * Hka waßiyyatı wa-rfii kalimı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 156 Publ. see Dumont (1975), 14, who notes: Ce texte est suivi de “La réponse de Mamour Cissé, Sérigne de Bakel” et de “Trois conseils adressés aux Chefs par le Cheikh al-Khadim” et des “Précieux vers adressés par le Cheikh Al-˘âjj Mu˛ammad Al-Fa∂ilou (Al-Hâjj Falilou) à son père vénéré le Cheikh A˛mad Bamba—que Dieu l’ait en sa complaisance -puis de la “Réponse d’Al-Khadim à ses vers”. 128. Muqqadima fı khidmat alladhı al-Qadım qaddamahü Includes advice and general considerations relating to ethics. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 209-210. 129. Muqqadima fı khidma fı ’l-ßalt fial nabı al-ra˛ma Also called Mift˛ al-safida fı ’l-ßalt fial khayr al-sda. On the names of the Prophet, arranged alphabetically, with statistical counts. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 458, 457 [different edition]); Dakar: al-Dr alSinighliyya, n.d., with brief biog. of author (copy in NU/ Brenner, 19) 130. Muqaddamt al-amd˛ fı mazy al-mift˛ Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır Niang (copy in NU/Hunwick, 424). 131. Muqaddimat al-ikhwn Includes writings relating the unicity of God (taw˛ıd) and others on Sufi litanies and how to recite them. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 21.


417

132. al-Muqaddima al-ßughr al-na÷miyya fı ’l-khidma li-khayr albarriya Opens: ˘amdan li-man jafialanı khadıman li’l-Muß†af * ’lladhı ˛aw altaqdım. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 73. 133. Mursala mafi al-shaykh Sıdiyya b. al-shaykh Sayyid Mu˛ammad Correspondence in verse, response to Sh. Sıdiyya of Boutilimit (Mauritania). MS. Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 228. 134. Naf√is al-durar fı kalimt khayr al-bashar Explanation of the meanings of some ˛dıths of the Prophet Mu˛ammad. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 222. 135. Nahj qa∂√ al-˛ajj fı m min al-db ilayhi ’l-murıd ya˛tj Publ. see Dumont (1975), 15. 136. Nakß fial fiaqibayhi Opens: Naf ’lladhı lahu ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam * li-ghayrı ’l-shay†ni wa-hwa dhü nadam MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 222. 137. Naß√i˛ il ’l-ikhwn Opens: Ayyuh ’l-ikhwnu l tuhmilü ’l-dahr * Wa-l tansaw ’ldayyna sirran wa-l jahr. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 216. 138. Naßı˛a nfifia Advice to his disciples. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 208. 139. Na÷m silsilat al-kirm fı tartıb ajdd sayyid al-anm Opens: Ql al-mu˛ibbu li-rasül Allhı * Mu˛ammadun sib†u ˛abıb Allhı Publ.: Dakar : Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for [his son] Bashır Niang (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 414).

CHAPTER EIGHT

418

140. Nifimat Rabb al-filamın fı khidmat khayr al-filamın Opens: Wajjahtu kullı il Dhı ’l-fa∂li wa’l-minan * fiAbdan khadıman lahu bi’l-far∂i wa’l-sunnan. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 59. 141. Nubdha fı fa∂√il Rama∂n On the benefits of fasting during the Rama∂n; c.f. no 88 above. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 194. 142. Nür al-drayn fı khidmat al-˛mı fian al-firayn MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 188. Publ. n.p. [Dakar]:Imp. Serigne Saliou Mbacké, n.d., with Y ’llhu ßalli wal-tusallim sarmad * fiAnnı fial khayr al-bary A˛mad, and Y sayyidı y Muß†af y dh ’l-nad (copy in NU/Hunwick, 456); Dakar: Librairie Dar Senegalia, n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 20). 143. Nür al-drayn fı ’l-ßalt fial sayyid al-kawnayn Opens: Yaqülu A˛madu ’l-dhalıl ’l-shı * al -Mustajıru bi-rasüli ’llhi MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 74. 144. al-Q√il fal-yaqul khayran A warning that one should always tell the truth. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997),199 . 145.

Qaßfiid

A) With titles derived from the Qur√n i) Fa ’staqim kam umirta wa-man tba mafiaka Title taken from Qur√n 11: 112. Opens: Hkum jawban yadfafiu ’l-malmah * Wa-yakshifu ’lgha†√a bi’l-salmah. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 202. ii) Innı dhhibun il Rabbı sa-yahdını Title taken from Qur√n, 37: 99. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı mat dhahaba * Ilayhi dhhib un hadhü wa-wahab. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 152.


419

iii) Fa’dhkurünı adhkurkum Title is taken from Qur√n 2: 152 Opens: Fikrı wa-qawlı wa-afimlı il ’l-Brı * Dhikran w ashukran wa-iqblı wa-idbrı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 62. iv) Fa-man sh√ fa’l-yu√min, fa-l rdda li-fa∂lihi Title derived from Qur√n 18: 29 and 10: 107. Opens: Far˛u mawlidi ’l-nabiyyi mu˛arram * Kam lahü qda ’l-fiul wa’lkaram. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 71. v) Fa-qad j√akum bashır un Title taken from Qur√n, 5: 19. Opens: Fqa jamıfi al-anbiy wa’l-rusulı * Sayyidun A˛madu ˛ibb al-muralı Publ. Dakar: Imp. Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with Wakna ˛aqqan fialayn naßr al-mu√minın (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 407). vi) Fa-qad naßarahu ’llh Title inspired from Qur√n, 9: 40. Opens: Fata˛a fat˛ an lam yur * Qa††u wa-fiiwa∂un lan yur MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 116. vii) Fa’ßbir inna wafid Allahi ˛aqq Title is taken from Qur√n, 40:55. Opens: Fuztu bi-kawni wafida dhı ’l-jalli * ˛aqqan wa-arjü surfiata ’rti˛li MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 17. viii) Ihdi jamıfian ’l-ßir† al-mustaqım Title inspired by Qur√n, 1: 6. Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 448). ix) Inn ansha√nhunna insh√ an Title taken from Qur√n, 56:35. Opens: Allhu Barrun Ra˛ımun Bri√un A˛ad * Bqin Badıfiun wa-Ra˛mnun wa-Multa˛ad. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 12.

420

CHAPTER EIGHT

x) Inna ’llha mafian Title taken fron Qur√n 9: 40. Opens: A˛babtu Rabb al-filamin * mafia ’l-amıni wa’l-amın MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 116. xi) Inna ’llha ’shtar min al-mü√minına anfusahum Opens: Infiaqada ’l-bayfiu bi-m dalla fial * Ri∂√i b√ifiin wamushtarin fial Title is taken from Qur√n, 9: 111. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 32. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for Bashır Niang, with Q. dliyya: Il mufiıdin karımin khayri mafibüdı and Q. mımiyya: Bushr lan qad atn ’l-jüdu wa’l-karamü(copy in NU/Hunwick, 449). The published version opens: Inqda lı min ilhı ’l-fa∂lu wa’l-karamu * Bi-l ’nßirf wa-innı ’l-dahra mu˛taramu. xii) Inna Rabbı fial kulli shay√ in ˛afı÷ Title taken from Qur√n, 11: 57. Opens: Aghnnı ’llhu Rabb al-jinni wa’l-basharı * fiAn al-fian wa’l-adh bi’l-shukri wa’l-bushrı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 118. xiii) Inn ßababn ’l-m√a ßabban Title taken from Qur√n 80: 25. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi fial wujüdı * Ra˛matihı wa-lu†fihı wa’l-jüdı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 177. xiv) Iqra√ wa-Rabbuka ’l-akram Title is inspired from Qur√n, 96: 3 Opens : Ahd bi-˛amdin li-man lı thabbata ’l-qadam * Nifima ’l-Shakür alladhı lı yashkuru ’l-khidam. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 117. xv) Katab Allh la-aghlibanna an wa-rusulı Title taken from Qur√n 58: 21. Opens: Kawwin lı ’l-yawma nasran fiizza mawlya * W’al-takshif al-˛ujub fiannı hab lı al-y. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 173.


421

xvi) L nufarriqu bayna a˛adin min rusulihi Title taken from Qur√n, 2: 285. Opens: Fuzta bi-÷arfi ’l-˛asantı * Sayyidat an li’l-mu˛sinti Maryam faqat al-müqanti * fiInda ’lladhı lam yudrak. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 115. xvii) Mathalu ’l- jannat allatı wufiida ’l-muttaqün Title is taken from Qur√n, 13: 35. Opens: Ma˛madatı li’l-akrami ’lladhı ’l-qadar * Minhu fial m˛in ma˛ bi-hi ’l-kadar. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 56. xviii) Mathal alladhına yunfiqüna amwlahum fı sabıl Allh Title taken from Qur√n, 2: 261. Publ. see Dumont (1975), 13. xix) Qad afla˛a ’l-yawma man istafil Opens: Wahaba liya ’llhu lisn al-fiarabı * Wa-lı bihi qad qda khayr al-qurbı. Title is taken from from Qur√n, 20: 64. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 37. xx). Wa-amm bi-nifimati rabbika fa-˛addith On gratefulness to God. Title inspired from the Qurfin, 93: 11. Opens: Wa-amm bi-nifimati Rabbika fa-˛addith labbayk * Rabbı wa-safidayka wa’l-khayru kulluhu bi-yadayk MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 42. xxi) Wa’dhkurü ’llha fı ayym mafidüdt On dhikr. Title taken from Qurfin. 2: 203. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 221. xxii) Wa-kna ˛aqqan fialayn naßr al-mu√minın Tile taken from Qur√n, 30: 47 Publ. Pikin-Icotaf: Mk. Touba Qaß√id Dr al-Minan, for Serigne Bassirou Ba Mbacké, n.d. (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 406); Dakar: Imp. Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, with Fa-qad j√akum bashırun (copy in NU/Hunwick, 407). xxiii) Wa-kun min al- shkirın On taw˛id. Title inspired by Qur√n, 7: 144.

422

CHAPTER EIGHT

MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 47. xxiv) Wa-laqad ßadaqakum Allhu wafidahu Praise of the Prophet. Title inspired from Qur√n 3: 152. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 46. xxv) Wa’llhu fial m naqülu wakıl Title taken from Qur√n, 28: 28. Opens: Min al-khadımi il ’l-makhdümi mıznü * l yanta˛ı ajruhü kaylun wa-mıznü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 63. xxvi) Wa-innaka la-fial khuluqin fia÷ım (i) Title is from Qur√n, 68: 4. Opens: Waqnı bqin za˛za˛a ’l-∂arr wa’l-tabab * Li-ghayrı wa-bi ’l-mukhtri aghn fiani ’l-sabab. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 61. xxvii) Wa-innaka lafial khuluqin fia÷ım (ii) Opens: Widdı li-Rabbin qdirin khayri fafifilı * A-ßa˛˛ fu√dı mafia kalmı wa-affilı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 120. xxviii) Wa-m fiind Allhi khayrun wa-abq Title is taken from from Qur√n, 43: 36. Opens: Asıru mafia al-abrri ˛ına asıru * Wa-÷annu ’l-fiid annı hunka asıru. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 61. Publ. with ∑li˛ Mbacké, Dufi√ al-istisq√, Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır (copy in NU/Hunwick, 430) xxix) Wa-qul Rabbi anzilnı munzal an mubrakan Title taken from Qur√n, 23: 29. Opens: Walajtu wulüjan ßfiyan laysa yab†a√u * Bi-m ukhtıra lı fı-mad˛i man laysa yakh†afiu. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 34. xxx) Wa-waßßayn ’l-insn bi-wlidayhi ˛usnan On loyalty and devotion to one’s parents. Title taken from Qur√n, 29: 8.


423

Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır Niang (followed by two short untitled pieces in the form of prayers) (copy in NU/Hunwick, 445). xxxi) Wa-yazıd Allh alladhına ihtadü Title taken from Qur√n, 19-76. Opens: Wajjahtu kullı li-man hadnı * Wa-r∂in lı fı ’l-ba˛ri man fidnı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 198. xxxii) Wa-yufiallimukum Allh Title inspired by Qurfin, 2: 282 Opens: Wajjahtu wajhı bi-tafsiri ’l-kitb * Li-man kafnı ’l˛isba wa’l-fiitb. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 157. xxxiii) Y nru künı bardan wa-salman fial Ibrhım Title is taken from Qur√n, 21: 69. Opens: A-l innanı uthnı fial khayri munfiimı * Wa-l ashtakı li’l-khalqi min faqd anfiumı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 39. B)

Acrostics xxxiv) Aß˛b al-janna hum fıh khlidün Ilayka y khayr al-bariyyatı salmu * Khadımika ’lladhı kafaytahü ’l-malmu. Acrostic of the last five words of Qur√n, 2:82 MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 83. xxxv) Ash’hadu bi-ann Muslimün Acrostic of Qur√n, 3:64. Opens : Ashhadu anna ’llha jalla wa-fial * [……] MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 16. xxxvi) Fa-’ßbir inna wafiad Allhi ˛aqq Acrostic of Qur√n, 40: 77. Opens : Fuztu bi-kawni wafidi Dhı ’l-Jallı * ˘aqqan wa-arjü surfiata irti˛lı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 17.

424

CHAPTER EIGHT

xxxvii) al-˘aqq min Rabbikum fa-man sh√a fal-yu√min Acrostic on Qur√n, 18: 29. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qalbı had * munawwiran wa-qda lı dhawı hud. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 55. xxxviii) Lı Allh al-Qur√n Jibrıl Mu˛ammad Acrostic on the title of the poem. Opens: Li’l-Muß†af nawaytu m yujaddidu * Sunnatahü ’l-ghar√ wa-innı A˛madu. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 53. xxxix) Middı wa-aqlmı li-man za˛za˛a al-yamm Acrostic of Qur√n, 47: 80. Opens: Middı wa-aqlmı li-man za˛za˛a al-yamm * Kam za˛za˛a ’l-shay†na wa’l-jahla wa’lghamm. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 54, with title: Man yu†ifi alrasül fa-qad a†fiAllh). Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır Niang, with Waqnı ˘afı÷un and Yasurru rasül Allh (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 413). xl) Wa-amm m yanfafiu ’l-nsa fa-yamkuthu fı ’l-ar∂i Acrostic of Qur√n, 13:17. Opens: Wahaba lı ’l-Wahhbu fı ’l-thulth * M yukhjilu ’lfiashru wa’l-thalth. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 18. xli) Wa-laqad karramn banı ◊dam Acrostic of Qur√n, 17: 70. Opens: Wajjahtu wajhı li-man takrımuhu bn * Fı shahri mawlidi man fı ’l-ba˛ri Rabbn MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 33. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır Niang, with Min al-˛aqq j√ al-˛aqq (copy in NU/ Humwick, 408). xlii) Wa-inna laka la-ajran ghayr mamnün Opens: Wu∂ü˛u kawnika a˛abbu abad * Li-dhı ’l-war min alwar lahum bad Acrostic of Qur√n, 68: 3. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 81.


C)

425

Unititled by qfiya. xliii) Q. fiayniyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-˛afı÷ al-dfifiı * li-kulli ∂urr in al-mujır al-mnifiı Vers. of the Dufi√ al-rift of Al-˘arırı. (d, 485/ 1092; see GAL, S I, 486). MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 135. xliv) Q. fiayniyya: Waqnı ˘afızun Qhirun jalla Mnifiü * Jamıfi al-adh wa’l-khayru lı’l-yawma †√ifiü Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with Middı wa-aqlmı li-man za˛za˛ al-yamm, Q. dliyya: Yasurru rasüla ’llhi kha††ı bi-mawlidı (copy in NU/Hunwick, 413). xlv) Q. b√iyya: ˘amdı li-Bqin kafnı ’l-mawta wa’l-tabab * Bi-jhi man qad kafnı ’l-∂arra wa’l-sabab MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 112. xlvi) Q. bi√iyya: Il ’lladhı yudhhibu ’l-a˛zna idhhb * Mılü bi-Qur√nihi m zla wahhb MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 125. xlvii) Q. b√iyya: fiIlmı bi-anna ilhı l sharıka lahü * Qad qda lı ’l-fiilma wa’l-afimla wa’l-adab On the virtues of taw˛ıd. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 46. xlviii) Q. b√iyya: Li-Rabbin ghafürin qad ma˛ fiannı ’ldhanb * Wa-fiannı naf iblısa fı ba˛ri m yanb. Written in 1311/ 1893-4 . MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 122. Publ., Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for [his son] Bashır Niang, with Ihdi jamıfian ’l-ßir† al-mustaqım ((copy in NU/Hunwick, 448). xlix) Q. b√iyya: Wajjahtu li’llhi li-m lı qa∂ ’l-arab * ˘amdan yasüqu lı’l-ml wa’l-†alab The poem is known as Ma†lab al-ri∂wn al-Mbakı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 45.

426

CHAPTER EIGHT

l) Q. b√iyya: Wajjahtu wajhı li-fiizzi ’l-fiajami wa’l-fiarabi * ∑all fialayhi ’lladhı lı qad qa∂ arabı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997),78 li) Q. b√iyya: Wuddı li-man bi-nabiyyı yafta˛ al-bb * Duny wa-ukhr wa-fıhim faqat a˛bb MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 87. lii) Q. b√iyya: Y kitb al-Karım anta ˛abıbı * Wa-khalılı wa-kunta qablu †abıbı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 74. Publ. with fi◊m haksash fı rabıfi al-awwal and Q. mımiyya: Kun ktiman li’l-∂urri, Dakar : Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for [his son] Bashır Niang (copy in NU/Hunwick, 420. liii) Q. b√iyya: Yanqdu lı ’l-ajru bil ˛isb * Mimman lahu fiumrı dhü ’˛tisb MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 150. liv) Q. dliyya: fiAl ’l-muntaq khayri ’l-bary Mu˛ammadı * Salmayka khallid y ilhı bi-A˛madı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 133. lv) Q. dliyya: Allhu khayru ˛afı÷in ˛fi÷un abad * Wakhayru Rabb in bi-khayri ’l-dhikri qad fiabad. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 131. lvi) Q. dliyya: Allhu Mughnin Wsifiun wa-∑amadu * fiAlayhi jalla wa-fial afitamidu MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 151. lvii) Q. dliya: B√ al-lafiınu y√isan ka-qirdı * Li-ghayri dhtı bkiyan bi-†ardı A satire on French colonial authority, pictured as the devil who despairs of getting the better of him. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 47. lviii) Q. dliyya: Bi’smi ’l-ilhi man had bi’l-jüdı * al-Qbil al-ruküfii wa’l-sujüdı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 32. lix) Q. dliyya: Fraqtu li’llhi min kullı hudan fiadad * Waqda lı minhu abadan l tar madad


427

MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 35. lx) Q. dliyya: Li’llhi ’lladhı qad jda lı bi-hud * Kullı khadıman li-man taqdımuhü fiahd MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 65. lxi) Q. dliyya: Il mufiıdin karımin khayri mafibüdı * ashkü bi-jhi shafıfi in khayri mawlüdı MSS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 135, 170. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır Niang, with Inna ’llha ’shtar, and Q. mımiyya: Bushr lan qad atn ’l-jüdu wa’l-karamü (copy in NU/Hunwick, 449). lxii) Q. dliyya: Li-Rabbin karımin wsifiin khayri mafibüdı * Shukürı lad drı wa-fı ’l-ba˛ri wa’l-bıdı Opening verse of La-in shakartum la-azıdannakum (q.v.) Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., with Wa-m dhlika fial ’llhi bi-fiazız (copy in NU/Hunwick, 419). lxiii) Q. dliyya: Madda wujüdu man lahü ’l-wujüdü * Lı naffiuhü wa-’ nqda na˛wı al-jüdü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 103. lxiv) Q. dliyya: Qda lı ’l-Qur√nu m l ajidü * Fı ghayrihı nifim al-kitbu al-munjidü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 28. lxv) Q. dliyya: Wullıtu fian kulli m lam yur∂ihı ’l-A˛adü * Wa-kna lı wa-kafnı sharra man ja˛adü. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 80. lxvi) Q. dliyya: Y khayra ∂ayfin at bi’l-bishr wa’l-madadı * Ahlan wa-sahlan wa-tra˛ıban bi-l fiadadı Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for [his son] Bashır Niang, with Q. r√iyya: Y mukrim al-∂ayfi jran kna aw zr and Zıda fay∂an (copy in NU/Hunwick, 421). lxvii) Q. dliyya:Yaqını yaqını tarku qaßdı li-mawridi * khalılin ˛abıbin dhı ’l-siydti mufradi MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 83.

428

CHAPTER EIGHT

lxviii) Q. dliyya: Yasurru rasüla ’llhi kha††ı bi-mawlidı * Yadümu lan bushran yafı khayra mawridı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 90. Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with Middı wa-aqlmı li-man za˛za˛ al-yamm, Waqnı ˘afı÷un, and Masurru rasül Allh (copy in NU/Hunwick, 413). lxix) Q. dliyya: Wajjahtu mad˛ı li-man taqdımuhü bdı* Waqad kafnı fasqan bi-fiibdı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 84. lxx) Q. h√iyya: Malaktu bi-fa∂li ’llhi m kna yushtah * Wasayrı lahü min qablu bi’l-muntaq ’ntah MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 114. lxxi) Q. h√iyya: Rumn shuküra man ilayn wajjah * A˛madan al-Mukhtra dh fa’ttajah MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 93. lxxii) Q. hamziyya: Allhu af∂alu man dhü ’l-khawfi qad laja√a * Lahü wa-akramu man bi’l-su√li qad faja√ MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 119. lxxiii) Q. hamziyya: ˘amdı li-Rabbin karımin l sharıka lah * wa-ßadrı ’l-yawma nüran s†ifian mali√ MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 117. lxxiv) Q. hamziyya: Rabbı bi-m yashra˛ al-adh’hna qad faja√ * Bi-jhi af∂ali man li’llhi qad laja√ Prayer for Serigne Fallou [Mu˛ammad F∂il], who became A˛mad Bamba’s second khalıfa. Publ. Dakar: Édition Islamique, with Latinized transliteration and Wolof translation, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 453). lxxv) Q. hamziyya: al-Shın mufijamatun wa’l-kfu wa’l-r√u * Li’l-r√i wa’l-b√i wa’hwa ’l- b√u wa’l-r√u The letters of the alphabet referred to in the first line may be interpreted as al-Shukr li’l-Rabb wa-huwa ’l-Brı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 13. lxxvi) Q. hamziyya: Minnı shukür un wa-˛amdun li ’lladhi faja√ * Bi-makhjal al-su√li fiabd an khdiman laja√


429

MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 44. lxxvii) Q. hamziyya : ˘adhafa an yaqßidanı bal√ * Bqin bihı ’nqda lı ’fitil√ MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 152. lxxviii) Q. hamziyya: Wu∂ü˛u ßaf√ı bi-lladhı ’l-dahru yansha√ü * Murdı bi-Rabbı qad bad lı wa-ansha√ü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997, 88). lxxix) Q. lmiyya: Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’lladhı ’l-Qur√nu qad nazal * Minhu ibtid√i wa-arjü fiindahu’l-nuzul Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır, Niangwith Q. r√iyya: Y mukrim al-∂ayfi jran kna aw zr (copy in NU/Hunwick, 436). lxxx) Q. lmiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi Rabb al-filamına bil * fiAddin bi-shukrin wa-dhikrin yaßrifni bal MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 113. lxxxi) Q. lmiyya: Ma˛awtu bi’llhi fı dh ’l-yawmi jumlata m * Thabbatahü min haw nafsı wa-min qalbı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 119. lxxxii) Q. lmiyya: Y sayyidı y rasül Allhi khudh mad˛ı * M lı siw ’l-muntaq li’l-mliki ’l-wlı * wasılatan wa-kafnı kulla ahwli. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997),89 . lxxxiii) Q. mımiyya: Ab ’l-rabıfiu siw ’l-idbri bi’l-nifiamı * Min bafidi iqblihı bi’l-fiar∂i wa’l-nifiamı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 136. lxxxiv) Q. mımiyya: A-l innanı uthnı fial khayri munfiamı: * Wa-l ashtakı li’l-khalqi man faqada anfiumı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 121. lxxxv) Q. mımiyya: ◊tnı ’l-afi÷amu Rabbı al-akramü * Wa’nqda lı min dhı ’l-jaml al-karamü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 30. lxxxvi) Q. mımiyya: Byafitu khayr al-war bi’llaw˛i wa’lqalami * Li-wajhi Rabbi ’l-war dhı ’llaw˛i wa’l-qalami.

430

CHAPTER EIGHT

MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 92. lxxxvii) Q. mımiyya: Bushr lan qad atn ’l-jüdu wa’lkaramü * Lamm’ stahallat fialayn ’l-ashhur al-˛urumü Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for Bashır Niang. (with Q. dliyya: Il mufiıd in karımin khayri mafibüdı and Inna’llaha ’shtar (copy in NU/Hunwick, 449 ) lxxxviii) Q. mımiyya: Il ’llhi Rabb al-fiarshi wa’l-farshi wa’lsam * Wa-dhı ’l-ar∂i wa’l-kursı shukrı qad sam MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 33. lxxxix) Q. nüniyya: Innanı fiudh†u bi’l-ilhi ’l-mufiını * min jamıfi al-adh wa-kulli lafiinı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 169. xc) Q. mımiyya. Jaz√u dhı ’l-wujüdi jalla wa’l-qidam * wa-dhı ’l-baq√i ßnanı fian al-nadam MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 105. xci) Q. mımiyya: Kun ktiman li’l-∂urri wa’l-büs tanal * Qaßdan wa-tafilu ’l-jıla y mutafiallimü Publ. with fi◊m haksash fı rabıfi al-awwal and Q. b√iyya: Y kitb al-Karım anta ˛abıbıi, Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for his son Bashır Niang (copy in NU/Hunwick, 420); Dakar: Imp Seroigne Niang, n.d. with Ma†lab al-taqabbul, and ˘ijb mülı’l-fiinya (copy in NU/Hunwick, 427). xcii) Q. mımiyya : Qla li-wajh Allhi fiabduhü ’l-khadım * rasuluhü a˛mad (...?) al-qadım MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 5. xciii) Q. nüniyya: Rumn shukür alladhı bi’l-kfi wa’l-nünı * M sh√a yaffialu min bd in wa-maknünı Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır Niang (copy in NU/Hunwick, 439). xciv) Q. mımiyya: al-Qalbu minnı fı dh ’l-yawmi qad fialim* bi-fiajzi khalqin fa-min khawfi ’l-war salim MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 57. xcv) Q mımiyya: Mudda ßaltuka mafia ’l-taslım * lifiabdika ’l-rasüli dhı ’l-taklım.


431

MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 73. xcvi) Q. mımiyya: Naf ’lladhı lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam * li-ghayrı ’l-shay†ni wa’hwa dhü nadam. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 105. xcvii) Q mımiyya: Rabban ’ghfir li-man atka khadım * muqbil an t√iban ilayka fiadım MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 188. xcviii) Q. mımiyya: Salmun bqin qadım un fa∂luhu karamü * fiAl ’lladhı madda lı-m laysa yanßarimü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 124. xcix) Q. nüniyya: ◊tıka tnı bi-l tawnı * Y m˛ı ’lghurbati wa’l-hawnı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 29. c) Q. nüniyya: Bada√tu bi’smi man kafnı ’l-lafiın * Biqadri dhti ’llhi Rabbı ’l-mufiın ci) MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 36. ci) Q. nüniyya: Afidhanı ’l-Mnifiu min kulli lafiını * Biqadrihı fa-qultu ˛abbadh ’l-mufiınü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 120. cii) Q. nüniyya: Li’llhi shukrı bi-l kufrnı * Mudh ßnanı fian kulli dhı khusrnı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 30. ciii) Q. nüniyya : Min Allhi bi’l-mukhtri qad j√at almun* Wa-rumtu min al-bqı bihı ’l-shukra azman cv) MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 54 (with title: Mawliduhu fı Rabıfi al-Awwal). civ) Q. nüniyya: Min al-khadımi il ’l-makhdümi mıznü * L yanta˛ı ajruhü kayl un wa-mıznü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 136. cv) Q. nüniyya: Qad †ba qalbı li-m ’llhu sallamanı * Min al-fiid wa-bi-ha††i’l-dhanbi akramanı Thanks to God and praise for the Prophet.

432

CHAPTER EIGHT

MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 55. cvi) Q. nüniyya: Qlü lı ’rkun li-abwb al-sal†ını * Ta˛uz jaw√iza tughnı kullam ˛ını MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 134. cvii) Q. nüniyya: Uthnı fial man bi-fat˛ al-ghaybi yuftını * Wa-artajı minhu bushr sürata ’l- †ını MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 132. cviii) Q. nüniyya : Y dh ’l-asmı ’l-fii÷mi ’l-ghurri y sanadı * innı ’ttakhadhtuka fi ’l-drayni mafiün MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 67. cix) Q. nüniyya: Y ß˛i kun dh ’shtighlin kulla a˛yn * bi-†fiati ’llhi l tarkun li-fiißyn MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 200. cx) Q. qfiyya: A-l innanı arjü min al-wsifii ’l-˛aqqı * Bijhi ’l-muqaff nßiri ’l-˛aqqi bi’l-˛aqqı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 121. cxi) Q. al-qfiyya: Ijfial hdhihi ’l-qfiyat al-tiya * Fawq al-mımiyyati ÷hiran wa-b†in MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997),174 . cxii) Q. qfiyya: Raddu salmin †ayyibin qad fq * Kulla salmin yajlibu ’l-wifq MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 225 cxiii) Q. r√iyya: Fa-innahü kna li’l-awwbına ghafür faqrı * Il ’l-Wsifii ’l-Ghaffri dhı ’l-qadri. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 131. cxiv) Q. r√iyya: Fari˛tu mimman af∂a ’l-m√a fa ’nfajar * Bi-fiıßmati sarmad min kaydi man fajar MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 224. cxv) Q. t√iyya: ˘uqqa ’l-buk√u fial sdt in amwtı * Tabkı ’l-ar∂ı fialayhim ka ’l-samwtı On the virtues of spiritual shaykhs, and justifying mourning for their decease.


433

MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 155. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for [his son] Bashır Niang (copy in NU/Hunwick, 431). cxvi) Q. r√iyya: Mu˛ammadatı li’l-akrami ’lladhı ’l-qadar * Minhu fial m˛in ma˛ bihı al-kadar MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 91. cxvii) Q. r√iyya: ∑altu ’lladhı fı kulli shahr in wa-fı ßafar * ˘amnı fial m˛in ma˛ ’l-˛absa wa’l-safar MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 125. cviii) Q. t√iyya: Wall ’l-lafiın li-siw jihtı * ‡aradahu mughnı yadı fian htı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 29. cxix) Q r√iyya:Y dh’l-bushrti bi’l-yti wa’l-suwarı* Lı ish’had bi-kawniya fiabd al-mu˛sin al-ßuwarı Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır Niang, with Y mukrim al-∂ayf (see cxxi below)and Y khayr ∂ayf (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 421) cxx) Q r√iyya: Y man bi-amd˛ihı ta√tını ’l-busharü * Y „Muß†af y rasülu ’llhi y basharü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 89. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Niang, for his son Bashır, n.d., with Ayyasa minnı’llhu, and Mumıt (copy in NU/Hunwick, 451) cxxi) Q. r√iyya: Y mukrim al-∂ayfi jran kna aw zr * Y m˛iyan fian khadımin qablu awzr MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997),187. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. .for [his son] Bashır Niang, with Q. lmiyya: Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’lladhı’l-Qur√nu qad nazal minhu(copy in Hunwick, 436); Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır Niang, with Q. dliyya: Y  khayra ∂ayfin and Q r√iyya:Y dh’l-bushrti bi’l-yti wa’lsuwari (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 421). cxxii) Q. r√iyya: Yu√minnı ’llhu bi-afil khayrı * Bi-l nihyatin bi-ghayri ∂ayrı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 140.

434

CHAPTER EIGHT

cxxiii) Q. wwiyya: Wu∂ü˛u ’fitil√i ’l-Muß†af qda lı ’lfiafw * Kam qda lı bushran ˛aw ’l-amna wa’l-ßafw. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 91. cxxiv) Q. yfiiyya: Il ghayrin qad wajjah al-kaydu wa’lsafiy * ÷ulüm un wa-shay†nun bi-man qda lı ’l-rafiy MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 144. D)

Untitled Urjüzas cxxv) Afidhanı ’l-Bqı min al-shay†nı * fiInda mamarrı wafı ’l-aw†nı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 40. cxxvi) A˛madu mughniyan tafil fian sinah * Wa-kna lı bikulli shahrin wa-sanah MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 145. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Saliou M Backe for Muß†af Mbodj, with Q. mımiyya: Kun ktiman li’l-∂urri, (copy in NU/Hunwick, 455); Dakar: Imp Saliou M’backé, with Nür al-drayn fı khidmat al-˛mı fian al-firayn (copy in NU/Hunwick, 456) cxxvii) Ajru ’l-Karımi 'l-Rfıfii ’l-Shakür * Dafi kulliyatı il ’l-shukür MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 146. cxxviii) A-l inna Rabb al-fiarshi akrama A˛mad * fialayhi ßaltu ’llhi m adh’haba ’l-fiid MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 84. cxxix) Allhu Rabbı A˛adü * [...] al- ∑amad alladhı huwa ’lilhü. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 139. cxxx) A†ba lı’l-mamarru ka’l-aw†ni * Bqin afidhanı min al-shay†ni MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 42. cxxxi) fi◊dtı ’l-dahra fiibdtun li-man * Lahu ’l-bary wa’l-fifil wa’l-zamanü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 36.


435

cxxxii) Ajbanı Rabb al-sam * Wa’l-ar∂i bi-’lladhı sam MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 11. cxxxiii) Ammananı al-jamılu khayra ’l-munzali * Min ∂arari ’l-afid√i wa’l-tazalzuli. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 138. cxxxiv) Astaghfir Allh al-fia÷ıma wa-atübü * Ilayhi min ÷awhirin wa-min ghuyüb Appears to have a title: Astaghfir Allh bihi. Publ. Dakar: Imp Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashir, n.d., with Y dh ’l-wujüdi wa’l-baq√i wa’l-qidam, and Zd almusfir wa-qüt al-˛∂ir (copy in NU/Hunwick, 438). cxxxv) ◊tnı ’l-akramu m fqa ’l- ÷unun * min al-khuyüri wa-˛amnı fian anın MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 16. cxxxvi) ◊tnı ’l-akramu m yaghbi†unı * Fıhi siwya mkith an fı wa†anı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 15. cxxxvii) ◊tnı ’l-dhikr al-˛akım al-∑amadü * Wa-qdahu il yadayya Mu˛ammadü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 15. cxxxviii) ◊tnı ’l-kitba Rabbı al-A˛adü * Wa-innahü alakramu nifim al-multa˛adü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 14. cxxxix) Awjada lı wujüdu man lahü ’l-qidam * Fa∂lan fia÷ıman dünahü kasba al-khidam. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 110. cxl) Awrathta fiabdaka wa-jraka al-kitb * y m˛iyan fianhu jawliba ’l-fiitb MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 177. cxli) ◊yasa minnı ’llhu fiinda Jıwali * Iblısa idh ndaytuhü bi-y Walı Composed in Guéoul (Jiwali) when the author was en route to exile.

436

CHAPTER EIGHT

MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 18. cxlii ) Banaytu †fiatı bi’ttibfiı * Bi’l-dhikri wa’l-˛adıthi wa’l-ijmfiı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 112. cxliii) Braka lı ’l-Bqı bi-l ’intih√ı * Fı thamanı wa’lbayfiu dhü ’ntih√ı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 147. cxliv Barakatu ’lladhı lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidamü * Qad wajab lahü tanm lı ’l-khidamü. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 101. cxlv) Barra√anı ’l-Bqı min al-fiuyübı* Wa-kna lı bi-af∂al al-ghuyübı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 34. cxlvi) Barra√anı ’l-Quddüsu min fiuyübı * Nafsı wa-lı qad jda bi’l-ghuyübı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 25. cxlvii) Bi-˛aqqi wajhika ’l-karımi ’lladhı * Fuztu bi-qaßdihı fawzan yaghbi†unı Thanks to God, and an account of his dispute with French colonial authorities. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 31. cxlviii) Bi’smi ’l-ilhi akfinı al-akdra y ’llhu * ∑if al-baq bihı lı fıka y ’llhu MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 10 cxlix) Bi’sm ’l-ilhi wa-hwa ’l-Ra˛mnü * Wa-hwa ’lRa˛ımü wa-lahu ’l-azmnü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 180. cl) Dhabba wujüdu ’llhi m lam yar∂a lı * Li-ghayri dhtı bi’l-nabı al-mufa∂allı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 104. cli) Fata˛a lı ’l-Fatt˛u bb al-khayrı * Wa-fian janbı sadda bba ’l-∂ayrı


437

MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 129. clii) Fari˛a khayru ’l-bashar bi-khu†a ’l-mubashshir * waqdanı bi-bishrin min Rabbihı ’l-mufa∂∂il. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 79. cliii) Farraqa baynı wa-bayna m yafiüqü * fiAni 'l--ilhi Allhu jri ’l-rafıqü. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 147. cliv) Fzat qalmı ’l-yawma bi’l-khayrayn * In sh√a man yakfını ’l-∂ayrayn MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 138. clv) Hadaytanı hdı ’l-ßirt al-mustaqım * Bi-man simtuhü ßirtun mustqım MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 149. clvi) Hdh wa-innı bi’l-rasül al-Muß†af * Rumtu tawassulan il man iß†af MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 48. clvii) ˘amnı ’l-˘aqqu min al-mamlı * Li-ghayrihi wa-huwa Dhü Kaml. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 49. clviii) ˘amdan li-man ya˛fa÷u kulla dhı safar * Min kulli m yasü√uhü min al-∂arar Prayer for the traveller. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 185. clix) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad arsal* rasülan „Mu˛ammad an wa-bajjal MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 72. clx) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı mahm tarak * Su√lahü yagh∂ab fa-˛abbadh ’l-malak MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 153. clxi) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı man qaßad * Ri∂fiahü ˛amhü fiamm raßad MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 5.

438

CHAPTER EIGHT

clxii) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı yakhtaßßü * Man sh√a bira˛matin hadn al-naßßü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 31. clxiii) Hud ilhı za˛za˛ * M s√anı muza˛zi˛ MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 111. clxiv) ˘u†nı karım an wa-jamılan y wadüd * Wa’r∂a wa-abqi ’l-wudda lı bi-l ˛udüd A supplication to God to protect his town, Touba. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 143. clxv) Ihdi jamıfian ’l-ßir† al-mustaqım * wa-bi-ßa˛ı˛in kun lan bi-l saqım Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., with Li-Rabb in ghafürin qad ma˛ fiannı ’l-dhanb (copy in NU/Hunwick, 448). clxvi) Il fu√dı wa-yadı wa-wa†anı * Wujüdu Rabbı qda dhikra fia†anı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 11. clxvii) Il ’l-kitbi wa’l-˛adıthi inßaraf * Qalbı wa-qlibı bimad˛i ’l-Muß†af MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 72. clxviii) Ilayya qda Rabbı al-taysır * Wa-kna lı wa-yassara ’l-fiasır MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 19-20. clxix) Ilayya wajjah al-jaz√ Allhü * Bi-qadri l illha illa ’llhü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997)108. clxx) Inna ’lladhı ’l-ßidqu mafia ’l-amnah * Lahü mafia ’ltablıghi wa’l-fa†nah MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 107. clxxi) Jadhb man lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam * al-fiIlmu wa’lafimlu lı düna ’l-nadam MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 109. clxxii) Jamafita lı m lam yakun wa-l yakünü * Li-mumkinin y man lahü kun fa-yakünü


439

MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 154. clxxiii) Kitbatı min al-Karımi ’l-akramı * Wa-qda lı fıh fialhu ’l-akramü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 38. clxxiv) Laka tawassaltu bi-khayri mursalı * Y mlikin wa-khayra mursilı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 141.

khayra

clxxv) Laka ’l-ulühiyyatu y ’llhu bil shakka * Fa-kullı karaman taqabbal MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 10 clxxvi) Lam yabdu mithl al-Muß†af Mu˛ammadı * Sirran wajahran fı bary ’l-∑amadı Publ. Dakar:Impt. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır., with Jwartu bi’l-furqn (copy in NU/Hunwick.) clxxvii) Lam yan˛u li’llhi tafila fı ’l-azalı * Naqßun wa-l yan˛uhü fiiwa∂un dh nazalı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 2. clxxviii) L shakka anna ’l-Muß†f ra√ısü * Li-man li-jumlati ’l-war ru√üsü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 52. clxxix) Li-fiabdi Rabbihi khadım al-Muß†af * Tihi ’lmuqaddima nüran yaß†afı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 3. clxxx) Li-dhı ’l-baq√i bi’l-ßalawti ’l-khamsı * ˘amdı washukrı bi-ghayri ramsı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 142. clxxxi) Li’llhi Dhı ’l-Jalli wa’l-Ikrm * Kullı min almu˛arrami ’l-˛arm MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 8. clxxxii) Li’llhi qad waßaltu bi’l-jamılı * wa-za˛za˛ al-afid√u ka ’l-khumülı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 145.

440

CHAPTER EIGHT

clxxxiii) Li-man lahü ’l-laylu mafi ’l-nahri * li-man kafnı kullu dhı ’ntihr MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 4. clxxxiv) Li-man wujüduhü tulzim al-qidam * Kulliyyatı sirran wa-jahran bi’l-khidam MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 110. clxxxv) Madadtu li’llhi ’l-mukarrami yadı * Dh khidmatin li’l-muntaq ’l-mu√ayyadı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 37. clxxxvi) Madadtu li’llhi yadı * Bi’l-muntaq ’l-mu√ayyadı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 111. clxxxvii) Madda il kulliyatı ’llhu ’l-fialımü * M ghba fian siwya fuztu bi’l-fiulümı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 26. clxxxviii) Mad˛u ’l-nabı dhı ’l-mazy ’l-m˛ı * aghn fian alsuyüfi wa’l-rim˛ı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 97. clxxxix) Majjadanı ’l-majıdu wa’l-mumajjad * wa-’nqda lı minhu ’l-kitb al-amjad MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 144. cxc) Malaktu khayra ’l-khalqi khidmatan ßafat * wa-’ qda lı minhu fiulüman qad shafat MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 97. cxci) Mallaka nafsı al-khayru dhü ’l-nafsiyyah * Lı-athbata ’l-fal˛a dhü ’l-salbiyyah MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 108. cxcii) Min al-ilhi li’l-ilhi tı ’l-˛urüf * li-wajhihı wa-lı yamla√u ’l-÷urüf MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 4. cxciii) Mu˛ammadatı li’l-W˛idi ’l-Qahhrı * fiAl ’l-sirj al-anwar al-bahhrı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 148.


441

cxciv) Mu˛ammad un wa’l-li wa’l-ßa˛bi’l-kirm * Wa-lı bihi hab Rabbi m fqa ’l-marm MS:Diourbel. See Kane (1997),53, 85 (Kane states that this does not appear to be the first verse of the poem). cxcv) Nabiyyun rasülun Mu˛ammadü * bi-hı imma˛ ∂urrı wa-hwa A˛madü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 75. cxcvi) Na˛wı mafia ’l-fiarü∂i wa’l-bayn * walat bih lighayrı al-fiißyn MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 27. cxcvii) Rabbi innı fiabdun kathıru ’l-mafißı * Ghalabtanı nafsı fa-kun lı mufiın. On ethics. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 137. cxcviii) Rabbu jamıfi al-filamina a˛madu * fiAl ’lladhı simtuhü Mu˛ammadü. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 140. cxcix) Raddu ’lladhı lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam * Mafia ’lbaq li-siwya m ßadam MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 107. cc) Ra∂ıtu fian al-mawl tafil ’lladhı Rabb * Fu√dı waaghnnı wa’krim bihi Rabb Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., with ∑idquhum (copy in NU/Hunwick, 450). cci) Salaba lı nür al-lisni wa’l-kitb * azmna khidmatı lad ahla ’l-kitb MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 146. ccii) ∑alt un w˛id un bi-fiqhi fiabd * fiAl ’lladhı a˛sana an safiy A˛mad MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 192. cciii) Shakartu Rabbı dh ’l-wujüdi wa’l-qidam * wa-dh ’l-baq√i man yuthabbitu ’l-qadam MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 104.

442

CHAPTER EIGHT

cciv) Shakartu Rabbı al-muqıt al-∑amad * fiAl ’l-nabı wa’l-rasüli A˛mada MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 141. ccv) Shukrı li-dhı ’l-wujüdi nifiamun wa’l-qidam * wa-dhı ’l- baq√i ’lladhı yuthabbitu ’l-qadam MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 51. ccvi) Sub˛na Rabbı ’l-fia÷ım al-barrı * Fı ’l-ba˛ri dh tahayyu√in li’l-barrı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 130. ccvii) Suqtu al-shaküra wa’l-than√a sarmad * Li-khayri Rabbin bi’l-muküthi A˛mad MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 149. ccviii) Tawfıq man qaddama ghayruhü intaf * Lı jda minhu bi-’khtißßi m ’khtaf MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 103. ccix) Wajjahtu li’l-ilhi bi’smi ’llhı * Kulliyyatı bi-l adh an wa’llhı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 35. ccx) Wajjahtu wajhı jhil an faqır* Li’llhi fiabda n an khdim ˛aqır MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 127. ccxi) Wall li-ghayri jihatı ’l-shay†n * Wa-lı ßaf ’lmamarru wa’l-aw†n MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 27. ccxii) Wasifia lı ’l-Wsifiu yawma ’l-jumufiah * Wa-lı jarra julla khayrin manfafiah MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 126. ccxiii) Wathiqtu bi’llhi tafil wa˛dahü * Wa-artajı injzahü lı wafidahü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 127. ccxiv) Wathiqtu bi’l-mughnı fian al-asbbı * Muqallib alawßli wa’l-albbı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 128.


443

ccxv) Wujüdu dhı ’l-qidam wa’l-baq√i * Qad bna lı wajda bi’rtiq√i MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 51. ccxvi) Y dh ’l-wujüdi wa’l-baq√i wa’l-qidam * Y dh ’lmukhlafati khudh minnı ’l-khidam Publ. Dakar: Imp Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashir, n.d., with Astaghfir Allh bihi and Zd al-musfir (copy in NU/Hunwick, 438). ccxvii) Y khallu y murıdu fiabdu ’llhi * L zilta dh jadhbin li-bbi ’llhi Advice to aspirants to Sufism. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 202. ccxviii) Ya ’llhu innı ilayka ’l-yawma y ’llhü * Abghı ’lwasılata bi’l-mukhtri ya ’llhü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 175. ccxix) Y ’llhu ßalli wal-tusallim sarmad * fiannı fial khayr al-bary A˛mad Publ. Dakar: Imp.Serigne Saliou M’backé, n.d., with Nür aldrayn fı khidmat al-˛mı fian al-firayn (copy in NU/Hunwick, 456). ccxx) Y man yurıdu ’l-fawza qaddim niyyah * Min qabli safiyin fi ’l-fiul ’l-mar∂iyya Sufi advice to his disciples, male and female. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 214. ccxxi) Yaqüdu man lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam * M sarranı an bi-l adh wa-l nadam MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 102. ccxxii) Y Rabban ilayka ashkü ˛lı * Bi’l-Muß†af wakhamsati ’l-rijlı MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 186. ccxxiii) Zd al-musfir wa-qüt al-˛∂ir Opens: ˘amdan li-man yahaba kulla wa†arı * Li-kulli mu∂†arrin dafi fı ’l-safarı

444

CHAPTER EIGHT

Publ. Dakar: Imp Serigne Issa Niang, for his son Bashir, n.d., with Y dh ’l-wujüdi wa’l-baq√i wa’l-qidam, and Astaghfir Allh bihi (copy in NU/Hunwick, 438) 146. Qaßıdat khir al-zamn Publ. see Dumont (1975), 14. 147. Qaßıdat al-˛amd wa’l-shukr al-jliba in sh√ Allh tafil li’lzayd wa’l-naßr Publ. see Dumont (1975), 15. 148. Qaßıdatni munawwiratnı li-†alab zawja ßli˛a wa-dhurriyya †ayyiba min Allh tafil Two poems beseeching God to provide him with a righteous wife and good children: i) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhi qad jda lı * Bi-m bihi shakartuhu min n√ilı ii) Y Rabban y Rabban y Rabban * Y Rabban y Rabban ya ˛ibban Followed by three other poems: iii) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad arsal * Rasülan Mu˛ammad an wa-bajjal (see also qaßıda no.clix above) iv) al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad fa∂∂al * Rasülan fial ’lladhına arsal v) Allhumma Opens: Atfiaba nafsahu ’lladhı qad jr * Khayra shafıfiin r∂a lı ’l-fujjr. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır Niang (copy in NU/Hunwick, 429). 149. Risla il ’l-akh ˘asan ’Njy Advice to one of his disciples, ˘asan Ndiaye. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 205. 150. Safidt al-murıdın fı amd˛ khayr al-mursalın Collection of 24 poems (in praise of the Prophet).


445

Opens: Qalbı lahu fı fiitbi ’l-jismi takrrü * Li-annahu li’l-hud wa’lnüri jarrrü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 58. Publ. See Dumont (1975), 14. 151. Safidat al-†ullb wa-r˛a li-†lib al-ifirb Vers. of the ◊jurrumiyya. Opens: Kalmuhum laf÷un murakkabun mufıdü * Bi’l-qaßdi na˛wa inna hdh la-safiıdü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 226. 152. ∑afariyya Described as a collection of poems taken from the letters of “∑afar alKhayr” publ. Dakar: Dr al-Senegalia, n.d. (copy in NU/Brenner, 31). 153. ∑alt wa-taslım min al-Nfifi al-Mawl Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır Niang (copy in NU/Hunwick, 432 ) 154. Safınat al-amn li’l-kh√ifın lujaj al-nırn On the virtues of supererogatory prayers. Opens: Wa-bafidu fa ’ filamü ay ikhwnü * afinan fial ’l-hud ’l-Ra˛mnü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 196. Publ. See Dumont (1975), 15. 155. Safınat al-amnı al-munjiya li-qri√ih min sü√ al-khtima wabaly al-azmn Publ. al-Dr al-bay∂√: Dr al-kitb (copy in NU/ Brenner, 16). 156. Sanat Asash bushr Opens: Salmatı min dawfiı ’l-∂ıqi wa’l-˛asadi * Dafiat li-shukri qalmı ’l-fim ka ’l-jasadi. The numerical equivalent of the title A. s. sh suggests it was written in 1301/1883. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 86. 157.

Sa-yajfial Allhu bafida fiusrin yusran

446

CHAPTER EIGHT

Opens: Sa√altu Allhumma bi’l-Mukhtrı * Yusran sarıfian y Karım alBrı. Publ. Dakar: Serigne Issa Niang for his son Bashır, n.d., with A†lubu minka ’l-fiilm and Allhu Mu˛ammadun (copy in NU/Hunwick, 437). 158. Shar˛ sürat al-Fti˛a A ∑üfı exegesis of the first süra of the Qur√n. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 157. 159. Shif√ al-˛uzn wa’l-gharm fı jawb al-ukht al-ßdiqa fiAnta Manm A letter written to a female disciple who was sick. The form of her name, however, is not certain. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 200. 160. ∑idquhum Opens: ∑na ilhı bi’l-mun jihtı * Wa-abadan aghnü yadı fian htı Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., with Ra∂ıtu fian al-mawl (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 450). 161. Sil˛ ahl al-khawf MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 191. 162. al-Silsila al-Qdiriyya Opens: Hdh wa-lamm jammat al-humümü * Fı kalkalı wa-’fitdanı ’l-ghumümü. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 161. Publ. see Dumont (1975); photocopied ms. text in Batran (2001), Annexe. 163. al-∑indıd Opens: Y ’llhu bi’l-Muß†af al-ßindıdi y ’llhü * Wa-bi-khalılika Ibrhim y ’llhü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 170. Publ. n.p. [Dakar] for Mu˛ammad fiAbd al-Majıd Diop, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 442); Dakar: Imp. Serigne Saliou Mbacke, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 443); Eng. trans. by Moustapha M’backé, Sindidi: the Most Perfect Prayer for Body and Soul, New York: Khadimou Rassul


447

Publications, 1987; with French trans., Sindidu: “le généreux chef”, Dakar: ECARICOM, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 428). 164. Sullam al-wußül fı ’l-ßalt [var.’l-than√] fial ’l-nabı al-rasül Opens: fiAl man fialayya wa-lastu ßadı˛ * lahü kullu fimin hady madı˛. The author renews his “contract” with the Prophet, encourages others to do so, and lists some of the virtues of prayer for the Prophet. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 60, 184. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.with poem opening: Shakawtu umürı wa-dhanbı ’l-fia÷ım, one opening Sabfiun taqı abwbs kulli nrı * tajüdu bi’l-dirhami wa’l-dınr, and another opening Nafafianı man lam yakun bi-waladı * wa-l bi-wlidin fa-†ba khaladı for his son Bashır (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 409). 165. Tajrıb al-qalam wa’l-midd fı dın mufi†ı al-sadd Opens: Inna ’l-†ahrata lad man faqahü * qismni mafilümni faltafaqqahü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 195. 166. Tafilım On ritual purity. Opens : Atat wu∂ü√tu dhawı ’l-islm * Man÷ümata “yad “ lad ’nqism. Tanwır al-ßudür wa-tas’hıl al-umürMS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 197. 167. Opens: Rabb al-war laka ’l-ma˛midu fa-ßalli * fiAl ’lladhı man iktaf bihı waßal MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 39. Publ. See Dumont (1975), 15. 168. Tar˛ıb mushayyafi bi’l-tabshır il khayr ’l-drayn Opens: fiAl ’l-Muß†af minnı ßaltun taqı ∂ayr * Jihtı kam yuf∂ı il na˛wı ’l-khayr. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 187. 169. al-Tawba al-naßü˛ al-jliba li’l-futü˛ Opens: ˘amdan li-Rabbı ghfir al-dhanbi lan * Qbili tawbin li-lu†fihı bin.

448

CHAPTER EIGHT

MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 180. 170. al-Tawassult On God’s might MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 184. 171. Taysır al-fiasır Opens: Y ’llhu y man l illha ghayrahü * Y man atnı düna sharrin khayrahü MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 183. 172. Taysır al-fiasır fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-bashır Opens: Qla fiubayd Allhi khdim al-rasül * Mu˛ammadu ’bnu. shaykhihı al-rjı ’l-qubül. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 183. Publ. See Dumont (1975), 15. 173. Tazawwud al-shubbn il ’ittibfi al-Malik al-Dayyn Opens: ˆmnukum an tu√minü bi’llhi * wa-b’il-mal√ikati jund Allhi. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 193. 174. Tazawwud al-ßighr il jinn Allh dhı’l-anhr fı ’l-taw˛ıd wa’lfiqh wa’l-taßawwuf Yaqülu man laysa yazlu ya˛madü * mlikahü ’l-fiabdu ’l-khadımu A˛madü A text book for beginners in Arabic and Islamic studies in Senegal MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 194. Comm. by Mu˛ammad b. Sh. fiUthmn: Mawrid al-qifr fı shar˛ Tazawwud al-ßighr. Dumont (1975), 16, states: “Cette œuvre de 398 pages grand format et petits caractères d’imprimerie, a été imprimé à Tunis, aux frais de Sariq Ahmad Kébé, de Guéoul”. Publ. see Dumont (1975), 15. 175. Tu˛fat al-awwh fı takhmıs astaghfir Allh Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. for [his son] Bashır Niang (copy in NU/Hunwick, 415).


449

176. Tu˛fat al-muta∂arrifiın fı ’l-twassul bi-asma√ al-mufa∂∂alın Poem seeking intercession through pious forefathers. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi wa-ßall abad * fiAl ’lladhı bihı lan ’l-hud bad MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 168 (copy in Hunwick, 410). 177. Uss matın wa-aßl ßa˛ı˛ Advice addressed to all Muslims. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 70. 178. Wa’l-balad al-Tayyib yakhruju nabtuhu bi-idhn Rabbihi Title taken from Qur√n, 7: 58, providing an acrostic for the verses. Opens: Wajjahtu kullı li’l-Wadüd al-∑amadi * Dh khidmatin li’lMuß†af Mu˛ammadi. Also called Wajjahtu (see item 182). Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d.for [his son] Bashır Niang, with Mu˛ammadun Mu˛ammadun lahu, and Allh (copy in NU/Hunwick 418). 179. Wa-innaka la-fial khuluqin fia÷ım Title taken from Qurn, 68: 4. Opens: Wajjahtu abkra amd˛ı li-man fa∂∂al * fiAla ’l-kirmi ’l-khiyri ’l-sdati ’l-fu∂al√. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 79. 180. Wajjahtu taw˛ıdı li’l-ilh Opens: Wajjahtu taw˛ıdı li’l-ilhı* Wa-qudtu mad˛ı li-rasül Allhı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 139. 181. Wajjahtu Opens: Wajjahtu kullı li’l-Wadüd al-∑amadı * Dh khidmat in li’lMuß†af„ Mu˛ammadı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 44. Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d. with Mu˛ammadun Mu˛ammad un lahu, and Allh; Wajjahtou:Poemes Cheikh Ahmadou Bamba, texte arabe, transcription latine et traduction française par Amar Samb, Dakar:: Editions Hilal, n.d. 182. Wa-laqad ßadaqakum Allhu wafidahu Praise of the Prophet. Title inspired from Qur√n, 3: 152. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 46.

450

CHAPTER EIGHT

183. Wa-m dhlika fial ’llhi bi-fiazız Opens: Wajjahtu wajhı li-Bqin qda lı ’l-qurab * fiAbdan shaküran lahu bi’l-dhikri muqtarib Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., with La-in shakartum laazıdannakum (copy in NU/Hunwick, 419). 184. Wa-min ∂arari nr al-duny Prayers of different kinds MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 179. 185. Waßılat al-rubü˛ fı tadhyıl al-tawba al-naßü˛. Opens: Yaqülu fiabd Allhi dh tagharrubi * fiInda 'l--fiid li’llhi dh taqarrubi MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 101 Publ. Dakar: Imp. Serigne Saliou M’Backé, n.d. (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 411). 186. Waßiyya il Mukhtr Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi fial ’l- tawdud * Fı dınihı ’l-wqı bi-l ta˛sud. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 219. 187. Waßiyya il ’l-shaykh ◊dam Gy Opens: ˘amdan li-man qad awjaba ’l-su√l * fial ’lladhına karihü ’l∂all. Advices on ethics and religion to Shaykh ◊dam Guèye. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 217. 188. Waßiyya li-Momar Nıy al-Kajını MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 200. 189. al-Waßiyya al-mubraka Opens: Waßiyyatukum mafi an li-wajhi Rabbin * An ta†lubü fiilman yajurru ˛usn.The author urges his disciples to search for knowledge. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 197, 207. 190. Waßiyyat al-murıdın Opens: Waßiyyatukum y man tafiallaqü biy * Fı ’l-sirri wa’l-jahri liwajhi Rabbiy


451

MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 197, 211. 191. Waßiyyat al-shaykh Advice to his disciples. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 199. 192. Waßiyyat al-shaykh al-akbar il ’l-murıdın Advice to his disciples. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 218. 193. Waßiyyat al-shaykh li-a˛ad al-murıdın On urging a disciple to recite regularly the Qur√n, the ˛diths of the Prophet and to venerate the prophets and the saints. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 219. 194. Wa’ßrif middı wa-qalmı li’l-ßawb Opens: Tubtu li-Rabbı min al-mu˛arramı * Wa-kulli m kuriha fı mu˛arramı. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 175. 195. Wird Publ. Dakar: ECARICOM, n.d., as Wird Mouride, Arabic text, transliteration in Latin characters, and French translation (copies in NU/Hunwick, 425, NU/ Brenner, 26). 196. Y s√ilı Replies to questions relating to faith asked of the author. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 203. 197. Y †lib an ri∂ ’l-fiAlı Advice to his disciples. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 215. 198. Yawm fishür kullu fim wa-kullu yawm Opens: Yadafiu iblısu li-ghayrı sarmad * ˘ubbı Rabbı wa-˛ubbı A˛mad. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 229.

452

CHAPTER EIGHT

199. Yawm al-mawlid fim baksash Opens: Y man bi-amd˛ihı lı yafta˛u ’l-bb * duny wa-ukhr wa-düna ’l-daraki albb. Written on the occasion of the anniversary of the birth of Prophet Mu˛ammad in 1322/1904. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 57. 200. Collection of four anonymous works in verse in the style of A˛mad Bamba. First lines as follows: i) Inniya aqülu wa-innı ’l-yawma dhü khajalı * Min kathrat al-dhanbi wa’l-fti wa’l-wajalı ii) Mudda ˛aytı dhta †ülin wa-safiah * Y khayra mughnin qad wahabta tawsifiah iii) Y Rabbi najjin min al-shay†nı * wa-jawrat al-jırni wa’l-sul†nı iv) Ihdi jamıfian ’l-ßir† al-mustaqım * Wa-bi-ßa˛ı˛in kun lan bi-l saqım Publ. n.p. Dakar (?), n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 460). His son MU˘AMMAD F◊∆IL b. A˘MAD BAMBA b. ˘ABˆB ALLAH MBACKE, b. 1885/1302, d. 1968/1388 HDS 191-192.

The second son of A˛mad Bamba, he became the Khalifa-General of the Mourides in 1945 when his brother Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Mbacké (the first khalifa to succeed to the founder of the Mouride brotherhood) died. He contributed considerably to the expansion of the Murıdiyya in Senegal. 1. Qaßıda r√iyya: Li-ghayrika l nashkü ilh al-war amr * Wa-m lan ill ilayka ’ltij√u dahr Publ. Dakar: Impression Édition Islamique, n. d. His son BASHˆR b. A˘MAD b. ˘ABˆB ALL◊H b. 1313/1895, d. 1386/1966 Amar Samb, 484-490, Khadim Mbacké, 1995.


453

He was born in Galla Yel, not far from Koki (Northern Senegal) while his father Ahmad Bamba was in exile in Gabon. He saw the latter for the first time on his return from exile in 1902. He studied the Qur√n with several masters, including Abü Bakr Diakhaté b. Madiakhaté Kala and Sheikh „Abd al-Ra˛mn Lo. Worthy of note is the fact that the latter supervised the religious training of the sons of most Mouride shaykhs during the exile of A˛mad Bamba. A devoted scholar, Bashir Mbacké spent much of his life in search of knowledge. Besides traditional Islamic subject matters, he also studied philosophy, psychology, astronomy, history and geography. He wrote a lot of poetry, but much of if was lost. He spent several years of his life traveling to collect information about his father whose biography he wrote. 1. Minan al-Bqı al-Qadım fı sırat al-shaykh al-khadım Biography of his father. Completed in 1932. MSS: IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire, 6 a; Diourbel See Kane, 1997, 166. French Trans. Khadim Mbacké: Les bienfaits de l’éternel ou la biographie de Cheikh Ahmadou Bamba Mbacké. Dakar, Imprimerie Saint-Paul, 1995. His son MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑‡AF◊ b. A˘fl M AD BAMBA MBACKE 1. Q. lmiyya: Ayyuh ’l-rkib al-mujiddu dhamıl (?) * Taq†afi albayda (sic) bukrat an wa-aßıl MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 394 (with reply of ˘mid b. fiUthmn alTiları). His grandson SHAYKH MBACKE b. MU∑‡AF◊ b. A˘flMA∆ BAMBA b. 1905/1323, d. 1978/1398 He was the eldest grand-son of A˛mad Bamba. When his father Muß†af Mbacke died in 1945, he claimed the leadership of the Mouride brotherhood but was not successful. During his lifetime, he was one of the most successful private entrepreneurs in Senegal. 1.

Kalimat Allh hiya ’l-fiuly

454

CHAPTER EIGHT

Attack on the Senegalese “code de la famille”, from 1966; see Samb, (1972, 501-3, with excerpts. 2. Khu†ba (Addressed to his disciples ) MSS: IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb, Discours, 2 b. ∑◊LI˘ MBACKE Fifth khalıfa of A˛mad Bamba. 1. Dufi√ al-istisq√ Publ. with A˛mad Bamba, Wa-m fiinda ’llhi khayrun wa-abq, Dakar: Imp. Serigne Issa Niang, n.d., for his son Bashır (copy in NU/Hunwick, 430). MU˘AMMAD al-AMˆN DIOP DAGANA, d. 24 Rabıfi I 1387/ 2 July 1967 Dakar, “Nouveau catalogue”, nos. 214-219.

A native of Dagana (Northern Sénégal, he is of the leading figures of Senegalese Muridism. He was the imm of the Jmifi mosque of the Diourbel until his death. 1. T√rıkh jmifi ‡üb On the history of the mosque of Touba. MSS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 166. 2. Irw√ al-nadım min fiadhb ˛ubb al-khadım Biography of A˛mad Bamba. MSS: Diourbel. See Kane, (1997), 165; IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire, 1. Abridgt: by Muß†af ◊ne (q.v.) MSS: Paris (BN), 5519, ff. 167-69. M◊LIK DIENG 1. Marthiyat A˛mad Diara Opens: Saqka ilh al-fiarshi yqabra sayyidı See “Nouveau catalogue”, item 127a.


455

2. Marthiyat Serigne Bashır Mbakı See See “Nouveau catalogue”, item 127b. A˘MAD AL-KABˆR MBAYE b. B◊BACAR called Mame Shaykh Mbaye, b. 1280/1864, d. 1365/1946 Born in Bokoul, not far from the city of Koki in Northern Senegal, he was trained in Qur√nic and basic Arabic studies by his senior brother fiAbd Allh Mbaye. He then traveled in different parts of Senegal in search of deeper knowledge. He attended the teachings of the most learned and famous Senegalese scholars of his life time, including Al˘jj Mlik Sy, Makala b. Müsa Diakhate, and A˛mad Bamba. The latter initiated him to the Muridiyya. He worked as a q∂ı in many kingdoms of the Njambur and Kajoor regions (Northern Senegal). Later in his life, he settled in in Louga and became an established scholar, attracting disciples and followers from the whole Senegal. His house in Louga is still a famous centre of Islamic learning supervised by his descendants and followers. 1.

Qaß√id i) Q. Fat˛ al-fia÷ım. Opens: Yaqülu A˛mad al-ßaghır ∂imnuhü * murtajiyan fat˛ alfia÷ım mannuhü Advices on different matters concerning life. MS: Louga, 110 vv. ii) Q. fı bayn †arıq al-mutaßawwifın Opens: Y ß˛ibı rum nüra Rabbika’l-salm * fiißynin wa-qillati ’l-anm. On Sufism. MS: Louga, 10 vv

bi-tarki

iii) Q. fı ’l-tawassul il ’llh Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi wa-ßalla ’llhu * fial Mu˛ammadin wa-man wlhu MS: Louga, 21 vv. iv)

Q. fı ’l-tawba wa’l-istighfr

456

CHAPTER EIGHT

Opens: Ilhı y Rabb al-bary laka ’l-˛amdu * takarramta y Ra˛mnu y man lahu ’l-majdu MS: Louga, 20 vv. v) Q. fi ’l-tawwasul wa’l-dufi√ Opens: Y dh ’l-jalli mafia ’l-ikrmi y sanadı * fiannı ’jzi khayran li-man ahd lı aw khadam . MS: Louga, 19 vv. vi) Q. fı ’l-iftikhr Opens: A-shqatka a†llun fiawfı ’l-mafilimi * bi-dhti ’lliw fal-mun˛anı fal-makhrimi MS: Louga, 41 vv. vii) Q. fı ’l-iltij√ il ’llh Opens: Adfiüka dh ’l-jalli mubasmil * wa-mu˛asbil wamu˛awqil wa-mu˛amdil MS: Louga, 10 vv. viii) Q. fı muß˛abat al-shuyükh Opens: Inna ’l-safidata fı ’l-fiuqb li-man tabifi * sabıla man kna li’l-Ra˛mni qad khashafi. MS: Louga, 3 vv. ix) Q. fı safiat fiafw Allh Opens: M ’l-karımu yans t√iban athü * l yakhfu bakhsan kullu man rajhü. MS: Louga, 5 vv. x) Q. fı tawakkulihi fial ’llh wa˛dihi Opens: Qlü la-anta ßabı khlin min al’l-khli * min ajli dh ßirta l tunh fian affili MS: Louga, 42 vv. xi) Q. fı taw˛ıd Allh Opens: Man kna yafiqilu mawjüd an wa-yaftakiru * fıhi yußawwiruhü shakhßan lahü ßuwaru MS: Louga, 6 vv. xii) Q. Opens: A-l nufiiyat lan bintu ’l-hummi * saq jadathan lah thawbu ’l-fiammi. An elegy of a relative.


457

MS: Louga, 18 vv.. xiii) Q. Opens: An al-shribu ’l-rayynu qad dhuqtu min qablu * fa-ßa˛wiya bafida ’l-shukri y ˛ibbu y khillu MS: Louga, 2 vv. xiv) Q. Opens: Bidyatun li’l-awliy√i nihyatü * nihyatun li’l-anbiy√i bidyatü xv) Q. Opens: ˘ayyka Rabbu ’l-war ’l-Ra˛mnu ˛ayyk * Wa-bi ’l-shuhüdi mafia ’l-tamkıni bayyk MS: Louga, 2 vv. xvi) Q. Opens: Kanzu ’l-kunüzi bi-fa∂li ’llhi qad jnı * fakayfa lwabihı ’l-Ra˛mnu njnı MS: Louga, 2 vv. xvii) Q. Opens: Y man kasnı na√yuhü thawbay jaw * wa∂an kaska ’l-fiizza Rabbu ’l-mashriqi MS: Louga, 3 vv. MADOU KEBE b. fiABD ALL◊H b. 1335/1917, d. 8 Rajab 1400/23 May 1980 He was born in Saint-Louis Sénégal where he received all his training. He was taught by many learned Muslim clerics of Saint-Louis, including his uncle Yüsuf Diop and A˛mad Ndiaye Mabèye. After that, he returned to his father’s village Ndiwine, close to Guéoul, Northern Sénégal. He shared his time between teaching and farming until his death. A lot of his writing was lost, except the following: 1. Mawrid al-fikhr fı shar˛ tazawwud al-ßighr Publ. 1976 357 p. Comm. on Tazawwud al-ßighr of A˛mad Bamba 2. Tawfıq al-Mannn fı shar˛ Maslik al jinn Comm. on the Maslik al-jinn of A˛mad Bamba. MS: Ndiwine, 462 p. 3.

Qaß√id i) Q. Tawasulun fı †alab al-ghin bi’llhi

458

CHAPTER EIGHT

Opens: Hab lı minka mughniyan fian jılı * Wa-law Abbakrin aw “ Jılı “ MS: Ndiwine, 26 vv. Ababakrin and Jili refer to two of the most wealthiest Senegalese people of his lifetime (Ababakar Kébé known as Ndiouga Kébé, and Jili Mbaye). ii) Q. fı ’l-ta˛adduth bi-nifimat Allhi fialayhi Opens: Afadtanı m lam tufidhu jılı * Sudtu bi-dhka jamifia jılı MS: Ndiwine, 17 vv. iii). Q. Opens: Y Rabban y Rabbi Rabb al-filamın * ∑alli fial ’l-nabiyyi khayri ’l-k√inın MS: Ndiwine, 99 vv. fiUMAR B. ABˆ BAKR F◊ called Serigne Pir 1. Qaßı∂a. Opens: Tawwaßullı 'l-yawma bi-khdim ’l-nabı * Wa-ahli baytihı dhawı 'l-taqarrubı A poem of intercession in which the author praises the descendants of his shaykh A˛mad Bamba. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 68. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD BUSSÜBE called al-˛jj Mbacke Bousso b. 1281/1864, d. 1365/1945. Biog. by author’s son Mu˛ammad in Khadim Mbacké, 1996, 9-15; “Nouveau catalogue”, nos. 122-124.

Was born in Jolof in a village called Bussube, to which his great-greatgrandfather had migrated from Futa Toro. His father taught him the Qur√n and introduced him to the study of the Arabic language and other Islamic sciences. He traveled widely to search for knowledge, his teachers including A˛mad Bamba and a certain Samb Tokolor. He emreged as an expert of horology (tawqıt) and tafsır. After completing his studies, he settled in Mbacké Baol with his father until the death of the latter in 1312/1895. After A˛mad Bamba’s exile in 1902, Mbacké Bousso went to Tivaouane and resided with a Moroccan friend called Müly Nßir. When Ahmad Bamba came from his exile, he instructed him to return to his homeland. He complied with this


459

instruction and lived several years there, but after the death of his brother fiUmar he took up residence in Gede in Futa Toro. In 1346/1928, he performed the pilgrimage to Mecca. A very learned teacher and writer, he trained a number of scholars and also wrote a good deal. A collection of his writings was edited by Khadım Mu˛ammad Safiıd Mbacké under the title Min ras√il al-Shaykh Mu˛ammad al-Büßı, Istanbul, 1996 (copy in NU/ Hunwick,477). 1. Ajwiba fi ’l-na˛w wa’l-tafsır wa’l-fiqh. Publ. in Mbacké (1996), 96-105. 2. Ajwiba fı ’l-taßawwuf. Publ. in Mbacké (1996), 129-141. 3. Ajwiba fiqhiyya Responses to the questions of fiUmar Lo, Abü Bakr Cissé and Dam Mbacké. Publ. in Mbacké (1996), 30-61. 4. Amn al- balıd min kha†ar al-taqlıd MS: IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb, Théologie, 2. Publ. in Mbacké (1996). 5. Bi-b√i bi’smi’llhi Opens: Bi-b√i bi’smi’llhi y badıfiu * Nadfiüka y Qarıbu y Samıfiu MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997),187. 6. Fı kitbat al-muß˛af al-sharıf. Publ. in Mbacké (1996), 30-61. 7. al-˘isb li’l-mubtadi√ın Arithmetic for beginners. MSS: IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb, calcul, 2. 8. Jawb su√l Müs K MS: IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb, Soufisme, 17. 9. Jaz√ fı ta˛dıd al-qibla MS: IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb, Astronomie, 2.

460

CHAPTER EIGHT

10. Mas√il min fiilm al-falak Replies to the questions of a Moor. MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Astronomie, 4. 11. Mas√il min al-na˛w wa’l-bayn wa’l-man†iq wa’l-fiarü∂ wa’l˛ikma. 12. Naßı˛a Advice to close relatives. Publ. Text included in Mbacké (1996), 142-148. 13. Qaß√id i) Q. dliyya: Qalla li’l-amıri wa-l tarhabuka haybatuhu * Inna ’l-mahbata khidn al-fiadli wa’l-sadadı Addressed to the Governor of Senegal at Saint-Louis, pleading the innocence of Ahmad Bamba in the face of charges of disloyalty the French had made against him; ii) Q. mımiyya: Arka tafi†ı ’l-shifira wa’l-qalbu h√imü *fiAl zamanin fıhi’l-fußß˛u bah√imü In praise of A˛mad Bamba; see Mbacké (1996), 12. iii) Poem on the death of his father and other notables; 14. Taqrıb awqt al-ßalt wa’l-ßiym Opens: Hdh wa-qad dhakara fı hdh ’l-ni÷m * Taqrıba awqti ’lßalt wa’l-ßiym MS: Diourbel. See Kane, 1997, 243. 15. ‡uruq mafirifat al-qibla On determination of the qibla. MSS: IFAN, Fonds Amar Samb, Astronomie, 2. ubl. in Mbacké (1996). 16. al-Ukhüwwa wa’l-ßadqa On brotherhood and friendship. Publ. Text in Mbacké (1996), 149-154.


461

17. Yawqıt al-ßilt fı taqrıb mawqıt al-ßalt MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Astronomie, 1. MOR MBAYE al-Sinighlı known as Serigne Mor Mbaye Cissé, d. 1408/1988 1. Majmüfia ˛ikam wulufiyya Collection of Wolof proverbs. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 163. 2. Tafilıq fial ’l-taghayyurt al-wqifia fı ’l-˛uküma al-sinighliyya Advice on how to deal with the colonial administration. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 243. SERIGNE MÜS◊ KA d. 1384/1965 Camara(1997)

He also wrote many poems in Wolof, see “Nouveau Catalogue”, 128199; Camara (1997). 1.

Qaß√id i) Jaz√ al-shakür Opens: Qad qla Müs khdimu ’l- khadım * li-man ˛aw taqaddum al-qadım Poem in Wolof on A˛mad Bamba’s sea voyage [to Gabon]. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 165. Publ. Dakar: Impr. Serigne IssaNiang, n.d. (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 486). ii) Dufi Opens: Y man yujıbu dafiwata ’l-mu∂†arri * astajib lı wafiannı ’kshif ∂urrı. MS: Diourbel, 468. iii) Marthiyat al-˛jj B-k al-Bußübı (Mbacké Bousso) Opens: Ahja kalkalı ˛la shawqı * Li-faqdi sliki †arıqi ’l˛aqqi. MS: Diourbel, 469. iv) Marthiyat al-Shaykh Sıdi al-Mukhtr

462

CHAPTER EIGHT

Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı amt * Wa-huwa ˛ayyun ken dune qad mt. The last part of the second hemistich ken dune qad mata is in Wolof, meaning “no one will say that he died”. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 236. v) Marthiyat al-Shaykh Momar Jobé Mbacké Opens: Wa-hal fı ’l-drati al duny madr * Li-nafsin fian ˛iy∂ al-mawti dr. MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 237 IBR◊HˆM F◊L died 1930/1348 1. Jadhb al-murıd Advice to the aspirant to Sufism MS: Diourbel. See Kane (1997), 245.

CHAPTER NINE

OTHER WRITERS OF THE SENEGAMBIAN REGION by Ousmane Kane and John Hunwick As evidenced in the three preceding chapters, much of the Arabic literature of Senegal was written in the 19th and the first half of the 20th century by scholars belonging to the two major Senegambian †arıqas: the Tijniyya and the Murıdiyya. This chapter deals with those who belonged to neither of these two categories. Among them, two sets are worthy of note: members of the Qdiriyya on the one hand, and the “Arabists” on the other. As regards the Qdiriyya, although this was a popular †arıqa in subSaharan Africa, its membership in Senegambia was relatively small compared to the Tijniyya and the Murıdiyya. Most of its adherents trace their silsila to Moorish branches of the Qdiriyya, such as the Kunta (Mukhtriyya) founded by Sh. Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı, the F∂iliyya founded by Sh. Mu˛ammad al-F∂il b. Mmayn al-Qalqamı, and the branch founded by Sh. Sıdiyya al-Kabır of Bü Tilımıt. The best known Senegambian Qdirı scholars are from northern Senegal (notably Futa Toro), a region exposed to Moorish intellectual influence for centuries. They include Doudou Seck, Madior Cissé, and Sh. Müs Kamara. The latter has written on many and varied topics such as geography, hydrology, sociology, anthropology, traditional medicine, as well as jurisprudence, Sufism, and other Islamic fields. His most famous work is his voluminous regional history, Zuhür al-bastın fı ta√rıkh al-sawdın, a work recalling the ta√rıkh tradition of the Niger Bend, and one which has attracted the attention of social scientists, especially anthropologists, because it provides crucial information on the political organisation and land tenure system of the Middle Senegal River valley in the 19th and 20th centuries.

464

CHAPTER NINE

The “Arabists”, the second category of writers whose works are presented in this chapter, combine traditional Islamic education received locally, and higher education obtained in modern Middle Eastern universities. Since the generation of Shaykh Touré, who received higher education in Algeria in the 1950s, thousands of Senegalese have been trained in Arabic universities. In the 1960s a significant number of them graduated from Al-Azhar, mostly in Islamic Studies, while others were trained in Morocco and Tunisia. After the oil boom of the 1970s, other Arab countries such as Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Qatar, and Iraq offered scholarships to African Arabists to further their studies. Upon their return home, Arabists have been involved in revitalizing the Arabic intellectual tradition, establishing schools, creating newspapers and radio stations, and also publishing books. With the arrival of several thousand persons trained in Arabic universities, the presence of the Arabic language in Senegal is felt more deeply. Unlike earlier generations of clerics trained in Senegal, Arabists, because of their training and university experience, are more open to the modern world. In addition to those who write poetry or are involved in theological debates, such as A˛mad Lo and Shaykh Tijn Gaye, other Arabists engage in major political debates and write in French as well as Arabic. MU˘AMMAD M◊LIK b. fiABD ALL◊H b. fiUMAR al-Mlikı alQdirı, called Madior Malick Cissé, b. 1848, d. 19 March 1893. Samb (1972) 99-106; Hasan Cissé (1990).

His father Goumba Cissé originated from a village named Wanaar located in the region of Kaolack (Central Sénégal). Goumba Cissé left Wanaar around 1836 to settle in Saint-Louis, where he married a woman named Lala Seck who gave bith to Madior Malick Cissé around 1848 in Ndar Toute, a quarter of Saint-Louis. In most of his letters, this author signed as Malik Cissé. In one of his poem s, he signed as Madior Malik Cissé. However, he is mostly known as Madior Goumba Cissé. His father Goumba Cissé taught him the Qurfin and initiated him to Arabic grammar and Maliki jurisprudence. Between 1863 and 1873, he lived in Mauritania where he received a thorough training in all disciplines of literary and religious studies taught in the region.

OTHER WRITERS OF THE SENEGAMBIAN REGION

465

Subsquently, he established two schools, one in Saint-Louis where he taught between the months of December and May, and another one in Maraille in the territory of Mauritania where he taught during the rainy season. He established a solid reputation in teaching many disciplines, including grammar, rhetorics, and Mlikı jurisprudence. His most famous scholarly works include a manuscript on ablution and prayer according to the Mlikı jurisprudence. While he used to teach most of the dry season (December to May) in Saint-Louis, during the rainy season, he combined teaching and farming in Maraille. After the harvest, he would carry the harvested grain in a boat to Medina Khasso to trade there. While trading his goods in Medina Khasso, he would also offer courses to the local population. He performed the pilgrimage to Mecca in 1889, as his poem alBadıfiiyya indicates. Although a disciple of the Qdiriyya tariqa, he had very good relations with non-Qdirıyya Muslims such as Ahmadu Bamba and Malik Sy. 1. Hibat al-Karım al-Mlik fı a˛km al-†ahra wa’l-ßalt fial madhhab al-imm Mlik A book of 300 pages on fiqh, Dakar (IFAN), Nouveau catalogue, 414. 2. Qaßıda mımiyya fı mad˛ al-nabı known as al-Badıfiiyya MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Panégyriques, 1a. Publ: Trans extract in Samb (1972) 100-105. 3. Poem commenting on a dispute between Khli Madiakhaté Kala (q.v.) and his student A˛mad Bamba, partially in Wolof. See Samb (1972), 282. MÜS◊ KAMARA b. A˘MAD al-˘ABˆB, b. c. 1281/1864, d. 1362/ 1943 (or 1945) Müs Kamara, Tabshır al-kh√if al-˛ayrn (see below, no. 25); Samb (1972), 107-28; Samb (1975), 1-13; Hilliard (1977), 122-6; Robinson (1987, 1988); Bousbina (1992); Schmitz in Kamara (1998).

466

CHAPTER NINE

He was born in Gouriki-Samba-Diom near Matam in eastern Futa Toro, and studied the Qur√n locally before going to study in southern Mauritania for a year. For several years thereafter he travelled in search of knowledge, spending time in Futa Jallon as well as localities in northern Senegal. His principal shaykh was Safid Büh b. Mu˛ammad F∂il (d. 1917), whom he first met in 1886, and who passed on to him the wird of the Qdiriyya. In 1893 his wanderings ended and he settled at Ganguel, some 50 km. upstream from Matam. He cultivated a wide circle of friends and correspondents including Mu˛ammad fiAbbs ◊n, Yoro Bal, Dhü Nün of Thiès, Mukhtr Sakho, and Blaise Diagne among his Senegalese compatriots, and Henri Gaden, Maurice Delafosse, and Paul Marty among the French. There is some official correspondence relating to the mss. of Müs Kamara in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Shaykh Müs Kamara, 19. 1. Akthar al-rghibın fı ’l-jihd bafid nabiyyin man yakhtr al-÷uhür wa-milk al-bild wa-l yublı bi-man halaka fı jihdihi min al fiibd Condemnation of jihdists. MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Shaykh Müs Kamara, 15. Publ. Trans. in Samb (1976). 2. ◊lt al-fiulüm fial ’l-al-yaqın al-batt fı shar˛ dawwın al-shufiar al-sitt Comm. on dıwns of the six pre-Islamic poets). See Samb (1972), 112. 3. al-Bastın al-mutajammafia On Friday worship. See Samb (1972), 111. 4. Bulügh al-qaßd On the divine attributes. See Samb (1972) ,111. For some anon. verses in praise of this work, see Samb (1971), 125-6. 5. Dalıl al-slik fial mafinı Alfiyyat Ibn Mlik See Samb (1972), 112.


467

6. al-Fajr al-ßdiq bi’l-nür fı ’l-jawb fian as√ilat sdt Farans fian mas√il fiqhiyya fı fidt Füta ‡oro for an analysis, see Ndiaye (1975) MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Shaykh Müs Kamara 14. 7. al-˘qq al-mubın fı ukhuwwat jamıfi al-mü√minın MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Soufisme, 18. 8. al-˘irz al-a˛m See Samb, (1972) 120. 9. ˘izb al-naßr Prayers for the Prophet. See Samb, (1972) 111. 10. ˘ußül al-aghr∂ fı shif√ al-amr∂ Traditional medecine of the Fulÿe, Bambara and Tukulor . MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara , 18 (139 ff., inc). 11. ˘ußül al-qurb Wird. See Samb, (1972) 111. 12. al-fiIlm al-muqayyad Fiqh. See Samb, (1972) 112. 13. al-fiIzz al-asm Wird. See Samb, (1972) 111 14. Al-jawb al-sahl al-sayyigh fian su√l Monsieur Bozaldé fiamm fiªndı min akhbr ahl Zgha MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, 16. 15. Kd al-ittifq wa’l-ilti√m an yaküna bayna dın al-Naßr wa-dın al-islm MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, 16.

468

CHAPTER NINE

16. Al-Majmufi al-nafıs sirran wa-fialniyyatan fı dhikr bafi∂ al-sdat albı∂niyya wa’l-Fullniyya History of some Moorish & Fulbe chiefs. MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, 5-6 (photocopy in Niamey, 1139 in 350 pp.). 17. Mazj al-kawkib Prayers for the Prophet. See Samb (1972) 111. 18. Munyat al-s√ıl See Samb, (1972) 111. 19. Qaßıda In celebration of his marriage to Umm F†ima MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, cahier 2, p. 210. Publ. Trans in Samb (1971), 123-4. 20. Raffi al-˛araj On the lawfulness of moderate use of tobacco; see Samb, (1972) 112. 21. Salmat al-muslim manü†a bi-tark al-kibr wa’l-kadhib wa-qa†fi alra˛im History of the Yalalÿe. MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, 10. 22. Shar˛ al-ßadr fı ’l-kalm fial ’l-si˛r Reflections on magic. MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, 17. 23. Silsilat al-dhahab fı dhikr af∂al al-nasab MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, 13. 24. Tabshır al-kh√if al-˛ayrn wa-tadhkıruhu bi-safiat ra˛mat Allh al-Karım al-Mannn Autobiography. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, 1.


469

25. Tafßıl fiuqüd al-jumn bi’l-durr wa’l-marjn Comm. on fiUqüd al-jumn of al-Suyü†ı (d. 1505) GAL, II 156269 ) See Samb, (1972) 112. 26. Tanqiyat al-afhm min shubuht al-awhm History of the Yalalÿe, Denyankoÿe, Wawamÿe, and Tukulor. Written in 1938. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, 7. 27. Taqyıd mufıda Commentary on the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl Samb (1972), 111, lists this as Qâ’îd mufîda (sic). 28. Ta√rıkh Dna Samb (1972), 111, says “sur les Zagâwa”. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, 8. 29. Ta√rıkh al-türudbe History of the Torodÿe. See Hilliard (1985). MSS: Fonds Shaykh Musa Kamara, 12. 30. al-Ustdh al-kfı [fı] fiilmay al-fiarü∂ wa’l-qawfı See Samb (1972), 112. 31. Zuhür al-bastın fı ta√rıkh al-sawdın Also called I˛y√ m fiaf wa-indarasa min fiulüm ta√rıkh al-Sudn wain†amasa, and In†ißr al-mawtür fı dhikr qab√il Füta Tür. History of Futa Toro and adjacent lands and peoples. See Hilliard (1985); Pondopolo (1993), Schmitz (1992), and Kamara (1998), intro. by Jean Schmitz. MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, 2-3. Publ. Trans. of section on Bondu in Ndiaye (1975b); trans. of Tome I, Volume 1, “L’Aristocracie peule et la révolution des clercs muslumans (Vallée du Niger)”, see Kamara (1998). 32. [Biography of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd Tl] MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Shaykh Musa Kamara, 9

470

CHAPTER NINE

Publ. text, ed.Khadım Mbacké & A˛mad Shukrı, as Ash’h ’l-fiulüm waa†yab al-khabar fı sırat al-˛jj fiUmar, Rabat: Manshürt Mafihad alDirst al-Ifrıqiyya [Jmifiat Mu˛ammad al-Khmis], 2001; trans. A. Samb, BIFAN, xxxii ( 1970), 56-135, 770-818, and Samb (1975); trans. Amar Samb, Dakar: Lamp Fall Dabo, n.d. 33. Biography of the author See Samb (1972), 111; c.f. item 24 above. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, 1. 34. History of the Fulani Text in French. Samb (1972), 111, calls it “Histoire des Yâlalbés”. MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Musa Kamara, 7, 11. SIRE fiABB◊S SOH According to Haidara (Timbuktu (MMHT), i, item 290), he has the nisba al-Jbawı [J-b-w-i]). 1. Chroniques du Fouta Sénégalais No Arabic text has ever been published, and no Arabic titles are given in the published edition. Publ. “Ed. M. Delafosse & H. Gaden, Paris: Ernest Leroux, 1913. Chroniques du Fouta Sénégalais traduites de deux manuscrits arabes inédits de Siré-Abbâs-Soh. 2. Ta√rıkh khulaf√ al-Füqiyyın (i.e. al-Fütiyyın) Perhaps the same work as no. 1 above. MS: Timbuktu (MMHT), 290. MU˘AMMAD b. ABˆ ’L-MIQD◊D called Bou el-Moqdad, or Doudou Seck, b.1283/1867, d.1297/1943 Robinson (2000).

1. Dıwn shifir al-˛assniyya See Samb, (1972) 79.


2.

471

Qaß√id i) Untitled MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Poésie 3c, d. ii) Q. b√iyya fı rith al-Shaykh A˛mad Bamba See Samb, (1972), 79. iii) Q. t√iyya: Qla al-mubashshir j√ ’l-sayyid Sıdtı * Qawlan ta∂manu anwfi al-masarrtı Welcoming Sh. Sıdti son of Safid Büh, who arrived in Dakar on a mission from the governor of Mauritania. MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 392 (followed by other occasional verses).

A˘MAD DIOP b. YÜSUF, called A˛mad Diop Massar, b. c.1266/1850, d. 1350/1932 Born and trained in Islamic studies in his native village of Sagatta, located between Guéoul and Kébémer (Northern Senegal), he was an adept of the Qdiriyya †arıqa. He died in Guéoul. All manuscripts of his works are preserved in the family collection. 1.

Qß√id i) Q. hamziyya: Bi’smi ’llhi ibtid√ı fı mad˛ khayri ’l-liq√ı * Mu˛ammadin sayyid al-kulli khayr al-aniby√ı MS: Guéoul, 249 vv. ii) Q. h√iyya: L ˛awla quwwata li’l-makhlüqi y ’llhu * Ill bi-˛awlika y dh ’l-fa∂li y ’llhu Versification of the attributes of God. MS: Guéoul, 29 vv. iii) Q. lmiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi Rabb al-filamına fial * Irslihı ’l-sayyid al-mukhtri man fa∂al In praise of the Prophet. MS: Guéoul, 32 vv. iv) Q. h√iyya: Y Rabbi ßalli ßaltan l ’ntih√a lah * Wa-l yun†iquh d˛ü man†iqi wa-lah In praise of the Prophet. MS:Guéoul, 6 vv.

472

CHAPTER NINE

v) Q. lmiyya: Il khalqihi ’l-Ra˛mnu li’l-ra˛mati arsal * Min al-nsi khayr al-nsi fı ’l-aßli wa’l-fiul In praise of the Prophet. MS: Guéoul, 8 vv. vi) Q. r√iyya: Bi-man qad at bi’l-han min Mu∂ar * Waßa˛bin kirmin shiddin ßubbar MS: Guéoul, 32 vv. vii) Q. mımiyya: Allhu Ra˛mnu Allhu Ra˛ım * ∑alli fial ’lnabı ’l-ummı fiabd al-Ra˛ım MS: Guéoul, 29 vv. viii) Q. fiayniyya: Innı la-uhdı ’l-than√a wa’l-ßalta mafi * Il ’l-rasül al-karımi shfifi al-shufafi MS: Guéoul, 23 vv. ix) Q. Opens: Bi’smi ’llhi ’l-fiA÷ım * al-Ra˛mni ’l-Brı alra˛ım MS: Guéoul, 115 vv. fiABD ALL◊H DIOP 1. Raw∂at al-mufißirın fı mafirifat fiulüm al-dın Publ : Beirut: Khayy†, 1968 (= Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Fiqh, 16. MU˘AMMAD DI◊KHA DIOP b. 1309/1892, d. 1402/1982 A speaker of Wolof language, he was born in Guéoul but received his training in Saint-Louis. He was also affiliated to the Qdiriyya. His grandson Sh. Talibouya Diop of Guéoul, confirmed his authorship of the following poems, without date and title. i) Q. r√iyya: That riy∂ al-ghawri wa’l-am†rı * Wa’lzuhri wa’l-akmmi wa’l-afi mrı MS: Guéoul, 65 vv. ii) Q. qfiyya: Jkha waddifihu qabla washk al-firqı * Wa’rtiq√ al-nufüsi bayn al-tarqı MS: Guéoul, 7 vv.


473

iii) Q. Opens: Inna ’l-karıma Mu˛ammad al-amına fi ’llhi * Kna akhan lı fa∂luhü qad thabat. MS: Guéoul, 7 vv. iv) Q. sıniyya: Lan rifqatun fı Ngoumba fiinda ’l-ra√ısı * Mu˛ammad in al-nabı ’l-amın al-nafısı MS: Guéoul, 11 vv. v) Q. h√iyya: Idh na˛nu ji√n Ngoumba qbalan bih * Fatan lam yazal sam˛ al-khalıqati nbih MS: Guéoul, 10 vv. fiABD AL-Q◊DIR SYLLA b. 1939/1357-8 Born in Senegal, he received his training both in Senegal and in Mauritania and Morocco. He graduated in political science from Université Muhammad V (Rabat) in 1967. He attended the Ecole Nationale d’Administration et de Magistrature du Senegal where he completed his training in diplomacy. He taught Arabic for several years at high school. He is now advisor to the Senegalese Embassy in Saudi Arabia. He wrote several articles in Arabic newspapers, but his major work is dedicated to the study of Islam in Senegal from the beginning of its penetration to the “present”. 1. al-Muslimün fı ’l-Sinighl: ma’lim al-˛∂ir wa-fq al-mustaqbal Publ. Qatar: al-Wa˛da, 1986. ABU BAKR KH◊LID fiUMAR B◊ 1. Nudbha min ta√rıkh Füta al-Sinighliyya Publ: Cairo, 1956 (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire; 4e). A˘MAD BA 1. Kifyt al-s√il On the legal number of congregational (Friday) mosques in a town. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Fiqh, 12.

474

CHAPTER NINE

2. Jawhir al-˛isn fı akhbr mulük al-Südn MS: Niamey, 106. MUKHT◊R LO, known as Shaykh Makhtr 1. Bushr al-mu˛ibbın wa-tayqı÷ al-jhilın Life of Mouhamadou Limâmou Laye. Trans. “La vie de Seydina Mouhamadou Limâmou Laye” by El-˛jj Mouhamadou Sakhır Gaye et Assane Sylla , BIFAN, xxxiv (1972), 497523 2. Fuyü∂t khdimiyya Arabic trans. of exhortations of A˛mad Bamba. MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Soufisme 16. ˘◊MID b. fiUTHM◊N b. fiABD AL-Q◊DIR al-Tiları 1.

Qaß√id i) Q. b√iyya: Jar ’l-damfi min fiaynı wa-˛ayya ka√ıbü * Wafi ’l-qalbi minnı lawfiatun wa-lahıbü In 65 vv. MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 396. ii) Q. dliyya: Innı ra√aytu ’l-shaykha Sıdı Mu˛ammad * ˘z al-makrima †rif an wa-talıd 27 vv. in praise of Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Daymnı. MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 400 (2 photocopies). iii) Q. lmiyya: Y man yad al-nawli aqfiada ka˛ıl * Idh ghad li’l-zamni †arfan ka˛ıl Response to a poem by al-Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. A˛mad Bamba; 14 vv. MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 394(ii). iv) Q. nüniyya: fiAmmat jiht al-ar∂i anwfi al-fitan * Fı sanatin ta√rıkhuh sharr un qa†an The year sharrun qa†an corresponds to 1359/1940-1; hence the upheavals referred to may have to do with WW II. 62 vv. MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 399 (photo).


475

v) Q. nüniyya: Fı bashasin ghba fian al-fiuyünı * Shaykh alshuyükhi qurrat al-fiuyünı In 36 vv. The year bashas corresponds to 1302/1884-5. MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 398 (photo). vi) Urjüza fı mad˛ al-nabı Opens: Y Rabban bi-˛urmat al-Mukhtrı * fiAlayhi khayru ßalawtin li’l-Brı In 61 vv. MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 397 (2 copies). MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑‡AF◊ ◊N, b. 1342/1924 Samb, 1972, 141 sq; Seessemann (1993), 160-3. A son of ˘mid Ane Tillere 1. Tazyın al-mamlık fı ta√rıkh ÷uhür Amirık History of America; see Samb, (1972), 141. 2. ˘ayt al-shaykh A˛mad Bambaa Abridgt. of the Irw√ al-nadım of Mu˛ammad al-Amın Diop Dagana (q.v); discussed in Seessemann (1993), 180-231. MSS: Dakar (IFAN) Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire , 8a. Publ:Part I, Casablanca : Imp. Maison du livre, n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 27a) Part II, Dakar: Imp. Mukhtr al-Kattnı, n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 27b) Text in Seessemann (1993), trans. pp. 163-79. Trans. by Amar Samb, La vie de Cheikh Ahmadu Bamba, Dakar: Dar Senegalia, 1961 (copy in NU/ Brenner, 12). 3. Irshd al-˛ayrn fi ˛ukm shurb al-dukhn Publ: Dakar: Imp. A. Diop, n.d. 4. al-Islm wa’l-thaqfa fı jumhüriyyat Sinighl MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire 4 a. Publ. n..p. [Dakar]: al-Dr al-Sinighliyya li’l-‡abfi wa’l-Nashr wa’lTawzıfi, 1398/1978 (copy in NU/ Brenner, 13).

476

CHAPTER NINE

5. Manfafiat al-alıf fı fiilmay al-lugha wa’l-taßrıf Samb, (1972) 141. 6. Muß†af ’l-Muß†af On his stay in hospital in Dakar following a motor accident. Samb, (1972) 141. 7. Nasamt al-sa˛r Verse biography of the Prophet. Samb, (1972) 141. 8. Les Trois Grandes Figures de l’Islam en Afrique On al-˛jj fiUmar, A˛mad Bamba, and Mlik Sy. Publ. n.p., n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 14). A˘MAD DIACK 1. Qaw√id al-fiaq√id MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Théologie, 3. A˘MAD (AMADY) MA˘MÜD 1. History of the Almamy fiAbd al-Qdir Kane (reg. 1770s-1806-7) MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Histoire, 4f. fiALI (ALIOUNE) b. MU˘AMMAD DIABY 1. Mafilij al-abdn bi-tafiwun al-a†ibb MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Pharmacopée, 2. IBR◊HˆM b. BIR◊S KANE 1. Sirj al-muslimın min al-sunna wa’l-kitb al-mu˛kam Publ. n.p. (Dakar ?) n. d. (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb, Sermons, 2).


477

MA˘MÜD DIA 1. Safar al-safida MS: Niamey , 423 fiA˘MAD NDIAYE NDI◊K, d. 1380/1961 1. Barq al-ghuyüth al-munbitt fı naß˛ al-jamfiiyyt al-islamiyya Publ: n.p., n. d. (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Amar Samb , Fiqh, 14 ). 2. Zawraq al-kh√i∂ fı fiilm al- farfii∂ On inheritance laws. SAfiD ABˆHI DIOP b. A˘MAD DIOP MASSAR b. 1306/1889, d. 1405/1985. Born in Saint-Louis, he was a native speaker of Wolof language. He learned the Qur√n and was initiated in Arabic in Saint-Louis. He migrated to Mauritania where he stayed several years in the house of Shaykh Safid Büh [Safid Abıhi] b. Mu˛ammad F∂il. It was there that he deepened his training in Islamic studies and was initiated into the Qdiriyya †arıqa. He then settled in Guéoul in northern Senegal where he attracted a large following and taught until his death in 1985. The items listed below are preserved in the family library in Guéoul. 1. Tafrıj al-qulüb fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-ma˛büb A treatise on how to pray for the Prophet Mu˛ammad. 2 Qaß√id i) Q. mımiyya: Qif bi’l-diyri wa-sal Salm bi-dhı salamı * Hal f˛a †ıb al-shadh fı ’l-rabfii dhı salamı 55vv. in praise of the Prophet. ii) Q. nüniyya: Bushr bi-A˛mad al-hdı ’l-amın * Rasüli Rabb al-filamın 48 vv.

478

CHAPTER NINE

iii) Q. h√iyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı ’l-asm√i y ’llhu * Sub˛nahu Dhü ’l-jalli qul huwa ’llhu 65 vv. iv) Q. Opens: Shughiftu fial ˛ubbı Sulaym wa-jrih * WaHindin wa-Lubn fian maqılati mabda√ı. 13 vv. v) Q. maqßüra: Y sayyid al-sdti y badr al-hud * Y man il nür al-amna Mußtaf 97 vv. vi) Q. lmiyya: Salmun ka-fard al-Mußtaf sayyid al-rusulı * Wa-sayyidi kull al-filam al-fiulwı wa’l-suflı 11 vv. vii) Q. dliyya: Salmun ka-fiarf al-miski wa’l-fianbar al-nadı * fiAl f√iq al-aqrni dhı ’l-fiizzi wa’l-majdı 16 vv. viii) Q. lmiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi Rabb al-khalqi y ’llhü * Sub˛nahü ’l-D√im al-Bqı y ’llhü 22 vv. ix) Q. mımiyya: Ilhı bi-jhi shafıfi al-anm * Dafiawtuka ’llhumma qin ’l-˛arm 4 vv. x) Q. Opens: Afiüdhu bi’llahi min khawf al-anm wa-min * Ri∂an fian al-nafsi hammı ’l-rizqi y ’llhu 5 vv. xi) Q. Opens: Bi-abı ’l-amın * Wa-shaykhihı safidi ’l-war MS: Guéoul, 13 vv. xii) Q. nüniyya: Aqülu bi-bi’smi ’llhi y Ra˛mnü * Ra˛ımu y Mannnu y ˘annnü 36 vv.


479

xiii) Q. t√iyya: Y ’llhu y Rabbı dh ’l-asm√ al-qadımt * Wa-dh ’l-ßift al-fialiyyt al-ßamımt 8 vv. xiv) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh Siddti ˘ay∂ara Opens: Madadtu li’l-shaykhi al-anwrı * Immi ’l-qu†bi’lRabbnı. xv) Q. Opens: Minnı il sayyid al * -Sdti Siddtı xvi) Q. Opens: Minnı li’l-shaykhi ’lladhı fı ’l-fiilmi Mukhtrü * Najl al-makrimi hum fı ’l-majdi akhyrü 21 vv. xvii) Q. Opens: Dhahabat Khadıjatu * Kulluh bi-jamlih xviii) Q. Opens: Li-Nkumba ha÷÷un wa-nifiamun * Min nüri khayri ’l-war. Nkumba is another name of the town of Guéoul. xix) Q. fı ziyratihi li-∂arı˛ al-shaykh Safid abıhi. Opens: Nawaytu fı dh ’l-fimmı * Ka ’l-fimmi ’l-awwalı * Ziyrata qabri ’l-shaykhı * Safid abihi ’l-walı 16 vv. xx) Q. fı madh al-shaykh al-‡libüya a) Opens: Li’llhi Rabbi ’l-war qad qumtu min drı * Li-ghayri Hindin wa-l Mayyin wa-l jrı. 20 vv. b) Opens: A-y man turıdu al-fiizza wa’l-majda bi’l-fakhri * Fadünaka fa’†lubh lad ’l-shaykhi dhı ’l-naßri. 13 vv. c) Opens: Yazüru la shaykhihı Safidu abıhi * Man ismuhü Safidun mu∂fun li-abıhi 27 vv.

480

CHAPTER NINE

MU˘AMMAD SHAMS AL-DˆN ˘AYDARA b. MA˘FÜ⁄ b. UBBA b. MU˘AMMAD F◊∆IL b. M◊MAYN, al-Idrısı al-˘asanı al-Hshimı Samb (1972), 243-7.

A descendant of Mu˛ammad F∂il (brother of the celebrated M√ alfiAynayn), whose descendants established the so-called F∂iliyya †arıqa based on his teachings, Mu˛ammad Shams al-Dın’s father Sh. Ma˛fü÷ settled in Senegal and founded two villages named Dr al-Khayr about 20 km. from each other in Casamance. 1. Dalıl al-ra˛ma Refutation of religious innovations consisting of denying gifts to the descendants of the Prophet. MS: MS: Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 510. 2. al-Dın al-naßı˛a li-ummat (sic) al-Mu˛ammadiyya fı sırat nabı alra˛ma wa-fa∂√il ahl al-bayt A biography of the Prophet. Publ. n.p., n.d. (3 copies in Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 512). 3. Dıwn An untitled collection of 72 poems on various subjects, the first of which concerns his father’s settlement in “ar∂ al-sawdın”. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 516 (xerox in 3 copies). 4. Hud ’l-muhtadın bi-˛ayt al-sharıf Mu˛ammad Shams al-Dın Autobiography, written in 1377/1967. Publ. n.p., n.d. (3 copies in Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 515). 5. Irshd al-muslimlın Advice to Muslims on matters relating to the celebration of the birthday of the Prophet and his isr√. 24 p. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 509. 6. Mu˛yı al-sunna fı ’l-khutab al-minbariyya A collection of sermons delivered before Friday prayers. 71 p. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 508.


481

7. Mißb˛ al-khayr fı qißßat ahl al-khayr wa-Dr al-khayr History of the village of his family and their settlement in Dr al-khayr. For a summary of the work, see Samb (1972), 243-6 Publ. n.p., n.d. (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 514 (with Qißßat alamjad fı ˛ayt al-wlid). 8. Qißßat al-amjad fı ˛ayt al-wlid Biography of his father, written 1379/1960. Publ. n.p., n.d. (copy in Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 514 (with Mißb˛ al-khayr). MU˘AMMAD AL- FÜTˆ LY Samb (1972), 155.

According to Samb, he comes from Nguilogne and was affiliated to the Qdiriyya, as evidenced by the only poem attributed to him by Samb. He is the father of Dhu Nün Ly (q.v.). 1. Q. fı mad˛ al-Shaykh Sfid Abıh b. Muhammad al-F∂il Publ: Trans . in Samb, (1972), 155-6. BOCAR SABALY b. fiABD ALL◊H, b. 18 Jumd I 1368/18 March 1949 He was born in Yoossou near Kolda (Southern Senegal). He studied the Qur√n in his village and then travelled widely to complete his training as a cleric. He studied in Kolda, Kaolack with ShaykhfiAlı Sise, and attend also several other majlis in Saint-Louis. He now teaches Qur√n and Islamic jurisprudence in his village. The mss. are preserved in the author’s library in Kolda. 1. Dawrat al-akhlq al-˛amıda fı ta†awwur al-mujtamafi Completed in 1407/1987 2. ˘aqq al-jiwr fı ’l-islm Completed on 5 Jumada II 1415/9 November 1994 3.

Ijtinb al-kab√ir ghufrn li’l-ßagh√ir

482

CHAPTER NINE

4.

al-∑awm junna min al-nr

5.

Man huwa al-shaykh ˛aqqan ?

6.

Min ˛ayt al-ßa˛ba al-kirm

7.

Qaß√id i) Q. Dafiwat al-ns il dıni Rabb al-ns Opens: Dhı dafiwatin umirta fı dınin wa-nahat * m’llhu ya√muruhü fiamm nah ’l-nhı ii) Q. fı ’l-ishda bi-muna÷÷amat al-dafiwa al-islmiyya bilıbiy Opens: Li’l-drisına wa-li’l-madrisi minkumü * A w f  musfiadatin ka-nawfii sa˛bı. 20 vv. iii) Q. fı mad˛ fiAbd Allah b. Fayßal Opens: Dafinı ilayka ’l-wajhu wa’l-fiaynu wa’l-famü * Tukallimunı ’l-a˛wlu minh fa-afhamü. 25 vv. iv) Q. fı mad˛ Ibrhım Ma˛müd Diop Opens: In shi√tu qultu anta fı ’l-ßabri ’l-jabal * Fı ’l-fiilmi k’lba˛ri wa-fı ’l-fia† ’l-mathal. 23 vv. Completed on 14 Shafiban 1413/6 Feb. 1993. v) Q. fı mad˛ madınat Kold Opens: Kulla fa∂ılatin turmu ˛uzti * Wa’l-filiyti ’l-darajti nilti.15 vv. Completed on 22 Rajab 1410/18 Feb. 1990. vi)

Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı a) Opens: Tahdı ’l-anm wa-jamfi al-jahli tahzumuhü * Bi-kulli jayshin min al-fiirfni jarrr. b) Opens: Tahwı ilaykum qulübu ’l-muslimına mafi * Wa’l-muslimti min al-fiurbni wa’l-fiajamı. c) Opens: Nid√ un tin al-ımn wa’l-birr wa’l-tuq * Wa-nashr fiulüm al-dıni bi’l-˛usni wa’l-naq.


483

vii) Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh fiAbbs Sall a) Opens: Idh atayta Lügha z√ir an fa-sal * fiAn almunıri wajhuhü fiAbbsu Sall. b) Opens: fiAbbsu Sall fı ’l-˛arbi fiAbbsu asad * Walam yushbih jüdahü jüdu a˛ad. 15 vv. viii) Q. fı rith√ al-shaykh Idris Sow Opens: Gha∂anfarun yasfiü lad ’l-˛urübı * Mukhtabirun bi’l÷hir al-maktübı. 16 vv. ix) Q. fı rith√ al-shaykh Ismfiıl Baldé Opens: Taraqq il afil wa-qad kna filiyy * Wa-dıdnuhü qad kna rakb al-mafiliyy. 28 vv. x) Q. nüniyya: Nuzüluka min ar∂ al-nubuwwatı fawzan * Bi-yumnin wa-khayrtin min Allhi fiamman. 7 vv.congratulating Al-˘jj Yoro on the occasion of his pilgrimage. xi) Q. fı ’l-tawassul il ’llh tafil Opens: Anta ’l-Qadıru ’lladhı athnayta nafsaka l * Ya√tı bi˛amdika arbb al-faß˛t. 22 vv. xii) Q. h√iyya: ˘za ’l-fiulüm al-ghurra mundhu ßibhu * Kam abda ˛azmuhü hawh. 12 vv. 8. al-Shabb al-muslim fı mahabb al-riy˛ Completed on 17 Jumada I 1409/26 December 1988. 9. al-Taw˛ıd huwa al-ass Completed on 2 Shawwal 1412/5 April 1992.

A˘MAD IBR◊HˆM DATTE He settled in Cam.

484

CHAPTER NINE

1. Kashf al-ghi†√ fiamm fialayhi al-Yafiqübiyya min al-kha†a√ A critique of the Hamallist sub-sect led by Yafiqüb Sylla. Apparently they predicted the end of the world for early Rabıfi I 1342/c. 12 October 1923. MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 406. 2. Tanwır al-fu√d fı mad˛ khayr al-fiibd Poem in praise of the Prophet. Opens: fiAfat al-diyru bi-dhı ’l-†ulü˛i liwdı * Dht al-maßyafi li-Mayyata wa-Sufidı MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 404. LEY KANE of Touba Kane 1. Q. r√iyya: M li’l-fu√di fnat al-yawma madhfiürü * Madhrüfu damfiin a-bi’l-hayf√ı maghrürü 32 vv. in praise of the Prophet. MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 412. H◊RÜN AL-RASHˆD JALLÜ [DIALLO] b. A˘MAD, d. 1392/1972-3 1. Q. fı ’l-silsila al-Tijniyya Dated 1388/1968. MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 403(ii) (photo). 2. Q. fı mad˛ shuyükhihi In 17 vv. MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 403(i) (photo). 3. Q. fı awldihi In 58 vv., dated 12 Mu˛arram 1373/21 September 1953. MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 403(i) (photo). 4. Accrostic on Q. 33:25 (Wa-radd Allhu alladhına kafarü bighay÷ihim) In 74. vv. MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 402.


485

MODI BOKAR DIALLO, b. 1870 Note with MS Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 420.

Born in Futa Jallon, at age eighteen he took up residence in Futa Toro with his teacher. Later he went to N’Guidjilone to study with Cerno [˘mid?] Tillere, then to Doumga to study with Cerno Modi fi◊lim. Finally he returned to N’Guidjilone to complete his education with Cerno Yoro Bal. He married Cerno fi◊lim’s daughter and settled in Boki Diame and taught. 1. Q. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd Opens: Y way˛a man knat al-duny irdatuhu * Wa-bi’l-baßırat fı fiuqbhu m na÷ar 66 vv., written 13 Dhü ’l-Qafida 1308/20 June 1891. MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 420 (photo). IBN AL-WAZˆR ˘A∆R◊Mˆ, known as Ma˛müd Jah, fl. 1367/1967 On his stamp on the ms. below he describes himself as “professeur d’arabe”. 1. Q. fı mad˛ al-ra√ıs al-Mukhtr w. Ddh Poem of 50 vv. in praise of Senegal and its women and in praise of President Ould Daddah of Mauritania, dated 26 ∑afar 1387/15 November 1967. Opens: Nifim al-ßab min fiinda ar∂ al-a˛ibbatı * Samat bı ilayh himmatı ˛ına habbatı. MS: Dakar (IFAN), St. Louis, 423 (orig. and roneo). SHAMS AL-DˆN b. A˘MAD AL-BAKK◊Y b. fiABD ALL◊H b. ˘AMAD b. AL-MU∑‡AF◊ The author claims an ancestry going back al-˘asan b. fiAlı b. Abı ‡lib. 1. Untitled work of genealogy and history of Futa Toro in four main sections, each perhaps constituting a separate work; in total 209 pp. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Ziguinchor, 511 (photo).

486

CHAPTER NINE

MU˘AMMAD TURE b. MU˘AMMAD, known as Cheikh Toure, b. July 1925 Loimeier (1994, 1999); Kane (1999).

Founder of the Union Culturelle Muslumane, a Senegalese reformist movement. Born in Fass Touré in the Louga region, where his father ran a Qur√nic school and an fiilm school, he stayed in his home village until 1944 studying under his uncle Hdı Ture, who succeeded his brother as director of the fiilm school. In 1944 he went to stay in Saint-Louis where he studied in various schools and came under the influence of the Mauritanian scholar Sh. Mukhtr w. ˘mid (Mukhtar Ould Hamidoun), then a researcher at IFAN. In 1949 he spent a short time at the Mukhtar Ould Hamidoun Ecole des Etudes Islamiques in Boutilimit (Mauritania), where he obtained his “brevet d’études franco-arabes”. In 1952 he founded his first school in Saint-Louis, and in the same year moved to Dakar where he also founded a school. He then spent a year in Algeria where he briefly studied with Sh. Abü ’l-Qsim al-fiArabı al-Tabassı (Larbi Tébessi), who introduced him to the writings of Rashıd Ri∂. Back in Dakar he founded, with the help of several others of like mind, the Union Culturelle Musulmane (UCM) in 1953, and subsequently founded schools in Dakar, Saint-Louis, Thiès and Kaolack, where geography, history, mathematics, and the natural sciences were taught in addition to the traditional Islamic sciences. The UCM soon expanded its activities to establish branches in other West African countries, notably Mali and Upper Volta [Burkina Faso]. He also developed broader contacts with Algeria and Tunisia. Following Senegalese independence (1960) and the advent to power of Léopold Senghor in 1962, Cheikh Touré experienced some reverses. His attacks on “maraboutism” had made him unpopular with many traditional Senegalese men of religion, and these had now given their support to Senghor. He and his movement came increasingly under the thumb of the government and Cheikh Touré’s scope of action became confined. This led him and his followers eventually to abandon the UCM in 1979 and create a new organization, the Jama’atou Ibadou Rahman (Jamfiat fiibd al-Ra˛mn). Already in 1977 he had sworn never again to work


487

for a governmental organization, though in fact he did not retire from the civil service until forced to in 1980. From then on he busied himself in establishing a number of outlets for his ideas, including in 1988 the Organisation pour l’action islamique, initiated at the Centre Islamique Sérigne Hady Toure (Dakar) which he came to direct. He also continued to be active in the promotion of periodical publications. As early as 1953 he had founded Le reveil islamique; in 1960 he became editor of L’ère nouvelle, and in 1979 he launched Etudes islamiques. The Jamfiat fiibd al-Ra˛mn publishes a periodical entitled Le Musulman. 1. ˘awla maw∂üfi al-jins al-thaqfı al-˛adıth: ußüluhu wa-thruhu Publ. Dakar, 1984. 2. al-Mustaqbaliyya al-sharfiiyya al-Islmiyya fı Ifrıqiy al-gharbiyya al-faranküfüniyya Publ. Dakar, 1989. Writings in French

1. Afin que tu deviennes croyant Publ. Dakar, 1957. 2. Ce qu’il faut savoir pour la prière. Réparer les erreurs commises à son sein Publ. Saint-Louis, 1957. 3. le Code de la famille musulmane Publ. Dakar, 1986 4. L’état islamique: ses spécificités et ses caractéristiques Publ. Dakar, 1985 (special issue of Etudes islamique 5. L’Islam en Afrique Contains two items previously published: (i) “Réflexion sur l’éducation sénégalaise” (in Etudes islamiques, 5, 1980), and (ii) al-Mustaqbaliyya al-sharfiiyya (see above). Publ. Dakar, 1993.

488

CHAPTER NINE

6. la Loi islamique du travail Publ. Dakar, 1987. 7. Les Obligations d’un Tidiane des deux sexes Publ. Saint-Louis, 1953. 8 la Philosophie du pélerinage et ses lieux saints Publ. Dakar, 1991. 9. Le Vrai et le faux: L’islam au Sénégal A new edition of Afin que tu deviennes croyant Dakar, 1990. 10. In additions to the above books he has published some twenty articles in French, mainly in Etudes islamiques, with three in Le réveil islamique; see Loimeier (1994) for a listing down to that date. fiUMAR BA Researcher at IFAN 1. Le Coran, Français-Peul Fulfulde translation of the Qur√n, with Blachère’s French translation in parallel with the Fulfulde version. Publ. Paris: L’Harmattan, 1982. MU∑‡AF◊ [MOUSTAPHA] GUEYE, b. 1356/1937 Abou Bakar Thiam, Preface to Le droit chemin dans la pratique islamique parfait (see below), 9-12.

Son of Alpha Guèye, the son of Alioune [fiAlı] Guèye, he was born in Thiarêne in the Matam area of Futa Toro. He initially studied with Codde Guèye, with whom he read [the Mukhtaßar of] al-Akh∂arı and the [K. al-ßalt] of al-fiAwfı, two of the most widely studied works on Islamic rituals of worship in West Africa. In around 1950 he went to study the Risla of Ibn Abı Zayd with his maternal uncle al-˛jj Mu˛ammad Diattara. He then travelled to the province of Saloum where, in about 1956, he studied the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl, as well as Arabic grammar and syntax. Then, with Abü Bakr


489

Niasse, he studied Rhetoric and Stylistics, including the Maqmt of al˘arırı. Finally, he went to Kaolack and studied with Ibrhım Niasse tafsır, ˛adıth, ußül al-fiqh, and Logic. In the 1960s he continued his studies in the Qarawiyyın University in Fez. On his return to Senegal in 1965 he became the secretary-general of the Arabophone teachers and students of the Union Progressiste Sénégalaise. In 1971 he entered the field of journalism, and was employed in the Senegalese Ministry of Information. He also teaches private classes on religious matters in his house in the evenings and on holidays, and is imam of a religious school near his house in Thiaroye. 1. Le droit chemin dans la pratique islamique parfait The book was originally written in Arabic, and deals with numerous religious issues, concluding with forty questions and answers. The French translation was done by Fernand Dumont. Publ. Dakar-Abidjan: Les Nouvelles Éditions Africaines, 1977, 1984. MU˘AMMAD A˘MAD LO A member of the reformist Jamâ’at ’Ibd al-Rahmn, he lives in Dakar, and is well-known for his critical attitude towards the Sufi shaykhs. 1. Mudhakkira maftü˛a il qdat al-fiamal al-islamı fı ’l-Sinighl. A critique of Senegalese Muslim preachers involved in party politics. Completed on 4 April 2001. 2. Taqdıs al-ashkhß fı ’l-fikr al-süfi The most polemical anti-Sufi treatise written in West Africa. Ph.D. dissertation submittted by the author. Responded to by Shaykh Tijn Gaye in his Kitb al-taqdıs bayn al-talbıs wa’l-tadlıs wa’l-tadnıs (q.v.). Publ. Riyâ∂: Dâr al-Hijra, 1416/1996 (author’s name spelt as Law˛). 3. Jinyat al-ta√wıl al-fsid fial ’l-fiaqıda al-Islmiyya Categorized on the title page of its published version as a “university dissertation” (risla jmifiiyya), though no indication is given of which university it was presented at. The book is divided into three parts, each attacking approaches to the interpretation of Islamic beliefs: (1) the speculative theologians (al-mutakallimün), (2) the Twelver and Ismfiılı

490

CHAPTER NINE

Shıfia, (3) Philosophers and Sufis. In some sense it may be a response to Shaykh Tijn Gaye’s rebuttal of his earlier anti-Sufi work Taqdıs alashkhß fı ’l-fikr al-süfı. Publ. n.p. [Saudi Arabia] : Dr Ibn fiAffn, n.d. (author’s name spelt as Law˛). A˘MAD M◊LIK ˘AMM◊D al-Fütı al-Azharı al-Qsim al-Bayhaqı, intro to Mift˛ al-Amn.

Born in Senegal, he undertook Qur√nic studies in Mauritania, and then went to Egypt in 1949, where he continued such studies, and then study of sharıfia. 1. ˆ∂˛ al-marsüm fı ˛all ˛amalat al-masüm Publ. 2nd edn., 1963; see al-Bayhaqı, intro to Mift˛ al-amn, 2. 2. Mift˛ al-amn fı rasm al-Qur√n Publ. Dakar: al-Dr al-Sinighliyya, 1395/ 1975 (copy in NU/ Hunwick, 483).

CHAPTER TEN

WRITERS OF GUINEA by Bernard Salvaing and John Hunwick WRITERS OF FUTA JALLON

Introduction by Bernard Salvaing1 Between the beginnings of the “theocratic age” and the present day a huge literature in Arabic and Fulfulde has evolved. Nevertheless, it remains little known outside of Guinea due to the country’s isolation in the years following independence as well as the lack of any public repository for manuscripts. This introduction is based on the few published texts, or texts available in public archives, as well as a corpus of texts that I photographed during investigations carried out in the 1980s and 1990s, all of which came from private libraries. Even if their significant number allows one to hope they are relatively representative of the body of literature, it is clear that some cultural loci are poorly represented (in particular old centres such as Kalan and Boroudji, whose importance one nevertheless senses), whilst others, on the contrary, may be overvalued. We would add that the esoteric literature linked to the fiilm al-asrr, although of importance in Futa Jallon, is not discussed here. Finally, the works of al-˛jj fiUmar Tall are not dealt with here, for despite the fact that he acquired much of his higher education in Futa Jallon, his work extends far beyond Futa Jallon, and is dealt with in Chapter 5. This presentation respects the relative chronology of events, but the precise 1

Freely translated from the French original and edited by John Hunwick. Bernard Salvaing wishes to thank Constant Hamès and Alfa Mamadou Diallo-Lélouma for their help when writing this introduction.

492

CHAPTER TEN

dates given to authors and writings, often based on oral tradition, are to be viewed with caution. As can be seen in this chapter, the only public collections containing a substantial number of manuscripts by writers of Guinea are the Fonds Archinard in Paris,2 and the Fonds Gilbert Vieillard in IFAN, Dakar (consisting of mainly Fulfulde mss. collected by the administrator Vieillard in the 1930s). The majority of manuscripts are to be found in private libraries owned by scholarly families. In each locus of culture are to be found writings by writers who lived there, but also texts by other authors. The manuscripts of the great authors circulate and are recopied many times. In addition, there existed, and still do exist, some genuine collectors who own numerous copies of manuscripts. One also hears of mysterious libraries, hidden away from the uninitiated, such as the library of Seeforé, the location of which is kept a secret. Whatever the case may be, we can get an idea of the contents of the exotic literature, and figure out its broad tendencies. As far as the content is concerned, we find, side by side with texts from outside, which do not appear to be noticeably different from those found in other areas of West Africa, manuscripts representative of all branches of knowledge. Also noticeable is the tendency for there to be a linguistic division (between Arabic and Fulfulde) according to subject— a division that is not, however, totally fixed. Arabic writings (other than esoteric literature) include texts on grammar (na˛w), philology (lugha), some juristic texts (fiqh), theology (taw˛ıd), panegyrics of the Prophet, and calendars, that closely follow models from elsewhere, and historical texts that consist of brief chronicles of villages or larger texts devoted to a family or a region. In Fulfulde, on the other hand, are texts of “religious popularisation” aimed at conveying basic Islamic knowledge to persons who do not understand Arabic: ritual regulations, following those of the Risla, for example, admonitory texts contrasting the joys of Paradise with the eternal torments incurred by the sinner. But one also finds texts dealing with the topics just mentioned: theology, history, and panegyrics.

2 Otherwise known in its published catalogue as the “Bibliothèque fiUmarienne de Ségou”, preserved in Paris (BN).

WRITERS OF GUINEA

493

In either language we note the frequent usage of a poetic format. This literature evolved over time. In fact one cannot deal with the issue of fiajamı literature in Fulfulde without recalling the important role played by Cerno Samba Mombeyaa (1755-1852 ) in bringing it into existence. Although before his time the use of Fulfulde was common, as elsewhere, for oral commentaries on Qur√nic and other religious texts (under the Fulfulde term firugol—clarification or commentary, corresponding to the Arabic term tafsır), he was the first to advocate the systematic use of Fulfulde as a written language in religious teaching, and to this end he composed the famous Oogirde malal, in which a certain number of important Islamic teaching texts are presented in a readily accessible Fulfulde form. He himself explained the direction of his endeavour at the beginning of the work: I will explain the dogmas in the Fulfulde language So as to help you to understand them, and hearing them to accept them. In fact, only on ’s own language allows each and every one To understand what the old masters have to say. Many among the Fulani have doubts about what they read In Arabic, and hence remain uncertain.

From the middle of the nineteenth century a religious literature in Fulfulde evolved, despite some opposition which is traditionally attributed, rightly or wrongly, to al-˛jj fiUmar Tall. The texts of the great masters set the tone, and one can get some idea by reading the works of Alfa Ibrâhîm Sow, in which are translated some of the more important texts written in Fulfulde.3 To better define the content and genres of the Fulfulde literature of Futa Jallon, we shall now make two approaches to it: first, a study of the output of a centre—taken as a sample among the major cultural loci of Futa; then a statistical study of the writings and the languages used, based on a corpus covering the entire region. We shall begin by looking as a significant sample at the production of the Lélouma centre, for which El hadj Abdourahmane Diallo, imam of the village of Poyé, has kindly prepared a short list of the principal authors and their major works. This du∂al, which lies at some sixty km. 3

1968).

E. g. Le filon de bonheur éternel (Oogirde malal); see Sow (1971); see also Sow (1966,

494

CHAPTER TEN

from Labé, formed part of the province (diiwal) of Labé. Although the islamization of this area began as early as the eighteenth century through Cerno Irrahima mo Juntu a Paateyanke, it took a new turn with the arrival of the Seeleyaÿe family (c. 1770), sent out from Labé by Cerno Modi (Karamoko Alfa) mo Labé.4 The latter decided to put in charge of the Cerno Irrahima Paateya zone his grandson Maama fiUthmn ‡nu. Ever since then primacy in both political power and religion has remained in the hands of descendants of Maama fiUthmn ‡nu. Here then is a glance at the literary production of the two main villages of the Lélouma zone—Pétel and Poyé—in chronological order: 1. Pétel —Shaykh Bü Bakar Poti (Abı Marwn) b. al-faqıh fiUthmn, who wrote a very famous “calendar” of Futa, known as al-Qan†ara. —Moodi ‡hir b. Maama fiUthmn ‡nu Labé, of Pétel and Ken˙ri, a younger brother of Shaykh Bü Bakar Poti, who wrote Waqfiat Kinshin, concerning the jihd by Muslims against Kinsi in the Gaoual region. —Two generations later lived Cerno Safid (called “the Great”) b. Moodi Ibrhım b. Mammadu Saliyu b. Shaykh Bü Bakar Poti of Lélouma, who wrote a qaßıda entitled ‡ard al-fujjr (“Expulsion of the profligates”, i.e. those who have rejected Islam), dealing with the battle which Muslims fought against “unbelievers” at Tata Doporo. He also wrote a work of grammar entitled Fti˛at al-taßrıf. 2. Poyé —Living in the first half of the nineteenth century, Karamoko Alfa al˘amdu of Poyé (a grandson of Maama fiUthmn ‡nu Labé) wrote a work in Arabic, giving the names and acts of bravery of those who took part in the jihd of Futa Jallon, as well as Du’a e dewal (invocation and prayer).

4

The date of his death, 1813, given by Paul Mary, is dubious, since he fought in a jihd in 1727, and a member of his family, El Hadj SeikouYaya Diallo, gave the date 1772 in a typed booklet published in 1999.

WRITERS OF GUINEA

495

—His son, Moodi fiUmar of Poyé, wrote a work evoking the names of the earliest Muslim warriors of the region: Asm√ man ta√assasü ’l-jihd fı Füta. —A third scholar, al-˛jj fiImrn (or Al Haji Imrane), made the pilgrimage to Mecca, leaving by boat from Dakar in 1897, returning in 1906. In Fez he was initiated into the Tijniyya, and later introduced it to Futa Jallon independently of al-˛jj fiUmar. His most notable works are a very long poem in praise of the Prophet (Malja√ al-najt fial mad˛ sayyid al-sdt), and a work in honour of Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı. —His son Cerno A˛mad wrote a work on “French rule over Futa Jallon”. —Al-˛jj fiAbd al-Ra˛mn of Poyé (b. 1952) is the author of several works: on the life of the Prophet (Ngurdan nulaa∂o), on the heritage of Islam and other sources of knowledge (Ndondi: salndu gandal), on education, the schooling of children in general (Jannee fayÿe), and girls in particular, and a Fulfulde translation of the Risla. In accordance with the statistics produced from a study of manuscripts in my possession, we may come to the following preliminary conclusions: Fulfulde is the dominant language for works having to do with morality, personal and social practices linked to religion (e.g. advice, sermons, and political topics), and panegyrics (praise of the Prophet, and elegies for holymen). On the other hand, Arabic is the dominant (often the sole) language in areas more closely linked to knowledge, such as esoterics, calendars of events, grammar and philology, fiqh, and matters concerning Sufi brotherhoods. In three areas Fulfulde is important, but not the dominant language: fiqh, historical texts, and taw˛ıd. As regards fiqh, Arabic is the dominant language for texts dealing with the law on social and family matters (e.g. inheritance), whilst Fulfulde is almost exclusive for religious rites to be observed (such as ablution and prayer). Works dealing with matters not specifically religious are very rare until recent times. It is possible that such themes were present in earlier times, but it is more likely that such texts as that published by Alfa Ibrâhîm Sow (Mantule Faatu Seydi - “Praise of Fâtou Seydi” in Sow (1966)) belong more usually to oral literature. A certain number of new

496

CHAPTER TEN

themes were introduced in the twentieth century, often cast in an existing mould such as the literature of advice (e.g. on the coming of the French, and more recent writings on the modern world, new education, and “bucolic” poetry dealing with nature and rural labours). Texts and authors of the eighteenth century are very difficult to access. One rare example is ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. Nü˛ al-Fullnı al-fiUmarı, whose writings are probably better known in India than they are in Guinea. However, it is difficult to get an idea of the profile of Guinean literature of that period. The nineteenth century is the “classical era” for writers known as much for their “saintliness” as for their knowledge. Among these, three stand out, all belonging to the Seeleyaÿe, and related to one another. They are cousins, and descendants of Moodi Abdullahi Suware (buried in Lugudi) who is said by the local traditions to be a descendant (sixth generation) of the famous Jakanke cleric al-˛âjj Slim Suwari from Diakha. Moodi Abdullahi sent his children to various parts of the diiwal of Labé (and to Mombeyâ in the diiwal of Kolaa∂e) to propagate Islam and to found centres of Islamic culture. A second is Safiıd al-Sılı, 17551852), a perfect master of Arabic culture and Arab writers, having undertaken part of his study in Futa Toro and Mauritania. The importance of his role in establishing Fulfulde as a written language for religious writing has already been stressed. We also know that present tradition in Futa Jallon presents him as the leader of a line of holymen opposed to al-˛jj fiUmar. Most notably, he is the author of Oogirde malal, a work aimed at publicizing through a Fulfulde poetic form, over and above Qur√nic quotations and ˛adıth, some of the great teachings of classical Arabic authors, especially in fiqh, such as the Tu˛fat al˛ukkm of Ibn fi◊ßim. Another is Cerno Saadu Dalen (Safid b. Ibrhım b. fiAbd Allh b. Sulaymn al-Labawı al-Sılı al-Fütı, d. c. 1855, or later). His known writings, mainly in Arabic, cover all the fields of Islamic knowledge, and he is, incontestably, one of the major authors of Futa Jallon. His work of fiqh on inheritance, based on the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl, is often quoted. He appears to have played a decisive role as a mediator between the alfaya and soriya factions for the almamis of Futa Jallon. He was also one of the personalities who greeted al-˛jj fiUmar favourably upon his return from pilgrimage.

WRITERS OF GUINEA

497

A third figure is Cerno Bü Bakar Poti of Lélouma-Pétel (or Modi Bü Bakar Abı Marwn b. al-faqıh fiUthmn al-Saylawiyu al-Jallwı alFullnı), best known for his work Gantara (al-Qan†ara), a calendrical work incorporating astronomical, agricultural, and esoteric observations, very famous in Futa Jallon, and of which echoes are to be found in works of much smaller size by many other writers. In addition to these three great scholars we may also mention Cerno Suufi Kansa Gawol (fiAlı al-∑üfı) of the same family, who lived in the early nineteenth century. Coming from Karantagi in Labé, he introduced the Shdhiliyya into Futa Jallon, after a journey to Fez and study with a man known as fiAlı al-∑üfı al-Fsı, as well as jaroore, or religious songs in honour of the Prophet. He is best known for his Mißb˛ al-fiilm fı layl al-jahl wa’l-bidafi—a long Arabic work in verse dealing with several different themes relating to taw˛ıd and fiqh. Another Shdhilı was Cerno Al-Gassimou of Zawiya (Sh. al-Qsim b. Mma Ismafiıl al-Zwiywı), who lived c. 1780-1860. Originating from a great religious centre near Labé founded by his father right at the beginning of the nineteenth century, he is known for being the author of K. manfi al-war—a work in Arabic containing praises of the Prophet and numerous admonitions on religious life. Finally, we should mention the writings of the imams of Touba, founded in 1815 in the Binani district by Karamoko-Ba Gassama (or al˛jj Slim, d. 1829), whose origins were in Mali. Today Touba (together with other Jahanke villages) is the only centre still faithful to the Qdiriyya †arıqa. The writings of these imams seem to have been numerous and relate to many fields, of which fiilm al-asrr is one of the reasons for the fame of Touba. However, the only well-known and carefully recorded works are the historical manuscripts, which are in fact very close to the numerous oral traditions existent among the Jahanke (see Sanneh (1979), Suret-Canale (1970), Hunter (1976)). Each of the big families of Touba related to the town’s founder has its own family chronicle. Touba is, at one and the same time, part of Futa Jallon, and independent of it. It was to remain governed by a succession of descendants of its founder, and distinguished by certain characteristics, notably its attachment to an ancient commercial tradition, its distancing itself from militant jihd (preferring “spiritual jihd”—al-jihd al-akbar or jihd al-nafs), its

498

CHAPTER TEN

interest in fiilm al-asrr, and the exclusive use of Arabic for written texts. The texts of Touba, except for the ta√rıkhs, are even less accessible than those of Futa Jallon, and cannot therefore be discussed. At the same time Touba retains close and lasting ties with Futa Jallon; the scholars of the region visit it frequently in search of its knowledge and the blessings of its holymen. Al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd himself stayed there before embarking on his jihd. Its leading personalities have been: Karamoko-Ba Gassama (Slim Jbi-Gasama), the founder, who died in 1829; Mamadou Taslimi (Mu˛ammad Taslımı), d. 1830; Karamoko Koutoubou (fiAbd al-Qdir, d. 1905); and Karamoko Sankoun, who succeded his father as imam in 1905. In the second half of the nineteenth century, and right at the beginning of the colonial era, the greatest event from the religious point of view was the slow diffusion of the Tijniyya †arıqa. It sped up with the visits to Futa Jallon of al-˛jj fiUmar, especially when he set himself up in Dinguiraye in 1855. However, the Tijniyya had already been introduced by different routes, and al-˛jj fiUmar had himself first embraced it at Timbo before his pilgrimage, through a marabout called fiAbd al-Karım b. A˛mad al-Nqil. A number of authors appear linked to this phenomenon: —Amadu of Darou Dondé in the region of Koubia (1830-1908), who received the wird directly from al-˛jj fiUmar in 1855. The manuscripts written by him in his own hand, and preserved in his village, are essentially copies of works from outside the region, dealing with taw˛ıd, Qur√nic recitation, etc. —Alfa fiUmar Rfifiu of Dara Labé (1800-1885) also received the wird directly from al-˛jj fiUmar, following on his father Moodi ∑li˛, who had accompanied al-˛jj fiUmar from Djégounko to Dinguiraye. He is the author of several works in Arabic, such as the poems concerning two episodes of jihd against Koutan and Boukari Tamba, as well as a poem on respect for men of learning, and an elegy for Cerno Saadu Dalen. His son Cerno Mu˛ammad Wuri left a number of writings, mainly in Fulfulde, for example on the virtues of the Prophet. —Cerno Mufiwiya Maci (Pita) was born in 1832 and received the Tijnı wird from Cerno Hamidu of Hériko (Timbo, c. 1823, d. 1903). He is the

WRITERS OF GUINEA

499

author of the poem Maasibo yanii yonii en, ee ko yurmi, which offers an example of waynorde, or funeral prayer “in a style both elliptical and precious, typical of Tijnı literature” (see Seydou, 1973). Highly venerated, he inspired several writings, such as the elegy for him written by his disciple Karamoko Ÿooyi Masi: Mi yetta Alla honnu∂olan e Masi * Yi∂immi, ye∂immi giggol Sayku Masi—” I thank God for having made me a native of Maci; He loved me and awarded me the esteem of Shaykh Maci”. —Cerno Mamadu Luuda Dalaba (Sh. Dalabaa Mu˛ammad b. Cerno Safid) belonged to a celebrated line of religious men. He was the son of Cerno Saadu Dalaba, and the nephew of Sh. Dalaba, otherwise known as Cerno Mammadou Mala∂o, who was born in 1819, and died in 1882. He wrote numerous works in Fulfulde, which place him in the tradition inaugurated by Cerno Samba Mombeyaa. Among them are Tafsır alQur√n (a poem validating the use of Fulfulde in teaching the Qur√n), and numerous works on the rites and practices of Islam (e.g. the virtues of the month of Rajab, and on the performance of ßalt). During the end of the “theocratic age”, corresponding to the beginning of the colonial era, the success of the Tijniyya was such that centres formerly affiliated to the Shdhiliyya adopted the new †arıqa, for example, at Koula Mawnde, with Cerno fiAbd al-Ra˛ım, imam of that place from 1912, and at Zawiya. In the same period we can note a certain number of works dealing with colonialism. There one sees a clear echo of questions prompted by conquests carried out by Europeans, who are perceived above all as being Christians (annasara’en). Such texts attempt to comprehend how Allah was able to allow the scandal of their victory, the breaking of the norms of the ancient society (freeing of captives etc), and they try to determine how people should conduct themselves faced with their invaders—total resistance, or cooperation—or whether the period of their presence is part of a divine plan, and merely transitory like all things in this world. One personality dominates this period—Cerno Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa Ndiyan (1845-1927), who after studying with the leading teachers of the diiwal of Labé takes up residence at a place called Ÿuuÿa Ndiyan before becoming the imam of the mosque of Labé, and judge. He also played an important political and judicial role at the beginning of French

500

CHAPTER TEN

colonisation, and in 1917 was made a member of the Muslim Committee of French West Africa (Comité musulman de l’A.O.F). His huge literary production, written in both languages can only be hinted at. It includes the poem Maqlıd al-safida, and most importantly the Ta√rıkh fiAlı Ÿuuÿa Ndiyan, a work very widely known in Futa Jallon nowadays and rightly considered to be a great work of reference. The concern thus displayed at the beginning of the colonial period for writing historical works of a broad span (whilst previously they were limited to family or village range) can be compared to the work of Sh. Müs Kamara (q.v.) of Senegal. There are, however, some briefer chronicles in this period, such as the one written in 1916 by Karamoko Dalen: Fii Hubbu no feeñiroo Fuuta-Jaloo - “How the Hubbus showed up in Futa Jallon”. Initiated into the Tijniyya by Cerno Duura Sombili, and then by Alfa fiUmar Rfifiu, Cerno Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa Ndiyan played a major role in the later diffusion of this †arıqa, and today his family occupies a first level position from the religious point of view in Labé. Particular mention may be given to al-˛jj fiImrn of Lélouma (c. 1848-1930) who, as already mentioned, introduced the Tijniyya independently of al-˛jj fiUmar. His best known works include a very long Arabic poem on the Prophet (Malja√ al-najt), and a work on Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı. In the twentieth century two tendencies stand out: continued production of works in Arabic, but with little evolution; and a flourishing of Fulfulde literature, considerably diversified and which seems to have reached new layers of society. Let us look first at the successors to Cerno Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa Ndiyan: —Shaykh Manda (1900-1987), grandson of Cerno Aliyyu, who played an important role in the islamization of the lower coastal region before withdrawing to Manda Foulbé. He wrote several poems in Arabic, notable among which are a text in honour of Sankoun of Touba, and a “praise of the Prophet”. His Fulfulde poem Darngal— “Resurrection” was published in Sow (1966). —Al-˛jj Cerno fiAbd al-Ra˛mn B (b. 1917) was unable to benefit from the teaching of his father, who died when he was ten. His most notable teacher was Alfa fiUmar Pereejo Soo of Dara Labé, the author of

WRITERS OF GUINEA

501

several religious poems, and his son Mamadu. He did write in Arabic, but he is primarily known as the greatest Fulfulde poet of the century. In addition to more traditional religious themes, such as praise of the Prophet (mantugol nula∂o), and encouragement to study (ewnagol fii jangugol - see Sow, 1966), he broached new themes ranging from “the marvels of our age” (kaweeji jamaanu hannde - see Sow 1966) to rural labour and the seasons (fii remugol). —Cerno Jaawo Pellel (1900-1984) is noted as the author of a treatise on famous men of Futa—Waajor∂i jiyaaÿe wonÿe e rewde wur∂o mo mayaataa- “Advice to faithful subjects of the Living One who dies not”. (see Sow, 1966). Other writers deserve mention, such as Cerno Mahdiyyu Daaka (b. 1905), author of Nangen golle e soobinagol— ”Let’s get to work” (see Sow, 1966); al-˛jj Sulaymn of Dalen (18791965), author of a long Arabic poem written in 1950—Naßı˛at alikhwn—”advising his brothers” to follow again the path marked out by their ancestors, summoning them to prayer, and to fear of their Lord; al˛ajj Shaykh fiUmar Bambeto (1894-1947), son of Sh. Mamadu Tijnı (1850-1940), author of several poems in Arabic; and Cerno Bassirou of Madina Nianou, author of poems “against usury”, and in honour of the Prophet ( ∑alt rabbı mafia al-salm fial ˛abıbı khayr al-anm). Cerno Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh al-Tinwajiyu (d. 1957), and known as the “sharıf of Sagalé”, enjoyed a reputation of great saintliness. Originally from Mauritania (Hodh region), he took up residence at Sagalé (district of Lélouma) in 1918, after a long tour including a notably long stay at Koula Mawnde, where he received the Tijnı wird from Sh. fiAbd alRa˛ım of Koula. His noteworthy writings include, in Arabic, ∑afiyyat alfiibd—”sincerity of the believers”. Moving now to the late twentieth century, it is possible that literary production is no more prolific than in earlier eras. However, its persistent vitality has to be recognized even if times have changed, and the production sometimes takes on new directions. The diffusion of French language schools has evidently posed an insoluble problem for Qur√nic teaching. At the level of the elementary school there has first of all been an attempt to reconcile the two by allotting Qur√nic teaching to periods of time left free by “French” schools. Nowadays Franco-Arabic schools (médersas) are developing, in an attempt to find a solution to this difficult co-existence, but they remain a minority. Their teachers are

502

CHAPTER TEN

often trained outside of Guinea in Arabic-speaking countries, and their teaching is often seen as forming a break with the ancient educational system. Certain teachers trained in the “traditional” system also try to find new formulae. In Companya (in the district of Labé) al-˛jj Mu˛ammad Baldé has created a Franco-Arabic school. At Dionfo in the same district Cerno Saydou Diallo of Dionfo, a student of al-˛jj Abdoul Diallo, reorganized the village’s Qur√nic school inspired by certain principles of modern schools, in particular classifying students in accordance with their level of learning. Having at first rejected the French school, religious families, like other elites, have understood its importance for attaining a place in today’s society, and they send their children to such schools en masse. Thus, the grandchildren and great-grandchildren of the great walı Cerno Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa Ndiyan are today finding themselves more numerous as teachers and bureaucrats than as masters of Qur√nic schools, which however evidently does not occur without creating problems for the transmission of ancient knowledge. Sh. Manda, a grandson of the walı, allowed himself near the end of his life to be convinced of the importance of the new knowledge, having been inspired by his first flight in an airplane. Hence the great Islamic intellectuals of Futa Jallon have many of their relatives in Conakry, if not in France, Germany, or America, whilst the ta√rıkh “History of the Fulani of Futa Jallon” by Moodi Amadu Laria of Labé has been made available on the internet since 1999 by his daughter Hadja Aminatou Diallo-Bah. Two great personalities form exceptions: al-˛jj Cerno fiAbd alRa˛mn Bah continues to write Fulfulde poetry—in the 1980s he wrote Yeewirde Fuuta—a poem on the great religious personalities of Futa Jallon; and he has also published the works of his father. He enjoys great prestige as a Fulfulde poet and man of religion. He has just (in 2001) succeded his brother Cerno ˘abıb as the premier imam of the great mosque of Labé. Al-˛ajj Mu˛ammad Baldé, the imam of Companya, is the author of al-Safına al-nfifia li’l-fiulüm al-dıniyya, a typewritten work of over a thousand pages, which claims to be the sum of Islamic knowledge and wisdom in Futa Jallon. This work is in the process of publication, having been secretly written in the 1980s, during the Sékou Touré regime.

WRITERS OF GUINEA

503

In the generations that followed, other persons continued to write, preferring Fulfulde to Arabic in their writings: e.g. Abdoul Diallo of Dionfo, who wrote Dewgal haa daagal—”On divorce not granted”, al˛jj Mala∂o Diallo of Koubia, who wrote in Arabic on A˛mad al-Tijnı, the Tijniyya, and its introduction into sub-Saharan Africa, and al-˛jj fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Diallo of Poyé, who wrote on the life of the Prophet (Ngurdan nulaa∂o), on education and the schooling of children (Jannee fayÿe), especially of girls etc. On the other hand, several teachers coming out of “French” schools have become keen on local history and cultures. fiAbd Allh Diallo wrote a 20-page history of the life of Cerno Samba Mombeyaa—Taariika fii ngurdan Tyerno Muhammadu Mamba Mombeyaa—a typescript reproduced in a thousand copies in Conakry in 1977. Al-˛jj Mala∂o Diallo of Timbi Madina Bamikouré is the author of a history of Futa Jallon (Taariika Fuuta Jaloo), published as a booklet, but also circulating on cassettes, one version in Fulfulde and one in French; he also wrote a book in French entitled Le Timbi (Hier et Aujourd’hui) published in Guinea in the 1980s. Ibrahîma Bah of Dalaba wrote a biography of Walı Seeku Dalaba. In Labé Cerno Ibrahîma Caba Bah (b. 1931), a retired Physics teacher, and descendant of Cerno Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa Ndiyan, published in French a biography of Cerno fiAbd al-Ra˛mn B;5 he has also translated into Fulfulde some western texts, including “methodological discourse”, and “the declaration of human rights”. To this we may add—at the intersection of literacy and orality —the very popular cassette tapes to be found in markets, in which the farba sing about famous episodes in Futa Jallon history. It must be said that in ancient Futa Jallon there was, side by side with the griots (jeliiÿe o r awluÿe), a set of historians literate in both Arabic and Fulfulde, attached to rulers. Although they related history orally, they possessed written notes that helped them preserve history. Today, even slightly educated folk are capable of reading and writing Fulfulde in ajami script, at least for matters of everyday life and private correspondence. This great spread of written Fulfulde does not seem to have been hindered by the abandonment of teaching Fulfulde in public schools fifteen years ago, when the government, based on the work of 5

Publ. Labé: Defte Cernoyà, 1998.

504

CHAPTER TEN

the Military Committee for National Recovery, gave preference to French. The abundance of written literature in Fulfulde constitutes the originality of Futa Jallon compared with neighbouring regions. Despite growing exposure to the modern world, ancient culture seems to be better preserved than elsewhere. This can be explained by the richness of the cultural and religious tradition of the du∂es, but also by a certain identitificatory fallback on religious language and culture in recent difficult times, which does not apparently prevent actual changes from giving a hint of evolutions in directions as yet unforeseeable. Will written Fulfulde literature make a comeback to the point of expanding to embrace new interests, as some examples have shown, in particular the poetic work of al-˛jj Cerno fiAbd al-Ra˛mn B? Or will it remain confined to traditional genres relating almost exclusively to religious literature? Or, on the other hand, will we see those authors who until now have chosen French for their novels and essays, express themselves in a national language? Information about Futa Jallon and its writers can be found on the Internet at . ∑◊LI˘ b. MU˘AMMAD b. NÜ˘ b. fiABD ALL◊H b. fiUMAR alFullnı al-fiUmarı al-Masüfı, b. 1166/1752-3, d. Jumd II 1218/17 September 17 October 1803 Anon., Tarjim afiyn fiulam√ al-Madına al-munawwara fı ’l qarn “12” al-hijrı, ed. Mu˛ammad al-Tünjı, Jidda: Dr al-Shurüq, n.d., 94; fiUmar b. fiAbd al-Salm alDghistnı, Tu˛fat al-dahr, MS Cambridge University Lib., Add. 785, ff. 56r-67v.; Fih. Fah., 901-6; Fih. Az.. i, 336-7; Fih. Tay, ii, 27, iii, 229; Hadiyya, i, 424-5; ˆ∂˛, i, 160; Biog. at end of ˆq÷ al-himam, see below; Ka˛˛la, v, 12; Afilm, iii, 281; GAL S II, 523; Hunwick (1978a, 1984).

He was born in Nousi in Futa Jallon, and at the age of twelve went to southern Mauritania to study with Mu˛ammad b. Büna (perhaps to be identified with al-Mukhtr b. Büna al-Jakanı). A year later he left to study with Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. Sinna (d. 1186/1772-3, according to Fih. fah., 1025-30) in Bghana, and spent four years with him, becoming the principal transmitter of his teachings and asnıd. After a further year studying in Timbuktu he left for the ˘ijz, on his

WRITERS OF GUINEA

505

way spending a year at the Nßiriyya zwiya in Tamagrüt, and stopping also in Tunis, and in Cairo, where he met with Murta∂ al-Zabıdı. In 1187/1773-4 he reached Madina and spent the rest of his life there apart from visits to Mecca. In the ˘ijz he was associated with the ˘adıth school of Medina, and studied with the ˘anafı jurist Mu˛ammad Safiıd Safar (d. 1192/1778, see Ka˛˛la, x, 36), and the latter’s wife Umm al-Zayn, the leading woman scholar of the ˘aramayn, as well as Ibrhım al-Amır b. Mu˛ammad al-Hshimı (d. 1213/1799, see alShawknı (1348/1929-20), i, 423). Other scholars he studied with are listed in the anon. Tarjim afiyn al-Madına al-munawwara. A number of West African scholars were taught by him, including the Tijnı scholars fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Shinqı†ı (d. 1224/1809-10, see Yawqıt, 199) and the Idaw fiAlı Tijnı muqaddam Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ b. al-Mukhtr (d. 1830). Among Middle Eastern scholars to whom he transmitted ˛adıth were fiAbd al-˘fi÷ al-fiAjımı, q∂ı of Mecca, and alShams b. fi◊bidın, muftı of Syria. He himself received ijzas from a large number of scholars, noteworthy among whom was Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-Karım al-Sammn, who also inducted him into his branch of the Khalwatiyya †arıqa, the Sammniyya. Among his students were some of Indian origin (e.g. Mu˛ammad al-fi◊bid al-Sindı), who evidently took some of his writings home with them, since his ˆq÷ al-himam and Qa†f al-thamar were first published in Hyderabad, and it was an Indian scholar, Mu˛ammad Ashraf al-fiA÷ımbdı, who named him as a mujaddid of the 12th century of the hijra, jointly with Murta∂ alZabıdı.6 His work was evidently a source of inspiration for the Indian Ahl-i-˘adıth school. 1. al-Ajwiba al-mufiriba fiamm istafijama min al-as√ila al-wrida fı ˛urüf al-mufijam See ˆ∂˛, i, 28. Perhaps an alternative title for Tu˛fat al-akys. 1a. I˛y√ marsim al-asnıd al-filiya bafid indirsih wa-tawthıq fiur al-musalsalt al-smiya bafid infißmih wa-ı∂˛ al-†uruq al-hdiya bafid khaf√ afilmih

6 See Mu˛ammad Ashraf al-fiA÷ımbdı, fiAwn al-mafibüd fial Sunan Abı Dwüd, Hyderabad, 1323/1906-6, iv, 181.

506

CHAPTER TEN

Alternative title for al-Thamar al-ynifi (q.v.). 2. ˆq÷ himam ülı ’l-abßr li’l-iqtid√ bi-sayyid al-muhjirın wa’lanßr wa-ta˛dhıruhum fian al-ibtidfi al-sh√ifi fı ’l-qur wa’l-amßr min taqlıd al-madhhib mafi al-˛amiyya wa’l-fiaßabiyya bayn fuqah√ alafißr An anti-madh’habist work, emphasising the need for individual ijtihd through personal scrutiny of the corpus of ˛adıth. Publ. Hyderabad, n.d.; Gujranwala, 1975; [Cairo]. Idrat al-‡ibfia alMunıriyya, 1375/1936-7, repr. Beirut: Dr al-Mafirifa, 1398/1978, Lahore: Islamic Publishing House, n.d. 3. Jamfi al-a˛dıth al-qudsiyya See biog. at end of ˆq÷ al-himam, p. dl. 4. M warada fı ta˛rım al-khamr wa’l-amr bi’l-mafirüf wa’l-nahy fian al-munkar See ˆ∂˛, i, 28; Hadiyya, i, 425. 5. Qa†f al-thamar fı raffi asnıd al-mußannaft fı ’l-funün wa’l-athar Also called al-Thabat al-ßaghır—an account of his asnıd for a large number of works in many disciplines. MSS: Alexandria, Fun., 123/7 (see GAL S III, 1311); Cairo (DK), Muß†alah al-˛adıth, Talfiat, 195; Rabat (KhA), J70, pp. 122-8 (inc.); Riy∂, 1534. Publ. Hyderabad, 1328/1902. 6. Taqwım al-kaffa fı m li’l-fiulam√ min ˛adıth al-janna See biog. at end of ˆq÷, p. dl. 7. al-Thamar al-ynifi fı raffi †uruq al-musalsalt wa’l-ajz√ wa’ljawmifi wa-dhikr †uruq al-taßawwuf wa-m lah min al-tawbifi Also called I˛y√ marsim al-asnıd (see above, no. 1a), and al-Thabat al-Kabır— the larger register of his asnıd. Analysis in Fih. fah., 287-8 (where it is called al-Thimr al-yanifi (sic). MS: Rabat (KhH), 1188. 7a. Tu˛fat al-akys bi-ajwibat al-imm Khayr al-Dın b. Ilys

WRITERS OF GUINEA

507

Vers. of a work of al-Suyü†ı on the letters of the alphabet, composed in response to questions from the muftı of Madına; see Fih. fah, 901. Perhaps to be identified with no. 1 above. fiUMAR R◊FIfiU, b. c. 1800, d. c. 1885 Salvaing (1989).

A resident of Dara Labé, his father, Moodi Salihou, was an associate of al-˛jj fiUmar, and followed him to Dinguiray. There, fiUmar Rfifiu received the Tijnı wird from al-˛jj fiUmar, before returning to Dara Labé, where he was for eight years chief of the village, whilst the imamate passed through his descendants. Several of his decendants were also renowned scholars. fiUmar is remembered as the promoter of the Tijniyya in the region; he gave the wird to many inhabitants of Dara Labé and the nearby village of Gaia. Among the scholars who received the wird from him was Cerno Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa Ndiyan (q.v.). His known writings are few, and all in Arabic, though their precise titles are not available. He is perhaps to be identified with fiUmar Rfifi b. ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. Müs Tafsır, a small collection of whose poems is to be found in Paris (BN), 5699, ff. 55r.-56v.; see below, p. 663. 1. Two poems on the role of the “saint” with the almamis (Fulani Muslim rulers of Futa Jallon) during jihd: i) Poem on a jihd attack on Koutan, a town near the presentday border with Guinea Bissau. ii) Poem commemorating a battle in Koyin against the Jallonke of Tamba.fiUmar Rfifiu was called to attend the battle, and his prayers are said to have led to victory. SAfiD b. IBR◊HˆM b. fiABD ALL◊H b. SULAYM◊N b. IBR◊HˆM alFullnı al-Labawı al-Juljulı al-Sılı al-Fütı, known as Cerno Saadu Dalen, fl. 1272/1855-6. Regarded as one of the great holymen and writers of 19th-century Futa Jallon, he was an advisor to the almami of Timbo, and played an important role in trying to reconcile the opposing branches of the ruling dynasty of Futa Jallon. For a brief time he was also chief of the village

508

CHAPTER TEN

of Dalen. He studied in Dalen with his father and in Boroudji with Karamoko Billo. 1. Fti˛at al-taßrıf Urjüza on grammar. MS: Paris (BN), 5682, ff. 1r.-5v. 2. Lmiyyat al-mutarannimın MSS: Paris (BN), 5573, ff. 150-156. Takh. (1) by Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd [al-Sılı?]. MS: Paris (BN), 5662, ff. „36r-44v. (2) by A˛mad al-Shdhilı b. Mu˛ammad al-Juljulı, al-Tu˛fa al-fiu÷m. MSS: Paris (BN), 5573, ff. 73v.-79r., 147v.-151r., 5679, ff. 1r.-63. 3. Munılat al-amnı Vers. of the ∑ughr of al-Sanüsı. MS: Paris (BN), 5560, ff. 24r.-30v. 4. Musiÿÿe jangee nanon Vv. on religious instruction and Islamic virtues. Publ. Text and trans. in Sow (1966), 30-43: “Frères, oyez et étudiez”. 5. Najm al-nuh al-qawfı fı fiilmy fiarü∂ al-shifir wa’l-qawfı Urjüza on prosody, based on the Khazrajiyya. MS: Paris (BN), 5610, ff. 205r.-212v. (inc.). 6. Naßı˛at (var. Nuß˛) al-rufit Poem of advice to governors on how to rule with justice, written in 1273/1856-7. MSS: Paris (BN), 5573, ff. 50r.-52v., 5682, ff. 30r.-32v., 5716, ff. 26r.28v., 5719, ff. 104v.-106v. 7.

Qaß√id I) By qfiya i) Q. b√iyya: ˘na murdı an adhkurakum bi-m * Arnı ilhı fı mu†lafiat al-kutubı. MS: Paris (BN), 5695, ff. 67r.-69v.

WRITERS OF GUINEA

509

ii) Q. dliyya fı mad˛ al-nabı MS: Paris (BN), 5695, ff. 102v.-103v. iii) Q. dliyya MS: Paris (BN), 5719, f. 111v. iv) Q. lmiyya On a battle in the jihd of Almamy Ibrhım of Futa Jallon. MS: Paris (BN), 5584, ff. 90r.-91v. v) Q. lmiyya According to Inventaire, 279, “Conseils aux gens de pouvoir”. MS: Paris (BN), 5714, ff. 26r.-28r. vi) Q. mımiyya MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 205r.-v. vii) Q. r√iyya: Y ß˛i fa’lzim sunnatan wa-jamfia MS: Paris (BN), 5695, ff. 98r.-100r. II) Untitled viii) On moral qualities MS: Paris (BN), 5719, f. 111. ix) On taw˛ıd MS: Paris (BN), 5361, ff. 17v.-19r. x) On the victory of Almamy Ibrhım over the pagans of Casamance, written in 1851, 56vv. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard (Fouta Dyalon), 54. xi) On women Opens: Mi∂o salmina beygu ga fii musidal * Ÿeyguuli yonaw∂i daÿÿa malal MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard/Fouta-Dyalon, 114.

510

CHAPTER TEN

xii) Q. fı ’l-˛adıth MS: Paris (BN), 5361, ff. 19v.-23v. xiii) Q. fullniyya MS: Paris (BN), 5631, ff. 17r.-23v. 8. Tadhkirat li-ißl˛ dht al-bayn min al-fi√atayn al-fia÷ımatayn A treatise aimed at reconciling the Alfaya and Soriya branches of the ruling Fulani dynasty of Futa Jallon. MSS: Paris (BN), 5682, ff. 32v.-34r., 5714, ff. 45-6,5716, ff. 28v.-29v., 5744, ff. 45r.-46v. Publ. fragment trans. in Robinson (1985), 119; text and trans. in Salvaing (2002). 9. Takhmıs al-mımiyya al-ßughr Takh. of poem by Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd al-Yadlı. MSS: Paris (BN), 5486, ff. 397v.-405, 5461, ff. 99-104, ff. 129-32, 5573, ff. 66-72, 5615, ff. 183r.-186v., 5682, ff. 52r.-56v. 10. Urjüza fı ahl Badr MS: Paris (BN), 5715, ff. 179r.-182r. ˘◊MID b. fiABD AL-KARˆM DALALE 1. Qaß√id Two poems on Keetigiya, 56 vv. and 14 vv. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard (Fouta Dyalon), cahier 53. His son fiABD ALL◊H b. ˘◊MID b. fiABD AL-KARˆM DALALE 1.

Qaß√id i) On the victory of Almamy Bademba (reg. 1797-1813) over the “Hubbu” at Bilima. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard (Fouta Dyalon), 48 (with French trans.). ii) On the victory at Bisaya.

WRITERS OF GUINEA

511

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard (Fouta Dyalon), 49 (with French trans.). iii) On “ Badon” (1864) MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard (Fouta Dyalon), 52 (with French trans.). MU˘AMMAD b. MÜS◊ b. MU˘AMMAD al-Barı al-Barbarı alFütajallı al-Dindı 1. Q. fı mad˛ ahl Füta MS: Paris (BN), 5500, f. 35v. ABÜ BAKR ZAYD al-Fütı al-Jalluwı al-Burüjı, fl. 1383/1963 He was a Fulani of the Diallo clan, as one of his nisbas indicates. The other indicates that his place of origin was Boroudji in Futa Jallon. The cover of the published text of Mift˛ al-Safida al-abadiyya indicates that he was resident in B-n-s-n (Bensane?) in the region (iqlım) of Guinea; but in fact he was resident in Bansang in Gambia some 25 km. S-W of Banjul; see Ahmadou Tall, Niche des Secrets, 179, where he is described as “Grand Imam de Bansang (Gambie)”; a fact confirmed on the cover of the published text of al-Khulsa al-mar∂iyya. 1. al-Khulßa al-mar∂iyya fı ’l-awrd al-lzima li’l-†arıqa alTijniyya Completed 4 Dhü ’l-˘ijja 1405/21 August 1985. Publ. n.p., n.d. (back cover “Réímpressions Imp. Excaf Editions”), (copy in NU/Hunwick, 454). 2. Mift˛ al-safida al-abadiyya fı ma†lib al-A˛madiyya Tijniyya manual, completed on 28 Jumd II 1383/15 November 1963, followed by a taqrı÷ by Mu˛ammad fiUmar fiArabı, secretary of the Jamfiiyya Shabb al-Nah∂a, Khartoum, dated 2 Rajab 1383/19 November 1963 (though the equivalency given is 29 November); see pp. 263-4. Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, 1385/1965, repr. 1988.

512

CHAPTER TEN

FULFULDE WRITERS Much of the following information is derived from Alfa Ibrâhîm Sow, La femme, la vache, la foi, Paris 1966. Sow (1968), 10, remarks that it is difficult to make a distinction between written and oral literature in black African Muslim societies. The forms of names are as given by Sow. In addition to the works listed below, Sow also contains a number of anonymous historical texts in Fulfulde with parallel French translations. Cerno MUHAMMADU SAMBA MOMBEYAA b. 1755, d. 1852 Dyallo (1977).

His Fulfulde genealogical name is Muhammadu mo Sa’iidu Seeleyanke, corresponding to the Arabic Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd al-Sılı. Seeleyanke, or Sılı, relates the author to a subdivision of the Fulani Jalloÿe. The dates given for his birth and death are somewhat uncertain. 1. Juulen e Muhammad 55 vv., trans. as “Prions pour Mohammed”. Publ. text and trans. in Sow (1966), 44-51. 2. Juuragol qabru Nulaa∂o 26 vv., trans. as “Pélerinage au tombeau de Prophète”. Publ. text and trans. in Sow (1966), 52-5. 3. Oogirde Malal Also known in Arabic as Mafidin al-safida; 572 vv. on Islamic faith, law, and practice, trans. as “Le filon de bonheur éternel”. Publ. Edited Fulfulde text and French trans. in Sow (1968), 40-133, and Sow (1971). RAHMATULLAAHI TELIKOO Lived in the early colonial period. 1. Majaa∂o Alla gaynaali 64 vv. , trans as “Qui ignore Dieu est perdu”. Publ. text and trans. by Christiane Seydou in Sow (1966), 88-101.

WRITERS OF GUINEA

513

Cerno ALIYYU ŸUUŸA-NDIYAN b. Cerno MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD BANO b. fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N b. Sh. MALAL known as Cerno Alillou Boûba-Ndiang and Alillou Mouhammadou, b. 1845, d. 23 March 1927. Marty (1921), 194-201; Muqaddima to Dıwn (see below).

In Arabic his name is spelt fiAlı Büb-d-y-m. He also has a by-name: Bh or Baldé. He was born in Dongol Cerno, some 3 km. from Labé, his great-great-grandfather having migrated to Futa Jallon from Diafuna in modern Mali. In Labé, where this ancestor eventually settled, he was the guest of Alfa Mu˛ammad Sellu (Karamoko al-Fhim Labé, alias Karamoko Alfa mo Labe), who appointed him to be imm rtib at the mosque. The imamate of the mosque of Labé subsequently passed down through each generation of his descendants and the descendants of Ngeriyaÿe. Sh. Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa-Ndiyan first studied the Qur√n with his father; then with his cousin Sh. fiAbd Allh he studied the basics of taw˛ıd, fiqh, grammar, and philology. He then undertook more advanced studies in such fields with Sh. Bübakar Boyi b. Mu˛ammad Saliyu b. Sh. Bübakar Bütı in Demben (Luggudi), a suburb of Labé. His third shaykh was fiAbd al-Ra˛mn of Sombili. After studying with these well-known shaykhs, Cerno Aliyyu emerged as a noteworthy figure. He soon became the Arabic interpreter for Alfa Ibrhım, the ruler of Labé, during visits by Mauritanian scholars and sharıfs. He later became Alfa Ibrhım’s counsellor on religious and legal affairs. He married the daughter of his paternal uncle fiAbd al-Ra˛mn, who shortly before his death bestowed upon him much of his property, including land and houses in Ÿuuÿa-Ndiyan, to which location he moved after his uncle’s death. He began to teach there, and became thus known as Cerno Ÿuuÿa-Ndiyan. He attracted students from far and wide, including sons of the ruler of Labé. He also began to undertake trading journeys in upper and lower Guinea, and even into what is now Guinea Bissau, and also became involved in agriculture. He also became q∂ı for Alfa Ibrhım until the latter’s death in 1878, and was re-appointed by his son Ya˛y, when he took power in 1892. Alfa Ibrhım also made Cerno Aliyyu’s father imam of the mosque and chief of his tribe, to which positions Cerno Aliyyu succeded after his

514

CHAPTER TEN

father’s death. He then shuttled between Ÿuuÿa-Ndiyan and Labé so as to perform all of these duties. In 1898 he relocated to Manda, some 75 km. away, and there married the daughter of another paternal uncle of his, Mu˛ammad Samba. Upon his uncle’s death, Alfa Ya˛y appointed him governor of Manda and Koulia. After his father’s death he became chief of all the lands of his clan, the Ourourbe. Under French rule the diiwal of Labé was divided up into twenty-two provinces, and Cerno Aliyyu was appointed administrator of Labé, despite his dislike of French rule and any involvement in worldly affairs, and held the position from late 1912 until January 1916. In 1916 he attended a meeting of Muslim scholars, organized by the Governor-General of the A.O.F., and held in Dakar, and in 1917 became a member of the Comité musulman de l’A.O.F. After returning from the conference, he stayed in his house teaching students from many areas until his death. He left three wives, seven sons, and ten daughters, but almost no money. A photograph of him appears in Sow (1968), opposite p. 28. All works listed below are in Fulfulde, but he also wrote many works in Arabic, including an autobiography (MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard, 11). 1. Bel ∂eeji nduu adunaaru dey ko ∂i tooke 28 vv., trans. as “Venimeuses sont les douceurs de ce monde”. Publ. Text and trans in Sow (1966), 72-5. 2. Dıwn A small collection of poems in praise of the Prophet, edited, with a biographical introduction, by his son Cerno fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Bh. Publ. Cairo: M. al-fiAlamiyya, n.d. 3. Ewnagol fii jangugol 33 vv. trans. as “Exhortation à l’étude”. Publ. Text and trans in Sow (1966), 57-61. 4. Jawaabu kitaale Fuuta-Jaloo Chronology of Futa Jallon, 1868-1893. Publ. Text and trans. in Sow (1968), 24-31. 5.

Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj Mlik Sy

WRITERS OF GUINEA

515

See Muqaddima to Dıwn, 13. Opens: Y ahla Sinighlin hdh durrat al-durarı * Shaykh al-bild wa-q∂i’l-badwi wa’l-˛a∂arı 6. Q. fı mad˛ Sh. ˘amhu’llh Ppens: Allhu sub˛nahu man sh√ahu yahab * Yunaffidh al-˛ukma l yafiy wa-l yahab. Written in 1336/1916. Publ. text and trans. in Traoré (1983), 234-6. 7. Yewtere Makka e Madiina 23 quatrains, trans. as “Dialogue entre La Mecque et Médine”. Publ. Text and trans in Sow (1966), 66-71. 8. Zuljalaali 21 vv., trans. as “Sa Majesté divine”. Publ. Text and trans in Sow (1966), 62-5. His son Cerno fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N BAH, b. c. 1917. Sow (1966), 261; Bah (1998).

A scholar of Arabic and self-taught in French. After being principal of a Muslim schoool, a trader and transporter, he joined the Parti Démocratique de Guinée in 1957 and became secretary to the mayor of Labé. After Guinean independence in 1960 he became a local government administrator, working at Tiâguel-Bôri and Timbi-Madîna. After president Sekou Touré’s death in 1984 he was appointed minister of religious affairs, and in 2001 he became first imam of Labé after his brother’s death. He wrote in both Arabic and Fulfulde, but is now considered the best living Fulfulde poet in Guinea. Some of his writing may be read on the web page: . 1. Amicale ko fâbo Poem in Fulfulde to explain the Amicale Gilbert Vieillard, promoting the use of Fulfulde as a literary language. Publ. text and trans in Bah (1998), 96-7.

516

CHAPTER TEN

2. Bant afkrı According to Bah (1998), 69, a collection of short pieces written in his youth, and published in Kuwait. It includes, among other things, Arabic poems in praise of Jaml fiAbd al-Nßir, King Fahd of Saudi Arabia, and the Emir of Kuwait. 3. Fewndo dabbunde Poem on the harvest season - from November to January. Publ. text and trans. in Bah (1998), 116-17. 4. Fewndo setto Poem on “Spring” - the season of rains and growth. Publ. text and trans. in Bah (1998), 114-15. 5. Fı aynugol nai Poem on cattle herding. Publ. text and trans. in Bah (1998), 122-3. 6. Fı burüre Poem on the growth of bushes and trees in Guinea. Publ. text and trans. in Bah (1998), 118-19. 7. Fı gandal Poem calling for literacy, especially in local languages. Publ. text and trans. in Bah (1998), 108-9. 8. Fı no Fulÿe hewtiri Füta e no ÿe moYinin dawla Fulÿe Poem on how the Fulbe came to Futa Jallon and created a Fulbe state. Publ. text and trans. in Bah (1998), 100-101. 9. Fı remugol Poem on agriculture through the seasons. Publ. text and trans. in Bah (1998), 112-13. 10. Fuuta hettii Ÿuttu Vv. trans. as “Hymne à la paix et au Foûta-Djalon”. Publ. Text and trans in Sow (1966), 262-5; Bah (1998), 86-7.

WRITERS OF GUINEA

517

11. Gime Pular A collection of poems in Fulfulde (as the title indicates). There are seven poems by fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Ba (details in Bah (1998), 71), followed by some poems by Cerno Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa Ndian. Publ. Conakry: Imp. Patrice Lumumba, 1987. 12. Gimol fii Faatunnde Siriifu ¯Seyx Abdallaa Sagale Vv. trans. as “Oraison funébre du Chérif Abdallah de Sagalé”. Publ. Text and trans in Sow (1966), 267-75. 13. Kaaweeji jamaanu hannde Vv., trans. as “Les merveilles de notre époque”. Publ. Text and trans in Sow (1966), 250-61. 14. Maqlıd al-safida Takh. of a poem by Cerno Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa Ndiyan (q.v.) in 31 vv.; see Bah (1998), 72, where we are told it was published in Algeria, but without details of when and where. 15. Mantugol nula∂o Muhammadu jom fbo Poem in praise of the Prophet. Publ. text and trans. in Bah (1998), 128-9. 16. Nharıji leydi meen Poem on “the beauties of our land”. Publ. text and trans. in Bah (1998), 126-7. 17. Q. fı ritha√ Cerno Mu˛ammad al-Amın Elegy in 24 vv.for his brother Mu˛ammad al-Amın, who died in 1945. Opens: al-fiAynu tadmafiu wa’l-akbdu mah∂üm * Wa’l-qalbu taqlibu wa’l-asmfiu maßmüm. Publ. text in Bah (1998). 18. Waßiyyat al-wlid Publ. Conakry: Imp. Patrice Lumumba, n.d. (see Bah (1998), 70). 19. Yıtere nden no ila gondi

518

CHAPTER TEN

Fulfulde version of the Arabic elegy in honour of his deceased brother Mu˛ammad al-Amın (see no. 20 above). Opens: Yıitere nden no ila gondi k˙yhe ∂en ko munca∂un. Publ. text and trans. in Bah (1998), 138-9. 20. Poem on “the marvels of our age” Publ. in Gime Pular, and in a volume produced by Boubakar Biro, 1987; see Bah (1998), 71. The poem reflects on aspects of 20th century life, such as the radio, the airplane, the automobile, and the building constructed of hard materials (as opposed to traditional adobe and thatched roof). Cerno ¯SAYKU MANDA b. c. 1900, d. 1987 Sow (1966), 87.

Grandson of Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa-Ndiyan, he was born in Labé, and became principal of a traditional Muslim school. He was author of a number of religious poems. In 1966 he was living in Dakar, but later settled in Manda where he died. He played a role in the spread of Islam in “Lower Guinea and in Guinea Bissau. 1. Darngal 47 vv., trans. as “La Résurrection”. © Publ. Text and trans in Sow (1966), 80-87. Cerno JAAWO PELLEL, b. c. 1900, d. 1984 Sow (1966), 207.

A scholar of Arabic, born in Labé, he was principal of a Muslim school. 1. Waajor∂i jiyaaÿe wonÿe e rewde wur∂o mo maayaata 409 vv., trans. as “Conseils aux sujets fidèles du Vivant qui ne meurt pas”. It invokes the leading scholars of Futa Jallon as examples to be followed, and praises their qualities. Publ. Text and trans in Sow (1966), 152-207. Cerno MAHDIYYU DAAKA also called Mahdillou Dâka, b. c. 1905 Sow (1966), 281.

WRITERS OF GUINEA

519

Born in Labé, he was literate in both French and Arabic as well as Fulfulde. He was the author of many works in Fulfulde and was a translator for the American Bible Society in Labé. He also wrote works of Fulfulde grammar and a French-Fulfulde vocabulary for them, and some popular versions of parts of the New Testament. 1. Nangen golle e soobinagol 8 vv., trans. as “Mettons-nous au travail!” Publ. Text and trans in Sow (1966), 280-1. Karamoko DALEN fl. 1916 Marty (1971), 247-53.

1. Fii Hubbu no feeñirnoo Fuuta-Jaloo A prose account of the “Hubbu” movement in Futa Jallon, written in St. Louis in 1916. Publ. Text and trans in Sow (1966), 222-9. MUHAMMADU LUUDAA DALABAA Sow (1966), 61.

A loyal collaborator with the French, Muhammadu Luudaa was an inspired poet, who ended up by asserting that he was a prophet. He would go up a hill every day and come back and dictate to his disciples the verses of a “divine message” that had been dictated to him in Fulfulde. 1. Yarlo∂en Faransi 29 vv., trans. as “Tolérons les Français”. It is said that this poem was sought from the author by G. Vieillard, and was dedicated to him. Publ. Text and trans in Sow (1966), 141-5. Cerno SAYFUDDIINI BOOWE-GEME 1. ¯Sayku Juhe Boowe-Geme 16 vv. in praise of his father, trans. as “Le docte Diouhé Bôwé-Guémé”. Publ. Text and trans in Sow (1966), 148-51.

520

CHAPTER TEN

BAADEMBA mo ALFAA ISSAAQA Sow (1966), 291.

He belonged to the Seydiyanke ruling family of Futa Jallon, and was apparently the cousin of Almamy fiUthmn. 1. Mantule Faatu Seydi 25 vv. in praise of the beautiful wife of Almamy fiUmar Soriya, trans. as “Louanges à Fâtou Seydi”. Publ. Text and trans in Sow (1966), 286-91. Karamoko B◊ FOUGOUMB◊ Twentieth-century writer. 1. Dabareeji al-Hajji Ngaari Mbeewa Satirical prose work, poking fun at certain chiefs and scholars, trans. as “Les mésaventures d’El-Hadj Bouc”. Publ. text and trans. in Sow (1966), 236-45. See also L. Arensdorff, Manuel pratique de langue peulh, Paris: Geuthner, 1913, 311-35. FARBA IBR◊HˆMA 1. Jaljalooÿe Labe An epical genealogy of the descent of Karamoko Alfa mo Labé. Publ. Text and trans. in Sow (1968), 84-135. FARBA SEK 1. Almaamiiÿe suudu soriyaa’en Also called Asko Farba Sek. Trans. as “Les Almâmis de la maison des Soriyâ”. Perhaps the same as MS Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard, 33. Publ. Text and trans. in Sow (1968), 55-83. Cerno SULAYMAANA-SAAYANNDE JALJALLO mo SANNUN Sow (1968), 142-85, gives texts and translations of eight short historical texts of his.

WRITERS OF GUINEA

521

Cerno MUHAMMADU SAALIHU [son of] Cerno USMAANI, fl.1914 1. Taarixa Almaamiÿe Fuuta-Jaloo History in prose of the Almamys of Futa Jallon, written in 1332/1914. Publ. Text and trans. in Sow (1966), 210-21. Cerno MUHAMMADU WUURI SAGALE d. 1962 Sow (1962), 279.

1. Woo fow no fota 18 vv., trans. as “On prétend qu’il y a égalité” Publ. Text and trans. in Sow (1966), 276-9. A˘MAD MU∑‡AF◊ of Dingiraawi 1. Mi yetti ma yaa Allaahu gettooje maa∂a fow * E soowreeje mum e ko haanu∂aa yettiree de fow Poem in takhmıs format in 173 quintains on the virtues and miracles of the Prophet. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard (B), cahier 60, no. 21. Publ. 2 quintains trans in Seydou (2001), 25. MU˘AMMAD B◊H b. MU˘AMMAD SAfiˆD, al-Kümbaywı, b. 1923 Imam of Companya. 1. al-Safına al-nfifia li’l-fiulüm al-dıniyya A book of over 1,000 pages; sub-title refers to: “the virtue (fa∂l) of the Messenger Mu˛ammad and some [other] messengers”. Publ. n.p., n.d. A˘MAD LARIA, known as Modi Amadou Laria 1. [History of Futa Jallon] Trans. by his daughter Aminatou Diallo-Bah, see Internet:

522

CHAPTER TEN

ANON 1. Qaßıda: Mi yetta Allah senii∂ o wa∂u∂o’n e mofte suÿaa∂o burnaa∂o khalqu fow * Sabo heewÿe bonnii jikke tertike diina fow Critique of colonialism and its adverse effects on the faith of Muslims. Pul. facsimile text and French trans. in Bah and Salvaing (1994). 2. Waaju [wafi÷] Opens: Hey moo∂on yo jamaanu wodaangu fendo han * Hey noo∂on sgataaÿe sa∂∂uÿe fewndo han. Poem in 111vv. Vieillard describes it as “sur les moeurs d’aujourd’hui”. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard (B), cahier 62, no. 43. Publ. text and trans in Seydou (2001), 34-46. Numerous other Fulfulde poems, some anonymous, and some by named but otherwise unidentifiable authors, are to be found in Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard. THE JAHANKE OF TOUBA

There are two main lineages of Jahanke in Touba: the descedants of al˛jj Slim Suware, and those of Slim Jbi-Gasama. According to Hunter (1977, 243), “the Jbi-Kasama (sic)…dominated learning among the Jahanka (sic) and all of the western Manding”. Touba became celebrated not only as a place of Islamic textual learning, but also as a centre for b†in knowledge, especially within the Jahanke communities. According to the Ta√rıkh Karamoko Ba (see Sanneh (1981),, 115), the ancestor of the Jbi-Gasama clan was a man called Shufiayb, and known as Mama Sambou Gasama, who originated from Gimbala-Diakha in the Msina region. His son Yüsuf was the ancestor of Karamoko Ba, the source of the Jbi-Gasama clan, whose descendants acted as a series of khalıfas in the sense of spiritual leaders of that “clerical” clan. Although not physically related to al-˛jj Slim Suware, they claim a spiritual relationship to him. According to Sanneh (1981), the “dynasty” of khalıfas who were also imams of the mosque of Touba, was as follows: 1. Taslımi, son of Karamoko Ba, d. 1829. 2. Karamoko Bah Madi, brother of Taslımi, d. 1837.

WRITERS OF GUINEA

523

3. Mu˛ammad Kaso, son of Karamoko Ba, d. 1877. 4. Mu˛ammad Bounaliou, youngest son of Karamoko Ba, d. 1881 5. Mu˛ammad Muß†af, son of Taslımi, d. 1885. 6. Karamoko Qu†b, son of Taslımi, d. 1905. S◊LIM J◊BI-GASAMA, known as Karamoko Ba, b. 1725 or 1730. d. 1824 or 1829. Suret-Canale (1970); Hunter (1977), 246-61; Sanneh (1981).

Born at Didé-Koto in Futa Bondu, Slim, the second son of Mu˛ammad F†uma Gasama, left around 1184/1770 to pursue further learning, perhaps following the death of his father. He went to Kunting on the river Gambia and studied tafsır with fiUthmn Gharı (or Dri), a primary student of his father. After a brief return to Didé-Koto, he went to Goundiouro (near Kayes) and studied the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl with Ibrhım Jnı, and then with Ma˛müd Jwarı, with whom he also studied tafsır. Four years later he moved east to the Diomboko region, where he studied grammar with fiUmar Türı. Then he travelled to the Bghana region, where he studied taw˛ıd with a Fulani shaykh, and then another scholar, Abü Bakr Jabayghatı, took him off to Jenne, where he spent the next twenty years. There he studied the al-Shif√ of Q∂ı fiIy∂ and the ∑a˛ı˛ of al-Bukhrı, as well as learning the science of magic squares (awfq) with a man known as Alfa R˛a in the town of Ouro-Modi to the north of Jenne. He also had contact with Nü˛ b. ‡hir (q.v.), who was then living close to Ouro-Modi, and from him he received the wird of the Qdiriyya, and an ijza to teach all that he had taught him. He also visited the Sufi shaykh Mu˛ammad Taslımı in the town of Taslım to the south of Jenne, who inspired him to look for a wife in Fairo (or Mfailo) in southern Sierra Leone. There he was married to ◊√isha Kamara, who bore him Mu˛ammad Taslımi, and is thus the ancestress of the JbiGasama “clerical” clan. Eventually Slim made his way to Kankan, where he passed on some of his b†in knowledge during his residency there, 1216/1800 - 1221/1805. He then spent three years in Konyan before going to Timbo, the base of the Fulani imamate of Futa Jallon. Already well-known as a teacher, and called thus Karamoko-Ba, he had student followers who travelled with him, and in 1228/1812 they established the town of Touba Koto (“Old Touba”), some sixty miles

524

CHAPTER TEN

north of Labé, to which his fame soon attracted many other Jahanke settlers. Touba Koto was close to the non-Muslim community of Tenda which then launched slave raids against the Jahanke, leading them to seek out a new residence. The Jahanke community then migrated to a new location to be known as Touba Kuta (“New Touba”) on the south bank of the Koumba river, a tributary of the Rio Grande, just beyond the north-west edge of Futa Jallon. There in Touba Kuta, Slim’s teaching circle (majlis) became the leading location for the teaching of Islamic sciences for the wider Jahanke community and others of the western Manding. MU˘AMMAD TASLˆMˆ b. S◊LIM J◊BI-GASAMA, d. 1829 Hunter (1977), 261; Marty (1921), annexe 20.

He became his his father’s khalıfa, both in mystical (b†in) teaching and Islamic sciences. He received the Qdirı wird from him, and inherited his library. He is said to have composed three works: two in praise of the Prophet, and one on philology (lugha). Late in his life, he travelled to Mauritania where he received a new authorisation of the Qdiriyya wird from both fiAbd al-La†ıf al-Kuntı and Shaykh Sıdiyya al-Kabır. There may also have been some spiritual relation between hin and al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd (q.v.), although the latter was a Tijnı. ABD AL-Q◊DIR QU‡B b. TASLˆMˆ b. S◊LIM, known as Karamoko Koutoubou, b. c. 1830, d. 7 July 1905 Suret-Canale (1970), 61n.; Hunter (1977), 261.

He was the fourth son of Mu˛ammad Taslımı, his khalıfa, the 6th imam of Touba (1898-1905), and the seventh q∂ı. He is said to be the author of some fifteen works. His library is said to have contained over seven hundred works. As a transmitter of the Qdirı wird from his father, he travelled in 1868 to Mauritania where he received confirmation of it from Sıdı Mu˛ammad b. Sh. Sıdiyya al-Kabır. The following list of writings is taken from the intoduction to Tanbıh al-slik of Mu˛ammad Fodiye b. Mu˛ammad al-Maghılı (q.v., copy in NU/ Hunwick, 481). In addition to those listed he is also said to have

WRITERS OF GUINEA

525

written works on arithmetic and geography, as well as poems in praise of his ancestors. 1.

fiIlm al-ußül, al-badıfi, al-bayn wa’l-mafini i) al-Qawfiid ii) Urjüza fı ußül al-fiqh

2.

al-fiArü∂ i) Mukhtaßar [fı ’l-fiarü∂]

3.

al-˘adıth i) Tu˛fat al-sawlik Vers. of al-fiUhüd al-Mu˛ammadiyya of fiAbd al-Wahhb alShafirnı (see GAL S II, 465). He also wrote a ˛shiya to it of over 2,000 vv., identifying and sourcing the hadıths in it. ii) Mukhtaßar kitb Shufiab al-ımn Abrigt. of [al-Jmifi al-mußannaf fı] Shufiab al-ımn of Abü Bakr A˛mad b. al-˘usayn al-Bayhaqı (see GAL I, 363).

4.

al-Taßawwuf i) Wasılat al-ßibyn ii) Shar˛ Wasılat al-ßibyn iii) Na÷m kitb Tanbıh al-mughtarrın Vers. of Tanbıh al-mughtarrın fı ’l-qarn al-fishir fial m khlafahu al-salaf al-†hir of fiAbd al-Wahhb al-Shafirnı (see GAL S II, 465). al-Sıra al-nabawiyya i) Na÷m K. al-shifa√ Vers, of K. al-Shif√of Q∂ı fiIy∂ . ii) Shar˛ Na÷m K. al-shifa√ iii) Urjüza fı khalq al-nabı

5.

al-Mad√i˛ al-nabawiyya He wrote numerous poems in praise of the Prophet, including a tash†ır of the fiIshrıniyyt of al-Fzzı and of the Burda of al-Büßırı. He also composed two works of prayers for the Prophet. 6.

526

CHAPTER TEN

MU˘AMMAD FODIYE b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MAGHˆLˆ fl. 1971 Khalıfa of the Slimiyya of Touba, resident (in 1970) in Dakar. Muftı of Senegal. 1. Fat˛ al-Jalıl al-Mlik fial Tanbıh al-slik Comm. on Tanbıh al-slik fial aw∂a˛ al-maslik by fiAbd al-Qdir Qu†b b. Taslım b. Slim (q.v.) See Batran (1971), 374. Copy of intro. in the hand of fiAbd al-fiAzız Ba†rn in NU/Hunwick, 490. 2. Qaßıda. Opens: Qalbı ya˛innu il Abı ’l-Anwr See Batran (1971), 374. 3. Ta√rıkh al-Slimiyya Abridgt. of an older ta√rıkh, dictated to Batran in 1970. See Batran (1971), 374. YÜSUF b. AL-IM◊M al-Jbı al-Qasamı 1. Ta√rıkh al-Madanı History of the Kasamba fiulam√ of Touba. MS: Legon, 451. ANON 1. The Origins of the Jahanke Publ. English trans. of a ta√rıkh recited to Suret-Canale; see SuretCanale (1970), 55-61. 2. The following ta√rıkhs are mentioned by Lamin Sanneh as having been obtained in Senegambia; see Sanneh (1979), 284-5. i) Ta√rıkh on the Silla of Banı Isr√ıla. It was used and commented upon by Bonnel de Mézières (1949). ii) Ta√rıkh of Touba. Originally compiled by Karamoko alMaghılı (Madi), b. 1855. It exists in several different versions.

WRITERS OF GUINEA

iii)

527

Ta√rıkh on the Kabba-Jakhite qabıla.

iv) Ta√rıkh on Slim (Gassama) of Touba (Karamoko-Ba) by al-˛jj Mbalu Fode Jabi of Marssassoum. See also Sanneh (1981). v) T a √ r ı k h on al-˛jj Slim Suware and Karamoko-Ba, compiled by al-˛jj Banfa Jabi. vi) The Jahanke fiUlam√, MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Curtin, 3, 23, 26. Publ. trans. in Quimby (1975), 612-13. vii) History of the Gassama MSS: Dakar( IFAN), Fonds Curtin, 1, 27, 29. Publ. trans. in Quimby (1975), 613-17. IBN SAfiˆD al-Dugharı al-Falakı, d. 1204/1789-90 Information on date of death from note by Sh. Mar˛ab on the ms. He says he died in “Mande”. Dugari is a Jahanke name, but nothing further is known about Ibn Safiıd. 1. Q. mımiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi fial ’l-tafilımı * Wa-af∂al al-ßaltı wa’l-taslımı MS: Niamey, 302. MU˘AMMAD F◊∆IL FADˆRA b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN FADˆRA, fl. 1966 1. Ta˛dhır al-umma al-Mu˛ammadiyya min ittibfi al-firqa alA˛madiyya al-Banjuliyya al-Ghanbiyya Anti-A˛madiyya tract. Publ. Dakar, 1966. WRITERS OF KANKAN

MU˘AMMAD AL-SHARˆF, fl. 1870 Schieffelin (1974), 73

528

CHAPTER TEN

His existence and the titles of his books are known solely from a letter with an enclosed Arabic text sent from Monrovia by Edward Blyden to H.M. Schieffelin of New York in December 1870. The Arabic text, reproduced in Schieffelin’s book, is a letter written by Ibrhım Kabawı of Kankan to the fiulam√ of Beirut (or more precisely, the scholars of the “College of Beirut”), in response to a request from them for information about his land and peoples. The titles given below are exactly as they appear in that letter. 1.

Mafidin dhahab

2.

Raw∂at safida

ABÜ BAKR AL-SHARˆF, fl. 1870 Schieffelin (1974), 73. 1.

Dlı (sic) al-ßaghır

fiUMAR al-Kidı (or al-Kadı) Schieffelin (1974), 73. Said to be from the town of Mowa, and the author of many books, though no titles are given. FANTA MADI, b. between 1873 and 1878, d. 8 September 1955 Caba (1956); Diané (1988); Kaba (1997).

Generally known as Cheikh Fanta Madi Chérif (his mother’s name was Fanta), he belonged to a clan of sharıfs in Kankan descended from a sharıf of Tishıt who settled in Kankan in the mid-eighteenth century. The descendants of this sharıf became the leaders of the Muslim community of the Kankan area over the years, and Fanta Madi’s father, Karamoko Sidiki Chérif, was a religious counsellor to Samori, who seized Kankan in 1880. Karamoko Sidiki remained closely attached to Samori and went with him to Sanankoro where he established his court. It was there that Fanta Madi undertook his Qur√nic studies. In 1895 he was initiated into the Qdiriyya by his elder brother, who was also his teacher of Islamic sciences. In 1908, having returned to Kankan, he

WRITERS OF GUINEA

529

received the Tijniyya wird from the Mauritanian sharıf Safid Büh. His reputation as a saintly man with close connections to the spiritual world continued to grow, and he also became a teacher. By 1923 he had a Qur√nic college with thirty adult students from outside Kankan, and seventy “school-age” students from the city itself. He thus came to be regarded as a “grand marabout”, both within Guinea and in neighboring territories. Regrettably, though he was a man of learning, with a personal library of some 600 books, nothing is known of any writing he may have done. Nevertheless, he has remained a noteworthy Muslim figure in the region, and passed on his knowledge to many students.

CHAPTER ELEVEN

WRITERS OF NIGER The lands comprising the present Republic of Niger are inhabited by the Zarma (or Jarma) in the west, the Hausa in the south, the Kanuri in the far east towards L. Chad, and by numerous groups of Tuareg in the central and northern areas. The principal centres of Islamic learning in former times were the town of Agades in southern Aïr, and Tagidda (or Takedda), a complex of settlements about 100 miles NW of Agades, and the related settlement of Anu ∑amman. In the late twentieth century Dosso became a minor centre of learning, whilst in Say an Islamic university was established in the 1980s. The pre-nineteenth century writers of the Aïr region were included in Chapter 1 of ALA II, “The Central Sudan before 1800”, and the anonymous historical writings concerning Aïr and some other localities were included in Chapter 14. The material below chiefly concerns Tuareg writers of the twentieth century, and is heavily dependent on the work of H. T. Norris, to whom I am also indebted for supplying copies of some fragmentary manuscript material. One of the most important Tuareg learned groups is the Kel Aghll (a branch of the Kel Dennik), centred around the small town of Abalagh (or Abalek, approx. 15° 9’ N - 5° 15’ E). As Norris notes (1975, 180), they not only participate in the ancient tradition of learning in the area, but some of their young men have spent time in the Middle East and are in touch with more modern Islamic ideas. The Kel Aghll scholars also have contact with other scholars of the Sahel from Mauritania to Sokoto.1 AL-Q◊SIM b. IBR◊HˆM, Abü fi◊√isha, al-Daghmanı d. 1344/1926 Norris (1975), 184-5; Dhikr m waqafia, pp. 4-5.

A ∑üfı and a scholar of sharıfia, a pietist and ascetic, who is nevertheless described as “a mujhid with the tongue and the sword”. One of his 1 For an overview of Islam and its tradition of learning in Niger, see H.T. Norris, art. “Niger”, EI(2), viii, 17-19.

WRITERS OF NIGER

531

shaykhs was “the great mujhid” al-˛jj fiUthmn b. ∑ambu al-Fütı, to whom he more than once fled for refuge with his family. He maintained scholarly correspondence with the latter and with Sh. By al-Kuntı (q.v.). He was a devoted teacher, and his students included Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi (q.v.). Late in life he went blind. He is buried at Tama÷÷uk in Almmg, and his grave is a place of visitation within a large cemetery. ABD AL-RA˘M◊N B. YÜSUF al-Aghllı al-Mallı, d. 8 Jumd II, 1348/1929 Norris (1975), 182-3.

Sh. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn was both a ∑üfı and a jurist; in the latter field he seems to have been somewhat anti-madh’habist, in as much as he did not believe in simply following established texts, but rather strove to discover from study of the ˘adıth what the right course of conduct should be.2 In ∑üfism he was an adherent of the Qdiriyya, into which he was inducted by various shaykhs, including al-Sharıf Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Jiddu al-Simllı, and Afimar b. Sı. fiAlı al-Raqqdı al-Kuntı. He was a prolific author in many fields, writing both commentaries and original works. He also entered into written discussions of various problems, in both prose and verse, with his student Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi (q.v.). He was buried, togther with his father close to Kajagr. MAMM◊ b.fiUTHM◊N al-Kallakküdı d. 12 Jumd I 1352/1933 Norris (1975), 185-6; Dhikr m waqafia, p. 5.

A saint and miracle worker, gifted with second sight, and an ability to interpret dreams. He was a teacher of Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad alShafıfi (q.v.). 1. Man÷üma fı far√i∂ al-wu∂ü√ See Dhikr m waqafia, 5.

2 This recalls the teachings of ∑li˛ al-Fullnı; see Ch.10.

532

CHAPTER ELEVEN

MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-SHAFˆfi b. fiABD AL-KARˆM, d. 1954 Norris (1975), 174, 181-90 (referred to there simply as al-Shaykh al-Wlid); for Arabic text, see Dhikr m waqafia.

His father Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi (d. 1920) was the sixth imam of the Kel Aghll, and ratified a peace treaty with the French. Mu˛ammad himself was a poet. By the age of ten he had memorized the Qur√n under the direction of his shaykh fiAbd al-∑amad b. ˘mid al-Aghllı (d. after 1379/1960). The upheavals connected with the French conquest of Niger caused him to forget it, but he later re-memorized it. He then studied some of the Islamic sciences—fiqh, grammar, ˛adıth, logic, philology, adab—from another shaykh, fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yüsuf al-Aghllı alMallı (q.v.), who married his sister, and remained his mentor until the shaykh’s death in 1348/1929. Another of his teachers was al-Faqqı b. Bübakar al-Aghllı, an expert in expounding the Mukhtaßar of Khalıl in Tamasheq. Other teachers included Abü fi◊√isha al-Qsim b. Ibrhım alDaghmanı (q.v.) and his brother, the saintly Yafiqüb (d. 1363/1943), Mamma b. fiUthmn al-Kalakküdı (d. 1353/1933, q.v.), Ma˛ammad (sic) b. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad b. Sh. Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı, known as Sh. By (q.v.), Mu˛ammad b. Bdı al-Kuntı (q.v.), Mu˛ammad Ammak b. al-Bakk√ al-Kuntı (d. after 1379/1960, see Dhikr m waqafia, p. 11), and Abü Bakr Büb˙ of Sokoto (d. 1351/1932; see ALA, II, 242), Ya˛y al-Nawawı b. fiAbd al-Qdir Macci∂o (see ALA, II, 195). From the list of his teachers it is apparent that he links both to the Middle Niger region and to Sokoto, to which city he paid two visits during his lifetime. His closest companion, with whom he exchanged many literary trifles, both in prose and verse, was Mu˛ammad al-Awjilı b. al-Bakk√ al-Aghllı (q.v.). 1. Q. b√iyya: Inna ’l-ilha at˛ al-ajra wa’l-rutab * Fı manzil alkhuldi lamm fiabduhu judhib Elegy for Yafiqüb b. Ibrhım al-Daghmanı. MS: Text of opening 3 vv. in Dhikr m waqafia, p. 4.

WRITERS OF NIGER

533

2. Q. b√iyya: Hdh ’l-kitbu afiazza kulli muktasabı * Ladayya idh kna min ghar√ib al-kutubı Tash†ır of vv. by Mu˛ammad al-Awjilı b. al-Bakk√ (q.v.) in praise of the ˛shiya of Ibn ˘amdün on the comm. of Mayyra on Ibn fi◊shir. MS: 7 vv. in Dhikr m waqafia, attachment, p. 4. 3. Q. dliyya: La-fiamruka inna ’l-aty alladhı * Radadta fialayn huwa ’l-mufitamadu Verse addressed to Mu˛ammad al-Awjilı b. al-Bakk√ (q.v.), to whom he had sent some tea which the latter considered sub-standard. MS: 2 vv. in Dhikr m waqafia, attachment, p. 1. 4. Q. hamziyya: Y †lam katabat yadk faw√id * Jallat fian altafiddi wa’l-i˛ß√ı MS: Text of opening 2 vv. in Dhikr m waqafia, p. 3. 5. Q. nüniyya: Ji√tu ’l-manzila wa’stafhamtu man qa†an * A-fıkum jıratı am fı ‘lladhı ÷afian Elegy for his shaykh fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yüsuf al-Aghllı (q.v.) and Sh. By al-Kuntı (q.v.). MS: Text of opening 2 vv. in Dhikr m waqafia, pp. 3, 8. Publ. 2 vv. trans. in Norris (1975), 184. 6. Q. r√iyya: Li’llhi kasrun m lahu jbirü * Wa-thalmatun laysa lah ßbirü Elegy for his shaykh fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yüsuf al-Aghllı (q.v.). MS: Text of opening 2 vv. in Dhikr m waqafia, p. 3. 7. Q. qfiyya: La-qad l˛a barqun bi-laylin alaq * Yuthır al-sawkina fiind al-ghasaq Elegy for Mamma b. fiUthmn al-Kalakküdı (q.v.). MS: Text of opening 2 vv. in Dhikr m waqafia, p. 6. 8. Q. r√iyya: Saq ’l-ilhu ghamman f∂a wa-’nhamara * Min ra˛matin qabra man ndamtuhu fiußur Elegy for his shaykh fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yüsuf al-Aghllı (q.v.). MS: Text of opening 2 vv. in Dhikr m waqafia, p. 3.

534

CHAPTER ELEVEN

9. Q. r√iyya: Inna ’l-atya fial raghm al-˛asüdi at * Min shımat alkuram al-˛wına li’l-fakhrı MS: 2 vv. quoted in Dhikr m waqafia, attachment, p. 3. 10. Q. mımiyya: A-y akhn al-filim * Jiddu bi-fiulüm al-fiulam MS: 3 vv. quoted in Dhikr m waqafia, attachment, p. 3. 11. Q. lmiyya: L budda lı min jamalı * Arkabuhu li-fiilalı * Wanahalı wa-fialalı Composed in 1352/1933. MS: 6 vv. quoted in Dhikr m waqafia, attachment, p. 4. 12. Q. y√iyya: Kullu ma qulta y * ∑˛i min tilka ’l-khaby MS: 8 vv. quoted in Dhikr m waqafia, attachment, p. 2. 13. Qaßıda Norris (1975), 174, quotes some lines from one of his poems in translation. Opens: “The religion of the Prophet is our chosen religion”. 14. Takhmıs qaßida li-Mu˛ammad al-Awjilı See Dhikr m waqafia , p. 3. Publ. trans. of one quintain in Norris (1975), 187; text of this quintain in Dhikr m waqafia, p. 5, and another quintain, p. 8. Comm. by fiˆs b. Mu˛ammad; see Dhikr m waqafia, p. 5 One of Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi’s sons, whose shaykh was Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh, the husband of his paternal aunt, wrote in 1379/ 1960 an intellectual biography of his father (al-shaykh al-wlid), incorporating much material on other Kel Aghllı scholars. It has no formal title, and is referred to by a phrase in its opening line, Dhikr m waqafia li’l-shaykh al-wlid fı ˛aytihi al-mubrak. Among his teachers he mentions (p. 10) Mu˛ammad A-l-r (?) b. fiAbd Allh al-Süqı, known as Balkhu. MS in possession of H.T. Norris (photocopy in NU/Hunwick, 400), trans. in Norris (1975), 181-90. MU˘AMMAD IBR◊HˆM b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MU√MIN Norris (1975), 185; Dhikr m waqafia, p. 4.

WRITERS OF NIGER

535

He was the brother of the wife of Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi, and was the author of an historical compendium (majmüfia ta√rıkhiyya). MU˘AMMAD fiABD ALL◊H b. KHALˆL AL-RA˘M◊N b. YÜSUF d. after 1379/1960 Norris (1975), 190.

His father Khalıl al-Ra˛mn married a sister of Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi. Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh is considered to be one of the greatest Arabic poets of the Kel Aghll in the twentieth century. 1. al-Qawl al-friq min ta√rıkh ab†l al-‡awriq See Norris (1975), 190-1, where 16 vv. of an unascribed poem are given in translation. 2. A poem on the tradition of learning of the Kel Aghll is partially discussed in Norris (1975), 180-1. 3. Q. fı rith√ khlihi Elegy for his maternal uncle Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi, written in Khartoum in 1954. Publ. Trans in Norris (1975), 193-4. 4. Q. fı rith√ al-shaykh Balkhu Elegy for Mu˛ammad A-l-r (Norris reads: Lan) b. fiAbd Allh, commonly known as “Balkhu”, al-Süqı al-Lamtünı (d. 1349/1930). Publ. Trans. in Norris (1975), 192-3. MU˘AMMAD AL-AWJILˆ b. AL-BAKK◊√ al-Aghllı Norris (1975), 190, et passim; Dhikr m waqafia, and attachment .

1. Q. r√iyya: Wa-bi-thqib al-dhihni al-taqı khalılu man * ˘z alsakına wa’l-murü√a wa’l-khafar Elegy for fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yüsuf al-Aghllı (q.v.) and Sh. By b. fiUmar al-Kuntı (q.v.). The above line is perhaps not the opening. MS: Text of above verse. in Dhikr m waqafia, p. 3. Takh. by Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi (q.v.).

536

CHAPTER ELEVEN

2. Q. fiayniyya: Li’llhi m ghashiya ’l-fu√da min jazfiı * Idh fja nafiyu Abı fi◊√ishata ’l-warifiı Elegy for al-Qsim b. Ibrhım al-Daghmanı. MS: 7 vv. in Dhikr m waqafia, p. 5 . 3. Q. fı rith√ Mamma b. fiUthmn al-Kalakküdı Opens: Wa-bi-dhı ’l-fi†nati wa’l-firsati Mamma man * Yujlı ’l-mafinı ˛aythu afijazat al-fikar Elegy for Mamma b. fiUthmn al-Kalakküdı (q.v.). See Dhikr m waqafia, 6. 4. Q. lmiyya: Ilaykum fa-l il siwkum wa-qaßduhü * Qalılun min abyd al-shahiyyayni li’l-jullı Vv. addressed to Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi. MS: 5 vv. in Dhikr m waqafia, attachment, p. 3. 5. Q. y√iyya: Fitnat al-dıni ath * Man at yawman aty 12 vv. on tea (aty), addressed to Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi, who responded in the same qfiya. MS: Text in Dhikr m waqafia, attachment, pp. 1-2. Publ. Trans. in Norris (1975), 190. fiˆS◊ b. MU˘AMMAD Norris (1975), 187-8; Dhikr m waqafia, p. 7

1. Shar˛ takhmıs qaßıda fı rith√fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Aghllı waShaykh By al-Kuntı The original poem is by Mu˛ammad al-Awjilı b. al-Bakk√ (q.v.), and the takhmıs is by Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi (q.v.). See Dhikr m waqafia, p. 7. MU˘AMMAD AG D◊WÜD of Tchin Tabaraden According to Norris (1975), 205, he gathered together some of the poetry of his region in a dıwn. Norris (1975), 205-11, gives a translation of a poem on proper manners in such matters as how to treat one’s parents, how to behave in an assembly, how to treat dependents, a neighbour, a guest, etiquette when travelling, etc. The author’s name may have been Bashır.

WRITERS OF NIGER

537

MU˘AMMAD b. YAfiQÜB, al-Kuluwı al-Saghawı, known as al-˛jj Sunna Kulü, fl. 1348/1929 MS: Niamey, 430.

Director of the Madrasat al-Mutafiallimın; apparently lived near Dosso. A Tijnı leader who received authorization from Alfa Hshim on 18 Mu˛arram 1348/26 June 1929. 1. Ifilm al-qab√il min al-fiaj√ib bi-l al-najw bi-maqßid Allh liahl Düsü History of Islam in Dosso, mainly based on personal observation. MS: Niamey, 430(i), 16 pp. photocopy. 2.

Qaß√id i) Q. dliyya: Bada√tu bi-bi’smi ’llhi shukr(an) wa-a˛madü * fiAl m afi†nı ’llhu fiilm al-maqßidı MS: Niamey, 430(ii), 16 vv. ii) Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj ˘ammad Opens: Abda√u bi-bi’smi’llh al-W˛id al-Qahhrı * Thumma ßaltuhu fial ’l-nabı al-Mukhtrı. MS: Niamey, 430(v). iii) Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj ˘anafı al-shahır bi’l-˛jj Bl-Bl Opens: Afiüdhu bi’llhi min nazaght al-shay†nı * Wa-bafida bismi ’llh al-Mlik al-Dayynı. MS: Niamey, 430(iii).

A˘MAD b. MÜS◊ Author is a grandson of Sh. fiUmar Cerno Y-b-l Qünı (Goni?) ‡ürı. 1. Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj Sunna Külü Opens: Sahartu’l-layla una÷÷imu dhı ’l-qaßıdı * Bi-mad˛ al-˛jji Sunnu Külü farıdı. In 27 vv., dated 1352/1933-4. MS: Niamey, 430(iv).

538

CHAPTER ELEVEN

ALFA JIBRˆL A˘MAD b. 1922 The author was born in Tunbukwrai in Dosso province, Niger. His father was called Sh. A˛mad Kolondiya. Alfa Jibrıl studied in Gusau with Yafiqüb Ibrhım and with Ma˛ammad Sani Balarabe in Argungu in Sokoto State [Nigeria], and became skilled in many branches of learning. His ∑üfı shaykh was Nasiru Kabara [Mu˛ammad al-Nßir b. Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr] of Kano (see ALA II, 321). In the late 1950s he was a disciple of Muftı fiAbd al-Jalıl of the United Arab Republic Cultural Centre in Accra. 1. al-Akhbr al-ül fı ’l-tafirıf bi’l-shaykh Abı Bakr b. fiAbd Allh Mül Account of the life and martyrdom of Sh. Abü Bakr b. Mu˛ fiAbd Allh of Sokodé (8° 59’ N—1° 08’ E) in N. Togo, who is said to have destroyed a large idol and converted the local people to Islam and the the Tijniyya in the late 1940s. Completed on 2 Jumd I 1384/8 September 1964. Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manra, n.d. ABÜ BAKR BAYNABÜ w. Sh. MU˘AMMAD AM◊∑ˆL 1. Naßı˛a il jamıfi ikhwnihi min balad ◊hır min al-fiulam√ al-afilm wa-il jamıfi al-kubar√ wa’l-kuram√ al-ßli˛ın al-mußli˛ın min ahl ◊hır MS: Niamey, 381. 2. Qawfiid al-Islm mafia sunan sayyid al-anm MS: Paris (BN), 5650, ff. 191r-200v. 3. R. al-anwr wa’l-naßı˛a li’l-ikhwn fı ’l-nahy fian shurb al-dukhn MS:Paris (BN), 5683, ff. 116r.-127v; Timbuktu (MMHT), 1336 (R. fI’ltibgh).

CHAPTER TWELVE

WRITERS OF THE GREATER VOLTAIC REGION by Ivor Wilks, John Hunwick, and Mark Sey The term “Greater Voltaic Region” is used to refer to that broad belt of country comprising the Volta basin as such, and those contiguous areas drained by the succession of smaller rivers from the White Bandama in the west to the Pra in the east. The Greater Voltaic Region thus embraces Ghana, much of Ivory Coast and Burkina Faso, and parts of Togo. The region is that in which, from the fifteenth century onwards, Muslim merchants of Mali known as Wangara built up a network of trade, the pivots of which were Jenne, on the southern fringes of the interior delta of the Niger and, some 500 miles distant, Bighu (Begho, Bew, etc.), on the edges of the auriferous forest country of the Akan. In the context of this venture, numerous trading posts grew up throughout the Greater Voltaic Region. The settlers became known as the Juula (or Dyula), although they did not discard the older appellation, Wangara. For the most part (until recently at least), those amongst whom the Juula lived, and with whom they did business, were non-Muslims. In some areas these were so-called “tribes without rulers”, but not infrequently the Juula established themselves within existing chiefdoms, and accepted the protection of non-Muslim rulers. However, as central authority in Mali collapsed, freebooting warlords moved across the trade routes in the savanna hinterlands of the forest, establishing a number of small chiefdoms. Some, such as Palewogo, survive only in the remembrances of the old, but others, such as Nasa and Yagbum, are well known, for out of them evolved kingdoms—in these two cases, Wa and Gonja respectively. Within such polities, whether ruled by non-Muslims or Muslims, the Juula constituted a merchant class that nurtured a small scholarly elite. Its members, the fiulam√, were responsible for

540

CHAPTER TWELVE

maintaining adherence to the precepts and practices of Islam within the community of the faithful, and literacy in Arabic was at a premium. The movement of scholars from Timbuktu into the Greater Volta Region is well attested. The settlement, for example, of Sh. Sulaymn Baghayogho at Sabari (9° 17’ N - 0° 16’ E), in eastern Dagomba, has been dated to the mid-seventeenth century (Ferguson, 1972, 55-73), and Abü Bakr Kunatay, who established himself at Visi in Wala, was probably a contemporary (Wilks (1989), 55-6, 99). The floruit o f Yafimuru Tarawiri, associated with Jenne rather than Timbuktu, was a late seventeenth/early eighteenth century one; he settled at Nasa (10° 09’ N -2° 21’W), also in Wala (Wilks (1989), 59-62). These figures are associated in tradition with conversion. The Saganugu, by contrast, are associated with renewal. The eastwards movement of Saganugu scholars can be followed from Manfara (near Kaba, in central Mali), through Koro (8° 29’N - 2° 21’W) and Kani to Boron (8° 42’ N - 5° 58’W) and Kong (Ivory Coast), and thence throughout the Greater Voltaic Region (Wilks (1968), 173-6). They carried with them the teachings of the renowned Jahanke savant, al-˛jj Slim Suwari, teachings that had to do with the circumstances in which Muslims might reside among, and do business with, non-Muslims (see Wilks, 2002). Great emphasis was laid upon schooling to prevent backsliding, and an educated Juula was expected to have an intimate knowledge of several major works of theology and law. It seems, however, that Juula scholars were, for the most part, reluctant to engage in criticism; they copied and recopied classical works, but seldom produced original commentaries. Their approach to religious writings was reverential rather than inquiring. In one area, however, they were particularly productive. In validation of their position within dr al-˛arb they assiduously compiled material not only on the spread of Islam into this or that locality, but also on the history of their non-Muslim hosts whose conversion was to be anticipated, albeit in God’s time. It was in their capacity as experts on local constitutional matters that a number of Juula scholars were to become advisers to colonial administrators faced with the problem of managing their newly acquired territories (see, for example, Is˛q b. fiUthmn Dabla of Wa p. 566 below). In the course of the fifteenth century others who also identified themselves as Wangara had moved eastwards from Mali into Central

THE GREATER VOLTAIC REGION

541

Sudanic Africa, and established commercial settlements in or near the major Hausa towns, most notably in Kebbi, Kano, and Katsina. These immigrants became known in Hausaland as the Wangarawa. By the later seventeenth century Hausa traders, probably for the most part of Wangarawa identity, were extending their activities into eastern parts of the Greater Voltaic Region. One of the earliest historic conjunctures of Juula and Hausa networks occurred in the Oti Valley where, in the later seventeenth century, Sh. Sulaymn Baghayogho of Timbuktu and Muhammad al-Katsinwı established the adjacent communities of Sabari and Kamshegu, thereby greatly facilitating the spread of Islam in Dagomba. At the end of the nineteenth and the beginning of the twentieth centuries a major redirection of Asante’s inland trade, from northwest to northeast, led to the emergence of Salaga as a commercial centre. Traders, from Hausaland, Bornu, Masina, Djougou, and elsewhere, established businesses there, building houses, mosques and schools. The arrival of these immigrants is recorded in the Qißßat ∑algh wa-ta√rıkh Ghunj of Ma˛müd b. fiAbd Allh, (q.v.). In the following years traders, particularly from the Central Sudanic region, flooded into Salaga, so that by the third decade of the nineteenth century its population approximated 50,000. Although many of the incomers had grown up under post-jihd regimes in Hausaland and Masina, and carried with them radical writings of the Fodiawa, they seem nevertheless to have found the older conservative traditions of the Juula more relevant to their commercial activities within a market dominated by the non-Muslim Asante kingdom. In Salaga and its satellite commercial centres, however, Hausa tended to displace Juula as the lingua franca. The writings of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr b. fiUthmn, of Kebbi, Kano, Salaga and Kete Krakye (q.v.), did much to establish Hausa, definitively, as a literary language—and indeed one of poetry—in much of the Greater Voltaic Region. Until the late nineteenth century an endemic shortage of paper was a constraint upon writers in the Greater Voltaic Region. First claims upon such supplies as were available went to the copyists, to maintain the availability of texts of the Qur√n and standard works of exegesis, law, and theology. Talismans, because of their profitability, probably had second claims (Owusu-Ansah, (1991), passim). In early nineteenth

542

CHAPTER TWELVE

century Kumase, in what was the Juula “deep south”, a single sheet of paper was said to support an indifferent manufacturer of charms for a month (Bowdich (1819), 272). In or about 1820, Imam Mu˛ammad of Gbuipe (8° 47’ N - 1° 32’ W) addressed a plea to relatives in Kumase: “by the name of Allah, send us some paper. There is little with us” (Wilks, Levtzion, and Haight (1986), 218-19). The Arabic writings from the Greater Voltaic Region listed in this chapter represent an indeterminable fraction of those that are extant in the libraries of the fiulam√. A library in some cases occupies several rooms, in others fills but one or two tin boxes often stored under the owner’s bed. If shortages of paper inhibited literary production, much of what was nevertheless accomplished fell prey to the cockroach and other predatory insects. The new technological resources that became available in the middle years of the twentieth century, however, immeasurably changed the situation. A section of this chapter, “Contemporary Writers of Ghana”, takes note of the revolutionary developments in communication. THE GONJA TRADITION

The earliest known writings from the region are of Gonja provenance. Several short pieces in khabar form date from the early eighteenth century and are, it seems, recensions of oral stories having to do with the founding of the Gonja kingdom, the origins of its dynasty, and the creation of the imamates. Use of the annalistic form (˛awliyyt) is also attested from at least as early as 1121/1709-10 (Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 18-20). The compiler of the Kitb Ghanj, a remarkable chronicle of Gonja history completed in 1165/1751-52, drew heavily upon these earlier materials. An updated redaction of the work appeared in 1178/1764. Both versions circulated widely in Gonja. Many handwritten copies were made in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, some incorporating major emendations and glosses by later scholars, and many of their working notes have been preserved (e.g. mss. Legon, 263272, 448). It is this that makes it permissible to speak of a distinctively Gonja tradition of historical writing, to which a number of other works are to be assigned. The late eighteenth century al-Kalm Maghu Sansani of


543

Imam fiUmar Dabla, for example, belongs to it. So, too, does the history of Asante commissioned by its early nineteenth century non-Muslim king, Osei Tutu Kwame. The moving spirit in this venture must have been one of his senior Muslim advisors, Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad alMuß†af, whose father and grandfather were imams of Gonja, the latter a contributor to the 1764 redaction of Kitb Ghanj. No copy of the Asante chronicle is known to survive, but both T. E. Bowdich and J. Dupuis, who visited the capital in 1817 and 1820 respectively, drew information from it (Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 20-21, 71, 205). It is possible that the eighteenth century Gonja scholars were familiar with writings of the sixteenth and seventeenth century Timbuktu chroniclers, and used them as models. Certainly the Kitb Ghanj may be compared with, for example, the Ta√rıkh al-südn of fiAbd alRa˛mn al-Safidı (q.v.), in that both are written to explain the origins of, and thereby validate, the social order. Caution is necessary, however, for it is also arguable that the Gonja tradition, in its evolution from simple khabar to complex chronicle, was sui generis. The matter must remain unresolved for the present. ANON 1. Amr Ajddin Account of the (mid-16th century) expedition from Mali to Bighu that led to the foundation of the Gonja kingdom. For the textual history of the work, see Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 36-40, who suggest that the story was first committed to writing in the early 18th century. MSS: Legon 263 pp. 2-3; NU/Wilks FN 105. Publ. trans. in Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 44-46. 2. No title. Account of the entry of Ismfiıl of Bighu, and his son Mu˛ammad alAbya∂, into the service of the rulers of Gonja, with a list of the first eleven rulers and their reign lengths. It was probably written in the early 18th century, and used as a source by the mid-18th century compiler of the Kitb Ghanja (see below). The oldest surviving ms. of the work

544

CHAPTER TWELVE

dates from the late 18th century, for which see Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 52-53. MS: Royal Library, Copenhagen, Cod. Arab. CCCII, Bundle III, ff. 2367. Publ. trans. in Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 92-97. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MU∑‡AF◊, known as Kunadi Wilks, Levtzion, and Haight (1986), 61-71. Mu˛ammad Kunadi (Juula: “the fortunate”) became Friday Imam of Gbuipe in 1158/1745-46. His father left Gonja on the pilgrimage in 1146/1733-34, and returned in 1149/1736-37. His grandfather, alMuß†af, had died on the pilgrimage in 1145/1732, at Yandoto, the wellknown centre of learning near Katsina. 1. Kitb Ghanj Written in 1165/1751/2, and revised in 1178/1764. The first part of the work draws material from early khabars (including the previous item), has entries in annalistic form from 1121/1709-10 to 1164/1751, and a detailed acccount of the Asante invasion of eastern Gonja led by Safo (Katanka) in that last year. The relatively lightly edited redaction of 1764 has additional annalistic entries for 1176-78/1763-64. The matter of authorship is a complex one, on which Wilks and Levtzion hold different views but agree that Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Muß†af was responsible for the redaction of 1764. He may have written the colophon that succinctly describes the whole work: “It concerned what Allh has brought about from the beginning of Ghanj, the time of Nabafi, the faqıh Ismfiıl, and his son, Mu˛ammad al-Abya∂; the affairs of the Muslims, the unbelievers, and all the kings of Ghanj to the time of the king, Abü Bakr b. fiUthmn, whose laqab is Layufi.” Clearly the Kitb Ghanj incorporates the work of a number of scholars, of whom two are acknowledged: first, fiUmar Kunadi b. fiUmar, who was, or became, Yagbum Imam, and second, al-˛jj Mu˛ammad b. al-Muß†af. MSS: Legon, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 62, 248, 272; Niamey, 115. Publ. trans. in Wilks, Levtzion, and Haight (1986), 91-108.


545

fiUMAR DABLA, fl. mid- to late-18th century Asmis (1912); von Seefried (1913); van Rouveroy van Nieuwaal (1976); Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 175.

fiUmar Dabla, a Jabaghatay, was probaby very young when the Mango made their exodus from Groumania (Ivory Coast, 7° 55’ N - 4° 00’ W)). Subsequently he founded the Karamo-Kajura house in Sansanne Mango (Togo), and described himself as Imam of Mango. He is said later to have handed over his office to the more learned Gasama Kamagatay. The al-Kalm Maghu Sansani was probably inspired by the early Gonja khabar tradition, for there was close contact between the fiulam√ of Mango and Gonja in the mid-eighteenth century. 1. al-Kalm Maghu Sansani Account of the departure of the Mango from Groumania, their appeals to Gonja and Mamprusi for help, their wars in Gurma, and the founding of Sansanne Mango. MSS: Legon, 346(ii); Leiden, Centre of African Studies (unnumbered); Lomé, Institut National de la Recherche Scientifique (unnumbered). Publ. trans. in Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 180-82. MA˘MÜD b. fiABD ALL◊H, fl. 1890s El-Wakkad & Wilks (1961), 8-9; Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 55, 149, 151,

Son of the Lamporwura fiAbd Allh b. Is˛q of Salaga. Copyist of Kitb Ghanja (MS: Legon, 248). 1. Qißßat ∑algh wa-ta√rıkh Ghunj The Ta√rıkh Ghunj has to do with the career of the Gonja ruler Jakpa. The Qißßat ∑algh is an account of the growth of Salaga and the civil war of 1892 that led to its collapse. The two appear to be distinct works, the latter rather clumsily grafted onto the former. In two manuscripts Ma˛müd b. fiAbd Allh is unambiguously named as the author of the Qißßat ∑algh . In the Ta√rıkh Ghunj Garba ba-Gonje, apparently a brother of the Lampor imam, is identified as the source of the information on Jakpa. There is a presumption that Ma˛müd b. fiAbd Allh was also a writer of the Ta√rıkh. The matter is, however, greatly

546

CHAPTER TWELVE

complicated by the existence of a Hausa version of the Qißßat ∑algh wa-ta√rıkh Ghunj by al-˘asan b. fiUmar Alfa Kiri (q.v.). For a discussion of the problem, see Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 14651. MSS: Accra (NAG), acc. no. 217 of 1951; Legon, 1, 6, 15, 261, 263. Publ. trans. El-Wakkad (1961-2); second half only in Braimah and Goody (1967), 185-9; text and trans. in Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 152-64. ABÜ BAKR b. MU˘AMMAD fiALABIRA b. IBR◊HˆM DOSHI, fl. 1379/1959-60 His grandfather, Ibrhım Doshi, is known to have ruled the powerful Kpembe division of eastern Gonja in the 1870s, but nothing is known of Abü Bakr himself. 1. Q. fı ’l-wafi÷ Poem in 65vv., written in Gbanyito. Dated 1379/1959-60. Opens: Bi’smi’llhi büritiri ifr * Wafi÷u ikul itırınü itüb. MSS: Legon, 44; 44a (with glosses in Arabic). ANON 1. Kalm mulük wa-mamlikihim A compilation of material on aspects of Gonja history: the division of Nchumuru among Gonja chiefs, the origins of Gonja tribute to Asante, and the relationship between the Kpembe division and the Dente shrine at Kete Kraykye. A Hausa version of this work with minor variants exists (copy in Legon, 254). Both the Hausa and the Arabic versions appear to be drawn from an older work, Tariyon [Tarihin] asalin Gonjawa da Cumbulawa da Nawurawa, possibly written in 1881-2; see Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 190-3. The Hausa text of this work has not been located, but there is an English translation in Goody (1954), App. V. MS: Legon, 255. Publ. Text & trans. in Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 194-201.


2.

547

Miscellaneous untitled texts i) Cod. Arab. CCCII, in the Royal Library, Copenhagen, contains a number of letters written by Gonja Muslims in the first quarter of the nineteenth century. Texts and translations are in Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 206-25. They include, inter alia, an exchange of correspondence between Mlik, imam of Gbuipe and later of Gonja, and Asantehene Osei Tutu Kwame (d. 1823). ii) Dupuis (1824), cxxiv-cxxxv, transcribes a number of routebooks in Arabic, made for the use of pilgrims, and collected in Kumase in 1820. He gives English translations. They include one from Salaga to Mecca written by ∑üma b. Mu˛ammad Bawa, and one from Kumase to Salaga, and thence to Mecca and Jerusalem, written by Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. fiUmar Kunandi. Both writers were Gonja residents in Kumase, and served as advisors to Asantehene Osei Tutu Kwame.

THE MOLE OF DAGOMBA Loot arriving in Accra after the 1744-45 Asante invasion of Dagomba included “many Arabic books” (Rømer, (1760) 220). These have not been found, but several short pieces extant in Dagomba appear to be of eighteenth century date. P. Ferguson was given access to the corpus of works belonging to the Mole group, descendents of Sulaymn b. fiAbd Allh Baghayogho of Timbuktu and his followers who settled in Dagomba in the mid-seventeenth century. Many of the writings, such as the Ta√rıkh al-Shaykh Sulaymn, are historical in content, and belong to the same genre as the early Gonja works in khabar form. The head of the Mole group is the Yidan Mole, and one of his responsibilities was, apparently, to record major events. Such works are, for the most part, readily available to the inquirer. Ferguson, however, describes texts of a more esoteric nature that she was not permitted to see. Nevertheless, their contents, were in some cases described to her and had to do with, inter alia, agriculture, medicine, iron-working, and paper-making (Ferguson, (1972), xxiv-xxvii, 333-34).

548

CHAPTER TWELVE

ANON 1. Asm√ muslimın fı bb manzil Muliyili List of 23 heads of the Mole community (to which two have been added in a later hand), commencing with Mole Sulaymn, Mole Müs and Mole Büba, with the location of the grave of each. Work copied in 1938 from an older ms. in the library of Yidan Mole Mu˛ammad (d. 1938). Read on special occasions, including a Mole child’s completion of his or her Qur√nic education. MS: Photocopy: Ferguson (1972), Plate 45. Publ. trans. in Ferguson (1972), 328-9. AL-˘ASAN b. MU˘AMMAD b. YA˘Y◊, known as Malam al-˘asan Mole, fl. mid-20th century. Ferguson (1972), xxiv, 338. Malam al-˘asan’s grandfather, Ya˛y b. ∑li˛ (d. c. 1891) was 18th Yidan Mole, and his father, Mu˛ammad (d. 1938) was 20th. Malam al˘asan is regarded as a leading authority on the history of the Mole community, and put together (and edited) at least two collections of older material from the Mole corpus. 1. al-Qißßa ta√rıkh al-Muslimın fı hdh ’l-zamn Collection of khabars and other pieces, in 8 ff., compiled by Malam al˘asan Mole in 1965. He failed to indicate breaks between one item and the other, and the following list is highly tentative. Names of authors are drawn from the text, but again must be regarded as tentative pending a critical study of the ms. i) fiABD ALL◊H b. MU∑‡AF◊, Muli Yindi Eighth Yidan Mole (fl. mid-18th century), and son of sixth Yidan Mole Muß†af ( Ferguson (1972), 337). Untitled. Contains an account of the migration of Shaykh Sulaymn from Timbuktu to Dagomba; of the journey of Ya Na Mu˛ammad Zangina’s messenger, Na Sigili, to Wagadugu to ask the Moro Naba to allow the followers (talmidha) of Shaykh Sulaymn to join him in Dagomba; of the death of many Mole people in Na Sigili’s war with Gonja; of Yidan Mole Buba’s request that Sigili therefore give


549

him children to be converted, in replacement of the losses; and of Buba’s settlement of one of his sons, Ahmed, in Savelugu ( 9° 37’ N - 0° 9’ W) to become Kore Mole there and to teach the ways of Islam. Publ: partial trans. in Ferguson (1972), 103-04, 154-55, 163, 174-75. ii) NAFAfiU b. YÜNUS Fifth Yidan Mole and Kamshegu Na (fl. early 18th century), and son of 4th Yidan Mole (Ferguson (1972), 161-62). Untitled work stressing the importance of observing the five pillars of Islam in Moleyili, and advocating the importance of agriculture and manufacture, with a description of Moleyili, having references, inter alia, to animal husbandry, crop cultivation, weaving, and iron smelting. Partial trans. in Ferguson (1972), 163-64, 165-69. iii) His son fiABD ALL◊H b. NAFAfiU Untitled work on the influence of Arabic on the Dagbane language. Publ. partial trans. in Ferguson (1972), 115. iv) IDRˆS b. ∑◊LI˘ b. fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N Idrıs was 22nd Yidan Mole; his father (fl. mid-nineteenth century) was the 17th; and his grandfather the 15th (Ferguson, (1972), 337n.). Khabar jihd basariyyu (sic) wa-Ya Na fiAbd Allh Account of the campaigns of Ya Na fiAbd Allh (c. 1863-1876) against the Basari. v) MU˘AMMAD b. YA˘Y◊ b. ∑◊LI˘ Mu˛ammad (d. 1938) was the 20th Yidan Mole; his father (d. c. 1891) was the 18th; and his grandfather the 17th (Ferguson (1972), 337-8). Khabar jihd Adibu Daghumba wa’l-Naßrnı Account of the Dagomba defeat by the Germans at Adibo (9° 18’ N—O° 01’ E) in 1896.

550

CHAPTER TWELVE

vi)

ANON

Rajul asm√ Wusifi Tutu Account of relations between Dagomba and Asante at the time of Ya Na Gariba and Asantehene Osei Tutu (that is, Osei Kwadwo, 176477). Publ. trans. in Ferguson (1972), 220-22. vii)

ANON

List of 25 heads of the Mole community, commencing with Mole Sulaymn. This is a copy, with minor changes, of Asm√ Muslimın fi bb manzil Muliyili, see above. MS: Legon, 375. 2. Ta√rıkh al-muslimın fı zamn A collection of khabars compiled by Malam al-˘asan Mole in 1972. i) Ta√rıkh al-Shaykh Sulaymn Also entitled in Dagbane, Yughu Tulani. Account in 3 pp. of the migration of Sh. Sulaymn b. fiAbd Allh Baghayogho from Timbuktu to Sabari in Dagomba, at the time of Ya Na Luro (mid17th century). Copy made by Malam al-˘asan Mole in 1972 from an older ms. (Ferguson (1972), 55-59). MS: Facsimile text in Ferguson (1972), plates 9-11. Publ. trans.in Ferguson (1972), 60-63. ii) A further six pages of this manuscript contain accounts of the Dagomba wars against the Basari in the third quarter of the nineteenth century, and of the defeat by the Germans at Adibo in 1896. MS: NU/Legon, unaccessioned. THE SAGANUGU

The passage of Saganugu scholars from Mali into the Greater Voltaic Region has been referred to above. They carried with them teachings of al-˛jj Slim Suwari, which endorsed a highly liberal attitude in the matter of the coexistence of Muslims and non-Muslims, while stressing the importance of sharıfia (Wilks (1999), 103-5). The Tafsır al-Jallayn,


551

the Muwa††a√ of Imam Mlik, and the Shif√ of Q∂ı fiIy∂ were core items of the teaching tradition, and throughout the Greater Voltaic Region virtually all licences to teach these works record sequences of teachers that converge on the figure of Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. alfiAbbs b. Mu˛ammad al-fi◊fı Saganugu (Wilks (1968), 172-6, and ijzas in MSS: Lrgon, 49, 50, 141-2, 162-3, 175, 232, 296, 338-9, 427, 438-9, 444. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af died in Boron (Ivory Coast), probably in 1190/1776-7. He and his sons are greatly revered. Al-fiAbbs b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af (d. 1215/1801) became imam of Kong, and his brothers Safiıd and Ibrhım were successive imams of Bobo-Dioulasso. These, and at least two other brothers, taught many students who in turn opened new schools in such centres as Banda ( 8° 10 N - 2° 22’ W), Bonduku, Buna, and Wa. The achievement of Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af and his sons was to revitalise learning among the Juula. They rejected jihd as a means of converting non-Muslim peoples, and seem not actively to have proselytised. Another, though closely related, branch of the Saganugu moved into the region of the northern bend of the Black Volta, where the Juula who called themselves Dafin lived among the autochthonous Bobo, Ko, and others. Again, they opened new schools and revived the state of learning. Al-˛jj Ma˛müd b. fiUthmn Saganugu settled in Taslima (13° 37’ N - 4° 05’ W), and his son, Yafiqüb, moved to Safane (12° 08’ N - 3° 13’ W), which in the early nineteenth century was a large town with a Friday mosque: it was so described in an Arabic route book of the period available in Kumase for the traveller bound for Jenne (Dupuis (1824), cxxxi). Among twentieth century Saganugu scholars, Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Mu˛ammad al-Munır (q.v.) is preeminent. Many of his writings were historical in character. He tirelessly articulated the tradition that the Saganugu were descendants of the third caliph fiUthman b. fiAffn, and chronicled the achievements of Saganugu notables over the centuries. ANON 1. F√idat ism awliy√Allh Names of twelve holymen, commencing with al-˛jj Slim Suwari, and Qur√nic süras associated with them.

552

CHAPTER TWELVE

MSS: NU/Wilks, FN 265 (3 versions); Legon, 164 (variant version; see NU/Wilks, FN 79). 2. al-Muß†af wa-wulduhu’l-abrr al-kirm Prayer for the twelve sons of Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu. Numerous copies of this work are extant, and are often carried in the cover of a person’s Qur√n. MS: Legon, 446; NU/Wilks FN 181 (English translation of a longer version with the names of Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af’s wives and daughters, as well as his sons). 3. Nubdha min ta√rıkh al-Umawiyyın List of Saganugu ancestors, who are sources of baraka. MS: Niamey, 213 (attrib to al-˛jj Mar˛aba [Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori, q.v.]). This ms. is of Juula provenance. For a similar work of Jahanke provenance, see Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Curtin, Film 4, no. 20, “Tarikh de la famille Sakanoko”, which also traces a putative descent from fiUthmn b. fiAffn. MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM b. MU˘AMMAD, fl. 1217/1802-3 NU/Wilks FN 180, 183, 187, 189. The writer’s grandfather was Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. al-fiAbbs Saganugu, who died in Boron (Ivory Coast). His father, Ibrhım, who died probably in 1241/1825-26, was second imam of Bobo-Dioulasso, and a younger brother of Imm al-fiAbbs Saganugu of Kong who died 8 Dhü ’l-˘ijja 1215/22 April 1801. The writer’s son, Ibrhım, became fourth imam of Darsalami, ( 11° 03’ N - 4° 22’ W) and was grandfather of Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Mu˛ammad al-Munır (q.v.) 1. ∑ifat al-janna wa-m fıh 160 vv., in 15 chapters, written in Jumd I 1217/September 1802. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi fial infimihı * Wa’l-shukr li’llhi fial if∂lihı. MS: Niamey, 189.


553

MA˘MÜD b. IBR◊HˆM b. AL-MU∑‡AF◊, fl. 1266/1849-50 NU/Wilks FN183, 186, 187.

Ma˛müd was brother of Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad alMuß†af (q.v.). He became seventh imam of Bobo-Dioulasso, but left there because of the prevalence of the Do cult. He founded Darsalami (eight miles distant on the Bouake road) in 1266/1849-50, and became its first imam. When still in Bobo-Dioulasso, he taught Ma˛müd Karantaw (q.v.), and gave him the Qdiriyya wird. 1. Man÷üma fı asm√ Allh al-˛usn Opens: Yaqülu fiAbd Allhi najlu sayyidı * Mu˛ammadin dma ˛ubbuhu li’l-A˛madı. 44 vv. on the 99 names of God. MS: Niamey, 165(xiv). MU˘AMMAD FODI MORI b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUNˆR b. IBR◊HˆM b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑‡AF◊ AL-∑AGHˆR b. IBR◊HˆM al-Sakanüqı al-Umawı, known as al-˘jj Mar˛ab, b. 12 Rabıfi I 1314/21 August 1896, d. 28 Jumd II 1401/3 May 1981 Autobiography in al-Jawhir wa’l-yawqıt, Mawqifi al-a˛dq, and Ta√rıkh al-Islm fı Bübü (for all of which, see below); Wilks (1968), 193-4; NU/Wilks FN 180-3, 185-9; Interview by JOH with Munır Imam Wangara, son of Mar˛ab, Accra 25/1/99.

Mar˛ab was descended from the renowned Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. al-fiAbbs Saganugu of Boron through his father, but also through his mother, F†ima, whose father was Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Safiıd b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af. Mar˛ab’ s paternal grandfather, Ibrhım, who lived in Kong, started from there on a pilgrimage to Mecca. He was detained for a time at Sati ( 11° 13’ N - 2° 17’ W), in the Gurensi country, and required to serve as imam to the convert Sati Musa, who had fought in the Karantaw jihd and had studied under its leader, al˛jj Ma˛müd Karantaw. Sati Müs gave one of his daughters to Ibrhım as wife. Ibrhım then continued his journey to Sansanne Mango, where again he was detained by its ruler. He spent several years there, during which time Sati Musa’ s daughter bore a number of children, the eldest of whom was Mu˛ammad al-Munır. Ibrhım died in Sansanne Mango

554

CHAPTER TWELVE

before having been given permission to proceed. Imam fiAbbas of Kong sent people to bring back Ibrhım’s wife and children. This was in 1295/1878. It was decided that they should be sent to Bobo-Dioulasso and brought up there. Mar˛ab was born in Bobo-Dioulasso in 1214/1896. He grew up, however, mainly in his mother’s town, the nearby Darsalami. It is said that his mother taught him the Arabic alphabet, and that by the age of eight he had memorised the Qur√n. Mar˛ab’s father, Mu˛ammad alMunır, who had become a skilled calligrapher, died in or about 1323/1906-7, and his mother shortly after. Mar˛ab went on to complete his Qur√nic education, which took just over eight years, under Abü ’lfiAbbs A˛mad Saganugu (otherwise known as Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Wali, and nicknamed Turu Kuru) of Darsalami. For three of these years he served as his teacher’s secretary. He continued advanced studies with a number of other teachers, including Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan b. fiAbd al-Qdir Timiti of Bonduku (q.v.) and al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr of Kete Krakye (q.v.). The latter further recommended him to go to Lokoja (Nigeria) and read rhetoric and the sciences of litigation with his in-law, Yahüdh b. Safid, a Tijnı shaykh of Zaria (ALA II, 1995, 370), who was himself a student of Mu˛ammad Salgha, (of Salaga, b. 1288/1871-72, see ALA II, 1995, 260-63). Subsequently Mar˛ab studied under several scholars in Kumase, including Mu˛ammad Baªo and Imam fiAbbs al-Mu˛addith; he refers to al-˛jj A˛mad al-Damanghari [Ba-Damaghari] as his shaykh, and also names as a teacher al-˛jj fiAli al-Khalıfa, apparently a Tijnı. At this time, however, Mar˛ab had a Shdhilı wird that had been transmitted through generations of Saganugu shaykhs from al-˛jj Jibrıl Kasamasi, (i.e.of the Casamance), and a Qdirı wird that he had taken from al-˛jj Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan al-Tayra, a Dafin, in 1352/1933-4. Mar˛ab’s claim to have been made a muqaddam of the Tijniyya by al˛jj fiAbd Allh al-Fütı (of the Ahl Jaba Karanbasamu) in 1342/1923-4, must be in error, perhaps with regard to date. Mar˛ab left Accra on pilgrimage in 1356-7/1937-8. In Lagos he met ◊dam fiAbd Allh al-Ilürı (see ALA II, 516) and ◊dam Na-Mafiaji (see ALA II, 317). In N’Djamena (formerly Fort Lamy) he met a number of prominent Tijnıs, including Mu˛ammad al-Mahdı (ALA II, 404), faqıh Abü ’l-Qasim, sharıf fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Qasa, and sharıf A˛mad.


555

Twelve men escorted Mar˛ab to N’Djamena, where he stayed with Mu˛ammad Ta. An arrangement was made for Mar˛ab to visit the aged fiAbd al-Mu√min b. A˛mad b. Salm, who claimed to have met al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiid al-Fütı in Madina on which occasion they both took a Tijnı ijza from Mu˛ammad al-Ghlı. Mar˛ab took an ijza from fiAbd al-Mu√min. In the ˘ijz Mar˛ab met, among others, Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ [alfiAlawı] al-Tijnı, Sh. A˛mad khalıfat al-Fütı, Khadıja al-Shinqı†iyya (see ALA II, 261), and A˛mad b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Katghumı, who was leader of the West African Tijani community in Madina (see ALA II, 265) and from whom he also received an ijza. In 1945 he moved back to Upper Volta [Burkina Faso], going first to Bora (or Boara, 11° 02’ N—2° 36’ W) and then Bobo-Dioulasso. In 1948 he returned to Accra, first to New Town [Lagos Town] where he built a house, and then to Nima in 1950. He gave sessions of tafsır in the mosques of Nima, Mamobi, New Town, Adabraka, etc. In 1954 he initiated mawlid ceremonies in Accra. In 1958 he returned to BoboDioulasso and taught there, and initiated mawlid ceremonies in 1960. He also built a school in Darsalami and a mosque in Bamuko (10° 56’ N— 3° 20’ W). For the remainder of his life he divided his time between Bobo-Dioulasso and Accra, and it is in this latter city that his sons still live, though his library remains in Bobo-Dioulasso. 1. al-Ahliyya A treatise on Arabic pronouns written for the students of the Ahliyya School, Nima, Accra. Dated 10 Mu˛arram 1375/28 August 1955. MS: Niamey, 165(xviii) 2. Ajwiba Brief responses to thirty questions. MS: Niamey, 165(viii). 3. Ajwiba fı ’l-lugha Responses to questions from his student Abü Bakr al-Ramaka alBunduqı (q.v.) about quinquiliterals. MS: Niamey, 165 (xiii).

556

CHAPTER TWELVE

4. Ajwiba man÷üma Responses to questions concerning the muftı and ijtihd in 20 vv. MS: Niamey, 165(xxi). 5. Ass al-ta√rıkh MS: Niamey, 1515 (129 ff. with photo portrait of Sh. Mar˛ab and second photo with Boubou Hama and others). 6. Asn ’l-ma†lib li-fiulam√ al-maktib Lexicon of words of feminine or common gender. Completed 9 Dhü ’l˘ijja 1384/11 April 1965. MS: Niamey, 162 (foll. by 1 f. in prose and verse on shurü† al-imma, dated 25 Shawwl 1384/27 February 1965). 7. al-Bayn li’l-khßß wa’l-fimm fı a˛km al-fiaqıqa wa’l-janza wa’l-nik˛ wa’l-zakt mimm ßa˛˛a fian al-ajilla al-afilm Written in Wagadugu 28 Jumd II 1383/15 November 1963. At the end is a small treatise on Mar˛ab’s isnds for ˛adıth and other Islamic sciences, and a list of students and books they studied with him. MS: Legon, 465. [This contains a group photo with Mar˛ab and a portrait photo of him, and is said to have been published in mimeographed form by his son-in-law al-˛jj fiUthmn al-Imm alWatari [i.e. al-˛jj fiUthmn b. Is˛q Boyo, (q.v.), Legon, Accra.] 8. Dhkirat al-ßli˛ın wa-†arıqat al-muttaqın Introduced by his son Mu˛ammad al-Munır, it consists of extracts of Mar˛aba’s al-Muqaddima al-Kubr, mainly concerning matters of ßalt. Completed 9 Shawwl 1388/29 December 1968. MS: Niamey, 165(ii). 9. Fat˛ al-˘annn al-Mannn fı akhbr al-Südn This is largely derived from such well-known sources as the Ta√rıkh alsüdan of al-Safidı (q.v.) and the Ta√rıkh al-fattsh of Ma˛müd Kafiti/Ibn al-Mukhtr (q.v.). MS: Niamey, 108(i) [344 pp.].


557

10. Fiqh Wagadugu fı muhimmt al-Islm First item in a collection of nine small items of personal fiqh, together having the title al-Mas√il al-fiqhiyya allatı yajib al-maßır ilayh lißi˛˛at al-a˛dıth bih. MS: Niamey, 165(iv). 11. Ghazl al-ma†y fı mad˛ al-mamdü˛ al-˛aqıqı Poem in 18. vv. Opens: Y ghdiyan yafilü ’l-sinda fa-ballighan * Salgh wa-sal fian jıratı salm MS: Niamey, 165(xvii). 12. Ikhtilf rijlt Account of the jihd of al-˛jj Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad Karantaw of Wahbü. This is a recension of an older work closely related to the anonymous Mas√ala fiind al-rajulayn, see below; Wilks (1989), 100103. MS: Legon, 77; NU/Wilks FN 268. Publ. trans. Martin (1966), 72-6. Al-Naqar (1972), 121-22. 13. al-Jadwal al-mar∂iya fı a˛km al-nün al-skina wa’l-tanwın rasman wa-talaffu÷an Treatise on the tanwın in Qur√nic calligraphy and tajwıd. MS: Niamey, 118 (according to which it was published in Cairo: M. Zammız). 14. al-Jawhir wa’l-yawqıt fi dukhül al-Islm al-maghrib mafia ’ltawqıt Materials on the spread of Islam in West Africa, with particular reference to the role of the Saganugu. Compiled in 1963 for the information of Ivor Wilks. MSS: Legon, 246, with English trans. by Sal˛ Ibrhım; NU/Wilks FN 179; trans. only, NU/Hunwick, 481. 15. K. al-thr li-qa†fi akdhıb al-akhbr On the history of Islam in Bobo-Dioulasso. Completed 19 Mu˛arram 1389/6 April 1969. MS: Niamey, 108(xii).

558

CHAPTER TWELVE

16. Mawqifi al-a˛dq fial ’l-˛aq√iq allatı ˛awhu hdhihi ’l-awrq History of the Watara of Kong and of other West African polities. It opens with an autobiography of the author. See also no. 24 and 27 below. MS: Niamey, 108(ii). 17. al-Muqaddima al-kubr Known as yet only through the extracts from it in Dhakhırat al-ßli˛ın, the work is apparently on the application of fiqh in the acts of personal obligation. His son Munır says there is a copy in the family library in Bobo-Dioulasso. 18. Nubdha fıh asm√ al-˛jj Askiy wa-muddat khilfatihim wafiadad al-masjid allatı buniyat fı fiahdih No attribution to Sh. Mar˛ab. A confused piece about the askiyas of Songhay and blocks (libna) of adobe they sent out to found other mosques. Said to have been originally written in 985/1577-8, and a new copy made [by Sh. Mar˛aba] in 1342/1904-5. MS: Niamey, 110. 19. Nubdha min akhbr Bıghü Completed 11 Rajab 1383/27 November 1963. MS: Niamey, 165(xvi). 20. Qaß√id i) Q. dliyya: Il Mawl ’l-war ’l-Mannni ashkü * ∑urüf aldahri fiammat fı ’l-bild 29 vv. A response to Imam fiAlı al-Gambarı, described as the greatest student of [al-˛jj] fiUmar al-Kabawı, concerning disputes among Tijnıs, especially about the wird. Completed 1 Mu˛arram 1386/22 April 1966. MS: Niamey, 165(vi). ii) Q. lmiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-ßalt bi’l-kamlı * fiAl rasül Allhi wa-s√ir al-lı MS: Niamey, 165(iii). iii) Q. r√iyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-fiAlım al-Khabırı * Mudabbir al-ashy√i wa’hw al-Qadırü


559

Poem in praise of Sh. Bako al-Tnü who had studied with Mar˛ab, completed 6 Jumd I 1351/7 September 1932. MS: Niamey, 165(vii), followed by a number of short pieces of prose and verse, including one concerning a dispute over marital abandonment (raffi al-fiißma) involving a Lebanese. 21. Qa†fi alsinat al-mutashayyikhın wa’l-mur√ın wa-ib†l al-˛ujaj li’lmul˛idın fı fiaq√idihim al-fsida wa-taqrırtihim al-m√ila fian al-salaf al-ßli˛ A defence of ∑üfism, and especially of the Tijniyya, completed on 15 Shafibn 1385/8 December 1965. At the end the author has a note on his Tijnı affliation. See also item 23 below. MS: Niamey, 165(v). 22. Qitfia fı ’l-wu∂ü√ wa’l-tayammum MS: Niamey, 165(xx). 23. al-Tamyız wa’l-taf∂ıl bayn al-wfidın wa’l-˛ujjj In text it is called Rislat al-ri˛la al-thlitha. On the pilgrimage to Mecca with a list of 11 men and 11 women who accompanied him. Copy has his stamp in Arabic dated 1390/1970-1. MS: Niamey, 1123. 24. Tanbıh al-mustafıd min ba˛r fa∂l Allh al-mufıd fial ’lmustarshidın Defence of Sufism, dated 17 Mu˛arram 1385/19 May 1965. See also item 21 above. MS: NU/Wilks FN 179. 25. Ta√rıkh al-Watariyyın wa-bafi∂ mamlik al-Südn al-Faransı waghayrih wa-fiulam√ al-bild History of the Watara of Kong and other Sudanic kingdoms in 255 pp. MS: Niamey, 116. 26. Ta√rıkh al-fiilm Notes on the history of Ancient Ghana and the revival of its name by Dr Kwame Nkrumah for the Republic of Ghana. The author refers to

560

CHAPTER TWELVE

histories by al-˛jj Sammu Silla and al-˛jj Mu˛ammad Saganugu in Ganwi (8° 11’ N - 7° 51’ W). Followed by a plea to “scholars of Arabic and English culture” to “correct” their books before publishing them. Dated 8 Rabıfi I 1385/7 July 1965. MS: NU/Wilks FN189, Appendix II. 27. Ta√rıkh al-Islm fi Bübü History of Islam in the Bobo country in 68 pp., with much background material on the spread of Islam in West Africa in general, and an emphasis on the role of the Saganugu in this. Completed on 15 Mu˛arram 1383/8 June 1963. MSS: NU/Wilks FN 189, Appendix I. 28. Ta√rıkh mamlik al-Watariyyın min Ghum A history of Kong and its Watara rulers. Mu˛ammad Mar˛ab studied under Abü Bakr b. al-Hasan b. fiAbd al-Qdir al-Timiti (q.v.). One of his fellow students was Mu˛ammad al-Amın, known as Karamoko Turi (d. c. 1945 in Wa), who had in his possession a ta√rıkh from the library of his father, Karamoko Dugutigi Kulibali of Kong. The Ta√rıkh mamlik al-Watariyyın is Mu˛ammad Mar˛ab’s recension of this older text. MSS: Legon, 454 (with draft trans.); NU/Wilks FN 188. 29. Ta√rıkh mulük bild Müshi wa-a˛wlihim Brief history of Mossi rulers. A rewriting of a history of the Mossi found with al-˛jj Müs Kunkü, chief pilgrim officer in Wagadugu. Written on 17 Jumd I 1383/5 October 1963. Publ. n.p., n.d. (copy in Niamey, 111). See also Risla munıfa fı ußül bild Müshı by al-˛jj Müs Kunkü b. Sh. A˛mad al-Barnwı al-Yamnı, apparently a different rewriting of the same history by al-Muftı (presumably Mar˛ab), dated 10 Jumd I 1383/28 September 1963; it is followed by a Mossi king-list. MS: Legon, 350, 429. See also Levtzion (1968), 169, n. 7. 30. Tash†ır qaßıdat Mu˛ammad al-Watarı Tash†ır of Tahdhıb raw∂ al-qinfia of Mu˛ammad b. Yafiqüb al-Watarı al-Bunduqı (q.v.) in 358. vv. Opens: Qul y khalılu li-shni√in murr√ı * La-a˛madanna ilhı shukra al√ı.


561

MS: Niamey, 165(ix), 321 (with stamp “M.M. ALMOFTIE KIMBERLY AVENUE ACCRA”). 31. Tatimma fı dhikr amthila †abaqat al-mujtahidın al-thaltha min s√ir al-madhhib al-arbafia Not specifically stated to be by Mar˛ab, but forms part of a corpus of mainly his writings. It appears to be a comment on two verses, the first of which is: Kullu fiilm in fa-lahu mujtahidü * fiAlayhi fı taqrırihi yufitamadü MS: Niamey, 165(xv). 32. fiUmdat al-mukhbir il ßift ahl al-kufr Brief guide to various heretical sects. Completed 13 Jumd II 1389/26 August 1969. MS: Niamey, 165(i). 33. Urjüza: Wa’l-˛amdu li’llhi ’l-fia÷ım al-ajlalı * Thumma ’l-ßaltu mukammilan li’l-rusulı Sh. Mar˛ab’s first attempt at verse, written 1349/1930-1. MS: Niamey, 337. 34. Urjüza fı ’l-khunth al-mushkil Dated 1373/1953-4. 6 vv. as a response to a question on the “problematic hermaphrodite”. MS: Niamey, 341. 35. Waßiyya man÷üma 15. vv. of advice. Each line is prefaced by the words Qultu li—’I said to’. Opens: [Qultu li-man yurıdu istifibd al-ns] A˛sin il ’l-nsi tastafibid qulübahum * Fa-†lam istafibad al-insn al-i˛snu Dated 30 Rabıfi I 1389/15 June 1969. MS: Niamey, 165 (xix). 36. Untitled Simplified treatment of poetic metre and rhyme. MS: Legon, 430.

562

CHAPTER TWELVE

37. Untitled Listing of the section headings of the ∑a˛ı˛ of al-Bukhrı, and the number of ˛adıths to be found under each heading, with a short introduction stressing the importance for students of fiqh to have a deep knowledge of the sources of fiqh, especially ˛adıth, a field which has generally been neglected. MS: Legon, 434. THE BAMBA OF BANDA

The Bamba of Banda (a town in west-central Ghana, known in Juula as Fugala) claim descent from the Bamba imams of Bighu (Begho), the Juula emporium that was destroyed by internecine struggles in the early eighteenth century. Ya˛y, son of the last imam, Ma˛müd Bamba, is said to have resettled in Banda. The figure of Sh. fiUmar Banda is much revered by the Banda fiulam√, and his descent from one of the last Bighu imams is given as fiUmar b. Sulaymn b. Abı Bakr b. Ma˛müd b. fiUthmn b. Ya˛y b. Imam Ma˛müd (NU/Wilks FN 73). His reputation rests largely upon the fact that, as it is said, “he had been to the Saganugu for learning” (NU/Wilks FN 237). The Bamba provide imams for Banda, Mengye (7° 56’ N—2° 23’ W), and Wenchi. fiUMAR b. SULAYM◊N al-Fuqulwı al-Banbawı, sometimes known as fiUmar Banda For isnds, NU/Wilks FN 36; MS Legon, 39; Wilks (1968), 196.

fiUmar Banda studied under al-˛jj al-Sanüsı al-‡ürı of Lokoso (10° 19’N—3° 40 W), whose teacher was Safiıd b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu of Bobo-Dioulasso. Sh. fiUmar’s students included his son Mu˛ammad (see below), and Safiıd Bamba, who became imam of Banda. Sh. fiUmar is said earlier to have been imam of Banda, and a Tijnı. 1. Q. mımiyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-mukarram * Wa-shukrun li’llh i’l-mufia÷÷am All attributions of this poem to fiUmar Banda are oral. The mss. give no indication of authorship.


563

MSS: Legon, 92, 103, 150, 157. MU˘AMMAD b. fiUMAR b. SULAYM◊N al-Fuqulwı al-Banbawı sometimes also al-Bbı), fl. 1264/1848 NU/Wilks, FN 73.

Son of the preceding author. The writings of Mu˛ammad are often attributed to his father. 1. Hidyat al-asfiad Poem in praise of the Prophet and celebrating his names in 211 vv. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı ’l-amr lana tamah [*] had bi-man sammhu asm ’l-anm. MS: Legon, 87. 2. Mawhüb al-Mannn Verse composition of about 400 vv. Completed 2 Rama∂n 1264/12 July 1848. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-mhid lan ghabr√ * Wa-anzala fialayn min al-sam√i m√. MS: Legon, 68 (attrib. by fiUthmn b. Is˛q Boyo (q.v.) to fiUmar Banda), 91, 460; Niamey, 309. 3. Q. fı mad˛ khayr al-bariyya Opens: Bi’smi khliqi ˛liqin raßfiu ˛ulalı. MS: Legon, 337(iii). Pt. ii of this ms. contains Takh. al-qaßıda alShaqr†ısiyya by a certain Samba b. Baw al-Falltı al-Msinı; see also p. 664 below. 4. Shif√ al-ghalıl See note by Mu˛ammad Mar˛ab to MS: Niamey, 200. 5. Tadhyıl wa-takhmıs li-qaßıdat al-Badamßı al-‡√ı Opens: Shakaytu li-fiumrı li-far†i fıhi tafarra† * Wa-m shnat fıhi min wfiri takhalla†. MS: Niamey, 200.

564

CHAPTER TWELVE

AL-˘ASAN, Imam of Wenchi 1. Letter written on behalf of the people of Wenchi to those of Banda (Fugula), warning them against two ghulm who had just left Wenchi on their way to Banda. They were presumably followers of Mahdı Müs, some of whom entered northern Asante in 1905 (see Goody (1970), 151; Wilks (1989), 152-5) MS: Legon, 391. SAfiˆD b. fiABD ALL◊H b. MÜS◊ b. D◊WÜD al-Banbawı al-Fugalwı al-Sansanı al-Wnkawı al-Damtrikurawı 1. Notes on two shaykhs: al-˛jj Mu˛ammad b. Imam Safiıd and Shehu b. Yafiqüb. The former is independently known to have studied tafsır under his father, Safiıd, imam of Banda, who had himself studied under fiUmar Bamba; see the isnds in Legon, 439, and Wilks (1968), 196. MS: Legon, 357. THE TARAWIRI [TRAORE] OF WA

Wa emerged in the seventeenth century as a small pluralistic state, with secular power shared between warlords of Mande, Dagomba, and Mamprusi origins, and religious authority exercised by a clerical group also of Mande origin. The founders of the latter were Yüsuf and his brother Yafimuru Tarawiri (or Traoré), who came from Ja (or Dia) in the southwest of the Middle Niger flood-plain. Most of the imamates in Wa and the surrounding towns and villages are held by descendants of Yafimuru Tarawiri. Saganugu influence brought about a major renewal of learning in Wa in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth century, particularly associated with the eleventh imam of Wa, Safiıd b. fiAbd al-Qdir, a great-grandson of Yafimuru Tarawiri. Many of the writings of the Wa fiulam√ are historical in character, having to do with the constitutional relations of the various communities that make up the state. There are also traces of an older Mande griot tradition that may have been carried south by the Mande warlords in the period of Mali’s decline.


565

There was substantial Hausa immigration into Wa in the nineteenth century. Hausa became commonly used, side by side with Arabic, for literary purposes even by the Juula (Tarawiri) scholars. SAfiˆD b. fiABD AL-Q◊DIR b. MU˘AMMAD Tarawiri, fl. late 18th early 19th century. Wilks (1989), 35-6, 76-7, 102-3. NU/Wilks FN 52, 53. fiAbd al-Qdir b. Mu˛ammad was sixth Imam of Wa. Safiıd was sent to school in Kong. He is said to have spent twelve years there, and latterly to have studied under fiAbbs b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu (d. 1801). Returning to Wa, he founded the Tamarimuni ward, and opened a school in it. He served as eleventh Imam of Wa, probably in the 1830s, and came to be regarded as one of the renewers of Islam there (mujaddid dın al-Islm). 1. al-Akhbar sal†anat bild Wa Work on the history of Wa with particular reference to the origins of the Muslim communities. This copy was made from an old and deteriorating ms., in the 1920s, by Safiıd’s grandson, Safiıd b. A˛mad. MS: Legon, 298. ABÜ, known as Malam Abü, fl. late-19th century. Wilks (1993), 219-21.

Malam Abü belonged to Yeri Nayiri, a Muslim section of Wa comprising “warriors” rather than “scholars”. He was directly involved in the upheavals of the late nineteenth century that resulted from the intrusions of first the Zabarima and then Samori into the Volta basin. In or about 1914 Dr. J. F. Corson, Medical Officer in Wa, encouraged Malam Abü to record his recollections of the period. He did so in the form of three hundred and sixteen tales (labarin) in Hausa, which he probably dictated to a scribe. Malam Abü was also one of the principal informants of Is˛q b. fiUthmn Dabila b. Yafiqüb (q.v.). 1. Labarin Zabaramawa History of Zabarima activities in the Volta basin under Alfa Hano, Gazari, and Babatu, in 139 pp.

566

CHAPTER TWELVE

MS: London (SOAS), acc. no. Hausa 98017. Publ. Partial trans. in Pilaszewicz (1991); full facsimile text and trans. in Pilaszewicz (1992), 72-111, 125-205, but see review byWilks in SAJHS, iv (1993), 213-22. 2. Labarin Shamuri Account of the campaigns of Almami Samori, ending with his capture by the French, in 182 pp. MS: London (SOAS), Hausa 98017. IBR◊HˆM b. MÜS◊, d. c.1930. Wilks (1989), 32, 121-22; NU/Wilks FN 149.

Ibrhım was from Bornu by origin, but resided in Kano before moving to Wa. He was one of the founders of the Wa Zongo at the end of the nineteenth century, and was given the title Sambada Na (“chief of the strangers”) by the Wa Na. He became imam of the Hausa mosque. 1. al-Akhbr Wala kasamu Hausa work on the position of the Balume tendaanba, “landowners”, in Wa, written at their request probably c. 1900. MS: Accra (NAG), acc. no. 1428 of 1959; Legon, 21, 45. Publ. trans. by Pilaszewicz (1970), and sections by Wilks (1989), 33-5. 2. al-Akhbr Samuru Historical notes in Hausa on Wa during the Samorian period, written c. 1900. MSS: Accra (NAG), acc. no. 261 of 1961 (photocopy in Legon, 20). IS˘◊Q b. fiUTHM◊N DABILA b. YAfiQUB, known as Malam Isaka, b. 1860s, d. 7 Rajab 1350/18 November 1931. Wilks (1989), 36, 47-60, 150, 156, 161-64, 172-73; NU/Wilks FN 112. Belonged to the Dzedzedeyiri section of Wa Limamyiri, which had been founded by his grandfather, Yafiqub b. fiAbd al-Qdir, twelfth Wa imam. His father, fiUthmn Dabila, was first Friday Imam of Wa, and Is˛q was to become the fourth. He was a dominant figure in Wa politics for three decades, and his advice was greatly valued by the colonial


567

administrators. His historical writings were of major importance in clarifying consitutional relations between the various estates of the Wala polity. He had, however, an agenda of his own, and did much to consolidate Muslim authority there. One of Is˛q’s major informants was Malam Abü (q.v.). 1. Ta√rıkh ahl Tariwari min Mandi Account of a migration of Tarawiri (Traoré) from Kangaba in Mali, through Lanfiera (12° 59’ N—3° 25’ W) and Busse (13° 06’N—3° 23’ W), to Wa, and of the foundation of two Muslim sections of Wa, Yeri Nayiri and Limamyiri. Written c. 1922, copy made 1964. MS: NU/Wilks FN 112. 2. Ta√rıkh ahl Wala History of the movement of the Dagomba and Mamprusi into Wala, in three chapters with a fourth giving a king-list. Written 1922. MS: Legon, 152, with trans. by N. Levtzion. 3. Magana Wala Hausa version of item 2 above. It is likely, but not certain, that the Hausa is a translation from the Arabic. MS: Legon, 152. Publ. text in Pilaszewicz (1969), 68-74, trans. 56-64. 4. Ta√rıkh al-Muslimın History of the various Muslim migrations into Wa, in five chapters. Written 1922. MS: Legon, 152, with trans. by Levtzion. 5. Magana Muslimi na daurri Hausa version of the above. Dated 1922. MS: Legon, 152. Publ. text in Pilaszewicz (1969), 68-71, trans., 65-7. 6. A Detachment Order Book of the Northern Territories Council. It is inscribed, “Dec. 1922. This book is given to Malam Isaka on condition he writes the History of the Walas in it in Hausa”, and signed P. J. Whittall, D.C. Wa. Is˛q used it as a scrapbook, copying into it several

568

CHAPTER TWELVE

short works in both Arabic and Hausa, and miscellanea. He seldom gave any indication of authorship, but there is little doubt that some items were copies of older mss., some report his own experiences, and some record the oral testimony of aged members of the Wa community. The principal items are as follows: i) (p. 5) al-Akhbr Sarki Safu Buli Account in Hausa of the involvement of Bolewura Safo in the struggle for the Gonja paramountcy (1820s). ii) (p. 6) al-Akhbr Zabarima Account in Hausa of Wa negotiations with the Zabarima MS: photocopy in Wilks (1989), 104). iii) (p. 7) al-Akhbr sarauta Wa Account in Hausa of the arrival of Saliya in Wa, and the origins of the gate system. iv) (p. 8) al-Akhbr Samuri daga mutanen Wa Account in Hausa of negotiations between the Wala and Samori, and of the attack on the Dagari (photocopy: Wilks (1989), 121). v) (pp. 9-10) al-Akhbr Samuri daga mutanen Wa. Account in Hausa of deteriorating relations between the Samorians and Zabarima in Wala, with references to British intervention. vi) (p. 12-13) al-Akhbr sal†anat bild Wa On the origins of the office of Wa Na, with a list of its occupants (photocopy: Wilks (1989), 39). This is probably Is˛q b. fiUthmn Dabila’s recension of the anonymous work of the same title (q.v.). vii) (p. 14) al-Akhbr sarauta Wa List in Hausa of the occupants of the “skin” (i.e. seat of chieftancy) of Wa. viii) Pp. 15-16 contain the text of a letter from Na Pelpuo III of Wa to King George V of Great Britain, probably composed by Is˛q b. fiUthmn Dabila. MS: Accra (NAG), acc. no. 1427 of 1959 (photocopy in Legon, 22).


569

∑IDDˆQ b. fiABD AL-MU√MIN b. MU˘AMMAD ZAYD Tarawiri, b. c. 1902 Wilks (1989), 73, 93-5. Mu˛ammad Zayd of Tamarimuni was the third Friday Imam of Wa. ∑iddıq b. fiAbd al-Mu√mim became the sixth in 1951. 1. Ibtid√ dın Wa fı fim 875 il fim 1382 Brief account of three renewers of Islam in Wa, over three centuries, with the implication that a fourth is due. Written in its present form in 1963. MSS: Legon, 18; trans. in NU/Wilks FN 124. Publ. facsimile in Wilks (1989), 94. ANON 1. Ta√rıkh tadhkirat al-immiyyın fi bildin Wa Account of the descent of the first Imam of Wa, Yafimuru Tarawiri, with a list of his successors in office down to Imam Safiıd b. ˘mid (on whose orders it was written, in 1963). See Wilks (1989), 60-61 MSS: Legon, 151; NU/Wilks FN 145. 2. al-Akhbr sal†anat bild Wa On the origins of the office of Wa Na, with a list of its occupants. Closely related to the work of the same title, see above under Is˛q b. fiUthmn Dabila b. Yafiqüb. See Wilks (1989), 36-40; see also a work of same title by Safiıd b. fiAbd al-Qdir b. Mu˛ammad Tarawiri, p. 565 above. MSS: Legon, 151; NU/Wilks FN 145. Publ. text in Wilks (1989), 38. 3. Brief note on the Mande dispersion, with particular reference to the migration of al-˛jj Ma˛müd b. fiUthmn to Wa. Copy made in 1964 by al-˛jj ∑iddıq b. Safiıd of Wa; see NU/Wilks FN 52, 53. MSS: Legon, 297. Publ. trans. in Wilks (1989), 61.

570

CHAPTER TWELVE

4. Brief account of the origins of the Sisako of Wa Jangbeyiri (see NU/Wilks FN 147). MS: Legon, 443. 5. Dhikr li’l-imm Takriyyün List of the Tarawiri (Takara, Traoré, etc.) imams of Wa from the first, Yafimuru, to the twenty-fifth, Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım (d. 1951), with a prayer in the name of each, marginal notes on their ancestry, and later additions on four successors. MS: Legon, 296. Many such lists circulate in Wa, for which see further, MSS Legon, 17, 22 (p. 3), 46, 61, 343, 383, 447. 6. Asnıd al-Qur√n Certification for the completed study of Tafsır al-Jalalayn given to Abü Bakr al-∑iddıq b. Mu√min Takari [Tarawiri] of Wa by his father, Mu√min b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn b. Safiıd b. fiAbd al-Qdir Takari, with a chain of teachers extending through the Timiti of Bonduku and the Saganugu of Kong to al-˛jj Slim Suwari. For Safiıd b. fiAbd alQdir, see above, p. 565. MS: NU/Wilks FN 208. All Wa Muslims who have completed study of Tafsır al-Jallayn own such certificates, see Wilks (1989), 95-98 and NU/Wilks FN 69, 141, 154, 157; Legon, 444. THE TIMITI AND WATARA OF BONDUKU

In the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries Bonduku was the major northwestern trade outlet for the Bron kingdom of Gyaman and the Asante kingdom to which it was tributary. The commercial importance of Bonduku owed much to the resettlement of Juula there, after the final collapse of the older emporium of Bighu in the early eighteenth century. The Bonduku imamate was initially held by the Kamaghatay, under the protection of the Gyaman ruler, the Gyamanhene. Subsequently the imamate was transferred to the Timiti, and the first Timiti imam, Sheku fiAbd al-Qdir (usually known as Sheku Timiti), held office probably in the late eighteenth century. His son Mu˛ammad, who become second imam, studied under Is˛q Saganugu, and four of fiAbd al-Qdir’s


571

grandchildren were educated by Watara and Kunatay teachers holding licences from the Saganugu. It seems, then, that the transfer of the imamate from Kamaghatay to Timiti had something to do with the Saganugu renewal. The Watara of Bighu resettled in both Bonduku and, some ninety miles to its north, in Buna, where they established a school that became renowned. In the early nineteenth century fiAbd Allh b. al-˛jj Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım Watara presided over it. Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım appears on ijzas for Tafsır [al-Jallayn] and the Muwa††a√ as a student of Abü Bakr al-∑iddıq b. Ibrhım Saganugu, who was third imam of Bobo-Dioulasso, and as teacher of (inter alios) Ibrhım Timiti, who became imam of Bonduku [see, e.g., MS: Legon, 163, and NU/Wilks FN 190). In the mid-nineteenth century Barth referred to Buna as “a place of great celebrity for its learning and its schools”.1 fiABB◊S KAMAGHATAY, known as Karamoko fiAbbs, fl. early 19th century 1.

Isnd al-südn

A mnemonic summary of griot tradition, principally to do with the southern movement of the Watara to Bighu (or Begho). The only known ms. is held in a village now part of Bonduku, and is considered so important that it has its own “secretary” who is responsible for the preservation of the ms. and its interpretation. The verbal attribution to fiAbbs, is credible, see NU/Wilks FN 71. MS: Legon, 79. SAfiˆD b. M◊LIK, al-Timitı, known as Imam Kunandi, b. c. 1858, d. c. 1925. Delafosse (1910): 188-90; Tauxier (1921): 75; Marty (1922): 221-23. Studied Tafsır [al-Jallayn] and the Muwa††a√ under Bonduku imam Ismfiıl b. Mu˛ammad Timiti [see, e.g. MS:Legon, 339, and NU/Wilks, FN 190]. He became muqaddam for the Qdiriyya, and was made imam 1

H. Barth (1965) iii, 496. He spells Buna as Góna, the actual pronunciation being Gbuna.

572

CHAPTER TWELVE

of Bonduku in 1897, a post which he held until his death. Among his students were Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan (q.v.), and Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Tımı (q.v.). 1.

“Lettre pastorale”.

Letter addressed to the Timiti, reviewing the advantages of French rule and urging support for them against the Germans and Turks. Dated 1333/18 June 1915. Publ. trans. by Bokhari Nacef, in Marty (1922), 488-89. ABÜ BAKR b. AL-˘ASAN (or AL-˘USAYN) b. fiABD AL-Q◊DIR b. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-SHAYKH al-Timi†ı, known as Fa-Bakari, and as Karamoko Sabruni, d. 1959. Tauxier (1921), 271, note; Holden (1969), 97, 100-104.

Abü Bakr’s grandfather was fourth Timiti imam of Bonduku, son of the second imam and grandson of the first. His father, however, had not aspired to the imamate due to a physical infirmity, but put Abü Bakr through an intensive course of studies completed, it is said, in 1303/1885-6. Among his teachers was Safiıd b. Mlik al-Timitı (q.v.), who became eighth Timiti imam in 1897, and was met by Delafosse in 1901 and Marty in c. 1922. Abü Bakr also studied under al-˛jj ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad al-Jawanı al-Tijnı (q.v.). Abü Bakr’s students included Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Timi†ı (q.v.), Mu˛ammad b. Yafiqüb al-Watarı (q.v.), and Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Mu˛ammad alMunır (q.v.). He was a Tijnı (see MS: Legon, 457). 1. Bridat al-˛uzün mafia kawnih kathırat al-lu˛ün. Elegy for his teacher al-˛jj ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad al-Jawanı (q.v.). Opens: al-˘amdu li’l-Fard al-Qadıri fı ’l-azal * Sub˛nahu lahu ’lumüru fı ’l-uwal MS: Legon, 224 (inc., contains 33 vv.). Publ. Facsimile text and trans. in Muhammad (1974), 265-9. 2. Maqßüra Satirical poem in 28 vv., admonishing religious and moral shortcomings (see Muhammad (1977), 252n). Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı yaq∂ı


573

fial * fiIbdihi m sh√a jalla wa-fial. A note says the poem was drafted in w-m-s-sh (1346/1927-8) and revised in j-n-s-sh (1353/19345). MS: Legon, 230. 3. Q. fiayniyya: A-l fa-hal man yamurru jnib al-Jazfiı * Il ’lfiAqıqi fa-Dhı ’l-majzi fa’l-Salfiı 24 vv. in praise of the Prophet. MS: Legon, 153. 4. Q. lmiyya: ∑af fiilmu man ˛ajja fı rayfashül * Bi-minkhli fa∂l alMannn al-qubül 76 vv. in praise of al-˛jj ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad al-Jawanı (q.v.). The year rayfashül is 1326/1908. The poem was composed in 1353/1934-5. MS: Legon, 229. 5. Tadhkira li’l-nsı fian al-waq√ifi li’l-nsı Poem on late nineteenth century events in Bonduku, with references to Samori and the coming of the Christians (i.e. Europeans). Opens: al˘amdu li-mukawwir al-duhürı * Wa-munbit al-ashjri wa’l-zuhürı. MS: Legon, 247; Niamey, 165(x). Publ. Text and trans. in Muhammad (1974, 258-64) & (1977). 6. Takhmıs al-Burda Takh. of the Burda of al-Büßırı. A cover note to the Niamey ms. says that he concealed his authorship lest his shaykh, al-˛jj ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad al-Jawanı, might be vexed. The shaykh discovered his student’s game, but allowed him to recite it after some corrections. Opens: M blu qalbika l yanfakku dh ’l-alamı * Mudh bna ahl al˛im wa’l-bnı wa’l-fialamı. MS: Niamey, 463. MU˘AMMAD b. YAfiQÜB al-Watarı al-Bunduqı, Badr al-Dın, b. 1312/1894-5 Note by Sh. Mar˛ab on MS: Niamey, 339

Born in Bonduku, he was taught there by Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan b. fiAbd al-Qdir al-Timitı (q.v.). He subsequently studied under al-˛jj ∑li˛ b.

574

CHAPTER TWELVE

Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn al-Jawanı al-Tijnı (q.v.) in Wenchi. He settled in Barabo and was still living there in 1977. 1. Durrat al-than√ fial jabın al-kuram√ 100vv. in praise of al-˛jj ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad al-Jawanı (q.v., d. 1351/1932-3), and al-˛jj Mu˛ammad and their families. Opens: Sha√nı bi-˛ubb al-kirm al-ghurri mushtahirü * Da√b an wa-qalbı bi-ahl al-fiilmi muzdahirü MSS: Legon, 95, 355. 2. al-Lu√lu√ al-masbük fı ta√rıkh al-Bundük History and description of Bonduku in 133 vv. Written in 1351/1932-3. Opens: Anshidan y mu√arrikhan li’l-anmı * Na÷ma ta√rıkhin bi-˛usni ni÷mı MS: Niamey, 338. 3. Q. r√iyya: A-l y jamfiata umm al-qur * A-l ta√tünı li-alaqin †ar Poem sent to al-˛jj Mar˛ab [Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Mu˛ammad alMunır, q.v.] to congratulate him and other returning pilgrims. Not dated but would have been written in 1363/1941. MS: Niamey, 165(xi). 4. Q. r√iyya: A-l fa’r˛al ß˛ibayya li-an nar * Ghazlan fiarnı †ayfuhu fnı√ al-kir MS: Niamey, 339. 5. Q. al-˛amma Opens: A-l y ˛ammata umm al-qur * A-l ta√tıni li-ilfin †ar. Poem in 184 vv. sent to al-˛jj Mar˛ab [Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Mu˛ammad al-Munır, q.v.] in Accra in 1360/1941; cf. item 3 above. MS: Niamey, 323. 6. Raw∂ al-qinfia Opens: Qul y khalılu li-shni√in murr√ı * Inna ’l-qinfia malbası warid√ı. Known only through the tash†ır by al-˛jj Mar˛ab [Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Mu˛ammad al-Munır] (q.v.). MSS: Niamey, 165 (ix), 303, 321.


575

7. Tarbıfi abyt al-˛jj ∑li˛ Rendering in quatrains of the poem of al-˛jj ∑li˛. al-Jawanı (q.v.) Opens: Bdir il ’l-jawbi bi-yafisübihim * Ra√ısuhum wa’l-†ayru mushbih al-˛ajalı MS: Legon, 90. MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM al-Tımı al-Qdirı al-Azharı, known as Alhaji Qudus, b. 1300/1882-3, d. September 1988 Debrunner (1961); Wilks (1968), 188; Holden (1968a), interview 14-15 March 1968; Holden (1969), 103-4.

Born in Bonduku, he was taught the Qur√n by Karamoko Kunandi Timiti. He left Bonduku when his teacher died, at the time of the Samorian occupation in 1895, and engaged in trade in partnership with his elder brother for five years, buying salt from Cape Coast, and selling it in Odumase (Ahafo) for kola for the Bonduku market. During this time Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım completed study of the Qur√n at Cape Coast under Karamoko Wili. He returned to Bonduku to pursue advanced studies of Tafsır [al-Jallayn] and the Muwa††a√ under Bonduku Imam Safiıd b. Mlik (c. 1858 - c. 1925), see ijzas in MSS: Legon, 163, 427. Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım left Bonduku on pilgrimage in 1951, and used the opportunity to travel widely, visiting Jerusalem, Damascus, and Cairo where he studied for two years at al-Azhar. He became the eleventh Timiti imam of Bonduku in 1961. President Houphouët-Boigny of Ivory Coast sent a delegation of six ministers to attend his funeral. 1. al-Jawb al-shfı fian al-tanzufi al-munfı Replies to certain theological questions: (i) whether God is confined to a particular place in the heavens, ‘a view spread about in 1361/1941’, and the reality of the Throne (al-fiarsh); (ii) sadl and qab∂ in prayer; (iii) denial of Jesus ‘living’ in heaven and descending to earth at the end of time, and what is meant by waft as opposed to mawt. A total of seven chapters, the last of which is on disputation among Muslims. Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1374/1955.

576

CHAPTER TWELVE

fiUTHM◊N b. IS˘◊Q BOYO, known as Alhaji Boyo b. c. 1905, d. 14 December 1988. NU/Wilks FN 106, 190.

Is˛q Boyo was a Sissala who converted to Islam in the late nineteenth century. He settled in Kintampo, and came to be recognised by the British colonial administration as Sarkin Gurensi, chief of its Gurensi (or Grunshi) population. At the age of eleven fiUthmn b. Is˛q was sent to a school in Kintampo belonging to fiUmar Kunandi Jabaghatay of Buna. Then, from 1918 to 1924, he attended a school in Dunkwa (5° 58’ N— 1° 47’ W) run by ˘amadu Kamaghatay of Bonduku, where he completed his Qur√nic education. He returned to Kintampo, and generally assisted his father until his death in 1933. fiUthmn b. Is˛q then attached himself to Karamoko Hrün b. Bb Watara, another Bonduku teacher resident in Kintampo and himself a student of Abü Bakr b. al˘asan b. fiAbd al-Qdir Timiti (q.v.). He read many works with Karamoko Hrün, obtaining ijzas for Tafsır [al-Jallayn] and the Muwa††a√ in 1360/1941-2. As was customary among the Juula, fiUthmn b. Is˛q was adopted into his teacher’s kabila, and took the Watara patronymic. fiUthmn b. Is˛q left Kintampo on pilgrimage in or about 1949. He resided for some time in Khartoum, and apprenticed himself to a plumber. In Mecca he met Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Timiti (q.v.) from Bonduku, who informed him that he was going to al-Azhar, and promised to teach him all he learned on his return. When fiUthmn b. Is˛q arrived home in 1952, he was summoned to Bonduku by Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım, who offered him a place in his house. There was a long-drawn out dispute: the Watara by whom he had been adopted said that he should stay with them, and that they would prefer him to study with teachers of their choice, one being Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan b. fiAbd al-Qdir al-Timitı (q.v.). Nevertheless, fiUthmn b. Is˛q stood by his agreement with Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Timitı. He read for a second time Tafsır [al-Jallayn] and the Muwa††a√ and obtained further ijzas in 1959 (MS: Legon, 162, 163). In 1961 fiUthmn b. Is˛q joined the Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana, Legon, as a Research Assistant. In this capacity, and subsequently as Senior Research Assistant, he was pivotal in


577

building up the Institute’s collection of xeroxed Arabic mss. from Ghana and surrounding countries. He established a network of contacts with the fiulam√ within the Greater Voltaic Region, gaining their confidence and persuading them to open their libraries to him. He developed a strong interest in the history of Islam in the Region, and in time began to carry out interviews with those well-versed in such matters, recording their testimony in Arabic and frequently adding an English translation. He also acted as adviser and interpreter to many scholars, from four continents, who came to Ghana to work on Islamic topics, and who have been much indebted to him. fiUthmn b. Is˛q was instrumental in establishing a mosque on the University of Ghana campus and, styled al-˛jj fiUthmn al-Imm alWatarı, Legon, he served as its imam. He retired from the University of Ghana in 1977, subsequently dividing his time between Kintampo and Bonduku. A few of fiUthmn b. Is˛q’s working notes, formerly in the possession of Ivor Wilks, are now deposited in the Melville J. Herskovits Library of African Studies, Northwestern University. The items listed below are intended only to suggest the range of his interests. 1. al-Muslimün fı bild Kanksu Biographical notes, in 6 pp., on Karamoko fiAlı b. al-∑iddıq Kunatay, from Dafin, with an account of his entry into the service of Asantehene Kofi Kakari (1867-1874), and of the settlement of his son, Sulaymn, at Nkenkasu ( 7° 18’ N—1° 53’ W). Written 1388/1968-9. MS: Legon, 476/ii (with translation into English). 2. al-Akhbr Ghunjwı Brief account, in 2 pp., of the origins of Gonja recorded in Accra from Adamu Waziri, a Gonja by origin. This is an oral version of the anonymous Amr Ajddin (see p. 572, but shows considerable variations. 3. ˘adıth min A˛mad Watara Legendary account of the first Watara settlement in Kong, recorded (1966) from A˛mad Watara in Wenchi.

578

CHAPTER TWELVE

4. List of Wa imams from Yafimuru to Safiıd, with a prayer in the name of each. Fine copy made by fiUthmn b. Is˛q from ms. in possession of Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn Tarawiri of Wa. MS: Legon, 46. WRITERS OF DAFIN BACKGROUND, AND THE KARANTAW JIH◊D

Little is known of the early history of the Juula who called themselves Dafin and who lived within the northern bend of the Black Volta, among Bobo and other autochthonous peoples. An old trade route linking Jenne and the Akan goldfields passed through the area, and on it lay the major Juula centre of Safane (12° 08’ N.—3° 13’ W). In the later eighteenth century Saganugu shaykhs moved into the area, among them Yafiqüb b. Ma˛müd Taslım b. fiUthmn Saganugu, who settled near Safane. The creation, in the same period, of the imamate of Bobo-Dioulasso, near the source of the Black Volta, was seminal in its impact. Safiıd b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. al-fiAbbs Saganugu was appointed first imam. Apparently concerned by the extent of backsliding and even apostasy in the region, he is particularly remembered for his conversion—and education—of men whose forbears had apostatised. Among them was Mule Tarawiri, from the Safane district. He was renamed fiUthmn, and became renowned for his piety and respected for his learning. Writings of his son Mu˛ammad and grandson ∑li˛ are listed below. Among other students of Safiıd b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu was Mu˛ammad al-Abya∂ b. Abı Bakr Saganugu, who settled near Safane. He in turn was to teach, inter alios, Mu˛ammad Karantaw, who had left the neighbourhood of Jenne to settle in Douroula, some 35 miles north of Safane. Mu˛ammad Karantaw’s son, Ma˛müd, was born there. He was taught first by al-Q∂ı Saganugu in Safane, and then read tafsır with his father, Mu˛ammad Karantaw (see the ijzas, MSS: Legon, 232, 339, 438). Subsequently Ma˛müd studied under Ma˛müd b. Ibrahim b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu in Bobo-Dioulasso, and under Karamoko Sulaymn Yara (“the blind walı of God”), who was one of the early Dafin Tijanis. Among those to whom Ma˛müd taught tafsır was Mu˛ammad, the son of the convert fiUthmn.


579

Ma˛müd Karantaw made the pilgrimage probably in the 1830s. It appears that he was much influenced by the Syrian ∑üfı, fiAbd al-Ra˛ım, said to be a descendant of fiAbd al-Qdir al-Jilnı, and was persuaded to launch jihd on his return. He did so, but the Dafin fiulam√, in the Suwarian spirit, for the most part refused to support him. He forged agreements with Muslim groups having a warrior, rather than a scholarly, tradition (Wilks (1989), 100-103), and with his son Mukhtr succeeded in creating a small Muslim polity based upon Wahabu ( 11° 41’ N - 3° 06’ W), Boromo (renamed Dar al-Salam, 11° 45’ N - 2° 56’ W), Koho (Shukr li’llh, 11° 41’ N - 3° 08’ W), and Nanu (˘amdallhi, 11° 46 ‘ N - 3° 05’ W)—all now in Burkina Faso (NU/Wilks FN 189, 191-197). Several items listed below show that the legitimacy or otherwise of the jihd was a subject of lively debate; surprisingly, a few Saganugu savants apparently lent it their support. For an overview of the jihd see Levtzion (1968), 139-51. MU˘AMMAD b. fiUTHM◊N al-Mlikı al-Ashfiarı al-Tijnı, known as Karamoko Mahama, d. c. 1895. Tauxier (1921), 270; Marty (1922), 224-25; Holden (1970), 93; Muhammad (1974), 88-98; Wilks (1975), 240, 316-18.

Mu˛ammad’s father fiUthmn was the Mule Tarawiri converted to Islam and taught by Safiıd b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu of BoboDioulasso. In, or in the neighbourhood of, Safane, Mu˛ammad studied with his father, with al-˛jj Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad Karantaw, and with Karamoko Sulaymn Yara (the “blind walı”). It was perhaps under the latter’s influence that he was initiated into the Tijniyya and later became a muqaddam. Subsequently Mu˛ammad pursued his education in Jenne, Ja (Dia) and Kong, and taught in a number of Juula centres including Bonduku, Buna, Wa, Bole, and Banda. Among his students was the Dafin karamoko fiAlı b. ∑iddıq Kunatay, who had entered the service of Asantehene Kofi Kakari in 1869. He died in Buna in or about 1895, and Samori’s son, Sarankye Mori, then in occupation of the town, attended the funeral. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn is said to have written a number of commentaries but, perhaps because much of his library was destroyed or lost at the time of the Samorian occupation, only one has been located.

580

CHAPTER TWELVE

1. Shar˛ Risla fı mafinı kalimatay al-shahda Comm. on work of Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf b. fiUmar al-Sanüsı (d. 895/1490), in 10 ff. Completed 8 Rama∂n 1297/14 August 1880. Publ. text and trans. in Muhammad (1974), 171-207. ∑◊LI˘ b. MU˘AMMAD b. fiUTHM◊N al-Jawanı al-Tijnı, known as al-˛jj ∑li˛, b. 1283/1867, d. 18 Rabıfi II 1350/1 September 1931 Tauxier (1921), 270; Marty (1922), 224-25; Holden (1968a), interview of 13/3/68; Holden (1969), 68-9; Mu˛ammad (1974), 98-155; NU/Wilks FN 148, 181, 259.

There are conflicting reports whether ∑li˛ was born in Kong or Safane. As a child he was sent to a school in Daboya ( 6° 51’ N - 1° 33’ W) run by the well-known Gonja teacher, Ibrhım Bakarambasi Kawtay (NU/Wilks FN 270). He was subsequently tutored by his father (for the ijza, see e.g. MSS: Legon, 232, 438), and was initiated by him into the Tijniyya. He became involved in the Salaga trade, and was intellectually associated with al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr (q.v.). He was in Salaga in 1895, when his father died. ∑li˛ withdrew from trade, and settled in the small Hwela village of Jenene ( 8° 07” N - 2° 33’ W), between Banda and Bonduku. He developed close contacts with the (non-Muslim) Gyamanhene, Tan Daté, overlord of Bonduku. Insinuating himself into his confidence, ∑li˛ thereby risked the hostility of Bonduku Imam Safiıd b. Mlik Timiti (q.v.). ∑li˛ made the pilgrimage in 1909-10, in the course of which he was able to visit Al-Azhar in Cairo. In Mecca he was hosted by one of its residents, fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Saganugu formerly of Kong. He settled in Bonduku on his return, and began teaching there. In circumstances that are not entirely clear, he came into conflict with the French colonial administrators, and was deported to the Gold Coast, allowed to return, and deported a second time. He returned for a time to Jenene, but in 1924 was invited to open a school in Wenchi. He became Friday Imam there, and attracted students from near and far, among them Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan Timiti of Bonduku (q.v.), and Mu˛ammad Bakuri of Wa, who was to become its thirtieth imam in 1966. Al-˛jj ∑li˛ died in Wenchi in 1931, and was buried there 1. Q. lmiyya: Bdir il ’l-jawbi bi-yafisübihim * Amıruh bal dhakarun min al-na˛lı


581

A reply in verse to a request from his student Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan alTimi†ı for an explanation of eleven obscure Arabic words with multiple meanings. MS: Legon, 88. Publ. text and trans. in Muhammad (1974), 216-20. Tarbıfi by Mu˛ammad b. Yafiqüb al-Watarı (q.v.). 2. Q. lmiyya: Qif fial rabfi al-˛abıbi wa-qul * Hal maqılun fiindah wa-ma÷l There is no positive attribution to al-˛jj ∑li˛, but the work is listed under his name in the index to MS Legon, 16, assembled by Bb Ibrhım of Konongo, who copied the entire codex. MS: Legon, 16(xv). 3. Q. qfiyya fı ’l-radd fial ’l-˛jj fiUmar Response to the qfiyya of fiUmar b. Abı Bakr al-∑alghawı (q.v.) criticizing his lack of knowledge of mathematics. Publ. text and trans. in Muhammad (1974), 228-9. 4. Letter written from the ˘ijz to Mu˛ammad b. al-˛jj fiAbd alRa˛mn Kunbali (probably in Bonduku), describing his pilgrimage and extending greetings to, inter alios, Sultan (Gyamanhene) Tan Daté. The letter is undated, but was received in Jenene on 16 Rabıfi II [1328]/27 April 1910. MS: Legon, 146. Publ. trans. in Muhammad (1974), 212-14. al-˛jj MU˘AMMAD SAfiˆD b. ∑◊LI˘, known as al-Taqri [Tarawiri], al-Jawanı (i.e. of Jenene), and as Jatagakiya (Juula: “landlord”), d. 1950. Mu˛ammad (1974), 230-54; NU/Wilks, FN 266.

Son of ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn (q.v.), under whom he studied tafsır (MS: Legon, 438). He accompanied his father on pilgrimage. He was particularly known as a grammarian. He was also a muqaddam of the Tijniyya. He travelled widely, but retired to Jenene, where he often led worship in place of the imam. He was buried in front of the Jenene mosque.

582

CHAPTER TWELVE

1. Nfifiat al-wildn 130 vv. advice to the author’s children. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı hadn * Li-fiirfni dhtihi fiirfn MS: Legon, 149. Publ. trans. in Muhammad (1974), 244-54. 2. Q. h√iyya: ∑abran jamılan y akhı li’llhi * fiAlayhi in shadd albal ya√lahü Attribution to Mu˛ammad Safiıd is by al-˛jj fiUthmn b. Is˛q Boyo MS: Legon, 231(i). 3. Q. nüniyya: Buddiln bi-zawjat in tu†ıfiun * fiAn zawjatin kh√inatin tafißın Poem about the author’s two wives—one faithful, one not—in 11 vv. MS: Legon, 231(ii). Publ. text and trans in Muhammad (1974), 231-2. ANON 1. F√ida A note on the jihd of al-hjj Ma˛müd. MS: Legon, 349 (copied by N. Levtzion from a ms in the possession of the Imam of Boromo (1964). 2. Ibtid√ jihd al-˛jj Ma˛müd fı balad Barumu Account of the origin of the jihd of al-˛jj Ma˛müd Karantaw. MS: Legon, 348 (copied by N. Levtzion from a ms. in the possession of al-˛jj ‘Umar Dao of Koho (1964). 3. Mas√ala fiind al-rajulayn An account of the jihd of al-˛jj Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad Karantaw as related to two young men by their shaykh. MSS: Legon, 66 (copy by al-˛jj fiUthmn b. Is˛q Boyo in NU/Wilks FN 143, vii-ix). 4.

∑ifat al-˛jj Ma˛müd


583

Poem in praise of Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad Karantaw (see NU/Wilks FN 146). Opens: Wa-ra∂iya ’llhu fian sayyidi Mu˛ammad in ba˛ri n mula††amı * Ab [sic] ˘midin Mu˛ammadin wa-A˛mad al-fhimı MS: Legon, 65, 70, 83. 5. Untitled note on the history of Douroula, birthplace of Ma˛müd Karantaw. MS: Legon, 347 (copied by N. Levtzion from a ms in the possession of the Imam of Douroula (1964) 6. Untitled account of al-˛jj Ma˛müd Karantaw, with information about his education, pilgrimage, and jihd, as told by a shaykh to two young men. Opens without preamble: Ikhtalafa rajulni fı sabab jihd al-˛jj Ma˛müd. This is a copy of an older work edited by al-˛jj Mar˛ab [Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Mu˛ammad al-Munır, q.v.], who maintained that his exemplar, though related to Mas√ala fiind alrajulayn, was superior to it (see NU/Wilks FN 268). MS: Legon 77. Publ. trans. in Martin (1966), 72-6. Al-Naqar (1972), 121-22. WRITERS OF SALAGA, YENDI, AND KETE KRAKYE

In the early nineteenth century there was a major expansion of Asante’s trade with Hausaland, a result in part of the rising demand for kola in the latter (Wilks (1971). Salaga, the zongo of the eastern Gonja divisional capital of Kpembe (8° 33’ N - 0° 30’ W), grew rapidly as merchants from more northerly markets moved in, established businesses, and in concert with Asante administrators stationed there, developed Salaga as a major entrepôt. Its rise is chronicled in the Qißßat Salgh wa-ta√rıkh Ghunj of Ma˛müd b. fiAbd Allh (see p. 545 above). Concomitant was the growth of the zongo in the Dagomba capital, Yendi, which the caravans bound for Hausaland from Salaga reached in a seven days’ journey (Johnson (1966), passim; Levtzion (1968), 26-48). By the later nineteenth century Salaga had become a centre of rich literary activity, particularly associated with the commanding presence there of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr b. fiUthmn (q.v.). In 1892, however, a struggle for power between contenders for the skin of Kpembe

584

CHAPTER TWELVE

escalated into full-scale civil war, and Salaga was abandoned by most of its people (see Goody and Braimah, 1967). The Germans sought to reroute the Salaga trade into territory they dominated, and to this end encouraged settlement in Kete Krakye, on the Volta river (see Maier, 1983). Al-˛jj fiUmar was among those to move there. The commercial role of Yendi was relatively unaffected by these events. It remained a major staging post for the caravans now arriving there from Kete Krakye rather than Salaga, and its scholarly community continued to flourish. AL-˘ASAN b. fiUMAR ALFA KIRI b. IBR◊HˆM ALFA SABI JARA, al-Salghawı, known as Malam al-˘asan, d. 2 Mu˛arram 1353/17 April 1934. Tamakloe (1931), xi; Goody & Wilks (1968), 243-44; NU/Wilks FN 55, 116; Wilks, Levtzion, Haight (1986), 146-51.

Shaykh Ibrhım Alfa Sabi, of Djougou (Bénin), settled in Salaga in the early nineteenth century. His son, fiUmar, who was probably born in the Kiliga section of Djougou (hence “Alfa Kiri”), accompanied him. He married into the family of Alfa ˘amma b. Yünus, a Msina Fulani who had established himself in Yendi probably in the late eighteenth century. Alfa ˘amma’s son, fiUthmn, opened a school at Kpabia (9° 15’ N - 0° 15’ W), between Salaga and Yendi. Malam al-˘asan was born there, but grew up in Salaga. He fled to Kete Krakye at the time of the destruction of Salaga in 1892, but returned after about six years. Later he became Imam of the Friday mosque in Salaga. E. F. Tamakloe, an Anlo, who worked for the German colonial administration as interpreter in Kete Krakye from 1897 to 1907, was used by Julius Graf von Zech to collect material from the Gonja, and by Adam Mischlisch to do the same from the Dagomba, Mossi and Hausa. He was, it seems, somewhat chagrined to find that Malam al-˘asan had preceded him in this field. “But as these histories had been written down by an Hausa Mallam”, Tamakloe wrote disparagingly, “there had been a formidable amount of discrepancy and many defects in the writings of that Mallam who had only gathered his information from the wandering Dagbambas and so forth”. Malam al-˘asan wrote mainly in Hausa. Some of his works were among a collection of Hausa mss. acquired by the library of the School


585

of Oriental Studies, London (now SOAS). These were apparently lost, but not before several translations were made by J. Withers Gill. A number of Malam al-˘asan’s letters, in Arabic, are preserved in Legon, (MSS 283-287). 1. History of the Dagomba From the narrative of Malam Muhamman Kundungunda, grandson of Ya Na Yafiqub. Publ. trans. from the Hausa into English, J. Withers Gill, A Short History of the Dagomba Tribe, Accra (n.d.) 2. The Origins of Gambaga From the narrative of Malam Salifu. Salifu is probably to be identified as the Dagomba of that name, from Gushiegu (9° 55’ N—0° 12’ W), who served Nayiri Bariga of Mampurugu in the late nineteenth century as lunse, or court drummer. Publ. trans. from Hausa into English, J. Withers Gill, The Moshi Tribe. A Short History (Accra, 1924), 4-14. 3. History of Gonja, From Garba ba-Gonje, younger brother of the Imam of Lanfar, i.e. Lampor. Publ. Trans. from Hausa into English, J. Withers Gill, A Short History of Salaga (Accra, 1924). For the complex relationship between this work and the Qißßat Salgh wa-ta√rıkh Ghunj of Ma˛müd b. fiAbd Allh (q.v.), see Wilks, Levtzion and Haight (1986), 146-51. 4. History of the Grunshi. Malam al-˘asan refers to this work, but no copy or translation has been found. 5. History of the Moshi From the narrative of Sharıf Mijinyawa b. Sharıf Ibrhım, who heard it from Mogho Naba Wobogu then in exile in Gambaga (1897-1904). Publ. trans. from Hausa into English, J. Withers Gill, The Moshi Tribe. A Short History (Accra, 1924), 14-37.

586

CHAPTER TWELVE

6. Untitled Hausa poem in 129 vv. Opens: Mu gode Ubangiji daya mai iyawa * Tafil wand ke iko da kowa A note on MS Legon, 352 by al-˛jj fiUthmn b. Is˛q Boyo, who found it with fiIs Mada˛a b.fiUmar Salagha, a student of Mallam al-˘asan, attributes it to Mufiallim al-˘asan ∑algha. There is no attribution on MS Legon, 160. MSS: Legon, 160, 352. fiUMAR b. ABˆ BAKR b. fiUTHM◊N al-∑alghawı al-Kabawı alKanawı, known as Imam Imoru, and as Umaru Krakye (or Karki), b. c. 1273/1856-7, d. 17 Rabıfi al-Awwal 1353/30 June 1934 Rattray (1934), 255-65; Wilks (1963), 416-17; Hodgkin (1966), 453-6; Martin in Goody and Braimah (1967), 189-92; Goody & Wilks in Goody (1968), 242-3, 252-3; Sölken (1970); Ferguson (1973); Pilaszewicz (1981); Maier (1983), 157-61; Idriss (1996); NU/Wilks FN 8-11, 63.

fiUmar’s great-grandfather, Sharıf ˘usayn, is said by family tradition to have arrived in Hausaland from Madina at the time of fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye, and to have opened a school in Sokoto. His son fiUthmn married Safidatu, from Gobir, and Abü Bakr was born. Abü Bakr settled in Kebbi, and traded first between Kebbi and Kano and then between Kano and Salaga, the major emporium for Asante’s northern trade. Abü Bakr married a Kano woman, Maymunata, and fiUmar was born in or about 1856-57. fiUmar started his schooling in Kano, and is said to have completed reading the Qur√n at the age of twelve. He then studied in Kebbi and Gobir. Between various classes he would accompany his father on trading journeys, and the malams in Salaga, regardless of his youth, had him teach classes there and tried to persuade him to settle with them. He opened a small school in Salaga, but continued to travel with his father until the latter’s death in (according to one report) 1295/1878. After Abü Bakr’s death it appears that two of his sons, Sulay Binta and Indoli—the first a half, and the second a full, brother of fiUmar— took over the trading business, leaving fiUmar free to pursue advanced studies. His extensive travels over several years took him into the western parts of Hausaland and beyond, inter alia, into the countries of the Zarma, Songhay, Gurma, Mossi and Gurunsi. Then, for reasons that are unclear, fiUmar decided to settle in Salaga where his two brothers, the traders, and a sister, were already resident.


587

Salaga was essentially the zongo, or stranger town, of the eastern Gonja divisional capital of Kpembe. fiUmar was to become acquainted with the German explorer and Hausa language author, Gottlob Adolf Krause (q.v.), who first arrived in Salaga in 1886. The two saw much of each other, drawn together by a mutual interest in the Hausa language. fiUmar also became involved in local politics. Three dynastic segments contended for the powerful position of Kpembewura. One of these was Lepo, and fiUmar gave his support to a partisan of this segment, namely, the Lamporwura whom he praises in his Talfi al-munfafia (see no. 7 below) for learning, devotion, and the support of mosques and schools. In the fighting of 1892 the Lepo forces were defeated, and fiUmar, like many of the inhabitants of Salaga, fled before the town was razed. Most, including fiUmar, headed for Kete Krakye, then a small trading station on the Volta. A quarrel with the Sarkin Zongo there, Audu Badi, induced fiUmar to leave, and he spent several years in Bagyemso ( 8° 04’ N - 0° 14’ W), Walewale (10° 21’ N - 0° 48’ W), and Gambaga ( 10° 32’ N - 0° 26’ W). He returned to Kete Krakye in 1907, after Audu Badi had been removed from office by the German administrator, and was appointed imam. fiUmar became a close associate of the German scholar-administrator in Kete-Krakye, Adam Mischlich, and tutored him in Hausa language, history and culture. When Mischlich was transferred to Misahohe (6° 57’ N - 0° 35’ W), fiUmar accompanied him. He left from there, in 1913, on pilgrimage to Mecca. There he met Alfa Hshim (q.v.), who initiated him into the Tijniyya. fiUmar returned from the pilgrimage to find that Togoland had passed from German to British and French control. He reassumed the imamate in Kete Krakye, now in British Mandated Togo. He made a second pilgrimage in 1918. Thereafter he settled down to a life of teaching and writing, paying occasional visits to Yendi for example (for which see two letters from him to Imam Husayn, MS: Legon, 470, publ. in Odoom, 1968, supplement), and, at the invitation of the learned Sarkin Zongo Malam ∑allaw, to Kumase. fiUmar died in Kete Krakye in 1934, and was buried in a new mosque that he had just had built. fiUmar’s literary legacy is considerable. However, he wrote little on the traditional Islamic sciences, but devoted his talent to works of history and social comment, mostly in verse and in both Arabic and Hausa. Although no complete copy has yet been located, his translation

588

CHAPTER TWELVE

of the dıwn of Imru√ al-Qays from Arabic into Hausa may well have been a landmark in the development of Hausa as a literary medium. His students, and the students of his students, are dispersed widely throughout the Greater Voltaic Region. 1. Brr al-˛aqq Poem on Islamic unity in 38 vv. written in 1351/1932-3, addressed to the author’s son. Analysis in Idriss (1966), 92-4. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi mufi†ı al-ßdiqına naj * Wa-mnifi al-kdhibın al-falja wa’l-˛ujaj MS: Legon, 132, 462. Publ. trans. in Idriss (1966), 143-7. 2. Mashrafi m√ al-khabar li-wrid wriduh (?wradah?) bi’lna÷ar Poem in 88 vv. on the coming of the Europeans, completed 9 Mu˛arram 1317/19 May 1899. Opens: Bi-˛amdi man yußarrif al-duhür * Bada√n hdh ’l-rajaz al-mas†ür MSS: Legon, 4, 417; Niamey, 188 (with date of composition 1297). 3. Na÷m al-la√lı bi-ikhbr wa-tanbıh al-kirm Poem in 216 vv. lamenting the coming of the Europeans, written in 1318/1900-1. Analysis in Idriss (1966), 95-106. Opens: Bi’smi ’llhi abda√u fı ’l-na÷mı * Ilh un w˛id un Rabb al-anmı MSS: Legon, 3, 8, 139. Publ. Partial trans. by B.G. Martin in Braimah & Goody (1967), 191-2, and Ferguson (1973), 27-8. Complete trans. in Idriss (1996), 148-72. 4.

Qaß√id i) Q. b√iyya: Y khalılayya fa-fiajaban * Idh ra√aytu ’lfiaj√ib * 177 vv. Denunciation of Mahdı Müs and his companions who were in Gonja and northern Asante in 1322/1904-5. See Goody (1970), 143-56; Wilks (1989), 152-5 MSS: Legon, 109(ii), 135 (said to have corrections by the author), with unpublished trans. by B.G. Martin.


589

ii) Q. dliyya: Na˛madu Rabban bsi† al-mihdı * Wa-jfiil al-jibli ka’l-awtdı Poem in 70 vv., giving thanks to those who contributed to the repair of a mosque for Sarkin Zongo ∑allaw in Kumase. Written before 15 November 1930. MSS: Legon, 9, 161. iii) Q. hamziyya: Sufidu aw Asm√ü * Aw Dafidu n aw ˘aww√ü 83 vv. praise of Yendi and its people, written in 1335/1916-17. MSS: Legon, 93, 181 (both with an additional 7 vv., perhaps also by al-˛jj fiUmar, in praise of the people of Yendi: Ahlu Yandih ahlu khayrı * Zdahum Rabbı nawl). iv) Q. hamziyya: Fa-tabrak al-Khallqü dhü ’l-fial√ı * Rabb al-bariyyati mühib al-nufim√ı MS: Legon, 239 (iii). v) Q. lmiyya: M blu Hind in na√at fiann bi-ghayri qil * Waßrat anb√uh yutl (sic) mal wa-mil 94 vv. Elegy for his son al-˛jj Labbu (d. 1352/1933-4, aged thirty-two). MSS: Legon, 16(v), 109(vi), 138, 239 (iv). vi) Q. maqßüra: Salmun salmun wa-l yufiaddadı * Li’l-˛jji Qdirin bafiıd al-mad 29 vv. in praise of al-˛jj Qdir of Salaga, i.e. fiAbd al-Qdir Bamba, later Sarkin Zongo of Yendi, d. c. 1956. MS: Legon, 469; Odoom (1968), supplement. vii) Q. mımiyya: Hal li-Layl min marmı * Am li-Hindin min kalmı In praise of the people of the Tetemu (Kpong) zongo (6° 09’ N—0° 4’ E). MS: Legon, 16 (vi). viii) Q. nüniyya: A-Mayya shqatki ha†† ßirta ˛ayrn * Aw hal tahımu bi-dhikr Dafidin haymn

590

CHAPTER TWELVE

79 vv. on author’s residence in Gambaga and his quarrel with the Sarkin Zongo of Kete Krakye, written in 1326/1908-9. MS: Legon, 117. ix) Q. qfiyya: A-∑li˛u fa’fham m na÷amtu wathıqat * Was√ilu ˛ubbin fıhi’l-˛aq√iq Addressed to al-˛jj ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn (q.v.), criticizing him for his lack of knowledge of mathematics. Publ. in Mu˛ammad (1974), 226 (text), 227 (trans.). x) Q. r√iyya: Bushrka atka bashırü * Min fiinda Hindin baßırü 154 vv. in praise of ˘usayn al-Kashnwı, called ∑allaw, Sarkin Zongo of Kumase. Completed 1 Mu˛arram 1342/14 August 1923. MSS: Legon 16(xiii), 127, 168, 239(i). xi) Q. r√iyya: Ghdarat Salm diyr * Lam najid fıh mazr 95 vv. in praise of Sarkin Zongo ∑allaw of Kumase. MSS: Legon, 133, 239(ii). 5. al-Sar˛a al-warıqa fı fiilm al-wathıqa On epistolatory style and formulae, written in late ∑afar 1294/midMarch 1877. MSS: Legon, 313, 378, 381; Ibadan (UL), 380, 410I; Jos, 366,. 637; Kaduna (NA), A/AR4/15, L/AR20/1, L/AR58/2; NU/Falke 25, 465; Timbuktu (MMHT), 417, 651 (K. al-tarsıl); Zaria, MAH, 6/58. Publ. with author’s Tarbıfi kitb al-zuhd wa’l-waßiyya, in a majmüfi, the principal work of which is the al-fiAshriyyt of al-Fzzı, Cairo: M. alMash’had al-˘usaynı, 1334, 1915-16, repr. 1959; ed. and trans. I.A. Ogunbiyi, ‘The thornless leafy tree concerning the knowledge of letterwriting’, RBCAD, ix/x (1973-4), 1-68, and separately, Ibadan: Motajero Printers, 1975. Ferguson (1973, 33) claims that fiUmar wrote another such manual called Kitb [al]-tarsıl fıhi lught, which is preserved in Kaduna (NAK), L/AR11/7, but this is apparently by a certain fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad


591

al-Sharıf; see Bb Yünus Mu˛ammad, Fihris Makh†ü†t Dr alWath√iq al-Qawmiyya al-Nayjıriyya bi-Kdün, London, 1996, i, 100. 6. Su√l al-rthı Elegy for Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn al-Mlikı al-Ashfiarı al-Tijnı, addressed to his son al-˛jj ∑li˛ of Jenene in 58 vv. Opens: Hal wbil un am damfiu ajfnı sakab * Am hal ghurb al-bayni y qalbı nafiab MS: Legon, 76. Publ. trans. in Muhammad (1974), 161-7. 7. ‡alfi al-munfafia fı dhikr al-munzafia Poem of 99 vv. on the Salaga civil war of 1892. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llh al-mudabbiri dhü (sic) ’l-ghin√ı * Wa-mußarrif al-a˛wli wa’l-azmnı MS: Legon, 16(ii). Publ. trans. by B.G. Martin in Braimah & Goody (1967), 193-8. 8. Tanbıh al-ikhwn fı dhikr al-a˛zn Poem of 248 vv. on the decline of morality and good government in Salaga, and the civil war of 1892, said to have been written in 1322/1904-5. Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı tawa˛˛ad * Fı mulkihi umürahu wa-wakkad MS: Legon, 27 (said by Limam Thnı of Kete-Krakye to be an autograph). Publ. trans. by B.G. Martin in Braimah & Goody (1967), 198-209. 9. Tarbıfi al-Burda Rendering in quatrains of the Burda of al-Büßırı. Attributed to al-˛jj fiUmar, but lacking internal evidence. Opens: A-min tadhakkari jırnin bi-dhı Salamı * Ariqta laylan †awılan bhir al-÷ulamı MSS: Legon, 24, 122, 217. 10. Tarbıfi kitb al-zuhd wa’l-waßiyya Rendering in quatrains of the K. al-zuhd wa’l-waßiyya by fiAlı b. al˘usayn al-Sajjd (d. 92/710-11, see GAL S I, 76). Opens: Tabraka dhü ’l-fiul wa’l-kibriy√ı * Tawa˛˛ada bi’l-kamli wa’l-san√ı MSS: Legon, 16(iv); NU/Paden, 120. Publ. in majmüfi, Cairo, 1334/1915-16, and 1959, see item 5 above.

592

CHAPTER TWELVE

11. Ta√rıkh iqlım Ashantı On early Muslim settlement in Asante. Publ. text in A˛mad Bb al-Wfii÷ (q.v.), Kanz al-mufıd; trans. in Martin (1966), 68-70. 12. Tunkuyaw Poem in 64 vv. on the influenza epidemic of 1918-19. The title is in Hausa, but the poem is in Arabic, with the Hausa title as the rhyming word. Analysis in Idriss (1996), 106-8. Opens: Qifü wa’smafiü li’l-qawli fı tunkuyaw * Ra√ayn ’l-fiaj√iba fı tunkuyaw. MSS: Legon, 23, 131, 305; Niamey, 1767(i). Publ. Facsimile text and English trans. by M.O.A. Abdul, “Literacy in an ‘illiterate’ society”, RBCAD, xi (1975-6), 13-25; trans in Idriss (1996), 173-86. Works in Hausa 13. [Tarihin Ilorin] Publ. in Reichmuth (1993). 14. [Tarihin Kabi] History of Kebbi. Publ. trans. H. Sölken, “Die Geschichte von Kabi nach Imam Umaru”, Mitteilungen des Instituts fµr Orientforschung, vii (1959-60), 123-62. 15. [Tarihin ºasar Hausa] Publ. text and German trans. in Adam Mischlich, “˜ber Sitten und Gebrauche in Hausa”, MSOS, x (1907), 155-81, xi (1908), 1-81, xii (1909), 215-74, and in his ˜ber die Kulturen im Mittel-Sudan, Berlin: Reimer, 1942. English trans. in Ferguson (1973). 16. Waªar Nasara Poem in 203 vv. on the coming of the Europeans, and praise for their work on sanitation, roads, etc., dated 1321/1903. Opens: Abin ga da ya tafo shi za mu tsara * Ku saurara ga labarin nasara. MS: Legon, 43, pp. 32-48 (ajami text with boko transcription), 109(v), 302 (inc.), 370.


593

Publ. trans. by al-˛jj Yafiqüb of Yendi in Odoom (1968), 24-36; partial trans. in Ferguson (1973), 29-31. Trans. Pilaszewicz (1975). 17. [Waªar Talauci da wadata] Poem on poverty. Title invented by Pilaszewicz. Opens: Muna sama waka da sunan Alla * Muradinmu tsari na halin tsiya MS: Legon, 109(iv), 171, 371. Publ. Some lines in Ferguson (1973), 34-5. Trans. in Pilaszewicz (1974). Ferguson (1973), 40, speaks of a shorter version found at Lokoja and publ. in J. Schön, Magana Hausa, 1885, 250-1, but Pilaszewicz argues against this. 18. Kundin waªoªin Imru√ al-Qays ∂an ˘ujri Hausa translation of the dıwn of Imru√ al-Qays, see R.S. Rattray, “Hausa Poetry”, in Essays Presented to C.G. Seligman, ed. E.E. EvansPritchard, Oxford, 1934, 255-65. Rattray, who describes himself as ‘a very humble disciple of Limam Umaru’, gives an English translation of the Hausa version of the celebrated Mufiallaqa of Imru√ al-Qays, which he says captures the spirit of the poem better than the versions of such English translators as Lady Anne Blunt and Charles Lyall. 19. Hausa poem. Opens: Kalmomi miyagu nike so zani zana * Dangina musulmi ku saurara ku jiya A wafi÷ poem enumerating the utterances that amount to kufr. MS: Legon, 109(i). 20. Hausa poem. Opens: Bismila na fara ga jalla Ubangiji * Kata taimako gare ini zan taÿa ªoªari A wafi÷ poem warning against the deceptive ways of the world. MS: Legon, 109(iii). 21. Hausa poem Opens: Na fara dan sunan tafil za ni waha * In taba ∂an azanci kadan in gai da zaki Poem in 440 vv. in praise of ‘Uthman “the lion of Kumase”, “i.e. fiUthman Sarkin Zongo 1905-19.” The attribution to al-˛jj ‘Umar is by

594

CHAPTER TWELVE

al-˛jj Bello b. Limam Thnı, whose mother was a daughter of al-˛jj ‘Umar. MS: Legon, 292. Publ. text and trans in Pilaszewicz (1993). ANON 1. Q. nüniyya: Fa-salmun minn yakhußßu abn * Lam yafuz ghayruhu ladayn ’l-funün Poem in praise of al-˛jj fiUmar included in a letter to him inquiring about the health of his son al-˛jj Labbu. MS: Legon, 129. YÜSUF b. MÜS◊ b. H◊RÜN BAMBA, called Yüsuf Abin Nema and Yüsuf Bamba NU/Wilks FN 280

Yüsuf’s grandfather, Hrün, left Banda and settled in Salaga, probably in the late eighteenth century. He engaged in trade with Yendi and Djougou. He married, inter alios, a daughter of the Djougou ruler and she gave birth to Müs. Müs apparently grew up in Djougou, but later moved to Salaga, where he died. His son, Yüsuf, traded and taught in Salaga until the time of the civil war of 1891-92, after which he settled in Kete Krakye. There he collaborated with the German administrators, and carried out negotiations with Yendi on their behalf. After the German occupation of Yendi, Yüsuf settled there. On his advice the Germans made his nephew, Yüsuf ∑aghır, first Sarkin Zongo of Yendi. Old and ailing, Yüsuf Bamba asked to be carried back to Salaga to be buried near his father and grandfather. He died on the way, at Lepusi (9° 03’ N - 0° 01’ W). Yüsuf Bamba’s son, fiAbd al-Qdir, was made Sarkin Zongo of Yendi on the death of Yüsuf ∑aghır, but left when Yendi came under British rule in 1914. He spent most of the remainder of his life in Salaga, where he was renowned as a teacher. Yüsuf’s daughter, F†ima, married Imam ˘usayn b. Idrıs of Yendi, and their son, Zohe Imam al-˛jj A˛mad of Yendi, recorded his mother’s knowledge of her family in his Nasab alshaykh al-˛jj fiAbd al-Qdir Bamba (q.v.).


595

1. Durrat al-than√ fial jabın al-kuram√ Opens: Shakartu ’llha fı sirrı wa-jahrı * Kam qad afiamman (?) nifim ’l-÷ahırı Poem in 106 vv. in praise of “Müs, amır of Dagomba”, completed on 13 Mu˛arram 1315/14 June 1897. This Müs is probably to be identified with Ya Na Andani (paramount chief of Dagomba), reg. 1876-99. He resisted the German advance into his kingdom, even after his defeat at Adibo in 1896. MS: Legon, 136. 2. Untitled poem in Hausa, in 67 verses, reflecting on the stern character of Europeans, with praise for al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr ∑alghawı (q.v.), and comments on the eastern Gonja civil war of 189192 and various other local events. MS: Legon, 169. MU˘AMMAD TETEMO, fl. 1936 He studied in Kete Krakye with al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr al∑alghawı(q.v.), and later resided in Tetemu, the Zongo for Kpong on the Lower Volta. 1. Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj fiUmar [al-∑alghawı] MS: Legon, 238. Publ. trans. of some lines in Ferguson (1973), 36-7. 2. Q. mımiyya: Y Karımu y Ra˛ımü * Anta’l-Ra˛mnu Ra˛ımü. Appears to be an account of being taken to hospital in a lorry to be healed (or perhaps vaccinated) because of an epidemic brought back by pilgrims. Written 1355/1936-7. Every verse has as its second hemistich: Anta’l-Ra˛mnu Ra˛ımü. MS: Legon, 182. MU˘AMMAD AL-TH◊Nˆ b. AL-˘ASAN b. fiUMAR ALFA KIRI b. IBR◊HˆM ALFA SABI JARA al-Zughuwı, known as al-˘jj Thnı, d. August 1968 1.

Ta√rıkh waft abın shaykhin al-mufiallim Hrün Jr

596

CHAPTER TWELVE

Notes on the family origins and dates of death of Hrün Jr b. fiUmar Alfa Kiri (2 Shafibn 1344/15 February 1926), and his brother al-˘asan (q.v.), Friday Imam of Salaga, with a further note on the death of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr al-Salghawı (q.v.). Written in 1384/1964-5. MS: Legon, 356. KH◊LID b. YAfiQÜB b. MU˘AMMAD BAWA al-Kashnwı, b. 18712, d. 22 Rabıfi II, 1356/2 July 1937. Levtzion (1968), xx-xxi; Moro (1968), 3-6; Lubeck (1968), 1-2, 28-30, 44-55; Ferguson (1972), 12; NU/Wilks FN 305.

Khlid’s grandfather, Mu˛ammad Bawa of Katsina, traded in kola to Salaga and Kete Krakye, near which latter town he died. Khlid’s father, Yafiqüb, left Katsina to stay first in Karaga and then in Sansanne Mango before settling in Yendi. He fled to Kpabia when the Germans occupied Yendi, but returned in the early 1900s to become Friday Imam there. Khlid, eldest son of Yafiqüb, is said by one report to have been born on the Salaga road. He became a trader, but spent three years studying with al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr b. fiUthmn of Kete Krakye (q.v.). Subsequently his father, Imam Yafiqüb, called him back to Yendi to stay with him. Yafiqüb died on 12 Rajab 1333/26 May 1915. Khlid remained in Yendi, gaining much power by his close cooperation with the British colonial authorities. Their support was crucial in securing him, against strong opposition, the Friday imamate when it again became vacant in 1345/1926-27. Khlid is remembered for his rigid orthodoxy. He is said to have written several works on Dagomba history, and unquestionably was a major contributor to E. F. Tamakloe’s Brief History of the Dagbamba People, Accra, 1931. The British administrators A. Duncan-Johnstone and H. A. Blair acknowledged their major debt to him in their Enquiry into the Constitution and Organisation of the Dagbon Kingdom (Accra, 1932), 39. 1. Ta√rıkh Daghabwı A history of Dagomba, based on the traditional recitals of the royal drummers, with annalistic marginalia by the author and others. The work contains citations from the mid-eighteenth century Kitb Ghanj (q.v.). MSS: Legon, 241, 250.


597

2. Asalin Daghunba da Nanunba A Hausa history of the Dagomba and Nanumba. MS: NU/Wilks FN 305, ii-v. 3. Letter to Kpembewura Mahama d. 1351/1932, written on the reverse of an official census enumeration form completed in Arabic. MS: Legon, 286 (iii). fiABD ALL◊H QUDUS b. al-˘ASAN b. fiUTHM◊N b. ALFA ˘AMMA al-Fullnı, b. c. 1878, known as Baba Gomda Moro (1968), 11-12, 39-42; Odoom (1968), 13-14; NU/Wilks FN 31, 54. Alfa ˘amma b. Yünus was a Msina Fulani who established himself in Yendi probably in the late eighteenth century. His son, fiUthmn, opened a school at Kpabia, between Yendi and the growing market town of Salaga. Al-˘asan b. fiUthmn settled in Salaga, where fiAbd Allh was born. He was taught first by his father. then moved to Kete Krakye at the time of the Salaga civil war, 1892, and studied under al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr b. fiUthmn (q.v.). In 1323/1905-6, he moved to Yendi, where his father (d. 1342/1923) had become Friday Imam. After a time fiAbd Allh took up residence in Asamankese, and made the first of his ten pilgrimages in 1927. He later returned to Yendi, and became Friday Imam there in 1937. He ventured writing Kotokoli and Dagbane, as well as Hausa, in Arabic script. 1. Shikyat al-ma÷lüm Poem in 74 vv., written in 1359/1940-41, complaining about those who had opposed the author’s selection as Friday Imam of Yendi. Addressed to fiAlı b. Mu˛ammad Baraw (q.v.). Opens: Bi’llhi naßran dafiawtü * Lim ilayhi aradtü MSS: Legon, 468; Odoom (1968), supplement. 2. [Nißb al-dhahab.] The precise title is unclear. Admonition, written in Dagbane, directed to the Muslims of Dagomba. Written 1361/1942-43. MS: Legon, 28.

598

CHAPTER TWELVE

3. Yandiya (Little Song) Poem in Kotokoli, rhyming in y√-alif. Admonition, directed to the Kotokoli Muslims in Asamankese. Written 1338/1919-20. MSS: Legon, 466; Odoom (1968), supplement. Publ. trans. in Odoom (1968), supplement. 4. Urjüza, written in 1968 in celebration of the 40th birthday of Ivor Wilks. Opens: Mawlidu ß˛ibı Ayfür Waylikis * Wfaqa jumufiatan thaltha wa-fiishrın MS: NU/Wilks FN 281. fiALˆ b. MU˘AMMAD al-Salghawı, called Baraw, b. 1302/1884-5, d. 1376/1956-7 Odoom (1968), 13-14; Martin (1966), 72; MS: Legon, 409 (biog. note)

fiAli b. Mu˛ammad Baraw, of Bornu origins, was born in Salaga. He studied under al-˘asan b. fiUmar Alfa Kiri (q.v.) and al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abi Bakr (q.v.). He taught in Koforidua for many years, and died in Accra. 1. Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı Acrostic in 30 vv. on the name A˛mad al-Tijnı. Written in 1380/19601. Opens: Ufnı jamıfia zamnı * Fı ˛ubb al-shaykh al-Tijnı MS: Legon, 16(ix), 112. 2. Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar Opens: ˘amdan li-fiallm al-sar√ir wa’l-jahrı * Thumma ’l-ßaltu likhayri khalqin min Mu∂arı MS: Legon, 7(ii). 3. Q. fı mad˛ Ma˛müd b. Safiıd Jeliy Acrostic in 18 vv. on the name of his shaykh, the Tijnı muqaddam Ma˛müd b. Safiıd Jeliy (q.v.), completed on 17 Rajab 1339/27 March 1921. Opens: Muny madı˛u shaykhı dhı ’l-san√ı * Lahu ’l-majdu almu√aththalu wa’l-than√ü MS: Legon, 26, 78. 4.

Urjüza fı najm dhı dhanab


599

Written on 22 Shawwl 1340/18 June 1922. On the dating of a comet seen in Salaga, according to his teacher al-˛jj fiUmar. The date of the comet is given as 21 Shawwl 1298/16 September 1881, and there is apparent mention of an earthquake in Salaga (wa-zulzilat Salgha) in 1309/1891-2. Opens: Qla fiubayd Allhi dhü ’l-fiißynı * al-Murtajı maghfirat al-Ra˛mnı. MS: Legon, 7(i), 16(xi), 408. 5. Tasliyat al-ma÷lüm Qaßıda, written for his friend, fiAbd Allh Qudus b. al-˘asan of Yendi (q.v.), in response to his Shikyat al-ma÷lüm, which was written on account of the opposition he had faced in his selection as Imam of Yendi. Dated 1359/1940-41. Opens: Azk ’l-ta˛iyyati wa’l-salmi mujaddidı * Minnı il ˛abbı firif al-ma˛fadı MS: Legon, 467. Publ. trans. with facsimile text Odoom (1968), supplement, followed by another poem of 12 vv., which opens: Salman †ayyiban farajan amın * Li-ma˛bübı fiAliyyi ’bni Ma˛amm. al-˛jj IBR◊HˆM GHUSHAYGU Student of al-˛jj fiAlı Baraw in Koforidua. His name suggests he was from the Dagomba town of Gushiegu (9° 55’ N—0° 12’ W). 1. Man jadda fı ’l-fiilm wajada Advice to Muslim students. Completed 6 Jumd I 1380/27 October 1960. Opens: Salman †ayyiban farajan amın * Li-ma˛bübı fiAliyyi ’bni Ma˛amm MS: Legon, 377. A˘MAD b. ˘USAYN b. IDRˆS NU/Wilks FN 280

A˛mad’s grandfather, Idrıs, was Zohe Imam in Yendi. His father, ˘usayn (d. 1356/1937-8), was Zohe Imam, then Yendi Friday Imam, and finally became the Ya Na’s imam (imm al-balad) for all Dagomba. A˛mad himself was also Zohe Imam. Ahmad’s mother, F†ima, was the daughter of Yüsuf b. Müs b. Hrün Bamba (q.v.) of Yendi and Salaga.

600

CHAPTER TWELVE

1. Nasab al-shaykh al-˛jj fiAbd al-Qdir Banba A history of the family of fiAbd al-Qdir Bamba (Sarkin Zongo, Yendi, died c. 1956), based on information from F†ima, mother of the author, sister of fiAbd al-Qdir, and daughter of Yüsuf b. Müs b. Hrün Bamba (q.v.). MS: NU/Wilks FN 280, with provisional trans. by al-˛jj fiUthmn b. Is˛q Boyo. GOTTLOB ADOLF KRAUSE, known as Malam Müs, b. 5 January 1850, d. 19 February 1938 Heepe (1928), 105-107; Ol’ derogge (1960); Markov and Sebald (1963); Goody (1966), 41-53. Braimah and Goody (1967), 148-56, 213-17; Sebald (1972).

Among those attracted to Salaga was Gottlob Adolf Krause, born in Dresden in 1850. He arrived there in mid-1886, using the town as a base for exploring further inland. Krause travelled with the local caravans, and financed his journeys by petty trading. Although known by the travelling name of Malam Müs, he made no attempt to conceal his Christian identity. Subsequently Krause set himself up in Salaga as agent for the firm of Chevalier of Stuttgart, and specialized in the ivory trade. Krause acquired an excellent knowledge of Hausa, and was for a time tutored in the language by al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr al-∑alghawı (q.v.). His interests led him to make copies of letters and other documents that came to his attention, to report speeches, and to record the testimony of local informants on historical and current events. His manuscripts, all written in Hausa language and Arabic script, were deposited in the Preussischen Staatsbibliothek, Berlin, as MSS. orient. Quart. 844. The items listed below relate to the Greater Voltaic Region. 1. [MSS 15-17] Exchange of letters between Ya Na Andani in Yendi and the caravan leader fiˆs in Salaga, Nov.-Dec. 1893. The correspondence was occasioned by the disruption of the caravan trade resulting from the internecine struggles in eastern Gonja. Publ. trans. T.M. Mustapha in Goody & Mustapha (1967), 615-6. 2. [MS: 18] Account of a dispute concerning the seduction of a female slave. Long distance traders from Hausaland, and a tax collector of the Ya Na, were involved.


601

3. [MSS 19, 20] Different accounts of the death of Kpembewura Napo following his flight from Salaga in December 1892. Publ. trans. by T. M. Mustapha in Braimah and Goody (1967), 214215. 4. [MS: 24] Detailed account of events in Salaga after the British sack of Kumase in 1874. Publ. trans. by T. M. Mustapha (1966), 23-6. This is the only known account of the massacre of the Asantes resident in Salaga. 5. [MS: 25] Speech by Kpembewura Isanwurfo on his enrobement, and various responses from the assembled dignitaries, stressing the importance of restoring the Salaga trade. 21 July 1893. Publ. trans. by T. M. Mustapha in Braimah and Goody (1967), 21617. 6. [MSS: 26-27] Account of the passage of a large caravan from Salaga to Hausaland via Yendi and Sansanne Mango. Publ. trans. T.M. Mustapha in Goody & Mustapha (1967), 613-6. 7. [MS: 30] Lengthy account of the activities of the Zabarma in the Volta Basin, commencing with the arrival of Alfa Gazari in Dagomba. 8. [MS: 37] Message, written in 1894, from Ya Na Andani, in Yendi, to the Kpembewura Isanwurfo, warning him against allowing the internecine struggles of the previous two years to continue, and stressing the importance of Salaga recovering its prosperity. 9. [MS: 39] Report of Salaga coming under English protection, dated 2 September 1894. ANON 1. An 18 vv. poem in praise of al-˛jj Mu˛ammad Labbü (d. 6 Dhü ’l-Qafida 1351/3 March 1933). Opens: Qad bada√tu m nawaytu * Fı ’lta˛rıri musa††ir MS: Legon, 159

602

CHAPTER TWELVE

CONTEMPORARY WRITERS OF GHANA

Contemporary writers of Ghana are loosely defined as those whose floruit is a post-World War II one. The aftermath of the war was a period of extensive Muslim migration into Ghana, especially from Nigeria. In the 1950s there was a proliferation of Muslim political organisations, inter alia, the Muslim Youth Congress, the Gold Coast Muslim Council, and the Muslim Association Party (1953-4); the Muslim Council of Ghana (1957); the Ghana Muslim Council of Chiefs (1958); and the Ghana Muslim Mission (1959). Muslims were drawn into national politics, sometimes with unanticipated consequences. Alhajji Amadu Baba, for example, was Sarkin Zongo of Kumase and a leader of the Muslim Association Party, which was pro-National Liberation Movement and anti-Convention People’s Party. He was in constant conflict with Malam Mutawakilu of the Muslim Youth Congress, which supported the C.P.P. Amadu Baba was deported to Nigeria by Nkrumah’s government in 1957. The growth of the media in the post-war period much affected Ghana’s Muslim communities. An increasing number of men, and women, came to make the pilgrimage, but more continuous contact with the greater centres of Islam in North Africa and the Middle East was sustained through press and broadcasting. In the late 1950s Radio Cairo was particularly influential in disseminating modernist ideas, and its embassy in Accra built up a network of contact with Ghana’s Muslim leaders. Libya was later to take over this role. More and more books from Egyptian and Lebanese publishing houses found their way, in cheap lithographed form, into the markets of Ghana, and in time not a few writers from Ghana came to be represented on their lists. Although some of the older centres such as Wa continue to flourish, it is in the big cities and regional towns such as Accra, Kumasi, Koforidua, Bawku, and Prang, that modern Islamic schools have been founded in the years since independence. The founders of these schools have typically been educated in Egypt (e.g. al-Azhar primary and secondary schools) and Saudi Arabia. Text books have been written in Arabic to fill the needs of these schools and to supplement imported texts. Hausa continues to be important as a lingua franca among Muslims, and some writing in that language (using the Arabic script) is still being done.


603

Tension still exists between Muslims of ∑üfı inclination and those who have come under the influence of Wahhbı ideas, though this tension is not so sharp or so public as it is in Nigeria. ZUMfiATU b. al-imm MU˘AMMAD al-Fullnı, d. after 1970 Dretke (1965); Odoom (1971).

Malam Idrıs Naino, accompanied by his wife Maymüna Yaawo, and their son Mu˛ammad Baªo, left Hausaland to settle in Accra in the mid19th century. He became imam of the Muslim community of Accra on 21 February 1891, but died after an incumbency of only two years. He was succeeded by his brother Garba (Abü Bakr), who had as his deputy his nephew Mu˛ammad Baªo. There was much factional fighting within the community between those of Hausa, and of Yoruba, descent, and charges of adultery brought against Garba led to his removal by the colonial administration in 1900—only to be reinstated in 1902. Zumfiatu’s father, known as Malam Fulata Borono (hence, perhaps of Bornu origin), arrived in Accra at this time from Ilorin, where he had been a student of Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad B˙gΩr˙ (d. 1913, see ALA II, 445), and subsequently married the now widowed Maymüna Yaawo, who bore him Zumfiatu. After a period in Accra, Malam Fulata settled in Cape Coast. From there he was invited to become the third Friday Imam of Accra, succeeding Imam Abü Bakr (d. 1902). Seven years later he resigned due to a deep division among Accra Muslims and returned to Yola, taking Zumfiatu with him. Zumfiatu began his studies in Yola, but his mother, who remained in Accra, managed to get him brought back from there. He continued his studies in Accra and gained recognition as a scholar and Arabist. His half brother, Mu˛ammad Baªo (imam of Accra from 1909 until his death in 1938), invited him to write a history of the Naino family, but no copy of this has been found. Much of the material, however, seems to have been incorporated in his al-Lmiyya al-ßughr, which constitutes an elegy for Mu˛ammad Baªo. Zumfiatu was still alive c. 1970 when he was interviewed by K.O. Odoom.

604

CHAPTER TWELVE

1. fiAj√ib al-asfr wa-imti˛n al-bild wa’l-aq†r 205 vv. on the virtues and vices of certain Nigerian and foreign cities and their populations, written in Mu˛arram 1365/20 December 1945. Opens: Ra√aytu bildan l tufiaddu fiadıdat * Sa-adhkuru minh ’lbafi∂a lastu muwfiy MSS: NU/Paden, 173.2. An unaccessioned photocopy is in Legon (copy in NU/Hunwick, 255). 2. al-Lmiyya al-ßughr Opens: al-˘amdu li’llhi Razzq al-fiibdı * Ghaniyyin l shabıh wa-l mathılu 69 vv. elegy for his half-brother Mu˛ammad Baªo, and a history of his family. MS: Legon, 195 Publ. facsimile text and trans. in Odoom (1971). 3. Q. dliyya: Ra√aytu fiajıba ˛lin fı ’l-mafidı * Wa-akh†ra sata÷haru fı ’l-bildı 170 vv. on the evils of the colonial period in Hausaland. This appears to be the poem of which Paden (1973), 53-4, 172-3, quotes some parts in translation, ascribing them to a certain Is˛q Kano (on p. 173, n. 58, he calls the work Dal√il al-mahdı). MS: NU/Paden, 173(i). 4. Q. sıniyya: Bi-˛aqqi Rabb al-war y qawmi fa’ntabihü * Fa-inna fı dahrin hdh ablısü Poem in 34 vv. attacking an unnamed person who criticized his pronunciation of the phrase al-˛amdu li’llhi. MS: Legon, 137 has a date of 24 Shawwl 1350/2 March 1932 at the end, but it is not clear if this is the date of writing or of copying. The poem has also been attributed to al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr al-∑alghawı (q.v.) MSS: Legon, 121, 137, 421 5. Q. sıniyya: Bi-˛aqqi Rabb al-war y qawmin (sic) fa’ntabihü * Fa-inna fı dahrin hdh ablısü 40 vv. accusing a certain Sharıf fiˆs al-Kanawı of hypocrisy, written on 15 Mu˛arram 1365/20 December 1945. Sharıf fiˆs had censured Zumafiatu for ‘eating tobacco’, saying it was ˛arm and that whoever


605

did so was a kfir. Zumafitu responded by accusing the sharıf of visiting a prostitute. The first line and the two following lines are almost identical with the Q. sıniyya above (no. 4), but the third line reads Alqaw a˛blahum alqaw fiißiyyahum * Wa-na˛nu qawman (sic) [bi-] yadayn fiaß Müs, and subsequent lines are also quite different. MS: NU/Paden, 173(iii). MU˘AMMAD BELLY b. MUKHT◊R al-Fütı, known as Malam Bello, b. 1920 From Tetemu in Kpong in the Eastern Region of Ghana, of Fulani descent, his early youth was spent in Gabon where his father was preaching and teaching. After the father’s death in 1928 he returned to Accra but later went to Kano to begin his Islamic education. He returned to Ghana in 1939. In the 1950s he played a role in pre-independence politics, but in 1958 after independence he went into self-imposed exile in Togo. After the fall of Nkrumah in 1966, Mu˛ammad Belly returned to Ghana and continued teaching and preaching there 1. [Mafilim al-Islm fı Ifrıqiy] Publ. English trans. by Osman Braimah, The African Landmarks in Islam, Tema: Ghana Publishing Corp., 1982. 2. al-Bqiyt al-ßli˛t See African Landmarks, 53. 3. al-Lu√lu√ wa’l-murjn On “the interpretation of God’s signs on the human body”. See African Landmarks, 53. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN SALˆM AL-FARA∆I b. YAfiQÜB BAMBA al-Salghawı, b. 1951 Biog. info. orally from Mark Sey.

Born in Accra, his father Yafiqüb Yüsuf was a trader. He studied under ˘asan Ata (now named Malam Ata), a Gonja teacher living in Accra New Town and disciple of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr (q.v.) of KeteKrakye. In 1960 he went to Ejura (Asante) to continue his education

606

CHAPTER TWELVE

with a certain Malam Müs, then to Tamale where he completed his reading of the Qur√n under Yafiqüb Is˛q in 1966. From 1966-9 he studied in the L.A. No. 3 Primary School in Ejura. In 1972 he went to Kano and studied some basic Islamic texts (Risla, fiAshmwiyya, Mukhtaßar) with Zakari Magóga. He returned to Accra in 1983 as a specialist in the laws of inheritance. 1. al-Adhkr al-Mu˛ammadiyya On the merits of dhikr in general, and of certain types of dhikr and dufi√ in particular. Ends with poem of author, Kfiyat al-Ra˛mn (see below). Publ. Pt I, Ejura, n.d. 2. Asalin fara’ili In Hausa. Publ. Kano, 1979. 3. Fat˛ al-Mannn fı tafsır yt al-mawrıth fı ’l-Qur√n Publ. Kano, n.d. 4. Kfiyat al-Ra˛mn fı ’l-tawassul il ’l-Malik al-Mannn Poem in 41 vv. on intercession with God, completed in Kano on 28 Jumd II 1407/ 26 February 1987. Publ. at end of author’s al-Adhkr al-Mu˛ammadiyya (q.v.). 5. al-Mırth wa’l-waratha Completed 27 Shawwl 1406/3 July 1986. Publ. n.p., n.d., with eulogy of Ma˛müd son of the Kano scholar Mu˛ammad Salga (see ALA II, 260), and al-˛jj Ya˛y Darna. 6. Rikicin khunth In Hausa. Publ. Kano, 1983. 7. Su√l wa-jawb fial ’l-fiaq√id al-taw˛ıdiyya A catechism on taw˛ıd. Completed 1 Shafibn 1407/31 March 1987. Publ. n.p., n.d., with items 5, 6, and 8.


607

8. Su√l wa-jawb fial fiaqıdat ahl al-sunna al-musammt bi’lMurshida A recasting of al-fiAqıda al-ßughr of al-Sanüsı (see GAL, S II, 355) in the form of a catechism. Completed 28 Rajab 1407/28 March 1987. Publ. n.p., n.d., with items 4, 6 and 7 9. Su√l wa-jawb fial ’l-fiAwfı A recasting of the manual of al-fiAwfı on essential religious duties in the form of a catechism. Completed 29 Rajab 1407/29 March 1987. Publ. n.p., n.d., with items 4, 5 and 7 10. Tafilım al-ßibyn ˛urüf al-Qur√n Publ. Kumase, 1988. 11. Taqrıb al-ßilt fial Qawfiid al-ßalt A recasting of the manual Qawfiid al-ßalt [perhaps by fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye] in the form of questions and answers. Completed 28 Rajab 1408/28 March 1987. Publ. n.p [Kano]., n.d. [c. 1980] with items 4, 5 and 6 The following works are unpublished. List established by Mark Sey. i). Mabdi√ al-far√i∂ ii) Hal tafirif al-ßalt. iii) Hal tafirif Allh iv) Tu˛fat al-ßibyn On grammar. v) al-Raw∂ al-naqı fial sırat al-nabı vi) Lmiyyat al-shubbn vii) Shikashikin ilman gado viii) Gado da magada YA˘Y◊ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN, b. c. 1943 Mark Sey, interview of 29 Jan. 2000 with Ya˛y b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın in Accra.

Born in Pakro in the Eastern Region of Ghana, he memorized the Qur√n under his father’s tutelage, and then studied with Sh. Sharubütu in Accra, acquiring competence in all the main Islamic disciplines. He is currently overseer of the Anßr al-Dın complex of schools in Accra, and

608

CHAPTER TWELVE

Chairman of the Islamic Judiciary Committee of the office of the National Chief Imam. He is a muqaddam of the Tijniyya. 1. al-Durr al-nafıs fı mad˛ al-Sayyid fiAlı Sıs Poem in 29 vv. in praise of the Tijnı leader fiAlı Cissé (q.v.). Opens: Ay man yabtaghı yumn al-kirmı * A-l fa’dnu il mad˛ al-jummı Publ. at end (pp. 18-20) of Tu˛fat al-fiushshq (q.v.). 2. Fuyü∂t al-Ra˛mn fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-˛jj fiUthmn In praise of Sh. Sharubütu. Publ. Lagos, 1969. 3.

Irshd al-ikhwn fı mafirifat al-islm wa’l-ımn wa’l-i˛sn

4. Nayl al-amnı fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-Tijnı In praise of Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı. Publ. Accra: Ghanaian Times, 1990. 5. Q. b√iyya: ‡awayti li-‡h ’l-Muß†af ataqarrabü * Mahmiha fian shawq al-khuwaydimi yufiribü 6. vv. in praise of the Prophet. Publ. with items 9 and 11. 6. Rü˛ al-labıb fı dhikr ˛ujub al-˛abıb Publ. Lagos, 1969. 7.

al-Sayf al-ßaqıl fı radd fial rislat al-ktib al-∂a√ıl

8. Tafilıl al-˛urüf al-hij√iyya li-awld al-madris al-Islmiyya Publ. Accra, 1969. 9. Tu˛fat al-a˛rr fı mad˛ nür al-anwr Poem in praise of the Prophet in 46 vv. Opens: Fu†irtu fial ˛ubb alAmıni wa-mad˛ihi * Mad ’l-dahri wa’l-ayymi asfi li-waßlihı Publ. with items 7 and 11. 10. Tu˛fat al-fiushshq fı mad˛ Abı Is˛q Five poems in praise of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse (q.v.):


609

i) Q. y√iyya: A-l layta shifirı hal yar ’l-nsu m ar * Min al-˛aqqi aw yabdü lahum m bad liy ii) Q. dliyya: Bada√tu bi-ismi ’llhi Rabbı wjidı * Wathannaytu bi’l-˛amdi ßaltan fial ’l-hdı iii) Q. mımiyya: Jar ’l-damfiu min fiaynayka y taymu mahyamü * A-min dhikr dr in aw khafat fianka Maryamü iv) Q. fiayniyya: Hadn il nahj al-rashd al-mutbafiu * Naßır al-war man li’l-ma˛midi jmifiu v) Rubfiiyya: Y mülifian bi’l-†arabi * Rghiba fian tafiattubi * Wa’l-zayghi wa’l-tajannubi * Inha∂ li-mad˛ al-qu†bi Followed by al-Durr al-nafıs (q.v.) Publ. Accra, by Ibrhım b. Yüsuf, 1389/1969, with eulogies by fiUthmn Nü˛ al-Barnwı, headmaster of the Anßr al-Dın School, Accra, Hrün al-Rashıd Jibrıl Mdughu, headmaster of Madrasat al-Rashıd, and fiAlı Sıs b. al-˘asan. 11. al-fiUr al-aqw fı mad˛ al-ghawth dhı’l-jadw In praise of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse (q.v.). Publ. Accra, 1974. 12. Urjüzat al-wildn fı mafirifat al-Islm wa’l-ımn wa’l-i˛sn Written in 1974. 107 vv. Opens: Sub˛na man awjada kulla dharratı * Min fiadamin il wujüd al-nifimatı. Followed by items 7 and 9 above. Publ. Lagos, n.d. [1993], by al-˛jj ˘amza fiUthmn, n.d. MU∑‡AF◊ IBR◊HˆM, b. 28 Shafibn 1369/14 June 1950 C.V. in Arabic provided by the author.

Born in Accra, he was a graduate of the University of Ghana, who studied in the Department of Religious Studies, and was leader of the Muslim Students organisation, 1975-6. He is a regular radio and TV commentator on Islamic religious matters and a well-known public speaker. In 1982 he founded the Council for Development and for the Translation of Islamic Literature. He is currently Head of the Islamic

610

CHAPTER TWELVE

Council for Development and Human Services, Accra, and editor of the Ghanaian journal Humanity. 1. Fatwı fı ’l-janza Publ. Accra: Manshürt al-Majlis al-Islmı li’l-Tanmiya wa’l-khadamt al-insniyya, 1992. 2. al-Fti˛a, mafinh wa-ahammiyyatuh Publ. Accra: Accra: Majlis al-Tanmiya wa-Tarjamat al-Kitb al-Islmı, 1987. 3. al-Madkhal fı ’l-mırth. Juz√ 1 Publ. Accra: Islamic Council for Development and Humanitarian Services, 1998. 4. Mafhüm al-waqf wa’l-hiba wa’l-waßy fı ’l-Islm Publ. Accra: Accra: Majlis al-Tanmiya wa-Tarjamat al-Kitb al-Islmı, 1987. 5. al-Mar˛ala al-ül fı ’l-lugha al-fiarabiyya li’l-mar˛il alibtid√iyya fı madris Ifrıqiy Publ. Accra: Majlis al-Tanmiya wa-Tarjamat al-Kitb al-Islmı, 1986. 6. al-Mar˛ala al-ül fı ’l-tarbiya al-Islmiyya li-talmıdh Ifrıqiy. Juz√ 1 Publ. Accra: Majlis al-Tanmiya wa-Tarjamat al-Kitb al-Islnı, 1985. 7. Murshid al-˛jj wa-qmüsihi Publ. Accra: Islamic Council for Development and Humanitarian Services, 1988. 8. Murshid al-mußallı Publ. Accra: Majlis al-Tanmiya wa-Tarjamat al-Kitb al-Islmı, 1985. 9. Na˛w fahm dın al-Islm. Juz√ 1 & 2 Questions and answers on Islamic beliefs and practices. Publ. with English trans., Accra: Islamic Council for Development and Humanitarian Services, 1998.


611

10. al-Shakhßiyyt wa’l-amkin al-ta√rıkhiyya al-madhküra fı ’lQur√n Publ. Accra: Majlis al-Tanmiya wa-Tarjamat al-Kitb al-Islmı, 1985. 11. al-Zawj fı ’l-sharıfia al-Islmiyya Publ. Accra: Majlis al-Tanmiya wa-Tarjamat al-Kitb al-Islmı, 1984. The following works are listed in his C.V. as “in press”: i) al-Fatwı fı ’l-jan√iz, Juz√ 2 ii) al-Madkhal fı ’l-mırth, Juz√ 2 iii) al-Qur√n, ta√rıkhuhu wa-tadwınuhu wa- mu˛tawaytuhu iv) Tafsır qißr al-suwar (Sürat al-Ikhls wa’lMufiawwidhatayn) MU˘AMMAD AL-R◊BIfi b. SUR◊QA [b.] SAfiˆD JAR◊, b. 1946 Brief biog. of author by Muß†af Ibrhım as intro. to al-Mar˛ala al-ül.

Born in Nima, Accra, he initially studied with his father who was a wellknown teacher., then attended the secondary school of the Islamic University in Madına, Saudi Arabia 1967-71, followed by a year at the Kulliyyat ußül al-Dın wa’l-Dafiwa. After a period of teaching at his father’s school in Accra he returned to Saudi Arabia and spent 1976-8 at the Ibn Safiüd University in Riy∂ studying Arabic. He then taught in the Republic of Benin for two years before returning to Ghana. 1. al-Mar˛ala al-ül fı ’l-fiarabiyya li-talmıdh Ifrıqiy Part 1. S◊NÜ b. fiUMAR, fl. 1389/1969 Director of the Madrasa Itti˛diyya, [Nima, Accra?] 1. Ri˛la safiıda Verses celebrating his return from pilgrimage, dated 1 Rabıfi I 1389/3 May 1969. Opens: Bada√tu bi’sm ’llhi bad√ an wa-fidat * Waashkuruhu shukr an yazıdu ziydat MS: Niamey, 165(xxii), with taqrı÷ by Sh. Mar˛ab [Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Mu˛ammad al-Munır, q.v.].

612

CHAPTER TWELVE

A˘MAD B◊BAH AL-WAfiI⁄ b. A˘MAD b. fiˆS◊ b. MÜS◊ al∑ukkutı al-Ghundawı al-Kumsı al-Wa†anı al-Tijnı, Abü ’l-Fawz, b. 1334/1913, d. 4 Rabıfi II 1402/29 January 1982 Mu˛ammad Muß†af Kmil al-˘jj, preface to A˛mad Bbah al-Wfii÷, Taw∂ı˛ al-adilla, 3-4; Hiskett (1980); Kramer (1992 and 1997); Interview of 23/1/99 by JOH with Mu˛ammad Muß†af Kmil, Kumase.

A˛mad Bbah’s father was himself a scholar, much sought after for his expertise in fiulüm al-asrr wa’l-˛isb (spiritual numerology) and had lived in Kumase. His ancestors were Toronkawa Fulani and had been secretaries to Shaykh fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye His mother was Maryam bt. al-Sayyid Mu˛ammad al-Kashinwı. She was born in Cape Coast, and was still living when the preface to Taw∂ı˛ al-adilla was written (1960). A˛mad Bbah himself was born in Kumase in 1334/1913. His father died when he was still young and his education was placed in the hands of Sayyid ◊dam, the Sarkin Mossi of Kumase. As a young man he joined the school of Malam ‚∑allaw al-Kashinwı, Sarkin Zongo of Kumase, and brother of Imam Khlid b. Yafiqüb of Yendi (q.v.), and showed promise from an early age. Later he studied with other scholars (apparently in Kumase), including Malam Garba [Abü Bakr b. Müs] alKashinwı, a Tijnı muqaddam, Mu˛ammad Inuwa b. fi›Is, Sh. fiAbd Allh Tnu (who taught him Arabic and rhetoric) and al-˛jj Abü Bakr al-Falltı al-Kanawı. Finally, he went to Zaria and studied under the well-known Yahüdh b. Safid (see ALA II, 370). He began his own teaching career in 1355/1936-7. He was initiated into the Tijniyya by Malam Garba in Kumase in 1353/1934 and later renewed his wird through Shaykh al-˛jj Nü˛ alFalltı of Jenne. In 1363/1943 he made the pilgrimage to Mecca and was made a muqaddam of the Tijniyya Order by Sh. A˛mad b. fiAbd alRa˛mn al-Katghumı, the khalıfa of Alfa Hshim (see ALA II, 265). He became a disciple of Shaykh Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. Mawlüd Fl al-fiAlawı and reached the stage of being able to train disciples. He is said to have converted many people to Islam. In 1367/1947-8 he visited Sh. Ibrhım Niasse in Kaolack, accompanied by al-˛jj A˛mad Ibrhım and Sayyid Mu˛ammad al-Rbifi Khlid. The Shaykh gave him permission to undertake all the duties of training, preaching and teaching for the Order (see Ijzas below).


613

He settled and built a house and mosque-madrasa, known as Madrasat al-Wa†aniyya in the Aboabo quarter of Kumase. On his death the direction of this was taken over by his khalıfa Mu˛ammad Muß†af Kmil al-Amın (q.v.). 1. al-fiA∂b al-btir fial na˛r kulli fianıd Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1376/1956-7 (with items 30 and 37). 2. al-Ajwiba al-wa†aniyya fı ’l-†alq al-thulthı Listed at the back of ˘usn al-÷ann bi’l-mawl as being in press. 3. fiAwn al-dhkir fı ˛all alf÷ al-dhikr li-†arıqat al-Tijniyya Completed 12 Shawwl 1398/15 September 1978. Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d. (c. 1978). 4. Bar√at al-mukhliß fı db al-mufıd wa’l-mustafıd Publ. Accra, 1389/1969. 5. Burhn al-qudra Listed at the back of ˘usn al-÷ann bi’l-mawl as being in press. 6. Bushr al-muttaqın wa’l-mu˛sinın Publ. Accra: New Times Press, 1389/1969. 7. Dalıl al-najt min subul al-salm wa-qa∂√ al-ma√rab fı ’l-ßalt fial munqidh al-anm Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d. (c. 1997, probably a reprint of earlier edn.), followed by an appreciation by Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Kmil al-˘jj. 8. Dafiwat al-fawz wa’l-qubül See endpaper of Zubdat faw√id, where it is said to be in press. 9. ∆iy√ nibrs al-firifın fı ikhtißr wa-talkhıß Kashf al-˛ijb Abridgt. of Kashf al-˛ijb fiamman talq mafia al-shaykh al-Tijnı min al-aß˛b of A˛mad Skıraj. Completed 18 ∑afar 1389. Listed at end of Maghna†ıs al-qulüb as “in press”.

614

CHAPTER TWELVE

10. ∆iy√ al-qbi∂ li-taküna tadhyıl li-masarrat al-qbi∂ MS: Ibadan (UL), 356. 11. Dufi√ al-faraj wa’l-qubül il ’l-murd See endpaper of Zubdat faw√id, where it is said to be in press. 12. ˘usn al-÷ann bi’l-mawl Compilation of invocations taken from the Qur√n and ˘adıth. Written c. Dhü’l-Qafida 1393/December 1973. Publ. Kumase, litho, n.d (c. 1993, evidently a reprint), followed by eulogies by ◊dam Bban Makaranta al-Ksı al-Shaykh al-Kumsı and A˛mad Mai Kano al-Fütı al-Azharı. 13. Isfif al-†libın fı mafirifat jamfi al-taksır qillat an wa-kathratan wamafirifat al-mu√annath wa’l-mudhakkar min alf÷ bafi∂ al-tarkıb Listed at end of Maghna†ıs al-qulüb as in press. 14. al-Kanz al-mufıd li’l- murıd al-ßdiq See B.G. Martin in Research Review, 2/i (1965), 75-7. The work includes a long quotation from a writing of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr al-∑alghawı on the history of Zongos in Asante. Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1379/1950. 15. Kanz al-†libın Listed at the back of ˘usn al-÷ann bi’l-mawl as being “in press”. 16. Lisn al-fay∂a fı dhikr bafi∂ karmt ß˛ib al-fay∂a al-shaykh al˛jj Ibrhın Anys A brief work on the karmt of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse, written shortly after his death in 1395/1975. Completed 17 Shawwl 1396/5 October 1976. Publ. at back of Maghn†ıs al-qulüb (q.v.). 17. Maghn†ıs al-qulüb fı sayr al-slikın il ˛a∂rat Rabb al-filamın Treatise on the various stages of the ∑üfı path, and on miracles (mufijizt), manifestations of divine grace (karmt), inspiration (ilhm), and wa˛dat al-wujüd. Publ. Kumase, litho, 1397/1976, with Lisn al-fay∂a.


615

18. Masarrat al-qbi∂ Completed 13 Mu˛arram 1373/22 September 1953. Later known as Masarrat al-qbi∂ al-ßughr. Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, 1373/1954. Dhayl by Ya˛y b. Jibrıl, ∆iy√ al-qbi∂ li-taküna tadhyıl li-Masarrat al-qbi∂. MS: Ibadan (UL), 169. 19. Masarrat al-qbi∂ al-wus† Publ. see list at end of Tasliyat al-wßilın. 20. Masarrat al-qbi∂ al-kubr wa-adillat al-rfifi al-fiuly Publ. see list at end of Tasliyat al-wßilın. 21. Miqmafiat al-munkirın Written in response to a question from his son Mu˛ammad al-Bashır about Qur√n 29: 41, which anti-∑üfıs were writing over the doors of their houses. Completed 20 Rajab 1394/9 August 1974. Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d., followed by endorsement by his leading disciple Mu˛ammad Muß†af Kmil (q.v.). 22. Mishkt al-anwr li-iqtibs al-anwr Listed at end of Maghna†ıs al-qulüb as published. 23. Munyat al-mubtaghı A work in verse. See endpaper of Zubdat faw√id, where it is said to be in press. 24. al-Najt bi-ra˛mat al-Ra˛mn wa-bi-fa∂ilihi l bi’l-fiamal wa’lijtihd See Kramer (1992), 23 (reading ijtihd for ijtihh). Publ. n.p., 1392/1972 (with item no. 38). 25. al-Naßı˛a fı zajr ˛alq al-li˛ya Completed 5/5/69 (thus written at end), i.e. 18 ∑afar 1389. Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d. . 26. Nußrat al-dhkirın fı ˛ujaj al-dhikr kitban wa-sunnatan Completed 7 Dhü ’l-Qafida 1394/22 November 1974.

616

CHAPTER TWELVE

Publ. n.p. [Kumase?], n.d. 27. Q. nüniyya: al-˘amdu li’llhi musdı ’l-khayri wa’l-nifiamı * Min ghayri ∂ıq in wa-l tafibin bi-ghufrnı Verses written in hospital on 13 Jumd I 1392/25 June 1972, imploring God to restore his health. Publ. at end of item no. 41. 28. al-Qunbula al-dmigha fial ru√üs al-munkirın li-awliy√ Allh Completed 25 Jumd I 1395/2 September 1975. Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d. (c. 1995, probably a reprint of an edn. of c. 1975). 29. Radfi al-nfı fian al-zakt al-nmı Publ. see list at end of Bushr al-muttaqın. 30. R. al-manßür fı ’l-radd fial rislat Dasısat al-inkr Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1376/1956-7 (with items 1 and 37 31. ∑awt anßr al-fay∂a fı tabshır al-fiabd al-mufitaqid bi-m lahu min al-zawjt fı ’l-janna Summary transcription of a recorded exegesis by Sh. Ibrhım Niasse of Qur√n, 55: 56, with introduction and conclusion by A˛mad Bbah. Dated 3 Rabıfi II 1376/23 March 1977. Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d., follwed by 5 vv. attrib. to al-Suyü†ı on those who spoke whilst in the cradle. 32. Sayf al-˛aqq fial nu˛ür al-Wahhbiyyın Written 12 Jumd I 1393/ 14 June 1973. Taqrı÷ at end by Abü Bakr ◊dam, kha†ıb of the Kumase mosque, Hrün Mu˛ammad al-Tijnı (q.v.), A˛mad Shafibn (with 4 vv.), Mu˛ammad Rashıd Shafibn (q.v.), with 9 vv., and Mu˛ammad Muß†af Kmil. Publ. Kumase, 1973 (copy in NU/ Hiskett Pamphlets, XII). 33. Shukr al-munfiim Listed at the back of ˘usn al-÷ann bi’l-mawl as being in press.


617

34. Sullam al-najt fı ’l-tawassul bi-aß˛b al-najt See endpaper of Zubdat faw√id, where it is said to be in press. 35. Tanbıh al-shı fian al-ßalt bi-nußüß al-Qur√n al-Karım wa’la˛dıth al-nabawiyya Completed 17 ∑afar 1394/12 March 1974. Publ. Accra, litho., n.d. (c. 1389/1969). 36. Tasliyat al-wßilın wa’l-firifın fı ithbt al-tarbiya wa’l-˛a∂art wa-ifir∂ fian aqwl al-munkirın Above is the cover title. In the text the author calls it Tasliyat al-wßilın wa’l-firifın fian tashmı† al-nuhü∂ il ˛a∂rat al-ilhiyya bi-tawfiyat al˛uqüq wa’l-db mafia ifir∂ fiamm yazfiamuhu al-kdhib al-ma˛jüb. Completed 17 ∑afar 1394/12 March 1974. Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d., followed by eulogies from Hrün Mu˛ammad, A˛mad Shafibn, and Mu˛ammad al-Rashıd Shafibn Kunda, including 7 vv. by him; and by a note by Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Kmil al-˘jj (q.v.) on “Musical melodies or divine entrancements (nagahamt müsıqiyya am jdhibiyya ilhiyya)?”, dated 8/3/94. 37. Taw∂ı˛ al-adilla li-man yarümu dalılan fial ’l-†arıqa al-ßüfiyya Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1381/1961-2 (with al-fiA∂ab albtir and R. al-manßür). Paden (1967), iii, 1337, reports an edition of 1379/1959-60, while Mai Gari (1979), 510 says it was published in 1376/1956-7). 38. al-Taw∂ı˛ fı tafsır qawlihi tafil wa’lkalm fial ’l-munkirın Publ. with al-Najt bi-ra˛mat al-Ra˛mn (see no 24 above). 39. al-Thamar al-ynifi fı ’l-ımn li-man tamassaka bihi fa-innahu’lfiurw al-wuthq Publ. Accra 1388/1968. (copy in NU/ Hiskett Pamphlets, XLIV). 40. Thamarat al-fay∂a 24 vv. Opens: ˘amadtu ’llha yaffialu m yash√ü * Lahu ˛ukmun wamulkun wa’l-baq√ü. Written to celebrate his being given the title Lisn al-fay∂ by Sh. Ibrhım Niasse.

618

CHAPTER TWELVE

Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d. (c. 1995, but probably a reprint of an edn. c. 1975), at end of no. 20, followed by eulogies from ◊dam Bban Makaranta, Hrün Mu˛ammad, A˛mad Shafibn (with 3 vv.), and Mu˛ammad al-Rashıd Shafibn Kunda (with 7 vv.), and an appreciation of the author by Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Kmil al-˘jj, dated 23/6/95. 41. Tu˛fat al-ßdiqın li’l-rghibın fı ’l-fid√ On supplications to be offered on behalf of the dead, and condemnation of certain local funeral customs. Draws on al-Yqüta al-farıda of Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-W˛id al-Na÷ıfı (d. 1942), and comm. of Mu˛ammad Fat˛ al-Na÷ıfı, and Mift˛ al-asrr al-Rabbniyya of Mu˛ammad Ghibrıma of Bornu (d. 1970; see ALA II, 406). Completed 6 Jumd I 1392/17 July 1972 whilst the author was in Hospital G in Kumase. Publ. Kumase, litho., 1392/1972, followed by appendix on visiting the sick, and poem of the author imploring God to restore his health (see no. 27 above). 42. Zubdat faw√id jawhir ras√il al-shaykh Ibrhım Anys Extracted from Faw√id jawhir ras√il fı ’l-ajwiba wa’l-waßy wa’lfatwı, a collection of writings of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse. Note: Jawhir alras√il of A˛mad Abü’l-Fat˛ al-Yarwawı (see ALA II,400) Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d. Ijzt MS: Legon, 190 consists of a number of ijzas granted to A˛mad Bbah al-Wafiı÷ by various shaykhs. It was put together by his secretary Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Kmil (q.v.) at the request of al-˛jj fiUthmn b. Is˛q Boyo (q.v.), and is dated 4 Jumd II 1383/22 October 1963. The ijzaß are as follows: i) For the awrd of the Tijniyya, from Abü Bakr b. Müs alKashnwı, dated 19 Dhü ’l-˛ijja 1353/ 24 March 1935. ii) Appointment as a muqaddam by A˛mad b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Katghumı (see ALA II, 265) in Mecca, dated 22 Dhü ’l-˘ijja 1362/20 December 1943.


619

iii) For tafsır and talqın al-fiulüm, also by al-Katghumı in Mecca, dated 24 Dhü ’l-˘ijja 1364/29 November 1945. iv) For the Tijniyya †arıqa from Bin fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad alKabır, great-great-grandson of Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı, in Kumase, dated 27 Rabıfi I 1368/27 January 1949. v) Similar authorization from Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. Mawlüd Fl, on behalf of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse, subsequently confirmed by Sh. Niasse in his own hand. Undated. vi) Similar authorization from fiAlı ˘asan Cisse (q.v.) in Kumase on behalf of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse, dated 2 Shafibn 1369/19 May 1950. vii) From Yahüdh b. Safid (see ALA II, 370) for ˛adıth, dated 2 Jumd II 1392/13 July 1972. viii) From fiAbbs al-fiAlawı al-Mlikı al-Makkı in Mecca for all the mafiqült and manqült he had authority for, dated 14 Dhü’l˘ijja 1371/4 September 1952. ix) From Sh. Ibrhım Niasse in Kaolack, for all his writings, dated 8 Shafibn 1373/12 April 1954. MU˘AMMAD AL-MU∑TAF◊ K◊MIL AL-AMˆN b. SAfiD, b. 11 Rama∂n 1355/25 November 1936 Interview by JOH with author in Kumase 23/1/99

His father Safid was a cousin of Sarkin Zongo ∑allaw. He studied with A˛mad Bbah al-Wfii÷ and in his Madrasa Wa†aniyya. In 1959 he reorganized the school on modern lines and became principal of it, a position he still holds. The school now includes a junior secondary section teaching secular subjects as well as Islamic learning. In 1983 he became khalıfa of Sh. A˛mad Bbah, designated by him before his death. He is also Secretary of the Ghanaian National Council of Ulama and Imams.

620

CHAPTER TWELVE

1. Bayn nißb al-zakt al-˛awlı li’l-dhahab wa-qımat rubfi al-dınr al-sharfiı fı fiumlat sıdı al-ghnı. Notes on Zakat and Dowry in Islam Bi-lingual publication on the minimum amount of capital upon which zakt is to be paid, calculated in Ghanaian cedis; and the lawful minimum dowry payment in cedis. Completed 5 Rajab 1418/5 November 1997. Publ. Kumase: ShaMiqLut Business Centre, n.d. (c 1997). 2. al-Kalm fı bayn fa∂l laylat al-Qadr wa-waqtih wa-thawb mu˛yıyih wa’l-fiamal fıh MS: Lithog. copy in NU/Hunwick, 479. 3. Khu†bat al-mawlid al-nabawı Undated, handwritten draft in NU/Hunwick, uncat. 4. Mu˛∂ara fian ˛ayt al-nabı Mu˛ammad Lecture delivered before the chief of the Mossi community in Kumase on 13 Rabıfi I 1410/16 October 1989. MS: Typescript in NU/Hunwick, uncat H◊RÜN MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD, al-Mlikı al-Shdhilı alTijnı, Abü fiAbd/Amat2 al-Mughıth, b. 22 Rabıfi I 1333/7 February 1915, d. 6 Shawwl 1403/17 July 1983 Kramer (1992); fiAbd al-Wadüd b. Hrün Mu˛ammad, Nubdha wa-sha÷iyya; Interview in Kumase 23/1/99 by JOH with author’s son fiAbd al-Wadüd.

Born in Mampong in Asante to parents of Hausa origin, he studied Arabic with Malam ˘amza, and then entered the school of the Sarkin Zongo ∑allaw b. Yafiqüb al-Kashnwı and was a contemporary there of A˛mad Bbah al-Wfii÷ and Abü Bakr (Garba) ◊dam ˘akım (later Asante Region Chief Imam). Later he studied with Mu˛ammad Ciroma, Asante Region Chief Imam, 1952-68, and kha†ıb of the Kumase Central Mosque, with his father-in-law Yafiqüb Ejura, and with visiting scholars such as Yahüdha b. Safid (see ALA II, 370). Mu˛ammad Ciroma initiated him into the Tijniyya. Later he became a disciple of Shaykh Ibrhım 2

Different publications use different terms. Both are correct and refer respectively to his son and daughter.


621

Niasse, through the latter’s khalıfa in Kumase, al-˛jj ◊dam Bbah Makaranta. Upon the latter’s death Hrün Mu˛ammad became Shaykh Ibrhım’s khalıfa in Kumase. He made the pilgrimage with A˛mad Bbah al-Wfii÷ in 1363/1943, and several times subsequently. He lived at first in the Yelwa quarter, then built a house in the Aboabo quarter. Among his students were A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Ciroma, who became Asante Region Chief Imam in 1990, as well as the deputy Chief Imam and the imams of the Zaberma and Frafra [Tale] communities. 1. Adillat al-yaqın fı jawz al-†arıqa al-Tijniyya kitban wa-sunnat an Publ. Cairo: M. Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1375/1956. A 2nd edn. was published with additions. 2. Bayn al-˛jj wa’l-ziyra According to his son this was in process of publication. 3. Bughyat al-mutafiallim fı mafirifat Rabb al-filamın See Kramer (1992). 4. Hill Rama∂n l yajüzu ithbtuhu bi’l-˛isb Publ. with nos. 8 and 4 in majmüfia. 5. ˘ujjat al-mubasmil fı ’l-farı∂a sirran wa-jahran4.. Hill Rama∂n la yajüzu ithbtuhu bi’l-˛isb Publ. 1st edn., Cairo: M. Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1375/1956 with nos 5 and 8 in Majmüfia thalth ras√il. A 2nd edn. was published with additions at an unknown date. 6. Ikhtißr al-Mathnünı wa’l-Ba††r fı na˛r man ankara ruj˛n alqab∂ wa’l-raffi fı madh’hab Mlik 7. K. al-ta√rıkh li-shaykhihi A˛mad al-Tijnı See Nubdha wa-sha÷iyya by his son fiAbd al-Wadüd. 8. Mißb˛ al-mußallı fı bayn idrk al-ßalawt al-khams wa-tarqıfiih Published together with nos. 4 and 5 in majmüfi.

622

CHAPTER TWELVE

9. al-Qunbula al-dhurriyya fı radd fial A˛mad fiUmar ß˛ib almubraza al-kubr Publ. Cairo: M. Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1378/1958. His son and khalıfa fiABD AL-WADÜD H◊RÜN MU˘AMMAD 1. Nubdha wa-sha÷iyya min ta√rıkh shaykhin wa-ustdhin wawasılatin il Rabbin Abı fiAbd al-Mughıth al-shaykh al-˛jj Hrün Mu˛ammad al-Tijnı Biographical notes on his father, completed 29 ∑afar 1404/4 December 1983. Publ. Kumase, litho., n.d. SULAYM◊N T◊J AL-DˆN b. A˘MAD NÜR AL-DˆN, b. 1953 Interview by JOH, Kumase, 24/1/99; interview by MS, 9/4/99.

He studied with his father until 1971, and was then awarded a scholarship by the Saudi Arabian government. He pursued his education in Madina, and in 1994 was awarded a Ph.D. in Arabic grammar, and returned to Kumase in the same year. He then took over direction of his father’s Madrasa al-Nüriyya al-Islmiyya, a primary and junior secondary school in Adukrom, Kumase. 1. al-Mudhakkira al-müjiza li-mafirifat Zongo wa-umar√ihi fı Kümsı A history of the Kumase zongo and its chiefs from 1899 to 1957. Written in 1406/1986. MS: Typescript in NU/Hunwick, uncat. MU˘AMMAD RASHˆD SHAfiB◊N, b. 5 Shafibn 1349/25 December 1930 Schildkrout (1997); Interview by JOH in Kumase 24/1/99.

A Kumase born scholar of Yarse (Wangara) origin. He studied with his father Shafibn Kundu of Busume, who had studied with al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr al-∑alghawı (q.v.). Shafibn had received the Tijnı wird from al-˛jj fiUmar, who had received it from Alfa Hshim (q.v.), and this was passed on to Mu˛ammad Rashıd.


623

In the mid-1960s he was research assistant to the American anthropologist Enid Schildkrout, and secretary of the Mossi Youth Association. In 1998 he was made Chief Imam of the Mossi community in Kumase. 1. [History of Kumase zongo] Written in 1967. Discussed and partially translated in Schildkrout (1997). The long poem goes far beyond being a history of the Kumase Zongo and has a good deal to say about Zongo politics in relation to national politics in the immediate pre- and post-independence period of Ghana. 2. Taqrı÷ Eulogies for several works of A˛mad Bbah al-Wfii÷, including lines of poetry, See above. JIBRˆL ∑◊LI˘ al-Salghawı al-Kanawı, known as Malam Tsafo o f Bawku. 1. fiAj√ib yt Allh fı sayr al-shams wa’l-qamar bi-˛usbn Publ. by author, 1406/1985. 2. Bushr al-mujtahidın Publ. by author, Kumase, 1393/1972. 3. Khulßat al-fiqh al-fiaßrı Completed 15 Jumd II 1389/3 July 1969. Publ. for fiUmar Banki and Safiıd Bbah, n.p. [Bawku]. 4. al-Qur√n huwa al-imm li’l-filam ajmafi Completed 1 Rabıfi II 1395/13 April 1975. Publ. n.p. [Bawku], n.d. [c. 1975]. 5. fiUmdat al-Islm wa-bustn al-fiulam√ wa’l-firifın fı ta˛sın al÷ann bi’llh Completed 17 Jumd I 1401/24 March 1981. Publ. by author, n.p. [Bawku], n.d. [c. 1981].

624

CHAPTER TWELVE

MU˘AMMAD AL-TH◊Nˆ fiABD AL-Q◊DIR, Kafi Dubu of Bawku. 1. Tu˛fat al-mudarris In two parts. Publ. by author, 1987. fiALˆ b. MU˘AMMAD al-Kumsı, fl. 1960 ALA II, 339

Despite his nisba, he was of Nigerian origin. 1. Dalıl al-s˛ı fı sunnat ashrf al-awkhir wa’l-aw√il Publ. see Mai Gari (1979), 510. 2. Fat˛ al-˛akam al-fiadl fı ta√yıd sunnat al-sadl Publ. Cairo: Mu˛ammad fiˆs al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1392/1972. 3. Mawrid al-÷am√n fı dhikr ˛ayt al-shaykh Ibn Füdı fiUthmn Publ. Cairo: M. al-Mash’had al-˘usaynı, n.d. MU˘AMMAD AL-SANÜSˆ b. YAfiQÜB 1. al-Nafa˛t al-˘amawiyya fı ’l-futü˛t al-ilhiyya Mervyn Hiskett, personal comm. NÜR AL-DˆN al-˘amawı, fl. 1395/1975 Khalıfa of the ˘amawiyya in Kumase. 1. Tahdhıb al-aqwl wa’l-radd fial ’l-Ibrhımiyya Polemic against the Niassene Tijniyya. M. Hiskett, personal comm. 2. Nibrs al-murıdın li-zumrat al-˘amawiyya fı Ghn Publ. Cairo: Muß†af al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1390/1971 (copy in NU/Hiskett Pamphlets, XXII). fiˆS◊ AL-˘ASAN BAKI Biog. note by Mu˛ammad Bb al-˛jj ◊dam as intro. to Silsilat al-fiarabiyya li-†alabat Ifrıqiy


625

Born in Prang (7° 59’ N—0° 53’ W) of a Zaberma father and a Sisala mother. Studied first with Sh. Garba, nicknamed “Hitler”, then with fiAbd al-Qdir Yüsuf Maydük(i), and then at the Madrasa Wa†aniyya of A˛mad Bb al-Wafiı÷ (q.v.) in Kumasi. After a period of work with his father in the cattle trade, his mother sent him to local scholars for further education following his father’s death. He taught for five years in Prang and then took to serious study of the Arabic language. In 1965 he went to study in al-Azhar, and finally completed his studies in the Islamic University of Medina. He is now director of the Islamic Culture Centre of Prang. Information on writings provided by their author. 1. al-Islm dın al-˛aqq wa’l-bidfia ∂all Publ. Kumase: Watada Press, 1998. 2. Mafirifat Allh fı mafirifat asm√ihi al-˛usn Publ. Kumase: Watada Press, 1988. 3. al-Muß†ala˛t al-siysiyya Publ. Kumase: Watada Press, 1988. 4. al-Qmüs al-fiaßrı: Modern Arabic Dictionary of English, Arabic, and Hausa Publ. Zaria: Hudahuda Publishing Co. Ltd., 1997. 5 al-Qur√n shif√ li’l-ns wa’llhu al-Shf.ıı Publ. Kumase: Watada Press, 1999. 5. Silsilat al-fiarabiyya li’l-†alaba al-ifrıqiyya Publ. n.p., 1969. 6. Tafsır al-Qur√n a sauªakke daga surat al-ns zuwa sürat al-Fıl Hausa translation of Qur√n, süras 78-114. Publ. n.p. [Prang?],1999. 8. Tafsır al-Qur√n a sauªakke na mai da nisa kusa Juz√ fiAmma Hausa translation and commentary on Qur√n, süras78-114. Publ. Prang, 1969.

626

CHAPTER TWELVE

9. al-Tanbıh wa’l-irshd Publ. n.p., 1971. 10. al-Tarbiya al-Islmiyya min al-risla al-Mu˛ammadiyya Publ. Cairo” fiˆs al-Bbı al-˘alabı, 1975. fiUMAR fiABD AL-JABB◊R 1. al-Jadıd fı ’l-takh†ub wa’l-tafibır Manual for teaching spoken Arabic in Ghana Primary schools, in two parts. With English trans. by Odrago Umar Salih, Modern Conversational Arabic. Publ. Kumasi: Tayeb Abubakar Mailitaafi for Al-Nnur (sic) Publication, n.d. MU˘AMMAD TH◊NI fiABD ALL◊H, imam of Atebubu 1. Notes on the Muslim community of Atebubu Written in 1966 at the request of Dr. Kwame Arhin. MS: Legon, 445. LISTS OF RULERS, IMAMS, ETC. The concern of the Juula savants of the Greater Voltaic Region with historical matters has already been noted at the beginning of this chapter, and the earliest of their writings to have survived – the eighteenth century Gonja pieces – have to do with the origins of that kingdom. This concern is also witnessed by the numerous lists of office holders that exist. These had a mnemonic function, indexing (as it were) more extended narratives that were usually recited orally. Manuscript items to be found in the Legon collection are listed below. ASANTE. Kings, from Osei Tutu to Osei Bonsu Ketewa. MS: Legon, 40.


627

ASANTE. Kings, from Osei Tutu (Usiyi N†u) to Agyeman Prempeh (Firinfi al-kabır) , with reference to their wars. The list states it was preserved by the shuyükh al-˛fi÷ın. MS: Legon, 148. Publ. trans in Martin (1965), 74-5. BAWKU. Sarkins and imams of Bawku Zongo. MS: Legon, 252. BONDUKU. Kamaghatay imams. MS: Legon, 81. DABOYA. Rulers. MSS: Legon, 41, 42. DOKRUPE. Imams. MS: Legon, 341. GONJA. Rulers, with Gonja and Muslim names. MS: Legon, 448. GONJA . Rulers. MS: Legon, 265. GUSHIEGU. Imams and chiefs. MS: Legon, 307. GUSHIEGU. Imams. MS: Legon, 351. GYAMAN. Rulers. MS: Legon, 80.

628

CHAPTER TWELVE

KAFABA. Rulers. MS: Legon, 262. KPEMBE. Rulers. MS: Legon, 259. KPEMBE. Rulers, MS: Legon, 265. KPEMBE (Lepo). Rulers. MS: Legon, 269. KPEMBE (Sungbun). Rulers. MS: Legon, 266. MAMPURUGU. Rulers, with brief references to their wars. In Arabic and Hausa. MS: Legon, 249. NAMASA. History of Namasa from the time of Gyasa Kala, with a list of rulers. Christian dates are used, but in 1964 the text was said to have been recently copied from an older one. MS: Legon, 320; see also NU/Wilks, FN 79. NAMASA. Kamaghatay imams. MSS: Legon, 318, 340. SALAGA. Functionaries, with job descriptions in Arabic and Hausa. MS: Legon, 257. WA. Imams from Yafimuru to fiUthmn Dun [d. c.1887]. MS: Legon, 383.


629

WA. Imams from Yafimuru to Mahama [d. 1951]. MS: Legon, 447. WA. Imams from Yafimuru to Safiıd Soribo [d. 1954]. MS: Legon, 61. WA. Imams from Yafimuru to ∑li˛ [d. 1961]. MS: Legon, 17. WA. Imams from Yafimuru to Safiıd (d. 1966). MS: Legon, 46. WA. Imams from Yafimuru to al-˛jj Mu˛ammad [d. 1971], with marginal genealogies. MS: Legon, 296.

***********************

The following authors are apparently from the Greater Voltaic region, but no information is available to contextualize them. MU˘AMMAD AL-FAT◊ b. MU˘AMMAD AL-GHANˆ b. MU˘AMMAD TH◊Nˆ, called Mafma÷ü, or Yafi†üb 1. Takhmıs Q. Allhu lı fiudda Takh. of a popular, but anonymous, poem; see ALA II, 50. MS: Legon, 328 359. ABÜ MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM MU˘AMMAD b. ALFA SIRI 1. Urjüza fı ’l-mırth Opens: Aqülu bafid al-˛amdi wa’l-salmı * fiAl ’l-rasüli fiumdat alIslmı MS: Legon, 431. ABÜ BAKR fiUMAR 1.

Na÷m fı ’l-˛isb

630

CHAPTER TWELVE

Opens: Y rghiban tabyın m qad ashkal * Baynuhu fı ’l-ghrimın al-˛umal. In 30 vv. MS: Niamey, 1274. IDRˆS b. fiABD AL-MU√MIN 1. Sabon Tsari na-Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr Hausa poem in 33 quintains. Publ. n.p. [Accra?], n.d. (copy in NU/ Hiskett Pamphlets, XVII).

CHAPTER THIRTEEN

ANONYMOUS CHRONICLES, KING-LISTS AND HISTORICAL FRAGMENTS CHIEFLY OF MALI AND NIGER Although the authors of these historical texts are generally not mentioned, in a few cases names are given, but they are of persons whose writings are otherwise unknown. GENERAL

Arabic titles 1. Akhbr al-zamn Attributed to Ya˛y b. Safiıd al-Fullnı. MS: Timbuktu (MHMT), 176, 630. 2. Naql al-kaw√in Events of bild al-südn 958-1353/ 1551-1934. See also MKUB, 5, where this title is attributed to A˛mad Bü’l-Afirf . MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 330. 3. Q. r√iyya On an expedition into Black Africa MS: Paris (BN), 5444, ff. 29r-30v. 4. Shukr al-Mni˛ fı ri˛lat Ibn al-S√i˛ MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Gaden, 13. 5. Urjüza fı fat˛ bild al-Takrür Inventaire, 291, states: “ Conquête du Takrür, de Bild al-Südn et des territoires des Berbères par les Musulmans”. MS: Paris (BN), 5722, ff. 88r-91v.

632

CHAPTER THIRTEEN

Descriptive Titles 6. Biographical dictionary. Lacks beg. and end. MS: Paris (BN), 5444, ff. 52r-155v. 7. Biographies of fuqah√. MS: Paris (BN), 5719, ff. 203r-211v. 8. Dates of birth and death of scholars, writers, etc. Probably relating to Segu/Msina. MS: Paris (BN), 5737, f. 76. 9. Events after 1100/1688. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1293. 10. Events of the 9th/ 15th-13th/ 20th centuries. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2078. 11. Histoire du Sahel et du Tekrur copiée par Mu˛ammad A˛mad frère du chef des Wuld Musé. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié, 5. 12. Letter to Sh. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Safiıd. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié, 7. AHAGGAR 1. Maktüb fı sha√n Haggr MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 41. ARAW ◊N

1. ˘adıqat al-bustn fial tawrıkh Arawn MS: Timbuktu (CEBRAB), 1690.

ANONYMOUS CHRONICLES, KING LISTS ETC.

633

AZAWAD

1. Historical traditions on the islamization of the Middle Niger region, Bü Jubayha, the Tuareg, etc. MS: Paris (BI), 2406 (105, 106, 107, 108). 2. Nubdha fian ta√rıkh Azawd MS: Niamey, 87. 4. Ta√rıkh Banı ˘assn fı Azawd MS: Niamey, 107. 5. Ta√rıkh Imjaghan, ay ‡awriq Imshaghan wa-nubdha min aßl Kal al-sük These historical notes are by Mahdı b. ∑li˛. A marginal note identifies the town of al-Süq with the ancient Tdmakkat. MS: Niamey, 237. 6. Ta√rıkh Azawd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 37, 175. BAFULABE

1. Ri˛la fı min†aqat Bfülbı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 598. BAMBA

1. Q. fı ’l-irshd wa’l-wafi÷ li-ahl Bamba MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1267. BAR ◊BˆSH

1. Ta√rıkh Azawd fı akhbr al-Barbısh wa-˛urübuhim mafia alRigaybt wa-Huggr wa-Idnn wa-Ifoghs wa-dhikr bafi∂ akbirihim wa-dukhül al-Naßra fı Tinbuktü wa-ghayr dhlika MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 279.

634

CHAPTER THIRTEEN

2. Ta√rıkh Barbısh Azawd Written by Ma˛müd w. Dahmn. MS: Niamey, 86. 3. Maktüb fı waqfiat al-Irk On the first combat among the Barbısh. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 989. 4. Man÷üma fı sha√n waq√ifi al-Barbish wa-ta√rıkhih MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2216. 5. Écrit sur l’origine et l’histoire des Bérabiches et de ceux qui ont habité Arawân MS: Boudjbéha, see CCIM, 141. BILMA

1. Ba˛th fian qabılat Tamaghara fı Bilm Compiled by Muß†af Abba Gana. MS: Niamey, 34. BOUJ BEHA 1. R. fı wafayt fiulam√ Bü Jubayha Covers the period 1193/1779-1271/1854 MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3092. DAMERGU

1. Ba˛th fian ta√rıkh Dmarghü Compiled by Hamidane Saidi. MS: Niamey, 44. FULANI

Arabic Titles 1. Aßl al-Fulln MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 97, 143


635

2. Dhikr khabar Galajo wa-Hamma Bodejo wa-tarjamatihi MS: Niamey, 71 3. Hijrat qabılat F˙rob˙ MS: Niamey, 102(vii). 4. Maktüb fı nasab Fulln wa-muddat imrat sal†ınihim MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 43; see also 1014, 1024, 1376. 5. Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-Fulln wa-hij√ al-Tawriq MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1934. 6. Qurrat al-abßr fı sırat al-Mukhtr b. Abı Bakr b. Mu˛ammad M˛ammad b. Ma˛müd al-Fullnı Urjüza in praise of al-Mukhtr b. Abı Bakr al-Fullnı. MS: Paris (BN), 5699, ff/ 57v-72v, 5716, ff. 186r-200v; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2039. Comm. by A˛mad al-Ma√mün al-Yafiqübı, MS: Paris (BN), 84r-120v, 207v. 7. Tafirıkh waq√ifi al-Fulln MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 258, attrib. to fiAbd al-Qdir b. Safiıd, Abü Bakr b. Müdi and fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Mu˛ammad. Descriptive Titles 8. Chiefs of Ferobe and Sangare. MS: Niamey, 104. 9. Fragment on the Fulani of Dori and Djelgodi. MS: Paris (BI), 2410(134). 10. Fulani origins. From fiUqba b. Ysir, sent to Futa Toro by fiAmr b. al-fi◊ß. MS: Paris (BI), 2405(10), 2408(122), 2411(185); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 97 (claiming ancestry from fiUqba b. fi◊mir). 11. List of Fulani chiefs of Garguna.

636

CHAPTER THIRTEEN

MS: Paris (BI), 2408(124). 12. Fulfulde-Arabic lexicon in verse, with sections on parts of the body, animals, and sicknesses. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2001. 13. Origins of the Gabeiro Fulani. Established near Gao, the Gabeiro are described in the document as “a tribe of Msina Fulani”. MS: Paris (BI), 2408(123). Some 50 Arabic documents concerning the Fulani of Liptako are preserved in photocopy at IRSH, Niamey, donated by Paul Irwin (author of Liptako Speaks: History from Oral Tradition in Africa). FUTA TORO

1. On the death of amır al-mu√minın fiAbd al-Qdir. MS: Paris (BN), 5474, 127r-128v. 2. Qi†fia min ta√rıkh Takrür History of Futa Toro, with king-list from earliest times, and list of almamis from fiAbd al-Qdir down to Njay. MS: Legon, 240; see also 316 (king-list of Futa Toro, and origins of certain groups there). 3. Origin of the Torodÿe MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Gaden, 2. 4. History of Wagadu and Futa Toro. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Gaden, 10 (with French trans.). 5. Petite Tarikh du Fuuta Tooro MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié, 13. GAO

1. Notes on the Arma and the sharıfs of Gao MS: Paris (BI), 2406(87, 88, 89).


637

GURMA

1. Nubdha min ta√rıkh Ghurmankob˙ MS: Niamey, 102(viii). AL-˘◊JJ fiUMAR AND DESCENDANTS

1. Dark al-mun wa-qa∂√ al-wa†ar fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar MS: Kaolack, 139. 2. Hijrat A˛mad Sıkü b. Sh. fiUmar MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 807. 3. Maktüb fı dhikr ˛ajj wa-jihd fiUmar b. Safiıd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 409. See also 849. 4. Maktüb fı dhikr ibtid√ jihd al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 811. 5. Maktüb fı karmt al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 834. 6. Maktüb fı mad˛ amır al-mu√minın A˛mad Seku MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 835. 7. al-Naß√i˛ fı nuß˛ amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. Sh. fiUmar Safiıd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 852. 8. Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd MSS: Paris (BN), 5457, ff. 163-171, 5519, ff. 94, 96r-97r, 5558, ff. 182r-183r, 5605, f. 65r, 5695, ff 40-46; Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 837 (several), 833, 838 (2 qq.). 9. Takhmıs fı mad˛ A˛mad b. al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 848. 10. Letter in rhymed prose addressed to al-˛jj fiUmar MS: Paris (BN), 5519, f. 98.

638

CHAPTER THIRTEEN

11. Poem on al-˛jj fiUmar’s jihd before 1856 MS: Paris (BN), 5559, ff. 1r-6v. 12. Notes on the history of the jihd of al-˛jj fiUmar MS: Legon, 455. 13. Q. fı ˛arb Füta mafia ahl Msina wa-dhikr mawt A˛mad wa’l-˛jj fiUmar wa-mawqif al-Bakk√ı min tilka ’l-˛arb In 31 vv. Apparently by one of al-Bakk√ı’s supporters. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 5658. 14. Q. fı dhamm ˛ukm Fulln wa-mad˛ fiUmar al-Fütı Opens: A-hjaka yawman wa’l-fat. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3900. 15. Hla ¯Saihu al-Hajji Omaru Kedewıyu bı Seıdi Fulfulde text in Arabic characters brought to Freetown from Futa Jallon in the late 1860s. Transcribed into Roman characters and published with an English translation by C.A.L. Reichardt in his Grammar of the Fulde Language, London, 1876. Rich in detail for the life of al-˛jj fiUmar and his community in the period 1840-53, it is thereafter “condensed, hesitant, and derivative” (Robinson (1985), 23, suggesting that the author did not partake in the state-building jihd). 16. Kayfiyyat shaykhin wa-qudümuhu il bayt Allh wa-ibtid√ jihdihi il tammihi Biography of al-˛jj fiUmar and the evolution of his state. See Robinson (1985), 25-6, who notes the existence of copies of the work in a number of private libraries. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié, 11 Fonds Curtin; MAMMP, 6.3. 17. Life of al-˛jj fiUmar Text in Fulfulde, and Arabic translation, presented by Safiıd al-Nür Tall (Seydou Nourou Tall). MSS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Gaden, 17 (Fulfulde text), 18 (Arabic trans.).


639

18. Qaßıda on al-˛jj fiUmar Text in Fulfulde, presented by A˛mad Mukhtr Sakho. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Gaden, 21 (with French trans.). 19. R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı Sent by an unnamed group of men of Wallta. According to Inventaire, 246, “Les auteurs ne peuvent aller voir le destinataire à cause des brigands du Sahara; ils envoient une délegation le féliciter”. MS: Paris(BN), 5693, f. 14. 20. R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. al-˘jj fiUmar Sent by Mu˛ammad al-Khalıf b. al-Shaykh Zayn al-fi◊bidın. According to Inventaire, 265, “Relation de faits par l’auteur qui demande à être affranchi par le destinataire”. MS: Paris(BN), 5713, f.9. 21. R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. al-Shaykh fiUmar Sent by Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Bashır. According to Inventaire, 265, “Nouvelles concernant un agent du destinataire et témoignage de fidélité. MS: Paris(BN), 5713, f.10. 22. Ta√rıkh al-˛jj fiUmar MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié, 10. 23. Anon. poems in praise of A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı (q.v.) MSS: Paris (BN), 5689, ff. 55r, 88r, 88v, 97r-98v 24. Anon. opuscule in rhyming prose in praise of A˛mad al-Kabır alMadanı (q.v.) MSS: Paris (BN), 5689, ff. 53r-54v.

640

CHAPTER THIRTEEN

25. Letter in prose and rhymed prose with extracts of poems renewing allegiance to A˛mad b, al-˛jj fiUmar MS: Paris (BN), 5689, ff. 112r-113r. 26. Various letters, documents, and poems relating to or addressed to al-˛jj fiUmar or A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı (q.v.) MSS: Paris (BN), 5693. ff. 3-24, 5713, ff.1-70, 123-157, 180-2, 184-5, 196-7, 199, 200, 208, 209, 210, 5717, ff. 6r-72v, 5721, ff. 81-83, 93r, 94r-v, 5722, ff. 16-18, 51, 5722, ff. 118r-119v, 5723, ff. 1r-4v., 5737, ff. 48-57, 59-62, 72-74, 98, 100-104, 112, 117v, 5740, f. 146-157, 5744, 36-40, 41-43, 70-71, 5745, f. 60v, 6107, 119r (by A˛mad al-Kabır), 1345, 6637, f. 148r. Publ. trans of 5713, ff. 46, 59, 181, 182 in Hanson & Robinson (1991). See also the introduction to Reichard’s Fula Grammar for Fulfulde texts on the wars of al-˘jj fiUmar, the origins of the Pulo nation and the wars of Timbo with Masina. ˘ASS◊NIYYA 1. Ta√rıkh wa-nasab bafi∂ abn√ ˘assn MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 441. 2. Maktüb fı dhurriyyat ˘assn jadd al-Barbısh MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 619. HOMBORI 1. Q√imat mulük Humbüri MS: Niamey, 102(vi). IGUELLAD

1. R. fı ithbt aßl imrat Igalld li-Kel-n-Sıd al-mustaw†inın fı ar∂ Bamba MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1503.


641

JENNE 1. List of rulers of Jenne before the Moroccan conquest MS: Paris (BI), 2405(6). 2. Obituaries, 1164/1751 - 1180/1767 Also contains some history of events. MS: Paris (BI), 2405(5). 3. Nubdha min tafirıkh Jenne MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 10, 35 . 4. Ta√rıkh Jenne MS: MAMMP, 7.1. KEL ANTASAR

1. Q. fı mad˛ amır Kal-Antaßar Mu˛ammad fi◊l b. Düdü (sic) MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1247. 2. Ta√rıkh khurüj Kal-Antaßar min al-Madına al-munawwara MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2146. KUNCHE

1. Q√ima bi-asm√ mulük Kantshı wa-muddat khilfatihim MS: Niamey, 385. KUNTA

Arabic titles 1. Maktüb fı sha√n dhurriyyat al-Shaykh Sı. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 47(i). 2. Man÷üma fı mad˛ ahl al-Wfı min Kanta MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1519.

642

CHAPTER THIRTEEN

3. Man÷üma fı mafiraka bayn Kunta wa-Kal-Antaßar MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1929. 4. Qaß√id fı (mad˛) usrat A˛mad al-Bakk√ı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 325. 5. Q. fı hij√ Idaw al-˘jj wa-mad˛ Kunta MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1685. 6. Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı MS: Paris (BN), 5545, ff. 187r-189v. 7. Q. r√iyya: Qaßarat yad al-afhmi wa’l-afkrı * fiamma ˛awhu sayyid’l-Mukhtrı, 16 vv. In praise of Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4178(ii) 8. Risla On failure to make peace between the Kunta and Kel Antasar, written by Trb b. ˘amls. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1785. 9. R. il A˛mad al-Bakk√ı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 324. 10. R. il ahl Kunta fimmatan wa-il ahl al-˛all wa’l-fiaqd minhum khßßatan Concerns confiscation/extortion (ghaßb). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1724. 11. R. il umar√ al-Kuntiyyın MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2172. 12. Sabab ˛arb Kunta wa-Kal Antaßar wa-nubdha fı ta√rıkh ˆdnn MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1208. 13. al-Sahm al-thwı fı a˛sh√ al-Bakk√ı al-ghwı


643

Poem by a follower of al-˛jj fiUmar. MS: Paris (BN), 5457, f. 106v.

Descriptive titles 14. Document of the genealogy of Bbah b. Sayyid Mu˛ammad b. Bbah A˛mad b. Sh. Sı. al-Mukhtr. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 931. 15. Elegy for Lla fi◊√isha, wife of Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB). 16. Notes on Kunta genealogy and history. MS: Paris (BI), 2406(90, 111, 112)). 17. Two poems satirising the Kunta by A˛mad b. Slim b. al-Slik alDül˛jji. MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2131, 2132. 18. Two elegies for Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2165. 19. Poem in praise of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı. Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 152. LIPTAKO

1. Asm√ mulük Libtkü MS: Niamey, 97. 2. Nubdha min asm√ mulük Libtkü wa-Wüghü wa-Sinder MS: Niamey, 79. 3. Tawliyat al-imma fı Düri [Dori] wa-Libtkü MS: Niamey, 99. 4.

Documents on the history of Liptako and Dori

644

CHAPTER THIRTEEN

i) Awwal man sakan bi-ar∂ Libtkü ii) Asm√ a√imma wa-qu∂t madınat Düri iii) Dhuriyyat Süri Hamm wa-fiˆs Slü Hamm Safiıd iv) Q√imat asm√ umar√ Libtkü MS: Niamey, 102. 5. Some 50 Arabic documents concerning the Fulani of Liptako are preserved in uncatalogued photocopy at IRSH, Niamey, donated by Paul Irwin (author of Liptako Speaks: History from Oral Tradition in Africa). M◊SINA Arabic Titles 1. M jar bayn al-imm amır al-mu√minın A˛mad wa-bayn al-˛jj fiUmar MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 412. 2. Man÷üma muwajjaha li-amır al-Fullnı al-sul†n A˛mad MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2228. 3. Ras√il fı sha√n ahl Msina wa’l-˛arb mafia al-Faransiyyın MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 812. 4. R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad Written by A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2232. 5. R. il A˛mad A˛mad al-Msinı fı sha√n ahl Sansandı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 34. 6. R. il amır Msina al-q∂ı A˛mad Bb b. Abı’l-fiAbbs fı sha√n tarika MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2181. 7. R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. A˛mad Written by al-Sul†n al-∑amakı (?). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2227


645

8. R. min jamfiat Tinbuktu il A˛mad A˛mad b. A˛mad al-Fullnı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 283. 9. Ta√rıkh Msina wa-Nifima wa-Bsikünü wa-qabılat al-Süqiyyın MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 435.

Descriptive Titles 10. Anon. letter to the amır A˛mad b. A˛mad. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2167. 11. Brief chronology of encounters between the forces of Sh. A˛mad Lobbo and the “unbelievers” of Segu. MS: Paris (BI), 2406(42). 12. Fragment of Msina history MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 47 (ii). 13. Genealogy of the Fulÿe clans of Msina. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié, 16. 14. King list. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fond Brevié, 14; Paris (BI), 2405(15), 2405(27); Paris (BN), 5664, f. 154. 15. Letter adressed to A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr al-Msinı, who is described as shaykhun wa-sayyidun wa-sanadun wa-nifimat Allh allatı walln al-imm al-afi÷am wa’l-sul†n al-akram shaykh alIslm wa-ghawth al-anm. Concerns transactions in salt and a complaint against a certain Müly al-Madnı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2037. 16. Letter addressed to Sh. A˛mad, amır Msina and al-filim Nü˛ and their entourage, from Khalıl b. fiAbd Allh. MS: Paris (BN), 5695, ff. 58r-v.

646

CHAPTER THIRTEEN

17. List of ar∂os of Msina. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Gaden, 89. 18. Tarikh de A˛med Tijaani ou les exploits de l’amir El Tidjani b. Alfa A˛med b. Safiiid. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Brevié, 3 (Arabic text with French trans.), 4 (with partial Fr. trans.). MOPTI

1. Documents of the q∂ı of Mopti Alf Ibrhım b. Abı Bakr (67 ff.). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 804. SAY

1. Q√imat mulük Say MS: Niamey, 102(v). SEGU

1. Qi†fia min asm√ bafi∂ mulük Sıghu MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 52. 2. Letters and state documents. See Paris (BN); Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 969. Texts and translations in Robinson and Hanson (1991). See also Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 818, 235 ff. of documents concerning Segu. SINDER

1. List of Emirs, 1814-1911 MS: Paris (BI), 2410(172). SONGHAY

1. Chronique des Songhai MS: Paris (BN), 5634, ff. 1r-41v.


647

2. Historical fragments on Kendaji Kendaji is a village on the Niger between Ansongo and Tillabéry. MS: Paris (BI), 2410(168-171). 3. Songhay Traditions MS: Paris (BI), 2408(129). 4. Ta√rıkh Askiya Largely a king-list, beginning with Askiya al-˛jj Mu˛ammad and finally going through a long list of askiyas of Dendi down to al-Mukhtr b. al-˘jj (date unknown). MS: Paris (BI), 2410(173). AL-SÜQ AND KEL AL-SÜQ

Arabic Titles 1. Khabar al-Süq MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 93, 990 (iii), 1036. 2. Man÷üma fı mad˛ ahl al-Süq MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2180. 3. Qißßat ahl al-Süq MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 547.

Descriptive Titles 4. History of al-Süq. Written at the request of De Gironcourt. MS: Paris (BI), 2406(119). 5. Kel al-Süq Genealogies. MS: Paris (BI), 2410(144-57). 6.

Origins of the Kel al-Süq.

648

CHAPTER THIRTEEN

According to this document, fiUqba b. fi◊mir and a group of Companions came to al-Süq, defeated its amır Kusayla (sic), and settled there. MS: Paris (BI), 2408(133). 7. Poem by a member of the Kel al-Süq. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1335. TIMBUKTU

Arabic Titles 1. Dhikr fuqah√ Tinbuktu MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 42. 2. Dıwn ras√il kubar√ Tinbuktu MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 813. 3. Risla jamfiat Tinbuktu il ’l-amır A˛mad b. A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Fullnı MS: Niamey, 1321.

Descriptive Titles 6. Birth and death dates for some Timbuktu people. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4184, 4185. 7. Events in Timbuktu, c. 1748-1800. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3315, 8. Events in Timbuktu, 1210-1215/ 1795-1800. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2318. 9. Genealogy of Mu˛ammad al-Bakrı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1171.


649

10. Genealogy of Sı. Ya˛y. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 420. 11. History of Timbuktu. Mainly concerns the period of rule of Shaykh A˛mad of Msina MSS: Paris (BI), 2406(71, 72). 12. Notes on the Arma. MS: Paris(BI), 2406(87). TOUBA-KORO 1. Ta√rıkh asm√ rua√s√ wa-mulük ‡üb Küru MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 60. TUAREG

Arabic Titles 1. Asm√ umar√ al-†awriq MS: Niamey, 550. 2. Khabar qitl akbirin wa-nasab Karidanna (ay al-‡awriq) waKurtay Concerns a dispute over payment of jizya to the Tuareg, apparently in the reign of Emir of Sinder fiUthmn. MS: Paris (BI), 2411(182-183). 3. Man÷üma fı waßf mafiraka li’l-Tawriq A work with the same title is attributed to fiAbd Allh Dnyl b. Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Süqı; see above, p. 172. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1931. 4. Tafirıkh al-‡awriq wa-˛urübuhim mafia al-Naßr hına dukhülihim Tinbuktü MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1201. 5.

Ta√rıkh Ulliminden

650

CHAPTER THIRTEEN

History of the relationship of the Ulliminden with the Songhay, said to have been written in 1909 by Idris, the Songhay chief of the village of Lotokoro (19 km south of Gao). MS: Paris (BI), 2405(1). Descriptive Titles 6. Fragments of Tuareg and Fulani history. MSS: Paris (BI), 2408(122-127). 7. Fragments on the Tuareg. These are mainly anecdotal and legendary. MSS: Paris (BI), 2410(136, 139, 140, 141). 8. Genealogies of the Kel Gunahn. MS: Paris (BI), 2410(158-62). 9. History of the Tuareg. ‘Note remise par Mohammed Ouginett, chef de la tribu maraboutique des Touareg Kel es Souk à la mare de Fombalgo le 30 avril 1912’. MS: Paris (BI), 2408(128). 10. Entitled by De Gironcourt (1920, p. 363) as “Traditions de Terrazart”. Terrazart (or Terezzet) is an area of grazing to the north of Agades. The work concerns the migration of al-Ghazlı, ancestor of the Ifo‚ras Tuareg who left Aïr with a tribe called Ihallashatan and Ifiarfan who were ‘Khawrij’. MS: Paris (BI), 2410(135). 11. Tuareg genealogies and other documents. MSS: Paris (BI), 2406(76-86, 91-104), 2408(128). WANGARA 1. Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-Wangariyyın MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2193.


651

ZABARMA 1. Ba˛th fian al-Zabarm al-q†inın bi-Düsü On the Zaberma resident in Dosso. Compiled by Issa Anabo son of Alfa Moumini. MS: Niamey, 441. 2. Nubdha min nasab Zabarm MS: Niamey, 25. 3. Nubdha min ta√rıkh Zabarm Compiled by Yünus Konate. MS: Niamey, 206 ZINDER 1. Ba˛th fian ta√rıkh Zinder Compiled by Bahary [Bukhrı?] Tanode. MS: Niamey, 37

APPENDIX

UNASSIGNED WRITERS The following writers cannot at present be assigned to any particular place or period. They are therefore arranged in simple alphabetical order of the author’s names. ABAD (?) b. SˆDˆ ˘AMAD b. MA˘MÜD 1. Q. r√iyya MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 167-168v. 2. Q. sıniyya MS: Paris (BN), 5716, f. 168v. fiABD ALL◊H b. MU˘AMMAD RAGˆG 1 Qaßıda f ı tafirıf al-ridda MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 3033. fiABD al-Q◊DIR b. GID◊DO al-˘awsı The author may possibly be identified with fiAbd al-Qdir b. fiUthmn b. Abı Bakr, known in Hausa as Abdulªadiri ∂an Gi∂a∂o; see ALA II, 187. 1. Q. r√iyya Advice to amır al-mu√minın fiAlı b. Mu˛ammad Bello b. fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye. MS: Paris(BN), 5713, f. 130r. fiABD al-Q◊DIR SAGHANUGHU 1. Mir√t al-†ullb MS: Niamey, 98.

APPENDIX

653

fiABD al-RA˘M◊N b. KHALˆL 1. Ba˛th fian ta√rıkh al-Fullniyyın MS: Niamey, 73. ABÜ BAKR b. A˘MAD al-Fullnı al-Sidibı al-Bghunı, called Biba 1. Q. hamziyya Repentance for the author’s sins. MS: Paris (BN), 5606, f. 94v. ABÜ BAKR b. BARKA 1. Man÷üma fı ’l-wird al-Qdirı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2187. ABÜ BAKR b. al-˛jj MA˘MÜD 1. R. il ahl Füta MS: Paris (BN), 5705, ff. 53r-55v. ABÜ BAKR b. MÜS◊, fl. 1168/1754-5. 1. Jubdharat al-˛aqır Poem in praise of Fodigi Mori Müs Kaita, written in 1168/1754-5. MS: Paris (BN), 5402, ff. 99-104; 5489, ff. 85-9. ABÜ BAKR b. ∑◊LI˘ b. BAKR b. fiUTHM◊N al-Saylnı 1. Naßı˛at al-slik fı mufimalat al-mlik Takh. of poem on Sufism by Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Khlidı, written in 1270/ 1853-4. MS: Paris (BN), 5461, ff. 89-93. fiABD ALL◊H b. fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N al-Tawankanlı 1. Shif√ al-ghalıl wa-ir˛at al-fialıl fı shar˛ al-sifr al-awwal min Mukhtaßar Khalıl

654

APPENDIX

MS: Paris (BN), 5598, ff. 1v-193v.; 5655, ff. 86v-270r. A˘MAD b. fiABD ALL◊H al-Wadwı 1. R. il A˛mad al-Bakk√ı MS: Algiers, ˘ (25), t√. 2. R. il ’l-amır Safiıd b. al-Shaykh Safiıd MS: Algiers, ˘ (25), b√ A˘MAD b. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD 1.

R. ila q∂ı San Shirfi

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2241. A˘MAD b. al-imm IBR◊HˆM b. al-imm fiABD AL-RA˘M◊N 1. Rushd al-ghfil Poem of advice for those who are ignorant, or feign ignorance, of the moral principles of Islam. MS: Paris (BN), 5683, ff. 1-17. Alfa A˘MAD KÜRU 1.

Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı

MS: Paris (BN), 5519, ff. 41v-42r. A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD 1. Man÷üma fı rith√ a˛ad fiulam√ al-Takrür MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2214. 2. R. il ’l-Mukhtr b. A˛mad al-Kuntı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2220.

APPENDIX

655

A˘MAD b. MU˘AMMAD JULLI b. MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD, alZaghrnı, called Shaykh Jji 1. Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı MS: Paris (BN), 5605, f. 95r. 2. Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ al-nabı MS: Paris (BN), 5695, ff. 71r-74v. 3. Q. r√iyya On the battle of Genumu Kura. MS: PARIS(BN), 5640, FF 29v.-30v. See also 5640, f. 29r. A˘MAD b. SULAYM◊N al-Fütı al-‡ürı al-Jamawı 1. Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı MS: Paris (BN), 5603, ff. 71r-74r. A˘MAD AL-TIJ◊Nˆ B◊H In the preface to his book he signs himself as director of the Centre d’Études Islamiques (presumably in Abidjan, where his book was published), and imam of the mosque of Cocody-Riviera, a twin quarter of the city of Abidjan. 1.

M qalla wa-dalla fı adillat al-qab∂ wa’l-sadl Publ. Abidjan: Centre d’Etudes Islamiques, n.d. (copy in NU/Hunwick, 477). fiALˆ b. A-G-˘-T 1. ˘ujjat al-murıd al-mufitaqid fial ’l-munkir al-muntaqid MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2070. Taqrı÷ by fiUthmn b. al-˘jj b. Ballu al-Inükundarı, see p. 189 above; and by various other persons, see MSS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2054, 2055.

656

APPENDIX

BAKR b. fiUTHM◊N fiABD ALL◊H al-Fullnı al-Jallwı al-Saylnı This author is perhaps to be identified with Modi Bü Bakar Abı Marwn b. al-faqıh fiUthmn al-Saylawiyu al-Jallwı al-Fullnı also called Cerno Bakar Poti; see above, p. 497. 1. Qan†arat al-˛isb Urjüza on astronomy. MS: Paris (BN), 5693, ff. 29r-39v., inc. BULAL b. BUDBUD 1. R. il ’l-faqıh Sadıd wa’l-‡hir fı mushkilat al-buyüfi MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2198. ˘◊M b. MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. AL-MUKHT◊R 1. Note about the weakness of the Ottomans, which has led to Europeans (al-Naßr) seizing five or six fortified towns (qußür) in Syria. He also notes the appearance of Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-Wahhb, described as a “Khrijı Mufitazalı”, who has declared Dal√il al-khayrt to be a bidfia, likewise the coverings of the Kafiba and the Prophet’s tomb, and has now taken al-‡√if. He also mentions recent plague (wab√) in Tunis and Egypt. The source of the information is an account by Sh. Sı. al-Mukhtr [al-Kuntı] which he gave based on a letter from a certain al-˘abıb, son of the [pilgrim] caravan leader. MS: Timbuktu (CE DRAB), 2045 (f. 6v.). 2. Fatw About some one who deliberately kills the bull of another. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2199 ˘AMMA AL-AMˆN, 1. Q. fı mad˛ al-Kuntiyyın MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 321.

APPENDIX

657

˘AMM◊ (or ˘IM◊) b. MU˘AMMAD AL-‡◊HIR b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R 1. Man÷üma fı ’l-istisq√ MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2190. IBN A˘MAD b. AL-SHAYKH 1. Dal√il al-mustahdı fial taßdıq al-hdı Comm. on qaßıda on the mawlid MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1902. Alfa IBR◊HˆM b. fiALˆ al-Fulukankı 1. Ta√lıf fı ’l-wirtha MS: Paris (BN), 5725, ff. 257r-267v. IBR◊HˆM b. Q◊SIM al-Sılı 1. Q. nüniyya MS: Paris (BN), 5605, ff. 62v-63r. KAMARA b. A˘MAD AL-W◊Lˆ al-Ifrıqı 1. Lubb fiilm al-siyar Urjüza of 100 pp. on the life of the Prophet, written in 1328/1910. Opens: Yaqüfiu ma√süru dhanbihi aqarra * Rjı’l-ilha mu˛sinan ÷ann an Kamara. MS: Niamey, 417. Alfa MA˘MÜD b. al-imm MU˘AMMAD al-Kanakı al-Kabawı alTijnı al-Mlikı 1. Ba˛r al-anwr Vv. opens: ˘amdan min Ma˛müdı * Ibn al-immi Mu˛ammadı. Completed 23 Rama∂n 1369/9 July 1950. Publ. Tunis: M. al-Manr, 2nd edn., 1392/1972 (copy in NU/Brenner, 39).

658

APPENDIX

MU˘AMMAD, called ˘amad Adda (or ˘amaddd) 1. Fatw On a slave who marries without his owner’s permission. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2050. MU˘AMMAD b. fiABD al- D◊√IM b. fiABD AL-GHAFÜR 1. R. il amır al-mu√minım A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı According to Inventaire, 245, “L’auteur voudrait être reçu par le destinataire, être aidé financièrement et repartir au plus vite. MS: Paris (BN), 5693, f. 8r. MU˘AMMAD b. A˘MAD [al-]Saghanughawı [al-]Taslımı The author’s nisbas suggest that he may have been a Jahanke of Touba (Guinea). 1. Qaßıda fı ’l-taw˛ıd Opens: Bismi’llhi ’l-fia÷ım al-ulühiyya * al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-Karım alrabübiyya. MS: Niamey, 1267. MU˘AMMAD b. ALF◊ fiALˆ 1. Man÷üma fı sha√n ßalt al-imm MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2234. MU˘AMMAD b. fiALˆ B. ˘AMMA BELLO BAL‡Ufi U (?) b. GH ◊MD (?) 1. Q. h√iyya On lexicology. MS: Paris (BN), 5682, ff. 119v-125r. MU˘AMMAD fiALˆ b. ZUBAYR 1. Man÷üma fı ’l-radd fial ’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2237.

APPENDIX

659

MU˘AMMAD AL-AMˆN b. AMJAD b. AL-TIJ◊Nˆ al-Gwı alBghunı. , perhaps same asMu˛ammad al-Amın b. al-Amjad; see p. 226 1. Q. r√iyya Account of a dream vision of al-˛jj fiUmar. MS: Paris (BN), 5721, f. 112v. 2. Q. r√iyya fı mad˛ Sı A˛mad al-Tijnı MS: Paris (BN), 5721, ff. 111r-112r. MU˘AMMAD b. B◊B◊, called Ashaddagan 1. Man÷üma fı ’l-lugha wa’l-na˛w MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1878. MU˘AMMAD b. FÜDˆ al-Mallwı See ALA II, 369. 1. Raw∂at al-mutafiallimın wa-˛adıqat al-mufiallimın Written in Rama∂n 1365/May-June 1917. MS: Niamey, 1268. MU˘AMMAD b. ˘-N-K 1. Fatw fı ˛ukm al-˛iyza MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2058. MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM b. AfiMAR AL-fiAYYIQ 1. Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ A˛mad b. al-˛jj fiUmar MS: Paris (BN), 5716, ff. 171v-172r, 173r. MU˘AMMAD b. IBR◊HˆM MAK˘ÜL 1. Fatwa On a wife’s wealth and her husband’s relationship to it. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2063.

660

APPENDIX

MU˘AMMAD IMLˆN b. MU˘AMMAD 1. Fatw On the lawfulness of plundered property. MS: TC. 2141. al-faqıh MU˘AMMAD AL-JAWHARˆ b. al-Q∂ı A˘MAD 1. R. il ’l-˛jj fiUmar according to Inventaire, 245, “L’auteur demande au destinataire de le faire connaître auprès du sul†n Mu˛ammad Bello b. fiUthmn Füdı et de lui transmettre sa lattre.” Dated 14 Dhü’l-˘ijja 1251/31 march 1836. MS:Paris(BN), 5693, ff.6r and 7v.. MU˘AMMAD b. MA˘MÜD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUKHT◊R b. MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUNˆR b. MU˘AMMAD AL‡◊HIR b. MU˘AMMAD AL-MUB◊RAK b. Sˆ fi◊Lˆ 1. Nzila fı sha√n bi√r Two men discover an old well site and begin to dig it out. They later hire another man to help them, and he then claims a share in the well. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2196 (7. ff.) MU˘AMMAD b. MU˘AMMAD ˘AMM◊ b. SAYYID 1. Fatw fı ’l-†alq MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1865. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MUKHT◊R b. MU˘AMMAD YA˘Y◊ b. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-MUKHT◊R b. AL-‡◊LIB fiABD ALL◊H 1. K. al-rudüd fial radd kitb Ibn Myb al-ma†rüd Response in verse to an attack by Ibn Myb al-Jakanı on Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı and the Tijnı †arıqa. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 590 (14 ff. inc.).

APPENDIX

661

MU˘AMMAD b. fiUMAR b. fiABD AL-fiAZˆZ b. ABˆ MA˘ALLˆ b. fiABD AL-MALIK b. fiALˆ b. ABˆ MA˘ALLˆ There is no clear evidence that he was from Western Sudanic Africa, except that his writings are found in several W. African collections. 1. fiAqıda MSS: Ibadan (UL), 493M7; Kano (BU), 299 (K. al-taw˛ıd); London (BL), 4897, ff. 1-24, 6473, ff. 94-97; Paris (BN), 5603, ff. 159r-169r; 5647, ff. 67r-85r.; Zaria, 111/1. 2. Q. fiayniyya On wafi÷. MSS: London (BL), 6472, ff. 98-104; Paris (BN), 5406, ff. 115-119, 5442, ff. 39-40 (qfiya unknown). 3. Q. r√iyya: Tafiallam wa-bdir y ghfil * Li-fahm al-fiaq√id qabl al-qubürı MSS: Paris (BN), 5601, ff. 116r-117v, 5671, ff, 35r-36v. 4. R. fı ’l-kufr wa’l-ımn MSS: London (BL), 4897, ff. 102-118, 4897, ff. 119-169 (with glosses in an African language); Paris (BN), 5428, ff. 1-47, 5442, ff. 29-38, 5473, ff. 117r-156v (inc.), 5497, ff. 1-20; 5500, ff. 119r-134v; 5504, ff. 58r-73v; 5647, ff. 18v-28r; 5683, ff. 152r-165r, 5687, ff. 29v-43v. 5. Shar˛ al-˛amdala MSS: Paris (BN), 5566, ff. 151-164, 5647, ff/ 57r-85r. 6. Tafilıq fı ’l-akhlq MS: Paris (BN), 5541, ff. 60r-63v. AL-MUKHT◊R JÜB (DIOP) 1. Tanbıh al-mushil li-taqhum al-ns MS: Paris (BN), 5442, ff. 59-64.

662

APPENDIX

SAfiD b. AL-MUKHT◊R b. MU˘AMMAD B◊B◊ 1. Man÷üma fı sha√n Awld Zayn MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1921. S◊LIM b. MU˘AMMAD al-Kasamnı 1. fiAqıd Based on the ∑ughr of al-Sanüsı and the Dalıl al-qfiid of Mu˛ammad al-∑li˛ b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Awjilı (see ALA II, 51). MS: Paris (BN), 5647, ff. 86r-88v. AL-‡◊LIB b. AY◊TIN◊ 1. Man÷üma fı ’l-fiqh MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1858 (29 ff.). THIARY CAMARA 1. L’importance de la lecture du Coran Transcription and translation of four süras (36, 56, 67, 32) of the Qur√n. Publ. Abidjan: Centre Islamique, n.d. (copy in NU/Brenner, 36). fiUMAR b. Sh. B◊B◊ al-Sridügı 1. Q. dliyya fı mad˛ Shaykh ˘amad Amın Comm. by author. MS: Paris (BN), 5678, ff. 159r-162r. 2. Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ Sh. ˘amadi Amın Also in praise of Maryam bt. Sh. A˛mad, ˘afßa, and Dafid. MS: Paris (BN), 5678, ff. 145r-148v. fiUMAR b. AL-MUKHT◊R 1. Najt kulli hlik wa-nür kulli fibid wa-slik Also called al-Mißb˛ li’l-ßighr wa-man ya˛tjuhu min al-kibr Vv. on taw˛ıd.

APPENDIX

663

MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 4558. fiUMAR R◊FIfi b. ∑◊LI˘ b. MU˘AMMAD b. MÜS◊ TAFSˆR Perhaps to be identified with fiUmar Rfifiu of Dara Labé in Guinea (see above, p. 507). 1. Qaß√id Five poems: b√iyya, dliyya, h√iyya, mımiyya, nüniyya MSS: Paris (BN), 5699, ff. 55r-56v. fiUMAR b. al-imm SAQQ◊ b. ˘AMATI (?) K.N., al-Dimashqı al-‡ürı 1. Q. al-shukr fial mad˛ al-shaykh al-Tijnı MS: Paris (BN), 5610, ff. 95v-96r. 2. al-Sayf al-mud√im fial mad˛ khayr al-bariyya MS: Paris (BN), 5610, ff. 93r-95r. UMM H◊Nˆ bt. fiUMAR 1. Q. lmiyya MS: Paris (BN), 5724, ff. 136r-137v. 2. Q. mımiyya MS: Paris (BN), 5723, ff. 23r-v. AL-W◊Fˆ b. MU˘AMMAD b. AL-∑◊LI˘ 1. Fatw On a dispute among scholars about a woman’s inheritance. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 2059. YA˘Y◊ al-Wangarı 1. Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-Tijnı MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1535.

664

APPENDIX

YERO b. al-faqıh SANBA b. BÜ∆U/ BUWˆ al-Fullnı al-Msinı 1. Poem on ethics. MS: Paris (BN), 5493, ff. 6-7. 2. Takhmıs al-qaßıda al-Shaqr†isiyya fı mad˛ al-nabı Takh. of poem in praise of the Prophet by Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr b. Ya˛y al-Shaqr†isı, d. 466/1073; see GAL I, 268. MS: Legon, 337(iii, 2) (attrib. to Samba b. Baw al-Falltı al-Msinı.); Paris (BN), 5623, ff. 118v-136r., 6699, ff. 19r-27b. ********************* ADDENDA The following works came to light after all other chapters had been completed: 1. Fay∂ al-Bqı al-Khliq fı mawlid khayr al-khal√iq Collection of poems on the Prophet’s birth by A˛mad Bamba. Publ. Dakar: librairie Dar Senegalia, n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 23) 2. ˘ad√iq al-fa∂√il fı khidmat khayr al-was√il, versified, arranged, corrected and revised by A˛mad Dm Ture. The title, however, is the same as the title of a work by A˛mad Bamba; see p. 404. Publ. Casablanca: Dr al-Kitb, n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 25) 3. Mi∂o yetta wa∂ u∂on e mofte Muhammadu * E jibinÿe lan maakimmi inde Muhammadu 92 vv. on the merits of Qur√nic exegesis, by Cerno Saadu Ludaajo Dalabaa. MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard, Cahier 58, no. 7 (with French trans.) 4. Mi∂o yetta jooman wown∂o lan senii∂o mo maayataa * Malnay∂o julÿe lette innuÿe juulaata 132 vv. on daily prayers, by Sh. Mammadu Luudaajo Dalabaa, son of the author of no. 3 above.

ADDENDA

665

MS: Dakar (IFAN), Fonds Vieillard, Cahier 58, no. 16 (with French trans.). 5. al-Burhn fı fialmt mahdı khir al-zamn By Ibn Husm al-Dın al-Shahır b. al-Muttaqı (see Adnani (2001-2), 156. MS: Paris (MAAO), 14722/2b. 6. Ifinat al-akh al-r∂ı fial tabyın a˛km al-ar∂ı By al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütı (q.v.). See Adnani (2001-2), 160, who states: “Traite des statuts des territoires conquis, soumis après un traité, ou encore des terres mortes ou du territoire de la guerre (dr al-˛arb) et du territoire de l’Islam (dr al-Islm)” MS: Paris (MAAO), 14722/47. 7. Q. ˛√iyya: ˘√ ’l-ma˛abbatı li’l-mun mift˛ü * Wa-bi-b√ih lidhawı’l-quyüdi sar˛ü By Ibrhım A˛mad Niang (see above, p. 290). Written in 1996. MS: copy in UBMIA/TIJ, 139. 8. Two works by Nü˛ b. al-‡hir al-Fullnı (see p. 213 above), referred to as follows in Ba and Daget (1962): i) “Livre renfermant la généalogie des diverses tribus noires du Soudan”, trans. H. Labouret in Annales de l’Académie des Sciences Coloniales, iii (1929). ii) “Traditions historiques et légendaires du Soudan occidental”, trans. M. Delafosse, in RC, 1913. 9. Two dıwns by al-˛jj Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd Allh Niys alKawlakhı; see p. 275 above: i) Dıwn Khtimat al-durar fial fiuqüd al-jawhar fı mad˛ sayyid al-bashar. Publ. Dakar: al-Mu√assasa al-Sinighliyya li’l†ibfia, 1996 (copy in NU/Hunwick, uncat.) ii) Dıwn al-Kibrıt al-a˛mar fı mad√i˛ al-qu†b al-akbar mawlna A˛mad al-Tijnı. Publ. Dakar: Mu√assasat “Wa ’l-fajr” li’l-nashr, 2nd edn., 1417/ 1997 (copy in NU/Hunwick, uncat.).

666

ADDENDA

10. ◊dam al-Südnı al-Msinı, al-Islm wa-mabdi√ al-akhlq. Publ. Cairo: fiˆs al-Bbı al-˘alabı, n.d. (copy in NU/ Brenner, 35) 11. Q. yadhkuru fıh bafi∂ al-waq√ifi, by Abü Hamm al-‡hir. On wars between Berber and Tuareg groups (no doubt in Azawd). MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 984. 12. Q. fı dhikr awtd baldat Timbuktu wa’l-tawassul bihim il ’llh, by A˛mad b. fiUmar al-˘asanı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1185. 13. R. il A˛mad al-Bakky, by fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn alKbirı. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 1118 14. Q. fı mad˛ amır dawlat Farans. Poem in praise of Marshal Pétain by Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-Malik. MS: Timbuktu (CEDRAB), 581

SOURCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES The sources and bibliographies are divided into four sections: (a) Manuscript Collections and Archives. (b) General Bibliography for Western Sudanic Africa (c) Editions and Translations of Arabic Works (d) Unpublished Conference and Seminar Papers ( A) MANUSCRIPT COLLECTIONS AND ARCHIVES The following list gives information only on those archives and collections referred to in the present work. Accra (NAG) Algiers (BH) Boudjbeha Cairo (AL)

Cairo (AZ) Cairo (DK)

Dakar

National Archives of Ghana, Accra. Bibliothèque Nationale d’Alger, Fonds Ben Hamouda. Private library of Shaykh By b. Zayn b. fiAbd al-fiAzız of Boudjebeha, See CCIM, 140-2. Arab League/Jmifiat al-duwal al-fiarabiyya: Mafihad al-makh†ü†t. See Fu√d Sayyid et al., Fihris almakh†ü†t al-mußawwara, 3 vols. in 8 parts. Cairo, 1954-63. al-Azhar University Library. See Fih. Az. Dr al-Kutub al-Mißriyya. See Fih. Tay. and Fihris alkutub al-fiarabiyya al-mawjüda bi’l-Dr li-ghyat sanat 1932, vols. 1-6, Cairo, 1924-32, and vols. 7-8, Cairo, 1938 and 1942. Institut Fondamental (formerly Français) d’Afrique Noire, Université Cheikh Anta Diop, Dakar. See Th. Diallo, M.B. M’Backé, M. Trifkovi¸c & B. Barry, Catalogue des manuscrits de l’IFAN. Dakar: IFAN, 1966; El-Hadji Ravane Mbaye & Babacar Mbaye, “Supplément au catalogue des manuscrits de l’IFAN”, BIFAN, xxxvii, 1975, 878-95.

668

Diourbel

Fez (BQ)

Hague IHAAA Jos

Kaduna (NA)

Kaolack

Legon

SOURCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY

Khadim Mbacké & Thierno Ka, “Nouveau catalogue des manuscrits d l’IFAN”, ISSS, viii (1994), 165-99. Maktabat Serigne Mor Mbaye Cissé. See Ousmane Kane, Fihris makh†ü†t al-shaykh Mor Mby Sısı wamaktabat al-˛jj Mlik Sı wa-maktabat al-shaykh Ibrhım Niys fı Sinighl. London: al-Furqn Islamic Heritage Foundation, 1997. See A. Bel, Catalogue des livres de la bibliothèque de la Mosquée d’El-Qarouiyine. Fez, 1918; Mu˛ammad al-fi◊bid al-Fsı, Fihris makh†ü†t khiznat alQarawiyyın, 4 vols. Al-Dr al-Bay∂√ [Casablanca], 1979. See P. Voorhoeve, Handlist of Arabic Manuscripts. The Hague, 1980. Institut d’Histoire, d’Art et d’Archéologie Africaines, Abidjan. Nigerian National Museum, Jos. See Aida S. Arif & Ahmed M. Abu Hakima, Descriptive Catalogue of Arabic Manuscripts in Nigeria: Jos Museum and Lugard Hall Library, Kaduna. London: Luzac & Co., 1965. National Archives of Nigeria, Kaduna. See Bb Yünus Mu˛ammad, Fihris Makh†ü†t Dr al-Wath√iq al-Qawmiyya al-Nayjıriyya bi-Kdün, al-Juz√ alAwwal, ed. John O. Hunwick. London: Al-Furqn Islamic Heritage Foundation, 1995; Last (1966) and (1967b) and registers in situ. Maktabat al-˛jj Ibrhım Niys. ¸See Ousmane Kane, Fihris makh†ü†t al-shaykh Mor Mby Sısı wamaktabat al-˛jj Mlik Sı wa-maktabat al-shaykh Ibrhım Niys fı Sinighl. London: al-Furqn Islamic Heritage Foundation, 1997. Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana, Legon. See Osmanu Eshaka Boyo, Thomas Hodgkin & Ivor Wilks, Check List of Arabic Works from Ghana, Legon: Institute of African Studies, 1962.


Legon (ctd.)

669

Accession lists in Martin (1966), and K.O. Odoom & J. Holden (1965), (1967), (1968.) A duplicate xerographed set of this collection may be consulted at the Melville J. Herskovits Library of African Studies, North-western University, Evanston, IL. London (BL) British Library, London. For works by African authors, see card index in situ. London See Adam Gacek, Catalogue of the Arabic (SOAS) Manuscripts in the Library of the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. London: SOAS, 1981. MAMMP Malian Arabic Manuscript Microfilming Project. Microfilmed collection held at the Sterling Library, Yale University, New Haven, CT. Copy in CAMP [Collective Africana Microform Project]. Marrakesh See al-∑iddıq b. al-fiArabı, Fihris makh†ü†t khiznat Yüsuf bi-Marrkesh, Beirut: Dr al-Gharb al-Islmı, 1414/1994. Mikns (JK) Maktabat al-Jmifi al-Kabır. See Dilayru (1977). Mikns (KhA) al-Khizna al-fimma. See Dilayru (1977). Niamey Institut de Recherche en Sciences Humaines, Niamey. Cyclostyled list in situ. See also Kani (1984). NU/Brenner Northwestern University, Evanston, IL, Xerox copies of books published in Africa from Louis Brenner’s collection. NU/Falke Northwestern University, Evanston, IL, fiUmar Falke Collection of the Melville J. Herskovits Library of African Studies. Data base catalogue in situ. NU/Hiskett Northwestern University, Evanston, IL, Mervyn Hiskett Legacy Collection of the Melville J. Herskovits Library of African Studies. NU/Hunwick Northwestern University, Evanston, IL, John O. Hunwick Collection of the Melville J. Herskovits Library of African Studies. Data base catalogue in situ. NU/Paden Northwestern University, Evanston, IL, John Naber Paden Collection of the Melville J. Herskovits Libraryof African Studies.

670


.Data base catalogue in situ. See also E. Saad in History in Africa, vii, 1980, 369-72 NU/Wilks FN Ivor G. Wilks, Field Notes, Melville J. Herskovits Library of African Studies, Northwestern University. Copies of these notes may also be consulted at the Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana, Legon, and at the Rhodes House Library, Oxford, U.K. Paris (BI) Bibliothèque de l’Institut de France, Paris. See H.F.C. Smith (1959a) and Hunwick & Gwarzo (1967). Paris (BN) Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris; MSS orientales. See Noureddine Ghali, Mohammed Mahibou and Louis Brenner, Inventaire de la Bibliothèque fiUmarienne de Ségou. Paris: Editions. du CNRS, 1985 (Fontes Historiae Africanae, Subsidia Bibliographica, II). See also Vajda (1950), H.F.C. Smith (1959c), Sauvan et al., (1987). Paris Musée des Arts d’Afrique et d’Océanie. See Adnani, (MAAO) (2000-2001). Rabat (AF) Khiznat Mu√assasat fiAlll al-Fsı. See fiAbd alRa˛mn b. al-fiArabı al-˘arıshı, al-Fihris al-müjiz limakh†ü†t Mu√assasat fiAlll al-Fsı, Rabat. Rabat (KhA) Al-Khizna al-fimma [Bibliothèque Générale], Rabat. See E. Lévi-Provençal, Catalogue des manuscrits arabes de Rabat, 1ère série, I, Paris, 1924, revised by ∑li˛ al-Tdilı & Safiıd al-Murbi†ı, Fihris al-makh†ü†t al-ma˛fü÷a bi’l-Khizna al-fi◊mma bi’l-Rib†, al-Rib†: Manshürt al-Khizna al-fiAmma li’l-kutub wa’lwath√iq, 1997-8; I.S. Allouche & A. Regragui, Catalogue des manuscrits arabes de Rabat, 2ème série, I, Paris: Bibliothèque Orientale et Américaine, 1954, II, Rabat:Editions Techniques Nord-Africaines, 1958; 3ème série (1954-1957), Fihris al-makh†ü†t alfiarabiyya al-ma˛fü÷a fı ’l-khizna al-fimma li’l-kutb wa’l-wath√iq, vol. 1, Rabat: M. al-Tümı, 1973; Vol. 5, ed. ∑li˛ al-Tdilı & Safiıd al-Murbi†ı, al-Rib†: Manshürt al-Khizna al-fiAmma li’l-kutub wa’lwath√iq, 1997. Also card indexes in situ.


Rabat (KhH)

671

Al-Khizna al-˘asaniyya [Bibliothèque Royale]. See Mu˛ammad al-fiArbı al-Kha††bı, Fahris al-khizna al-malikiyya/Catalogues of Al-Hassania Library. 6 vols., Rabat, 1980-7. Rabat (MDI) Mafihad al-Dirst al-Ifrıqiyya, Jmifiat Mu˛ammad alKhmis (Institut des Etudes Africaines, Université Mohammed V). No published catalogue. Rabat Liste de manuscrits selectionés parmi ceux qui sont conservés à la Bibliothèque Générale et Archives du (Unesco) Maroc, reproduits par l’Unité Mobile de Microfilm de l’Unesco. Rabat: Mission de l’Unesco, 1962. Salé See Mu˛ammad ˘ajjı, Fihris al-khiznat al-fiilmiyya al-∑ubay˛iyya bi-Sal/Catalog of Subaiheyya Library in Sala, Kuwait: ALECSO, 1406/1985. Shinqı† Private libraries of Ahl Habut, Ahl A˛mad Sharıf, Ahl ˘manni, Ahl fiAbd al-˘amıd, Ahl Ludfi, and Ahl alSabt. See A˛mad w. Mu˛ammad Ya˛y, Fihris makh†ü†t Shinqıt wa-Wdn, ed. Ulrich Rebstock. London: al-Furqan Islamic Heritage Foundation, 1997. Tamgrout Library of the Nßiriyya zwiya, Tamgrout. See Mu˛ammad al-Mannünı, Dalıl makh†ü†t Dr al-Kutub al-Nßiriyya bi-Tamgrüt, Rabat. Timbuktu Centre de Documentation et de Recherches Historiques (CEDRAB) Ahmad Baba, Timbuktu. See Fihris makh†ü†t markaz A˛mad Bb li’l-tawthıq wa’l-bu˛üth al-ta√rıkhiyya biTinbuktü. London: Al-Furqn Islamic Heritage Foundation. Vol. I, ed. Sıdı fiUmar b. fiAlı, 1995. Vol. II-V, ed. Librarians of the Centre, 1997-9. See also Hunwick (1992a). Timbuktu Maktabat Mamma ˘aydara al-Tidhkriyya. See (MMHT) Catalogue of Manuscripts in Mamma Haidara Library, 3 vols., prepared by Abdelkader Mamma Haidara, edited by Ayman Fu√d Sayyid, London: Al-Furqan Islamic Heritage Foundation, 1481/2000. Ti†wn (KhA) Al-Khizna al-fi◊mma, Ti†wn [Biblioteca General de Tetuan]. See Fihris al-makh†ü†t - Khiznat Ti†wn, Tetuan, 1981.

672

Ti†wn (JK) Tivaouane (Sy)

Tunis (BN)

Tunis (MA) Tunis (MZ) Wdn

World Survey

Yale

Zaria


Maktabat al-Jmifi al-Kabır, Ti†wn [Bibliothèque de la Grande Mosquée, Tetuan]. See Dilayru (1977). Maktabat al-˛jj Mlik Sy. ¸See Ousmane Kane, Fihris makh†ü†t al-shaykh Mor Mby Sısı wa-maktabat al˛jj Mlik Sı wa-maktabat al-shaykh Ibrhım Niys fı Sinighl. London: al-Furqn Islamic Heritage Foundation, 1997. Bibliothèque Nationale, Tunis/Dr al-Kutub alQawmniyya. See al-Fihris al-fimm li’l-makh†ü†t, ed. fiAbd al-˘afı÷ Manßür, Tunis: al-Mafihad al-Qawmı li’l-◊thr, 1975. Maktabat al-fiAbdaliyya. See Barnmaj al-Maktaba alfiAbdaliyya. 4 vols., Tunis, 1908-11. Bibliothèque de la Mosquée de Zeitouna, Tunis. Private libraries of Ahl Mu˛ammad b. al-˘jj, Ahl alKitb, Ahl Dhı, Ahl fiˆdı, Ahl Yya Büya, and Ahl A˛mad Sharıf. See A˛mad w. Mu˛ammad Ya˛y, Fihris makh†ü†t Shinqıt wa-Wdn, ed. Ulrich Rebstock. London: al-Furqan Islamic Heritage Foundation, 1997. World Survey of Islamic Manuscripts, ed. Geoffrey Roper, 4 vols. London: Al-Furqan Islamic Heritage Foundation, 1992-5. See Leon Nemoy, Arabic Manuscripts in the Yale University Library. New Haven, 1965 (Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, xl, Dec. 1956, 1-273). Northern History Research Scheme, Department of History, Ahmadu Bello University, Zaria. See al-Bılı (1984); Second Interim Report, Zaria, 1967, Third Interim Report, Zaria, 1975, Fourth Interim Report, Zaria, 1977, Fifth Interim Report, Zaria, 1981, Sixth Interim Report, Zaria, 1987; and card index in situ.


673

(B) GENERAL B IBLIOGRAPHY FOR WESTERN SUDANIC AFRICA ABUN-NASR, Jamil (1965) ADNANI, Jiillali El (2000-2001)

The Tijaniyya. A Sufi Order in the Modern World. London. “Inventaire des manuscrits du Fonds Archinard de la Bibliothèque du Musée National es Arts d’Afrique et d’Océanie”, ISSS, 14-15, 153-75. ALEXANDRE, Pierre “A West African Islamic movement: (1970) Hamallism in French West Africa”. In R Rothberg, & Ali Mazrui, Protest and Power in Black Africa, New York, 497-512. ALLEN, C.R., and (Eds.) African Perspectives. Papers in the JOHNSON, R.W. History, Politics and Economics of Africa presented to Thomas Hodgkin. Cambridge: (1970) Cambridge University Press. AMSELLE, Jean-Loup “Le Wahabisme à Bamako (1945-1985)”, (1985) Canadian J. African Stud., xix, 345-57. AMSELLE, Jean-Loup “A case of fundamentalism in West Africa: (1987) Wahhabism in Bamako”. In Lionel Caplan (ed.), Studies in Religious Fundamentalism, Albany: State University of New York Press ◊N, Mu˛ammad al-Islm wa’l-thaqfa fı ’l-jumhüriyya alS i n i g h  l i y y a . n.p. [Dakar]: al-Dr alMuß†af (1978) Sinighliyya li’l-†abfi wa’l-nashr wa’l-tawzıfi. ARNAUD, Robert “L’Islam et la politique musulmane française (1912) en A.O.F.”, RC, i, 3-20, iv, 142-54. AL-AZMˆ A˛mad “Qir√a wa-ta√ammult fı bafi∂ mu√allaft al(1997) ˛jj fiUmar al-Fütı”. In Temimi (1997), 5-18 [Arabic]. BA, Abü Bakr Khlid ∑uwar min kif˛ al-muslimın fı Ifrıqiyya algharbiyya: al-˛jj fiUmar al-Fütı, ˛aytuhu (1980) wa-jihduhu. Nouakchott: Institut mauritanien de recherches scientifiques. B A, Ahmadou Vie et enseignement de Tiero Bokar. Le Sage de Bandiagara. Paris. Hampaté (1980)

674


BA, Ahmadou Hampaté & DAGET,

Jacques (1962) BA, Ahmadou Hampaté & CARDAIRE, Marcel (1957) BA, Oumar (1982) BAH, Ibrahima Caba (1998)

BARTH , H (1965) BASSET, René (1905)

BATRAN, A.A. (1971)

BATRAN, A.A. (1974)

BATRAN, A.A. (1979) BATRAN, A.A. (2001)

L’Empire peul du Macina, Vol. I (1818-1853). Paris-La Haye: Mouton. Tierno Bokar, le sage de Bandiagara. Paris: Ptésence Africaine. Ahmadou Bamba face aux autorités coloniales. n.p. [printed in Abbéville, France]. Cerno Abdourahmane Bah: Eléments biographiques suivis de quelques poèmes avec une traduction en français. Labé: Defte Cernoyà. Travels and Discoveries in North and Central Africa . . . in the Years 1849-1855, 3 vols. London: Frank Cass. “Recherches bibliographiques sur les sources da la Salouat al-anfâs”. Recuil des Mémoires et de textes publiés en l’honneur du XIVe Congrès des Orientaliste, 1-47. Alger. “Sidi al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı and the Recrudescence of Islam in the Western Sahara and the Middle Niger, c. 1750-1811”. Ph.D. thesis, University of Birmingham. “The Qdiriyyah-Mukhtriyya brotherhood in West Africa and the concept of taßawwuf in the writings of Sıdı al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı (17291811)”, Trans-African J. of History, iv/1-2, 4170 “The Kunta, Sıdı al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı, and the office of Shaykh al-‡arıqa ’l-Qdiriyya”. In Willis (1979), 113-46. The Qadiryya Brotherhood in West Africa and the Western Sudan: the Life and Times of Shaykh al-Mukhtar al-Kunti (1729-1811). Rabat: Publications de l’Institut des Etudes Africains [Université Mohammed V].


BEHRMAN , Lucy (1970) BEN C HENEB, Mohamed (1907)

675

Muslim Brotherhoods and Politics in Senegal. Cambridge [MA]: Harvard University Press. “Étude sur les personnages mentionés dans l’Ijâza du Cheikh fiAbd al-Qâdir el-Fâsy”. Paris: Extrait du tome IV des Actes du XVIe Congrès Internationale des Orientalistes. BEYRIES, J (1958) L’Islam au Soudan français. Document du C.H.E.A.M., no. 2940. BIARNÈS, Isabelle “La dimension internationale de la confrérie (1984-5) niassène”. Mémoire D.E.A., Institut d’Études Politiques, Paris. AL-BˆLˆ, fiUthmn Index of Arabic Manuscripts of the Northern Sayyid A˛mad Ismfiıl History Research Scheme. Khartoum: Khartoum University Press. (1984) BINSHAR ˆFA, Ibrhım al-S˛ilı wa-dawruhu al-thaqfı fı MU˘AMMAD (1992) mamlakat Mlı. Rabat: Institut des Études Africaines [Université Mohammed V]. Série: Conférences, 9. BONNEL DE “Les Diakhanké de Banisiraïla et du Bondou”, MÉ ZIÈRIES, A. Notes Africaines, xli, 20-24. (1949) BOUSBINA, Saïd “Analyse et commentaire du livre Rim˛ ˛izb (1988) al-Ra˛ım fial nu˛ür ˛izb al-rajım d’al-˘jj fiUmar al-Fütı”, Diplôme d’études approfondies, Universités ParisI/Paris VII. BOUSBINA, Saïd “Les mérites de la Tijnniyya d’après ‘Rim˛’ (1988) d’Al-˘jj fiUmar”, ISSS, iii, 253-9. BOUSBINA, Saïd “Müs Kamara, le savant ‘autodidacte’”, ISSS, (1992) vi, 75-81. BOUSBINA, Saïd “Un siècle de savoir islamique en Afrique de (1995-6) l’ouest (1820-1920): Analyse et commentaire de la littérature de la confrérie Tijaniyya à travers les oeuvres d’al-Hajj fiUmar, fiUbayda ben Anbuja, Yirkoy Talfi et al-Hajj Malik Sy”. Thèse de Doctorat Nouveau Régime, Universite Paris I.

676


BOUSBINA, Saïd (1996) BOWDICH, T.E. (1819) BRAIMAH, O. (1982) BRAIMAH, J.A. & GOODY, J.R . (1967) BRENNER, L. (1976)

BRENNER, L. (1984) BRENNER, L. (1985) BRENNER , L. (1986)

BRENNER, L. (1988a) BRENNER, L. (1988b) BRENNER, L. (1993a) BRENNER, L. (1993b) BRENNER, L. (2000a)

“Al-Hajj Malik Sy: sa chaîne spirituelle dans la Tijaniyya et sa position à l’égard de la présence française au Sénégal”. In Triaud & Robinson (1997), 181-98. Mission from Cape Coast Castle to Ashantee. London: John Murray. African Landmarks. Lagos: Islamic Research Buureau. Salaga: the Struggle for Power. London: Longman. “The Sufi teaching of Tierno Bokar Salif Tall”, J. Religion in Africa, viii, 208-26. West African Sufi. The Religious Heritage and Spiritual Search of Cerno Bokar Saalif Taal. London: C. Hurst & Co. Réflexions sur le savoir islamique en Afrique de l’ouest. Bordeaux: Centre d’étude d’Afrique noire. “Al-Hajj Sa’ad Umar Touré and Islamic educational reform in Mali”. In E. Breitinger and R. Sander (eds.), Language and education in Africa. Bayreuth: Bayreuth University [African Studies Series]. “Concepts of †arıqa in West Africa: the case of the Qdiriyya”. In Cruise O’Brien & Coulon (1988), 36-43. “Sufism in Africa in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries”, ISSS, ii, 80-93. Ed. Muslim Identity and Social Change in SubSaharan Africa. London: Christopher Hurst. “La culture arabo-islamique au Mali”. In René Otayek (ed.), Le Radicalisme islamique au sud de Sahara. Paris: Karthala-MSHA. “Ahmadou Hampâté Bâ: Tijânî francophone”. In Robinson & Triaud (2000), 289-326.


677

BRENNER, L. (2000b) Controlling Knowledge: Religion, Power and Schooling in a West African Muslim Society. London: Hurst & Company. BRENNER, L. & “The role of language in West African Islam”. LAST, D.M. (1985) In J.D.Y. Peel & C.C. Stewart, ‘Popular Islam’ South of the Sahara. Manchester: Manchester University Press. BRIGAGLIA, Andrea “The Fay∂a Tijaniyya of Ibrahim Nyass: (2000-2001) genesis and implications of a Sufi doctrine”, ISSS, 14-15, 41-56. BROWN, W. (1967) “The Bakk√iyya books of Timbuktu”, RBCAD, iii/1, 40-4. BROWN, W. (1968) ‘Towards a chronology for the caliphate of Hamdullahi’, Cahiers d’Études Africaines, 8/iii, 428-34. BROWN, W. (1969) “The Caliphate of Hamdullahi, c. 1818-64”, Ph. D. diss., University of Wisconsin. CAAM,. Birahim (c. The Epic of El Hadj Umar Taal of Fuuta, 2000) recorded, transcribed, and translated into English, and annotated by Samba Diop. Madison [WI]: African Studies Program, University of Wisconsin-Madison. CABA, Lamine (1956) Cheik Mohamed Cherif dit Fanta Mady Haidara de 1870 à 1955. Conakry. CAMARA, Sana “Afijami literature in Senegal: the example of (1997) Sëriñ Muusaa Ka, poet and biographer, Research in African Literature, xxviii/3. 16381. CARDAIRE, Marcel Contribution à l’étude de l’Islam noir. (1949) Mémorandum II du Centre IFAN, Cameroun. [Mémoire hors série]. CARDAIRE, Marcel L’Islam et le terroire africain. Koulouba: (1954) Imprimerie du Gouvernement. CHAILLEY , M. et al Notes et Études sur l’Islam en Afrique Noire. Paris: J. Peyronnet et Cie [Uni-versité de Paris. (1962) Centre des Hautes Études sur l’Afrique et l’Asie Modernes: Recherches et Documents, I].

678

CHERBONNEAU, M.A. (1855a) CHERBONNEAU, M.A. (1855b) CHERBONNEAU, M.A. (1854-5)


“Histoire de la littérature arabe au Soudan”, J. Asiatique (sér. v), vi, 391-407. “Notice historique sur A˛mad Bb, écrivain berbère de Tombouctou”, Rev. Or., 308-14. “Essai sur la littérature arabe au Soudan d’après le Tekmilet ed-Dibadje d’Ahmed Baba le Tombouctien”, Annales de la société. archéolologique de Constantine, ii, 1-42. Also published separately, Constantine-Paris, 1856. CISSÉ, Hassan (1984) Shaykh Ibrahim Niasse, revivalist of the Sunnah. New York: Tariqa Tijaniyya of New York Publications. CISSÉ, Seydou (1989) “L’éducation musulman au Mali”. Thèse d’état, Université de Strasbourg. CISSÉ Seydou (1992) L’enseignement islamique en Afrique noire. Paris: L’Harmattan. CISSOKO, S.-M. “L’intelligentsia de Tombouctou aux 15e et (1969) 16e siècles”, Présence Africaine, 72, 48-72. CISSOKO, S.-M. “L’université de Tombouctou au XVIe siècle”, (1974) Afrika Zamani, 2, 105-38. CISSOKO, S.-M. Tombouctou et l’empire songhay. Dakar(1975) Abidjan: Les Nouvelles Éditions Africaines. COPANS, Jean (1980) Les marabouts de l’arachide: la confrérie mouride et les paysans du Sénégal. Paris: L Sycomore. CORTIER, M. (1908) D’une rive à l’autre du Sahara. Paris. Émile Larose. CORTIER, M. (1914) Mission Cortier, 1908-1909-1910, Paris. COULON , Christian Le marabout et le prince. Islam et pouvoir au Sénégal. Paris: Pedone, 1981. (1981) CREEVEY, Lucy E. “Ahmad Bamba, 1850-1927”. In Willis (1979) (1979a), 278-307. CRUISE O’ BRIEN, The Mourides of Senegal. Oxford: Oxford D.B. (1971) University Press. CRUISE O’BRIEN, Saints and Politicians: Essays in the organisation of a Senegalese peasant society. Donal B.(1975) Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.


CRUISE O’ BRIEN, DONAL B. & COULON, CHRISTIAN (1989) CUOQ, J. (1978) DEBRUNNER, H. (1961) DE GIRONCOURT, G.

679

Eds. Charisma and Brotherhood in African Islam. Oxford: Clarendon Press. “La famille Aqit de Tombouctou”, IBLA, 141, 85-102. Witchcraft in Ghana. 2nd edn., Accra.

Missions de Gironcourt en Afrique occidentale, 1908-1909-1911-1912. Documents scientifiques. Paris: Société de Géographie. DELAFOSSE, M. “Traditions musulmanes relatives aux origines (1912) des Peuls”, RMM, xx, 242-67. DELAFOSSE, M. “Notes sur les manuscrits acquis en 1911 et (1916) 1912 par M. Bonnel de Mézières dans la région de Tombouctou-Oualata (Haut-Sénégal et Niger)”, Annales et Mémoires de l’AOF, 12029. DIALLO, Hamidou “Cheikh Abdoulaye Fodé Doukouré et (1997) l’islamisation des peuls de Jelgoodi”. In Temimi (1997), 127-34. DIANÉ, Djiba (1988) “Cheikh Fanta Madi Cherif, marabout de Haute-Guinée”, ISSS, ii, 107-13. DIARAH , Fatimata “L’organisation politique du Maasina/ Diina, (1982) 1818-1862”, thèse de 3e cycle, Paris I. DIENG, Samba (n.d.) El-Hadj Omar: la perle de l’Islam. n.p. [Dakar]: Les Nouvelles Editions du Sénégal. DIENG, Samba (1997) “El Hadj Oumar et le rayonnement de l’Islam en Afrique”. In Temimi (1997), 135-60. DICKO , Mohamed “Les manuscrits du Centre Ahmad Baba Gala(1999) (CEDRAB) de Tombouctou”. In Revue Anthropologique/Actes du VII° Colloque eurafricain du CIRSS. Paris: Institut International d’Anthropologie, 49-63. (1920)

680


DILAYRü, al-Mahdı (1977)

“Q√ima awwaliyya bi’l-makh†ü†t min mu√allaft al-ashiqq√ al-Müritniyyın wajumla min al-Ifrıqiyyın al-ukhar fı ’l-maktabt al-maghribiyya”. Communication presented to the ALECSO conference on Arabic MSS in Africa, Nouakchott. DIOUF , Cheikhou “L’héritage islamique à Saint-Louis du (2002) Sénégal,” doctorat troisième cycle, Section langues etrangeres appliquées, Faculté des Lettres et de Sciences Humaines, Université Gaston Berger, Saint Louis. DRETKE, James P. “The Islamic Community in Accra (An (1965) Historical Survey),” M.A. thesis, University of Ghana. DUMONT , Fernand La Pensée de Amadou Bamba, fondateur du Mouridisme Sénégalais. Dakar-Abidjan: Les (1975) Nouvelles Éditions Africaines. DUPUIS, J. (1824) Journal of a Residence in Ashantee. London: Henry Colburn. DYALLO, Abdalla Taariika fii ngurndan Tyerno Muhammadu Samba Mombeyaa (1755-1852). Conakry: (1977) Institut Polytechnique Gamal Abdel Nasser. FALL , Cheikh Tidiane “L’Héritage Arabo-Islamique à travers les (1995-6) manuscrits des bibliothèques privées SaintLouisiennes”. Mémoire de D.E.A., Université de Provence (Aix-Marseille I). FALL , Cheikh Tidiane “Al-˘jj fiAbbs Sall (1909-1990)”, ISSS, 11, (1997) 163-72. FERGUSON, Phyllis “Islamization in Dagbon: a study of the (1972) Alfanema of Yendi”, Ph. D thesis, Cambridge University. FROELICH, J.C. Les musulmans d’Afrique noire. Paris: Éditions (1962) de l’Orante. FROELICH, J.C. “Visite à El-Hadji Ibrahima Niasse”, L’Afrique (1968) et l’Asie 83-84, 1968, pp. 37-41.


GARCIA, Sylvianne (1997)

681

“Al-Hajj Seydou Nourou Tall, ‘grand marabout’ tijani: l’histoire d’une carrière (v. 1880-1980)”. In Triaud & Robinson (1997), 247-74. GARONNE, “Les limites d’une politique musulmane: le cas Christophe (1995-6) de Cheikh Ibrahima Niasse. Un saint ambigu au tournant de la colonisation”. Thèse de D.E.A., Université de Provence, Aix-Marseille. GAYE, Shaykh Tijn al-Shaykh fiAbbs ∑all al-Tijnı: ˛aytuhu waafimluhu. Dakar:: NIS. (2001) GENEVIÈRE (1950) “Les Kounta et leurs activités commerciales”, BIFAN, xii, 111-27. GOODY, J. R.(1954) Ethnography of the Tribes of the Northern Territories. London: Colonial Office. GOODY, J. R.(1966) “Salaga in 1892”, Research Review” [Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana], ii/3. 41-53. GOODY, J. (1968) “Restricted literacy in northern Ghana”. In J. Goody (ed.) Literacy in Traditional Societies, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 198264. GOODY, JACK (1970) “Reform, renewal and resistance: a Mahdı in northern Ghana”. In Allen &. Johnson (1970), 143-56. GOODY, J. R. & “The caravan trade from Salaga to Kano”, MUSTAPHA, T.M. JHSN, iii/4, 23-7. (1967) GOUILLY, Alphonse L’Islam dans L’A.O.F. Paris: Ernest Leroux. (1952) GREY, Christopher “The rise of the Niassene Tijaniyya, 1875 to (1988) the present”, ISSS, ii, 34-60. GUEYE , Djibril Malik “Cheikh Al Islam El Hadj Ibrahima Niasse le (1983) mystique (1900–1975) ou l’école de formation spirituelle de Niassène”. Mémoire de maîtrise, Université de Dakar, Faculté des Lettres et Sciences Humaines, Département d’Arabe [in Arabic].

682

HAIDARA, Abdel Kader (1999)


“Bibliothèques du désert: difficultés et perspectives”. In Revue Anthropologique/Actes du VII° Colloque eurafricain du CIRSS. Paris: Institut International d’Anthropologie, 153-66. HAÏDARA, Ismaël L’Espagne musulmane et l’Afrique subsaharienne. Bamako: Editions Donniya. Diadié (1997) HAMÈS , Constant “Deux aspects du fondamentalisme islamique: (1980) sa signification au Mali actuel et chez Ibn Taymiya”, Archives de Sciences Sociales des Religions, l, 177-90. HAMÈS , Constant “Cheick Hamallah ou qu’est-ce que c’est (1996) qu’une confrérie islamique (tariqa)”, Archives de sciences sociales des religions’, lv, 67-83. HAMÈS, Constant “Le premier exil de Shaikh Hamallah et la (1996) mémoire hamalliste (Nioro-Mederdra, 1925)”. In Triaud & Robinson (1996), 337-60. HAMET, I. (1910) “Littérature arabe saharienne”, RMM, xii, 196213, 380-405. HAMET, I. (1911) “Les Kounta”, RMM, xv, 302-18. HAMPATE BA, Vie et enseignement de Tierno Bokar, Le Sage de Bandiagara, Paris: Editions du Seuil. Amadou (1980) HANSON, John H. “Historical Writing in nineteenth century Segu: (1985) a critical analysis of an anonymous Arabic chronicle”, History in Africa, xii, 101-154. HANSON, John H. Migration, Jihad, and Muslim Authority in West Africa: the Futanke Colonies in Karta. (1996) Bloomington: University of Indiana Press. HARMON, Stephen A. “The Expansion of Islam among the Bambara (1988) under French Rule, 1890-1940”. Ph.D. diss., University of California, Los Angeles. HARRISION, France and Islam in West Africa. Cambridge: Christopher (1988) Cambridge University Press. HEEPE, M (1928) “Gottlob Adolf Krauses Haussa-Handschriften in der Preussischen Staatsbibliothek, Berlin,” MSOS, Jahrgang XXI Abteilung 3 , 105-107, and 80 pp. of facsimile texts at end of the volume.


AL-˘ASAN, A˛mad w. (1997)

683

“Al-˘jj fiUmar al-Fütı wa-bild Shinqı†: mul˛a÷t fı ’l-fialqt al-thaqfiyya wa’lsiysiyya”. In Temimi (1997), 31-50. ˘ASAN, Yüsuf Fa∂l & Ed. The Central Bild Al Südn; Tradition and DOORNBOS, Paul Adaptation. Khartoum: El Tamaddon Press. (1978) HILLIARD, Constance “The Formation of the Islamic Clerisy of the (1977) Middle Valley of the Senegal River, ca. 16701770. PhD diss., Harvard University. HILLIARD, Constance “Zuhur al-basatin and Ta√rikh al-Turubbe: (1985) some legal and ethical aspects of slavery in the Sudan as seen in the works of Shaykh Musa Kamara”. In Willis (1985), ii, 160-81. HISKETT, M. (1980) “The ‘Community of Grace’ and its opponents, the ‘Rejectors’: a debate about theology and mysticism in Muslim West Africa with special reference to its Hausa expression”, African Language Studies, xvii, 99-140. HODGKIN, T.L. “The Islamic literary tradition in Ghana”. In (1966) I.M. Lewis (ed.), Islam in Tropical Africa, London: Oxford University Press, 442-60. HOLDEN, J.J. (1966) “Note on the education and early life of Al˘jj fiUmar Tall”, Research Review [Legon], ii/2, 68-72. HOLDEN, J.J. (1970) “The Samorian impact on Buna: an essay in methodology”. In Allen & Johnson (1970), 83107. HUNTER , Thomas “The Jabi tarikhs: their significance in West (1976) African Islam”, IJAHS, ix/ 3, 435-57. HUNTER, Thomas C. “The Development of an Islamic Tradition of (1977) Learning among the Jahanka of West Africa”, Ph.D. diss., University of Chicago, 1977. HUNWICK, J.O. “A note on two Arabic manuscripts”, RBCAD, (1964a) i, 18-19. HUNWICK, J.O. “The influence of Arabic in West Africa: a (1964b) preliminary historical survey”, Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, vii, 24-41.

684

HUNWICK, J.O. (1970) HUNWICK, J.O. (1977) HUNWICK, J.O. (1978a) HUNWICK, J.O. (1978b) HUNWICK, J.O. (1984)

HUNWICK, J.O. (1990a) HUNWICK, J.O. (1990b) HUNWICK, J.O. (1992a) HUNWICK, J.O. (1996a)

HUNWICK, J.O. (1996b)


Some notes on the term zanj and its derivatives in a West African chronicle’. In D. Dalby (ed.), Language and History in Africa, London: Frank Cass, pp. 102-8 “Arabic language and Muslim society in West Africa, a historical perspective”, Ghana Social Science Journal, iv/2, 1-20. “∑li˛ al-Fullnı: an eighteenth-century scholar and mujaddid”, BIFAN, xl, 879-85. “Al-Lugha al-fiarabiyya wa-ma÷hiruh fı gharb Ifrıqiya”, Revue de l’Institut des Manuscrits Arabes (Ligue des États Arabes), xxiv/1, 175-90. “∑li˛ al-Fullnı (1752/3–1803): the Career and Teachings of a West African filim in Medina”. In A.H. Green (ed.), In Quest of an Islamic Humanism, Cairo: American University in Cairo Press, 139-53. “A Contribution to the study of Islamic teaching traditions in West Africa: the career of Mu˛ammad Baghayogho (930/1523-4-1002/ 1594)”, ISSS, 4, 149-166. “An Andalusian in Mali: a contribution to the biography of Abü Is˛q al-S˛ilı (c. 12901346)”, Paideuma, xxxvi, pp. 59-66. “CEDRAB: the Centre de Documentation et de Recherche Ahmad Baba at Timbuktu”, SAJHS, iii, 173-81. “The Arabic qaßıda in West Africa: forms, themes and contents”. In S. Sperl & C. Shackle (eds.), Qaßıda: the Literary Heritage of an Arabic Poetic Form in Islamic Africa and Asia. Leiden: Brill, i, 83-97. “Fes and West Africa in the Fifteenth and Sixteenth centuries: Scholarly and Sharifian networks”. In Fès et l’Afrique: relations économiques, culturelles et ∑pirituelles. Rabat:


HUNWICK, J.O.

(1998) HUNWICK, J.O.

(1999a) HUNWICK, J.O.

(1999b)

HUNWICK, J.O. & GWARZO , H (1967) HUNWICK, J.O. & LAWLER , N. (1997) I DRISS, Abdul Razak (1996) JAH, Omar (1974) JAH, Omar (1978) JAH, Omar (1979) JOHNSON , Marion

(1966)

685

Institut des Etudes Africaines [Université Mohammed V], 57-71. “Towards a history of the Islamic intellectual tradition in West Africa down to the nineteenth century”, J. for Islamic Studies, xvii, 4-27. “Arabic manuscripts in the Niger Bend”. In Revue Anthropologique/Actes du VII° Colloque eurafricain du CIRSS (Paris: Institut International d’Anthropologie), 173-80. “Islamic financial institutions: theoretical structures and some of their practical applications in sub-Saharan Africa”, in Endre Stiansen & Jane Guyer (eds.), Currencies, Credit and Culture: African Financial Insitutions in Historical Perspective, Uppsala: Nordiska Afrika-institutet, 72-99. “Another look at the De Gironcourt papers”, RBCAD, iii, 2, 74-99. (Eds.) The Cloth of Many-Colored Silks: Papers on History and Society, Ghanaian and Islamic in Honor of Ivor Wilks. Evanston: Northwestern University Press. “Alhaj Umar of Kete-Krachie, a Muslim leader, a teacher, a poet, and a social commentator of his time”, M. Phil. thesis, Study of Religions, University of Ghana. “Al-˘jj fiUmar’s Philosophy of Jihad and its ∑üfı Basis”, PhD diss., McGill University. “The effect of the pilgrimage on the jihd of al˘jj fiUmar al-Fütı 1794-1864”. In Hasan & Doornbos (1978), 233-43. “Source materials for the career and the jihd of al-˘âjj fiUmar al-Fûtî”, BIFAN, xli, 371-97. Salaga Papers, 2 vols. Legon: Institute of African Studies.

686


KABA, Lansiné (1974) The Wahhabiyya: Islamic Reform and Politics in French West Africa. Evanston: Northwestern University Press. KABA, Lansiné (1997) “Sheikh Mouhammad Chérif de Kankan: le devoir d’obéissance et la colonisation (19231955). In Robinson & Triaud (1997), 277-97. KANE, Ousmane “La confrérie ‘Tijaniyya-Ibrahimiyya’ de Kano (1989) et ses liens avec la zawiya mère de Kaolack”, ISSS, iii, 27-40. KANE, Ousmane “Shaykh al-islm al-˛ajj Ibrhim Niasse.” In (1997) Robinson and Triaud (1997), .299-316. KANE, Ousmane “La polémique contre le Soufisme et les ordres (1999) soufis en Afrique de l’ouest post-coloniale”. In De Jong & Radtke (1999), 324-40. KANE, Ousmane “Mouhammad Niasse (1881–1956) et sa (2000) réplique contre le pamphlet anti-tijâni de Khidr Ibn Mayaba”, in Robinson & Triaud (2000), 219-35. KANI, Ahmed M. “A new source on the literary activity of the (1984) fiulam√ of the Central and Western Sudan: the Niamey collection”, BIFHA, ix/x, 41-8. EL-KETTANI, “Les manuscrits de l’occident africain dans les Mohammed (1968) bibliothèques du Maroc”, Hespéris-Tamuda, ix, 57-63. KLEIN, Martin (1968) Islam and Imperialism in Senegal: SineSaloum, 1847-1914. Edinburgh:Edinburgh University Press. KRAMER, Robert. S. “Two Tijnı scholars of Kumasi, Ghana: (1992) biographical notes”, ISSS, vi, 71-8. KRAMER, Robert. S. “Islam and identity in the Kumase zongo”. In (1997) Hunwick and Lawler (1997), 287-96. LAST, D.M. (1967b) “National Archives, Kaduna: Manuscripts of West African authorship”, RBCAD, iii/1, 1-15. LAST, D.M. (1967d) “Second Interim Report on the recovery of Arabic script literature of the north: additions to the collection on microfilm at Zaria, 196667”. In Northern History Research Scheme,


687

Second Interim Report. Zaria: Ahmadu Bello University/ University of Ibadan. LE CHATELIER, A L’Islam dans l’Afrique occidentale. Paris: (1899) Steinheil. LEGRIP, A. (1953-4) “Aspects actuels de l’Islam en A.O.F.”, L’Afrique et l’Asie, xxiv, 6-20, xv, 43-61. LEVTZION, N. (1965) “Early nineteenth century Arabic manuscripts from Kumasi”, Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, viii (1965), 99-119. LEVTZION, N. (1968) Muslims and Chiefs in West Africa. Oxford: Oxford University Press. LEVTZION, N. Islam in West Africa: Religion, Society and Politics to 1800. London, 1994. (1994a) LEVTZION, N. “Eighteenth century renewal and reform in (1994b) Islam: the role of the ∑üfı †uruq in West Africa”, in Levtzion (1994a), 1-18. LEVTZION, N. (2000) “Islam in the Bilad al-Sudan to 1800”. In Levtzion & Pouwels (2000), 63-91. LEVTZION, N. & (Eds.) Rural and Urban Islam in West Africa. FISHER, Humphrey Special number of Asian and African Studies, (1986) xx/1. LEVTZION, N. & (Eds.) The History of Islam in West Africa. POUWELS (2000) Athens [OH]: University of Ohio Press. LEWIS , Barbara “The Dioula in the Ivory Coast”. Ph.D diss., (1970) Rutgers University. LOIMEIER, Roman “Cheikh Touré: du réformise à l’islamisme, un (1994) musulman sénégalais dans le siècle”, ISSS, viii, 55-66. LOIMEIER, Roman “Säcularer Staat und islamische Gesellschaft in (1996) Senegal. Die Beziehungen zwischen Staat, Sufi Bruderschaften und islamische Reformbewegung im 20 Jahrhundert”. Habilitationschrifte, Universität Beyreuth. LOIMEIER, Roman “Political dimesions of the relationship (1999) between Sufi brotherhoods and the Islamic reform movements in Senegal”. In De Jong & Radtke (1999), 341-56.

688


LY, Madina (1972)

“Quelques remarques sur le Tarikh el-Fattach”, BIFAN, xxxiv, 471-93. LY-TALL, Madina Un Islam militant en Afrique de l’ouest au XIXe siècle. La Tiianiyya de Saiku Umar (1991) Futiyu contre les pouvoirs traditionals et la puissance coloniale. Paris: Harmattan MAI GARI, al-Shaykh Ibrhım Nys al-Sinighlı: ˛aytuhu wa-r√uhu wa-tafilımuhu, Beirut: Dr alMu˛ammad al-‡hir fiArabiyya. (1981) MARKOV, P. & “Gottlob Adolf Krause”, J. Hist. Soc. of SEBALD, J. (1963) Nigeria, ii/4, 536-44. MARQUET, Yves “Des Ikhwn al-∑af à al-˘aππ fiUmar (b. (1968) Safiıd Tall), marabout et conquérant toucouleur”, Arabica, xv, 6-47. MARTIN, B. G. (1966) “Arabic materials for Ghanaian history”, Research Review [Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana], ii/1, 74-83. Also in Ashanti Research Project. Progress Report No. 1, 1963-1966. Legon: University of Ghana, Institute of African Studies. MARTIN. B. G. (1969) “Notes sur l’origine de la †arıqa Tiπniyya et sur les débuts d’al-˘ππ fiUmar”, REI, xxxvii, 267-90. MARTIN, B. G. Muslim Brotherhoods in Nineteenth Century Africa. Cambridge: Cambridge University (1976a) Press. MARTIN, B. G. “Al-Hajj fiUmar Tall and his jihad in Guinea, (1976b) Senegal and Mali”. In Martin (1976a), 68-98. MARTY, Paul (1917) Études sur l’Islam au Sénégal. Paris: Editions Ernest Leroux. MARTY, Paul (1920- Études sur l’Islam et les tribus du Soudan. 4 1921) vols. Paris: Ernest Leroux. MARTY, Paul (1921) L’Islam en Guinée: Fouta-Diallon. Paris: Ernest Leroux MARTY, Paul (1922) Études sur l’Islam en Côte d’Ivoire. Paris: Ernest Leroux. MARTY, Paul, and Les écoles maraboutiques du Sénégal: la SALENC, Jules (1914) Médersa de Saint-Louis. Paris: Ernest Leroux.


689

MASSIGNON, L. “Une bibliothèque saharienne”, RMM, viii, (1909) 413ff. MAYOR, Anne (1999) “Manuscrits de la Dina peul du Massina, connus et inconnus”. I n Revue Anthropologique/Actes du VII° Colloque eurafricain du CIRSS. Paris: Institut International d’Anthropologie, 123-34. Ras√il al-Shaykh Mbakı Büsü, Istanbul: MBACK É, Khadim (1996) IRCICA. MBACK É, Khadim “La tariqua des Mourides”, Africa [Roma], (1998a) liii/1, 102-20. MBACK É, Khadim “Impacte de l’Islam sur la société sénégalaise”, (1998b) Africa [Roma], liii/4 (1998), 530-55, and in Rev. d’histoire maghrébine, xxvi (1999), 14767. MBAYE, El Hadji “Contribution à l’étude de l’Islam au Sénégal”. Ravane (1972-3) Mémoire de Maîtrise, Université de Dakar: Faculté des Lettres et Sciences Humaines. MBAYE, El Hadji “La pensée et l’action d’El Hadji Malick Sy. Ravane (1993) Un pôle d’attraction entre la sharia et la tariqa”. Thèse de doctorat d’état, Université de la Sorbonne Nouvelle (Paris III), 4 vols. MCDOU GALL, Ann “Economics of Islam in the southern Sahara: (1986) the rise of the Kunta clan”. In Levtzion & Fisher (1986), 45-60. MEDIANO, F.R. “Estudio de las fuentes del Nayl al-ibtihy de (1990) A˛mad Bb e índice de los personajes in él”, in M.L. Ávila (ed.), Estudios OnomasticoBiográficos de Al-Andalus, III. Madrid: CSIC, 1990, 59-155. MISCHLICH, Adam ˜ber die Kulturen im Mittel-Sudan. Berlin: (1942) Reimer. MONOD, Théodore “Un poème mystique soudanais”, Le Monde (1947) non-Chrétien, ii, 217-28. MONOD, Théodore “Un homme de Dieu: Tierno Bokar”, Présence (1950) africaine, viii-ix, 149-57.

690


MONTANA, Islmael (sic) Musah (2001)

“The Hatk Sitr of Timbuktwı: an early nineteenth-century account of Bori practice in the Regency of Tunis”, Arab Historical Review for Ottoman Studies, xxiv, 63-79. MONTEIL, V. (1938) “Note sur quelques manuscrits arabes provenant du Soudan”, BCEHSAOF, xxi, 499517. MONTEIL, V. (1965- “Les manuscrits historiques arabo-africains (I7) II-III)”, BIFAN, xxvii, 531-2, xviii, 668-75, xxix, 598-603. MONTEIL, V. (1980) L’Islam noir, Une religion à la conquête de l’Afrique. Paris: Seuil, 1980. MOURGUES, G. “L’Islam au Nord-Soudan”, L’Afrique (1959) française, xv, 62-9. MU˘AMMAD, Akbar “Dyula Intellectualism in the Ivory Coast and (1974) Ghana: a study of the life and career of al-˘jj ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn”. Ph.D. diss., University of Edinburgh. MU˘AMMAD, Akbar “The Samorian occupation of Bondoukou: an (1977) indigenous view”, Int. J. Afr. Hist. Stud., x, 242-58. MUSTAPHA, T .M. “Salaga in 1874”, Research Review [Institute (1966) of African Studies, University of Ghana], ii/2, 23-7. AL-N◊BULSˆ, fiAbd al-˘aqıqa wa’l-majz fı ’l-ri˛la il bild alShm wa-Misr wa’l-˘ijz. Cairo: Dr alal-Ghanı (1986) Kutub. AL-NAQAR, O.A. The Pilgrimage Tradition in West Africa, (1972) Khartoum: Khartoum University Press. ¸ DIAYE, Moustapha “Analyse du livre du droit musulman de N (1975a) Cheikh Moussa Kamara”, BIFAN, xxxvii, 44956. NDIAYE, Moustapha “Rapports entre Qdirites et Tijnites au Fouta (1979) Toro au XIXe et XXe siècles à travers al-˘aqq al-Mubın de Cheikh Moussa Kamara”, BIFAN, xli, 190-207.


NIANE, Dj. T. (1964) NIEZEN, Ronald (1987) NIEZEN, Ronald (1990) NORRIS, H.T. (1967) NORRIS, H.T. (1972) NORRIS, H.T. (1975)

ODOOM, K.O. & HOLDEN, J.

691

“Mythes, légendes et sources orales dans l’oeuvre de Mahmoûd Kâti”, Recherches Africaines [Conakry], i/4, 36-42. “Diverse Styles of Reform amongst the Songhay of Eastern Mali”, Ph.D. diss., University of Cambridge. “The ‘Community of the Helpers of the Sunna’: Islamic reform among the Songhay of Gao (Mali)”, Africa, lx, 399-423. “Sanhajah scholars of Timbuktu”, BSOAS, xxx, 634-40. Saharan Myth and Saga. Oxford: Oxford University Press, The Tuaregs: their Islamic Legacy and its Diffusion in the Sahel, Warminster: Aris & Phillips.

“Arabic Collection” [of the Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana], Research (1967/1968) Review [Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana], iv/1, 30-73, iv/2, 66-102. OL’DEROGGE, D.A. Zapadnyi Sudan v. XV-XIX vv. Moscow(1960) Leningrad. OLORONTIMEHIN , O. The Segu Tokolor Empire. London: Longman. (1972) OTAYEK, René (Ed.) Le radicalisme islamique au sud du (1993) Sahara. Paris: Karthala. OUANE, IbrahimaL’Énigme du Macina. Monte Carlo. Mamadou (1952) OULD DADDAH, “¯Sayƒ Sîdı Mu˛ammad wuld ¯Sayƒ Sî∂i alAbdallah ould Muƒtâr al-Kuntî: contribution à l’histoire Mauloud (1977) politique et religieuse de Bilâd ¯Sinqî† et des régions voisines, notamment d’après les sources arabes manuscrites”. Thèse de doctorat, Paris-Sorbonne.

692

OULD ELY, Sidi Amar (1985)


“Ahmed Al-Bakkay, une grande figure de l’histoire de la région de Tombouctou à l’orée de la conquête coloniale”, Sankore [CEDRAB, Tombouctou], i, 24-38, ii, 1-15. OWUSU-ANSAH Islamic Talisman Tradition in NineteenthCentury Asante, Lewiston/ Queens(1991) ton/Lampeter: Edwin Mellen Press. PERINBAM, B. M. “Islam in the Banamba region of eastern (1986) Beledugu, c. 1800-c. 1900”, IJAHS, xix, 63757. PONDOPOLO, Anna “Une traduction ‘mal partie’ (1923-1945): le (1993) Zuhür al-bastın de Cheikh Moussa Kamara”, ISSS, vii, 95-110. PUECH, Maurice “Les Rim˛. Les Lances du parti du (1967) Misericordieux à l’attaque du parti du diable. Un traité de sciences religieuses musulmanes écrit en arabe par le Chaikh El Hadj fiOmar, en 1845”, Diplôme d’études supérieures, Université de Dakar. QUADRI , Y. A. (1985) “Ibrahim Niass (1902–75), the Tijaniyyah Shaykh”, Islam and the Modern Age [New Delhi] xvi, 109-20. QUELLIEN, Alain La politique musulmane de la France dans l’Afrique occidentale française. Paris: Larose. (1910) QUESNOT, F. (1962) “Les cadres maraboutiques de l’Islam sénégalais”, in Chailley, M. et al (1962), Notes et Études sur l’Islam en Afrique Noire. QUIMBY , Lucy (1975) “History as identity : the Jaaxanke and the founding of Tuuba (Senegal)” BIFAN, xxxvii, 604-17. RADTKE, Bernd “Studies on the sources of the Kitb Rim˛ (1995) ˛izb al-Ra˛im of al-˛jj fiUmar”, SAJHS, vi, 73-114. RATTRAY, R.S . “Hausa Poetry”. In E.E. Evans-Pritchard (ed.), (1934) Essays presented to C.G. Seligman. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 255-65.


RICHER, R. (1924)

693

Les Touareg du Niger (Région de TombouctouGao). Paris. RINN, Louis (1884) Marabouts et Khouan. Etude sur l’Islam en Algérie. Algiers. ROBINSON, David “Fulfulde Literature in Arabic script”, History (1982) in Africa, ix, 251-61. ROBINSON, David The Holy War of Umar Tal: the Western Sudan in the mid-Nineteenth Century. Oxford: Oxford (1985) University Press. ROBINSON, David “Notice biographique sur Shaikh Mûsa (1987) Kamara”, ISSS, i, 12-17. ROBINSON, David “Un historien et anthropologue sénégalais: (1988) Shaikh Musa Kamara”, Cahiers d’études africaines, 109, xxviii/1, 89-116. ROBINSON, David “La suite de la guerre sainte umarienne: (1989) orientations de recherché”, ISSS, iii, 260-70. ROBINSON, David “Yirkoy Talfi et le Mâsina au XIXe siècle: un (1990) propagandiste de la Tijâniyya fiUmarienne”, ISSS, iv, 143-8. ROBINSON, David “Beyond resistance and collaboration: Amadu (1991) Bamba and the Murids of Senegal”, J. Religion in Africa, 21, 149-71. ROBINSON, David “Malik Sy: un intellectuel dans l’ordre colonial (1993) au Sénégal”, ISSS, vii, 183-92. ROBINSON, David Paths of Accomodation: Muslim Societies and French Colonial Authorities in Senegal and (2000a) Mauritania, 1880-1920. Athens[OH]: Ohio University Press. ROBINSON, David “Malik Sy: a teacher in the New Colonial (2000b) Order”. In Robinson & Triaud (2000), 201-18. ROBINSON, David & (Eds.) Le Temps des marabouts. Itinéraires et TRIAUD, Jean-Louis stratégies islamiques en Afrique occidentale française, v. 1880-1960. Paris: Karthala. (1997) ROBINSON, David & (Eds). La Tijâniyya. Une confrérie musulmane TRIAUD, Jean-Louis à la conquête de l’Afrique. Paris: Karthala. (2000)

694


R ØMER, L.F. (1760)

Tilforladelig Efterretning om Kysten Guinea. Copenhagen. Trans. Selena Axelrod Winsnes. London: Oxford University Press, 1970. ROUVEROY VAN A la recherche de la justice du juge de paix et NIEUWAAL, E.A.B . du chef supérieur des Anufòm à Mango dans le Nord du Togo. Leiden: Afrika-Studiecentrum. van (1976) SAAD, ELIAS (1983) Social History of Timbuktu: the Role of Muslim Scholars and Notables. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. SADKI, Hassan (1996) Les manuscrits d’Ahmed Bâba al-Tinbuktî dans les bibliothèques marocaines. Makh†ü†t A˛mad Bb al-Tinbuktı fı ’l-khaz√in alMaghribiyya. al-Ribt: Jmifiat Mu˛ammad alKhmis [Manshürt Mafihad al-Dirst alIfrıqiyya: Silsilat Bu˛üth, 2]/ Rabat: Université Mohammed V [ Publications de l’Institut des Etudes Africaines: Série: Recherches (2)]. SAINT MARTIN, L’Empire toucouleur 1848-1897. Paris: Le Yves-Jean (1970) Livre Africain. SALVAING, Bernard “Notes sur Alfa Oumar Rafihiu de Dara-Labe (1989) (environ 1800-1885)”, ISSS, iii, 186-93. SALVAING, Bernard “A propos d’un texte politique de Cerno Sa’du (2002) Dalel ‘sur la discorde ente les deux clans du Fouta’”, al-Maghrib al-Ifrîqî, iii, 33-59. SAMB, Amar (1972) Essai sur la contribution du Sénégal à la littérature d’expression arabe, Dakar: Mém. de l’IFAN, no. 87. SANANKOUA, Bintou Un empire peul du xixe siècle. Paris: Karthala(1990) ACCT. SANANKOUA, Bintou (Eds.) L’Enseigement islamique au Mali. & B RENNER, Louis Bamako: Jamana. (1991) SANANKOUA “L’organisation politique du Massina (Diina), DIARRAH, B. (1982) 1818-1862”. Thèse de doctorat 3° cycle d’histoire, Université Paris I. SANKARE, Ali (1986) “Rapports entre les Peul du Macina et les Kounta (1818-1864)”, Sankore [CEDRAB, Timbuktu], iii, 1-58.


695

SANNEH, Lamin O. (1979)

The Jakhanke: the History of an Islamic Clerical People of the Senegambia. London: International African Institute.

SANNEH, Lamin O. (1981) SARR, El-Hadji Malick (1966) SAUVAN, Yvette, GUESDON, MarieGeneviève & TAMARI, Tal (1987) SAUVAN, Yvette (1988)

“Karamokho Ba of Touba in Guinea,” Journal of Religion in Africa, xii, no. 2,

“Ajibou da iya’llah”. La vie exemplaire de Limamou Laye. Dakar: Imprimerie Nouvelle. Catalogue des manuscrits arabes. Index (n. 6836-7214). Paris: Bibliothèque Nationale.

“Le dépôt des manuscrits de la Société Asiatique à la Bibliothèque Nationale: les manuscrits du Dr Richer”, ISSS, ii, 134-7. SAVADOGO, Boukary “La communauté et ses (2000) rapports avec la Tijâniyya hamawiyya”. In Robinson & Triaud (2000). 269-88. SCHIEFFLIN , H.M. (Ed.) The People of Africa: a series of Papers (1974) on their Character, Condition, and Future Prospects. 2nd edn. with intro by K. Mahmud. SCHILDKROUT, Enid People of the Zongo: the Transformation of Ethnic Identities in Ghana. Cambridge: (1978) Cambridge University Press. SCHILDKROUT, Enid “Politics and Poetry: Mohammed Rashid (1997) Shaaban’s ‘History of Kumasi’”. In Hunwick and Lawler (1997), 367-92. SCHMITZ, Jean “Autour d’al-Hajj Umar Tal: Guerre sainte et (1985) Tijaniyya en Afrique de l’ouest”, Cahiers d’études africaines, xxv, 555-65. SCHMITZ, Jean “Rhétorique et géopolitique du jihd d’al-Hajj (1988) Umar Taaal”, Cahiers d’études africaines, xxxviii/1, [109], 123-33. SCHMITZ, Jean “‘Florilège au jardin des opprimés’: une (1992) traduction de la monumental Histoire des Noirs de Shaykh Muusa Kamara”, ISSS, vi, 8195.

696


SEBALD, Peter (1972) Malam Musa. Adolf Gottlob Krause, 1850-

1938. Forscher, Wissenschaftler, Humanist. Leben und Lebenswerk eines antikolonial gesinnten Afrika-Wissenschaftlers unter den Bedingungen des Kolonialismus. Berlin: Akademie Verlag. SEEFRIED , F. VON “Beiträge zur Geschichte des Mangovolkers in (1913) Togo”, Zeitschrift fµr Ethnologie, xlv, 421-35. SEESEMANN , Rµdiger A˛madu Bamba und die Entstehung der Murıdıya. Berlin: Klaus Schwarz Verlag. (1993) SEESEMANN , Rµdiger “The history of the Tijâniyya and the issue of (2000) tarbiya in Darfur (Sudan)”, in Robinson & Triaud (2000), 393-437. SEYDOU , Christiane “Essai d’étude stylistique de poèmes peuls du (1967) Foûta Djalon”, BIFAN, xxix, 191-233. SEYDOU , Christiane “Panorama de la littérature peule”, BIFAN, (1973) xxxv/1, 176-218 SEYDOU , Christiane “Poésie religieuse et inspiration populaire chez (2001) les peuls du Foûta Djalon”, J. African Cultural Studies, xiv/1, 23-47. AL-SHAWK◊Nˆ al-Badr al-†lifi bi-ma˛sin man bafid al-qarn al-tsifi. Cairo: M. al-Safida. (1348/1929-30) SIMIAN, M. (1910) Les confréries islamiques en Algérie (Rahmaniyya, Tijaniyya). Paris. SMITH , H.F.C. “Source material for the history of the Western (1959a) Sudan”, JHSN, i/3, 238-47. SMITH , H.F.C. “Arabic manuscript material bearing on the (1959c) history of the Western Sudan: the archives of Segu”, Suppl. Bull. of News (Historical Society of Nigeria), iv/2. SMITH , H.F.C. “A neglected theme of West African history: (1961b) the Islamic revolutions of the nineteenth century”, JHSN, ii/2, 169-85. SMITH , H.F.C. “Nineteenth-century archives of West Africa”, (1962) JAH, iii, 333-6. SOARES, Benjamin F. “The spiritual economy of Nioro du Sahel: (1996) Islamic discourses in a Malian religious center”. Ph.D. diss., Northwestern University.


SÖLKEN, Heinz (1940) SÖLKEN, Heinz (1970) SOW, OUSMANE (1997) STEWART, C.C. (1968) STEWART, C.C. (1976) STEWART, C.C. (1979)

697

Afrikanische Dokumente zur Frage der Entstehung der Hausanischen Diaspora in Oberguinea. Doctoral diss., FriedrichWilhelms-Universität zu Berlin. “Zur Biographie des Imam fiUmaru von KeteKratyi”, Africana Marburgensia, iii/2, 24-30. “Contribution à l’étude des chroniques du Soudan occidental”. In Temimi (1997), 30920. “Notes on North and West African manu-script material relating to the Qdiriyya †arıqa”, RBCAD, iii/1, 1-25. “Southern Saharan scholarship and the Bild al-südn”, JAH, xvii, 73-93. “Diplomatic relations in early nineteenth century West Africa. Sokoto-Masina-Azaouad correspondence”. In Y. B. Usman (ed.), Studies in the History of the Sokoto Caliphate, Zaria: Ahmadu Bello University, n.d., 408-21. “Touba in Guinea—holy place of Islam”. In Allen & Johnson (1970), 53-81. La confrérie sénégalaise des Mourides. Paris: Présence Africaine. al-Masıd. Khartoum: M. Jmifiat al-Khar†üm.

SURET-CANALE, Jean (1970) SY, Cheikh Tidjane (1969) AL-‡AYYIB, Mu˛ammad al-‡ayyib (1991) TEMIMI, Abdeljelil Les Affinités culturelles entre la Tunisie , la Lybie, et le Centre et l’Ouest de l’Afrique à (1981) l’Époque Moderne, Tunis [Publications de la Revue d’Histoire Maghrébine, no. 7]. TEMIMI, Abdeljelil “L’ouvrage ‘Nayl al-ibtihdj’ d’A˛mad Bb (1985) de Tombouctou: une encyclopédie de biographies maghrébines”, Rev. Maghrébine de Documentation, iii (mars), 143-6. TEMIMI, Abdeljelil Dirst fı ’l-ta√rıkh al-fiarabı al-Ifrıqı. Études d’histoire arabo-africaine. Zaghwn: Markaz (1994a) al-dirst wa’l-bu˛üth al-fiUthmniyya wa’lmürıskiyya wa’l-tawthıq wa’l-mafilümt.

698


TEMIMI, Abdeljelil (1994b)

“Kitb Nayl al-Ibtihj bi-ta†rız al-Dıbj liA˛mad Bb al-Timbuktı: mafilama bıbliyüghrfiyya li’l-afilm al-maghriba”. In Temimi (1994a). 19-32. TEMIMI, Abdeljelil Ed. Actes du Colloque International tenu à (1997) Tomboutou sur la culture arabo-islamique en Afrique au sud du Sahara: cas de l’Afrique de l’ouest. Zaghouan: Fondation Temimi pour la Recherche Scientifique et l’Information. TRAORE, Alioune Islam et colonisation en Afrique. Cheikh Hamahoullah, homme de foi et résistant. Paris: (1983) Maisonneuve & Larose. TRIAUD, Jean-Louis “Abd al-Rahman l’Africain (1908-1957), (1986) pionnier et précurseur du Wahhabisme au Mali”. In O. Carré & P. Dumont (eds.), Radicalismes islamiques, II, Maroc, Pakistan, Inde, Yougoslavie, Mali. Paris: L’Harmattan, 162-78. TRIAUD, Jean-Louis “Khalwa and the career of sainthood”. In (1988) Cruise O’Brien & Coulon (1988), 53-66.. TRIMINGHAM, J.S. The Sufi Orders in Islam. London: Oxford (1971) University Press. TYAM, M.A. (1935) La vie d’el Hadj Omar, qaßıda en peul. SeeHenri Gaden (1935). UMAR, Muhammad S. “Fatw and counter-fatw in colonial northern (2002) Nigeria: the Islamic legality of broadcasting Qurfin recitation on radio”, Journal for Islamic Studies [in press]. VAJDA, G. (1950) “Contribution à la connaissance de la littérature arabe en Afrique occidentale”, J. Soc. Africanistes, x, 229-37. VILLALON, “Entre confrérisme, réformisme et islamisme: Leonardo, & KANE, les Mustarshidın du Sénégal”, ISSS, ix, 119Ousmane (1995) 201. WARMS, Richard “Merchants, Muslims and Wahhbiyya: the (1992) elaboration of Islamic identity in Sikaso, Mali”, Canadian J. African Stud., xxvi, 485507.


699

WHITCOMB, T (1975) “New evidence on the origins of the Kunta”, BSOAS, xxxviii, 103-23, 403-17. WHITCOMB, T (1979) “The Origin and emergence of the Tribe of Kunta: a contribution to the history of the Western Sahara between the Almoravid Period and the Seventeenth Century”, Ph.D. diss., University of London. WILKS , Ivor (1961) The Northern Factor in Ashanti History. Legon [University of Ghana]: Institute of African Studies. WILKS , Ivor (1963) “The growth of Islamic learning in Ghana”, J. Historical Soc. of Nigeria, ii/4, 409-17. WILKS , Ivor (1968) “The transmission of Islamic learning in the Western Sudan”. In J. Goody (ed.) Literacy in Traditional Societies, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 161-97. WILKS , Ivor (1971) “Asante policy towards Hausa trade in the 19th century”. In C Meillassoux (ed.), The Development of Indigenous Trade and Markets in West Africa, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 124-41. WILKS , Ivor (1989) Wa and the Wala: Islam and Polity in Northwestern Ghana. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. WILKS , Ivor (1993) “‘He was with them’: Malam Abu on the Zaberma of the Middle Volta Basin”, SAJHS, iv, 213-22. WILKS , Ivor (1999) “The Juula and the expansion of Islam to the forests”. In Levtzion & Pouwells (2000), 93115. WILKS , Ivor (2002) “Mallams do not fight with heathens: a note on Suwarian attitudes to jihad”, Ghana Studies, 5. WILLIS, J.R. (1967) “Jihd fı sabıl Allh: its doctrinal basis in Islam and some aspects of its evolution in nineteenth century West Africa”, JAH, viii, 395-415.

700


WILLIS, J.R. (1970)

“Al-˘jj fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütı and the doctrinal basis of his revivalist movement in the Western Sudan”, PhD. diss., University of London. WILLIS, J.R. (1979a) Ed., Studies in West African Islamic History. Vol. I. The Cultivators of Islam. London: Frank Cass. WILLIS, J.R. (1979b) “The writings of al-˘jj fiUmar al-Fütı and Shaykh Mukhtr b. Wadıfiat Allh”, in Willis (1979a), 177-210. WILLIS, J.R. (1985) Ed. Slaves and Slavery in Muslim Africa, 2 vols. London: Frank Cass. WILLIS, J.R. (1989) In the Path of Allah: the Passion of al-Hajj fiUmar. London: Frank Cass. ZABADIYA, Abdel “The Career and Correspondence of A˛mad alKader (1974) Bakky of Timbuktu”, Ph. D. diss., University of London. ZABADIYA, Abdel “The career of A˛mad al-Bakky”, Revue Kader (1975) d’Histoire Maghrébine, ii, 75-83. ZOUBER, M.A. (1977) A˛mad Bb de Tombouctou (1556-1627). Sa vie et son oeuvre. Paris: Maisonneuve et Larose. ZOUBER, M.A. Présentation de “Kitab al-Tara’if Wa-l(1985a) Tala’id”, Sankore [CEDRAB, Timbuktu], i, 13-23. ZOUBER, M.A. Présentation de Kifyat al-mu˛tj li-mafirifat (1985b) man laysa fı’l-Dıbj (Document suffisant pour connaître les personnes qui ne sont pas mentionées dans le D ı b  j ), S a n k o r e [CEDRAB, Timbuktu], ii, 43-7. AL-ZUW◊R ı, al“Al-˘jj fiUmar al-Fütı, rajul al-ißlh bi’l‡ayyib (1989) südn al-gharbı: mu˛wala li’l-tafirıf bi’l-rajul wa-afimlihi”, Revue tunisienne de sciences sociales, cxviii-cxix , 7-82.


701

(C) EDITIONS AND TRANSLATIONS OF ARABIC WORKS BAH, Kaba & SALVAING, Bernard

(1994) BARBOUR, Bernard & JACOBS , Michelle (1985) CAMARA , Müs (1970) DELAFOSSE, M (1913)

“A propos d’un poème peul du Fouta Djalon”, ISSS, viii, 123-38. “The Mifiraj: a legal treatise on slavery by Ahmad Baba”, in Willis (1985), i, 125-59.

Trans. Amar Samb, “La vie d’El Hadji Omar”, BIFAN, xxxii, 44-135. “Traditions historiques et légendaires du Soudan occidental’ traduites d’un manu-scrit arabe inédit”, Rens. Col., 293-306, 325-29, 355-69. DIAKITE, Mamadou “Livre renfermant la généalogie des diverses Aissa Kaba (1929) tribus noires du Soudan et l’histoire des rois après Mahomet, suivant les renseignements fournis par certaines personnes et receullis dans les anciens livres”, Annales de l’Académie des Sciences Coloniales, v/iii, 189225. EL-WAKKAD, “Qissatu Salgha Tarikhu Gonga. The Story of Mahmoud (1961-2) Salaga and the history of Gonja”, Ghana Notes and Queries, iii, 8-31, iv, 6-25. FERGUSON, Douglas “Nineteenth Century Hausaland: being a Edwin (1973) description by Imam Imoru of the land, society, and economy of his people”. Ph.D. diss., University of California, Los Angeles. GADEN, Henri (1935) La vie d’El Hadj Omar: qaçida en poular, [par Aliou Tyam] transcription, traduction, notes et glossaire par Henri Gaden. Paris: Institut d’Ethnologie. GADEN, Henri (1968) “Tarikh peul de Douentza”, BIFAN, xxx, 68290.

702


GERRESCH, Claudine “Le livre métrique ‘Mubayyin al-ishkl’ du (1974) Cadi Madiakhate Kala. Introduction, texte arabe et glossaire”, BIFAN, xxxvi, 714-832. GERRESCH, Claudine [Letter of al-Bakk√ı to al-˛jj fiUmar] BIFAN, (1976) xxxviii. GUEYE, Djibril Malik “Cheikh al- Islam El Hadj Ibrahima Niasse le (1983) Mystique (1900-1975), ou l’école de formation spirituelle de Niassène”. Mémoire de Maîtrise, Universté de Dakar, Département d’Arabe. HAMET, I (1910) “Littérature arabe saharienne”, RMM, xii, 196213, 380-405 [partial trans. of K. al-†ar√if wa’l-tal√id of Sı Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı]. HAMET, I (1911) “Les Kounta”, RMM, xv, 302-18 [trans. of alRisla al-Ghallwiyya of Sı al-Mukhtr alKuntı]. HANSON, John After the Jihad: the Reign of A˛mad al-Kabır &ROBINSON, David in the Western Sudan, East Lansing: Michigan State University Press. (1991) HARRAK, Fatima & A Fulni Jihdist in the Maghrib: Admonition of A˛mad Ibn al-Q∂ı al-Timbuktı to the EL MANSOUR, Rulers of Tunisia and Morocco. Rabat: Mohamed (2000) Institute of African Studies [Université Mohammed V]. Series: Texts and Documents, 6. HUNWICK, J. O. “Notes on a late fifteenth-century document (1970) concerning ‘al-Takrür’”. In Allen & Johnson (1970), 7-33. HUNWICK, J. O. Sharıfia in Songhay. The Replies of al-Maghılı to the Questions of Askia al-˘jj Mu˛ammad. (1985a) London: Oxford University Press for the British Academy [Fontes Historiae Africanae: Series Arabica, V]. HUNWICK, J.O. “Studies in the Ta√rıkh al-fattsh, II: an alleged (1992b) charter of privilege issued by Askiya al-˛jj Mu˛ammad to the descendants of Mori Hawgro”, SAJHS, iii, 133-46.


HUNWICK, J.O. (1992b)

HUNWICK, J.O. (1992c) HUNWICK, J.O. (1999) HUNWICK, J.O. (2001) HUNWICK, John & HARRAK, Fatima (2000) AL-IFR◊Nˆ, M˛ammad al-∑aghır (1888-9) KAMARA, Cheikh Moussa (1970) KAMARA, Cheikh Moussa (1976) KAMARA, Cheikh Moussa (1978) KAMARA, Cheikh Moussa (1993)

703

[With the assistance of Robert Kramer, Richard McGrail and Daniel Shaw] “An introduction to the Tijnı path: being an annotated translation of the chapter headings of the Kitb al-rim˛ of al-˘jj fiUmar”, ISSS, vi, 1732. “Studies in the Ta√rıkh al-fattsh, II: an alleged charter of privilege issued by Askiya al-˛jj Mu˛ammad to the descendants of Mori Hawgro”, SAJHS, iii, 133-46. Timbuktu and the Songhay Empire: al-Safidı’s Ta√rıkh al-Südn down to 1613 and other Contemporary Documents. Leiden: E.J. Brill. “Studies in Ta√rıkh al-fattsh, III: Kafiti Origins”. SAJHS, xii, 111-14. Mifirj al-∑ufiüd. A˛mad Bb’s Replies on Slavery. Rabat: Institute of African Studies [Université Mohammed V]. Nuzhat al-˛dı bi-akhbr al-qarn al-˛dı, ed. & trans. O. Houdas. Paris: Leroux, 1888-9 See also new edn., Casablanca., ed. fiAbd al-La†ıf al-Shdhilı, 1419/ 1998 See also Hunwick (1999), 309-17. “La vie d’El-Hadj Omar”, traduit et annoté par Amar Samb, BIFAN, xxxii, 44-135. Also La Vie d’El Hadji Omar. Dakar: Éditions Hilal, 1975. “Condamnation de la guerre sainte”, édité et traduit par A. Samb, BIFAN, xxxviii, 158-99. “Histoire de Ségou”, édité et traduit par M. Ndiaye, BIFAN, xl, 458-88. “L’histoire de l’Almaami Abdul (1727/8 1806) par Shaykh Muusa Kamara”, traduit par S. Bousbina et édité par J. Schmitz, ISSS, vii, 59-95.

704

KAMARA, Shaykh Muusa (1998)


Florilège au jardin de l’histoire des Noirs. Zuhür al-bastın. Tome I, Vol. 1, sous la direction et avec une introduction de Jean Schmitz, traduction de Saïd Bousbina, Paris: CNRS Éditions. MAHIBOU, (Eds.) Voilà ce qui est arrivé: Bayân mâ Mohamed, & waqafia d’al-˘âππ fiUmar al-Fûtî. Plaidoyer TRIAUD, Jean-Louis pour une guerre sainte en Afrique de l’ouest au XIXe siècle. Paris: Éditions du C.N.R.S. (1983) MARTIN, B.G. (1967) “Two poems by al-˘jj fiUmar of KetiKrachi”. In J.A. Braimah & J. R. Goody , Salaga: the Struggle for Power, London: Longmans, 189-209. MARTY, Paul (1917) Études sur l’Islam au Sénégal. Paris: E. Leroux. MBACKE, Khadim Min ras√ıl al-shaykh Mu˛ammad Busübı. (1996) Istanbul: Markaz al-Ab˛th li’l-Ta√rıkh wa’lFunün wa’l-Thaqfa al-Islmiyya, 1417/1996. MISCHLICH, Adam “˜ber Sitten und Gebrauche in Hausa”, MSOS, (1907-1909) x, 155-81, xi, 1-81, xii, 215-74. MONTEIL, V. (1938) “Sur quelques textes arabes provenant du Soudan”, BCEHSAOF, xxi, 502-110. MU‡ˆfi, Mu˛ammad “Kifyat al-mu˛tj li-mafirifat m laysa fı ’l(1983) dıbj li-A˛mad Bb: dirsa wa-ta˛qıq”, Diblüm al-dirst al-fiuly, Jmifiat Mu˛ammad al-Khmis, al-Rib†. NDIAYE, Moustapha “Histoire du Bondou par Cheikh Moussa (1975b) Kamara”, BIFAN, xxxvii, 784-816. ODOOM, K.O. (1972) “A document on pioneers of the Muslim community in Accra”, Research Review [Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana], vii/3, 1-31. PILASZEWICZ, S. “The story of the Wala people”, Africana (1969) Bulletin [Warsaw], x, 53-76. PILASZEWICZ, S. “The story of Wala, our country”, Africana (1970) Bulletin [Warsaw], xi, 59-78.


PILASZEWICZ, S. (1974) PILASZEWICZ, S. (1975) PILASZEWICZ, S. (1981) PILASZEWICZ, S. (1991) PILASZEWICZ, S. (1992)

PILASZEWICZ, S. (1993) REICHMUTH, S. (1993) ROBINSON, David (1990) SALENC, J. (1918)

SAMB, Amar (1975)

SAMB, A. (1976)

705

“The song of poverty and wealth: a Hausa poem on social problems by al-˘ji fiUmaru”, Africana Bulletin [Warsaw], xxi, 67-97. “The arrival of the Christians: a Hausa poem on the colonial conquest of West Africa by al˘ji fiUmaru”, Africana Bulletin [Warsaw], xxii, 55-129. Alhad„ z i Umaru (1858-1934): Poeta Ludu Hausa. Warsawa: Wydawnictwa Uniwersytetu Warszawskiego. “The Zabarma conquests in the Gold Coast and Upper Volta: studies on Hausa manuscript 98017”, Africana Bull., xxxvii, 7-18. The Zabarma Conquest of North-West Ghana and Upper Volta. A Hausa Narrative “Histories of Samory and Babatu and others” by Mallam Abu. Warsaw: Polish Academic Publishers. “An image of the Hausa diaspora of Kumasi in an ajami poem: IASAR/292”, Africana Bull., xli, 7-97. “Imam fiUmaru’s account of the origins of the Ilorin emirate: a manuscript in the Heinz Sölken Collection, Frankfurt”, SAJHS, iv, 15573. “The chronicle of the succession: an important document for the fiUmarian state”, JAH, xxxi, 245-62. “La vie d’al Hadj Omar. Traduction d’un manuscrit arabe de la zaouia tidjaniya de Fez accompagnée d’une introduction et des notes”, BCEHSAOF, iii, 405-31. Cheikh Moussa Kamara. La Vie d ’El Hadji Omar. Traduit de l’arabe par Amar Samb. Dakar: Editions Hilal. “Condemnation de la guerre sainte (par Moussa Kamara, présentation et traduction)”, BIFAN, xxxviii, 158-99.

706


SAMI, SAID & ZNIBER, MOHAMED

(1992) SÖLKEN, H. (1959-

60) SOW, Alfâ Ibrâhîm (1966) SOW, Alfâ Ibrâhîm (1968) SOW, Alfâ Ibrâhîm (1971) SYLLA, Assane & GAYE, Saghir (1972) SYLLA, Assane & GAYE, Saghir (1976) AL-TIJ◊Nˆ, Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ (1383/1963-4) WILKS , Ivor, LEVTZION, N. & HAIGHT, Bruce M. (1986) ZAOUIT, Mohamed (1996)

Ed. and trans. A˛mad Bb, Tu˛fat al-fu∂al√ bi-bafi∂ fa∂√il al-fiulam√. Rabat: Université Mohammed V [Publications de l’Institut des Etudes Africaines, Textes et Documents, 3]. “Die Geschichte von Kabi nach Imam Umaru”, Mitteilungen des Instituts fµr Orientsfoschung, vii, 123-62. La femme, la vache, la foi: écrivains et poètes du Fouta Djalon. Paris: Juillard. Chroniques et récits du Fouta Djalon, Paris: Klincksieck. Ed. Tierno Mouhammadou-Samb Mombéya, Le filon du bonheur éternel. Oogirde Malal. Paris: A Colin. Trans. “Mukhtâr Lo: La vie de Seydina Mouhamedou Limâmou Laye”, BIFAN, xxxiv, 497-523. “Les sermons de Mouhamedou Limâmou Lahi et de son fils Seydina Issa Rohou Lahi”, BIFAN, xxxviii, 390-410. Al-˘jj fiUmar al-Fütı sul†n al-dawla alTijniyya bi-gharb Ifrıqiyy: shay√ min jihdihi wa-ta√rıkh ˛aytihi, Cairo: al-Zwiya al-Tijniyya. Chronicles from Gonja. A Tradition of West African Muslim Historiography. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. “Mifirπ aß-ßufiüd et les ‘Aπwiba’. Deux consultations juridiques d’A˛mad Bb de Tombouctou relatives à l’esclavage des noirs au bild al-südn au XVI et début XVII siècle: édition critique et analyse historique”. Thèse de doctorat en histoire, Université Paris I.


ZEYS, E. (1900)

707

“Esclavage et guerre sainte: consultation juridique adressé aux gens de Touat par un érudit nègre, câdi de Timbouctou au dixseptième siècle”, Bull. Réunion d’études Algériennes, ii, 125-51, 166-89.

(D) UNPUBLISHED REPORTS AND PAPERS Copies of all reports from the University of Ghana are held at that university’s Institute of African Studies, and also at the Melville J. Herskovits Library of Africana, Northwestern University. HOLDEN, J.J. (1968a) Field Notes: Northern Ivory Coast, 10/3/1968 23/3/1968. Legon: University of Ghana, Institute of African Studies. HOLDEN, J.J. (1968b) Interdisciplinary Seminar in Field Methods, Summer 1968. Field Notes: Yendi Project. Report No. XX Legon: University of Ghana, Institute of African Studies. HOLDEN, J.J. (1969) Interdisciplinary Seminar in Field Methods, Summer 1969: The Samorian impact on Buna and Bonduku. Legon: Institute of African Studies. LANGLUMÉ(1909) L’action Saharienne de la région de Tombouctou par le lieutenant Langlumé. Fonds Auguste Terrier, Paris (BIF), 5939, FF, 25-68. LUBECK, P. (1968) Interdisciplinary Seminar in Field Methods, Summer 1968. Field Notes: Yendi Project. Report No. 4. Legon: University of Ghana, Institute of African Studies. MORO, A.B. (1968) Interdisciplinary Seminar in Field Methods, Summer 1968. Field Notes: Yendi Project. Report No. 7. Legon: University of Ghana, Institute of African Studies. ODOOM, K.O. (1968) Interdisciplinary Seminar in Field Methods, Summer 1968. Field Notes: Yendi Project. Report No.8. Legon: University of Ghana, Institute of African Studies.

708


STEVENS, P. (1968)

WILKS , I. (1968)

Interdisciplinary Seminar in Field Methods, Summer 1968. Field Notes: Yendi Project. Report No. 10. Legon: University of Ghana, Institute of African Studies. Interdisciplinary Seminar in Field Methods, Summer 1968. Field Notes: Yendi Project. Report No. 11. Legon: University of Ghana, Institute of African Studies.

INDEXES 1. 2. 3. 4.

Index of Authors, p. 710 Index of Titles, p. 724 Index of First Verses, p. 766 General Index, p. 801

In all indexes the alphabetical order ignores the fiayn and hamza, and displays no order difference between letters with dots beneath them or macrons above them, and those without either.

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Authors are listed both by their formal Arabic-style names, and their local names. The definite article “al-” and “b.” [ibn] are ignored in alphabetization, as are titles such as Sh[aykh], Si[di], al-˛jj, and Cerno, except when they are essential elements of names. In cases of multiple page numbers, the principal one is italicized. Aamadu ˘ammadi Buubu, see Mu˛ammad Bübü b. Abı Bakr b. Safiıd al-Fullnı. Ababacar Sy b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Sy Jamıl, 324 Abad (?) b. Sıdı ˘amad b. Ma˛müd, 652 Karamoko fiAbbs Kamaghatay, 571 Sh. fiAbbs Sall, 350 fiAbd Allh b. fiAbbs b. Mayoro ∑all, 350 fiAbd Allh b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Inükundarı, 181 fiAbd Allh b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Tawankanlı, 653 fiAbd Allh b. A˛mad al-Süqı, 172 fiAbd Allh b. fiAlı, 230 fiAbd Allh Bb Jannı b. Yüsuf al-Wafikurı, 49 fiAbd Allh b. al-Bakk√ı b. Kinna b. alMukhtr al-Kuntı, 145 fiAbd Allh Dnyl b. Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Süqı, 172 fiAbd Allh Diop, 472 fiAbd Allh Fall Magatte, 314 fiAbd Allh b. ˘mid b. fiAbd al-Karım Dalale, 510 fiAbd Allh b. ˘amıd al-Süqı, 172 fiAbd Allh b. al-˘asan b. al-˘usayn b. al-˛jj Sulaymn al-Zghawı, 49 fiAbd Allh b. Jamfial b. ˘ama Mu˛ammad b. Bill, 237 fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Niys, 273 fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Ragıg, 652 fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad al-Zghawı, 48 fiAbd Allh b. Muß†af, 548 fiAbd Allh b. Nafafiu 549

fiAbd Allh Niys b. Ibrhım b. fiAbd Allh, 302 fiAbd Allh Qudus b. al-˘asan b. fiUthmn b. Alfa ˘amma al-Fullnı, 597 fiAbd Allh b. al-∑diq b. Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım b. fi◊bidın al-Inükundarı, 182 fiAbd Allh b. Shayba Sow, 315 fiAbd Allh b. al-Shaykh b. Mu˛ammad Adda, 172 fiAbd al-fiAzız b. Mu˛ammad b. fi◊lı b. Ibrhım b. A˛mad al-Süqı, 173 fiAbd al-fiAzız b. Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. Sha√th Ture, 339 fiAbd al-fiAzız Sy b. Mlik Sy b. fiUthmn, 320 fiAbd al-Qdir b. Giddo al-˘awsı, 652 fiAbd al-Qdir al-Jannwı, 268 fiAbd al-Qdir Qu†b b. Taslımı b. Slim, 524 fiAbd al-Qdir Saghanughu, 652 fiAbd al-Qdir Sylla, 473 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. fiAbd Allh b. fiImrn b. fi◊mir al-Safidı, 40 Al-˛jj Cerno fiAbd al-Ra˛mn B/Bah, 500, 502, 503, 504 Abd al-Ra˛mn b. Khalıl, 653 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Mu˛ammad (b.) Sadıd alGalldı, 189 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Safiı∂ (or Safid) al-Galldı al-Anßrı, 190 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Sal, 394 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Sise, 45 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. al-‡lib Sı. A˛mad alKuntı, 146 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yüsuf al-Aghllı al-Mallı, 531 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Yüsuf al-Ifrıqı, 270

INDEX OF AUTHORS fiAbd al-Salm Lo b. Mu˛ammad, 321 fiAbdul b. al-fhim A˛mad b. Shıth, 237 Abdullahi Niasse, 273 fiAbd al-Wadüd Hrün Mu˛ammad, 622 Malam Abü, 565 Abubakar Serigne Mbaye, 279 Abü Bakr b. fiAbd Allh Niys, 279 Abü Bakr b. A˛mad al-Fullnı al-Sidibı alBghunı, 653 Abü Bakr b. al-˛jj A˛mad b. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt, 15 Abü Bakr b. al-Bany, 58 Abü Bakr b. Barka, 653 Abü Bakr Baynabü w. Sh. Mu˛ammad Amßıl, 538 Abü Bakr Dambawqı, 263 Abü Bakr b. ˘ammd al-Inükundarı, 182 Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan (or al-˘usayn) b. fiAbd al-Qdir b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Shaykh alTimi†ı, 572 Abü Bakr fiIyn Sy b. fiUthmn, 349 Abü Bakr Khlid fiUmar B, 473 Abü Bakr b. al-˛jj Ma˛müd, 653 Abü ¸Bakr b. Mu˛ammad fiAlabira b. Ibrhım Doshi, 546 Abü ¸Bakr b. Mu˛ammad al-Hdı Koyaro, 45 Abü Bakr b. Mu˛ammad al-∑ayd al-Arawnı, 152 Abü Bakr b. Mu˛ammad Sire al-Fullnı, 45 Abü Bakr b. al-Mukhtr al-Kbarı, 268 Abü Bakr b. al-Mukhtr al-Zanjawı al-Kbarı, 49 Abü Bakr b. Müs, 653 Abü Bakr b. ∑li˛ b. Bakr b. fiUthmn alSaylnı, 653 Abü Bakr al-Sharıf, 528 Abü Bakr Sy b. Mlik b. fiUthmn, 312 Abü Bakr fiUmar, 629 Abü Bakr b. fiUmar b. Abı Bakr al-Fütı, 350 Abü Bakr b. Yirkoi Talfi, 236 Abü Bakr Zayd al-Fütı al-Jalluwı al-Burüjı, 511 Abü Hamm al-‡hir, 666 Abü ’l-Khayr b. fiAbd Allh b. Marzüq b. al˘alla al-Arawnı, 155 Abü Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım Mu˛ammad b. Alfa Siri, 629 Abü Mu˛ammad al-˘jj b. Mu˛ammad alZghawı al-Kansamı, 48

711

◊dam al-Südnı al-Msinı, 666 ◊dil Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad, 61 Ag ˘atty, 206 A˛mad [b. fiAbd Allh] b. A˛mad al-Raqqdı al-Kuntı, 147 A˛mad b. fiAbd Allh b. Ibrhım, 236 A˛mad b. fiAbd Allh al-Wadwı, 654 A˛mad b. Abı Bakr b. Mu˛ammad al-∑ayd alArawnı, 152 A˛mad b. Abı Bakr b. Safiıd al-Fullnı alMsinı, 47 A˛mad b. Abı Bakr b. Yüsuf b. Ibrhım al-Fütı al-Düjaqı (or -Dawjaqı) al-Tinbuktwı, alJinnwı, 50 A˛mad al-fiAdnn al-Tijnı, 225 A˛mad b. A˛mad b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Gur∂o al-Fullnı alTinbuktı, 43 A˛mad b. A˛mad b. A˛mad b. A˛mad alFullnı al-Tinbuktı, 43 A˛mad b. A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo, 212 A˛mad b. A˛mad al-Bashır al-Kalasüqı, 173 A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad, 654 A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo, 211 A˛mad b. A˛mad al-Tijnı b. Ibrhım Niys, 304 A˛mad b. al-˛jj A˛mad b. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt, 15 A˛mad (Amady) Ma˛müd, 476 A˛mad b. Anda Ag-Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad Buryu b. A˛mad b. Anda Ag-Mu˛ammad, 35, 36 A˛mad Ba, 473 A˛mad Bb b. Abı ’l-fiAbbs b. fiUmar b. Zayyn, 52 A˛mad Bb b. A˛mad b. al-˛jj A˛mad b. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt al-Tinbuktı, alSüdnı, al-Masüfı, al-∑anhjı, 9, 17, 35 A˛mad Bb b. amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. Yüsuf b. Slim b. Ibrhım Fdig alZghawı, 47 A˛mad Bbah al-W√i÷ b. A˛mad b. fiˆs b. Müs al-∑ukkutı al-Ghundawı al-Kumsı alWa†anı al-Tijnı, 612 A˛mad b. Bb˙r b. Alf Mughy al-Lamtünı, 50 A˛mad [b.] Bb˙r al-Arawnı, 61

712

INDEX OF AUTHORS

A˛mad al-Bakk√ı (or -Bakky) b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı al-Wfı, 67, 118 A˛mad Bamba, 397, 664 A˛mad al-Bashır al-Mlikı, 173 A˛mad Dm Ture, 664 A˛mad Dem b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. A˛mad Mbacke b. Mu˛ammad b. Sulaymn b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın, 324 A˛mad Diack, 476 A˛mad Diop Massar, 471 A˛mad Diop b. Yüsuf, 471 A˛mad Fl b. al-Mukhtr al-˘abalı (?) alKuntı 146 A˛mad b. a l - ˛  j j A˛mad b. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt, 15 A˛mad ˘amhu’llh b. al-Sharıf Mu˛ammad b. Sayyidin fiUmar, 264 A˛mad b. ˘usayn b. Idrıs, 599 A˛mad Ibrhım Datte, 483 A˛mad b. al-imm Ibrhım b. al-imm fiAbd al-Ra˛mn, 654 A˛mad fiIyn Sy b. fiUthmn Sy, 344 A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı, 223 A˛mad al-Kabır Mbaye b. Bbacar, 455 Alfa A˛mad Küru, 654 A˛mad Laria, 521 A˛mad Ma˛müd, 476 A˛mad Mlik ˘ammd al-Fütı al-Azharı, 490 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad, 654 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr b. Mu˛ammad al-∑ayd, 153 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr b. Safiıd, 52 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Aganan, 147 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad A˛mad al-Süqı, 173 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Anßrı al-Msinı, 47 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Bübü b. Abı Bakr b. Safiıd al-Fullnı, 208 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Julli b. Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Zaghrnı, 655 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Modı b. fiUmar b. Abı Bakr, 237 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad B˙r alArawnı, 160 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd, 15 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf b. Slim b. Ibrhım al-Fdikı al-Zghawı, 48 A˛mad b. Müs, 537 A˛mad b. Müs al-Anßrı al-Galldı, 190

A˛mad Muß†af of Dingiraawi, 521 A˛mad Ndiaye Ndiak, 477 A˛mad b. al-∑li˛ b. Sayyid al-Wfı b. Sayyid b. A˛mad b. Adda al-Arawnı, 151 A˛mad b. Slim b. al-Slik al-Dül˛jji, 643 A˛mad al-Slim b. al-Slik b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr, 147 A˛mad al-Shdhilı b. Mu˛ammad al-Juljulı, 508 A˛mad b. al-Shaykh al-Süqı, 174 A˛mad b. Sulaymn al-Fütı al-‡ürı al-Jamawı, 655 A˛mad al-Süqı, 173 A˛mad Tall, 343 A˛mad al-Tijnı Bh, 655 A˛mad al-Tijnı b. Ibrhım Niys, 304 A˛mad al-Tijnı b. Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. Sha√th Ture, 333 A˛mad b. fiUmar al-˘asanı, 666 A˛mad fiUthmn Bah al-Tijnı al-˘amawı, 268 A˛mad b. al-Wlı Sulaymn al-Fütı al-‡ürı, 237 A˛mad b. Yüsuf al-Süqı, 174 Ahmadu Lobbo, 208 Karamoko Alfa al-˘amdu, 494 Alfa Hshim, 223 Alfa Jibrıl A˛mad, 538 Alhaji Boyo, 576 Alhaji Qudus, 575 fiAlı b. A-g-˛-t, 655 fiAlı b. A˛mad Boye, 392 fiAlı b. Baydi Ba, 315 Si. fiAlı Cisse, 301 fiAlı b. al-˘asan Cisse, 301 fiAlı b. Mlik Sall, 374 fiAlı b. Mu˛ammad al-Kumsı, 624 fiAlı (Alioune) b. Mu˛ammad Diaby, 476 fiAlı b. Mu˛ammad al-Salghawı, 598 fi◊lı b. fiUmar b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad B˙r al-Arawnı, 161 Alillou Mouhammadou, 513 Aliyyu Ÿuuÿa-Ndiyan b. Cerno Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Bano b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Sh. Malal, 499, 513 ◊madu ◊madu, see A˛mad b. A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo Afimar [fiUmar] b. A˛mad al-Bakk√ı b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı, 134

INDEX OF AUTHORS al-Amın b. ˘ayball al-Raqqdı al-Kuntı, 147 al-Amın b. Hillı al-Galldı, 190 al-Amın Tafsır, 230 Anda fiAbd Allh b. A˛mad, 51 Ashaddagan, 659 Atal, see Mu˛ammad A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-‡hir al-Anßrı Baademba mo Alfaa Isaaqa, 520 Bb A˛mad b. A˛mad al-Bakk√ı, 135 Bb A˛mad b. al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır, 118 Baba Gomda, 597 Bb Gür(u) b. al-˛jj Mu˛ammad b. al-˛jj al-Amın Gnü, 39 Bb al-Kabır b. Mu˛ammad al-fiAlawı, 166 Bbakar B˙r, 15 Bba Lamin, 302 Ba Fougoumb, 520 Bakr b. fiUthmn fiAbd Allh al-Fullnı alJallwı al-Saylnı, 656 al-˛jj Banfa Jabi, 527 Baraw, 598 Bashır b. A˛mad [Bamba] b. ˘abıb Allh, 452 al-Bashır b. fiAlı b. Mu˛ammad Wadd, 134 Baye Mbaye, 279 Baye Niys, 279 By b. Zayn al-Jubayhı, 170 Biba, 653 Bocar Sabaly b. fiAbd Allh, 481 Bokar Salif Tal, 266 Bou el-Moqdad, 470 Bü’l-Afirf A˛mad b. Mbrak b. Barka b. Mu˛ammad al-Müs-ü-fiAlı al-Takanı alWdnünı al-Süsı al-Tinbukti, 53 Bü Bakar Poti b. al-faqıh fiUthmn, 494, 497 Bübu al-Msinı, 51 al-Bukhrı b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. A˛mad al-Bashır b. Mu˛ammad al-Süqı, 174 Bulal b. Budbud, 656 Cerno Alillou Boûba-Ndiang, 513 Cerno Bakar Poti, 494, 497 Cerno Bassirou, 501 Cerno Bokar Salif Tal, 266 Cerno Al-Gassimou, 497 Cerno Saadu Dalen, 507 Cerno Suufi Kansa Gawol, 497 Cheikh Toure, 486

713

Dh al-Timbuktı, 200 Sh. Dalabaa Mu˛ammad b. Cerno Safid, 499 Karamoko Dalen, 519 al-Darfan b. Mu˛ammad Mu˛ammad In÷amat al-Süqı, 175 Dwüd Mu˛ammad al-Amın Jh, 262 Dhü ’l-Kifl b. Mufli˛, 180 Dhü ’l-Nün Ly, 390 Doudou Seck, 470 Fa-Bakari, 572 Fanta Madi Cherif, 528 Farba Ibrhıma, 520 Farba Sek, 520 Fodiye Mu˛ammad al-Bashır Dramé, 255 Fodiye ∑anba Allh, 253 Fodiye ‡hir Jümbır, 256 Gi∂a∂o Modibbo, 214 Gottlob Adolf Krause, see Krause, Gottlob Adolf ˘abıb Allh b. al-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad [b. Mu˛ammad b. Sı. al-Mukhtr] al-Kuntı, 145 ˘abıb Allh b. fiUmar al-Waddfi al-Kuntı, 145 Al Haji Imrane, 495, 500 al-˘jj fiAbd Allh, 302 al-˘jj fiUmar, 214, 272, 274 Halsin Aryaw, see Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı b. Mu˛ammadün b. al-‡hir b. A˛mad A˛mad, al-Anßrı ˘m b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. al-Mukhtr, 656 Hamad Adda, 658 ˘mid b. fiAbd al-Karım Dalale, 510 ˘mid Bb b. Alfa May b. fiUmar, 269 ˘mid b. fiUthmn b. fiAbd al-Qdir, 237 ˘mid b. fiUthmn b. fiAbd al-Qdir, al-Tiları, 474 Hamidu Sossi, 248 ˘amma al-Amın, 656 ˘amm b. By al-Kuntı, 141 ˘amm b. Mu˛ammad al-‡hir b. Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr, 657 Hamma b. al-‡hir al-Anßrı, 190 ˘ammd b. Khalıl al-Jubayhı, 170 Hammadun Abba, 233 ˘ammü [Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad Dadab], 64 al-˘ar†nı b. al-Mukhtr b. ‡alibn alArawnı, 157

714

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Hrün Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Mlikı alShdhilı al-Tijnı, 620 Hrün al-Rashıd Jallü b. A˛mad, 484 al-˘asan b. A˛mad b. al-Siri b. al-˘asan b. alAmın, 237 al-˘asan Dem, 306 al-˘asan, Imam of Wenchi, 564 al-˘asan Mole, 548 al-˘asan b. Mu˛ammad al-Fütı al-Kawlakhı, 306 al-˘asan b. Mu˛ammad b. Ya˛y, 548 ˘asan b. Müs Gaye, 375 al-˘asan b. fiUmar Alfa Kiri b. Ibrhım Alfa Sabi Jara, al-Salghawı, 584 ˘ukku al-Galldı, 194 Ibn A˛mad b. al-Shaykh, 657 Ibn al-fiArabı Ly, 390 Ibn Husm al-Dın al-Shahır b. al-Muttaqı, 665 Ibn Mu˛ammad al-Inükundarı, 182 Ibn Safiıd al-Dugharı al-Falakı, 527 Ibn fiUmar Dukure, 251 Ibn al-Wazır ˘a∂ramı, 485 Ibrhım b. fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Niys alKawlakhı, 279 Ibrhım b. al-q∂ı Abı Bakr, 238 Ibrhım w. Abüd al-Kuntı, 146 Ibrhım A˛mad Niang, 307, 665 Ibrhım b. fiAlı al-Fulukankı, 657 Ibrhım b. Birs Kane, 476 Ibrhım b. al-Fagha Gi∂∂o, 43 Ibrhım Fl, 462 Ibrhım Ghushaygu, 599 Ibrhım ˘ukku al-Galldı al-Anßrı, 191 Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-S˛ilı alAnßrı al-Gharn†ı, 8, 10 Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad b. Müs al-Drı al-Fütı al-Labawı, 238 Ibrhım b. Müs, 566 Ibrhım Niasse, 279 Ibrhım b. Qsim al-Sılı, 657 Ibrhım Sal, 307 Ibrahîma Bah, 503 Idrıs b. fiAbd al-Mu√min, 630 Idrıs b. ∑li˛ b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn, 549 Imam Imoru, 586 al-Imm al-Takrürı, 41 al-˛jj fiImrn (or Al Haji Imrane), 495, 500 fiˆs al-˘asan Baki, 624

fiˆs b. Mu˛ammad, 536 fiˆs b. Mu˛ammad Muß†af al-Galldı 191 Malam Isaka, 566 Is˛q b. fiUthmn Dabila b. Yafiqüb, 566 Jaawo Pellel, 501, 518 Jjı al-Zughrnı, 229 Jall b. fiUmar b. A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad B˙r al-Arawnı, 165 Jatagakiya 581 Jibrıl ∑li˛ al-Salghawı al-Kanawı, 623 Kafi Dubu, 624 Kamara b. A˛mad al-Wlı al-Ifrıqı, 657 Karamoko fiAbbs, 571 Karamoko Alfa al-˘amdu, 494 Karamoko-Ba Gassama, 497 Karamoko Barjı, 262 Karamoko Dalen, 519 Karamoko Koutoubo, 498 Karamoko Mahama, 579 Karamoko Sabruni, 572 Karamoko Sankoun, 498 Karım b. fiAbd Allh Jire al-∑aghır b. fiAbd Allh al-Kabır, 263 Khadım al-Rasül, 397 Khli Madiakhate Kala, 388 Khlid b. fiAlı b. Müs al-Süqı, 175 Khlid al-Müsawı, 175 Khlid b. Yafiqüb b. Mu˛ammad Bawa alKashnwı, 596 Khalıfa Mu˛ammad, 275 Krause, Gottlob Adolf, 600 Imam Kunandi, 571 Ley Kane, 484 Madior Cissé, 342 Madior Goumba Cissé, see Madior Malick Cissé Madior Malick Cissé, 464 Madou Kebe b. fiAbd Allh, 457 Mafma÷ü, 629 Mahdı b. ∑li˛, 633 Mahdillou Dâka, 518 Mahdiyyu Daaka, 501, 518 al-Ma˛jüb b. al-Imm, 238 Ma˛müd b. ◊bba, 226 Ma˛müd b. fiAbd Allh, 545

INDEX OF AUTHORS Ma˛müd w. Dahmn, 634 Ma˛müd Dia, 477 Ma˛müd b. Ibrhım b. al-Muß†af, 553 Ma˛müd Jah, 485 Ma˛müd Kafiti b. al-˛jj al-Mutawakkil Kafiti al-Kurminı al-Tinbuktı al-Wafikurı, 38 Ma˛müd b. Khlid al-Galldı, 191 Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. Sulaymn al-Fütı al-‡ürı al-Silawı, 226 Ma˛müd Mu˛ammad Dadab, 64 Alfa Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad al-Kanakı alKabawı al-Tijnı, 657 Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad Lammü∂ b. A˛mad Ag Adda, 161 Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd b. al-Shaykh al-Arawnı, 61 Ma˛müd b. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt al∑anhjı al-Masüfı, 13 Majd al-Dın b. al-Mahdı al-Anßrı, 191 Makala b. Müs Diakhate, 388 Mala∂o Diallo, 503 Malam Abü, 565 Malam Bello, 605 Malam al-˘asan Mole, 548 Malam Isaka, 566 Malam Müs, 600 Malam Tsafo, 623 Mlik Diallo, 387 Mlik Dieng, 454 Mlik fiIyn b. fiUthmn Sy, 346 Mlik b. Mu˛ammad al-Kawjjı al-Msinı, 238 al-˛jj Mlik Sy, 346 Mlik b. fiUthmn b. Mufidh b. fiAlı b. Yüsuf Sy, 308 Mamadou Aissa Jakhite, 232 Mamadu Luuda Dalaba, 499, 664 Mamm b. fiUthmn al-Kallakküdı, 531 Cerno Mammadou Mala∂o, 664 Sh. Manda, 500 Manßür Sy b. Mlik Sy b. fiUthmn, 314 al-˛jj Mar˛ab, 553 Maryam bt. Ibrhım b. fiAbd Allh Niys, 305 al-˛jj Mbacke Bousso, 458 Shaykh Mbacke b. Muß†af b. A˛mad Bamba, 453 Mbalu Fode Jabi, 527 Modi Amadou Laria, 521 Modi Bokar Diallo, 485

715

Cerno Mody ◊che, 350 Mohammadou Aliou Tyam, 232 Moodi ‡hir b. Maama fiUthmn ‡nu Labé, 494 Moodi fiUmar, 495 Mor Khoudia Coumba Diop, 394 Mor Mbaye, 461 Moustapha Gueye, 488 Cerno Mufiwiya Maci (Pita), 498 Imam Mu˛ammad of Gbuipe, 542 Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh b. Abı ’l-Afirf alTakanı al-Tinbuktı, 57 Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh b. Khalıl al-Ra˛mn b. Yüsuf, 535 Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd Allh Niys al-Kawlakhı, 275, 665 Cerno Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh al-Tinwajiyu (the “sharıf of Sagalé”), 501 Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-D√im b. fiAbd alGhafür, 658 Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr b. Mu˛ammad al∑ayd, 153 Mu˛ammad al-fi◊bid b. Mu˛ammad Afilı b. A˛mad b. fiUmar al-Anßrı, 192 Mu˛ammad b. fi◊bidın al-Kuntı, 143 Mu˛ammad b. Abı ’l-Miqdd, 470 Mu˛ammad Ag Dwüd, 536 Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. A˛mad, 233 Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Inükundarı, 183 Mu˛ammad A˛mad Lo, 489 Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. Ma˛müd b. Abı Bakr Baghayogho al-Wangarı, 32 Mu˛ammad A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Faqıh alAnßrı, 195 Mu˛ammad A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-‡hir alAnßrı, 192 Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad [al]-Saghanughawı [al]Taslımı, 658 Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-∑aghır b. ˘am ’llh, 240 Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Syawı al-Jaljwı al∑anbaytı, 214 Mu˛ammad fi◊√isha Diakhite, 232 Mu˛ammad b. Alf fiAlı, 658 Mu˛ammad fiAlı Cam, 232 Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı b. ˘amma Bello Bal†ufiu (?) b. Ghmd, 658

716

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı b. Mu˛ammadün b. al‡hir b. A˛mad A˛mad, 193 Mu˛ammad b. fi◊lı al-Sharıf al-Süqı, 175 Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı Zayn al-fi◊bidın al-Kuntı, 145 Mu˛ammad fiAlı b. Zubayr, 658 Mu˛ammad al-Amın Abw, 180 Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. fiAbbs Sall, 373 Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. fiAbd al-Wahhb alFullnı 44 Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Abı Bakr b. Amüsan al-Inükundarı, 183 Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. A˛mad al-Tinbuktı, 66 Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. A˛mad al-Zaydn alKuntı, 143 Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. al-Amjad, 226 Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Amjad al-Tijnı alGwı al-Bghunı, 659 Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. By al-Süqı al-Tijnı, 177 Mu˛ammad al-Amın Diop Dagana, 454 Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. ˘mid al-Fullnı, 44 Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Ibrhım b. fiAbd Allh Niys, 302 Mu˛ammad al-Amın Kkü b. Abı Bakr [Buya Kkü] b. A˛mad b. fiAbd Allh, 263 Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Mu˛ammad b. Afimar b. Abı Sayfı al-Kuntı, 145 Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Mukhtr Mbaye, 393 Mu˛ammad al-Amın Salım al-Fara∂ı b. Yafiqüb Bamba al-Salghawı, 605 Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. fiUmar Mlik al-Fütı, 387 Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Zubayr, 388 Mu˛ammad b. Amjad b. A˛mad al-Tijnı, 225 Mu˛ammad b. Aty al-Anßrı, 193 Mu˛ammad al-fiAtıq b. Safid al-Dın al-Süqı, 180 Mu˛ammad al-Awjilı b. al-Bakk√ al-Aghllı, 535 Mu˛ammad b. Bb, 659 Mu˛ammad Bb b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. ˘abıb b. al-Mukhtr, 34 Mu˛ammad b. Bdı b. By [Mu˛ammad al∑aghır] al-Kuntı, 141 Mu˛ammad Baghayogho, 17, 31 Mu˛ammad Bh b. Mu˛ammad Safiıd, alKümbaywı, 521

Mu˛ammad Barjı, 262 Mu˛ammad al-Bashır b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. ˘mid al-Fullnı, 44 Mu˛ammad al-Bashır b. Yüsuf al-Darmı alTijnı, 255 Mu˛ammad By b. Mu˛ammad Akkin b. Mu˛ammad al-Bashır al-fiAdawı al-Süqı, 177 Mu˛ammad Belly b. Mukhtr al-Fütı, 605 Mu˛ammad al-Bukhrı b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-‡hir, 203 Mu˛ammad Daqqa b. al-‡hir al-Süqı, 177 Mu˛ammad Dikha Diop, 472 Mu˛ammad al-Dın b. Mu˛ammad al-Anßrı, 193 Muhammad Diop al-Kükı, 394 Mu˛ammad F∂il b. A˛mad Bamba b. ˘abıb Allh Mbacke, 452 Mu˛ammad F∂il Fadıra b. Mu˛ammad alAmın Fadıra, 527 Mu˛ammad al-Faqıh b. fiAbd Allh b. Wadıfiat Allh, 236 Mu˛ammad al-Faqıh b. Mu˛ammad Ibrhım b. Yüsuf, 194 Mu˛ammad al-Fat b. Mu˛ammad al-Ghanı b. Mu˛ammad al-Thnı, 629 Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Mu˛ammad al-Munır b. Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af al∑aghır b. Ibrhım al-Sakanüqı al-Umawı, 553 Mu˛ammad Fodiye b. Mu˛ammad al-Maghılı, 526 Mu˛ammad b. Füdı al-Mallwı, 659 Mu˛ammad al- Fütı Ly, 481 Mu˛ammad al-˘abıb b. Safid b. ˘amm alInükundarı al-Mlikı al-Tijnı, 185 Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. Sha√th Ture, 327 Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. al-‡lib Surgu alArawnı, 159 Mu˛ammad b. ˘amma b. Mu˛ammad alKuntı, 141 Mu˛ammad ˘ammd b. Imalan b. Mu˛ammad Qu†b, 197 Mu˛ammad b. ˘-n-k, 659 Mu˛ammad b. al-˘asan, 239 Mu˛ammad al-˘asan b. Mu˛ammad alMuß†af al-Anßrı, 195 Mu˛ammad al-˘asanı al-Nifimwı, 268

INDEX OF AUTHORS Mu˛ammad al-Hshimı b. A˛mad b. Safiıd, 223 Mu˛ammad Ibrhım, 45 Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım b. fi◊bidın b. al-‡hir b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Hayba al-Kuntı alTinbuktı, 144 Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım b. Afimar al-fiAyyiq, 659 Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım Mak˛ül, 659 Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad, 552 Mu˛ammad Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad al-Mu√min, 535 Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Qdirı al-Suwarı alZghawı, 49 Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım Silla, 239 Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Tımı al-Qdirı alAzharı, 575 Mu˛ammad Ibrhım b. Yüsuf al-Galldı alAnßrı, known as ˘ukku al-Galldı, 194 Mu˛ammad Imlın b. Mu˛ammad, 660 Mu˛ammad al-Jawharı b. al-Q∂ı A˛mad, 660 Mu˛ammad Jibo/Jobbo b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn al-Türı, 43 Mu˛ammad al-Jumufia b. al-Mlik b. ˘ayda b. fiAlı al-Inükundarı, 183 Mu˛ammad K-k al-Süqı, 178 Mu˛ammad al-Kbarı, 9, 12 Mu˛ammad Kunadi, 544 Mu˛ammad Lamide Tafsır Maabo, 230 Mu˛ammad b. al-Mahdı b. Hukuya al-Anßrı, 196 Mu˛ammad al-Mahdı b. al-‡hir al-Anßrı, 196 Mu˛ammad b. Ma˛müd b. Abı Bakr alWangarı [Mu˛ammad Baghayogho], 9, 31 Mu˛ammad b. Ma˛müd b. ˘ammt, 230 Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd al-Kuntı, 143 Mu˛ammad b. Ma˛müd [b. Mu˛ammad], 226 Mu˛ammad b. Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad alMukhtr b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad alMunır b. Mu˛ammad al-‡hir b. Mu˛ammad al-Mubrak b. Sı. fiAlı, 660 Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd b. al-Shaykh b. Sı. Abı Bakr (Bubakkar) b. al-q∂ı Sı. A˛mad al˘asanı al-Süqı al-Arawnı al-Tinbuktı, 58 Mu˛ammad b. Ma˛müd b. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt, 14 Mu˛ammad al-Makkı b. fiUmar b. Safiıd, 222 Mu˛ammad Mlik b. fiAbd Allh b. fiUmar, 464

717

Mu˛ammad b. Mufidh, 265 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad Atall b. Mu˛ammad al-‡hir al-Anßrı, 196 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın, 158 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Anßrı, 196 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Baghayogho b. Mu˛ammad Gor∂o b. Mu˛ammad Sjı alFullnı, 37 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad B˙r al-Arawnı, 159 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Bussübe, 458 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. ˘abıb Allh, 397 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad ˘amma b. Sayyid, 660 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad [b.] al-˘asan b. fiUthmn al-fiAlawı al-Jubayhı, 171 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Inalbash al‡ughüghı al-Süqı, 175 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. al-ˆtı al-Takrürı, 166 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. Umayya al-Süqı, 179 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Muß†af, 543, 544 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Na÷ma al-Süqı, 177 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Qu†b al-Anßrı, 197 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır b. Anbüja, 229 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Shafıfi b. fiAbd al-Karım, 532 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-‡hir, 203 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar al-Msinı, 47 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn alKbar, 51 Mu˛ammad Mu˛yı ’l-Dın Gassama, 391 Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr b. A˛mad b. Abı Bakr al-Kuntı al-Wfı, 67, 94 Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. al-Hdı b. al-‡hir al-Anßrı, 197 Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. ˘awlan al-Anßrı, 197 Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh b. Kann al-Anßrı, 198 Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad A˛mad b. Bnna al-Arawnı, 158 Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad fiAlı b. Bü ˘ayda, 198

718

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad alFullnı, 45 Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad, 199 Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad Ya˛y b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr b. al‡lib fiAbd Allh, 660 Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr b. fiUmar b. A˛mad b. A˛mad b. fiUmar b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı b. Ya˛y al-Kuntı, 144 Mu˛ammad b. Müs b. Mu˛ammad al-Barı alBarbarı al-Fütajallı al-Dindı, 511 Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. al-fiAbbs Saganugu, 552, 553 Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. fiAbd Allh alInükundarı, 184 Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. fiAbd al-fiAzız b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar Dukuri, 253 Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. A˛mad Bamba Mbacke, 453 Mu˛ammad b. al-Muß†af b. A˛mad b. Ma˛müd b. Abı Bakr Baghayogho alWangarı al-Tinbuktı, 33 Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af ◊n, 475 Mu˛ammad Muß†af Dem, 327 Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Kmil al-Amın b. Safid, 619 Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. Mu˛ammad alGalldı, 199 Mu˛ammad al-Q∂ı b. al-Wfı al-Arawnı, 151 Mu˛ammad al-Qurashı b. Ibrhım Niys, 304 Mu˛ammad al-Rbifi b. Surqa [b.] Safiıd Jar, 611 Mu˛ammad Rashıd Shafiban, 622 Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır b. A˛mad al-Bakk√ı alKuntı, 134 Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır b. fiUmar [Afimar] b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr b. A˛mad alKuntı, 136 Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd, 240 Mu˛ammad Safiıd b. ∑li˛, 581 Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd al-Saylwı (or -Sılwı) alFütı, 238 Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd al-Sılı, 512

Mu˛ammad [b.] al-∑li˛ b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Qri√ b. al-Shaykh A˛mad al-Süqı, 178 Mu˛ammad al-∑li˛ b. al-Aswad b. al-Walı Mu˛ammad al-Süqı, 178 Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsı b. A˛mad al-Zarrüq alFullnı, 45 Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsı b. Yafiqüb, 624 Mu˛ammad Shams al-Dın ˘aydara b. Ma˛fü÷ b. Ubba b. Mu˛ammad F∂il b. Mmayn alIdrısı al-˘asanı al-Hshimı, 480 Mu˛ammad al-Sharıf, 527 Mu˛ammad b. al-∑iddıq b. al-Dın al-Arawnı al-Tinbuktı, 158 Mu˛ammad al-Süqı b. al-Bashır al-Takrürı, 178 Mu˛ammad b. Tafsır Ma˛müd b. ˘ammt Sülı Nabdhı Wurqı Qirlwı, 226 Mu˛ammad al-Thir b. A˛mad Addah alAnßrı, 200 Mu˛ammad al-Thir b. fiAlı b. al-Najıb, 205 Mu˛ammad al-Thir b. Ibrhım b. al-˘asan b. al-Hdı b. fiAlı b. al-Najıb, 206 Mu˛ammad al-‡hir b. Mu˛ammad A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Qu†b al-Anßrı, 202 Mu˛ammad Taslımı b. Slim Jbi-Gasama, 524 Mu˛ammad Tetemo, 595 Mu˛ammad Thni fiAbd Allh, 626 Mu˛ammad al-Thnı fiAbd al-Qdir, 624 Mu˛ammad al-Thnı b. al-˘asan b. fiUmar Alfa Kiri b. Ibrhım Alfa Sabi Jara alZughuwı, 595 Mu˛ammad al-‡ughüghı al-Duqüqı al-Takrürı, 177 Mu˛ammad al-‡ughüghı b. Mu˛ammad al-Süqı b. al-Bashır al-Takrürı, 178 Mu˛ammad Ture b. Mu˛ammad, 486 Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar, 269 Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar b. fiAbd al-fiAzız b. Abı Ma˛allı b. fiAbd al-Malik b. fiAlı b. Abı Ma˛allı, 661 Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad b. Dalla al-Murjı al-Südnı al-Mlikı, 251 Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar b. Sulaymn al-Fuqulwı al-Banbawı, 563 Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn b. A˛mad al-Bghunı al-Anßrı, 239 Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn al-Kbarı, 35

INDEX OF AUTHORS Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn al-Mlikı al-Ashfiarı al-Tijnı, 579 Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn b. al-q∂ı Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. al-∑iddıq b. Bba b. fiAbd Allh al-SΩsı, 248 Mu˛ammad Ya˛y b. Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr, 230 Mu˛ammad b. Ya˛y b. ∑li˛, 549 Mu˛ammad Ya˛y al-Süqı, 180 Mu˛ammad b. Yafiqüb al-Kuluwı al-Saghawı, 537 Mu˛ammad b. Yafiqüb b. Müs al-Sunghawı, 66 Mu˛ammad b. Yafiqüb al-Watarı al-Bunduqı, 573 Muhammadu Luudaa Dalabaa, 519 Muhammadu Saalihu [son of] Cerno Usmaani, 521 Muhammadu Samba Mombeyaa, 512 Muhammadu Wuuri Sagale, 521 al-Mukhtr b. A˛mad b. Abı Bakr al-Kuntı alWfı, 67, 68 al-Mukhtr b. Ismfiıl b. Wadıfiat Allh, 236 al-Mukhtr Jüb [Diop], 661 al-Mukhtr al-Khalıfa [b. Sı. Mu˛ammad b. Afimar b. Sh. Sı. Mu˛ammad b. Sh. Sı. alMukhtr al-Kuntı], 143 Mukhtr Lo, 474 Sı. Mukhtr Ntiemi, 115 al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır b. Mu˛ammad b. alMukhtr b. A˛mad b. Abı Bakr al-Kuntı, 115 al-Mukhtr b. Wadıfiat Allh al-Msinı, 233 Muli Yindi, 548 al-Mur√u b. Mu˛ammad al-Msinı, 229 Müs Kamara b. A˛mad al-˘abıb, 465 Müs b. ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. Müs b. Mu˛ammad al-Wıwı al-Drı al-Fütı, 227 al-Muß†af b. fiAbd Allh, 51 Muß†af b. A˛mad ˘ammd, 214 Muß†af b. A˛mad b. al-imm Sire b. al-˘asan, 242 Muß†af Gaye, 488 Muß†af Ibrhım, 609 Muß†af b. Ibrhım al-Dakarı/Dukurı, 240 Muß†af fiIyn b. fiUthmn Sy, 348 Nafafiu b. Yünus, 549

719

Ngagne Dieye Pthe, 391 Nü˛ b. al-‡hir al-Fullnı, 213, 665 Nür al-Dın al-˘amawı, 624 Ould Bb fiAynayn, 266 al-Qsim b. Ibrhım, Abü fi◊√isha, alDaghmanı, 530 Sh. al-Qsim b. Mma Ismafiıl al-Zwiywı, 497 Müly Qsim b. Müly Sulaymn 42 Rahmatullaahi Telikoo, 512 Ruqayya b. Ibrhım Niys b. fiAbd Allh Niys, 305 Cerno Saadu Dalen, 496, 498 Cerno Saadu Ludaajo Dalabaa, 664 Saad Oumar Touré, 244 Karamoko Sabruni, 572 Safid Abıhi Diop b. A˛mad Diop Massar, 477 Safid b. al-˘jj b. ˘amm al-Inükundarı, 187 Safid b. ˘amm al-Inükundarı, 185 Safid b. Ibrhım b. fiAbd Allh b. Sulaymn b. Ibrhım al-Fullnı al-Labawı al-Juljulı al-Sılı al-Fütı, 496, 507 Cerno Safid b. Moodi Ibrhım b. Mammadu Saliyu b. Shaykh Bü Bakar Poti, 494 Safid b. al-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad Bb, 662 Safid b. fiUmar b. Safiıd Jeliy al-Fütı al-Tijnı, 244 Safiıd b. fiAbd Allh b. Müs b. Dwüd alBanbawı al-Fugalwı al-Sansanı alWnkawı al-Damtrikurawı, 564 Safiıd b. fiAbd al-Qdir b. Mu˛ammad Tarawiri, 565 Safiıd b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Wele, 322 Safiıd Jeliya b. (Cerno Wocce) A˛mad b. Siré b. ˘asan, 241 Safiıd b. Mlik, al-Timitı, 571 Safiıd b. Mu˛ammad Baghayogho, 37 al-˛jj ∑li˛, 580 ∑li˛ Mbacke, 454 ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad Anda-fiUmar, 36 ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. Nü˛ b. fiAbd Allh b. fiUmar al-Fullnı al-fiUmarı al-Masüfı, 496, 504 al-˛jj ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn alJawanı al-Tijnı, 580 ∑li˛ Takinni, 36

720

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Slik b. al-Bukhrı b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. A˛mad al-Süqı, 174 Slim Jbi-Gasama, 523 Slim b. Mu˛ammad al-Kasamnı, 662 Samba b. Baw al-Falltı al-Msinı, 664 Cerno Samba Mombeyaa, 493, 499, 503 Sanbal, 253 San Shirfi, 51 Snü b. fiUmar, 611 Sayfuddiini Boowe-Geme, 519 ¯Sayku Manda, 518 Serigne Ababacar, 312 Serigne Aliou, 301 Serigne Mbaye Sy, 312 Serigne Pir, 458 Seydu Jeliya, 241 Shams al-Dın b. A˛mad al-Bakky b. fiAbd Allh b. ˘amad b. al-Muß†af, 485 Shaykh By, 136 Shaykh Gassama, 391 Shaykh Jji, 655 Shaykh Mu˛ammad Diop, 392 Shehu Kawlaha, 279 Sidtı b. Bba fiAynayn, 266 ∑iddıq b. fiAbd al-Mu√min b. Mu˛ammad Zayd Tarawiri, 569 al-∑iddıq b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Ag ˘att al-Anßrı, 203 al-∑iddıq b. Ya˛y al-Tinbuktı, 63 Sire fiAbbs Soh, 470 Soufiane Salime Dramé, 257 Sufyn b. Slim Darmı al-Jallnı al-Azharı, 257 Sulaymaana-Saayannde Jaljallo, 520 al-˛jj Sulaymn (of Dalen, Guinea), 501 Sulaymn Tj al-Dın b. A˛mad Nür al-Dın, 622 al-˛jj Sunna Kulü, 537 al-Suyü†ı b. Mu˛ammad, 53 al-‡hir b. Abı Bakr Lamba Dukure, 395 al-‡hir b. Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Anßrı, 203 al-‡lib b. Aytin, 662 ‡libna Sanb˙r b. al-Wfı b. ‡libna alArawnı 149 Thiary Camara, 662 Cheikh Tidjane Niasse, 304

Sh. Tijn Gaye b. ˘asan b. fiAbbs ∑all, 379 al-Tijnı b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın al-Arawnı, 154 Trb b. ˘amls, 642 al-‡uwayjin, see Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-S˛ilı al-Anßrı al-Gharn†ı fiUmar fiAbd al-Jabbr, 626 fiUmar b. Abı Bakr F, 458 fiUmar b. Abı Bakr b. fiUthmn al-∑alghawı alK.abawı al-Kanawı, 541, 586 fiUmar b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad B˙r al-Arawnı, 161 fiUmar b. fiAlı b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı, 135 fiUmar Ba, 488 fiUmar b. Sh. Bb al-Sridügı, 662 fiUmar Bambeto, 501 fiUmar Banda, 562 fiUmar Dabla, 545 fiUmar b. Jafifar b. al-Mahdı, 214 fiUmar Jeliya, 242 fiUmar al-Kidı, 528 fiUmar b. Modi ˘ammad Ghayi al-Fullnı alSidibı al-Kunrı, 241 fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt, 12, 13 fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad al-˘awsı, 231 fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad al-˘usaynı, 269 fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Jeliya al-Tijnı alMaghribı al-Fullnı, 243 fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı, 118 fiUmar b. al-Mukhtr, 662 fiUmar Rfifi b. ∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad b. Müs Tafsır, 663 Alfa fiUmar Rfifiu, 498, 507 fiUmar b. Safiıd b. fiUthmn b. Mukhtr b. fiAlı b. Mukhtr al-Fütı al-‡ürı al-Gidiwı alTijnı, 214, 637, 665 fiUmar b. Saqq b. ˘amati K.n. al-Dimashqı al‡ürı, 663 fiUmar b. Sulaymn al-Fuqulwı al-Banbawı 562 fiUmar Tall, 214 fiUmaru Krakye, 586 Umm Hnı bt. fiUmar, 663 fiUrwa b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı, 118

INDEX OF AUTHORS fiUthmn b. Abı Bakr b. al-˘asan b. Mu˛ammad b. Ma˛müd, 262 fiUthmn b. al-˘jj b. Ballu al-Inükundarı, 187 fiUthmn b. Is˛q Boyo, 576 fiUthmn Küß b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUmar al-Drı al-Wıwı, 227 fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad b. Inghillan b. ˘awlan al-Ansrı, 203 fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn al-Kbirı, 666 fiUthmn N’Diaye, 306 fiUthmn Sy b. Abı Bakr b. Ibrhım al-Mlikı al-Ashfiarı al-Tijnı, 344 Wadıfiat al-˘jj Yüsuf b. Fodiye, 269 al-Wfı b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Wfı b. Mu˛ammad B˙r al-Arawnı, 160 al-Wfı b. Mu˛ammad b. al-∑li˛, 663 Sı. Ya˛y b. fiAbd al-Ra˛ım al-Tdallisı alThafilibı, 8, 12

721

Ya˛y b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın, 607 Ya˛y b. Safiıd al-Fullnı, 631 Ya˛y al-Wangarı, 663 Yakhlif Rasül Allh, 262 al-Yamın b. Hall al-Galldı, 205 Yafiqüb Dukure, 257 Yafi†üb, 629 Yero b. Sanba b. Bü∂u al-Fullnı al-Msinı, 664 Yirkoy Talfi, 233 Yünus b. Mu˛ammad, 390 Yüsuf Abin Nema, 594 Yüsuf Bamba, 594 Yüsuf b. al-Imm al-Jbı al-Qasamı, 526 Yüsuf b. al-Imm al-Lakhmı b. Mu˛ammad alGangalı, 253 Yüsuf b. Müs b. Hrün Bamba, 594 Zayn al-Dın b. fiAbd al-fiAzız b. Zayn b. Mu˛ammad al-Jubayhı al-Süqı, 166 Zumfiatu b. Mu˛ammad al-Fullnı, 603

INDEX OF TITLES

The index is divided according to the language of the items: Arabic, Dagbane, French, Fulfulde, Gbanyito, Hausa, Kotokoli, Songhay, and Wolof. In the Arabic section qaßıdas without titles are not included, but are listed in the Index of First Lines, even if they are listed by their qfiya (e.g. Q. b√iyya), but no further definition. Vague titles, such as Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı are also excluded. The title Fatw is not listed unless its subject matter is part of its Arabic title. Works with generalized titles (e.g. Adfiiya man÷üma, Fatwı) are related to their author. Alphabetization ignores “al-” and “b.” [ibn], and the honouring titles Sh[aykh] and Si[di]. If the same work has more than one reference, the page number of the main entry is italicized.

(i) Arabic al-Afijıb al-mutakarrara fı aqwl Mu˛ammad al-Manßür al-mutanqi∂a, 244 al-fiAbd al-fia÷ım fiAntara b. Shaddd, 381 al-fiAbır bi-iftirr thaghr al-tahnı li-ahl zwiyat Bır, 194 Afidd irshdiyya wa-naß√i˛ dıniyya min alqism al-a˛dı il ’l-qism al-fiashrı, 258 fiAdad shuhür al-fiajam, 399 fi◊dtun afid√un, 255 al-fiA∂b al-btir fial na˛r kulli fianıd, 613 al-Adhkr al-Mu˛ammadiyya, 606 al-Adilla al-fiaqliyya wa’l-naqliyya fial wujüd al-Brı, 258 al-Adilla al-muqni’a il †uruq al-manfafia, 277 Adillat al-yaqın fı jawz al-†arıqa al-Tijniyya kitban wa-sunnatan, 621 Adfiiya man÷üma [of A˛mad al-Bakk√ı alKuntı], 119 Adfiiya man÷üma [of Mu˛ammad b. al-Muktr al-Kuntı], 95 al-Adfiiya al-mubraka fı mukhtalif al-aghr∂, 352

A∂w√ fial mashrüfiiyyat al-i˛tifl bi’l-mawlid al-nabawı al-sharıf 342 al-A∂w√ al-ßfiya fial ’l-awrd al-Tijniyya, 244 A-fa-l tashkurüna bika, 399 Af∂al al-dafiawt li-bulügh al-ghyt wa-nayl al-masarrt 280 al-Ahamm min kitb al-dhikr wa’l-dufi√ almuhimm min al-kitb wa’l-sunna, 258 Ahammiyyat al-qawfiid al-fiarabiyya fı istinb† al-a˛km al-sharfiiyya 381 Ahammiyyat al-tafilım al-Islmı, 339 Ahammiyyat al-tarbiya wa’l-tafilım fı ’l-islm, 381 al-fiAhd wa’l-mıthq, 166 A˛km al-ßalt fı ’l-†ahra fial madh’hab alsdt al-Mlikiyya, 244 A˛km ßawm Rama∂n fial madh’hab al-sda al-Mlikiyya, 244 A˛km sharfiiyya fı bayfi al-raqıq wa’l-wirtha, 151 A˛km al-ßiym, 342 A˛km al- zawj wa’l-†alq, 315

INDEX OF TITLES Ahl al-kahf wa-mas√il rü˛iyya, 258 al-Ahliyya, 555 A˛madun al-m˛ı, 400 A˛madun al mukhtr, 400 A˛zb wa-adfiiya [of Mu˛ammad b. al-Muktr al-Kuntı], 95 fiAj√ib al-asfr wa-imti˛n al-bild wa’l-aq†r, 604 fiAj√ib yt Allh fı sayr al-shams wa’l-qamar bi-˛usbn, 623 fiAj√ib Rasül Allh, 399 Ajwiba [of al-˛jj Mar˛aba], 555 Ajwiba [of Mu˛ammad b. al-Muktr al-Kuntı], 95 Ajwiba [of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı], 72 Ajwiba [of al-˛jj fiUmar], 205 Ajwiba fial as√ila fiqhiyya, 174 al-Ajwiba fial ’l-as√ila fı ’l-idhfia, 258 Ajwiba fian as√ila fı ’l-wird al-Tijnı, 325 Ajwiba fian thaltha as√ila, 18 al-Ajwiba al-durriyya fial ’l-as√ilat al-Süqiyya, 58 Ajwiba ˛awl mafin ˛adıth , 64 al-Ajwiba al-farıda li’l-mawlid al-nabawı, 95 Ajwiba fı ’l-fiqh, 47, 162, 174 Ajwiba fı ˛ukm bayfi al-mil˛ bi’l-†afim, 200 Ajwiba fı ’l-lugha, 555 Ajwiba fı ’l-na˛w wa’l-tafsır wa’l-fiqh, 459 Ajwiba fiqhiyya, 459 Ajwiba fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Tijniyyın, 66 Ajwiba fı ’l-riqq, 19 Ajwiba fı ’l-taßawwuf, 459 Ajwiba fı ’l-wird al-Qdirı, 95 al-Ajwiba al-Fullniyya, 114 Ajwiba il Nü˛ b. al-‡hir al-Fullnı, 95 Ajwiba li-mas√il fiqhiyya [of Mu˛ammad b. alMukhtr al-Kuntı], 95 Ajwiba li-mas√il al-q∂ı Sanb˙r al-Arawnı, 51 Ajwiba man÷üma [of al-˛jj Mar˛aba], 556 al-Ajwiba al-mufakhkhama fı ’l-ßadaqa li’lmayyit, 274 al-Ajwiba al-muhimma li-man lahu bi-amr dınihi himma, 73 al-Ajwiba al-mufiriba fiamm istafijama min alas√ila al-wrida fı ˛urüf al-mufijam, 505 al-Ajwiba al-Niysiyya fı ’l-ri˛la al-Kawkiyya, 274

723

Ajwibat al-as√ila al-Mißriyya, 18 Ajwibat Labbt, 73 Ajwibat al-mas√il al-arbafia [of A˛mad Bb al-Tinbuktı], 19 Ajwiba wa-a˛km, 162 al-Ajwiba al-wa†aniyya fı ’l-†alq al-thulthı, 613 al-Akhbr Ghunjwı, 577 al-Akhbr sal†anat bild Wa, 565, 568, 569 al-Akhbr Sarki Safu Buli, 568 al-Akhbr al-ül fı ’l-tafirıf bi’l-shaykh Abı Bakr b. fiAbd Allh Mül, 538 Akhbr al-zamn, 631 Akhı al-fidfiı fı junüb Lubnn, 383 Akthar al-rghibın fı ’l-jihd bafid nabiyyin man yakhtr al-÷uhür wa-milk al-bild wa-l yublı bi-man halaka fı jihdihi min al fiibd, 466 fiAlqatı mafi al-Qur√n, 306 ◊lt al-fiulüm fial ’l-al-yaqın al-batt fı shar˛ dawwın al-shufiar al-sitt, 466 fiAlwat al-˛alwt fı mad˛ khtim al-rislt almunjı fawq al-samwt, 353 A-li-dhikri layl, 400 ◊liyt al-ukhuwwa fı al-islm, 381 Allh, 399, 449 Allhu Mu˛ammadun, 399, 400 Allhumma, 444 Amn al-balıd min kha†ar al-taqlıd, 459 Amn wa-amn fı tash†ir bafi∂ qaßfiid mauln al-Shaykh Ibrhım Niys, 307 fi◊m daksash, 400 fi◊m haksash fı rabıfi al-awwal, 400, 426 Amr Ajddin, 543 ◊na al-wn, 383 Anfas al-afilq fı fat˛ al-istighlq min fahm kalm Khalıl fı darak al-ßadq, 19 al-Anıs fı tadrıs al-lugha al-fiarabiyya, 380 al-Anwr al-Ra˛mniyya li-hidyat al-firqa alTijniyya, 5, 270 al-fiAqıda al-islmiyya, 339 al-fiAqıda al-sunniyya wa’l-farıda al-saniyya fı ’l-taw˛ıd, 96 al-fiArabiyya fı fahm al-Qur√n, 381 Aßban m aßban, 349 al-fiAß fı ta√dıb man fiaß, 159 al-Asnıd al-ghliya fı ’l-tarıqa al-Tijniyya, 352

724

INDEX OF TITLES

Asnıd al-Qur√n, 570 Ass al-ta√rıkh, 556 Aßdaq al-qawl fı mas√il al-fiawl, 63 Aß˛b al-janna hum fıh khlidün, 423 Ash’hadu anna Allh mawjüd, 401 Ash’hadu bi-ann Muslimün, 423 Ash’h ’l-fiulüm wa-a†yab al-khabar fı sırat al˛jj fiUmar, 470 Ashkur rabbı dhkiran, 401 Ashr† al-sfia, 258 As√ila fı ’l-mushkilt, 19 As√ila wa-ajwiba Islmiyya mufißira, 258 Aßl al-Fulln, 634 Asm√ a√imma wa-qu∂t madınat Düri, 644 Asm√ al-˛abıb, 401 Asm√ man ta√assasü ’l-jihd fı Füta, 495 Asm√ mulük Libtkü, 643 Asm√ muslimın fı bb manzil Muliyili, 548, 550 Asm√ sayyidin Mu˛ammad, 401 Asm√ al-tahlıl allatı fı ’l-Qur√n al-fia÷ım, 401 Asm√ umar√ al-†awriq, 649 Asn ’l-ma†lib li-fiulam√ al-maktib, 556 Astaghfir Allh bihi, 435, 443, 444 A†arr al-yad fial adillat al-qab∂, 263 ◊thr al-taßawwuf fı ˛ayt al-Shaykh al-˛jj fiAbd Allh Niys, 307 A†lubu minka’l-fiilm, 401 A†yab al-nuzl wa’l-qir li’l-nr al-mustawfı fı shurüt al-jumufia min ahl Bır, 194 Aw∂a˛ al-burhn fı radd m zakhrafahu ahl albuhtn, 301 fiAwn al-dhkir fı ˛all alf÷ al-dhikr li-†arıqat alTijniyya, 613 al-Awrd al-Qdiriyya wa’l-tawjıht alMukhtriyya 96 Awrd wa-silsila Qdiriyya, 94 Awrq fı ta√rıkh al-mudun wa’l-kalm fial ar∂ al-Takrür, 166 Awthaq al-fiur fı mad˛ khayr al-war, 282 Awthaq fiur ’l-ifitißm li’l-umar√ wa’l-wuzar√ wa’l-˛ukkm, 95 Awwal man sakan bi-ar∂ Libtkü, 644 ◊yt wa-a˛dıth mukhtra, 258 fiAyn al-ißba fı ˛ukm †ba, 20 Ayyasa minnı’llhu, 402 al-Azma al-rü˛iyya fı Sinighl, 339

Bafi∂ al-alfib al-wulufiyya wa-qımatuh altarbawiyya, 394 Bafi∂ al-jawnib min kamlt sayyidin Mu˛ammad, 340 Badhl al-wusfi fı ’l-mas√il al-tisfi, 73 al-Badıfiiyya, 465 Badıfi al-shakl fı a˛km al-libs wa’l-sharb wa’l-akl, 141 Bahjat al-ashb˛ wa’l-arw˛, 266 Bahjat al-nufüs fı manfi al-qdüs, 114 Bahjat al-qulüb wa’l-qawlib fı na÷m d√irat alma†lib, 303 Bahjat al-†lib bi-nayl al-ma√rib, 53 Ba˛r al-anwr, 657 Ba˛th fian qabılat Tamaghara fı Bilm, 634 Ba˛th fian ta√rıkh Dmarghü, 634 Ba˛th fian ta√rıkh al-Fullniyyın, 653 Ba˛th fian ta√rıkh Zinder, 651 Ba˛th fian al-Zabarm al-q†inın bi-Düsü, 651 Ba˛th fı thubüt ru√yat al-hill, 281, 285 Ba˛th ˛awl al-fialqt bayn al-sukkn fı shiml wa-janüb al-∑ahr√ al-kubr, 64 al-Ba˛th wa’l-taw∂ı˛ fı ˛aflat al-ziff wa’ltafimım, 304 Bkürat al-jnı fı karmat al-akbar al-sayyid A˛mad al-Tijnı, 248 Bamba, 383 Bant afkrı, 516 al-Bqiyt al-ßli˛t, 402, 605 Bar√at al-mukhliß fı db al-mufıd wa’lmustafıd, 613 al-Baraka wa’l-mafiüna fı muntakhab faw√id min al-Risla al-maymüna, 53 al-Barwt li’l-tadarrub fial kitbat al-ras√il, 260 Bridat al-˛uzün mafia kawnih kathırat allu˛ün, 572 Barq al-ghuyüth al-munbitt fı naß˛ aljamfiiyyt al-islamiyya, 477 Brr al-˛aqq, 588 Basamt al-fiulüm al-fiarabiyya fial mas√il aldiyr al-maghribiyya, 150 al-Bastın al-mutajammafia, 466 Bayn al-˛jj wa’l-ziyra, 621 Bayn kawn ittibfi madhhib al-a√imma ittibfi al-Kitb wa’l-Sunna, 255

INDEX OF TITLES al-Bayn li’l-khßß wa’l-fimm fı a˛km alfiaqıqa wa’l-janza wa’l-nik˛ wa’l-zakt mimm ßa˛˛a fian al-ajilla al-afilm, 556 Bayn m fı shar˛ al-Tat√ı al-kabır min alsahw naqlan wa-ta˛rıran, 32 Bayn m waqafia baynan wa-bayn amır Msina A˛mad b. A˛mad b. al-Shaykh A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo, 216 Bayn nißb al-zakt al-˛awlı li’l-dhahab waqımat rubfi al-dınr al-sharfiı fı fiumlat sıdı alghnı. Notes on Zakat and Dowry in Islam, 6, 620 al-Bayn al-shfı fial su√l Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Fullnı, 150 al-Bayn wa’l-tabyın fı ’l-Tijniyya wa’lTijniyyın 281, 304 Bi-ayyi ni÷m akhlqı nuwjih al-ta˛addiyt?, 381 Bi-b√i bi’smi’llhi, 459 Bidyat al-khidma, 402 Bidyat al-khidma fı ’l-ßalt fial nabı ’l-ra˛ma, 402 Bi-munasabat ifitizl ra√ıs Senghür al-˛ukm, 383 Birr al-muslimın al-mukallafın 274 al-Bishra (Shar˛ yt wa-a˛dıth fı ’l-tarbiya al-Islmiyya), 260 Bishrat al-mu√minın bi-tasarrı ’l-nabı alma√mün, 248 Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’kfinı, 402 al-Budür al-musfira fı shar˛ ˛adıth al-fi†ra, 20 al-Budür al-su††afi fı shar˛ al-Murhaft alqu††afi, 281 Bughyat al-alf fı jawb Ibn Yirkoy Talfi, 119 Bughyat al-kh√i∂ fı ˛ukm al-tamattufi bi’l˛√i∂, 73 Bughyat al-muslimın wa-kifyat al-wfii÷ın wa’l-muttafii÷ın, 262 Bughyat al-mutafiallim fı mafirifat rabb alfilamın, 621 Bughyat al-slikın wa-raw∂at al-wßilın, 301 Bulghat al-murıd il bu˛ür al-man†iq al-jadıd, 58 Bulügh al-qaßd, 466 Bulügh al-sül fı mad˛ al-rasül, 276 Bunuwwuhu al-rü˛, 383 al-Burd al-muwashsh fı qa†fi al-ma†mifi wa’lrush, 73, 97

725

al-Burhn fı fialmt mahdı khir al-zamn, 665 Burhn al-qudra, 613 al-Burhn al-w∂i˛ fial ˛ayt al-fiilm fı Ifrıqıya al-sawd√, 327 Bushr al-mu˛ibbın wa-tayqı÷ al-jhilın, 474 Bushr al-mujtahidın, 623 Bushr al-muttaqın wa’l-mu˛sinın, 613 Bustn ahl al-dın wa’l-fiirfn fı shar˛ Manfafiat al-ikhwn, 53 al-Bustn (Anshıd madrasiyya fiilmiyya dıniyya wa-wa†aniyya wa-ghayrih), 260 Bustn al-faw√id wa’l-manfifi, 12 Daffi al-∂ayr fian kalm Ibn Khayr, 20 Daffi al-jun˛ alladhı wa∂afiahu fiUmar fial riqb al-umma bi’l-Rim˛, 219 Dfiı al-fal˛ bi-shar˛ Ghurrat al-ßab˛, 252 Dal√il al-faraj fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı, 268 Dal√il al-mahdı, 604 al-Dal√il al-mu˛kama, 275 Dal√il al-mustahdı fial taßdıq al-hdı, 657 Dalıl al-najt min subul al-salm wa-qa∂√ alma√rab fı ’l-ßalt fial munqidh al-anm, 613 Dalıl al-ra˛ma, 480 Dalıl al-s˛ı fı sunnat ashrf al-awkhir wa’law√il, 624 Dalıl al-slik fial mafinı Alfiyyat Ibn Mlik, 466 Dalıl al-srı il malik al-brı, 361 Dlı (sic) al-ßaghır, 528 al-Darrı al-sarrı bi’l-ajwiba al-khiyriyya, 114 Dark al-mun wa-qa∂√ al-wa†ar fı mad˛ al˛jj fiUmar, 637 ∆arürat al-fiamal fi ’l-islm, 393 ∆arüriyyat istifiml imkniyt fı khidmat alislm, 381 ∆aw√ al-falaq fı fa∂l ßalt al-Fti˛ li-m ughliq, 248 al-Dafiwa al-˛amawiyya fı mir√t al-†arıqa alTijniyya, 395 Dafiwa il wa˛dat al-muslimın fı ’l-Sinighl, 282 Dawarn al-˛ubb, 374 Dafiwat yat al-kursı, 69 Dafiwat al-fawz wa’l-qubül, 613 al-Dawwın al-sitt [of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse], 282 Dawr al-Qur√n al-karım fı tawjıh al-insniyya, 381

726

INDEX OF TITLES

Dawrat al-akhlq al-˛amıda fı ta†awwur almujtamafi, 481 Dhakhırat al-mafid fı mad˛ khayr al-fiibd, 276 Dhakhırat al-sarmad fı naßı˛at al-shaykh A˛mad, 120 Dhakhırat al-waßy fı ’l-wufüd wa’l sary, 276 Dhkirat al-ßli˛ın wa-†arıqat al-muttaqın, 556 Dhayl rmizat al-fiarü∂, 32 Dhikr Allh tafil, 244 Dhikr fuqah√ Tinbuktu, 648 Dhikr ibtid√ jihd shaykhin, 230 Dhikr khabar Galajo wa-Hamma Bodejo watarjamatihi, 635 Dhikr li’l-imm Takriyyün, 570 Dhikr m waqafia fı ’l-qarn al-thlith fiashar, 51 Dhikr m waqafia li’l-shaykh al-wlid fı ˛aytihi al-mubrak., 534 Dhikr al-mawlüd al-nabawı, 383 al-Dhikr wa’l-dufi√ wa-dbuh, 258 Dhikr al-wafyt wa-m ˛adatha min al-umür al-fii÷m wa’l-fitan, 42 Dhuriyyat Süri Hamm wa-fiˆs Slü Hamm Safiıd, 644 Dını ˛ubb Allh, 402 al-Dın al-naßı˛a li-ummat (sic) alMu˛ammadiyya fı sırat nabı al-ra˛ma wafa∂√il ahl al-bayt, 480 Dirst ˛awla al-qa∂y al-ijtimfiiyya, 347 al-Dıwn al-Jahhwı, 261 Dıwn Khtimat al-durar fial fiuqüd al-jawhar fı mad˛ sayyid al-bashar, 665 Dıwn al-Kibrıt al-a˛mar fı mad√i˛ al-qu†b alakbar mawlna A˛mad al-Tijnı, 665 Dıwn al-mad√i˛, 127 Dıwn al-mulük fı sal†ın al-südn, 41 Dıwn ras√il kubar√ Tinbuktu, 648 Dıwn shifir al-˛assniyya, 470 ∆iyfat li-dhı ’l-itqn wa-li-ghayrihim min almurıdın wa’l-murıdt, 402 ∆iy√ al-ghasaq man÷üma naßı˛at al-shabb 268 ∆iy√ al-nahr li-ib†l shibh al-anwr, 254, 269 ∆iy al-nayyirayn, 325 ∆iy√ nibrs al-firifın fı ikhtißr wa-talkhıß Kashf al-˛ijb, 613

∆iy√ al-qbi∂ li-taküna tadhyıl li-masarrat alqbi∂, 614 Dufia√ al-awliy√, 69 Dufi√ al-basmala, 69 al-Dufi√ bi-asm√ Allh al-fii÷m, 258 Dufi√ al-faraj wa’l-qubül il ’l-murd, 614 Dufi√ al-istisq√, 454 Dufi√ khatm al-Qur√n li’l-mayyit, 309 Dufi√ li’l-ahli wa’l-wildn, 315 Dufi√ nayl al-maqßid, 146 Dufi√ al-ruft, 309 Dufi√ ßalt al-tarwı˛, 96 Dufi√ y man a÷har al-jamıl wa-satar al-qabı˛, 309 al-Durar al-fiatıq (sic) fı taqrıb m fı †urrat alsüq, 200 Durar [var. Jawhir] al-˛isn fı akhbr bafi∂ mulük al-südn, 39 Durar al-sulük bi-dhikr al-khulaf√ wa-af∂il al-mulük, 20 Durar al-wish˛ li-faw√id al-nik˛, 20 al-Durra al-∂wiya wa’l-ghurfa al-ßfiya, 54 Durrat al-han√ bi-†√ifa min al-asm√, 248 Durrat al-than√ fial jabın al-kuram√, 595 al-Durra al-yatıma, 403 al-Durr al-man÷üm fı mad˛ al-khtim alMu˛ammadı al-maktüm, 357 al-Durr al-na∂ır fı alf÷ al-ßalt fial ’l-bashır al-nadhır, 20 al-Durr al-nafıs fı mad˛ al-Sayyid fiAlı Sıs, 608 al-Durüs al-na˛wiyya li’l-madris alibtid√iyya, 244 Fa∂√il al-fishür wa’l-mu˛arram, 403 Fa∂√il Rama∂n,. 403 Fa’dhkurünı adhkurkum, 419 F√ida, 583 F√ida tanfafi kulla man arda al-intiffi, 403 F√idat ism awliy√Allh, 551 al-Fajr al-ßdiq bi’l-nür fı ’l-jawb fian as√ilat sdt Farans fian mas√il fiqhiyya fı fidt Füta ‡oro, 467 Fkihat al-†ullb nahj al-Tijanı al-khliß alaßlb, 309 al-Fal˛ al-mubın, 217 Fal˛ al-mu√min wa’l-najt, 66 Fa-man sh√ fa’l-yu√min, fa-l rdda li-fa∂lihi, 419

INDEX OF TITLES Fa-qad j√akum bashırun, 419 Fa-qad naßarahu ’llh, 419 al-Far√i∂ al-r√iqa wa’l-ajwiba al-f√iqa, 137 Fa’ßbir inna wafid Allahi ˛aqq, 423 Fa ’staqim kam umirta wa-man tba mafiaka, 418 al-Fatwı: as√ila wa-ajwiba mutanawwifia, 258 al-Fatwı fı ’l-jan√iz, 611 Fatwı [of Mu˛ammad b. al-Muktr al-Kuntı], 96 Fatwı [of Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır al-Kuntı], 137 Fatwı [of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı], 73 Fatwı fı ’l-janza, 610 Fat˛ A˛mad fı dhikr shay√ min akhlq shaykhin A˛mad, 211 Fat˛ al-fiAlı fı da√b al-salaf al-Jabahı, 170 Fat˛ Allh al-Majıd fı iltiq† faw√id min Junnat al-murıd, 54 Fat˛ al-aqfl, 93 Fat˛ al-aqfl fial Lmiyyat al-affil, 175 Fat˛ al-badıfi fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı ’l-rafıfi, 403 Fat˛ al-baßıra fı qawfiid al-dın al-munıra, 137 Fat˛ al-Fatt˛ al-fiAlım al-Khabır fı bathth fiilm yu√addı il ’l-ajr al-kabır, 403 Fat˛ al-Fatth fı mad˛ al-mift˛, 403 Fat˛ al-Ghaffr fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Mukhtr, 150 Fat˛ al-Ghaffr fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-m˛ı al-awzr, 403 Fat˛ al-˛akam al-fiadl fı ta√yıd sunnat al-sadl, 624 Fat˛ al-˘annn al-Mannn fı akhbr al-Südn, 556 Fatw ˛awla alw˛ Jazüla, 21 Fat˛ al-Jalıl al-Mlik fial Tanbıh al-slik, 526 Fat˛ al-Kfı al-Bqı al-Mumıt, 403 Fat˛ al-Karım fial man÷ümat Mu˛ammad Ya˛y al-Waltı Ibn Salım, 156 Fat˛ Makka, 282 Fat˛ al-Mannn fı jawb fiAbd al-Ra˛mn, 404 Fat˛ al-Mannn fı tafsır yt al-mawrıth fı ’lQur√n, 606 Fat˛ al-Mu˛yı fı mas√alat ˛ayiya, 20 Fat˛ al-qadır bi-taysır al-fiasır fı mad˛ al-bashır al-nadhır, 353 Fat˛ al-Qadır li’l-fijiz al-faqır fı ’l-kalm fial dufi√ Mu˛ammad b. ˘amır, 21

727

Fat˛ al-Quddüs fı ’l-radd fial Abı fiAbd Allh Mu˛ammad Akansüs, 5, 120 Fat˛ al-Rabb al-La†ıf fial man÷ümat Mu˛ammad al-Mawlüd al-Sharıf, 62 Fat˛ al-Rabb al-La†ıf fı takhrıj m fı Mukhtaßar Khalıl min al-∂afiıf, 150 Fat˛ al-Razzq fı mas√alat al-shakk fı ’l-†alq, 21 Fat˛ al-∑amad al-Fard fı mafin ma˛abbat Allh li’l-fiabd, 21 Fat˛ al-∑amad fı ’l-radd fial Mu˛ammad alArawnı, 167 Fat˛ al-Wadüd bi-shar˛ Tu˛fat al-mawdüd, 75, 176 Fat˛ al-Wahhb fial Hidyat al-†ullb, 75 Fat˛ al-Wahhb al-Karım fı bi’smi ’llh alRa˛mn al-Ra˛ım, 404 al-Fti˛a, mafinh wa-ahammiyyatuh, 610 Fti˛at al-taßrıf, 494, 508 Fatw fial man tajib al-zakt, 152 Fatw fı ’l-buyüfi, 194 Fatw fı ’l-faskh, 135 Fatw fı hibat al-tawriq, 194 Fatw fı ˛ukm al-˛iyza, 659 Fatw fı ˛ukm al-zakt, 145 Fatw fı man yaskun mafia al-Naßr, 161 Fatw fı mara∂ al-bbüsh (or al-lbüsh), 136 Fatw fı ’l-mufimalt, 204 Fatw fı ’l-nik˛ 115, 198 Fatw fı ’l-riqq, 14 Fatw fı sha√n al-∂amn, 150 Fatw fı sha√n G-m-y-t, 193 Fatw fı sha√n al-hijra fian al-Naßr, 161 Fatw fı sha√n ˛iyzat al-milk, 35 Fatw fı sha√n taqsım al-tarika, 33 Fatw fı shihdat al-samfi fı ’l-irth, 191 Fatw fı ’l-†alq, 660 Fatw fı wujüb al-fatw fial ’l-muftı, 191 Fatw fı zawj al-bikr, 174 Fatw ˛awla alw˛ Jazüla, 21 al-Faw√id al-jalıla, 97 al-Faw√id al-manqüla min kitb al-Kawkab alWaqqd, 54 Faw√id nürniyya wa-faw√id sirriyya ra˛mniyya tashra˛u min mabnı al-ism alafi÷am m inbaham, 95 Fawz al-sufiad√ fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-shuhad√, 276

728

INDEX OF TITLES

al-Fay∂ al-A˛madı fı ’l-mawlid al-Mu˛ammadı, 282, 286 al-Fay∂a al-jriya fı mafinı al-Islam wa’l†arıqa al-Tijniyya, 283 Fay∂ al-Bqı al-Khliq fı mawlid khayr alkhal√iq, 664 Fay∂ al-Fti˛ al-Mlik fı ußül al-imm Mlik, 59 Fay∂ al-ghanı ’l-mughnı fı na÷m m fian alsulük yughnı, 404 al-Fay∂ al-rabbnı fı ’l-tawassul bi-asm√ alnabı al-fiAdnnı, 276 Fı kitbat al-muß˛af al-sharıf, 459 Fı rabıfi al-awwal, 404 Fiqh al-afiyn fı ˛aq√iq al-Qur√n, 75 Fiqh Wagadugu fı muhimmt al-Islm, 557 al-Fulk al-mash˛ün al-maßnüfi min al-dhikr almaßün, 404 al-Futü˛t al-laduniyya al-sharfiiyya fı shar˛ al-taßliya al-Nßiriyya al-Darfiiyya, 97 al-Futü˛[t] al-qayyümiyya, 36 al-Futü˛t al-qudsniyya fı istikhrj shawhid al-Mughnı al-Qur√niyya, 233 Futü˛ al-mukrim fı amd˛ al-mukarram, 404 al-Futüh al-qudsniyya bi’l-ajwiba alFullniyya, 97 al-Futü˛ al-rabbniyya fı mad˛ khayr albariyya, 48 Fuyü∂t khdimiyya, 474 Fuyü∂t al-Muqtadir fı ˛illiyyat kulli sharb fiad ’l-musakkir, 59 Fuyü∂t al-Ra˛mn fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-˛jj fiUthmn, 608 Gharıb amr Dakr, 328 Gharıb al-lugha al-fiarabiyya, 325 Ghaßb al-i˛tijj fı ’l-dhabb fian al-˛ijj, 194 Ghasslat al-qalb al-fialıl min wasakh takhwıft al-Awjilı, 241 Ghyat al-amal fı taf∂ıl al-niyya fial ’l-fiamal, 21 Ghyat al-arab fı mad˛ khayr al-fiArab, 353 Ghyat al-ijda fı muswt al-ffiil li’lmubtada√ fı shar† al-ifda, 21 Ghazl al-ma†y fı mad˛ al-mamdü˛ al-˛aqıqı, 557 Ghazwat Badr al-kubr, 258

˘ad√iq al-fa∂√il fı khidmat khayr al-was√il, 404, 664 al-Hady fı jamfi wa-na÷m muba††ilt al-ßalt, 32 Hdh ’l-fiabqarı al-Shaykh Mu˛ammad alHdı Fal, 380 Hdhihi hiya ’l-Tijniyya, 304 ˘adıqat al-anwr fı-m i˛taw fialayhi qawfiid al-Islm min al-˛ikam wa’l-asrr, 283 ˘adıqat al-bustn fial tawrıkh Arawn, 632 al-˘adıth fı ta√rıkh al-Südn [Mli] al-Ifrıqı algharbı, 392 ˘adıth al-isr√, 114 ˘adıth min A˛mad Watara, 577 ˘adıth al-nafs, 303 ˘adıth al-shaykh, 404 ˘adıth tanbıh al-ghfilın wa-tan÷ım al-akhbr wa-badıfi al-thr, 32 al-Hadiyya ’l-sinighliyya min al-murjn fı ’lfiuqüd al-adabiyya li’l-fiurbn, 368 Hadiyyat al-akh li-kulli ˛ibb ßdiq fı ’l-nahy fian muwßalat kulli fsiq, 189 Hadiyyat al-bashar fı ’l-qarn al-khmis fiashar, 45 Hadiyyat al-khalaf, 224 Hadiyyat al-mujıd, 394 Hadyat al-qulüb min ÷ulm al-taqlıd wa’l-ruyüb, 177 al-˘afalt al-fi√iliyya, 340 ˘lat al-ziyra, 404 ˘all al-aqfl fı ˛adıth , 352 ˘all al-mas√il fı shar˛ Mukhtaßar al-Akh∂arı, 245 Hal tafirif Allh, 607 Hal tafirif al-ßalt, 607 ˘amlat †alabat al-madris al-Islmiyya min ta∂lıl rijl al-kan√is al-ması˛iyya, 245 ˘amdı wa-shukrı, 402, 405 al-˘amdu li’l-Ra˛mn, 316 Hammat Sulaym, 405 Hamziyyat al-madı˛ fı ’l-rasül al-shafıfi, 278 al-˘aqıqa al-khmisa, 96 ˘aqıqat al-mu˛datht wa’l-bidafi wa-m laysa minh fı ’l-sharfi, 245 ˘aqıqat sirr al-maßün wa-durr al-maknün, 405 ˘aqq al-jiwr fı ’l-islm, 481

INDEX OF TITLES al-˘aqq min rabbikum fa-man sh√a falyu√min, 424 al-˘aqq al-mubın fı jawz al-ishtirk al-mufiın fial †alab zd al-˛ajj li’l-muslimın, 262 al-˘qq al-mubın fı ukhuwwat jamıfi almü√minın, 467 ˘aqq al-yaqın fı shar˛ mafin ußul al-dın alIslmı al-thaltha, 263 ˘shiya fial ’l-Bij√ı, 34 ˘shiya fial Mukhtaßar Khalıl, 15 ˘shiya fial shar˛ al-Tat√ı fial Mukhtaßar Khalıl, 16 al-˘athth fial ’l-ittifq wa-tark al-mirfi, 325 Hatk al-sitr fiamm fialayhi südn Tünis min alkufr, 50 ˘awla maw∂üfi al-jins al-thaqfı ’l-˛adıth: ußüluhu wa-ththuhu, 487 ˘ayt al-˛jj Sıkü Bassılı, 1928-1981, 262 ˘ayt al-imm Mlik, 340 ˘ayt al-mujhid al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd alFütı, 245 ˘ayt al-rasül al-tablıghiyya, 245 ˘ayt al-shaykh A˛mad Bamba, 475 ˘ayt al-Shaykh al-˘jj Mlik Sy, 323 Haybat al-mlik fial Alfiyyat Ibn Mlik, 177 ˘a÷÷ al-mar√a fı ’l-Islm, 305 Hibat al-Karım al-Mlik fı a˛km al-†ahra wa’l-ßalt fial madhhab al-imm Mlik, 465 Hidyat al-asfiad, 563 Hidyat al-mudhnibın il kayfiyyat al-khalß min ˛uqüq Allh wa-˛uqüq al-fiibd ajmafiın, 217 Hidyat al-†ullb, 76 ˘ijb al-drayn fı ’l-tafiawwudh min al-nrayn, 405 ˘ijb mülı ’l-fiinya fı ’l-tamassuk bi-inna waliyya Allhu, 405 al-Hijra al-kubr wa-tashawwuq al-n÷im il tilka ’l-biqfi, 283 Hijrat A˛mad Sıkü b. Sh. fiUmar, 637 Hijrat qabılat F˙rob˙, 635 al-˘ikam al-qu†biyya al-ma√khüdha min alqalam al-sirinbiyya, 283 ˘ikyat al-ri˛la: al-˘ajj il bayt Allh al˛arm wa’l-mulha÷t ˛awla al-maghrib wa’l-Jaz√ir, 347 Hill Rama∂n la yajüzu ithbtuhu bi’l-˛isb, 621

729

˘ill al-bi†r, 114 al-˘irz al-a˛m, 467 al-˘isb li’l-mubtadi√ın, 459 ˘ißn al-abrr al-hudt fian mak√id al-fujjr albught, 405 ˘ißn al-jalıl, 405 al-˘ißn al-manıfi fı ’l-tawaddud il ’l-˛abıb, 76 ˘iwr bayn al-fiaql wa’l-dın, 340 ˘izb al-asrr, 69 ˘izb al-basmala, 70 ˘izb al-isr√, 70 ˘izb al-naßr, 467 al-˘izb al-nawawı, 37 ˘izb al-nür, 70 ˘ubb al-shuhra d√ fia∂∂l, 255 Hud ’l-muhtadın bi-˛ayt al-sharıf Mu˛ammad Shams al-Dın, 480 al-˘ujja al-bligha fı kawn idhfiat al-Qur√n s√igha, 283 ˘ujjat al-mubasmil fı ’l-farı∂a sirran wa-jahran, 621 ˘ujjat al-murıd al-mufitaqid fial ’l-munkir almuntaqid, 655 ˘ukm fı ’l-nudhür, 167 ˘ukm al-nshiza fian zawjih, 201 ˘uqüq al-†ifl fı ’l-islm, 340 ˘urüf, 324 ˘urüf ∑alt al-Fti˛, 313 ˘usn al-÷ann bi’l-mawl, 614 ˘ußül al-aghr∂ fı shif√ al-amr∂, 467 ˘ußül al-qurb, 467 Ifinat al-akh al-r∂ı fial tabyın a˛km alar∂ı, 665 Ifinat al-wildn, 313 Ibnat al-maktüm, 194 al-Ibd√ wa’l-ifida fı muswt al-ffiil li’lmubtada√ fı shar† al-ifda, 21 Ibn Ba†ü† fı Mali, 382 Ibtid√ dın Wa fı fim 875 il fim 1382, 569 Ibtid√ jihd al-˛jj Ma˛müd fı balad Barumu, 583 fiˆd al-fi†r, 342 ˆ∂˛ al-maql fial Lmiyyat al-affil, 178 ˆ∂˛ al-marsüm fı ˛all ˛amalat al-masüm, 490 Ifdat al-murıd fı ’l-jawb fial as√ilat Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-fiˆd, 283 If∂at al-†√ifa al-insiyya wa’l-jniyya, 217

730

INDEX OF TITLES

If˛m Mu˛ammad al-Slik fı [al]-dhabb fian ala√imma, 59 If˛m al-munkir al-jnı fial †arıqat sayyidin wa-wasılatin il rabbin A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Tijnı, 309 Ifhm al-smifi bi-mafin qawl Khalıl fı ’l-nik˛ bi’l-manfifi, 22 Ifrıqiyya, 340 Ifrıqiyy li’l-Ifrıqiyyın, 283 Ihdi jamıfian ’l-ßir† al-mustaqım, 419, 425 al-I˛tifl bi’l-mawlid al-nabawı wa-aqwl alfiulam√ fıhi, 258 I˛y√ m fiaf wa-indarasa min fiulüm ta√rıkh al-Sudn wa-in†amasa, 469 I˛y√ marsim al-asnıd al-filiya bafid indirsih wa-tawthıq fiur al-musalsalt alsmiya bafid infißmih wa-ı∂˛ al-†uruq alhdiya bafid khaf√ afilmih, 505 Ijbat fatw fı tahfut al-ßüfiyya, 284 Ijza fı ’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya, 200 Ijza fı ’l-taßawwuf, 153 Ijza fı ’l-wird al-Qdirı, 157 Ijza li-Khlid b. Ma˛müd, 153 Ijza li-Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Mu˛ammad Ibrhım b. Tütta fial ’l-silsila al-Qdiriyya, 167 Ijza li-Surmoy b. Mu˛ammad Baghayogho, 168 Ijtanib al-ghıba wa’l-riy√, 405 Ijtinb al-kab√ir ghufrn li’l-ßagh√ir, 481 Ikhtilf rijlt, 557 Ikhtißr al-Mathnünı wa’l-Ba††r fı na˛r man ankara ruj˛n al-qab∂ wa’l-raffi fı madh’hab Mlik, 621 Iksır al-safidt fı mad˛ sayyid al-sdt, 282 Il manzilat al-muqarrabın, 258 Ifilm al-akhyr bi-m malak al-nabı almukhtr, 248 Ifilm al-qab√il min al-fiaj√ib bi-l al-najw bi-maqßid Allh li-ahl Düsü, 537 Ifiln hmm wa-dafiw shmila li-majlis alßüfiyya wa-dhikr mawlid ßa˛ib al-fay∂a alTijniyya al-Shaykh Ibrhım b. fiAbd Allh Niys, 304 Ilhm al-La†ıf al-Khabır fı ’l-twassul bi-asm√ al-bashır al-nadhır, 406 Ilhm al-salm fı ’l-dhabb fian dın al-islm, 406 Ilhm al-Wadüd fı jawb Ma˛müd, 400, 406

al-fiIlm al-muqayyad, 467 al-fiIlm al-nfifi, 76 fiIlm al-yaqın wa-sunan al-muttaqın bi-˛asm alitwa al-muzawwara bi-˛aqq al-musta˛iqqın, 97 Im†at al-shawk fı ’l-†arıq li-man ard al-hurüb min dr al-kufr il bayt Allh al-fiatıq wa-il dr hijrat al-rasül wa-ßa˛batihi khayr alrafıq, 180 Imn˛ al-a˛bb min Minh al-Wahhb, 17 Imtfi al-a˛dq wa’l-nufüs bi-mu†lafiat a˛km awrq al-fulüs, 224 Imtfi al-asm√ bi-m qıla fı ijr√ alf÷ ruwt al˛adith majr ’l-samfi, 22 al-Inba il ’llh, 340 Inn ansha√nhunna insh√an, 419 Inna ’llha mafian, 420 Inna ’llha ’shtar min al-mü√minına anfusahum, 420 Inna Rabbı fial kulli shay√in ˛afı÷, 420 Inna ’l-rasül la-sayfun yusta∂√u bihi, 406 Inn ßababn ’l-m√a ßabban, 420 Inna waliyya Allhu’lladı nazzal al-kitb, 406 Inna wujüda rabbin wa’l-qudam, 406 Innı dhhibun il rabbı sa-yahdını, 418 Inqdh al-fiawmm min war†at ta˛lıl al-˛arm, 255 In†ißr al-mawtür fı dhikr qab√il Füta Tür, 469 ˆq÷ al-himam, 506 ˆq÷ himam ülı ’l-abßr li’l-iqtid√ bi-sayyid almuhjirın wa’l-anßr wa-ta˛dhıruhum fian al-ibtidfi al-sh√ifi fı ’l-qur wa’l-amßr min taqlıd al-madhhib mafi al-˛amiyya wa’lfiaßabiyya bayn fuqah√ al-afißr, 506 ˆq÷ al-wasnn, 326 fiIqd al-jumn wa’l-durar fı dhikr karmt alShaykh fiUmar b. Safiıd, 225 al-fiIqd al-thamın fı ˛adıth al-ßdiq al-amın, 326 Iqra√ wa-rabbuka ’l-akram, 420 Irs√ al-asrr il asrr ˛izb al-isr√, 97 al-Irshdt ˛awl al-tawjıht fı istinb† al-fiqh wa-mawqif al-fiulam√ fı ’l-dın, 65 Irshdt li-bafi∂ al-mustafıdın, 406 al-Irshd fı ’l-hidya il ’l-murd wa-˛usn alihtid√, 93 al-Irshd fı maßli˛ al-fiibd, 76 Irshd al-˛ayrn fi ˛ukm shurb al-dukhn, 475

INDEX OF TITLES Irshd al-ikhwn il m yajmafi al-qulüb fial ’l-Ra˛mn, 302 Irshd al-ikhwn fı mafirifat al-islm wa’l-ımn wa’l-i˛sn, 608 Irshd al-muslimın, 480 al-Irshd al-nuqüfi li’l-akh al-halüfi fı ’l-ta˛dhır min al-wuqüfi fı ashwk al-mashrüfi, 64 Irshd al-srın il fiadam al-hrın, 284, 311 Irshd al-wqif li-mafin <wa-khaßßaßat niyyat al-˛lif>, 22 Irw√ al-nadım min fiadhb ˛ubb al-khadım, 454, 475 Isfif al-†libın fı mafirifat jamfi al-taksır qillatan wa-kathratan wa-mafirifat al-mu√annath wa’lmudhakkar min alf÷ bafi∂ al-tarkıb, 614 al-Ishrt al-irdiyya wa’l-asrr al-imrdiyya, 115 Ishkliyyt al-lugha al-fiarabiyya fı ’l-madris al-ibtid√iyya, 380 Ishkliyyat al-tafilım al-fiarabı fı al-madrasa alfiumümiyya, 382 Ishtar Allah tabraka minnı al-∂am√ir kullah, 407 al-Islm dın Allh al-khlid, 382 al-Islm dın al-˛aqq wa’l-bidfia ∂all, 625 al-Islm dın al-taw˛ıd, 349 al-islm fı Ifrıqiyya al-gharbiyya, 382 al-Islm manhaj ˛ayt, 340 al-Islm wa-mabdi√ al-akhlq, 257, 666 al-Islm wa’l-shabb, 340 al-Islm wa’l-thaqfa fı jumhüriyyat Sinighl, 475 al-Islm wa-wqifi al-Muslim al-mufißir, 340 al-Ism al-tafirıf bihi wa-bafi∂ m fıhi min al-fiulüm wa’l-mafirif, 259 Ismfi al-n√ı fı tarjamat al-sayyid A˛mad alBakk√ı, 134 fiIßmat jamıfi al-mafißümın, 407 Isnd al-südn, 571 al-Isr√ wa’l-mifirj, 259 al-Istikhra 76 Isti†rd al-÷uraf√, 22 It˛f ahl al-tadrıs, 254 It˛f al-bughya fı ˛ukm al-ßalt wa-mas√il aljumfia, 368 al-Ifitidhr bi’l-fiajz wa’l-taqßır fian ˛aqıqat almad˛ fial ’l-nabı al-mukhtr, 248 al-Ifitiqdt, 407

731

I†mi√nn al-qalb wa-ahammiyatuhü fı ˛ayt alinsn, 393 Izlat al-rayb wa’l-shakk wa’l-tafrı† fı dhikr alfiulam√ al-mu√allifın min ahl al-Takrür wa’l∑ahr√ wa-ahl Shinqı†, 54 al-fiIzz al-asm, 467 Jabr al-kasr, 284 Jadhb al-murıd, 462 Jadhb al-qulüb il fiAllm al-ghuyüb, 407 Jadhwa nürniyya tubayyinu li’l-slik m yafiru∂ lahu mimm huwa rabbnı aw shay†nı, 76 Jadhwat al-anwr fı ’l-dhabb fian (manßib) awliy√ Allh al-akhyr, 76 al-Jadıd fı ’l-takh†ub wa’l-tafibır, 626 al-Jadwal al-mar∂iya fı a˛km al-nün al-skina wa’l-tanwın rasman wa-talaffu÷an, 557 Jal√ al-fuhüm fi nawdır al-fiulüm, 326 Jal√ al-ßudür fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-bu˛ür wamarthıhim, 284 Jalb al-nifima wa-daffi al-niqma bi-mujnabat al-wult al-÷alama, 22 Jlibat al-afr˛ wa-slibat al-atr˛, 97 Jlibat al-marghib fı ajl ka-fijil al-rghib, 407 Jlibat al-maziyyt wa-dfifiat al-raziyyt fı mad˛ khayr al-bariyyt, 407 Jamfi al-a˛dıth al-qudsiyya, 506 Jamfi nawzil Mu˛ammad Fl b. Mattl, 54 Jmifi al-ml fı ’l-˛l wa’l-ma√l, 407 Jmifi al-asrr wa’l-anwr fı ’l-ßalt fial ’lnabı al-mukhtr, 233 Jmifi al-durar fı mad˛ khayr al-bashar, 353 Jmifi jawmifi al-dawwın [ of Sh. Ibrhım Niasse], 284 Jmifi al-manfifi fı taqßır manfifi Fat˛ al-Jalıl, 36 al-Jnn wa’l-shay†ın wa’l-ifitißm minhum, 259 Jany al-jannatayn fı mad˛ sayyid al-kawnayn, 353 Jawb fiAbd al-La†ıf, 408 Jawb akhına „Mu˛ammad Diop, 408 al-Jawb fial su√l al-muqaddamın fı Njamın, 304 Jawb amır Ndar, 408 Jawban li’l-Ifrıqiyyın, 270

732

INDEX OF TITLES

Jawb fian al-qawnın al-fiurfiyya allatı tafirafa fialayh bafi∂ sukkn al-jibl, 23 Jawâb fian risâlat ba’∂ al-muntamîn ilâ’l-’ilm, 284 Jawb fian su√l warada min al-Dil√, 22 al-Jawb al-f√iq fial ’l-su√l al-r√iq, 150 Jawb al-faßl fı a˛km al-waßl, 390 Jawb fı a˛km al-hady li’l-sal†ın, 120 Jawb fı ’l-inkr fial kitb Jawhir al-mafinı, 187 Jawb fı sha√n al-i˛tifl bi’l-mawlid al-nabawı, 236 Jawb fı sha√n waßiyya, 120 al-Jawb fı su√l man qla inn jamıfian na†lub minka an tubayyina lan, 408 Jawb al-˛jj Demba Bsin Sal, 408 Jawb ˛awla fatw nik˛ al-mufsid, 168 Jawb il akh s√il, 408 Jawb il ’l-Shaykh al-Bakk√ı, 233 Jawb li-Ibrhım al-Kawlakhı ajba bihi fian rislat bafi∂ al-muntamın il ’l-fiilm, 295 Jawb li-mas√ala fı ’l-nikh, 160 Jawb li-Mu˛ammad A˛mad b. al-˘asan, 184 Jawb li-risla mursala il A˛mad Sıkü, 214 Jawb mas√il Mu˛ammad b. fi◊qib b. fiAlı, 98 al-Jawb al-muskit fı radd ˛ujaj al-mufitari∂ fial ’l-q√ilın bi-nadbiyyat al-qab∂ fı ßalt al-nafl wa’l-far∂, 156 Jawb rislat Mu˛ammad Ibrhım, 44 Al-jawb al-sahl al-sayyigh fian su√l Monsieur Bozaldé fiamm fiªndı min akhbr ahl Zgha, 467 al-Jawb al-ßarı˛ fial nuzül al-ması˛, 259 al-Jawb al-ßawb li-inqdh al-fiawmm wa’lshabb, 259 Jawb Serigne Bakala Mmur Sıse, 408 Jawb Serigne Busübbe, 408 Jawb Serigne ‹Wajja Dieng, 409 al-Jawb al-shfı fian al-tanzufi al-munfı, 575 Jawb al-su√l m huwa dalıl al-isdl, 259 Jawb su√l Müs K, 459 Jawhir al-badıfi fı ’l-tawasßul il ’llh al-badıfi fı mad˛ al-˛abıb al-shafıfi, 354 al-Jawhir al-ghliya fı ’l-asnıd al-filiya li’l†arıqa al-Tijniyya, 352 Jawhir al-˛isn fı akhbr mulük al-Südn, 474 Jawhir al-˛isn fı akhbr al-Südn, 62 Jawhir al-ras√il [of Sh. Ibrhım Niys], 285

al-Jawhir wa’l-yawqıt fi dukhül al-Islm almaghrib mafia ’l-tawqıt, 557 Jwartu ’llha bi-kitbihi, 409 al-Jawhar al-nafıs fı fiaqd nathr al-Akh∂arı alra√ıs, 409 Jaz√ fı ta˛dıd al-qibla, 459 Jaz√ al-shakür, 461 Jaz√ al-shakür al-fia†üf alladhı kafnı kulla jabbr fianıd wa-shay†n marıd wa-kafnı kulla m fıhi sü√ wa-∂arar abadan, 409 Jaz√ al-shakür al-fia†üf fı jawab fiAbd al-La†ıf, 409 Jihd al-˘jj Mlik Sy, 384 Jinyat al-ta√wıl al-fsid fial ’l-fiaqıda alIslmiyya, 5, 489 Jubdharat al-˛aqır, 653 Jughrfiyya li’l-ßaff 4 al-ibtid√ı, 260 Jughrfiyya li’l-ßaff 5 al-ibtid√ı, 261 Jughrfiyyat Mlı li’l-ßaff 6 al-ibtid√ı, 261 Jumn al-durr, 93 Junnat al-murıd dün al-marıd, 98 al-Jurfia al-ßfiya wa’l-naf˛a al-kfiya, 76 al-Juyüsh al-†ullafi bi’l-murhaft al-qu††afi fial Ibn Myb akhı al-tana††ufi, 278 Kd al-ittifq wa’l-ilti√m an yaküna bayna dın al-Naßr wa-dın al-islm, 467 Kfiyat al-Ra˛mn fı ’l-tawassul il ’l-Malik alMannn, 606 al-Kalm fial ’l-ism al-afi÷am, 98, 111 al-Kalm fı bayn fa∂l laylat al-Qadr wawaqtih wa-thawb mu˛yıyih wa’l-fiamal fıh, 620 al-Kalm Maghu Sansani, 542, 545 Kalm mulük wa-mamlikihim, 546 Kalimat Allh hiya ’l-fiuly, 453 al-Kan√is al-masıƒiyya, 245 Kanz al-firifın fı mad˛ sayyid al-awwalın wa’lkhirın, 285 al-Kanz al-mufıd li’l- murıd al-ßdiq, 614 Kanz al-ragh√ib fı m li-fiAbd Rabbihi min almanqib, 185 Kanz al-†libın, 614 Kashf al-ghi†√ fiamm fialayhi al-Yafiqübiyya min al-kha†a√, 484 Kashf al-ghi†√ fian al-fikr al-ßfı fı mafirifat ußül al-dın al-islmı wa-mafirifat ußül alTijniyya, 306

INDEX OF TITLES Kashf al-ghi†√ fian mafinı alf÷ al-Muwa††a√ 241 Kashf al-ghi†√ fian mafinı Minwl al-insh√ 248 Kashf al-ghumma fı mad˛ nabı al-ra˛ma 278 Kashf al-ghumma fı raffi mir√ fiulam√ alumma fı ikhtilfihim fı ’l-ahilla, 285 Kshif al-ilbs fian fay∂at al-khatm Abı ’lfiAbbs, 285 Kashf al-labs fı m bayn al-rü˛ wa’l-nafs, 77 Kashf al-niqb fian asrr Fti˛at al-Kitb, 77 Kashf al-niqb fian basmalat al-Muß†af, 249 Kashf al-niqb fian wajh Minnat al-Wahhb, 249 al-Kashf wa’l-bayn li-aßnf majlüb al-südn, 23 al-Kashf wa’l-nabha fı il˛q al-walad li’lshubha, 54 Kshif al-˛ijb fı fiilm al-˛isb, 326 Kshifat al-kurüb fian al-mu∂amman fı na÷m asm√ Allh al-˛usn, 98 Katab Allh la-aghlibanna an wa-rusulı, 420 al-Kattıb, 340 al-Kawkib al-sayyrt fı ’l-awrd alQdiriyya, 135 al-Kawkab al-waqqd fı fa∂l dhikr al-mash√ikh wa-˛aq√iq al-awrd, 77 Kayfa tafiısh al-islm, 382 Kayfiyyat al-dafiw il ’llh, 259 Kayfiyyat shaykhin wa-qudümuhu il bayt Allh wa-ibtid√ jihdihi il tammihi, 638 Kayfiyyat ta˛wıl al-ta√rıkh al-hijrı il ’l-mıldı wa-fiaksuhü, 328 Kayfiyyat wa∂fi al-taqwım al-mıldı wa’l-hijrı, 328 Khabar jihd Adibu Daghumba wa’l-Naßrnı, 549 Khabar jihd basariyyu (sic) wa-Ya Na fiAbd Allh, 549 Khabar qitl akbirin wa-nasab Karidanna (ay al-‡awriq) wa-Kurtay, 649 Khabar al-Süq, 647 Kham√il al-zahar fı kayfiyyat al-ßalt fial sayyid al-bashar, 23 al-Khamr al-˛all fı mad˛ sayyid al-rijl, 285 Khamsa a˛zb, 70 Khashm al-Qur√n al-fia÷ım, 309

733

Khtimat al-amd˛ li-sayyid al-arw˛ wa’lashb˛, 354 Khtimat al-durar fial fiuqüd al-jawhar fı mad˛ sayyid al-bashar, 278 Khatm al-Qur√n li’l-mayyit, 310 al-Khaw†ir al-fiiyniyya, 345 al-Khaw†ir wa’l-˛aqıqa, 348 Khayr m fı ’l-ar∂ wa’l-sam√ 218 al-Khidma al-mu†ahhara, 409 al-Khilf al-wqifi bayna al-fiulam√ fı tafsır ism Allh al-afi÷am, 409 Khilß al-dhahab fı sırat khayr al-fiarab, 310 Khi†b il ahl Gharn†a, 11 Khi†b al-nafs, 316 al-Khi†b al-sanawı, 285 Khiznat al-adab fı mafirifat ansb al-fiArab, 229 al-Khulßa fı ’l-jawb fian amr al-khalıfa, 306 al-Khulßa al-mar∂iyya fı ’l-awrd al-lzima li’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya, 511 Khulßat al-fiqh al-fiaßrı, 623 Khulßat kitb al-bb 261 Khulßat al-fiulüm 316 al-Khumür wa’l-mukhaddirt fı ’l-Islm, 259 Khu†ab wa-mawfii÷ muhimma, 259 Khu†ba fı iftita˛ al-Jmifi al-kabır bi-Dakar, 320 Khu†ba fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd, 159 al-Khu†ba al-˛amıda al-jmifia li’l-˛ikam almufıda, 286 Khu†ba jalıla, 286 al-Khu†ba al-Müritniyya, 286 Khu†bat fiıd al-a∂˛, 77, 208 Khu†bat fiıd al-fi†r, 98 Khu†bat al-jumufia [by Mlik Sy], 310 Khu†bat al-mawlid al-nabawı, 620 Khu†bat al-nika˛, 310, 409 al-Kibrıt al-a˛mar fı mad˛ al-qu†b al-akbar, 4, 278 al-Kibrıt al-a˛mar fı ’l-tawassul bi-aw√il alsuwar wa-bi-˛urüf al-yt al-ghurar, 284 Kifyat al-ma√üna, 150 Kifyat al-mu˛tj li-mafirifat man laysa fı ’lDıbj, 23, 40 Kifyat al-rghibın fım yahdı il ˛a∂rat rabb al-filamın wa-iqmfi al-mu˛dithın fı ’lsharıfia m laysa lahu aßl fı ’l-dın, 309 Kifyt al-s√il, 473

734

INDEX OF TITLES

Kifyat al-†ullb fı ’l-˛athth fial ’l-fiilm wa’ldb, 369 K. al-thr li-qa†fi akdhıb al-akhbr, 557 K. al-bb fı ’l-qir√a wa’l-kitba, 261 Kitb al-fatwı [of Ibn fiUmar Dukure], 253 Kitb fı ’l-adfiiya wa’l-asrr, 98 K. fı ’l-radd fial ahl al-qab∂, 201 K. fı ta√rıkh fiulam√ al-Takrür, 201 K. fı ’l-taw˛ıd, 49 K. al-fukht wa’l-nawdir, 261 Kitb Ghanj, 542, 543, 544 K. al-˛ikam, 279 K. al-˛uqüq, 259 K. al-i∂tirr il ’llh fı ikhmd bafi∂ m tawaqqada min al-bidafi wa-i˛y√ bafi∂ m indarasa min al-sunan, 209 K. al-irshd, 116 K. al-kab√ir, 259 K. makrim al-akhlq, 333 K. manfi al-war, 497 K. al-mikhzam, 302 K. al-minna fı ifitiqd ahl al-sunna, 77 K. qaßr al-†√ifa al-˛amawiyya li’l-ßalt alrubfiiyya, 266 K. al-rudüd fial radd kitb Ibn Myb alma†rüd, 660 al-Kitb wa’l-sunna, 340 K. al-taqdıs bayn al-talbıs wa’l-tadlıs wa’ltadnıs, 5, 380 K. al-ta√rıkh li-shaykhihi A˛mad al-Tijnı, 621 Kitb [al]-tarsıl fıhi lught, 590 K. al-taw∂ı˛t fial mul˛a÷t jhil majhüli yuwaqqifi bi’smi ’l-ustdh F∂il Say, 380 K. al-taw˛ıd wa’l-fiqh bi-†arıq al-ishra wa’lghumü∂, 93 K. al-tibyn fı ’l-Südn [Sinighl] wa-fiulam al-buldn, 391 K. al-turjumn fı ta√rıkh al-∑a˛r√ wa’l-Südn wa-balad Tinbuktu wa-Shinqı† wa-Arawn, 59 Koly Soundiata, 348 Kullun Latdior, 384 Kurrs jmifia li-mad˛ al-Shaykh al-Tijnı, 345 al-La√lı al-sundusiyya fı ’l-fa∂√il alSanüsiyya, 24 al-La√lı wa’l-durar fı ’l-db wa’l-ma˛sin alghurar, 245

L illha ill ’llh, 341 La-in shakartum la-azıdannakum, 409, 427 Lamfiat al-barq, 226 al-Lamfi fı ’l-ishra li-˛ukm al-tibgh, 24 Lmiyyat al-mutarannimın, 508 Lmiyyat al-shubbn, 607 al-Lmiyya al-ßughr, 604 L nufarriqu bayna a˛adin min rusulihi, 421 La†√if al-qudsı fı fa∂√il yat al-kursı, 43, 78 Layla balsash bishr, 409 Laylat al-mawlid fim ˛aksashin, 410 Lı Allh al-Qur√n Jibrıl Mu˛ammad, 424 Lim-dh yakhfüna al-Islm, 341 Lisn al-fay∂a fı dhikr bafi∂ karmt ß˛ib alfay∂a al-shaykh al-˛jj Ibrhın Anys, 614 Lisn shukri, 410 al-Lu√lu√ al-masbük fı ta√rıkh al-Bundük, 574 al-Lu√lu√ wa’l-murjn, 605 Lubb fiilm al-siyar, 657 Lubb al-albb fı ˛aq√iq al-sunna wa’l-kitb, 78 al-Lugha al-fiarabiyya wa-kifyatuh al˛a∂riyya wa’l-tiknülüjiyya, 384 al-Lumfia fı ajwibat al-as√ilat al-arbafia, 24 Mafilij al-abdn bi-tafiwun al-a†ibb, 476 Mafilim al-Islm fı Ifrıqiy, 605 Mafilim al-†arıq, 341 Mabdi√ al-far√i∂, 607 al-Mabdi√ al-ßarfiyya li’l-madris alibtid√iyya, 245-246 Mab˛ith al-˛all li-tark al-˛arm almu˛arram, 37 Mada˛tu ’l-nabı ’l-muntaq , 410 al-Mad√i˛ al-nabawiyya, 525 Madd al-Khabıru, 410 M ’l-dın?, 267 Mafidin dhahab, 528 Mafidin al-safida, 512 al-Madkhal fı ’l-mırth, 610, 611 Maftı˛ al-bishr wa’l-amn wa’l-janna fı ’l-ßalt wa’l-taslım fial muqım al-sunna, 410 Maftı˛ al-ghayb, 373 Maftı˛ al-jinn wa-maghliq al-nırn, 411 Mafti˛ al-mun fı ’l-than√ fial ’llh tafil wa’l-rasül, 411 Mafhüm al-waqf wa’l-hiba wa’l-waßy fı ’lIslm, 610

INDEX OF TITLES Maghn†ıs al-qulüb fı sayr al-slikın il ˛a∂rat rabb al-filamın, 614 Mahıjat al-gharm il dr al-salm, 249 Mahr al-˛ür al-fiın fı madh q√id al-ghurr almu˛ajjilın, 354 Mafiiyyat Allh, 411 M jar bayna amır al-mu√minın A˛mad wabayna al-˛jj fiUmar, 233 M jar bayn al-imm amır al-mu√minın A˛mad wa-bayn al-˛jj fiUmar, 644 Majd fı ’l-√ishra bi-m∂ın al-ifrıqı, 384 Majlis al-qawm al-barara fı ’l-jawb fian almas√il al-fiashara, 205 Majmafi al-nürayn fı faw√id al-drayn, 411 Majmüfia a˛zb wa-adfiiya [of al-Mukhtr alKuntı], 70 Majmüfi adfiiya [of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı], 71 Majmüfia ˛ikam wulufiyya, 461 al-Majmüfia al-kmila li-afiml al-mawlid alnabawı, 282, 286 Majmüfia qaß√id [of Abü Bakr b. ˘ammd alInükubdarı], 182 Majmüfi min al-fatwı [by Zayn al-Dın b. fiAbd al-fiAzız al-Jubayhı], 167 Majmüfi min al-mawfii÷, 201 Al-Majmufi al-nafıs sirran wa-fialniyyatan fı dhikr bafi∂ al-sdat al-bı∂niyya wa’lFullniyya, 468 Majmüfi nawzil [by fiUmar b. fiAlı b. alMukhtr al-Kuntı], 135 Majmüfi qaß√id [of A˛mad fiIyn Sy], 345 Majmüfi qaß√id fı mad˛ al-nabı [by fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Niys], 277 Majmüfi qaß√id al-mawlid al-nabawı [ b y Ibrhım Niasse], 286 Majmüfi ri˛alt al-shaykh Ibrhım, 287 Majmüfi al-tawassult, 353, 361 Majmüfi thaltha ajwiba [by Ibrhım Niasse], 287 Majmüfi thaltha khu†ab [by Ibrhım Niasse], 287 Majmüfi thaltha majlis sunniyya ma√thüra fian khulaf√ murshid al-slikın wa-murabbı almurıdın al-qu†b al-rabbnı wa’l-firif alßamadnı Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı, 288 Maktüb fı a˛km bayfi al-mil˛ bi’l-†afim, 120 Maktüb fı a˛km al-˛ubus, 59 Maktüb fı a˛km al-qab∂ wa’l-adab, 201

735

Maktüb fı a˛km al-sadl wa’l-qab∂ fı ’l-ßalt, 202 Maktüb fı dhikr bafi∂ fa∂√il al-shaykh Abı ’lfiAbbs Sayyid A˛mad b. al-∑li˛ al-Süqı, 156 Maktüb fı dhikr ˛ajj wa-jihd fiUmar b. Safiıd, 637 Maktüb fı dhikr ibtid√ jihd al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütı, 637 Maktüb fı dhikr suwar min al-Qur√n al-karım wa’l-dufi√ bih fiind al-shad√id, 51 Maktüb fı dhurriyyat ˘assn jadd al-Barbısh, 640 Maktüb fı ishra il fiadm jawz muwßalat ahl al-÷ulm, 188 Maktüb fı ’l-jawb fian mas√alat al-nawm fı ’lmasjid, 156 Maktüb fı karmt al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd, 637 Maktüb fı ’l-kasb wa-ahammiyyatihi, 65 Maktüb fı khaß√iß al-nabı, 213 Maktüb fı mad˛ amır al-mu√minın A˛mad Seku, 637 Maktüb fı ’l-na˛w mafia shar˛ihi, 57 Maktüb fı nasab Fulln wa-muddat imrat sal†ınihim, 635 Maktüb fı ’l-radd fial ˛ukm al-q∂ı Mu˛ammad al-Amıın, 165 Maktüb fı ’l-radd fial ’l-mutafiaßßib li-˛ukm alq∂ı Q-th-m, 165 Maktüb fı radd al-bidafi al-shay†niyya almu˛datha fı bild al-Südn, 52 Maktüb fı ’l-ßarf wa’l-na˛w, 50 Maktüb fı sha√n dhurriyyat al-Shaykh Sı. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr, 641 Maktüb fı sha√n Haggr, 632 Maktüb fı taqßır al-wird fı ’l-safar, 137 Maktüb fı ’l-tafirıf bi’l-shaykh wa-mat yakünu shaykhan, 146 Maktüb fı ’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya, 137 Maktüb fı ’l-taw˛ıd, 134 Maktüb fı waqfiat al-Irk, 634 Maktüb ˛awl al-makh†ü†t wa-ahammiyyatih wa-adawtih, 65 Malja√ al-najt fial mad˛ sayyid al-sdt, 500 Mafilümt fian khiznat usrat Bulfiarf, 65 al-Mamzüj 78 Manfifi Rama∂n, 411

736

INDEX OF TITLES

al-Manhij al-mukhtalifa li-tafilım al-lugha alfiarabiyya fı ’l-madris al-fiumümiyya, 393 Man an, 384 al-Manqib al-fkhira fı asm√ sayyid al-duny wa’l-khira, 16 Mansik [ahl] al-widd fı mad˛ khayr al-fiibd, 288 Manfafiat al-alıf fı fiilmay al-lugha wa’l-taßrıf, 475 al-Manhaj al-mubın fı shar˛ ˛adıth awliy√ Allh al-mu˛ibbın, 25 al-Manhaj: qaßıda fı ’l-ishda bi-’l-shaykh fiUmar al-Fütı wa’l-q∂i fiAmar Fl, 384 al-Manhaj al-qawım il ’l-ßir† al-mustaqım, 118 Man huwa al-shaykh ˛aqqan, 481 Man jadda fı ’l-fiilm wajada, 599 Man rma fıka y kitb al-Karım, 411 Manshürt [of A˛mad b. A˛mad Lobbo], 209 Manshürt [of A˛madu Lobbo], 209 Man yu†ifi al-rasül fa-qad a†fiAllh, 424 Man÷üma fı ’l-adab, 33 Man÷üma fı ajz√ al-˛adıth al-khamsa, 173 Man÷üma fı ’l-fiarü∂ wa’l-qawfı, 252 Man÷üma fı asm√ Allh al-˛usn, 553 Maqla fı ’l-awliy√ wa-karmtihim, 78 Man÷üma fı ’l-bayn wa’l-badıfi, 197 Man÷üma fı ∂ab† al-nafs, 118 Man÷üma fı dhamm qaryat Hadr, 62 Man÷üma fı ’l-dufi√, 141, 181 Man÷üma fı ’l-far√i∂ 179 Man÷üma fı far√i∂ al-wu∂ü√, 531 Man÷üma fı ’l-fiqh, 184, 662 Man÷üma fı hija√ Kunta, 197 Man÷üma fı ’l-˛isb, 203 Man÷üma fı ’l-fiibdt, 120 Man÷üma fı ißlh dht al-bayn, 220 Man÷üma fı ’l-istisq√, 657 Man÷üma fı ’l-kab√ir, 54 Man÷üma fı ’l-lugha wa’l-na˛w, 659 Man÷üma fı ’l-mabfiüthın fial ra√s kulli mi√a, 25 Man÷üma fı m ˛adatha fı zamnihi min albidafi, 191 Man÷üma fı mad˛ ahl al-Süq, 647 Man÷üma fı mad˛ ahl al-Wfı min Kanta, 641 Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-aty, 172

Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-Fulln wa-hij√ alTawriq, 635 Man÷üma fı mad˛ Ibrhım Niyß b. fiAbd Allh al-Kawlakhı, 178 Man÷üma fı mad˛ malik al-Maghrib, 171 Man÷üma fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Antahawsy, 170 Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-Tijnı, 663 Man÷üma fı mad˛ al-Wangariyyın, 650 Man÷üma fı mafiraka bayn Kunta wa-KalAntaßar, 642 Man÷üma fı ’l-radd fial ˘ukku, 185 Man÷üma fı ’l-radd fial Nukka al-Süqı, 185 Man÷üma fı ’l-radd fial ’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya, 204, 658 Man÷üma fı rith√ a˛ad fiulam√ al-Takrür, 654 Man÷üma. fı rith√ Afilı b.fiAbd al-Ra˛mn alAnßrı, 55 Man÷ümt fı ’l-salsil al-thaltha, 171 Man÷üma fı ßalt al-istisq√, 120 Man÷üma fı sha√n ahl al-bidafi, 204 Man÷üma fı sha√n Awld Zayn, 662 Man÷üma fı sha√n m jar bihi al-fiamal min almu˛arramt, 173 Man÷üma fı sha√n ßalt al-imm, 658 Man÷üma fı sha√n sürat al-ikhlß, 179 Man÷üma fı sha√n waq√ifi al-Barbish wata√rıkhih, 634 Man÷üma fı silsilat asm√ al-ajdd, 168 Man÷üma fı silsilat al-awrd al-Qdiriyya, 96 Man÷üma fı ’l-ta˛dhır min al-bidafi fı ’l-süq, 172 Man÷üma fı ’l-†alq, 154 Man÷üma fı talfiub al-ns bi’l-zakt, 184 Man÷üma fı ’l-ta√rıkh wa-mad˛ al-rasül, 192 Man÷üma fı ’l-taßawwuf, 99, 172, 179, 181, 182, 187, 194 Man÷üma fı taßrıf al-affil, 170 Man÷üma fı ’l-taw˛ıd, 97, 120 Man÷üma fı waßf mafiraka li’l-†awriq, 172, 649 Man÷üma fı ’l-wird al-Qdirı 653 Man÷üma manfafiat al-ikhwn fı shufiab alımn, 54 al-Man÷üma al-mubraka, 217 Man÷üma muwajjaha li-amır al-Fullnı alsul†n A˛mad, 644 Man÷ümat †urfat al-mamdüd fı na÷m m biTu˛fat al-mawdüd, 176

INDEX OF TITLES Maqla fı daffi al-fiayn, 97 Maqla fı ’l-akhlq al-dıniyya wa’l-wafi÷, 99 Maqlıd al-safida, 517 M qalla wa-dalla fı adillat al-qab∂ wa’l-sadl, 655 Maqmt al-dın al-thalth, 288 al-Maqßid al-saniyya li-kulli muwaffaq min aldufit il ’llh, 217 al-Maqßid al-asn fı khawßß asmfi Allh al˛usn, 141 al-Maqßid al-kafıl bi-˛all muqfal Khalıl, 25 al-Maq†af al-ßarıf li’l-fikif al-wajıf fı adfiiyat alLa†ıf, 65 al-Mar√a fı ’l-islm, 341 al-Mar√a al-muslima, 341 al-Mar√a al-muslima fı al-qarn al-fiishrın, 381 M rawhu al-ruwt fı mujnabat al-wult, 25 Mar˛aban bi-∂uyüf al-khayr, 385 al-Mar˛ala al-ül fı ’l-fiarabiyya li’l-mar˛il al-ibtid√iyya, 610 al-Mar˛ala al-ül fı ’l-tarbiya al-Islmiyya litalmıdh Ifrıqiy. Juz√ i, 610 Mafirifat Allh fı mafirifat asm√ihi al-˛usn, 625 Marthiyat A˛mad Diara, 454 Marthiyat al-˛jj B-k al-Bußübı (Mbacké Bousso), 461 Marthiyat Serigne Bashır Mbakı, 455 Marthiyat al-Shaykh Momar Jobé Mbacké, 462 Marthiyat al-Shaykh Sıdi al-Mukhtr, 461 Mas√il il fiulam√ Mißr, 25 Mas√il min fiilm al-falak, 460 Mas√il min al-na˛w wa’l-bayn wa’l-man†iq wa’l-fiarü∂ wa’l-˛ikma, 460 Mas√il muhimma [by al-Mukhtr b. Wadıfiat Allh], 234 Mas√ala fı sha√n mu†lafiat kutub min mahjir, 33 Mas√ala fiind al-rajulayn, 582 Maslik al-jinn, 120 Maslik al-jinn wa-maghliq al-nırn, 411, 457 Masarrat al-majmifi fı mas√il al-jmifi, 288 Masarrat al-qbi∂, 615 Masarrat al-qbi∂ al-kubr wa-adillat al-rfifi al-fiuly, 615 Masarrat al-qbi∂ al-ßughr, 615

737

Masarrat al-qbi∂ al-wus†, 615 Mashkil al-†ifl al-nafsiyya fı ’l-usar alsinighliyya, 393 al-Mashrab al-ßfı fı mad˛ al-Muß†af ’l-kfı, 411 Mashrafi m√ al-khabar li-wrid wriduh (?wradah?) bi’l-na÷ar, 588 al-Mashyakha fı Kajür, 391 Maslak al-hud li’l-sufiad√ al-Tijniyyın, 307 al-Masünı fı nürin am ÷alm, 341 Mathal alladhına yunfiqüna amwlahum fı sabıl Allh, 421 Mathalu ’l-jannat allatı wufiida ’l-muttaqün, 421 Ma†iyyat al-khalß fı kalimat al-ikhlß, 78 Ma†iyyat al-kh†ir li-ibn al-akh fiAbd al-Qadir, 249 Ma†lab al-fawzayn, 412 Ma†lab al-ri∂wn al-Mbakı, 425 Ma†lab al-shif√, 412 Ma†lab shif√ al-amr∂ al-÷hira wa’l-b†ina, 362 Ma†lab tafrıj al-kurüb, 362 Ma†lab al-taqabbul fı ’l-ßalt fial khayr alrusul, 412 al-Ma†lab wa’l-ma√rab fı afi÷am asm√ al-rabb, 25 Matn al-fiaj√ib al-qadariyya wa’l-mawhib alkaramiyya li-shaykhin wa-sayyidin al-˛jj fiUmar b. Sfiıd al-Fütı, 387 Mafiünat al-balıd, 394 Mafiünat al-ikhwn mimman waqhu ’llhu min al-shay†n, 176 al-Mawhib al-ilhiyya fı ’l-ghazawt alnabawiyya, 276 Mawhib al-laduniyya fı ’l-dafiwat al˘amawiyya [li]’l-bayfia, 395 Mawhib al-Nfifi fı mad√i˛ al-shfifi, 412 Mawhib al-Quddüs fı na÷m nathr shaykhin al-Sanüsı, 412 Mawhib al-Ra˛mn, 412 al-Mawfii÷ al-safiıdiyya fı ıßl˛ al-dın li’lbariyya, 243 M waqafia fı ’l-Takrür al-Südnı m bayn Tinbuktu wa-Jannı, 234 Mawqifi al-a˛dq fial ’l-˛aq√iq allatı ˛awhu hdhihi ’l-awrq, 558 M warada fı ta˛rım al-khamr wa’l-amr bi’lmafirüf wa’l-nahy fian al-munkar, 506

738

INDEX OF TITLES

Mawhüb al-Mannn, 563 Mawjat al-khi∂amm min Allh al-brı ’l-nasam fı mad˛ al-kanz al-afi÷am, 354 Mawlid khayr al-filamın, 413 Mawlid sayyid al-filamın fı asfr al-mursalın, 344 Mawqif al-faßl fı adillat al-qab∂ wa’l-sadl, 246 Mawqif al-mar√a fı ’l-mujtamafi al-islmı, 393 Mawrid al-fikhr fı shar˛ tazawwud al-ßighr, 457 Mawrid al-÷am√n fı dhikr ˛ayt al-shaykh Ibn Füdı fiUthmn, 624 Mawrid al-÷am√n fı ’l-ßalt fial wuld sayyid fiAdnn, 44 Maydn al-barhın fi ’l-naßı˛a li’l-fiuqal√ alsawdın, 388 Mazj al-kawkib, 468 Middı wa-aqlmı li-man za˛za˛a al-yamm, 424, 425 Mift˛ al-amn fı rasm al-Qur√n, 490 Mift˛ al-anwr, 275 Mift˛ al-fia†iyya fı ’l-istightht bi-khayr albariyya wa-bi-walidihi ß˛ib al-khatmiyya wa’l-katmiyya, 284 Mift˛ al-fal˛ fı adhkr al-mas√ wa’l-ßab˛, 157 Mift˛ al-far√i∂ li’l-mubtadi√ın fı tafilım fiilm al-far√i∂, 63 Mift˛ al-fat˛ wa’l-wußül il ˛a∂rat shaykhin Ibn al-Rasül, 277 Mift˛ al-ghuyüb fi jawb khillin fiUmar Jüb, 413 Mifta˛ al-naßr fı dufi√ laylat al-qadr, 413 Mift˛ al-naßr fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-dhikr, 288 Mift˛ ra˛mat al-Ra˛ım fı ’l-tawassul bi-bi’smi ’llhi al-Ra˛mn al-Ra˛ım, 288 Mift˛ al-safida al-abadiyya fı ma†lib alA˛madiyya, 511 Mift˛ al-safida fı ’l-ßalt fial khayr al-sda, 413 Mift˛ al-†lib shar˛ Tu˛fat al-†ullb, 204 Mikhaddat al-fibidın, 275 al-Mina˛ al-˛amıda fı shar˛ al-Farıda, 34 Min al-˘aqq , 413 Min ˛ayt al-ßa˛ba al-kirm, 482 al-Mina˛ al-mufıda li-ahl al-˛ukm wa’lmafirifa, 214

Mina˛ al-∑amad fi radd maqlt al-Arawnı Mu˛ammad, 168 Minan Allh fial m yüßıkum Allh, 63 Minan al-Bqı ’l-Qadım fı mufijizt ’l-rqı ’lmakhdüm, 413 Minan al-Bqı al-Qadım fı sırat al-shaykh alkhadım, 453 Minan al-rabb al-jalıl fı ta˛rır muhimmt Khalıl, 25 Minkhalat al-ajz√, 238 Minnat al-A˛ad bi-asm√ al-asad, 249 Minnat al-Jalıl bi-nubdha min fa∂l al-mawlid al-jalıl, 249 Minnat al-Quddüs bi-jawb al-˛ibr Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsi, 249 Minnat al-Wahhb fı ’l-than√ fial ’l-shaykh al-Tijnı qu†b al-aq†b, 249 Min qablu wa-min bafidu, 382 Min fiumüm ahl al-madına al-munawwara, 413 Minwl al-insh√ li-˛awk al-sır√, 249 Miqmafiat al-munkirın, 615 Mifirj al-ßufiüd il nayl ˛ukm mujallab al-süd, 26 Mir√t al-ßaf fı sırat al-nabı al-Muß†af, 278 Mir√t al-tafirıf fı fa∂l al-fiilm al-sharıf, 26 Mir√t al-†ullb, 652 al-Mırth wa’l-waratha, 606 Mirqt al-aßfiy√ il kanz al-awliy√, 303 Mirqt al-∂ufiaf√ il mafirifat bafi∂ al-asm√ alwqifia fı Durrat al-asm√, 249 Mißb˛ al-anwr wa-kshif al-astr, 151 Mißb˛ al-fiilm fı layl al-jahl wa’l-bidafi, 497 Mißb˛ al-khayr fı qißßat ahl al-khayr wa-Dr al-khayr, 481 al-Mißb˛ li’l-ßighr wa-man ya˛tjuhu min alkibr, 662 Mißb˛ al-mußallı fı bayn idrk al-ßalawt alkhams wa-tarqıfiih, 621 Mißb˛ al-÷alm fı fa∂l al-ßüfiyya al-kirm, 185 Mißft al-sidq fı i÷hr al-˛aqq min kitb Mai Gari ˛awla ˛ayt wa-r√ wa-tafilım alshaykh Ibrhım Niys, 307 Mishkt al-anwr li-iqtibs al-anwr, 615 Mishkt al-asrr, 343 al-Misk al-anamm il mafirifat halumm, 26 Misk al-khitm fı mad˛ q√id al-kirm, 373 Mubarrid al-fialıl wa-shfiyat al-ghalıl, 99, 111

INDEX OF TITLES Mubarridat al-ghalıl wa-shfiyat al-ghull min ßudür al-mu√minın, 99 Mubayyin al-ishkl, 389 Mubın al-hadiyya fı-m yuhd li’l-makh†üba min al-fia†iyya, 275 al-Mubrifi shar˛ al-mughnifi (?) fı fiilm alnujüm, 246 Mudhakkira maftü˛a il qdat al-fiamal alislamı fı ’l-Sinighl, 489 al-Mudhakkira al-müjiza li-mafirifat Zongo waumar√ihi fı Kümsı, 622 Mufraqa fı bayn siysa al-ra√ıs Sanghür, 385 Mufassir al-ql li-ma∂ammir al-˛l, 115 Mufıd al-anm wa-munıl al-marm bi-jamfi ajwiba wa-waßy wa-an÷m fa∂ılat alshaykh fiAbd Allh Niys, 275 Mughnı ’l-murıd fian al-shaykh al-rashıd, 99 Mughnı al-mutafiallim fı ’l-˛isb wa’l-far√i∂, 62 Mu˛∂ara fian ˛ayt al-nabı Mu˛ammad, 620 al-Mu˛addatha al-wqifiiyya, 261 Mu˛ammadatı, 415 Mu˛ammad al-˛abıb, 414 Mu˛ammadı al-khalıl 414 Mu˛ammad al-jamıl, 414 Mu˛ammad al-ma˛büb, 414 Mu˛ammad al-m˛ı, 414 Mu˛ammad al-makhdüm, 414 Mu˛ammad al-ma√mün, 414 Mu˛ammad: manziltuhu wa-akhlquhu, 259 Mu˛ammad al-mufia÷÷am, 414 Mu˛ammad al-mubbashir, 415 Mu˛ammadun Mu˛ammadun lahu, 415, 449 Mu˛ammad al-mumallik, 415 Mu˛ammad al-muqaddam, 415 Mu˛ammad al-mußallı, 415 Mu˛yı al-sunna fı ’l-khu†ab al-minbariyya, 480 Mufiın al-b˛ithın fian mas√il qismat furü∂ alwrithın, 246 Mufiın al-∂ufiaf√ fı ’l-qinfia, 15 Mujlasat ahl al-taßawwuf, 415 Müjaz ta√rıkh Mlı, 261 Müjibt al-jinn, 45 Mukhashlab al-†uwaylib, 238 Mukhtrt fı sıra wa-manqib shaykhin wasayyidin Abı’l-fiAbbs A˛mad al-Tijnı, 288 Mukhtaßar Fat˛ al-Shakür, 59 Mukhtaßar [fı ’l-fiarü∂], 525

739

Mukhtaßar fı ’l-na˛w, 388 al-Mukhtaßar al-jamıl fı m tadfiü ilayhi al-˛ja min al-˛urr wa’l-fiabd wa’l-mar√a wa’lßibyn, 78 Mukhtaßar al-Kawkab al-waqqd, 55 Mukhtaßar kitb Shufiab al-ımn, 525 Mukhtaßar K. al-†ar√if wa’l-tal√id, 55 Mulayyin al-ßudür wa-mudhakkir al-qubür, 415 Mumıt, 416 Munkh al-a˛bb min mina˛ al-Wahhb, 26 Munawwir al-∂am√ir fı shar˛ Mußaqqil albaß√ir fı na÷m al-Zawjir, 55 Munawwir al-˛lik fı shar˛ baytay Ibn Mlik, 26 Munawwir al-ßudür lad ’l-manzil wa-fiinda ’lduwar, 416 Mun÷art mafi mun÷irın, 259 Munılat al-amnı, 508 Munqidh al-ikhwn min nazafit al-shay†n, 320, 368 Munyat al-mubtaghı, 615 Munyat al-s√ıl, 468 Muqaddamt al-amd˛ fı mazy al-mift˛, 416 Muqaddima fı ’l-fiarü∂, 57 Muqqadima fı khidma fı ’l-ßalt fial nabı alra˛ma, 416 Muqqadima fı khidmat alladhı al-Qadım qaddamahü, 416 al-Muqaddima al-kubr, 558 al-Muqaddima al-Kükiyya, 394 al-Muqaddima al-ßughr al-na÷miyya fı ’lkhidma li-khayr al-barriya, 417 al-Muqaddima al-Wangariyya, 33 Muqaddimat al-ikhwn, 416 Muqaddimat al-Kukkı, 395 Muqaddimt muhimma fı adhkr al-ßalt waghayrih, 258 Mursala mafi al-shaykh Sıdiyya b. al-shaykh Sayyid Mu˛ammad, 417 al-Mursalt fial ’l-asm√ wa’l-ßift, 259 al-Murhaft al-qu††afi fial Ibn Myb akhı altan††ufi, 277 Murshid al-˛jj wa-qmüsihi, 610 Murshid al-mußallı, 610 al-Murshid fı ’l-tanfır fian mutaßawwifa hdh ’l-zamn, 143

740

INDEX OF TITLES

Musmarat al-fikr fı ziyrat al-qu†b al-akbar, 277 Musarri˛ al-fiayn fı-m laqiya afid√ al-˘usayn, 249 Mushkiltun asbbuh wa-fiiljuh, 382 Muslim al-yawm bayna thaqfatihı wa-dınihi 382 al-Muslimün fı bild Kanksu, 577 al-Muslimün fı ’l-Sinighl ma’lim al-˛∂ir wafq al-mustaqbal. 473 Muß†af ’l-Muß†af, 476 al-Muß†af wa-wulduhu’l-abrr al-kirm, 552 al-Muß†ala˛t al-siysiyya, 625 al-Mustaqbaliyya al-sharfiiyya al-Islmiyya fı Ifrıqiy al-gharbiyya al-faranküfüniyya, 487 Mu√tamar al-qimma al-islmı fı Dakr, 385 Muwlt awliy√ Allh wa-mufidt afid√ Allh, 194 Muzıl al-˛alak fian istijb (sic) kayfiyyat altaßadduq fial ’l-mayyit bi-S-y-k, 249 Nabfiat al-dhawq wa’l-shawq al-mukhtaßara min al-mudh’hab wa’l-nafit wa-ftiq al-ratq, 65 al-Nafa˛t al-fianbariyya bi’l fuyü∂t alrabbniyya, 277 al-Nafa˛t al-˘amawiyya fı ’l-futü˛t alilhiyya, 624 Nafa˛t al-Malik al-Ghanı fı ’l-siy˛a fı ar∂ Bamakü wa-Ghinı, 287, 289 Nafa˛t rabbniyya, 353 Naf√is al-durar fı kalimt khayr al-bashar, 417 al-Naffi al-fiamım fı sırat al-fiallma Zayn al-Dın b. fiAbd al-fiAzız al-Jabhı, 180 Naf˛ al-fiabır fı ˛ukm dam dabrat al-bafiır, 151 Naf˛ al-†ıb fı mad˛ ahl zwiyat B˙r, 191 Naf˛ al-†ıb fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-˛abıb, 4, 78 Naf˛at al-Mannn fı mad˛ khayr Banı fiAdnn, 354 Nfifiat al-ßad li-man bihi ghulal mafirifat alasm, 249 Nfifiat al-wildn, 582 Naf† al-sharq, 382 Nahj qa∂√ al-˛ajj fı m min al-db ilayhi ’lmurıd ya˛tj, 417 Na˛w fahm dın al-Islm. Juz√ 1 & 2, 610 al-Najt bi-ra˛mat al-Ra˛mn wa-bi-fa∂ilihi l bi’l-fiamal wa’l-ijtihd, 615

Najt kulli hlik wa-nür kulli fibid wa-slik, 662 Najm al-nuh al-qawfı fı fiilmy fiarü∂ al-shifir wa’l-qawfı, 508 Nakß fial fiaqibayhi, 417 Naql al-kaw√in,631 Nasab al-shaykh al-˛jj fiAbd al-Qdir Banba, 600 Nasab Müs b. fiAlı, 55 al-Naß√i˛ fı nuß˛ amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. Sh. fiUmar Safiıd, 637 Naß√i˛ il ’l-ikhwn, 417 Nasamt al-sa˛r, 476 Nashr al-fiabır bi-mafin yt al-ßalt fial ’lbashır al-nadhır, 27 Naßı˛a [of Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Bussübe], 460 Naßı˛a [of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı], 79 al-Naßı˛a al-faßı˛a wa’l-˛ikam al-badıfia alßa˛ı˛a, 97 al-Naßı˛a fı zajr ˛alq al-li˛ya, 615 Naßı˛a il jamıfi ikhwnihi min balad ◊hır min al-fiulam√ al-afilm wa-il jamıfi al-kubar√ wa’l-kuram√ al-ßli˛ın al-mußli˛ın min ahl ◊hır, 538 al-Naßı˛a al-ma˛müda wa’l-fii÷a al-maßmüda, 97 Naßı˛a minnı il ’l-ikhwn [by Ibrhım Niasse], 289 al-Naßı˛a al-muwajjaha il Mu˛ammad b. Afrkish, 99 Naßı˛a nfifia, 417 al-Naßı˛a al-shfiya al-kfiya, 79 Naßı˛at ahl al-südn, 41 Naßı˛at al-batt li-jamıfi ahl Kunta, 79 Naßı˛at al-ghawth, 92 Naßı˛at al-ikhwn, 326, 501 Naßı˛at al-ikhwn fian dafiwı al-wilya bi’lbuhtn, 277 Naßı˛at al-ikhwn bi’l-fiilm wa’l-fiamal, 279 Naßı˛at al-ikhwn fı manfi tark qir√at alQur√n, 347, 369 Naßı˛at al-munßif al-mubaßßir, 79 Naßı˛at al-muttabifi wa-fa∂ı˛at al-mubtadifi 194 Naßı˛at al-rufit, 508 Naßı˛at al-slik fı mufimalat al-mlik, 653 Naßı˛at al-zawjayn, 202

INDEX OF TITLES Nasım al-riy˛ fı tash†ır qaßıdat sayyidı Ibrhım al-Riyy˛ı, 289 Naßran li’l-˛aqq wa-nuß˛an li’l-muslimın, 31 Naßr al-fiulam√ al-fiubbd fı ’l-radd fial urjüzat al-Galldı, 185 Naßs al-kalima allatı alqh Ibrhım Niys fı ar∂ Marrkish fı ’l-˛aflat allatı uqımat fı ihd√ qfiat Jmifiat al-Qarawiyyın bimunsabat dhikr ta√sısih, 289 Natıjat al-fara∂iyyın, 63 Nawdir al-˛ikam li-ß˛ib jmifi al-kalim wawaßy ’l-murıdın wa-†ullb al-fiilm, 284 Nawqi∂ al-ımn, 259 Nawzil A˛mad Mu˛ammad b. Khayr alTandaghı, 55 al-Nawzil al-mufıda, 55 Nawzil Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı b. al-Mukhtr alfiAllüshı, 55 Nawzil al-Shaykh Abı’l-Khayr al-Arawnı, 65 Nawzil wa-ajwiba fiqhiyya, 137 Nayl al-amal fı taf∂ıl al-niyya fial ’l-fiamal, 27 Nayl al-amnı fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-Tijnı, 608 Nayl al-arab fı mad˛ khayr al-fiArab, 354 Nayl al-ibtihj bi-ta†rız al-Dıbj, 27 Nayl al-mafilı shar˛ fiaqıdat Bad√ al-mlı, 33 Nayl al-mafz bi’l-fiawd il ’l-˘ijz, 289 Nayl al-marm bi-bayn ˛ukm al-iqdm fial ’l-dufi√ li-m fıhı min al-ıhm, 27 Nayl al-marm fı mad˛ khayr al-anm, 277, 355 Nayl al-marm fı su√l al-˛jj Ub Ringim fı ’lmanm, 306 al-Na÷fa fı ’l-Islm, 259 Nzila fı sha√n bi√r, 660 Nzila fı sha√n imra√a tazawwajat bafid wa∂fiih min ˛aml fsid, 33 Nzila fı sha√n al-jmifi al-kabır fı Tinbuktu, 252 Nzila nüzila bih Sh. al-Mukhtr b. Bb A˛mad, 93 Na÷m adwr al-tashrıfi al-Islmı mafia kitb , 259 Na÷m akbar al-kab√ir al-thaltha fiashar, 55 Na÷m ashykh al-Qdiriyya, 161 Na÷m asm√ Allh al-˛usn, 362 Nã÷m fatwı bafi∂ fiulam√ al-Takrür, 55 Na÷m fı ’l-˛isb, 629 Na÷m fı mafirifat al-∂arürı min al-dın, 173 Na÷m fı mukaffirt al-dhunüb, 55

741

Na÷m ˛ikam al-shaykh Ma˛müd al-Kardı alKürnı, 56 Na÷m ˛urüf bi’smi’llhi ’l-Ra˛mn al-Ra˛ım, 362 Na÷m ˛urüf , 362 Na÷m ˛urüf ßalt al-fti˛, 362 Na÷m al-kab√ir al-sabfiimi√a, 56 Na÷m al-kab√ir al-sabfiın, 56 Na÷m al-Kitb al-akh∂ar [li’l-Qadhdhfı], 61 Na÷m K. al-shifa√, 525 Na÷m kitb Tanbıh al-mughtarrın, 525 Na÷m al-la√lı bi-ikhbr wa-tanbıh al-kirm, 588 Na÷m Lawqi˛ al-anwr, 217 Na÷m mulakhkhaß li-yt al-shif, 371 Na÷m nasab al-shuraf√ al-Birrıshiyyın, 56 Na÷m al-nsikh wa’l-mansükh min al-˛adıth almuttafaq fialayhi, 56 Na÷m nawzil Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı b. alMukhtr, 56 Na÷m al-Niqya, 141 Na÷m shar˛ Ba˛raq al-Kabır fial Lmiyyat alaffil, 197 Na÷m silsilat al-kirm fı tartıb ajdd sayyid alanm, 417 Na÷m ∑ughr al-Sanüsı, 33 al-Na÷m al-÷arıf li-nawzil ˘am ’llh al-sharıf, 56 Nelson Mandela, 385 Nibrs al-hidya fı ’l-dın, 268 Nibrs al-hidya fı ’l-dın al-˛anafiyya, 49 Nibrs al-murıdın li-zumrat al-˘amawiyya fı Ghn, 624 Nibrs al-÷alm fı mad˛ sayyid al-anm, 250 Nihyat al-amnı fı mad˛ al-nabı al-ummı ’lfiAdnnı, 354 Nifimat rabb al-filamın fı khidmat khayr alfilamın, 418 Nißb al-dhahab, 597 Nubdha fian ta√rıkh Azawd. 633 Nubdha fı fa∂√il Rama∂n, 418 Nubdha fıh asm√ al-˛jj Askiy wa-muddat khilfatihim wa-fiadad al-masjid allatı buniyat fı fiahdihi, 558 Nubdha fı nasab A˛mad b. al-Bashır al-Süqı, 173 Nubdha min akhbr Bıghü, 558

742

INDEX OF TITLES

Nubdha min asm√ mulük Libtkü wa-Wüghü wa-Sinder, 643 Nubdha min nasab Zabarm, 651 Nudbha min ta√rıkh Füta al-Sinighliyya, 473 Nubdha min ta√rıkh Ghurmankob˙, 637 Nubdha min tafirıkh Jenne,. 641 Nubdha min ta√rıkh al-Umawiyyın, 552 Nubdha min ta√rıkh Zabarm, 651 Nubdha ßfiya kfiya mu˛arrara shfiya, 93 Nubdha wa-sha÷iyya min ta√rıkh shaykhin waustdhin wa-wasılatin il rabbin Abı fiAbd al-Mughıth al-shaykh al-˛jj Hrün Mu˛ammad al-Tijnı, 622 Nu∂r al-dhahab fı kulli fann muntakhab, 79 Nudrat al-safida fı isr√ ß˛ib al-zifima, 250 Nujüm al-hud fı kawn nabiyyin af∂al man dafi il ’llh wa-had, 289 al-Nukat al-lawmifi fı mas√alat al-nik˛ bi’lmanfifi, 27 al-Nukat al-mustajda fı muswt al-ffiil li’lmubtada√ fı shar† al-ifda, 28 al-Nukat al-wafiyya bi-shar˛ al-Alfiyya, 28 al-Nukat al-zakiyya, 28 al-Nüniyya al-Kitwiyya, 198 Nür al-fiaynayn fı khalq sayyid al-kawnayn, 250 Nür al-baßar fı mad˛ sayyid al-bashar, 282, 289 Nür al-drayn fı khidmat al-˛mı fian al-firayn, 418, 434 Nür al-drayn fı ’l-ßalt fial sayyid alkawnayn, 418 al-Nür al-f√i∂ fı laghz al-far√i∂, 62 Nür al-˘annn fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı alfiAdnni, 250 Nür al-˛aqq fı mad˛ alladhı j√a bi’l-ßidq, 290 Nür al-kaml fı mashhad al-rijl, 306 al-Nür al-rabbnı fı sırat Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı, 290 al-Nuß˛ al-mubın, 218 Nußra li-ahl al-fiilm fı ’l-radd fian muwßalat ahl al-÷ulm, 188 Nußrat al-dhkirın fı ˛ujaj al-dhikr kitban wasunnatan, 615 Nußüß min al-Tawrh wa’l-Injıl, 259 Nuzhat al-asm√, 92 Nuzhat al-asm√ wa’l-afkr fı mad˛ al-Amın wa-mafinı ’l-Mukhtr, 290 Nuzhat al-awidd√ fı fa∂l khtim al-awliy√, 250 Nuzhat al-murıd fı mad˛ shaykhin al-farıd, 357

Nuzhat al-mustamifi wa’l-lfi÷ fı manqib alshaykh Si. Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷, 275 Nuzhat al-n÷irın bi-mawlid sayyid al-awwalın wa’l-khirın, 250 Nuzhat al-rwı wa-bughyat al-˛wı, 79, 93 Nuzül al-ra˛ma fı ’l-ta˛adduth bi’l-nifima, 28 Qabs min a˛km al-jan√iz 262 Qad afla˛a ’l-yawma man istafil, 421 al-Qadar wa’l-qa∂√, 260 Qâ’îd mufîda, 469 al-Q√il fal-yaqul khayran, 418 Q√ima bi-asm√ mulük Kantshı wa-muddat khilfatihim, 641 Q√imat asm√ umar√ Libtkü, 644 Q√imat mulük Humbüri, 640 Q√imat mulük Say, 646 Qal√id al-fiasjad fı fa∂l al-nabı al-mumajjad, 250 Qal√id al-jumn fı fiilm al-bayn, 250 al-Qmüs al-fiaßrı: Modern Arabic Dictionary of English, Arabic, and Hausa, 625 al-Qan†ara, 494 Qan†arat al-˛isb, 656 Qan†arat al-murıd 310 Qarfi al-ikhwn fian al-ta˛akkum bi’l-÷unün wa’l-buhtn, 178 Qaß√id fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar, 180, 229 Qaß√id fı mad˛ khayr al-bariyya, 151 Qaß√id fı (mad˛) usrat A˛mad al-Bakk√ı, 642 Qaßar al-†√ifa al-˘amawiyya li’l-ßalt alrubfiiyya, 268 Q. fiash√ fı bayt al-shaykh fiAbbs Sall alTijnı, 323 al-Q. al-badriyya, 84 Q. b√iyya fı rith al-Shaykh A˛mad Bamba , 471 Q. bi-munsabat al-intikhb bayn Büba Sall wa-Ndiaye Zalzamn fı Sanluwı Senghor wana˛nu ’l-Mru nakhtru, 323 Q. al-bi√r al-fiatıq, 393 Q. dliyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd, 215 Q. dliyya fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Bello, 116, 123 Q. dliyya fı mad˛ Shaykh ˘amad Amın, 662 Q. dliyya fı mad˛ al-nabı, 222 Q. dliyya fı ’l-taßawwuf, 79, 240 Q. Dafiwat al-ns il dıni Rabb al-ns, 482 Q. Fat˛ al-fia÷ım, 455

INDEX OF TITLES al-Q. al-fay∂iyya al-mushtamila fial anwfi altajalliyyt, 84 Q. fı db al-jimfi, 392 Q. fı a˛wl Dakar, 316 Q. fı ’l-amthl wa’l-˛ikam, 120 Q. fı awldihi [by Hrün al-Rashıd Jallü], 484 Q. fı bayn m j√a bihi al-rasül, 371 Q. fı bayn †arıq al-mutaßawwifın, 455 Q. fı ’l-dafiwa il taqw ’llhi tafil:, 377 Q. fı ’l-dafiwa il ’l-taw˛ıd, 378 Q. fı dhamm al-duny, 157 Q. fı dhamm ˛ukm Fulln wa-mad˛ fiUmar alFütı, 638 Q. fı ’l-dht al-ilhı, 84 Q. fı dhikr ar∂ Gundm wa-Tinbuktü, 196 Q. fı dhikr awtd baldat Timbuktu wa’l-tawassul bihim il ’llh, 666 Q. fı ’l-diffi fian al-Tijniyya, 187 Q. fı ’l-dufi√ fial ’l-÷alama, 84 Q. fı dufi√ihi ’l-khayr li-masqa† ra√sihi, 378 Q. fı ’l-dufi’ li’bnihi A˛mad, 362 Q. fı ’l-dufi√ li-raffi al-wab√, 116 Q. fı ’l-dufi√ li-ßadıqihı A˛mad Jah, 366 Q. fı ’l-dufi√ wa’l-tawassul, 321 Q. fı fa∂√il Rama∂n, 392 Q. fı falsafat al-˛ayt, 334 Q. fı faw√id yt al-Qur√n, 44 Q. fı ’l-ghazal, 121 Q. fı ’l-˛adıth, 510 Q. fı ’l-˛all wa’l-˛arm, 135 Q. hamziyya fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Kabır alMadanı, 227 Q. hamziyya: fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Bello, 123 Q. fı ’l-˛anın, 145 Q. fı ’l-˛anın il wa†anihi, 196 Q. fı ’l-˛aqıqa al-Mu˛ammadiyya, 316 Q. fı ˛aqıqat al-†uruq al-ßüfiyya, 334 Q. fı ’l-˛arb bayn Kal-Antaßar wa-Kanta, 203 Q. fı ˛arb Füta mafia ahl Msina wa-dhikr mawt A˛mad wa’l-˛jj fiUmar wa-mawqif alBakk√ı min tilka ’l-˛arb, 638 Q. fı ’l-˛athth fial ’l-ßabr wa’l-tawakkul fial ’llh, 369 Q. fı hathth al-shabb fial ’l-jidd wa’l-fiamal, 334 Q. fı hij√ ahl baladihi, 193 Q. fı hij√ Idaw al-˘jj wa-mad˛ Kunta, 642 Q. fı hij√ Kunta, 147

743

Q. fı ’l-hij√ li-ar∂ Qantaraw wa-ahlih, 195 Q. fı hij√ al-q∂ı Madiakhate Kala, 395 Q. fı ’l-˛ikam, 85 Q. fı ˛ußülihi fial bafi∂ al-martib alrabbniyya, 369 Q. fı ’l-ibtihl 85, 121 Q. fı ’l-iftikhr, 456 Q. fı ’l-iftikhr bi-shuyükhihi, 328 Q. fı ’l-iftikhr bi’l-Sinighl, 334 Q. fı ’l-ijba fiamman sa√alahü a-m taqüluhu fı ’l-shaykh al-Tijnı ÷ann am yaqın, 357 Q. fı fiilm al-†arıqa, 85 Q. fı ’l-iltij√ il ’llh, 456 Q. fı ’l-irshd wa’l-wafi÷ li-ahl Bamba, 633 Q. fı ’l-ishda bi-muna÷÷amat al-dafiwa alislmiyya bi-lıbiy, 482 Q. fı ’l-ishda bi-’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya, 376 Q. fı ’l-istightha bi-rabb al-filamın, 378 Q. fı ’l-istisq√, 85 Q. fı ’l-istisq√ wa’l-tawassul, 104 Q. fı mabdi√ fiilm al-falak, 341 Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh fiAbbs Sall, 378, 483 Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh fiAbbs Sall al-Tijnı, 376 Q. fı mad˛ fiAbd Allh, 186 Q. fı mad˛ fiAbd Allah b. Fayßal, 482 Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh fiAbd al-fiAzız Sy, 335 Q. fı mad˛ fiAbd al-Qdir al-Jılnı, 170 Q. fı mad˛ fiAbd Rabbihi, 188 Q. fı mad˛ Sh. Abı Bakr Sy, 366 Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh Abı Bakr Sy al-khalıfa, 323 Q. fı mad˛ ahl Bayır, 195 Q. fı mad˛ ahl Füta, 511 Q. fı mad˛ ahl al-fiurüba, 193 Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad b. Abı ’l-Afirf, 204 Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Bakk√ı, 152 Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh A˛mad Buya Gueye, 376 Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad ˘mid SΩsi, 63 Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad Sıkü,214 Q. fı mad˛ [al-shaykh] A˛mad al-Tijnı, 336, 346, 376, 379, 598, 654 Q. fı mad˛ A˛mad b. fiUmar, 146 Q. fı mad˛ ajddihi [by A˛mad al-Tijnı b. Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. Sha√th Tyre], 334 Q. fı mad˛ akhıhi fiUthmn b. al-˘jj, 187 Q. fı mad˛ fial ’l-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd, 237 Q. fı mad˛ Alboury N’Diaye, 390 Q. fı mad˛ fi◊lı b. A˛mad, 121

744

INDEX OF TITLES

Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh al-filim Mu˛ammad fi◊li b. Fat ’l-Müritnı, 366 Q. fı mad˛ l Sıh, 320 Q. fı mad˛ amır dawlat Farans, 666 Q. fı mad˛ amır Kal-Antaßar Mu˛ammad fi◊l b. Düdü, 641 Q. fı mad˛ Sıdı al-fiArabı b. al-S’i˛ al-Tijnı al-Maghribı, 373 Q. fı mad˛ fiashıratihi wa’l-diffi fianh, 85 Q. fı mad˛ al-aty, 182 Q. fı mad˛ Awld Ghayln, 188 Q. fı mad˛ bafi∂ ashykh al-Tijniyyın, 186 Q. fı mad˛ By b. fiUmar, 171 Q. fı mad˛ al-biqfi al-islmiyya al-muqaddasa, 328 Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj ’Abd al-fiAzız Sy fı i˛d ziyratihı li-Fs Ture, 335 Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj F∂il Mbacke, 391 Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj Mlik, 329 Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj Mlik Sy, 329, 366, 514 Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar [b. Safiıd], 226, 227, 230, 598, 637 Q. fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar [al-∑alghawı], 598 Q. fı mad˛ Sh. ˘amhu’llh, 515 Q. fı mad˛ Ibn ˘ammüd, 45 Q. fı mad˛ Sh. Ibrhim Diop, 365 Q. fı mad˛ Ibrhım al-Kawlakhı, 186 Q. fı mad˛ Ibrhım Ma˛müd Diop, 482 Q. fı mad˛ Sh. Ibrhım Niys, 195, 200 Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh Ibr Mbaye, 392 Q. fı mad˛ jaddihi [by Bb A˛mad b. A˛mad al-Bakk√ı], 135 Q. fı mad˛ Junnat al-murıd, 104 Q. fı mad˛ khlihi Bb A˛mad, 141 Q. fı mad˛ khayr al-bariyya, 563 Q. fı mad˛ al-Kuntiyyın, 656 Q. fı mad˛ Lmiyyat al-firifın fı mad˛ sayyid al-firifın, 186 Q. fı mad˛ Lat Dior, 389 Q. fı mad˛ madınat Kold, 482 Q. fı mad˛ al-Ma˛müd, 189 Q. fı mad˛ Ma˛müd b. Safiıd Jeliy, 598 Q. fı mad˛ al-malik ˘ußayn b. ‡alll malik ’lUrdunn, 373 Q. fı mad˛ al-malik fiAbd al-fiAzız, 198 Q. fı mad˛ malik al-Maghrib al-˘asan al-thnı, 366 Q. fı mad˛ al-malik Mu˛ammad al-khmis, 365

Q. fı mad˛ [al-shaykh al-˛jj] Mlik Sy, 366 Q. fı mad˛ al-Maymün b. ˘ammd wa-fiUmar al-Raqqdı, 195 Q. fı mad˛ Momar ∑ßum Diakhate, 329 Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad fi◊li b. Fat, 366 Q. fı mad˛ al-Shaykh Mu˛ammad al-Amın alKnimı, 218 Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad b. Bü Bakr al-Afiıshı, 188 Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad al-Mahdı al-Tijnı, 47 Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd b. al-Shaykh al-Arawnı, 171 Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad al Mansür Sy b. alshaykh al-˛jj Mlik Sy, 373 Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af al-Galldı, 189 Q. fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Niys 345 Q. fı mad˛ al-Mukhtr b. A˛mad, 171 Q. fı mad˛ al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı wa’l-tawassul bihi, 168 Q. fı mad˛ Müly Sharıf b. al-˘asan, 171 Q. fı mad˛ Müs Tarwiri, 197 Q. fı madh al-nabı bi-amrin min khlihi, 329 Q. fı mad˛ al-nabı wa-irshdt fı mukhtalif almaydın, 328 Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh Ndiassé Mbaye, 336 Q. fı mad˛ al-q’id Mufiammar al-Qadhdhfı, 365 Q . fı mad˛ al-Qsim wa’l-Fzzı wajamfiatihim, 135 Q. fı mad˛ ra√ıs Kal al-Süq, 86 Q. fı mad˛ al-ra√ıs al-Mukhtr w. Ddh, 485 Qaßıda fı mad˛ ß˛ib al-jalla al-malik al-sharıf al-˘ußayn b. ‡all, 350 Q. fı mad˛ al-shal†, 198 Q. fı mad˛ al-Shaykh Sfid Abıh b. Muhammad al-F∂il, 481 Q. fı mad˛ al-Shaykh al-Azhari fiAbd al-˘alım Ma˛müd fiinda ziyratihı li-Sinighl, 366 Q. fı mad˛ shaykh al-ßüfiyya, 183 Q. fı madh al-shaykh al-‡libüya, 479 Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi Abı ’l-Khayr Sı. A˛mad b. al-∑ayd, 154 Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi A˛mad al-Bakk√ı, 44 Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi Asaqqafi, 188 Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi Bb A˛mad b. Sıdı alKuntı, 44 Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi al-Mundhir, 183

INDEX OF TITLES Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi Sadıd, 185 Q. fı mad˛ shaykhihi fiUmar b. Safiıd [Ghlı], 121 Q. fı mad˛ shaykhin A˛mad al-Tijnı, 371 Q. fı mad˛ shaykhin al-Tijnı, 336 Q. fı mad˛ shuyükhihi [by Hrün al-Rashıd Jallü], 484 Q. fı mad˛ shuyükh al-Tijniyya, 183 Q. fı mad˛ al-shaykh Siddti ˘ay∂ara, 479 Q. fı mad˛ al-sul†n fiAbd al-Majıd, 121 Q. fı mad˛ al-Süqiyyın, 86 Q. fı mad˛ al-†arıqa al-Tijniyya, 330 Q. fı mad˛ al-Shaykh al-Tijnı, 184, 329 Q. fı mad˛ fiulam√ al-Süq, 141 Q. fı mad˛ fiUmar b. Sadıd al-Triqı, 187 Q. fı mad˛ wlidihi [by A˛mad al-Tijnı b. Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. Sa√th Ture], 336 Q. fı mad˛ Zayn al-Dın b. fiAbd al-fiAzız alJabahı, 186 Q. fı makrim al-akhlq, 376 Q. fı marthiyyat al-shaykh Ibrhım Seck, 392 Q. fı mubyafiatihı li’l-shaykh fiAbbs Sall alTijnı , 377 Q. fı muß˛abat al-shuyükh, 456 Q. fı ’l-muwzana bayn al-mar√a al-˛a∂riyya wa’l mar√a al-badawiyya, 341 Q. fı naßı˛at al-ikhwn, 336, 377 Q. fı na÷m asm√ ajddihı, 370 Q. fı ’l-radd fial ahl al-Süq, 86 Q. fı ’l-radd fial bafi∂ m haj al-shaykh fiAbbs, 377 Q. fı ’l-radd fial bafi∂ muntaqid al-shaykh ’Abbs Sall, 378 Q. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Ghaldı, 118 Q. fı ’l-radd fial hij√in min a˛ad al-buyüt al dıniyya al-kabıra, 323 Q. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Mukhtr b. Büna, 86 Q. fı ’l-radd fial munkir al-Tijniyya, 196 Q. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Shdhiliyyın wa’lTijniyyın, 143 Q. fı ’l-radd fial shfiirin min a˛ad al-buyüt aldıniyya hij√an shifiran, 369 Q. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-Tijniyya, 122 Q. fı rith√ fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. al-q∂ı Ma˛müd, 34 Q. fı rith√ Sh. fiAbd al-Salm Lü, 367 Q. fı rith√ fiAbd al-Wahhb al-Takanı, 60 Q. fı rith√ abıhi fiAbbs Sall, 373

745

Q. fı rith√ al-Sh. A˛mad, 367 Q. fı rith√ al-shaykh A˛mad Ba, 316 Q. fı rith√ A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Fullnı, 116 Q.fı rith√ akhıhi Abı Bakr, 294 Q. fı rith√ Alfa Hshim, 313 Q. fı rith√ Sh. fi◊lı Ba, 367 Q. fı rith√ al-shaykh Balkhu, 535 Q. fı rith√ Sh. By, 142 Q. fı rith√ By b. Sh. Si. fiUmar al-Kuntı, 190 Q. fı ritha√ Cerno Mu˛ammad al-Amın, 517 Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj ˘ammad, 537 Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj ˘anafı al-shahır bi’l-˛jj Bl-Bl, 537 Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj Mlik Sy wa’l-˛jj fiAbd Allh Niys, 326 Q. fı rith√ Sh. al-˛jj Safiıd Nüru Tll, 367 Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj Sunna Külü, 537 Q. fı rith√ al-˛jj fiUmar[al-∑alghawı], 595 Q. fı rith√ ibn fiammihi Hrün Gaye, 379 Q. fı rith√ Ibn al-fiArabı Ly, 390 Q. fı rith√ al-shaykh Idris Sow, 483 Q. fı rith√ al-shaykh Ismfiıl Baldé, 483 Q. fı rith√ La˛lu, 367 Q. fı rith√ Llla fi◊√isha, 147 Q. fı rith√ Sı. Ma˛müd al-Tijnı, 368 Q. fı rith√ Mamma b. fiUthmn al-Kalakküdı, 536 Q. fı rith√ Mu˛ammad Baghayogho, 34 Q. fı rith√ Sh. Mu˛ammad Füdı, 367 Q. fı rith√ Sh. Mu˛ammad al-Hdı Türe, 367 Q. fı rith√ Mu˛ammad Iknan b. ˘amm, 182 Q. [dliyya] fı rith√ Mu˛ammad al-Kbarı, 13 Q. fı ritha√ Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad alMukhtr w. al-Dh, 367 Q. fı rith√ Müly Afilı b. Müly fiAbd al-Salm al-Tuwtı, 154 Q. fı rith√ al-Mundhir, 191 Q. fı rith√ al-q∂ı Sı. fi◊lı al-Arawnı, 154 Q. fı rith√ al-Sayyida Umm al-khayr, 316 Q. fı rith√ ’l-sharıf Mu˛ammad al-˘abıb alTijnı, 372 Q. fı rith√ ummihi, 368 Q. fı rith√i ummihi [by A˛mad al-Tijnı b. Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. Sa√th Ture], 336 Q. fı rith√ fiUrwa amır Arawn, 154 Q. fı rith√ waladihi ˘amza, 186 Q. fı rith√ wlidihi al-shaykh Mayoro Sall, 373

746

INDEX OF TITLES

Q. fı rith√ zawjat al-shaykh Sı. al-Mukhtr bt. A˛mad al-Bakk√ı, 116 Q. fı safiat fiafw Allh, 456 Q. fı shafin al-dajjl, 86 Q. fı shukr Allh tafil, 330 Q. fı ’l-shukr wa’l-˛amd, 322 Q. fı shuyükh al-Qdiriyya, 116 Q. fı ’l-ßidq fı ’l-†alab, 377 Q. fı ’l-silsila al-Qdiriyya, 122, 145 Q. fı silsilatihi al-Tijniyya, 389 Q. fı ’l-silsila al-Tijniyya, 484 Q. fı ’l-ta√assuf fial ’l-aslf alladhına knü fı Sanluwı, 316 Q. fı ’l-ta√assuf fial ibtifid al-ns fian alsharıfia al- islmiyya, 336 Q. fı ’l-ta√assuf li-hujüm Isr’ıl fial ’l-fiarab fı 7 yuniyü 1967, 369 Q. fı ta√dıb al-nafs, 376 Q. fi-tafwı∂ amrihi il ’llh, 370 Q. fı ’l-ta˛adduth bi-nifimat Allh fialayhi, 458 Q. fı tahdhıb al-nafs, 378 Q. fı tahni√at ’l-shaykh fiAlı Ba bi’ntih√i jmifiihi fı Guéoul, 369 Q. fı tahni√at al-˛jj Müs bi-˛ajjihi, 379 Q. fı tahni√at Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd, 154 Q. fı tahni√at al-sharıf fiAbd ’l-fiAzız al-˘asanı, 323 Q. fı tahni√at shaykhihi Mu˛ammad Muß†af, 195 Q. fı †alab al-naßr min Allh, 204 Q. fı talkhıßihi li-bb fialmt al-ifirbi fı ’lna˛w, 370 Q. fı ’l-tar˛ıb bi-Sı. fi◊lı al-Tıjnı bi-munsabat nuzülihı bi-madınat Louga, 367 Q. fı ’l-tar˛ıb bi-muf†ı Mıßr al-shaykh Muhammad al-˘ußarı, 366 Q. fı ’l-tar˛ıb bi-shahr Rama∂n al-mubrak fim 1397/1977, 370 Q. fı ’l-tar˛ıb bi’l-shaykh al-sharıf b. fiUmar alTıjnı, 365 Q. fi tar˛ıb bi-sumuww al-amır fiAbd Allh b. fiAbd ’l-fiAzız fı Lügha, 372 Qaßıda fı tafirıf al-ridda, 652 Q. fı ’l-ta√rıkh, 86 Q. fı ta√rıkh ta√sıs qaryatihi “al-Qhira”, 370 Q. fı ’l-taßawwuf, 189, 205, 336, 372 Q. fı ’l-tasbı˛, 336 Q. fı ’l-tawba il ’llh wa’l-ta∂arrufi lahu, 370

Q. fı ’l-tawajjuh al-tmm il ’llh, 370 Q. fı ’l-tawakkul fial ’llh, 341, 378 Q. fı tawakkulihi fial ’llh wa˛dihi, 456 Q. fı ’l-tawassul, 86, 122, 171, 337, 393 Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-ashykh al-imm, 171 Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-ashykh Kanta, 168 Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-asm√ Allh al-˛usn, 143 Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-ghazawtihi ßall ’llh fialayhi wa-sallam bi-ßarf al-fitna fian ahl alfiIrq, 65 Q. fı ’l-tawwassul bi’l-˘ayy ’l-Qayyüm, 372 Q. fı ’l-tawassul bi-himmat al-shaykh al-Tijnı, 376 Q. fı ’l-tawassul il ’llh, 455 Q. fı ’l-tawassul il ’llhi bi-shaykhin al-Tijnı, 379 Q. fı ’l-tawassul il ’llh tafil, 483 Q. fı ’l-tawwasul wa’l-dufi√, 456 Q. fı ’l-tawba il ’llh, 378 Q. fı ’l-tawba il ’llh wa’l-ta∂arrufi lahu, 370 Q. fı ’l-tawba wa’l-istighfr, 455 Q. fı ’l-taw˛ıd, 33, 122, 330, 337, 658 Q. fı taw˛ıd Allh, 456 Q. fı ’l-tawfiiya wa’l-irshd, 376 Q. fı waßf ri˛la lahu il qaryat Alék fı Murıtniyy, 370 Q. fı ’l-wafi÷, 168 Q. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd, 86, 179, 378, 485 Q. fı ziyrat al-sharıf A˛mad ˘aydara fı Mtam, 323 Q. fı ziyratihi li-∂arı˛ al-shaykh Safid abıhi, 479 Q. fı ziyratihi li-khlihi [by Mu˛ammad b. ˘amma b. Mu˛ammad al-Kuntı], 141 Q. fı ’l-zuhd, 87 Q. fı ÷uhür al-˛qq lahu 377 Q. Ghazlat al-nür, 350 Q. al-˛amma, 574 Q. hamziyya fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı, 236 Q. hamziyya: fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Bello, 133 Q. al-˛irz al-manıfi, 294 Q. il ’l-˛jj fiUmar, 238 Q. al-isr√ wa’l mifirj, 350 Q. Istightha bi’l-˛jj Mlik Sy, 330 Qaßıda istighthiyya bi-jh al-nabı, 315 Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ Sh. A˛mad al-Tijnı, 655 Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ Sh. ˘amadi Amın. 662 Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ jamfiat al-Süq, 120124

INDEX OF TITLES Q. lmiyya fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı, 642 Q. lmiyya fı ’l-tahni√a [by Shaykh Gassama], 391 Q. lmiyya fı ’l-taßawwuf, 239 Q. lmiyya fı ziyratihi li-Fs [by Shaykh Gassama], 391 Q. lmiyya il amır al-mu√minın Mu˛ammad Bello, 124 Q. li’l-tawassul il ’llh bi-jh al-nabı wa-bi˛urmat al-Tijnı, 337 Q. Madınat Tiwwan, 392 Qaßıda mımiyya fı mad˛ al-nabı [al-Badıfiiyya], 465 Q. Na÷m ˛urüf ßalt al-Fti˛ 378 Q. nüniyya fı amr ahl al-Tijnı, 125 Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ A˛mad b. al-˛jj fiUmar, 659 Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Kabır, 228 Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı, 240 Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ Mu˛ammad Bello, 126 Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ al-nabı, 655 Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ shaykhihi [by Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn b. A˛mad al-Bghunı alAnßrı], 239 Q. nüniyya fı mad˛ al-Tijniyyın, 240 Q. nüniyya fı rith√ Abı Bakr b. Yirkoi Talfi, 237 Q. qfiyya fı ’l-radd fial ’l-˛jj fiUmar, 581 Q. r√iyya fı hij√ Lat Dior, 389 Q. r√iyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar, 228 Q. r√iyya fı ’l-taßawwuf, 47, 243 Q. r√iyya fı mad˛ Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı, 659 Q. r√iyya fı mad˛ amır al-mu√minın A˛mad alKabır al-Madanı, 238 Q. San Luwı [St-Louis], 323 Q. al-shy, 323 Q. al-shukr fial mad˛ al-shaykh al-Tijnı, 663 Q. sıniyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar, 237 Q. sullam al-muhtadı wa-fialam al-muqtadı 372 Q. t√iyya fı ’l-tahni√a [by Shaykh Gassama], 391 Q. Tanbıh al-mubtadi√ın wa-tadhkirat alghfilın 377 Q. al-taslım li’llhi, 316 Q. tawwassul bi-jh rasül Allhi ßalla ’llhu fialayhi wa-sallam fı ’l-istisq√, 377 Q. al-tawassul bi-sirr al-shaykh A˛mad alTijnı, 316

747

Q. al-tawassul wa-dufi √ li’l-wird wa’l-wa÷ıfa, 330 Q. Tawwasulun fı †alab al-ghin bi’llhi, 457 Q. yadhkuru fıh bafi∂ al-waq√ifi, 666 Q. yatashawwaqu ilayh al-shaykh Mu˛ammad al-Hdı Türe, 371 Qaßıdat khir al-zamn, 444 Qaßıdat al-˛amd wa’l-shukr al-jliba in sh√ Allh tafil li’l-zayd wa’l-naßr, 444 Qaßıdatni munawwiratnı li-†alab zawja ßli˛a wa-dhurriyya †ayyiba min Allh tafil, 444 Qaßr Thierno Ka, 385 Qa†fi alsinat al-mutashayyikhın wa’l-mur√ın wa-ib†l al-˛ujaj li’l-mul˛idın fı fiaq√idihim al-fsida wa-taqrırtihim al-m√ila fian alsalaf al-ßli˛, 559 Qa†f al-thamar fı raffi asnıd al-mußannaft fı ’lfunün wa’l-athar, 506 Qaw√id al-fiaq√id, 476 Qawfiid al-Islm al-khamsa, 172 Qawfiid al-Islm mafia sunan sayyid al-anm, 538 Qawfiid al-†arıqa al-A˛madiyya al-Tijniyya, 395 al-Qawl bi-kifyat al-taqlıd fı ’l-taw˛ıd lifiawmm al-muslimın, 49 al-Qawl al-friq min ta√rıkh ab†l al-‡awriq, 535 al-Qawl al-ma√lüf fı ’l-radd fial man nah fifil al-mafirüf, 168 al-Qawl al-munıf fı tarjamat al-imm Abı fiAbd Allh al-Sharıf, 28 Qıfin al-janna fı ’l-adhkr al-Qur√niyya wa’lnabawiyya 65 Qißßat ahl al-Süq, 647 Qißßat al-amjad fı ˛ayt al-wlid, 481 Qißßat ∑algh wa-ta√rıkh Ghunj, 541, 545 al-Qißßa ta√rıkh al-Muslimın fı hdh ’l-zamn, 548 Qi†fia fial ’l-maqmt 34 Qitfia fı ’l-wu∂ü√ wa’l-tayammum, 559 Qi†fia min asm√ bafi∂ mulük Sıghu, 646 Qi†fia min ta√rıkh Takrür, 636 al-Qunbula al-dmigha fial ru√üs al-munkirın li-awliy√ Allh, 616 al-Qunbula al-dhurriyya fı radd fial A˛mad fiUmar ß˛ib al-mubraza al-kubr, 622 al-Qur√n huwa al-imm li’l-filam ajmafi, 623

748

INDEX OF TITLES

al-Qur√n shif√ li’l-ns wa’llhu al-Shfı, 625 al-Qur√n, ta√rıkhuhu wa-tadwınuhu wamu˛tawaytuhu, 611 Qurrat al-abßr fı sırat al-Mukhtr b. Abı Bakr b. Mu˛ammad M˛ammad b. Ma˛müd alFullnı, 635 Qurrat fiayn al-muttabifi 252 Radfi al-aqrn fian al-ta˛akkum fı a˛km alQur√n, 180 Radfi al-nfı fian al-zakt al-nmı, 616 Radd fial kitb min Ibn Salım, 143 al-Radd fial ’l-murtadd al-mutajarri√ fial ’llh wa-fial kitbihi, 260 Radd fial qaßıdat Mu˛ammad b. Burayk, 204 Radd fial qaßıdat Yafiısh al-Galldı, 197 Radd fial qu∂t Arawn, 115 Radd fial risla fı iqmat al-jumufia fı Bü Jubayha, 165 Radd fial rislat Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad B˙r fı ’l-nikh, 174 Radd fial su√layn fı ’l-bayn, 135 Radd man qayyada shurü† al-†arıqa alTijniyya, 311 al-Radd wa’l-ib†l fial man iddafi al-ru√y bi’l-iqbl, 192 Raffi al-˛araj, 468 Raffi al-malm fian man rafafia wa-qaba∂a iqtid√an li-sayyid al-anm, 294 Raffi al-mushkilt fian bafi∂ fiulam√ Tuwt, 151 Ragh√ib al-mu˛tjın fial †arıqat al-Tijniyyın, 225, 387 al-Ra√ıs Shadhlı b. Jadıd, 386 R√iyyat al-wußül fı ˛ayt al-rasül, 46 Rajul asm√ Wusifi Tutu, 550 Ras√il [of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı], 87 Ras√il bayn al-Bakk√ı wa-Akansüs, 133 Ras√il fı ˛ukm al-fiaqd fial ’l-˛iml min al-zin wa-aqwl al-fiulam√ fıhi, 260 Ras√il fı nik˛ al-mutfia wa-aqwl al-fiulam√ fıhi, 260 Ras√il fı sha√n ahl Msina wa’l-˛arb mafia alFaransiyyın, 644 Ras√il il fiUthmn b. M. Fodiye, fiUmar alFütı, A˛mad A˛mad, wa-ahl Tinbuktu, 133 al-Rashfat al-shfiya, 87 al-Raw∂a al-anıqa fı m yatafiallaq bi’lu∂˛iyya, 142

Raw∂at al-kham√il li’l-akhyr wa-shafrat alßawrim fial ’l-ashrr, 127 Raw∂at al-mufißirın fı mafirifat fiulüm al-dın, 472 Raw∂at al-mutafiallimın wa-˛adıqat almufiallimın, 659 al-Raw∂t al-nadiyya fial ’l-maqßürat alDuraydiyya, 326 Raw∂at safida, 528 al-Raw∂ al-khaßıb fı shar˛ Naf˛ al-†ıb, 105 Raw∂ al-mu˛ibbın fı mad˛ sayyid al-firifın, 295 al-Raw∂ al-naqı fial sırat al-nabı, 607 Raw∂ al-qinfia, 574 Rayy al-÷am√n fı mad˛ sayyid al-akwn, 355 Ri˛la fı min†aqat Bfülbı, 633 al-Ri˛la al-Gannriyya wa’l-Kumshiyya 287, 295 al-Ri˛la al-˘ijziyya al-ül, 295 al-Ri˛la al-Kunkiriyya, 287, 289 Ri˛lat il ’l-Qhira, 261 Ri˛la safiıda, 611 Ri˛lat umm al-qur, 394 Rim˛ ˛izb al-Ra˛ım fial nu˛ür ˛izb al-rajım, 218 al-Risla al-fiajıba wa’l-naßı˛a al-badıfia, 110 al-Risla al-fiajıba wa’l-naßı˛a al-badıfia il sayyid Bb A˛mad, 90 R. al-anwr wa’l-naßı˛a li’l-ikhwn fı ’l-nahy fian shurb al-dukhn, 538 R. fian al-wird, 115 R. fı db al-murıd, 219 R. fı ahammiyyat al-ta√rıkh 56 R. fı akhbr al-jumufia, 165 R. fı ’l-akhlq, 48 R. fı anwfi al-kufr, 269 R. fı ’l-awrd, 139 R. fı ’l-awrd wa-kayfiyyat al-talqın wa’lbayfia, 142 R. fı bayn anwfi al-bidafi wa’l-kufr bi-bild alSüdn, 48 R. fı ’l-bidfia, 50 R. fı ’l-dhikr wa-shurü† al-khalwa, 110 R. fı fa∂l al-fiilm wa’l-fiulam√, 169 R. fı ’l-˛a∂∂ fial ’l-jihd, 133 R. fı ˛ukm dim√ al-Kuntiyyın wa-amwlihim, 202 R. fı ˛ukm al-taqlıd, 169 R. fı ˛uqüq al-nis√, 110

INDEX OF TITLES R. fı ’l-if†r, 199 R. fı ikhtilf al-fiulam√ fı ’l-tibgh, 63 R. fı fiilm al-˛isb, 62 R. fı fiilm al-†abıfia wa’l-falsafa, 193 R. fı fiilm al-tawqıt 203 R. fı ’l-ımn, 169 R. fı inkr al-÷ulm li-ibnayhi Mu˛ammad wa˘ammdı, 110 R. fı ’l-irth, 165 R. fı ’l-istikhra, 87 R. fı ithbt aßl imrat Igalld li-Kel-n-Sıd almustaw†inın fı ar∂ Bamba, 640 R. fı jawb al-muta˛ribın, 87 R. fı jawz al-ujra li-mufiallim al-Qur√n, 196 R. fı kayfiyyat al-sulük, 87 R. fı kayfiyyat ziyrat al-shaykh, 87 R. fı ’l-kufr wa’l-ımn, 661 R. fı m yajibu fiamaluhu mafi fiUmar al-Fütı, 128 R. fı mad˛ al-shifir, 186 R. fı mara∂ al-bbüsh, 135 R. fı mushkilat al-zakt, 196 R. fı naßı˛at ahl al-bawdı, 202 R. fı nu†q al-∂d, 205 R. fı ’l-radd fial ’l-faqıh fiUthmn al-Ghu†ayrif, 186 R. fı ’l-radd fial m ishtamala fialayhi Khaß√iß Mu˛yı ’l-Dın, 187 R. fı ’l-radd fial Ubbu, 191 R. fı ru√y ra√h [of Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Abı Bakr al-Inükundarı], 183 R. fı sha√n fiAbd Allh b. Khashün,165 R. fı sha√n al-a˛bs, 183 R. fı sha√n a˛wl sukkn Tinbuktu, 110 R. fı sha√n fiaqd nik˛, 127 R. fı sha√n bayfi ama fı qaryat Sraym, 116 R. fı sha√n il˛q al-walad bi-abıhi, 110 R. fı sha√n al-im√, 128 R. fı sha√n man yukhrij al-zakt min ardhal m fiindahu, 206 R. fı sha√n m wajadtu min anwfi al-kufr wa’lbidafi al-mu˛arrama allatı l tu˛ß fı ar∂ alSüdn, 48 R. fı ’l-tafimul mafi al-naßr, 196 R. fı ’l-†ahra, 139 R. fı ta˛rım al-hijra fı hdh’l-zamn, 116 R. fı ’l-†alq al-thulthı, 196 R. fı taqßır al-wird, 87

749

R. fı ’l-tafirıf bi-ahl al-ar∂, 128 R. fı ’l-taßawwuf, 28, 169, 184, 199, 219 R. fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-anbiy√ wa’l-awliy√ 193 R. fı ’l-taw˛ıd, 178 R. fı ’l-Tijniyya, 200 R. fı ’l-ujra, 196 R. fı ujrat al-a†ibb√, 87 R. fı fiuyüb al-ßadaq†, 196 R. fı wafayt fiulam√ Bü Jubayha , 634 R. fı ’l-wafi÷, 202 R. fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd,87, 111, 139 R. fı wußül al-thawb li’l-amwt, 63 R. fı ÷uhür al-khalıfa al-thnı fiashar, 213 al-Risla al-Ghallwiyya, 97, 11 R. il Abı Bakr b. Ghurul, 117 R. il fiAbd Allh b. Abı Bakr wa-Idrıs b. Nü˛, 212 R. il fiAbd Allh b. Alf fiAmm [al-Tinbuktı], 128 R. il fiAbd Allh b. Kann, 198 R. il fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye, 269 R. il abn√ A˛mad b. Hanün al-fiUbaydı, 106 R. il abn√ Sh. Sı. A˛mad ∑li˛ fı sha√n kaff Kel Antaßar fian al-fasd, 88 R. il abn√ fiAlı b. Najıb, 87 R. il abn√ Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf, 87 R. il ahl Füta, 653 R. il ahl Jenne, 106 R. il ahl Kunta fimmatan wa-il ahl al-˛all wa’l-fiaqd minhum khßßatan, 642 R. il ahl al-‡lib al-Muß†af, 107 R. il A˛mad Abı ’l-Afirf, 139, 142 R. il A˛mad b. fiAbd Allh al-Waddnı, 117 R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad, 128, 130, 644 R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad [from al-˛jj fiUmar], 219 R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. A˛mad, 129 R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Sh. A˛mad, 128 R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad al-Fullnı, 117, 128 R. il A˛mad A˛mad al-Msinı fı sha√n ahl Sansandı, 644 R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo fı ˛urmat ∂ayfihi fiAbd al-Karım, 129 R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo al-Msinı, 129-130 R. il A˛mad b. A˛mad b. al-Shaykh, 129 R. il A˛mad al-Bakk√ı (or al-Bakky), 231, 642, 666

750

INDEX OF TITLES

R. il A˛mad b. al-Faqı, 105 R. il A˛mad b. ˘amad Samba Tta, 210 R. il A˛mad al-Madanı fı bayn m jar bayn A˛mad al-Bakk√ı wa-fiUmar al-˘awsı, 222 R. il A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Abı Bakr alMsinı, 130 R. il A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. al-kha†ıb alMadanı, 105 R. il Sh. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo [alMsinı], 105, 130, 192 R. il A˛mad b. ∑li˛ al-Arawnı, 88 R. il A˛mad b. al-Shaykh, 129 R. il A˛mad Sıkü, 214 R. il A˛mad al-Tijnı, 187 R. il A˛mad b. al-shaykh fiUmar, 238 Risla il ’l-akh ˘asan ’Njy, 444 R. il fiAlı b. Sh. Sı. A˛mad wa-ikhwnihi, 88 R. il ’l-fimil ˘ammd wa-q∂ı Kül†, 117 R. il ’l-amır fiAlı al-fiAshshrın Kak b. Ma˛müd, 206 R. il ’l-amır Ba Lobbo, 128 R. il ’l-amır Ghuruwü b. Safiıd, 212 R. il ’l-amır al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd al-Fütwı, 132 R. il amır Ibn fiAbd Allh b. Sh. A˛mad, 130 R. il amır Kanü Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsı, 295 R. il amır Karshısh Sulaymn Baßaldı, 130 R. il amır Msina al-q∂ı A˛mad Bb b. Abı’l-fiAbbs fı sha√n tarika, 644 R. il Amır Minkali (?) A˛mad b. fiUthmn, 130 R. il amır al-mu√minın fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. fiAshshb, 88 R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. A˛mad, 644 R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. al-˘jj fiUmar, 639 R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad al-Kabır alMadanı, 231, 658 R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr al-Msinı, 43, 117 R. il amır al-mu√minın A˛mad b. al-Shaykh fiUmar, 639 R. il amır al-mu√minın fiUmar b. Safiıd, 231 R. il ’l-amır Safiıd b. al-Shaykh Safiıd, 654 R. il ’l-amır fiUthmn b. Abı Bakr, 212 R. il Awld Dwüd, 107 R. il Bb A˛mad, 107 R. il Sı. Bb A˛mad A˛mad, 110 R. il Bb A˛mad b. fiUrwa b. ˘ammd, 139

R. il bafi∂ al-ikhwn [by Ibrhım Niasse], 295 R. il Bdı b. Ma˛müd, 88 R. il bafi∂ al-Kuntiyyın, 107 R. il B-k-t, 139 R. il ’l-faqıh Bb b. fiUthmn, 209 R. il ’l-faqıh Sadıd wa’l-‡hir fı mushkilat albuyüfi, 656 R. il Fondoko, Sultan Msina, 107 R. il Ghuruwü b. Safiıd, 210 R. il ˘abıb Allh b. al-Mukhtr, 108 R. il ’l-˛jj fiUmar, 130, 213, 660 R. il ’l-˘jj b. fiUmar Abı Radda [Bü Radda] 117 R. il ’l-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd [from A˛mad b. A˛mad Lobbo], 212 R. il ˛kim ar∂ Adghgh 139 R. il ˘mid b. A˛mad al-∑anhjı, 88 R. il Hanün b. Abı Yüsuf, 107 R. il Hanün b. Bayd, 88 R. il Ibn amır al-mu√minın fiAbd Allh, 235 R. il ibn fiammihi Abı Bakr [from A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Lobbo, 212 R. il Ibn fiammihi Abı Bakr [from A˛mad Lobbo], 209 R. il Ibn Hanün 154 R. il ibnihi A˛mad [from A˛mad Lobbo], 210 R. il ibnihi A˛mad al-Bakk√ı, 107 R. il ibnihi al-brr Mu˛ammad wa-man mafiahu min al-talmıdh al-akhyr, 108 R. il ibnihi fı ’l-wafi÷ wa’l-irshd, 88 R. il ibnihi Mu˛ammad, 108 R. il ibnihi Sh. al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır, 108 R. il ikhwnin wa-a˛bbin wa-talmıdhin al-Marrkushiyyın, 128 R. il jamfiat abn√ Abı Radda wa-ahl al-‡lib fiAbd Allh, 108 R. il jamfiat al-abn√ wa’l-ikhwn jamfiat abn√ fiammin Ibn al-Nafima, 89 R. il jamfiat abn√ Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf, 153 R. il jamfiat F-w-n-t wa-ahl Bahbal, 108 R. il jamfiat Idaghmüs, 109 R. il jamfiat Iguelld, 89 R. il jamfiat al-Islm, 131 R. il jamfiat Jenne, 131 R. il jamfiat Kel Antaßar, 89 R. il jamfiat Msina [from al-˛jj fiUmar], 219 R. il jamıfi al-ikhwn [from Mlik Sy], 311

INDEX OF TITLES R. il kffat al-Süqiyyın, 184 R. il kalafat Kunta, 134 R. il ’l-khalıfa A˛mad b. al-Fagg b. Mu˛ammad, 109 R. il kulli mu√min wa-mu√mina, 89 R. il man jarrada al-†arıqa fian al-tarbiya, 305 R. il Masfiüd b. Manßur, 179 R. il Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr, 210 R. il Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. Gıg, 131 R. il Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad b. √g-l-g, 131 R. il Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı Faraj, 131 R. il Mu˛ammad b. Afimar b. fiAlı b. fiUmar (◊msh), 109 R. il Mu˛ammad al-fi◊qib b. al-‡hir b. fiAlı, 106 R. il Mu˛ammad ˘awlan, 117 R. il Mu˛ammad Mawlüd wa-Mu˛ammad al‡hir, 109 R. il Mu˛ammad b. Mbrak b. fiAlı, 139 R. il Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad fiAlı al-Anßrı, 144 R. il Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı. 210 R. il Sı. Mu˛ammad b. al-Nasab, 131 R. il Mu˛ammad al-Slik b. Khayyiya, 184 R. il Mu˛ammad al-Slik b. Khayyiya fı sha√n al-†uruq al-ßüfiyya, 61 R. il Mu˛ammad al-Süqı, 89 R. il Sı. Mu˛ammad b. Sı. fiUmar al-Kuntı, 56 R. il ’l-mujhidın [from al-˛jj fiUmar], 219 R. il ’l-Mukhtr b. A˛mad al-Kuntı, 654 R. il ’l-Mukhtr b. Mu˛ammad b. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı, 131, 210, 608 R. il Sıdı al-Mukhtr al-∑aghır al-Kuntı fı ’lawrd, 173 R. il murıdihi al-ßdiq Galajo b. ˘amma, 109 R. il ’l-Nßir b. al-Nbigha, 134 R. il ’l-Nßir b. al-Nbigha b. Kwı, 139 R. il Niymı [Niamey], 284, 295 R. il Nü˛ b. al-‡hir, 109 R. il qab√il al-Fulln, 131 R. il ’l-q∂ı Abı Bakr b. fiAbd Allh, 210 R. il ’l-q∂ı Abı Bakr Sammüd, 209 R. il ’l-q∂ı A˛mad Bb b. Abı ’l-fiAbbs b. fiUmar b. Zayyn al-˘asanı, 139 R. il ’l-q∂ı Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. A˛mad Bb b. Abı ’l-fiAbbs al-˘asanı, 157 R. il ’l-q∂ı al-Muß†af b. fiAbd Allh, 132 R. ila q∂ı San Shirfi, 654

751

R. il q∂ı Tinbuktü, 196 R. il ’l-Q√id Abı Bakr al-Bsh, 89 R. il ’l-Rashıd wa-Galajo, 110 R. il ’l-∑li˛ b. Mu˛ammad al-Bashır, 89 R. il shaykhihi Mu˛ammad b. [Mu˛ammad] Baghayogho b. Gur∂o, 174 R. il Sidiyya b. al-Mukhtr, 110 R. il Sıdiyya wa-B Lobbo wa-fiAbd Allh b. Abı Bakr wa-ghayrihim, 132 R. il ’l-sul†n al-Almadı al-Mukhtr Bb alKuntı, 89 R. il ’l-sul†n Mu˛ammd al-Amın al-Knimı, 219 R. il tilmıdhihi fiˆs b. Ma˛ammad [from A˛mad Lobbo], 211 R. il ’l-fiulam√ wa’l-˛ukkm [from A˛mad b. A˛mad Lobbo], 213 R. il ’l-umar√ wa’l-˛ukkm, 211 R. il umar√ al-Kuntiyyın, 642 R. il fiUmar ˘amad fı sha√n al-∂iyfa, 132 R. il fiUmar al-˘awßı, 117 R. il Ufimar al-mulaqqab bi’l-shaykh By, 171 R. il fiUthmn b. al-˘jj b. Balla fı sha√n al∂arrt, 90 R. il Wadıfiat Allh al-Fullnı, 132 R. il Sıdı al-Wfı, 90 R. il Walwan (?) wa-Arwy, 117 R. il ’l-walı al-ßli˛ al-˛jj Ballu fı sha√n alitwt, 140 R. il wazır Dawr ˘asan b. Müs fian almahdiyya, 145 R. il Würam b. Alfa, 211 R. il Yüsuf b. A˛mad, 133 R. il Zayn al-fi◊bidın, 117 R. il Zayn al-fi◊bidın b. al-Bakk√ı, 134, 174 al-Risla al-kfiya al-shfiya bi-nashr al-fifiya, 90 al-Risla al-kfiya al-shfiya bi-nashr al-fifiya ghayr al-fifiya 110 R. la†ıfa mushtamila fial ˛ikam mufıda, 312 Risla maftü˛a il sa√ir al-ikhwn wa’l-a˛bb fı ’llh, 302 R. al-manßür fı ’l-radd fial rislat Dasısat alinkr, 616 al-Risla al-maymüna, 90 al-Risla al-maymüna al-muhimma almu˛tawiya fial jull al-naß√i˛ al-wuddiyya wa’l-irshdt al-bayyina al-qayyima bi-

752

INDEX OF TITLES

munsabat al-fitna al-†˛ina fial Tinbuktü wa’l-aqlım al-shimliyya 65 R. min jamfiat Tinbuktu il A˛mad A˛mad b. A˛mad al-Fullnı, 645 al-Risla al-mubraka 220 Risla munıfa fı ußül bild Müshı, 560 al-Risla al-muqaddasa fı ta√rıkh Füta Türu 347 R. nfifia, 295 R. al-Qur√n, 296 Risla shifiriyya il bafi∂ aßdiq√ihi, 371 R. al-tawba, 296 Rislat jamfiat Tinbuktu il ’l-amır A˛mad b. A˛mad b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Fullnı, 648 Rislat al-ri˛la al-thlitha, 559 Risla wa-ta√rıkh, 90 al-Risla wa’l-wilya wa-thamaratuh al-f√i∂a bi’l-fay∂a al-Tijniyya 307 Rü˛ al-adab li-m ˛awhu min ˛ikam wa-adab, 296 Rü˛ al-˛ubb fı mad˛ al-qu†b, 296 Rü˛ al-labıb fı dhikr ˛ujub al-˛abıb, 608 al-Ruq wa’l-nushur wa’l-fiuwadh wa-aqwl alfiulam√ fıh, 260 Ruqyat al-fiayn 111 Rushd al-ghfil, 654 Ru√y [of Ibrhım Niasse], 296 Ru√y [of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı], 94 al-Safida al-abadiyya fı ’l-tafirıf bi-fiulam√ Tinbuktu al-bahiyya, 63 Safidt al-murıdın fı amd˛ khayr al-mursalın, 444 Safidat al-†ullb wa-r˛a li-†lib al-ifirb, 445 Sabab ˛arb Kunta wa-Kal Antaßar wa-nubdha fı ta√rıkh ˆdnn, 642 Sabıl al-hud wa’l-rashd, 111 Sabıl al-hud wa’l-rashd fı naßı˛at al-afid√ wa’l-˛ussd, 90 Sabıl al-hud wa’l-rashd, 111 Sabıl al-salm fı ibq√ al-maqm, 297 Safar al-safida, 477 ∑afariyya, 445 al-Safına al-nfifia li’l-fiulüm al-dıniyya, 521 Safınat al-amnı al-munjiya li-qri√ih min sü√ al-khtima wa-baly al-azmn, 445 Safınat al-amn li’l-kh√ifın lujaj al-nırn, 445 Safınat al-safida li-ahl al-∂ufif wa’l-nijda, 220

∑afiyyat al-fiibd, 501 al-Sahm al-mußıb, 90 al-Sahm al-thwı fı a˛sh√ al-Bakk√ı al-ghwı, 642 Salm al-Tijniyyın, 387 Salmat al-muslim manü†a bi-tark al-kibr wa’lkadhib wa-qa†fi al-ra˛im, 468 ∑alt rabbı mafia al-salm fial ˛abıbı khayr alanm, 501 al-∑alt wa’l-†ahra fial madh’hab al-sda alMlikiyya, 246 ∑alt wa-taslım min al-Nfifi al-Mawl, 445 ∑alawt fial ’l-nabı, 91 ∑alawt wa-adhkr wa-adfiiya muhimma, 258 Salwat al-a˛zn bi-tasliyat al-Qur√n, 250 Salwat al-shujün fı mad˛ al-nabı al-ma√mün, 282 Sanat Asash bushr, 445 ∑anjat al-wazzn fı nawzil Arawn, 151 ∑arfiat al-hind li-affil al-˛ajj wa’l-fiumra li’lfiabd, 50 Sard al-mas˛a, 100 al-Sar˛a al-warıqa fı fiilm al-wathıqa, 590 al-∑rim wa’l qa∂ıb fı qa†fi awhm ahl al-ßalıb, 297 al-∑awfiiq al-ilhiyya fı ’l-radd fial turraht al-kan√is al-ması˛iyya, 246 ∑awrim al-˛aqq wa’l-intißr fı qa†fi afinq almutafiaßßibın fial shaykhin min dhawı ’linkr, 306 al-∑awrim al-hindiyya fı qa†fi al-dafiwı almahdiyya, 111 al-∑awm junna min al-nr, 481 Sawq al-˛abıb il fahm as√ilat Ibrhım al-labıb, 220 ∑awt anßr al-fay∂a fı tabshır al-fiabd almufitaqid bi-m lahu min al-zawjt fı ’ljanna, 616 Sa-yajfial Allhu bafida fiusrin yusran, 399, 401, 445 Sayf al-˛aqq, 216, 220 Sayf al-˛aqq fial nu˛ür al-Wahhbiyyın, 616 al-Sayf al-mud√im fial mad˛ khayr albariyya, 663 al-Sayf al-ßaqıl fı radd fial rislat al-ktib al∂a√ıl, 608 Sayr al-qalb li-mad˛ al-Muß†af al-˛ibb il ˛a∂rat al-rabb, 297

INDEX OF TITLES al-Shabb fı ’l-Islm: wjibtuhum wamushkiltuhun wa-fiiljuh, 260 al-Shabb al-muslim fı mahabb al-riy˛, 483 al-Shabb wa-dawruhum fı ’l-Islm, 65 Shfiyat al-qulüb, 176 Shfiyat al-qulüb fı ’l-taw˛ıd, 179 Shajarat [nasab] Mu˛ammad fiAlı al-mulaqqab bi-˘awad al-Anßrı il ◊dam, 199 al-Shakhßiyyt wa’l-amkin al-ta√rıkhiyya almadhküra fı ’l-Qur√n, 611 Shams al-qaß√id al-ghurar fı tahni√at alshaykh fiUmar, 229 Shaq√iq al-nufimn fı ˛ayt fiUthmn, 350 Shar˛ ahamm al-kalm fial ’l-ism al-afi÷am, 111 Shar˛ fial ’l-a˛dıth al-Maqqariyya, 140 Shar˛ fial Alfiyyat Ibn Mlik wa-I˛mirr Ibn Büna, 160 Shar˛ fial ’l-Bas† wa’l-tafirıf fı ’l-taßrıf 29 Shar˛ fial ’l-Jawhara fı ’l-taw˛ıd, 202 Shar˛ fial Jumal al-Khünajı, 16 Shar˛ fial man÷ümat al-◊jurrümiyya, 159 Shar˛ fial man÷ümat Mu˛ammad Ubba li’l◊jurrümiyya, 202 Shar˛ fial Mukhtaßar Khalıl, 14 Shar˛ fiala ’l-na÷m al-Ma√müniyya min almırth fı ’l-munsakha, 62 Shar˛ fial na÷m Niqyat al-Suyü†ı, 142 Shar˛ fial ’l-Qur†ubiyya, 16 Shar˛ fial ßal† †alfiat al-dht al-mu†alsam, 91 Shar˛ fial ’l-∑ughr, 17 Shar˛ alf÷ al-naßı˛a al-kfiya wa’l-taqrıb lim i˛tawat fialayhi min al-fiulüm al-nfifia alshfiya, 31 Shar˛ al-fiaqıda al-Burhniyya, 29 Shar˛ asm√ Allh al-˛usn, 199 Shar˛ al-fiAwfı fı ’l-ßalt, 241 Shar˛ al-Bjürı, 326 Shar˛ bustn ahl al-dın wa’l-fiirfn fı shar˛ Manfafiat al-ikhwn, 56 Shar˛ al-hady wa’l-ßilt fı jamfi wa-na÷m Muba††ilt al-ßalt, 143 Shar˛ al-˛amdala, 661 Shar˛ ˛izb al-asrr, 111 Shar˛ Ibn fi◊shir, 157 Shar˛ Irshd al-slik, 269 Shar˛ ism Allh al-afi÷am, 111

753

Shar˛ khilß al-dhahab fı sırat khayr al- fiarab, 312 Shar˛ Khulßat Ibn Mlik, 151 Shar˛ al-la√lı wa’l-durar fı ’l-db wa’lma˛sin al-ghurar, 246 Shar˛ la†ıf fial ’l-abyt allatı ansha√tuh fı ’lmuthallath al-khlı al-was† al-firı min alta∂fiıf, 112 Shar˛ manqib al-sdt al-kirm min alßa˛ba, 15 Shukr al-Mni˛ fı ri˛lat Ibn al-S√i˛, 631 Shar˛ man÷üma fı ’l-˛adıth, 145 Shar˛ man÷üma fı ’l-na˛w, 240 Shar˛ manzüma fı ’l-taw˛ıd (sürat al-ikhlß), 179 Shar˛ man÷ümat A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Ww, 63 Shar˛ man÷ümat al-faqıh Sı. fiUmar b. fiAbd alKarım li-mırth Khalıl, 140 Shar˛ Marqı ’l-ßufiüd, 157 Shar˛ al-mawlidiyya fı ’l-far√i∂, 63 Shar˛ mulaffaqt shawhid al-Khazrajı, 35 Shar˛ Mul˛at al-ifirb, 177 Shar˛ Muqaddimat al-Akh∂arı, 202 Shar˛ na÷m al-◊jurrümiyya, 140 Shar˛ Na÷m K. al-shifa√, 525 Shar˛ na÷m al-Tuwtı li-fiAqıdat al-Akh∂arı, 140 Shar˛ al-qaßida al-fay∂iyya, 91 Shar˛ Q. fı ’l-ifitiqd, 179 Shar˛ qaßıda fı mad˛ al-nabı, 91 Shar˛ qaßıdat Ibn Muqrifi, 47 Shar˛ qaßıdat al-Muß†af b. Mu˛ammad ˘ammag, 188 Shar˛ qaßıdat al-shahma wa’l-arya˛iyya bißarm, 189 Shar˛ Qurrat fiayn al-muttabifi, 253 Shar˛ Risla fı mafinı kalimatay al-shahda, 580 Shar˛ al-ßadr fı ’l-kalm fial ’l-si˛r. 468 Shar˛ al-ßadr wa-tanwır al-qalb bi-bayn maghfira m nusiba li’l-jnib al-nabawı min al-dhanb, 29 Shar˛ al-∑ughr, 29 Shar˛ sullam al-tarqiya, 43 Shar˛ sürat al-Fti˛a, 446 Shar˛ takhmıs Ibn Mahıb li-fiishrıniyyt alFzzı, 17

754

INDEX OF TITLES

Shar˛ takhmıs qaßıda fı rith√ fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Aghllı wa-Shaykh By al-Kuntı, 536 Shar˛ takmilat al-Bij√ı fial ’l-lmiyya, 35 Shar˛ al-†ar√if al-qudsı [al-qudsiyya], 94 Shar˛ Tu˛fat al-mawdüd fial ’l-maqßür wa’lmamdüd, 44 Shar˛ al-Tu˛fat al-miskiyya wa’l-naf˛a alMakkiyya, 180 Shar˛ waßy ’l-rasül (ßalfiam) fı ˛ijjat alwidfi, 260 Shar˛ Wasılat al-ßibyn, 525 Shawhid al-mızn li-shifir al-fiurbn, 250 al-Shaykh fiAbbs ∑all al-Tijnı: ˛aytuhu waafimluhu, 381 al-Shaykh Ibrhım Niys, 386 al-Shaykh al-Tijnı huwa ’l-qu†b al-maktüm, 297 Shifir al-ßibyn fı mad˛ A˛mad al-Tijnı, 227 Shif√ al-asqm al-firi∂a fı ’l-÷hir wa’l-b†in min al-ajsm, 147 Shif√ al-asqm fı mad˛ khayr al-anm, 282 Shif√ al-asqm fı mad˛ Sayyid al-anm, 297 al-Shif√ fı mad˛ al-Muß†af, 345 Shif√ al-ghalıl, 374, 563 Shif√ al-ghalıl wa-ir˛at al-fialıl fı shar˛ al-sifr al-awwal min Mukhtaßar Khalıl, 653 Shif√ al-˛uzn wa’l-gharm fı jawb al-ukht alßdiqa fiAnta Manm, 446 Shif√ al-ßadr fı man ˛a∂ara waqfiat Badr, 277 Shikyat al-dın al-Mu˛ammadı il rifiyat almuwakkalın bihi, 50 Shikyat al-ma÷lüm, 597 Shudhür al-adhkr al-m˛iya li’l-awzr, 112 Shukr al-munfiim, 616 Shukr rabb al-filamın, 394 Shufilat al-anwr fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı almukhtr, 250 al-Shumüs al-A˛madiyya fı ’l-fiaq√id alMu˛ammadiyya, 91 al-Shumüs al-†awlifi bi-÷alm m u˛ditha fiind al-qubür min mankir al-bad√ifi, 142 Shurü† al-mufimalt fı af∂al al-diynt, 333 ∑idquhum, 446 ∑ifat al-˛jj Ma˛müd, 582 ∑ift al-imm wa-mas√üliyyatuhu fı ’l-Islm, 260 ∑ifat al-janna wa-m fıh, 552

al-Sihm al-masdüda fı nu˛ür al-afid√ al˛asada, 133 al-Sihm al-musaddada il nu˛ür al-shunt al˛asada, 112 al-Si˛r al-˛all fı m bayn al-˛arm wa’l-˛all, 195 Sil˛ ahl al-khawf, 446 Sil˛ al-ßli˛ın fı nu˛ür al-afid√ al-†li˛ın, 297 al-Silsila al-Qdiriyya, 446 Silsilat ajdd Mu˛ammad al-Jumfia b. Mamm, 184 Silsilat al-fiarabiyya li’l-†alaba al-ifrıqiyya, 625 Silsilat al-dhahab fı dhikr af∂al al-nasab, 468 al-∑indıd, 446 al-Sinighl wa-al-istifimr al-firansı, 382 Sirj al-muslimın min al-sunna wa’l-kitb almu˛kam, 476 Sirj al-naf√is wa-fiilj al-waswis, 115 al-Sirr al-akbar wa’l-kibrıt al-a˛mar, 297 al-Sitr al-d√im li’l-mudhnib al-h√im, 4, 112 al-∑iym ˛ukmuhu wa-˛ikamuhu, 260 al-Siysa al-sukkniyya wa-na÷rat al-islm il ’l-mas√ala, 382 Su√l al-mas√il wa’l-nawzil, 275 Su√l wa-jawb fial ’l-fiaq√id al-taw˛ıdiyya, 607 Su√l wa-jawb fial fiaqıdat ahl al-sunna almusammt bi’l-Murshida, 606 Su√l wa-jawb fial ’l-fiAwfı, 607 Su√l al-rthı, 591 al-Sullam al-asm al-asn il samfi al-asm√ al-˛usn, 112 Sullam al-bayn fı ˛urriyyat al-südn, 57 Sullam al-ithbt il saqf al-najt min m∂ı aldhunüb wa’l-tı, 142 Sullam al-murıd fı-m ya˛tju ilayhi fı ’ldrayni min al-Malik Majıd, 321 Sullam al-najt fı ’l-tawassul bi-aß˛b al-najt, 617 Sullam al-ri∂wn bi-dhawq ˛alwat al-ımn, 89 Sullam al-wildn il mafirifat ˛ukm al-niswn, 250 Sullam al-wußül fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-rasül, 447 al-Surür bi-Rabıfi al-awwal shahr al-surür, 251 Surür al-jannn bi-awßf al-jinn, 251 Suyüf al-safiıd al-mufitaqid fı ahl Allh ka’lTijnı fial raqabat al-†arıd al-jnı, 220

INDEX OF TITLES

Tafiqub al-layl wa’l-nahr,. 347 al-Tafiwun al-ifrıqı al-fiarabı, 386 Tabkıt al-mufitaqid wa-tabkıt al-muntaqid, 190 Tabkiyat al-Bakk√i, 117, 119, 128, 235 Tablıgh al-nis√ fı tadhkır al-nis, 264 Tabshır al-kh√if al-˛ayrn wa-tadhkıruhu bisafiat ra˛mat Allh al-Karım al-Mannn, 468 Tabßirat al-anm fı anna al-fiilm huwa al-imm, 298 Tabßirat al-anm fı jawz ru√yat al-Brı fı ’lyaq÷a wa’l-manm, 298 Tabßirat al-mukhtr fı anna sadl al-yad sunnat al-Mukhtr, 61 Tabßirat al-†ullb bi-mabdi√ al-˛isb, 328 Tabyın al-a˛km fı isti˛bb tafsır al-khu†ba, 262 al-Ta∂mun al-Islmı, 260 Tadhkira li’l-nsı fian al-waq√ifi li’l-nsı, 573 Tadhkirat al-ghfilın fian qub˛ ikhtilf almu√minın, 220 Tadhkirat li-ißl˛ dht al-bayn min al-fi√atayn al-fia÷ımatayn, 510 Tadhkirat al-mustarshidın wa-fal˛ al-†libın, 221 Tadhkirat al-nisyn fı akhbr mulük al-südn, 41 al-Tadhyıl al-jalıl al-fiadım al-mathıl, 91 Tadhyıl wa-takhmıs li-qaßıdat al-Badamßı al‡√ı, 563 Tafrıj al-qulüb fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-nabı al-ma˛büb, 477 Tafßıl al-ımn wa-arknihi, 66 Tafßıl fiuqüd al-jumn bi’l-durr wa’l-marjn, 469 Tafsır yat al-kursı, 261 Tafsır yat al-nür, 261 Tafsır al-basmala, 94 Tafsır , 261 Tafsır Juz√ fiamma, 261 Tafsır mafinı al-Qur√n al-karım, 298 Tafsır qißr al-suwar (Sürat al-Ikhlß wa’lMufiawwidhatayn), 611 Tafsır al-Qur√n: by Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd b. al-Shaykh alSüqı al-Tinbuktı, 61 by Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-∑aghır b. Anbüja, 229

755

by Cerno Mamadu Luuda Dalaba, 499 Tafsır sürat al-ikhlß, 262 Tahdhıb al-aqwl wa’l-radd fial ’lIbrhımiyya, 624 Tahdhıb raw∂ al-qinfia, 560 Tahdhıb al-waraqt al-˛aramiyya fı ’l-tafßıl bayn shurü† al-jumufia al-wujübiyya (wa-) ’lad√iyya, 187 Ta˛dhır al-umma al-Mu˛ammadiyya min ittibfi al-firqa al-A˛madiyya al-Banjuliyya alGhanbiyya, 527 al-Ta˛dıth wa’l-ta√nıs fı ’l-i˛tijj bi-[alf÷] Ibn Idrıs, 29 Ta˛iyyat al-multaq fı ’l-fikr al-islmı al-tsifi fiashar, 386 Tahni√at al-fim bi-m waqafia fıhi min alinfim, 195 Ta˛qıq al-mabnı fı †arıqat al-khatm al-Tijnı, 352 Ta˛qıq al-maql fı ÷ill al-zawl, 328 Ta˛rır al-aqwl fı trıkh al-Sinighl, 333 Ta˛rır al-kalm fı-m yanqu∂uhu ’l-qu∂t wa’l˛ukkm, 37 Tj al-jawhır fı mad˛ ß˛ib al-kawthar, 391 Tajribatı, 386 Tajrıb al-qalam wa’l-midd fı dıni mufi†ı alsadd, 447 Takdhıb al-mul˛id al-˛asüd Salmn Rushdı alma†rüd fı-m iftar fial ’llh min zawr buhtn wa-sabb al-rasül wa-tabdıl alQur√n, 321 Takhmıs al-Burda, 573 Takhmıs fı mad˛ A˛mad b. al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd, 637 Takhmıs al-mımiyya al-ßughr, 510 Takhmıs mımiyyat al-Yadlı fı mad˛ al-nabı, 49 Takhmıs Q. Allhu lı fiudda, 629 Takhmıs Q. lmiyya li’l-Mukhtr al-Kuntı, 112 Takhmıs qaßida li-Mu˛ammad al-Awjilı, 534 Takhmıs qaßıda mımiyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar, 231 Takhmıs al-qaßıda al-Shaqr†ısiyya, 563, 664 Takhmıs al-qaßıda al-Shaqr†isiyya fı mad˛ alnabı, 664 Takhmıs qaßıdat al-˛jj fiUmar, 226 Takhmıs qaßıdat al-Shaykh A˛mad Akansüs, 177

756

INDEX OF TITLES

Takhmıs Q. fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad al-˘awsı fı mad˛ awld al-˛jj fiUmar, 222 Takwın al-fi†ilın, 386 al-‡alq kam yajib an yakün fi ’l-islm, 382 ‡alfiat al-urjuwn, 115 Ta√lıf fı ’l-adhkr wa’l-awrd, 133 Ta√lıf fı ’l-qa∂√ wa’l-˛ukkm, 37 Ta√lıf fı ’l-wirtha, 657 Tafilıl al-˛urüf al-hij√iyya li-awld al-madris al-Islmiyya, 608 Tafilım, 447 al-Tafilım al-fiarabı wa-fiulüm al-fiarab wa˛a∂ratuhum wa-ahammiyyatuh fı ’l-filam al-Islmı, 261 Tafilım al-ßibyn ˛urüf al-Qur√n, 607 Tafilıq fial ’l-risla al-maymüna, 57 Tafilıq fial aw√il al-Alfiyya, 29 Tafilıq fial maw∂ifi min Ibn ˘jib, 29 Tafilıq fial maw∂ifi min Khalıl, 17 Tafilıq fial Mukhtaßar Khalıl, 158 Tafilıq fial ’l-Murdı, 36 Tafilıq fial rajaz al-Maghılı fı ’l-man†iq, 15 Tafilıq fial ’l-taghayyurt al-wqifia fı ’l˛uküma al-sinighliyya, 461 Tafilıq fı ’l-akhlq, 661 Tafilıq wa-†urar nabbaha fıh fial hafawt lishurr˛ Khalıl wa-ghayrihi, 32 Talkhıß al- afilm li-arkn al-islm, 333 Talkhıß Jüd al-mawjüd, 44 Talkhıß al-manhaj al-islmı fı ’l-tarbiyya, 342 al-Talkhıß al-mufıd fial Rislat Ibn Abı Zayd, 44 ‡alfi al-munfafia fı dhikr al-munzafia, 591 Tamrın al-†ullb, 326 al-Tamyız wa’l-taf∂ıl bayn al-wfidın wa’l˛ujjj, 559 Tanqud fı bayn al-zunüj fiinda ra√ıs Senghür, 386 Tanbıh al-adhkiy√ fı kawn al-shaykh al-Tijnı khtim al-awliy√, 298 Tanbıh al-aghbiy√ fial isti˛lat ru√yat Allh tafil bi’l-abßr fı ’l-duny sharfian li-ghayr khtim al-anbiy√, 326 Tanbıh al-bint al-muslima fı ’l-dın wa’l -duny, 305 Tanbıh al-ghfilın fı farsh al-afirsh fı a˛km lu˛üq al-walad bi’l-firsh, 61 Tanbıh al-ikhwn, 388

Tanbıh al-ikhwn fı dhikr al-a˛zn, 591 Tanbıh al-kuhül wa’l-murd fial ta˛rım lafib alshi†ranj wa’l-nard wa-ghayrihim min allafib al-shghil fian dhikr Allh al-Fard, 190 Tanbıh al-mdi˛ al-muqallid fial m kna fialayhi salaf Tinbuktu fı ’l-mawlid, 66 Tanbıh al-mushil li-taqhum al-ns, 661 Tanbıh al-mustafıd min ba˛r fa∂l Allh al-mufıd fial ’l-mustarshidın, 559 Tanbıh al-ns fial shaqwat nqidı bayfiat Abı ’l-fiAbbs, 275 Tanbıh al-shı fian al-ßalt bi-nußüß al-Qur√n al-Karım wa’l-a˛dıth al-nabawiyya, 617 Tanbıh al-shı fı nawzil al-Shaykh al-Jabhı, 170 Tanbıh al-slik fial aw∂a˛ al-maslik, 526 al-Tanbıh wa’l-irshd, 626 Tanbıh al-wqif fial ta˛rır <wa-khaßßaßat niyyat al-˛lif>, 30 Tanfıs al-ßli˛ın, 327 Tanqiyat al-afhm min shubuht al-awhm, 469 Tanwır al-baß√ir wa’l-afhm bi-˛ukm ˛ashr alajsm bafid al-ifidm, 30 Tanwır al-fu√d fı mad˛ khayr al-fiibd, 484 Tanwır al-qulüb bi-takfır al-afiml al-ßli˛a li’ldhunüb, 30 Tanwır al-ßudür wa-tas’hıl al-umür, 447 Tanzıh al-akrim fian tazwıj al-ma˛rim, 133 al-‡qa al-dharriyya al-muwajjaha li-afid√ khayr al-bariyya, 298 Taqyıd mufıda, 469 Taqdıs al-ashkhß fı ’l-fikr al-ßüfı, 5, 380, 489 Taqrıb awqt al-ßalt wa’l-ßiym, 460 Taqrıb al-ßilt fial Qawfiid al-ßalt, 607 Taqrı÷ li-kitb ˘ujjat al-murıd al-mufitaqid fial ’l-munkir al-muntaqid, 189 al-Taqw, 343 Taqwım al-kaffa fı m li’l-fiulam√ min ˛adıth al-janna, 506 Taqwiyat al-∂afiıf fı ’l-tawassul bi’l-Qur√n alsharıf, 298 Taqyıdt mukhtaßara fial Nayl al-ibtihj, 27 Taqyıd fı ’l-asm√ wa’l-˛urüf, 113 Taqyıd fı khawßß al-˛izb al-sayfı, 221 al-‡ar√if al-ßughr, 118 al-‡ar√if wa’l-tal√id min karmt alshaykhayn al-wlida wa’l-wlid, 113 Tarbıfi abyt al-˛jj ∑li˛, 575

INDEX OF TITLES Tarbıfi al-Burda, 591 Tarbıfi kitb al-zuhd wa’l-waßiyya, 590, 591 al-Tarbiya al-islmiya, 342 al-Tarbiya al-Islmiyya min al-risla alMu˛ammadiyya, 626 al-Tarbiya al-islmiyya wa-ahdfuh, 392 ‡ard al-fujjr, 494 Tar˛ıb mushayyafi bi’l-tabshır il khayr ’ldrayn, 447 Tafirıf al-fiash√ir wa’l-khilln bi-shufiüb waqab√il al-Fulln, 225 al-Tafirıf bi-shurü† al-bayfi wa-ta˛dıdihi, 205 Ta√rıkh al-shaykh Abı Adda wa-awldihi fı Arawn, 165 Ta√rıkh ahl al-Süq, 172 Ta√rıkh ahl Tariwari min Mandi, 567 Ta√rıkh ahl Wala, 567 Ta√rıkh fiAlı Ÿ uuÿa Ndian, 500 Ta√rıkh Arawn wa-Tawdannı, 157 Ta√rıkh Askiya, 647 Ta√rıkh asm√ rua√s√ wa-mulük ‡üb Küru, 649 Ta√rıkh Azawd, 63, 633 Ta√rıkh Azawd fı akhbr al-Barbısh wa˛urübuhim mafia al-Rigaybt wa-Hoggr wa-Idnn wa-Ifoghs wa-dhikr bafi∂ akbirihim wa-dukhül al-Naßra fı Tinbuktü wa-ghayr dhlika, 633 Ta√rıkh Banı ˘assn fı Azawd, 633 Ta√rıkh Barbısh Azawd, 634 Ta√rıkh Daghabwı, 596 Ta√rıkh Dna, 469 Ta√rıkh al-fattsh fı akhbr al-buldn wa’ljuyüsh wa-akbir al-ns wa-dhikr waq√ifi al-Takrür wa-fia÷√im al-umür wa-tafrıq ansb al-fiabıd min al-a˛rr, 38 Ta√rıkh Fittuga , 236 Ta√rıkh Füta Jallü, 222 Ta√rıkh al-˘jj fiUmar, 327, 639 Ta√rıkh al-fiilm, 559 Ta√rıkh Imjaghan, ay ‡awriq Imshaghan wa-nubdha min aßl Kal al-sük, 633 Ta√rıkh iqlım Ashantı, 592 Ta√rıkh al-Islm fi Bübü, 560 T√rıkh jmifi ‡üb, 454 Ta√rıkh Jenne, 641 Ta√rıkh Karamoko Ba, 497

757

Ta√rıkh khulaf√ al-Füqiyyın (i.e.al-Fütiyyın), 470 Ta√rıkh khurüj Kal-Antaßar min al-Madına almunawwara, 641 Ta√rıkh Kunta 111, 112 Ta√rıkh al-Madanı, 526 Ta√rıkh mamlik al-Watariyyın min Ghum, 560 Ta√rıkh Msina, 45 Ta√rıkh Msina wa-Nifima wa-Bsikünü waqabılat al-Süqiyyın, 645 Ta√rıkh mulük bild Müshi wa-a˛wlihim, 560 Ta√rıkh al-Muslimın, 567 Ta√rıkh al-muslimın fı zamn, 550 Ta√rıkh al-Slimiyya, 526 Ta√rıkh al-S˙kü ’l-Sikuru fa-li’llhi al-˛amd wa’l-shukr, 263 Ta√rıkh al-Shaykh Sulaymn, 550 Ta√rıkh al-südn, 14, 40 Ta√rıkh tadhkirat al-immiyyın fi bildin Wa, 569 Ta√rıkh al-†arıqa al-Tijniyya min al-Maghrib il baqiyyat mudun Ifrıqiyya, 66 Tafirıkh al-‡awriq wa-˛urübuhim mafia alNaßr hına dukhülihim Tinbuktü, 649 Ta√rıkh al-türudbe, 469 Ta√rıkh Ulliminden, 649 Ta√rıkh wa-nasab Awld ˘assn bi-Azawd, 90 Ta√rıkh wa-nasab bafi∂ abn√ ˘assn, 640 Ta√rıkh waft abın shaykhin al-mufiallim Hrün Jr, 595 Ta√rıkh waq√ifi al-Barbısh wa-na÷muhu, 166 Tafirıkh waq√ifi al-Fulln, 635 Ta√rıkh al-Watariyyın wa-bafi∂ mamlik alSüdn al-Faransı wa-ghayrih wa-fiulam√ al-bild, 559 ‡arıq al-janna fı faw√id min Kitb al-minna, 57 ‡arıq al-jinn fı mad˛ sayyid Banı fiAdnn, 277 Tarjamat A˛mad Bü ’l-Afirf wa-ibnihi Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh Bü ’l-Afirf, 66 Tarjamat al-mu√allif [Ibrhım Niys], 302 Tarjamat Mu˛ammad Ya˛y b. Mu˛ammad alMukhtr b. al-‡lib fiAbd Allh al-Shinqı†ı alWaltı, 57 Tartıb jmifi al-Mifiyr, 30 Tas’hıl al-marm [fial shar˛ fiaqıdat sürat alikhlß], 176, 177 Tashnıf al-dhn bi-m athn ’l-Qur√n fial ’lnabı al-ammn, 251

758

INDEX OF TITLES

Tash†ır qaßıdat Mu˛ammad al-Watarı, 560 Tasliyat al-ma÷lüm, 599 Tasliyat al-wßilın wa’l-firifın fı ithbt altarbiya wa’l-˛a∂art wa-ifir∂ fian aqwl almunkirın, 617 Tathqıf al-mufiawwaj fı nu†q bafi∂ al-˛urüf, 197 Ta√thır al-lugha al-fiarabiyya fı ’l-lugha alwulufiyya, 394 Tatimma fı dhikr amthila †abaqat al-mujtahidın al-thaltha min s√ir al-madhhib al-arbafia, 561 Tawassul abytihi mutawwajun bi-˛urüf ism alßa˛bı ’l-jalıl (fiAmr b. ˘usayn), 363 Tawassul al-asıf bi’l-nabı al-sharıf il rabbihi al-La†ıf, 324 Tawassul fı ’l-tafwı∂ wa-†alab al-fiilm, 362 Tawassul li-hıf÷ al-Qur√n, 363 Tawassul li’l-khißl al-˛amıda, 363 al-Tawassult, 448 al-Tawba al-naßü˛ al-jliba li’l-futü˛, 447 Taw∂ı˛ al-adilla li-man yarümu dalılan fial ’l†arıqa al-ßüfiyya, 617 al-Taw∂ı˛ fı tafsır qawlihi tafil wa’l-kalm fial ’l-munkirın, 617 Taw∂ı˛ al-˛ajj wa’l-fiumra, 271 al-Taw∂ı˛t al-bası†a fial ’l-man÷üma alBayqüniyya, 246 Tawfıq al-Mannn fı shar˛ Maslik al jinn, 457 al-Taw˛ıd huwa al-ass, 483 al-Taw˛ıd wa-dalıliuhu min al-Qur√n al-majıd, 260 al-Taw˛ıd wa’l-shirk, 342 al-Tawfiiya, 262 Tawliyat al-imma fı Düri [Dori] wa-Libtkü, 643 ‡awq al-fiiqyn fı jawmifi kalim al-Qur√n, 251 Tawsifiat al-fiilm wa’l-fiirfn li’l-shuyükh wa’lshubbn, 298 Tawßiyat al-a˛bb alladhına bafiudü fiann watabshır, 298 al-Ta√yıdt al-rabbniyya li’l-jamfiat alTijniyya, 236 Taysır, 312 Taysır al-fiasır, 448 Taysır al-fiasır fı ’l-ßalt fial ’l-bashır, 448 Taysır al-wußül il ˛a∂rat al-rasül, 299

‡ayyib al-anfs fı mad√i˛ al-khatm Abı ’lfiAbbs, 299 Tazawwud al-shubbn il ’ittibfi al-Malik alDayyn, 448 Tazawwud al-ßighr il jinn Allh dhı’l-anhr fı ’l-taw˛ıd wa’l-fiqh wa’l-taßawwuf, 448, 457 Tazyın al-mamlık fı ta√rıkh ÷uhür Amirık, 475 al-Thabat al-Kabır, 506 al-Thabat al-ßaghır, 506 Thabat shuyükhihi [of Alfa Hshim], 225 Thalth mu˛∂art, 260 al-Thamar al-ynifi fı ’l-ımn li-man tamassaka bihi, 617 al-Thamar al-ynifi fı raffi †uruq al-musalsalt wa’l-ajz√ wa’l-jawmifi wa-dhikr †uruq altaßawwuf wa-m lah min al-tawbifi, 506 Thamarat al-fay∂a, 617 al-Thaqfa al-Islmiyya juz√ min al-˛a∂rt alifrıqiyya, 349 Thawra janziya fiumruh arbafiat fiashara sana fı ’l-fiIrq, 383 ‡ibb al-jinn fı ’l-qaß√id al-˛isn, 261 al-Tibyn fı mafinı ßiy˛ al-˛ayawn, 251 al-Tijnı fial burj al-tuq, 374 al-Tubbu tabbu, 387 al-Tu˛fa, 175 al-Tu˛fa bi-m yajüzu wa-ya˛rumu min altadwı wa’l-fiuwadh wa’l-ruqya, 247 Tu˛fat ahl al-˛∂ira bi-m yanfafi al-˛ajj siyyam bi’l-†jira, 299 Tu˛fat ahl al-jibl fı mafirifat a˛wl al-rijl, 91 Tu˛fat al-a˛rr fı mad˛ nür al-anwr, 608 Tu˛fat al-akys bi-ajwibat al-imm Khayr alDın b. Ilys, 506 Tu˛fat al-arıb al-najıb fı muntakhabt faw√id [var. faw√id abraznh min] al-Raw∂ alkhaßıb, 57, 105 Tu˛fat al-asfr fı adhkr al-safar, 152 Tu˛fat a†yib al-anfs fı mad√i˛ al-qu†b Si. Abı ’l-fiAbbs, 284 Tu˛fat al-a†fl fı ˛aq√iq al-affil, 299 Tu˛fat al-awld wa’l-˛afad, 255 Tu˛fat al-awwh fı takhmıs astaghfir Allh, 448 Tu˛fat al-fikr fı zakt al-fi†r, 392 Tu˛fat al-fu∂al√ bi-bafi∂ fa∂√il al-fiulam√, 30 Tu˛fat al-ikhwn fial takhmıs rayy al-÷am√n, 388 Tu˛fat al-labıb wa-bughyat al-˛abıb, 75, 178

INDEX OF TITLES Tu˛fat al-mudarris, 624 Tu˛fat al-muta∂arrifiın fı ’l-twassul bi-asma√ almufa∂∂alın, 449 Tu˛fat al-muttaqın wa-junnat al-mutawaqqın min al-umar√ wa’l-wuzar√ wa’l-qu∂t almuwaffaqın, 146 Tu˛fat al-ßdiqın li’l-rghibın fı ’l-fid√, 618 Tu˛fat al-sawlik, 525 Tu˛fat al-ßibyn, 607 Tu˛fat al-fiushshq fı mad˛ Abı Is˛q, 608 Tu˛fat al-z√ir fı shar˛ Ibn fi◊shir, 177 al-Tu˛fa al-fiu÷m, 508 Tunkuyaw, 592 Turjumn al-maql wa-rfifi al-ishkl bi-shar˛ Mina˛ al-Fafifil fı ’l-ußul, 113 ‡uruq mafirifat al-qibla, 460 al-fiUjla al-fiajıba fı ’l-radd fial ahl alkhußüßiyya, 178 al-Ukhüwwa wa’l-ßadqa, 460 al-fiUlam wa’l-islm 342 fiUmdat al-Islm wa-bustn al-fiulam√ wa’lfirifın fı ta˛sın al-÷ann bi’llh, 623 fiUmdat al-mukhbir il ßift ahl al-kufr, 561 Umm al-kitb: manzilatuh wa-faw√iduh, 262 fiUnwn al-†irz fı ’l-ri˛la il ’l-˘ijz, 327 fiUqüd al-jumn fı radd al-bidafi wa-tabyın sunnat al-rasül al-mannn, 253 al-fiUr al-aqw fı mad˛ al-ghawth dhı’l-jadw, 609 Urjüza fı ahl Badr, 510 Urjüza fı ’l-fiaq√id, 221 Urjüza fı fat˛ bild al-Takrür, 631 Urjüza fı khalq al-nabı, 525 Urjüza fı ’l-khunth al-mushkil, 561 Urjüza fı mad˛ amır al-mu√minın A˛mad alKabır, 239 Urjüza fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar wa-awldihi, 222 Urjüza fı ’l-mırth, 598 Urjüza fı najm dhı dhanab, 598 Urjüza fı ’l-nsikh wa’l-mansükh min ala˛dıth al-nabawiyya al-sharıf, 57 Urjüza fı naßr al-Tijniyya, 187 Urjüza fı shar˛ sürat al-ikhlß, 179 Urjüza fı ’l-taßawwuf, 189, 229 Urjüza fı ußül al-fiqh, 525 Urjüza Sayyid al-dufi√, 218 Urjüzat al-tawba, 299

759

Urjüzat al-wildn fı mafirifat al-Islm wa’l-ımn wa’l-i˛sn, 609 al-fiUßra al-ßfiya fı sulük al-shawmis fı ’lukhuwwa fı shu√ün al-dafiwa wa’l-i†ra wa’lbifitha 66 Ußl al-fiilm wa’l-†arıqa al-Tijniyya wa-fa∂√il mawln al-shaykh A˛mad al-Tijnı ß˛ib al-maziyya, 307 Uss matın wa-aßl ßa˛ı˛, 449 al-Ustdh al-kfı [fı] fiilmay al-fiarü∂ wa’lqawfı, 469 Ußül al-fiqh, 115 Wa-amm bi-nifimati rabika fa-˛addith, 421 Wa-amm m yanfafiu ’l-nsa fa-yamkuthu fı ’l-ar∂i, 424 Wa’l-balad al-†ayyib yakhruju nabtuhu biidhn Allh, 399 Wa’l-balad al-Tayyib yakhruju nabtuhu biidhn rabbihi, 449 Wa’dhkurü ’llha fı ayym mafidüdt, 421 Waft al-Muß†af ßall ’llhu fialayhi wasallam, 299 Wa˛y al-fiaqıda fı s˛at al-sharıfia wa’l-˛aqıqa, 395 Wa-innaka la-fial khuluqin fia÷ım, 449 Wa-inna laka la-ajran ghayr mamnün, 424 Wajh al-ibtihj fı ’l-dhayl fial ’l-Dıbj, 27 Wajh al-ta˛qıq fı kawn jmifi Madına huwa ’lfiatıq, 288, 300 Wajjahtu, 449 Wajjahtu taw˛ıdı li’l-ilh, 449 Wa-kna ˛aqqan fialayn naßr al-mu√minın, 421 Wa-kun min al- shkirın, 421 Wa-laqad karramn banı ◊dam, 424 Wa-laqad ßadaqakum Allhu wafidahü, 449 Wa’llhu fial m naqülu wakıl, 422 Wa-m dhlika fial ’llhi bi-fiazız, 427, 450 Wa-m fiinda ’llhi khayrun wa-abq, 422 Wa-min ∂arari nr al-duny, 450 Waqnı ˘afı÷un, 424 Waqfiat Kinshin, 494 al-Waqf, 387 Wa-qul rabbi anzilnı munzalan mubrakan, 422 al-Waßy al-mufıda fı ’l-tarbiya al-Islmiyya, 347 Waßy [of al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı], 91

760

INDEX OF TITLES

al-Wasıla al-mubraka bi-asm√ Allh al˛usn, 113 Wasılat al-anm fı m yanqasim fial a˛km alsharıfia, 136 Wasılat al-mun fı na÷m asm√ Allh al-˛usn, known as Taysir, 312 Wasılat al-mundı, 176 Wasılat al-muqarrabın il ˛adrat al-matın, 312 Waßılat al-rubü˛ fı tadhyıl al-tawbat al-naßü˛, 450 Wasılat al-ßibyn, 525 Wasılatı wa-shfifiı fı thubüt al-i˛tijj bi-alf÷ alimm al-Shfifiı, 30 Waßiyya [by Sh. By al-Kuntı], 140 Waßiyya [by Ibrhım Niasse], 300 al-Waßiyya al-fkhira al-mushtamila fial khayray al-duny wa’l-khira, 114 Waßiyya il ’l-amır al-˘asan b. al-Khiya, 170 Waßiyya il Mukhtr, 450 Waßiyya il ’l-shaykh ◊dam Gy, 450 Waßiyya il tilmıdhihi al-˛jj fiAbd Allh b. al˛jj Mu˛ammad b. al-Shaykh Ikina, 92 Waßiyya il ’l-tilmıdh Sayyid al-Wfı b. ‡lib, 92 Waßiyya li-awldihi, 133 Waßiyya li-bafi∂ al-ikhwn, 170 Waßiyya li’l-bashır A˛mad al-Madanı, 114 Waßiyya li-Momar Nıy al-Kajını, 450 Waßiyya li-murıdihi Ma˛müd b. al-˛jj al-Ajıjı, 114 Waßiyya li-qabılat Kunta, 140 Waßiyya man÷üma [of al-˛jj Mar˛ab], 561 al-Waßiyya al-mubraka, 450 al-Waßiyya al-nfifia, 94 Waßiyyat al-murıdın, 450 Waßiyyat al-shaykh, 451 Waßiyyat al-shaykh fiAbbs ˛awla ’l-ßalt, 374 Waßiyyat al-shaykh al-akbar il ’l-murıdın, 451 Waßiyyat al-shaykh li-a˛ad al-murıdın, 451 Waßiyyat Sukhna Penda Diop, 400 Waßiyya wajıza fı ’l-taßawwuf, 92 Waßiyya wa-kitb fı fiilm al-sirr, 114 Waßiyyat al-wlid [of fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Bah], 517 Wa’ßrif middı wa-qalmı li’l-ßawb, 451 Wa†anı wa-fiıd al-istiqll, 387 Wathıqa fı bayn ghazawt al-˛jj fiUmar, 226 Wathıqa fı ’l-mırth, 133

Wathıqa fı sha√n laf÷ kalimat altriqiyya, 193 Wathıqa fı sha√n tan÷ufi fial br, 197 Wathıqa fı ta√mın Jwandu kibr, 133 Wathıqa fı ’l-tafiziya fial waft akhın al-˛jj al-Tijnı fiUthmn, 300 Wathıqa fı waft San Shirfi, 175 Wathıqa il ’l-muslimın [from al-˛jj fiUmar], 222 Wa-waßßayn ’l-insn bi-wlidayhi ˛usnan, 422 Wa-yazıd Allh alladhına ihtadü, 423 Wa-yufiallimukum Allh, 423 Wiqyat al-mutakallimın min al-la˛n almuthallim, 143 Wird [of the Mourides], 451 Y khayr ∂ayf, 433 Y ’llhu ßalli wal-tusallim sarmad * fiAnnı fial khayr al- bary A˛mad, 418 Y nru künı bardan wa-salman fial Ibrhım, 423 Y mukrim al-∂ayf, 433 Y s√ilı 451 Y †liban ri∂ ’l-fiAlı, 451 al-Yqüt wa’l-jawhar fı khalq ß˛ib al-tj wa’lmighfar, 251 al-Yqüt wa’l-marjn fı mad˛ shaykhin ˘imyat al-Ra˛mn, 265 Y sayyidı y Muß†af y dh ’l-nad, 418 Yasurru rasül Allh, 424 Yatımat al-laylı fı ifhm fiulam√ Tanylı, 92 Yawqıt al-ßilt fı taqrıb mawqıt al-ßalt, 461 Yawm fishür kullu fim wa-kullu yawm, 451 Yawm al-mawlid fim baksash, 452 Zd al-musfir wa-kifyat al-˛∂ir, 315, 368 Zd al-musfir wa-qüt al-˛∂ir, 435, 443 Zajr al-ikhwn fian shurb al-khamr, 316 Zajr al-qulüb, 312 al-Zand al-warı fı takhyır al-mushtarı, 31 al-Zawj fı ’l-sharıfia al-Islmiyya, 611 Zawj al-Muslim min al-kitbiyya wa-aqwl alfiulam√ fıhi, 260 Zawl al-albs fı †ard al-shay†n al-khanns, 92 Zawraq al-kh√i∂ fı fiilm al- farfii∂, 477 al-Zin wa-thruhu, al-sayyi√ a fı sulük alMuslim wa-shiddat ftihi fı ’l-mujtamafi, 66 Zınat al-fityn fı fiulüm al-dın al-mußn, 143

INDEX OF TITLES Ziydat al-jawhir min yawqıt alf÷ wa-durar ˛ikam fı funün fiulüm shatt, 300 Zubdat faw√id jawhir ras√il al-shaykh Ibrhım Anys, 618

761

Zuhür al-bastın fı ta√rıkh al-sawdın, 463, 469

(ii) Dagbane Nißb al-dhahab, 597 Yughu Tulani, 550

(iii) French

Definite articles (“le, la, les”) are ignored in alphabetization. Afin que tu deviennes croyant, 487 L’Afrique aux Africains, 301

Le Guide du Parfait Tijânî aspirant à la perfection, 307

Les bases de la voie Ahmadiyya at-atijania, 395 Les bienfaits de l’éternel ou la biographie de Cheikh Ahmadou Bamba Mbacké, 453

Huruf: Composition à partir des lettres de la “Sallatul Fatihi” de Cheikhal Khalifa Seydi Ababacar Sy (RTA). Les ruissellements de la splendeur, 313 Histoire des Yâlalbés, 470

Ce qu’il faut savoir pour la prière. Réparer les erreurs commises à son sein, 487 Le chemin de la croyance vers la foi, 347 Chroniques du Fouta Sénégalais, 470 Le Code de la famille musulmane, 487 Le Coran, Français-Peul, 488

L’islam en Afrique, 487 L’Islam et la paix mondiale, 247 L’Islam et ses détracteurs, 247

Dimensions de l’Islam selon le Coran et la Sounnah, 343 Le droit chemin dans la pratique islamique parfait, 489 L’église actuelle, est-elle chrétienne au Paulinienne?, 247 L’Essentiel sur le maouloud à la mosquée Ihsaan, 343 L’Essentiel sur la Purification, 343 L’état islamique: ses spécificités et ses caractéristiques, 487 Étude sur des expériences en cours d’exécution sur l’état actuel de l’utilisation de l’alphabet arabe dans l’enseignement formel et non-formel au Mali, 247

“Lettre pastorale”, 572 La loi islamique du travail, 488 Lumières sur la Tijâniyya, 301 Mahomet: sa mission, 247 La mission sacrée ou l’histoire du Futa Toro, 347 Musulmans, pouvoir et société d’après les dits et les écrits de Son Eminence Serigne Madior Cissé, 342 Niche des Secrets, 343 Les Obligations d’un Tidiane des deux sexes, 488 L’Or décanté, 310 Perles précieuses de l’éducation islamique, 245 La philosophie du pélerinage et ses lieux saints, 488

762

INDEX OF TITLES

La Prophétie, la sainteté et leurs fruits, 307 Réflexions de Serigne Abbas Sall sur l’éducation ou l’utilité du savoir, 369 Réflexions mystiques de Serigne Abbas Sal, 363 Règlements religieux du jeûne du mois de Ramadhan (rite malékite), 244 Sauvegarde des élèves des medersahs des étudiants et toute notre jeunesse musulmane contre les tentatives de

dévoiement des hommes des églises chrétiennes, 247 Sindidu: “le généreux chef”, 447 Le Timbi (Hier et Aujourd’hui), 503 Les trois étapes de la religion, 301 Les Trois Grandes Figures de l’Islam en Afrique, 476 Le vrai et le faux: L’islam au Sénégal, 488

(iv) Fulfulde

Some titles are in Arabic, but the language of their content is Fulfulde. Almaamiiÿe suudu soriyaa’en, 520 Amicale ko fâbo, 515 Asko Farba Sek, 495

Hla ¯Saihu al-Hajji Omaru Kedewıyu bı Seıdı, 638

Bel ∂eeji nduu adunaaru dey ko ∂i tooke 514

Jaljalooÿe Labe, 520 Jawaabu kitaale Fuuta-Jaloo, 514 Juulen e Muhammad, 512 Juuragol qabru Nulaa∂o, 512

Dabareeji al-Hajji Ngaari Mbeewa, 520 Darngal, 500, 518 Dewgal haa daagal, 503

Kaaweeji jamaanu hannde, 517

Ewnagol fii jangugol, 514 Fewndo dabbunde, 516 Fewndo setto, 516 Fı aynugol nai, 516 Fı burüre, 516 Fı gandal, 516 Fı no Fulÿe hewtiri Füta e no ÿe moyyhiniri dawla Fulÿe, 516 Fı remugol, 516 Fii Hubbu no feeñirnoo Fuuta-Jaloo, 500, 519 Fuuta hettii Ÿ uttu, 516 Gantara, 497 Gime Pular, 517 Gimol fii Faatunnde Siriifu ¯©™seyx Abdallaa Sagale, 517

Maasibo yanii yonii en, ee ko yurmi, 499 Majaa∂o Alla gaynaa li, 512 Majmüfia ˛ikam wulufiyya, 461 Mantugol nula∂o Muhammadu jom fbo, 517 Mantule Faatu Seydi, 496, 520 Musiÿÿe jangee nanon, 508 Nangen golle e soobinagol, 519 Nharıji leydi meen, 517 Oogirde malal, 496, 512 Qaßıda [on al-˛jj fiUmar], 639 Q. fullniyya, 510 Qaßıda fullniyya fı mad˛ al-˛jj fiUmar b. Safiıd, 226 ¯ Sayku Juhe Boowe-Geme, 495, 519

INDEX OF TITLES Taariika fii ngurdan Tyerno Muhammadu Mamba Mombeyaa, 503 Taariika Fuuta Jaloo, 503 Taarixa Almaamiÿe Fuuta-Jaloo, 521 Tafsır al-Qur√n [poem], 499

763

Waajor∂i jiyaaÿe wonÿe e rewde wur∂o mo mayaataa, 518 Woo fow no fota, 521

La Vie d’El Hadj Omar: Qaçida en Poular, 232

Yarlo∂en Faransi, 519 Yeewirde Fuuta, 502 Yewtere Makka e Madiina, 515 Yıtere nden no ila gondi, 518

Waaju, 522

Zuljalaal, 515

(v) Gbanyito Q. fı ’l-wafi÷, 546

(vi) Hausa

In addition to the titles below, there are some untitled Hausa poems, e.g. pp. 593, 595. al-Akhbr Samuri daga mutanen Wa, 568 al-Akhbr Samuru, 566 al-Akhbr sarauta Wa, 568 al-Akhbr Sarki Safu Buli, 568 al-Akhbr Wala kasamu, 566 al-Akhbr Zabarima, 568 Asalin Daghunba da Nanunba, 597 Asalin fara’ili, 606 Gado da magada,607 Kundin waªoªi n Imru√ al-Qays ∂an ˘ujri, 593 Labarin Shamuri, 566 Labarin Zabaramawa. 565 Magana Muslimi na daurri, 567 Magana Wala, 567

Rikicin khunth, 606 Sabon Tsari na-Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr, 630 Shikashikin ilman gado, 607 Tafsır al-Qur√n a sauªakke daga surat al-ns zuwa sürat al-Fıl, 625 Tafsır al-Qur√n a sauªakke na mai da nisa kusa Juz√ fiAmma, 625 Tarihin Ilorin, 592 Tarihin Kabi, 592 Tarihin ºasar Hausa, 592 Tariyon asalin Gonjawa de Cumbulawa da Nawurawa, 546 Waªar Nasara, 592 Waªar Talauci da wadata, 593

(vii) Kotokoli Yandiya, 598

764

INDEX OF TITLES

(viii) Songhay

Titles are in Arabic, but the language of their content is in Songhay Q. fı dhamm al-tabk, 154

Q. fı ’l-naßı˛a wa’l-tawaßßul bi’l-awliy√ almu˛ı†ın bi-madınat Tinbuktü li-raffi al-fitna, 65

(ix) Wolof

Most titles are in Arabic, but the language of their content is Wolof. Itijn, 384 Jaz√ al-shakür, 461 Koly Soundiata, 321

Majmüfia ˛ikam wulufiyya, 461 Q. Dalıl al-ßidq il †arıq al-˛qq, 372 Q. sullam al-muhtadı wa-fialam al-muqtadı, 372

INDEX OF FIRST LINES

The definite article “al-” is ignored in alphabetization; but this does not apply to prepositions such as fı, bi, fial, etc. Tanwıns are also included in alphabetization. (i) Arabic Afidhanı ’l-Bqı min al-shay†nı * fiInda mamarrı wa-fı ’l-aw†nı. 434 Afidhanı ’l-Mnifiu min kulli lafiını * Bi-qadrihı fa-qultu ˛abbadh ’l-mufiınü, 431 A-fidhilı ’l-˛ablu min Salmka mafßülü * Wa’lfiahdu muntaqi∂un wa’l-fiaqdu ma˛lülü. 355 A-afiyi m yadüru fı ’l-khuldi l * Am an l afiı wa-lam alqa bl,334 A-bad burüqun tahta jun˛i ÷almı * Am wajhu Mayyata am rubüfiu shammi, 311 Ab ’l-˛abıb salıl al-qu†bi ’Uthmn * wa˛ıdu fiaßrika ta√yıdan wa-fiirfn, 329 Ab ’l-rabıfiu siw ’l-idbri bi’l-nifiamı * Min bafidi iqblihı bi’l-fiar∂i wa’l-nifiamı, 429 fiAbbsu Sall fı ’l-˛arbi fiAbbsu asad * Wa-lam yushbih jüdahü jüdu a˛ad, 483 fiAbd al-fiAzız afiirnı qalba üßıka * Waßiyyatan fianka tashfı kulla m fıka, 314 Abda√u bi-bi’smi’llh al-W˛id al-Qahhrı * Thumma ßaltuhu fial ’l-nabı al-Mukhtrı, 537 Abshir bi-khayrin fa-inna ’l-naj˛a ma˛tümü * Wa-kullu m qaddar al-Ra˛mnu marsümü, 82 Abshir fa-anta bi-˛abl Allhi mawßülü * L takhsh faqran fa-inna ’l-fiahda mas√ülü, 81 A-dafinı [or A-dafika] dfiı ’l-bayni bi’l-ijhrı * Y nafsi inna al-khayra fı ’l-asrrı, 61 fi◊dtı ’l-dahra fiibdtun li-man * Lahu ’lbary wa’l-fifil wa’l-zamanü, 434 Adhülı tarki ’l-lawma lam asta†ifi ßabr * bal amrı suyül al-damfii aw anzil al-qabr, 329 Adfiu il ’l-ilhi bi’l-taw˛ıdı * Wa-m ra√aytu fianhu min ma˛ıdı, 400

Adfiüka y dh ’l-fiarshi ya Mutafilı * Y Rabbı y wlı wa-nifim al-wlı, 124 Adfiüka dh ’l-jalli mubasmil * wa-mu˛asbil wa-mu˛awqil wa-mu˛amdil, 456 Afadtanı m lam tufidhu jılı * Sudtu bi-dhka jamifia jılı, 458 fiAfat al-diyru bi-dhı ’l-†ulü˛i li-wdı * Dht al-maßyafi li-Mayyata wa-Sufidı, 484 Af∂alu m yu∂maru fı fu√di * Taqw ’l-ilh al-khliq al-fiibdi, 377 A-fı ’l-bası†ati ghayr Allahi mafibüdü * Bi’l˛aqqi am fı ’l-sam√i li’l-ghayri mawjüdü, 314 A-fı ’l-kawni man yarjü maqman li-A˛mad * Wa-shaykhı Abı ’l-’Abbsi writhi A˛mad, 373 A-fı ’l-kawni man yushfı ghalılı wa-ghullatı * Wa-yakshifu awj’ ∂an√ı wa-ghammatı, 374 Aflata shams al-dıni idh nma ‡h * Thumma fiamm al-war ÷alm al-∂allı, 299 Aghit˛ aghith y mughıth al-kawn lı kurbı * Bi’l-Muß†af ’l-muntaq min jumlat alfiarabı, 290 Aghnnı ’llhu Rabb al-jinni wa’l-basharı * fiAn al-fian wa’l-adh bi’l-shukri wa’l-bushrı, 420 A˛adu ßalli wal-tusallim sarmad * fiAl ’lladhı sammaytahu Mu˛ammad, 410 Ahja kalkalı ˛la shawqı * Li-faqdi sliki †arıqi ’l- ˛aqqi, 461 A-hjaka yawman wa’l-fat, 638 A-hja qalbaka barqun kh†ifun lamafi * Ta˛t al-duj wa-fial ’l-qalb al-jaw khalafi, 357

766


A-˛aqq an at min fiinda A˛mada A˛mada * Mu˛ammad in sayyidd al-fiabdi wa’l-fiabdu aswada, 122 A˛babtu Rabb al-filamin * mafia ’l-amıni wa’lamın, 420 Ahd bi-˛amdin li-man lı thabbata ’l-qadam * Nifima ’l-Shakür alladhı lı yashkuru ’lkhidam, 420 Ahlan wa-sahlan bi-∂ayfin z√irin tı * bi-kulli m shi√ta min anwfii khayrti, 370 Ahlu Yandih ahlu khayrı * Zdahum Rabbı nawl, 589 A˛madu mughniy an tafil fian sinah * Wakna lı bi-kulli shahrin wa-sanah, 434 A˛madun ’l-mukhtru mil˛u ’l-nsi * Khidmatuhü ta˛mı fian al-adnsi, 400 Ajbanı Rabb al-sam * Wa’l-ar∂i bi-’lladhı sam, 435 fiAjaban li-man fiarafa ’l-hidyata wa’btagh * Wa-bi-nüri ‡h lam yakun mustaßbigh, 331 fiAjab al-dahri an ya√ummu Sanghüru * Baladan kna issahu Latjüru, 385 Ajru ’l-Karımi ’l Rfıfii ’l-Shakür * Dafi kulliyatı il ’l-shukür, 434 fiAkaftu fial bb al-nabiyyi Mu˛ammadı * Waman ftanı lam ulfa min dhka safü, 291 Akhı anßit il ˛adıthı * Li-mad˛i khayr al-war ’l- qafiıthi, 337 Akhliß akhı fiibdatan fı ’llhi * Wa-l takun musı√ah ka’llhı, 379 Akshif ˛ijba ÷ulmat al-dahm√ı * Y †ayyib alnufiüti wa’l-asm√ı, 101 A-l abligh banü qaynın shu√ün * Min alkalimt türithuhum shujün, 198 A-l abligh il ’l-nafar al-mufidı * Mughalghalatan tunbi√u bi’l-saddı, 80 A-l ayyuh ’l-ikhwnu qümü * Il taghyıri aw∂afi al-rafiy, 337 Al l dujiya fikrun bihi anta tufakkirü * Wa-l fiumiyat fiaynun bih anta tabßirü, 103 A-l fa-hal man yamurru jnib al-Jazfiı * Il ’lfiAqıqi fa-Dhı ’l-majzi fa’l-Salfiı, 573 A-l fa’r˛al ß˛ibayya li-an nar * Ghazlan fiarnı †ayfuhu fnı√ al-kir, 574 A-l fa-’smafiü minnı niy˛ata h√imı * Lihawlin shadıdin h√ilin mutarkimı, 317

A-l fa’stabshir al-muslimına bi-naßr Allhi wa’l-khayrı, 204 A-l ˛alla fı ’l-dri ∂ayfun lan * karımu n bißa˛bin kirmin hun, 335 A-l innanı arjü min al-wsifii ’l-˛aqqı * Bi-jhi ’l-muqaff nßiri ’l-˛aqqi bi’l-˛aqqı, 432 fiAl innan nuhnıka bi’l-bishri wa’l-khayri * Bi-tazwıjika ’l-fiadhr√a fakhran fial fakhri, 314 A-l inna Rabb al-fiarshi akrama A˛mad * fialayhi ßaltu ’llhi m adh’haba ’l-fiid, 434 A-l innanı uthnı fial khayri munfiamı: * Wa-l ashtakı li’l-khalqi man faqada anfiumı, 423, 429 A-l inna ’l-zamna la-dhü ’ghtiylı * Wayan÷uru ahlahu na÷ara ifitillı, 60 A-l khalli ’l-taghazzul wa’l-taßbı * Wa-dwi ’l-d√a bi’l-qalb al-mußbı, 353 fiAl kulli fiabdin kalimatu ’l-˛amdi wa’l-shukrı * Li-khliqihi ’l-Mannni fi ’l-sirri wa’ljahrı, 360 A-l kullu awrdi ’l-shuyükhi ’l-nüri * Baßırata man yarfi shurü†an wa-yadhkuru, 331 A-l l˛a shaybun bayna fawdı wa-hmatı * Wa-bayya∂a fa˛mı mundhiran lı nihyatı, 334 A-l layta shifirı hal li-shifirı fı ’l-azal * Qubülun lad ’l-mukhtri wa-law aqall, 355 A-l layta shifirı hal yar ’l-nsu m ar * Min al-˛aqqi aw yabdü lahum m bad liy, 609 A-l layta shifirı hal yafiülu lı ’l-amrü * Il jamfii shamlin kna farraqahü ’l-dahrü, 360 A-l malı˛ al-shifiri anshid fa-nasmafi * wa-l tajfialna dhikra ’l-ghanjti ma†lafi, 329 fiAl man fialayya wa-lastu ßadı˛ * Lahü kullu fimin hady, 447 A-l man lı bi-fiansin jalmazız * Tusfiidunı binaßßin aw hazız, 199 A-l min sabılin müßilin dra fiirfnı * Li-Fsin il dardsin dri i˛snı, 376 fiAl ’l-muntaq khayri ’l-bary Mu˛ammadı * Salmıka khallid y ilhı bi-A˛madı, 400, 426 fiAl ’l-Muß†af minnı ßaltun taqı ∂ayr * Jihtı kam yuf∂ı il na˛wı ’l-khayr, 447 A-lam ya√ni bafid al-shaybi minka rujüfiü * Il †fiat al-mawl wa-anta mu†ı fiü. 367

INDEX OF FIRST LINES A-l nufiiyat lan bintu ’l-hummi * saq jadathan lah thawbu ’l-fiammi, 456 A-l qul li-man yaghdü yufarriqu ikhwn * Wa-yaq†afiu ar˛man wa-yanßur al-shay†n, 377 A-l qul li-man ya√wı li-shaykhı wa-yaddafiı * Ma˛abbatahü fal-yastamifi lı wa-yusmifiı, 357 fiAl raghmi anf al-jhil al-mutafiaßßibı * Li-kulli akhin jahlin tafassaqa mudhnibı. 368 A-l ra˛im al-ilhu akhı wa-˛ibbı * Ab Bakrin fat√ı wa-ra√sa ßa˛bı, 291 A-l shamsu ’l-hud †alafiat fialayn * Bi-hmdi ’llhi na˛nu ’l-muslimın, 337 A-l tahda√u ’l-rawfitu fın bi-la˛÷atı * Waqad ˛alla hdh ’l kha†bu fın bi-shiddatı, 375 A-l y ab zaydin fian al-˛aqqi fa-’f˛aßi * wain kunta lam taqdir fa-qallid li-darqaßi, 330 A-l y fiadhülı l talumnı fial ’l-˛ubbı * Fahadhka law tadrı thaqılun fial qalbı, 331 A-l y Dafidu way˛aka nabbi√ını *, 311 A-l y ˛ammata umm al-qur * A-l ta√tıni li-ilfin †ar, 574 A-l y jamfiata umm al-qur * A-l ta√tünı lialaqin †ar, 574 A-l y mlik al-mulki ’l-fia÷ımı * Laka ’l˛amdu ’l-˛adıthu mafia ’l-qadımı, 335 A-l y qawmu fa’stamifiü ’l-˛adıth * Bimad˛i’l-Muß†af ’l-nadbi ’l-mughıth, 331 A-l y sayyid al-sdti man qad * Tasarbala bi’l-mahbati wa’l-waqrı, 103 fiAlayya akramta y mawlya fı safarı * Y jliban kulla khayrin mnifian ∂ararı, 371 A-l ÷ahar al-fasdu fı ’l-barri wa’l-ba˛rı * Bim kasabat aydı unsin dhawı ’l-kufrı, 335 A-li-dhikri layl idh atatka bi-manzilı* al-nafsu ˛zat fıhi kulla mu√ammalı, 400 Alikan a†yaba ’l-ulükati minnı * ˘diya ’l-fiısi li’l-qir wa’l-sandı, 372 A-li-mu√min ill ’l-ri∂ bi-qa∂’√ı * Maliki ’lmulüki wa-maliku ’l-ashy√, 367 fiAliyyan Kabıran Mlik al-mulk Qhir * fiAl kulli jabbrin afinı al-kulla fi◊liy, 127 Allhu af∂alu man dhü ’l-khawfi qad laja√a * Lahü wa-akramu man bi’l su√li qad faja√, 428 Allhu akbar inna ’l-fiumra firiyyatü * wakullu firiyatin l budda mardüdü, 330

767

Allhu akbar m dh qad nafi al-nfiı * Min mawt shaykhin hdh il ’llhi dfiı, 116 Allhu akbar min siwhü wa-afi÷amu * Waafiazzu minhu wa-minhu ay∂an akramu, 331 Allhu akramu man afi† wa-man wahab * Wa-khayru man bi’l-adh wa’l-sü√i qad dhahab, 399 Allhu Allhü Rabbı l sharıka lahü * Man a˛san al-khalqa taqdıran wa-ajmalahü, 119 Allhu Barrun Ra˛ımun Bri√un A˛ad * Bqin Badıfiun wa-Ra˛mnun wa-Multa˛ad, 419 Allhu fa∂∂ala bi’l-mazy fs * Bayn al-qur wa-khußüßan al-dards, 361 Allhu ˛asbı idh m azmata fia÷mı, 234 Allhu ˘ayyun ∑amadun wa-Bqı * Sub˛nahu dhü kanafin wa-wqı, 102 Allhu khayru ˛afı÷ in ˛fi÷un abad * Wakhayru Rabb in bi-khayri ’l-dhikri qad fiabad, 426 Allhu Mughnin Wsifiun wa-∑amadu * fiAlayhi jalla wa-fial afitamidu, 426 Allhu Rabbı A˛adü * [...] al- ∑amad alladhı huwa ’l-ilhü, 434 Allhu Rabbi filimun bi-shif√ı * W’hwa ’lQadıru fial ’l-shif√ı, 80 Allhu Ra˛mnu Allhu Ra˛ım * ∑alli fial ’lnabı ’l-ummı fiabd al-Ra˛ım, 472 Allhu sharrafa man bi’l-fa∂li khaßßaßahu * Wa-kna fı qab∂ihi wa’l-bas†i asrrü, 103 Allhu sub˛nahu man sh√ahu yahab * Yunaffidhu ’l-˛ukma l yafiy wa-l yahab, 515 Allhu yafißimunı min kulli mahlakatı * Kadhka yafißimu aß˛bı min al-fitanı, 218 fiAllilünı bi-fat˛i Makkata shams * Li-˛urübi ’l-Hdı bi-düni qitlı, 282 Al†if bi-lu†fika y La†ıfu bi-khalqihi * Bi’lghaythi tabfiathuhu sarıfian mughdiq, 85 A-man huwa bi’l-fiadli mawßüfun wa’l-karamı * Wa-bi’l-kamli wa-bi’l-i˛sni wa’l-qidamı, 82 A-man sirruhü na˛w al-mulibbına qad yassar * Taraffaq bin wa-la-tubdil al-fiusra bi’l-yusrı, 84 A-man tashakk min shab (?) ˛absihi * Abshir bi-nürin l˛a min shamsihi, 81 ◊mantu Rabban l sharıka lahu wa-l * Abadan yur li-qa∂√ihı min mufsid, 387

768


A-Mayya shqatki ha†† ßirta ˛ayrn * Aw hal tahımu bi-dhikr Dafidin haymn, 589 A-min ∂a˛ik al-ghammi ar ammı * San barqin am iftarrat ummı, 355 A-min dhikr ikhwn al-˛aj atamalmalu * Am al-rakbi aghr ’l-wajda idh yata˛ammalü, 102 A-min tadhakkari jırnin bi-dhı Salamı * Ariqta laylan †awılan bhir al-÷ulamı, 591 A-min tidhkri laylin ariqtu damfi * fiAl ’lkhaddaynı am habba riy˛ü, 171 A-min †üli ’l-fiuhüdi am al-tan√ı * tar tarakü qawnına ’l-sam√ı, 336 Ammananı al-jamılu khayra ’l-munzali * Min ∂arari ’l-afid√i wa’l-tazalzuli, 435 fiAmmara ’llhu fimiran wa-rawn * M ku√üs al-dbi qad nwaln, 337 fiAmmat jiht al-ar∂i anwfi al-fitan * Fı sanatin ta√rıkhuh sharrun qa†an, 474 An fiabduka al-kaslnü wa’l-fiaybu ÷hirü * Fa-khudh bi-yamını l tadafinı li-afid√ı, 101 An fı zimmı Mu˛ammadin wa-dhimrihi * Khayr al-war fı nafsihi wa-nijrihi, 126 An l as√alu nafsı * Mithla Suqr†a wa-Hubsi, 341 An al-shribu ’l-rayynu qad dhuqtu min qablu * fa-ßa˛wiya bafida ’l-shukri y ˛ibbu y khillu, 457 Anshidan y mu√arrikhan li’l-anmı * Na÷ma ta√rıkhin bi-˛usni ni÷mı, 574 Anta ’l-Qadıru ’lladhı athnayta nafsaka l * Ya√tı bi-˛amdika arbb al-faß˛t, 483 A-nusıta fa-anta man yansk * Li-m hdha ’l-dawiyyu fı dhikrk, 383 Aqsmu dın Allhi dhı ’l-jamlı * (.... ) al- s√il bi-’l-ml, 404 Aqülu bafid al-˛amdi wa’l-salmı * fiAl ’lrasüli fiumdat al-Islmı, 629 Aqülu bi-bi’smi ’llhi y Ra˛mnü * Ra˛ımu y Mannnu y ˘annnü, 478 Ar ’l-duny ta˛illu bih ’l-bary * Mufint al-maß√ib wa’l-baly, 367 fiAraftu li-Salm bi’l-yaf√i maghniy * fi◊dat li-sawnı ’l-mufißirti bawliy, 314 Arka tafi†ı ’l-shifira wa’l-qalbu h√imü *fiAl zamanin fıhi’l-fußß˛u bah√imü, 460

Ar ’l-mu˛arriku li’l-ashy huwa ’llhu * Huwa ’l-musakkinu m fı ’l-kawni illhü, 364 Arn ilhı ’l ˛aqqa wa√l-˛qqu w∂i˛u * Waza˛za˛a fiann ’l-˛ayfa wa√l-nüru l√i˛u, 377 Araqqu salmı min raqıq widdikum * Taruqqu ˛awshı washyıhi wa-tarüqü, 103 Ar rü˛ı turıdu ’l-majda * Wa’l-khayrti wa’lfiizz, 336 Ard ’l-murıdi min al-a˛wli shuhratuhü * wa’l-ßıtu fa’˛dharhum taßil il ’l-˛li, 379 Ari˛ al-nafsa l tukallaf ill * Wusfiah fa’lTijnu afijaza fiaql, 359 Ariqat li-barq al-firi∂ al-mutamallilı * fiAynki fa’nhamat bi-damfiin musbilı, 147 Asfiad Allhu dhü ’l-jalli jallah * maliki ’lmaghribi ’l-mufı∂i nawlah, 365 A-∑li˛u fa’fham m na÷amtu wathıqat * Was√ilu ˛ubbin fıhi’l-˛aq√iq, 590 As√aluka ’llhumma lu†fa ’l-khßßi * Mafia stiqmatı fial ’l-ikhlßi, 378 fiAßamanı ’l-Khliqu min ∂arari m * Khalaqa aw yakhluqu ∂urrı ’nßaram, 407 A-shams un tabaddat fı san ufuqi ’l-safidi * a∂√at dujunti ’l-ghayhibi min bufidi, 365 A-shqatka a†llun fiawfı ’l-mafilimi * bi-dhti ’lliw fal-mun˛anı fal-makhrimi, 456 A-shqatka ’l-mafihidu wa’l-fiadhr * Waf∂at gharbu fiaynayka iddikr, 360 Ashhadu anna ’llha jalla wa-fial * [……], 423 Ashkü ilayka wa-l ashkü il ’l-nsı * Faqrı wa-dhullı wa-taqßırı wa-iflsı, 84 Ashkü wa-˛uqqa lı ’l-shakw il wlı * fiafwi ’lkha†y ’l-mufifı sü√a a˛wlı, 363 Aßıghü il mad˛ al-walı ’l-mukammali * khitmi ’l-wilyt al-fialı ’l-mufa∂∂alı, 331 Aßikh y man yukhallı bi’l-ghawnı * Warannti ’l-mathlithi wa’l-mathnı, 366 Asıru mafia al-abrri ˛ına asıru * Wa-÷annu ’lfiid annı hunka asıru, 422 Asqi† wa-akhmil wa-fir y †lib al-lı * Jhan wa-dhikran muw∂ifian fian ikhbli, 376 Astaghfir Allh al-fia÷ıma wa-atübü * Ilayhi min ÷awhirin wa-min ghuyüb, 435 Astaghfir Allha mimm kuntu ffiilahü * Atübu li’llhi mimm kuntu q√ilahü, 321

INDEX OF FIRST LINES Astaghfir Allha min naqßı wa-min nafsı, 234 Astaghfir al-ilha ghfir al-dhunübi * jamıfiaha wa-stiran kulla fiuyübi, 378 Astawdifiu ’llha ’l-karım ’l-kfı * al-mnifia ’l˛afı÷ dh ’l-al†fi, 362 A†ba lı’l-mamarru ka’l-aw†ni * Bq i n afidhanı min al-shay†ni, 434 Atfiaba nafsahu ’lladhı qad jr * Khayra shafıfiin r∂a lı ’l-fujjr, 444 ◊tnı ’l-akramu m fqa ’l- ÷unun * min alkhuyüri wa-˛amnı fian anın, 435 ◊tnı ’l-akramu m yaghbi†unı * Fıhi siwya mkithan fı wa†anı, 435 Atnı amrun min amırı wa-fiindan * Dawmu ’mtithl al-mar√i amran mufiayyan, 329 ◊tnı ’l-afi÷amu Rabbı al-akramü * Wa’nqda lı min dhı ’l-jaml al-karamü, 429 ◊tnı ’l-dhikr al-˛akım al-∑amadü * Waqdahu il yadayya Mu˛ammadü, 435 ◊tnı ’l-kitba Rabbı al-A˛adü * Wa-innahü alakramu nifim al-multa˛adü, 435 A-tar shukra shkirin li-jaw√i * jda bi-’lmalali wjiban am jamıl, 337 A-tarawna fı ’l-Sinighla †abban yu˛kimu * †ibban li-dhı qalbin ya†ıru wa-ya˛simu, 329 Atat qabl an abd tanaffasuhu ’l-fajrü * Faz˛a bih ˛ijrun wa-zla lah hijrü, 126 Atat wu∂ü√tu dhawı ’l-islm * Man÷ümata “yad “ lad ’nqism, 447 Ataytu bb ilh al-khalqi multabis * Bi˛awbatı wa-shanıfi al-fifili y Allhu, 292 Ataytuka mushtqan ilayka wa-z√ir * Wa-lı khamsatu ayymin fı ’l-badwi wa-s√ir, 199 ◊tıka tnı bi-l tawnı * Y m˛ı ’l-ghurbati wa’l-hawnı, 431 A†lubu minka’l-fiilma qabl al-fiamalı * Faltaqinı ’l-jahla wa-qud liya amalı, 401 Afiüdhu bi’llhi min dhanbin yafiüqu fiani ’l * -Wußüli li’l-˛a∂rat al-fiuly il ’llhi, 337 Afiüdhu bi’llhi min kayd al-fiid abad * Washarri m fiaqadü wa’stamsakü’l-fiuqad, 80 Afiüdhu bi’llahi min khawf al-anm wa-min * Ri∂an fian al-nafsi hammı ’l-rizqi y ’llhu, 478 Afiüdhu bi’llhi min nazaght al-shay†nı * Wabafida bismi ’llh al-Mlik al-Dayynı, 537 Afiüdhu bi’llhi min al-shay†ni * rajımihi ’llafiıni dhı ’l-fiudwni, 364

769

Afiüdhu bi-llhi min al-shay†nı * Wa-†ayyib al-mamarri ka ’l-aw†nı, 411 Awfia÷tu nafsiya min amr al-kha†ı√tı * khawf al-suqü†i fial raw∂ al-baliyytı, 317 Awjada lı wujüdu man lahü ’l-qidam * Fa∂lan fia÷ıman dünahü kasba al-khidam, 435 Awrathta fiabdaka wa-jraka al-kitb * y m˛iyan fianhu jawliba ’l-fiitb, 435 Awwalu m awjabahu ’l-Ra˛mnü * qa†fian fial ’l-mukallafi al-ımnü, 409 A-y akhn al-filim * Jiddu bi-fiulüm alfiulam, 534 A-y ilh al-filamın * Wa-munzil al-dhikr almubın, 46 A y mdi˛an layl wa-zaydan wa-khlid * wakhilan wa-tajan hal nasıta Mu˛ammad?, 337 A-y man idh fiujn yuqawwimu m bin * Bihimmatihı f’†rud jamıfia rawfiidı, 378 A-y man turıdu al-fiizza wa’l-majda bi’l-fakhri * Fa-dünaka fa’†lubh lad ’l-shaykhi dhı ’lnaßri, 479 A-y man yabtaghı yumn al-kirmı * A-l fa’dnu il mad˛ al-jummı, 608 A-y qßidan Kghü fa-fiuj na˛w baldatı * Wazamzim bih ahlı wa-balligh a˛ibbatı, 28 A-y ß˛i ßabr a n wa’l-karımu ßubüru * saya˛kumu m bayna ’l-fiibdi khabıru, 369 ◊yasa minnı ’llhu fiinda Jıwali * Iblısa idh ndaytuhü bi-y Walı, 435 A-y shaykhu y fiAbbsu rifqan bimu∂ghatı * Tukinnu lakum ˛ubban wa-ab˛ura ˛urmatı, 375 A-y †liban nahj al-hidyati mujtall * fiUlüman wa-tafilıman wa-dhikran murattal, 135 A-ya†ıbu fiayshuka wa’l-mashıbu qad ifital * Fawdayka muntashirn wa-mawtuka aqbal, 331 A-ya†rudunı man rü˛u qalbı wa-m√uhü * Wamashrabuhü al-aßf wa-a˛l ghidh√ihı, 375 al-fiAynu tadmafiu wa’l-akbdu mah∂üm * Wa’l-qalbu taqlibu wa’l-asmfiu maßmüm, 517 Ayqi÷ jufünaka inna ’l-qalba wasnnü * Waßammim al-fiazma inna ’l-fiazma kaslnü, 82 A-yumkinunı y lahfa nafsı hun ’l-mukthü * Wa-thamma dawman dhlik al-qu†bu wa’lghawthü, 361

770


Ayyasa minnı ’llhu fiinda jwalı* Iblısa idh ndaytuhu bi-y walı, 402 Ayyuh ’l-ikhwnu l tuhmilü ’l-dahr * Wa-l tansaw ’l-dayyna sirran wa-l jahr, 417 Ayyuh ’l-rkib al-mujiddu dhamıl (?) * Taq†afi al-bayda (sic) bukratan wa-aßıl, 453 fiAzalaka Brisu ifitizl * Sallim mahmaka wa’rta˛il, 383 Azil al-jahlata wa’l-khan bi-tafiallumi * fiIlman yurıka ˛aq√iqan bi-tafahhumi, 377 Azk ’l-ta˛iyyati wa’l-salmi mujaddidı * Minnı il ˛abbı firif al-ma˛fadı, 599 Azk ’l-war man khaßßahu Rabbuhü * Bibizzat al-fa∂li wa-tj al-jamlı, 102 fiAzza ’l-diynatu idh kdat mabnıh * Tandakku wajdan fial fuqdni bnıh, 190 Bada√tu bi-bi’smi ’llhi shukr(an) wa-a˛madü * fiAl m afi†nı ’llhu fiilm al-maqßidı, 537 Bada√tu bi-ismi ’llhi Rabbı wjidı * Wathannaytu bi’l-˛amdi ßaltan fial ’l-hdı, 609 Bada√tu bi’smi ’llhi bad√an wa-fidat * Waashkuruhu shukran yazıdu ziydat, 611 Bada√tu bi’smi man kafnı ’l-lafiın * Bi-qadri dhti ’llhi Rabbı ’l-mufiı, 431 Badıfi al-shaykhi junnatu man yurıd * Farıdun wa’l-badıfiu lahu farıdü, 104 Bdir il ’l-jawbi bi-yafisübihim * Amıruh bal dhakarun min al-na˛lı, 580 Bdir il ’l-jawbi bi-yafisübihim * Ra√ısuhum wa’l-†ayru mushbih al-˛ajalı, 575 Badr al-ahillati ghba ’l-yawma wa’statar * fiAn al-fiuyüni fa-amr Allhi m quddir, 367 Bakhbakh li-drin banh ’l-shaykh Mukhtrü * Shaykh al-mash√ikhi mashhür un wamukhtrü, 392 Baladun sayru amrihı bi-tubbi * S√irun düna waqfatin li-tabbı, 386 Bal inna hdhı ar∂u ‡h Mu˛ammadı * Fadhka fiAqıqun dhka Silfiun wa-Gharqadü, 291 B√ al-lafiınu y√isan ka-qirdı * Li-ghayri dhtı bkiyan bi-†ardı, 426 Balha ’l-malma fa-inn ßabran faragh * Wa’l-saylu sayl al-haw il ’l-zub balagh, 331 Balligh thawba hdhihi ilhı * Hadiyyata n minn li-˛ubb Allhı, 315

Banaytu †fiatı bi’ttibfiı * Bi’l-dhikri wa’l˛adıthi wa’l-ijmfiı, 436 Banı zamnı ajıbü lı bi-tibyni * Mimm bihı fiammati ’l-balw li’l-azmni, 317 Braka lı ’l-Bqı bi-l ’intih√ı * Fı thamanı wa’l- bayfiu dhü ’ntih√ı, 436 Barakatu ’lladhı lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidamü * Qad wajab lahü tanm lı ’l-khidamü, 436 Barhin bi-fay∂ khatm al-Tijni y Barhmu * Anna ’l-tijniyyın li’l-anmi immu, 386 Barra√anı ’l-Bqı min al-amr∂ı * Wa-kabba man ankara bi’fitir∂ı, 413 Barra√anı ’l-Bqı min al-fiuyübı* Wa-kna lı bi-af∂al al-ghuyübı, 436 Barra√anı ’l-Quddüsu min fiuyübı * Nafsı wa-lı qad jda bi’l-ghuyübı, 436 Byafitu khayr al-war bi’llaw˛i wa’l-qalami * Li-wajhi Rabbi ’l-war dhı ’llaw˛i wa’lqalami, 429 Bi-abı ’l-amın * Wa-shaykhihı safidi ’l-war, 478 Bi-b√i bi’smi’llhi y badıfiu * Nadfiüka y Qarıbu y Samıfiu, 459 Bi-bismi’llhi mabda√ı idh abd * Wa˛amduhü lı ’l-muntah idh ahd, 321 Bidyatu kulli shay√in fı ’˛tiqri * Fa-hdh ’ldıku aßlan kna farakh, 334 Bidyatun li’l-awliy√i nihyatü * nihyatun li’l-anbiy√i bidyatü, 457 Bi-fa∂lika y mawlya kun lı whib * Sulüka †arıq al qawmi qalban wa-qlab, 331 Bi-fss in sayyidun tana√a * fiAdım al-mithli mudh nasha√, 331 Bi-Fti˛at al-kitbi tunlu sirr * Wa-fiIzzan shmikhan †ül al-laylı, 123 Bi-˛amdi ’llhi qad fata˛a ’l-amırü * Abü ’lfiAbbsi A˛madun ’l-kabırü, 228 Bi-˛amdi man yußarrif al-duhür * Bada√n hdh ’l-rajaz al-mas†ür, 588 Bi-˛aqqi Rabb al-war y qawmi fa’ntabihü * Fa-inna fı dahrin hdh ablısü, 604 Bi-˛aqqi wajhika ’l-karımi ’lladhı * Fuztu biqaßdihı fawzan yaghbi†unı, 436 Bi’llhi naßran dafiawtü * Li-m ilayhi aradtü, 597 Bi-man qad at bi’l-han min Mu∂ar * Waßa˛bin kirmin shiddin ßubbar, 472

INDEX OF FIRST LINES Bi-Mu˛ammadin wa-bi lihi ’l-akhyri * wa-bishaykhin al-Tijnı dhı ’l-asrri, 362 Bifi al-nafsa fı ’l-fiilm al-sharıfi Bashırü * Fainna bihi ahd ’l-anmi taßırü, 254 Bi’smi ’l-fiAliyyi Allhi wa’l-Ra˛mnı * alNfifii ’l-Ra˛ımi Dhı ’l-azmnı, 409 Bi’smika ’llhumma wa-bi’l-Ra˛mnı * Wabi’l-Ra˛ım al-mlik al-dayynı, 356 Bi’smi khliqi ˛liqin raßfiu ˛ulalı , 563 Bi’smi ’l-ilhi abtadı dufi√ı * Dhi ’l-˛awli wa’lqudrati wa’l-fial√i, 321 Bismi ’l-ilhi abtadı dufi’ı * al-Wsifii ’lra˛mati wa’l-l√i, 362 Bi’smi ’l-ilhi akfinı al-akdra y ’llhu * ∑if al-baq bihı lı fıka y ’llhu, 436 Bi ’smi ’l-ilhi ashkuru ’l murıd * Wa-artajı min fa∂lihi ’l-mazıd, 288 Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’l-˘ayyi wa’l-Qayyümi * wa’lkshifi ’l-kurübi wa’l-humümi, 364 Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’kfinı’akdra y ’llhü * ∑affi ’lbaqa√a bihi lı fıka y ’llhü, 402 Bi’smi ’l-ilhi ’lladhı ’l-Qur√nu qad nazal * Minhu ibtid√i wa-arjü fiindahu’l-nuzul, 429 Bi’smi ’l-ilhi man had bi’l-jüdı * al-Qbil alruküfii wa’l-sujüdı, 426 Bi’smi’l-ilhi tubtu innı tubtü * Tubtu li-m fafialtu aw m qultü, 299 Bi’smi ’l-ilhi al-Whibi al-Fatt˛ * Bi-dhı ßaltı fial ’l-mift˛, 403 Bi’sm ’l-ilhi wa-hwa ’l-Ra˛mnü * Wa-hwa ’l-Ra˛ımü wa-lahu ’l-azmnü, 436 Bi’smi ’llhi abda√u fı ’l-na÷mı * Ilhun w˛idun Rabb al-anmı, 588 Bismi’llhi ’l-fia÷ım al-ilühiyya * al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-Karım al-rabübiyya, 658 Bi’smi ’llhi ’l-fiA÷ım * al-Ra˛mni ’l Brı alra˛ım, 472 Bi’smi ’llhi bi’ismik al-mufradı * Bihi bada√tu li-nayl al-maqßidı, 146 Bi’smi’llhi büritiri ifr * Wafi÷u ikul itırınü itüb, 546 Bi’smi ’llhi ibtid√ı fı mad˛ khayri ’l-liq√ı * M u ˛ a m m a d in sayyid al-kulli khayr alaniby√ı, 471 Bi’smi ’llhi ibtid√ı * Wa-makhtamı wa’ntih√ı, 101 Bi-bismi’llhi mabda√ı idh abd * Wa˛amduhü lı ’l-muntah idh ahd, 321

771

Buddiln bi-zawjatin tu†ıfiun * fiAn zawjatin kh√inatin tafißın, 582 Bunuwwuhu ’l-rü˛i sqat m bi-dardsi * Min al-mafilı il shaykhı ’bn fiAbbasi, 383 Bushr bi-A˛mad al-hdı ’l-amın * Rasüli Rabb al-filamın, 477 Bushr bi-mawlidi dh ’l-qmüsi qad sa†afiat * Anwruhü fa-a∂fiat jawwa linjn, 338 Bushrka atka bashırü * Min fiinda Hindin baßırü, 590 Bushr lan ahla ßalt al-fti˛ı * Fuzn bim yafimalu kullu ßli˛ı, 317 Bushr lan qad atn ’l-jüdu wa’l-karamü * Lamm’ stahallat fialayn ’l-ashhur al˛urumü, 430 Bushr li-man fı ∂amn al-Muß†af walaj * Bushr lahu wa-hanı√an bi’lladhı falaj, 359 Bushr li-man manhj salak * Wa-rafi shar√i†an wa-m tarak, 329 Bushr qad in†af√at nırnu Almn * Bi-qudrat Allhi bushrn fa-bushrn, 317 Dafinı ilayka ’l-wajhu wa’l-fiaynu wa’l-famü * Tukallimunı ’l-a˛wlu minh fa-afhamü, 482 ∆fia ’l-shabbu bi-l fiilmin wa-l fiamalı * Wa-shba ra√siya shayb al-dhulli wa’lkhajali, 331 Dafiat bafid m abd mabsimih ’l-fajrü * Wazla fian al-ishrqi min laylih ’l-˛ajrü, 134 Dafiawtuka y man l yukhayyibu dfiiy * Waji√tu il abwbi fa∂lika sfiiy, 127 Dafi al-fiayn tudhrı fı †alal al-rabfiı * Fa-laysa ˛arman an urıqa bihi damfiı, 11 ∆q al-khinqu wa-khnat al-asbbü, 100 Dr al-˛abıbi ataytuh fajran fa-l * A÷faru biluqy ’l-˛jjı fıh lam u√lim, 303 Dhabba wujüdu ’llhi m lam yar∂a lı * Lighayri dhtı bi’l-nabı al-mufa∂allı, 436 Dhahabat Khadıjatu * Kulluh bi-jamlih, 456 al-Dhawqu sakr al-fiabdi bi’l-sharbı * Qabl altarawwu˛ bafid al-iqtirbı, 79 Dhı dafiwat in umirta fı dınin wa-nahat * m’llhu ya√muruhü fiamm nah ’l-nhı, 482 Dını ˛ubbu ’llhı wa’l-rasüli * ßall fialayhi qda lı sülı, 402 al-Dınu yabra√u wa’l-ift√u min fi√atı * Tasfi il ’l-sharri bi’l-fatw wa-bi’l-dını, 256

772


al-Dufi√u sil˛u ahl al-yaqın * ∑a˛˛a fian A˛mad al-mukayyif (?) al-amın, 102 Dumüfiun ka-raqrq al-lujayni tubarhinü * fiAl ßidqi shawqı baynam ’l-waqtu mawhinü, 281 Dünaka y ma˛müdu m in sh√a’l-Jalıl * Yashfı murıdan wa-murdan min ghalıl, 408 Duny ’l-˛a∂rati kawnun kulluhu fikru * wa’lfikru rahanu lisnin kulluhu duraru, 384 Fa-at ‡aybat an bi-amri ilhı * Qawiya ’l Muß†af bi-tilka ’l ˛ijlı, 283 Fa-azk salmin kna minnı fi†iri * Il ß˛ibı ’l-muwaffı li-fiahdiya nßiri, 371 Fa-bi-m ra˛matin min Allhi ln * Sayyid alkhalqi kulluhum al-n, 373 Fa-dhü ’l-fiarshi mawjüdun qadıman bil ’btid * Wa-Bq in bil ’ntih dawman bil ’mtir, 337 Fa-hal fı mafinı ’l-khatmi in kamula ’l-mayzü * Li-mustayqi÷in ill ’l-ta˛ayyaru wa’l-fiajzü, 361 Fa’l ˛amdu li’l-mni˛ al-akwni khayrti * Thumma ’l-ßaltu fial khayr al -bariyyt, 376 Fa-˛aw∂ al-mawti amruhu ayyu amrı * WaZaydun fı wurüdihi mithlu fiUmarı, 61 Fa-idh fu√d al-mar√i kna tawassakh * Bimadı˛i ‡h fal-yazul kullu al-†akh, 331 Fa-in li-’l-ghıdi wa’l-fiıni * a˛bıl al-shay†ıni, 371 Fa-innahü fialayhi af∂alu ’l-salm * m in dafi ill il ’llhi ’l-salm, 371 Fa-innahü kna li’l-awwbına ghafür faqrı * Il ’l-Wsifii ’l-Ghaffri dhı ’l-qadri, 432 Fa-innı bi-˛amd Allhi adraktu bafi∂a m * Tamannaytuhu min fiindihı mutakarrim, 369 Fa-fii÷ nafsaka ’l-ammrata ’l-fa˛sha wa’lnadhl * wa-ill tazidka ’l-tafiaba wa√l khizya wa’l-dhull, 376 Fa ’l-fiizzu markazuhü shaykhı akhü himamı * Fa-man yarum naylahü yti lidh ’lshahamı, 379 Fa-kha†bun khalîlun fiazzanı fiindahû ’l-ßabrü * Mamtu ˛abıb in fiumruhu ’l-fawzu wa’lnaßrü, 294 Fa-l budda min raffii aqlmin * nuhü∂an litashhıdhi adhhnin, 336

Fa-l budda min shakw il ’llahi kurbatı * Fam liya ghayru ’llhi jbiru kasratı,312 Fa-l takhsh iqllan wa-dhü’l-fiarshi mni˛ü * Wa-l takhsh jahlan wa’l-mufiallimu fti˛ü, 81 Fa-li-bbi jüdika yanta˛ı i√mlü * Ni∂w alhumümi wa-tanta˛ı ’l-mlü, 359 Fal-yabki man kna yabkı ’l-fiilma wa’l-fiamal * Wa-sunnat al-muß†af ’l-hdı lan subul, 368 Fa-m lı wa-m li’l-ghniyti wa-m liy * Wa-m li-siwya’l-mukhtri ˛att ubliy, 331 Fa’mda˛ü ’lladhı †araq * Wa’rtaq ’l-sam√ araq, 338 Fa-min jahd al-muqilli fial is†i†fiah * Madı˛ı man bi-qab∂atihi ’l-shaffiah, 355 Fa-minnı li’l-taqı al-fiadl al-shahır * Salmun nashruhu fawq al-fiabır, 186 Fa-najjin y khliq al-shay†nı * Min kaydihi wa-salb al-ımn, 317 Fa-nazzih al-khalqa fian al-radh√ilı * Wa-fian ßift al-dhammi wa’l-nuqßnı, 256 Fa-qad safiü bi’l-ar∂i bi’l-fasdı * Fakhudh’hum wa-kulla man yufidı, 87 Faqadtu fiawnan ar min khayri afiwnı * Bifaqdi ummı ’llatı min khayri niswnı, 336 Fqa jamıfi al-anbiy wa’l-rusulı * Sayyidun A˛madu ˛ibb al-muralı, 419 Fa-raddı salm un l yusmu lahü niddu * Tamm an wa-l yufiz l fiamrı lahü ˛addu, 371 Fraqtu li’llhi min kullı hudan fiadad * Waqda lı minhu abadan l tar madad, 426 Farartu li’l-Kfı ’l-Muhaymin al-Raqıb * Fakuffa aydı ’l-baghyi Rabbi lı raqıb, 290 Far˛u mawlidi ’l-nabiyyi mu˛arram * Kam lahü qda ’l-fiul wa’l-karam, 419 Fari˛a khayru ’l-bashar bi-khu†a ’l-mubashshir * wa-qdanı bi-bishr in min Rabbihı ’lmufa∂ill, 437 Fari˛a khayru mursalin bi-kha††ı ’l-mufiassali, 404 Fari˛tu mimman af∂a ’l-m√a fa ’nfajar * Bifiıßmati sarmad min kaydi man fajar, 432 Farraqa baynı wa-bayna m yafiüqü * fiAni ’l -ilhi Allhu jri ’l-rafıqü, 437

INDEX OF FIRST LINES Fa-ßaddiq fı †ilbika wa’khsha nafs * Tafiüquka fian wißlin li’l -murdi, 376 Fa-salmun minn yakhußßu abn * Lam yafuz ghayruhu ladayn ’l-funün, 594 Fa’s√al al-mawl bi-khayr al-nsı * al-Fliq alißb˛i ka ’l-miqbsı, 298 Fa’l-shyu shif√un in khafıfan munafinafi * Lis√iri amr∂i ’l-˛arürati wa’l-bardi, 324 Fa-tabrak al-Khallqü dhü ’l-fial√ı * Rabb albariyyati mühib al-nufim√ı, 589 Fata˛a fat˛an lam yur * Qa††u wa-fiiwa∂un lan yur, 419 Fata˛a lı ’l-Fatt˛u bb al-khayrı * Wa-fian janbı sadda bba ’l-∂ayrı, 436 Fat najluhu ’l-mafirüf bayna ’l-fiash√irı * Ülı ’l-sabqi fı ’l-taqw min ahli ’l-baß√irı, 366 Fa-wa˛˛id ilh an jalla Rabban tafarrad * Kamlan fifilan wa-ßiftin mumajjid, 378 Fawwa∂tu amrı mu∂†arr a n il ’llhi * Mu˛assina ’l-÷anni da√ban kna bi’llh, 362 Fawwa∂tu rjiya fa∂l Allhi li’lhi * Amriya sirran wa-jahran dh min Allhi, 370 Fa-y ˘ayyu y Qayyümu y kshifa ’l-mi˛an * Wa-y filiman m fı ∂am√irin kaman, 372 Fzat qalmı ’l-yawma bi’l-khayrayn * In sh√a man yakfını ’l-∂ayrayn, 437 Fı bashasin ghba fian al-fiuyünı * Shaykh alshuyükhi qurrat al-fiuyünı, 475 Fikrı wa-qawlı wa-afimlı il ’l-Brı * Dhikran wa-shukran wa-iqblı wa-idbrı, 419 Fı kulli yawmin li’l-ilhi shufiünu * Fı ’l-khalqi yubdıh bi-kun fa-yakünu, 368 Fitnat al-dıni ath * Man at yawman aty, 536 Fu√dı li’l-˛abıbi fia÷ımu fiishqı* Wa-qalbı li’lfiurüqi bi-dhlika yusqı, 331 Fu†irtu fial ˛ubb al-Amıni wa-mad˛ihi * Mad ’l-dahri wa’l-ayymi asfi li-waßlihı, 608 Fuzta bi-÷arfi ’l-˛asantı * Sayyidatan li’lmu˛sinti Maryam faqat al-müqanti * fiInda ’lladhı lam yudrak, 421 Fuztu bi-kawni wafidi Dhı ’l-Jallı * ˘aqqan wa-arjü surfiata irti˛lı, 423 Ghba fiann ghawthu ’l-war wa’l-wal√ü * fabak ’l-filamüna wa’l-fiulam√ü, 317 Ghba fiann ’l-˘abıbu ghayba fiiyni * Dünam fiindan lahü min makn, 372

773

G h a ∂ a n f a r u n yasfiü lad ’l-˛urübı * Mukhtabirun bi’l-÷hir al-maktübı, 483 Ghdarat Salm diyr * Lam najid fıh mazr, 590 Ghdartu Fsan il Dakr * Fı yawmi ’lithnayni fial ’l-nahr, 338 Ghadawtu wa-l adrı li-wajhiya maqßad * Waamsaytu ˛ayarna ’l-fu√di mubaddad, 386 Ghazlat al-nüri fiinda al-sidri qad †alafi„at * Wa-kahfuh al-fiarshu wa’l-kursiyyu ka’lqalami, 350 Habb al-nasımu bi-naf˛at al-aw†nı * Faathra minnı kmin al-fiirfnı, 82 Habba ’l-nasımu bi-naf˛at al-wa†an al-bafiıdi * Wa-at fial fiawzin wa-fı ’l-waqt al-safiıdi, 123 ˘abıbı ˛abıbı maldhı wa-bughyatı * Immı murdı frija ’l-hammi junnatı, 330 ˘abıbı ’l-rasül al-Muß†af fiabdu dhtik * Kadh sirruhü ’l-maktümu fay∂u ba˛rik, 375 Hab lı minka mughniyan fian jılı * Wa-law Abbakrin aw “Jılı”, 458 Hadn il nahj al-rashd al-mutbafiu * Naßır al-war man li’l-ma˛midi jmifiu, 609 ˘adratun idh qumn takünu * Li-ummatina bi-fiazmin la yalınu, 384 Hadaytanı hdı ’l-ßirt al-mustaqım * Bi-man simtuhü ßirtun mustqım, 437 ˘adhafa an yaqßidanı bal√ * Bqin bihı ’nqda lı ’ fitil√, 429 Hdh ’l-kitbu afiazza kulli muktasabı * Ladayya idh kna min ghar√ib al-kutubı, 533 Hdh wa-innı bi’l-rasül al-Muß†af * Rumtu tawassulan il man iß†af, 437 Hdh wa-lamm jammat al-humümü * Fı kalkalı wa’fitdanı ’l-ghumümü, 446 Hdh wa-qad dhakara fı hdh ’l-ni÷m * Taqrıba awqti ’l-ßalt wa’l-ßiym, 460 Hdhı ’l-bu˛ayratu abdat kulla m fıh * Liman ghad bi-sihm al-katmi yarmıh, 190 Hdhihı ’l-bishratu l bishrata mithluh * Litammi amri ∂iyfatin lam tüjadi, 317 Hdhihi ’l-raziyyatu jalla ’llhu dhü karami * Raziyyatun fiammat al-a˛lma bi’l ghumami, 316

774


Hdhihi rislatun ilayka nafsı * Arsalah rü˛ı ka-mithl al-ussı, 279 ˘adıth al-nafsi yadh’habu bı wa-ytı * Yu˛arriku skinı yuqßı subtı, 303 ˘adıthun in lam yakun fı ’llhi * yanqußu ajru ßawmina wa’llhi, 363 Hjanı shadw al-˛ammi * Bafida m †ayf almanmı * ‡fa wahn an min ˛adhmı * Müqidan nr al-gharmi, 354 Hkum jawb an yadfafiu ’l-malmah * Wayakshifu ’l-gha†√a bi’l-salmah, 418 ˘lı ilayka shakawtuh y sayyidı * Y mlikı wa-mu˛awwil al-a˛wlı, 102 Hal jannat al-khuldi fı raw˛in wa-ray˛nı * Am annanı bayna janbay wlidı ’l-jnı, 360 Hal li-baynin damfiu fiaynayka ’stahal * Min karımin dhti ˛alyin wa’l-˛ulal, 359 Hal li-Layl min marmı * Am li-Hindin min kalmı, 589 Hal min maraddin lı zamnan m∂iy * Layta ’lbuk√a yuraddu dahran n√iyy, 335 Hal min mubkin fial qadmin qad imtathal * Awmir llhi na˛w Allhi qad ra˛al, 317 Hal min murabbin ˛aw kaml * Ka-mithl alshaykh al-Tijnı ll, 331 Hal qu†bu d√irat al-wujüdi wa-markazü * Falak al-fiul li-mad√i˛ı yatahazhazü, 332 Hal samifitum ’l-khabar * jalla m bihı nashar, 335 Halummü awqad al-shawqu fı ßadrı * Jadhan tatala÷÷ fıfi nhıka min jamrı, 254 Hal wbilun am damfiu ajfnı sakab * Am hal ghurb al-bayni y qalbı nafia, 591 Hal yarta∂ı fiayshun fial ’l-l√i * Am yaltaqı ilghni fawqa fiar√i, 379 ˘amadtuka y Ra˛mnu fı kulli ˛latı * fa˛aqqiq raj√ı fıka y kulli munyatı, 316 ˘amadtu ’llha yaffialu m yash√ü * Lahu ˛ukmun wa-mulkun wa’l-baq√ü, 617 ˘amadtu Rabbı fial kawn al-rasül * Wasılatı ilayhi hdh khayru sül, 415 ˘amadtu Rabbı ’lladhı qad ˛aqqa mihaddatuhu, 236 Hma ’l-fu√du li-shawqin fjanı wa-†ar * Fasla damfiı fial ’l-khaddayni wa’nhamar, 204 ˘√ ’l-ma˛abbatı li’l-mun mift˛ü * Wa-bib√ih li-dhawı’l-quyüdi sar˛ü, 665

˘amnı ’l-˘aqqu min al-mamlı * Li-ghayrihi wa-huwa Dhü Kaml, 437 ˘amd an dawm al-abadi * Li-dhı ’l-baq√i ’l∑amadi * al-W˛idiyyi ’l-a˛adı * Mubdı ’l-shu√ün al-mubtadı, 357 ˘ a m d an li-fiallm al-sar√ir wa’l-jahrı * Thumma ’l-ßaltu li-khayri khalq in min Mu∂arı, 598 ˘amd an li-jfiilin bi-ma˛∂ al-nifimah * Min ummat al-mukhtri fiayni ’l-ra˛mah, 335 ˘amd an li-man akhrajan a˛y√ * Min †alabi ˛ayyin zdan a˛y√, 256 ˘amd an li-man fiallaman fı ’l-Baqarah * A˛km ˛ajj al-bayti ˛ına dhakarah, 289 ˘amd an li-man asd wa-m akd wa-ahd ilayn nifimahu wa-m ahd, 102 ˘amd an li-man fı dhikrihı qul sırü * Fı ’l-ar∂i man sar lahu bashıru, 289 ˘amdan li-man jafialanı khadıman li’l-Muß†af * ’lladhı ˛aw al-taqdım, 417 ˘amd an li-man jafiala zayda nifiamihı * Fı shukrihi bi-fa∂lihi wa-karamihı, 161 ˘amd an li-man lahu ’l-asm√ ’l-˛usn * Wakullu nafitin dhı kamlin asn, 104 ˘amd an li-man mana˛an al-ımn * Wafata˛a ’l-qulüb wa’l-abdn, 393 ˘amd an li-man manna bi-bayn m yufham fial ’l-adh’hn wa-abna ghawmi∂ asrr kitbihi, 135 ˘amd an li-man qad awjaba ’l-su√l * fial ’lladhına karihü ’l-∂all, 450 ˘amd an li-man yahaba kulla wa†arı * Li-kulli mu∂†arrin dafi fı ’l-safarı, 443 ˘amd an li-man ya˛fa÷u kulla dhı safar * Min kulli m yasü√uhü min al-∂arar, 437 ˘amd an li-mawln ’lladhı fata˛ * Bba ’lwußüli li-man ilayhi na˛, 338 ˘amd an li-munzili ’l-∂an wa’l-d√ * Wamunzil al-shif√a wa’l-daw√, 412 ˘amdan li-Rabbı ghfir al-dhanbi lan * Qbili tawbin li-lu†fihı bin, 447 ˘amdan li-Rabbı idh ’l-aqdmu qad wa†i√at * Turbata mißra bild al-nıli wa’l-haram, 338 ˘amdan min Ma˛müdı * Ibn al-immi Mu˛ammadı, 657 ˘amdı li-Bqin kafnı ’l-mawta wa’l-tabab * bi-jhi man qad kafnı ’l-∂arra wa’l-sabab, 425

INDEX OF FIRST LINES ˘amdı li-Rabbin karımin l sharıka lah * waßadrı ’l-yawma nüran s†ifian mali√, 428 ˘amdı wa-shukrı li-man kullı bihi ßr * Lahu ri∂an düna sukh†in fiinda ßarßr, 405 al-˘amdu fı ’l-ül wa-fı ’l-khirah * Li’llhi fı anfiumihi ’l wfirah, 360 al-˘amdu li’l-Fard al-Qadıri fı ’l-azal * Sub˛nahu lahu ’l-umüru fı ’l-uwal, 572 al-˘amdu li’l-˘aqq al-Mubın * Man kawnahu liya yabın, 407 al-˘amdu li’l-ilhi idh had’l-war * Li-wirdihi man li-san√ihi ÷ahar, 184 al-˘amdu li’llhi fial infimihı * Wa’l-shukr li’llhi fial if∂lihı, 552 al-˘amdu li’llhi fial ’l-tafilımı * Wa-af∂al alßaltı wa’l-taslımı, 527 al-˘amdu li’llhi fial ’l- tawdud * Fı dınihı ’lwqı bi-l ta˛sud, 450 al-˘amdu li’llhi fial wujüdı * Ra˛matihı walu†fihı wa’l-jüdı, 420 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-fiAlı al-Afilamı * Mudawwiri al-aflk mujrı ’l-anfiumı, 341 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-fiAlım al-Khabırı * Mudabbir al-ashy√i wa’hw al-Qadırü, 558 al-˘amdu li’llh al-fialiyyi ’l-a˛adı * Rabb alkhal√iq al-karımi al-ßamadı, 303 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-fiAliyyi than√uhü * Azk ’l-ßalti fial ’l-rasüli ’l-afi÷amı, 360 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-fia÷ım al-mir *, 221 al-˘amdu li’llh al-fiAzız al-Qdirı * Idh khaßßan bi-Abı ’l-fuyü∂ al-Zhirı, 200 al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı ’l-l√i wa’l-nifiamı * musdı ’l-fa∂√ili mu˛∂i ’l-fa∂li wa’l-karamı, 322 al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı ’l-asm√i y ’llhu * Sub˛nahu Dhü ’l-jalli qul huwa ’llhu, 478 al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı ’l-if∂li wa’l-nifiamı * Wa’l-manni wa’l-jüdi wa’l-i˛sni wa’lkaramı, 316 al-˘amdu li’llhi dhı ’l-taysıri ya ’llhu * Na÷m al-dararı lahu y ’llhu y ’llhu, 312 al-˘amdu li’llhi fı fiawdı il qalamı * Li-mad˛i fiAbdi ’l-fiAzız ’l-mlikı ’l-fialami, 335 al-˘amdu li’llhi hdha ’l-shaykhu Rabbhu * Khayru ’l-wujüdi ’lladhi afilhu mawlhu, 313 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-˛afı÷ al-dfifiı * Li-kulli ∂urrin al-mujır al-mnifiı, 425

775

al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-Karımi dhı ’l-minan * fiAl ashghlı bi-furü∂in wa-sunan, 412 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-Karımi ’l-kfı * al-mu√mini ’l-fialımi bi’l-al†f, 362 al-˘amdu li’llhi l mafibüba ill huwa * Bi’l˛aqqi l Rabba ill Rabbun ’llhu, 346 al-˘amdu li’llhi l nu˛ßı ’l-than√a abad * Kam fiala nafsihi min nafsihi ˛amıd, 353 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı amt * Wa-huwa ˛ayyun ken dune qad mt, 462 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı ’l-amr lana tamah [*] had bi-man sammhu asm ’l-anm, 563 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı afi† wa-bar * Thumma had thumma waf thumma shakar, 126 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı bi-fa∂lihı * Manna fial fiibdihi bi-ruslihı, 84 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı bi-jallihı * F∂at bu˛ür al-fiilmi wa’l-fiirfnı, 46 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı bi-jallihı * Qad tamma m rumn bi-˛usni jamlihı, 317 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı hadn * Li-fiirfni dhtihi fiirfn, 582 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı fiibdah * Amara bi’lımni wa’l-fiibdah, 406 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı kafnı * Makr al-fiid bi-Muß†af kafnı, 401 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı l mudhill li-man rafafia wa-l mufiizz li-man fian fa∂lihi dafafia, 90 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı mahm tarak * Su√lahü yagh∂ab fa-˛abbadh ’l-malak, 437 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı man ittaßal * Bi˛ablihi ’l-matıni l budda waßal, 98, 145 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı man qaßad * Ri∂fiahü ˛amhü fiamm raßad, 437 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı mat dhahaba * Ilayhi dhhibun hadhü wa-wahab, 418 ˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı minn †alab * Ikhlß safiyin wa-murfit al-†alab, 120 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad arsal * A˛mada bi’l-kitbi kay yu˛allil, 338 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad arsal * Rasülahu ßall fialayhi dh’l-fiul, 175 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad arsal * Rasülan Mu˛ammadan wa-bajjal, 437, 444 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qaddar * Wa-fiaf wa-zda fia†√an liman shakar, 332

776


al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qad fa∂∂al * Rasülan fial ’lladhına arsal, 444 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhi qad jda lı * Bi-m bihi shakartuhu min n√ilı, 444 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı qalbı had * munawwiran wa-qda lı dhawı hud, 424 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı ßarrafanı * Bi-fa∂lihı fian bidfiin li’l-sunanı , 404 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı tawa˛˛ad * Fı mulkihi umürahu wa-wakkad, 591 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı yakhtaßßü * Man sh√a bi-ra˛matin hadn al-naßßü, 438 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı yaq∂ı fial * fiIbdihi m sh√a jalla wa-fial, 573 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhı yarzuqunı * Min ˛aythu l a˛tasibu kulla ’l -zamanı, 317 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’lladhi yubaddilü * Sayyi√atan ˛asanatan wa-yajzilü, 412 al-˘amdu li’llhi li-yawmi ’l-fiar∂i * Rabbi alsamwti wa-Rabb al-ar∂i, 334 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-mhid lan ghabr√ * Wa-anzala fialayn min al-sam√i m√, 563 al-˘amdu li’llhi man fı ’l-gharb qad fata˛ * fiAl ’l-amıri Abı ’l-fiAbbsi buldn, 228 al-˘amdu li’llhi mawl ’l-˛if÷i wa’l-÷afarı * Man kna fı ßufrin aw kna fı safar, 411 al-˘amdu li’llhi mawln ’lldhı bada√ * ˆjda ◊dama ˛ına hayya√a ’l-˛ama√, 330 al-˘amdu li’llhi min qalbı wa-arknı * fiAl ta˛allı bi-silk al-qu†b al-Rabbnı, 318 al-˘amdu li’llh al-mudabbiri dhü (sic) ’lghin√ı * Wa-mußarrif al-a˛wli wa’lazmnı, 591 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-mukarram * wa-shukrun li’llh i’l-mufia÷÷am, 562 al-˘amdu li’llhi musdı ’l-khayri wa’l-nifiamı * Min ghayri ∂ıqin wa-l tafibin bi-ghufrnı, 616 al-˘amdu li’llhi mufi†ı al-ßdiqına naj * Wamnifi al-kdhibın al-falja wa’l-˛ujaj, 588 al-˘amdu li’llhi mu÷hir al-˛aqq wa-mufilıhı wa-muba††il al-b†il wa-madh’hab mu˛illıhi, 88 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-Qadır al-jrı * Fı ˛ukmihi m sh√a bi’l-aqdrı, 46 al-˘amdu li’llhi Rabb al-filamına fial * Irslihı ’l-sayyid al-mukhtri man fa∂al, 471

al-˘amdu li’llhi Rabb al-filamına bil * fiAdd in bi-shukrin wa-dhikrin yaßrifni bal, 429 al-˘amdu li’llhi rabbı khliqı azal * ˛amdan afüzü bihi wa-ablugh al-amal, 81 al-˘amdu li’llhi Rabbi m qara√nhu * fa’qbalhu bi’l-fa∂li wa’l-tawfıqi y ’llhu, 364 al-˘amdu li’llhi Rabb al-khalqi y ’llhü * Sub˛nahü ’l-D√im al-Bqı y ’llhü, 479 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-Ra˛ım al-Hdı * Li-man yash√u min dhawı ’l-fiindı, 218 al-˘amdu li’llhi Razzq al-fiibdı * Ghaniyyin l shabıh wa-l mathılu, 604 al-˘amdu li’llhi ’l-ßalt bi’l-kamlı * fiAl rasül Allhi wa-s√ir al-lı, 558 al-˘amdu li’llhi wjib ˛amdihi wa’l-shukr lahu fial m awlhn min rafdihi, 95 al-˘amdu li’llhi wa-ßall abad * fiAl ’lladhı bihı lan ’l-hud bad, 449 al-˘amdu li’llhi wa-ßall ’llhu * fiAl „Mu˛ammadin wa-man talhü, 401 al-˘amdu li’llhi wa-ßalla ’llhu * fiAl Mu˛ammadin wa-man wlhu, 455 al-˘amdu li-mukawwir al-duhürı * Wa-munbit al-ashjri wa’l-zuhürı, 573 al-˘amdu li’l-mu√†iyyi ’l-waliyyi ’l-mnifii * fiAl ’l-nabı khayri ’l-anmi ’l-shfifii, 372 al-˘amdu mu†laqan li-dht al-brı * Thumma salmhu fial ’l-mukhtri, 288 Hammat Sulaym bi-ßarfı fian maziyytı * Kaym taqüdu zimmı li’l-raziyytı, 407 ˘na murdı an adhkurakum bi-m * Arnı ilhı fı mu†lafiat al-kutubı, 508 ˘asb al-∂afiıfi idh ∂ıma mawlhü * ˘asb alfaqıri ghin man laysa illhu, 101 ˘asbı ’l-Muhayminu wa-˛asbı ’l-Wqı * ˘asbı ’l-Qadımu ’llhu ˛asbı ’l-Bqı, 294 ˘asbun ’llhu lı wa-nifima ’l-wakıl * L il ghayrihı ladayya sabıl, 355 “˘asbun ’llhu lı wa-nifima ’l-wakılü” * Wahwa ˛asbı ˛asıbun fı ’l-awni, 375 Hatafa ’l-haw li’l-khalqi hatfa ’l-bulbuli * Fataßammama ’l-akhyru düna ’l-bulbuli, 366 ˘att mat anta bi’l-ahw√i maghlülü * Waanta bi’l-raybi fı ’l-˛lt al-manshülü, 112 Hay˛n un fı ba˛ri ’l-layli khußüß * Mnifiun min mawnifii ’l-yammi ghawßn, 334

INDEX OF FIRST LINES ˘ayyka Rabbu ’l-war ’l-Ra˛mnu ˛ayyk * Wa-bi ’l-shuhüdi mafia ’l-tamkıni bayyk, 457 ˘ayyi Drin kulla ˛ını * ˘awla Fsin hiya dını, 346 ˘ayyi ’l-diyyra bi-s˛atay Nkıktu * wa’ltudhra fı fiaraßtih fiabartu, 368 ˘za ’l-fiulüm al-ghurra mundhu ßibhu * Kam abda ˛azmuhü hawh, 483 Him bi’l-jamli li-sayyid al-aq†bı * Wa’hjur sabıla taghazzulin wa-taßbı, 357 ˘ubbı ’l-Tijniyya l yanfakku yazddü * M dma minhu li-ahl Allhi imddü, 358 Hud ilhı za˛za˛ * M s√anı muza˛zi˛, 438 Humümı min al-duny wußülı li-Mtami * Li˛ubbı liq√ al-qarmi najli ’bni ˘shimi, 323 ˘uqqa ’l-buk√u fial sdtin amwtı * Tabkı ’lar∂ı fialayhim ka ’l-samwtı, 432 Hutmatun taqßuru fian darki ’l-fiul ’l-himamu * Wa-lam tafiud fı sibqi ’l-majdi tazdahimu, 385 ˘u†nı karıman wa-jamılan y wadüd * Wa’r∂a wa-abqi ’l-wudda lı bi-l ˛udüd, 438 Huwa ’l-˛ibbu Ibrhımu qad j√a z√ir * LiA˛mada khayr al-filamına wa-shkir, 281 Huymı il ghayri ’l-ilhi shaqwat u n * Takhayyaltuh safid an wa-˛ubbı lahü ’lsafidü, 340 Idh atayta Lügha z√iran fa-sal * fiAn al-munıri wajhuhü fiAbbsu Sall, 482 Idh katabtu ’htazza fiarsh al-Bqı * Wasabba˛at mal√ik al-qibbı, 399 Idh khuliqat li’l-a˛ibb ’l-fiuhüdü * Fa-fiahdı li-man kuntu ahw jadıdü, 358 Idh lam ashmir bafida khamsına ˛ijjat * Fadhlika tafrı†un wa-sü√u †awiyyatı, 84 Idh lam yakun bzun lad aykatin ß˛ * Tarannama fawq al-ghußn al-wurqu irt˛, 395 Idh m wa∂afita ’l-ar∂a fı falak al-fiül * Wanazzalta sukkn al-sam bi-hibl, 371 Idh na˛nu ji√n Ngoumba qbalan bih * Fat an lam yazal sam˛ al-khalıqati nbih, 473 Ifrıqiyy ’stayqi÷ı wa-†rudı * fiIdki ’l-ghuzti wa-l tarqudı, 340

777

Ihdi jamıfian ’l-ßir† al-mustaqım * wa-bißa˛ı˛in kun lan bi-l saqım, 452 Ihtimmu Senghür bi-’l-zanji yukhdhı * Kulla man hammahü ’l-zunüj wa-yu√dhı, 386 Ijfial hdhihi ’l-qfiyat al-tiya * Fawq almımiyyati ÷hiran wa-b†in, 432 Ijfial al-layla jawdan yamta†ı * Wa-dafi alnawma fa-fı ’l-nawmi al-fashal, 81 Ijmafi shatt al-shamli fı dafiatı * Wa-khaf∂ fiayshin raghadin wsifiı, 100 Ikhtalafa rajulni fı sabab jihd al-˛jj Ma˛müd, 583 Il dhı ’l-jüdi ka ’l-ba˛r al-fası˛ı * Rasülu ’l lhi dhı ’l-raw∂ al-∂arı˛ı, 335 Il fu√dı wa-yadı wa-wa†anı * Wujüdu Rabbı qda dhikra fia†anı, 438 Il ghayrin qad wajjah al-kaydu wa’l-safiy * ÷ulüm un wa-shay†n un bi-man qda lı ’lrafiy, 434 Il ’l-imm al-rafıfii dhı ’l-karmti * Uhdı ilayhi ta˛iyytin zakiyyt, 377 Il khalqihi ’l-Ra˛mnu li’l-ra˛mati arsal * Min al-nsi khayr al-nsi fı ’l-aßli wa’l-fiul, 472 Il ’l-kitbi wa’l-˛adıthi inßaraf * Qalbı waqlibı bi-mad˛i ’l-Muß†af, 438 Il ’llhi bi’l-shaykhi ’bni fiUmri wasılatı * Wa˛uqqa li-mithlı an yaludh bi’l-khalıfatı, 103 Il ’llhi Rabb al-fiarshi wa’l-farshi wa’l-sam * Wa-dhı ’l-ar∂i wa’l-kursı shukrı qad sam, 430 Il mat anta y miskınu mashghülü * Bi-jamfii duny wa-anta fianh manqülü, 81 Il Mawl ’l-war ’l-Mannni ashkü * ∑urüf aldahri fiammat fı ’l-bild, 558 Il ’lladhı yudhhibu ’l-a˛zna idhhb * mılü bi-Qur√nihi m zla wahhb, 425 Il ’llhi Rabb al-fiarshi wa’l-farshi wa’l-sam * Wa-dhı ’l-ar∂i wa’l-kursı shukrı qad sam, 430 Il man thaw bayn al-jawni˛i ˛ubbuhü * Salmun ka-∂aw√ al-miski bal huwa ajmalü, 86 Il mat anta min dunyka tankhadifiu * Waayna min ˛ubbih li’l-qalbi muntazafiu, 363 Il mat anta y miskınu mashghülü * Bi-jamfii duny wa-anta fianh manqülü, 80

778


Il mufiıdin karımin khayri mafibüdı * ashkü bijhi shafıfiin khayri mawlüdı, 427 Il nukhbat al-akhyri y fawtu azmnı * Waq√id jund Allhi Fütiyyi ’l-buldnı, 177 Il Sighü r√im al-khayrti rma * Ya√ummu fa-innah ar∂ al-nifim, 227 Ilh al-khalqi mawln qadımü * Wa-mawßüfun bi-awßf al-kamlı, 133 Ilhı bi-jhi shafıfi al-anm * Dafiawtuka ’llhumma qin ’l-˛arm, 478 Ilhı wa-y mawl ’l-mawlı wa-khayra man * Yurajj li-kashf al-˛ditht al-ta†awwulı, 101 Ilhı y Rabb al-bary laka ’l-˛amdu * takarramta y Ra˛mnu y man lahu ’lmajdu, 456 Ifilam ˛abka ’llhu rushdan wa-safiah * Kna ilhun wal shay√a mafiah, 412 Ilayka rafafin ’l-amra y man lahu ’l-amru * Wa-laysa laka Zaydun siwka wa-l fiAmr, 83 Ilayka y khayr al-bariyyatı salmu * Khadımika ’lladhı kafaytahü ’l-malmu, 423 Ilaykum fa-l il siwkum wa-qaßduhü * Qalılun min abyd al-shahiyyayni li’l-jullı, 536 Ilayya qda Rabbı al-taysır * Wa-kna lı wayassara ’l-fiasır, 438 Ilayya qudta ’l-barakti wa˛dı * bil tanzufiin wa-ghayri ja˛dı, 399 Ilayya wajjah al-jaz√ Allhü * Bi-qadri l illha illa ’llh, 438 fiIlmı bi-anna ilhı l sharıka lahü * Qad qda lı ’l-fiilma wa’l-afimla wa’l-adab, 425 Iltamisü ’l-arzqa fı khaby * Ar∂ikum ta˛÷ü min al-mazy, 376 ˆmnukum an tu√minü bi’llhi * wa-b’ilmal√ikati jund Allhi, 448 Infiaqada ’l-bayfiu bi-m dalla fial * Ri∂√i b√ifiin wa-mushtarin fial, 420 In kunta bban li’l najt müfiy * Mutafialliqan bi-janbin al-˛mı ’l-fialiyyı, 311 In kunta fı ’l-drayni fawzan taqßidu * Fa-’ttaqi mawlka bi-fifili m amara (...?). 408 Inna aß˛b al-jannati ’l-yawma bushr * Jwazat li’l-fiuqüli ˛addan wa-†awr, 354 Inna ’l-atya fial raghm al-˛asüdi at * Min shımat al-kuram al-˛wına li’l-fakhrı, 534 Inna Dakra mafilımu ’l-tidhkri * wamaw†inun li-muhazzabi ’l-afkri, 316

Inna fı Fs waliyyan ˛wiyy * Li’l-mazy li’lbary hdiy, 332 Inna fı ’stiw’i ’l-thar najmu ’l-thur fiajazü ’l- * wa-fı ’stiw√i ∂iy√i ’l kawkabi ’lqamar, 323 Inna ’l-ilha at˛ al-ajra wa’l-rutab * Fı manzil al-khuldi lamm fiabduhu judhib, 532 Inna ’l-karıma Mu˛ammad al-amına fi ’llhi * Kna akhan lı fa∂luhü qad thabat, 473 Inna ’lladhı ’l-ßidqu mafia ’l-amnah * Lahü mafia ’l-tablıghi wa’l-fa†nah, 438 Inna lî far˛atan bi-dhikr al-nabı * ˘ubbuhü ßâra zhirı wa-khafı, 294 Inn li’llhi wa-inn rjifiüna lahü * Jalla tafila fia÷ım al-mulki wa’l-sha√ni, 318 Inna li’l-shamsi khibratan fı ’l-tawrıkhı * Walaw bi’l-jawbi jdat bi-hamsı, 335 Inna ’l-mu˛arrik al-musakkan alladhı * Yüfi†ı wa-yamnafiu wa-ghayra dh anbudhı, 318 Innanı fiudh†u bi’l-ilhi ’l-mufiını * min jamıfi aladh wa-kulli lafiinı, 430 Inna ’l-rubüfia hiya ’l-rubüfiu tala√lu√ * Lkin sawkinuh hümu ’l-aghyri, 316 Inna ’l-safidata fı ’l-fiuqb li-man tabifi * sabıla man kna li’l-Ra˛mni qad khashafi, 456 Inna’l-shal†a akluhü mamdü˛ü * Li’l-rjı’lßaghıri ˛ayyun yarü˛ü, 198 Inna ’l-shuyükha kullahum kirmu * Amm ’lfakhükhu fa-hum al-li√mu, 338 Inna ’l-†ahrata lad man faqahü * qismni mafilümni fal-tafaqqahü, 447 Inna ’l-Tijnı la-yatun li-man ifitabar * Min yi khliqihi ’l-fii÷mi min al-bashar, 361 Innı afiüdhu bi-Rabbi ’l-nsi wa’l-falaqi * Min sharri khaßmin aladdin ˛sidin khaliqi, 364 Innı bi-mad˛ al-Muß†af atamadhhabu * Fı kashfıya ’l-asw wa-m atajannabu, 373 Innı bi-sdat hdhihi ’l-azmnı * Ahl alsafidati sdatı khulßnı, 116 Innı la-uhdı ’l-than√a wa’l-ßalta mafi * Il ’l-rasül al-karımi shfifi al-shufafi, 472 Innı ra√aytu ’l-shaykha Sıdı Mu˛ammad * ˘z al-makrima †rifan wa-talıd, 474 Innı ’sta√jartu ’l-dahra bi’l-Muhayminı * Bidh ’l-jiwri ˛uztu kulla ma√manı, 293

INDEX OF FIRST LINES Innı ’ttakhadhtu rasül Allhi mustanadı * ˘issan wa-mafinan wa-m arjü siw sanadı, 291 Inniya a˛madu muRabbiya ’l-wakıl * Mußalliyan fial immiya ’l-kafıl, 405 Inniya aqülu wa-innı ’l-yawma dhü khajalı * Min kathrat al-dhanbi wa’l-fti wa’l-wajalı, 452 Inqda lı min ilhı ’l-fa∂lu wa’l-karamu * Bi-l ’nßirf wa-innı ’l-dahra mu˛taramu, 420 In shi√tu qultu anta fı ’l-ßabri ’l-jabal * Fı ’lfiilmi k’l-ba˛ri wa-fı ’l-fia† ’l-mathal, 482 Ismuhu fiinda ahl al-jannati fiAbd al-Karım, 401 J√an ’l-khayru kulluhü wa’l-surüru * dabba fı afimaq al-qulübü yadüru, 367 Jadhb man lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam * alfiIlmu wa’l-afimlu lı düna ’l-nadam, 438 Jahilüka ramzan li-’l-tuq wa-tafnı * Jafialuka ramzan li-’l-qil wa-tawni, 383 Jkha waddifihu qabla washk al-firqı * wa’rtiq√ al-nufüsi bayn al-tarqı, 472 Jamafia ’l-qa∂√u wa-in ya∂ummu qa∂fiu * Shafibayni nla dhawwuhum m sh√u, 386 Jamafita lı m lam yakun wa-l yakünü * Limumkinin y man lahü kun fa-yakünü, 438 Jamafita wa-jüdan haybatan wa-jall * waabßarta min dh bahjatan wa-jaml, 281 Jar ’l-damfiu min fiaynayka y taymu mahyamü * A-min dhikr drin aw khafat fianka Maryamü, 609 Jar ’l-damfi min fiaynı wa-˛ayya ka√ıbü * Wafi ’l-qalbi minnı lawfiatun wa-lahıbü, 474 Jwartu bi’l-furqni Rabbiya ’l-mufiın * Malaktu nafsı wa-za˛za˛tu ’l-lafiın, 409 Jz ’l-fiAzızu li-fiabdihı ’l-Rabbnı * Khayra ’l-jaz√i bi-akmal al-ri∂wnı, 368 Jzka Rabbuka y fat ’l-fitynı * Wa-a†la fiumraka fı tuqan wa-amni, 369 Jaz ’llhu fianna la Dwuda khayra-m * Yujzıhi khayran fian murıdihı akram, 372 Jaz ’llhu fiann ’l-nadba ˛ja ’bna fiAbbsi * Jaz√a qadırin whibin düna miqysi, 378 Jaz ’llhu fiann shaykhan khayra m bihı * Yujzıhi shaykhan fian murıdıhi ˛izbihı, 359 Jaz ’llhu fiann ’l-umma wa’l-wlida ’l-barr * wa-shaykhı wa-ikhwnı wa-a˛bbıya ’lkhayr, 363

779

Jaz ’llhu ’l-muhayminu khayra wfin * mina ’l-˛usn Mufiammarahü ’l-Qadhdhfı, 365 Jaz ’llhu shaykhan qma bi’l-naß˛i li’l-war * Li-wajh ilhin bi’l-sar√iri filimü, 256 Jaz√u dhı ’l-wujüdi jalla wa’l-qidam * wa-dhı ’l-baq√i ßnanı fian al-nadam, 430 Ji√tu ’l-manzila wa’stafhamtu man qa†an * Afıkum jıratı am fı ’lladı ÷afian, 533 Kadhabat in iddafiat al-˛a∂rata aw-badat * Badawiyyatun fı zayyi man tata˛a∂∂arü, 321 Kadh khatmuhü kna li-bbi ’l-wilyatı * Kadh katmuhü lubbun li-dhti ’l-khilfatı, 375 Kafnı Abü ’l-fiAbbsi fakhran ufkhiruhü * Mad ’l dahri y fawza ’lladhı ’l-khatmu nßiruhü, 359 Kafnı ’l-qu†bu A˛madu fian siwhu * Waghayrı ghayru A˛mada m kafhu, 359 Kalmuhum laf÷un murakkabun mufıdü * Bi’lqaßdi na˛wa inna hdh la-safiıdü, 445 Kaml al-mun fı ’l-dıni wa’l-ghyati ’l-qußw * Min al-fara˛ al-muf∂ı il jannat al-ma√w, 369 Kam laylatan qad bittuh mutaßaffi˛ * ∑afa˛ti ˛ubbin min fu√dı ’l muqßadi, 375 Kanzu ’l-kunüzi bi-fa∂li ’llhi qad jnı * fakayfa lwabihı ’l-Ra˛mnu njnı, 457 Kawwin lı ’l-yawma nasran fiizza mawlya * W’al-takshif al-˛ujub fiannı hab lı al-y, 420 Kayfa astaghnı fian al-awliy√ı * Bafida naylı ’bna slimin dh ’l-fial√ı, 359 Kayfa tarjü maqmaka ’l-awliy√ü * Wa’ntih√un lahum ladayka ’btid√ü, 357 Khalawna lad “Alika” lan laylı * Ghawlin lasna fı ’l-fiußur al-khawlı, 370 Khlı dafinı wa-qla lı ’ttakhidh qalam * wa’mda˛ nabiyya ’l-hud wal takun sa√im, 329 Khalılayya m hdhı ’l-†ulülu wa-dhı ’l-kud * Mu†awwadatun mathn fa-mathn fa-ßfiid, 100 Khalılı afiirnı ’l-samfia minnı naß√i˛u * Ilaykum tarh kulluhunna mafti˛, 359 Khalli ’l-taghazzula fı-madı˛i ’l-Muß†af * Inna ’l-tafiazzula fı ’l-madıhi qad intaf, 338 Khaßßan Rabb al-anmı * dhü ’lfia†y wa’lfii÷mı, 318

780


Kha†arat ka-mayys al-qan ’l-muta√a††irı * Wa-ranat bi-alh÷ al-ghazl al-afifarı,11 Khtim al-awliy√i li’llhi †urr * Y mumidd al-aq†bi sirran wa-jahr, 360 Khatm un fial burj al-tuq yataqaddamü * Mutaraddiyan bi-rida;l-nabiyyi yatabassamü, 374 Khayl un sar am inna rakbı yammam * Maw†ina khayr al-nsi li’l-sayri ßammam, 292 Khudh bi-∂abfiı ilayka Rabbiya akhdh * Layyinan aw bi-aydi lu†fika jabdh, 337 Kitbatı min al-Karımi ’l-akramı * Wa-qda lı fıh fialhu ’l-akramü, 439 Kubb al-fiaduwwu fa-inna ’llha ghlibuhü * Fa’l-mawtu †libuhu wa’l-mawt slibuhü, 291 Kulla fa∂ılatin turmu ˛uzti * Wa’l-filiyti ’ldarajti nilti, 482 Kullu fiilmin fa-lahu mujtahidü * fiAlayhi fı taqrırihi yufitamadü, 561 Kullu ma qulta y * ∑˛i min tilka ’l-khaby, 534 Kullu wirdin ütiya il nsi fiar∂ * La-daw√u ’lmurıdi rü˛an wa-fiar∂, 334 Kun ktiman li’l-∂urri wa’l-büs tanal * Qaßdan wa-tafilu ’l-jıla y mutafiallimü, 430, 434 Kunn lad zaman al-nuw * nanshı ’l-farı∂a wa-nanshuru, 332 Kuntu khilwan min al-humümi barı√ * Wajawdan ufi†ı ’l-nawla jarı√, 342 La-fiamruka inna ’l-aty alladhı * Radadta fialayn huwa ’l-mufitamadu, 533 L budda lı min jamalı * Arkabuhu li-fiilalı * wa-nahalı wa-fialalı, 534 Ladayya ’l-mala√ al-afil tadhakkartu nqatı * Wa-˛awlı unsun shribüna bi’l-fa∂latı, 279 L ˛awla quwwata li’l-makhlüqi y ’llhu * Ill bi-˛awlika y dh ’l-fa∂li y ’llhu, 471 Laja√tu il ’l-mawl ’l-fialiyyi jalla sh√nuhü * Li-daffiı wa-jalbı qad kafnı ˛ißnuhü, 293 Laka ’l-˛amdu dh ’l-jalli * Wa-dh ’l-bah wa’l-jamlı, 359 Laka’l-˛amdu Rabbi m tarannamat * w-sh-˛ fial ’l-fqi wa-minhum maßabb, 85 Laka ’l-˛amdu y man lahu iftaqara * Jamıfi albary bi-qahri ÷ahrı, 85

Laka tawassaltu bi-khayri mursalı * Y khayra mlikin wa-khayra mursilı, 439 Laka ’l-ulühiyyatu y ’llhu bil shakka * Fakullı karaman taqabbal, 439 L kuf√a m bayna ’l-bası†ati wa’l-suh * Li’lMuß†af ’l-mukhtri min ülı ’l-nuh, 335 La-mad˛u rasül Allhi ka ’l-shahdi fı ’l-famı * Fa-qum wa’sqınıhi muskiran bi’l -tarannumı, 332 Lamfinu barqi ’l-layli na˛wa ’l-mashriqı * abd haw qalbı bi-nürin mashriqı, 328 Lam yabdu mithl al-Muß†af Mu˛ammadı * Sirran wa-jahran fı bary ’l-∑amadı, 439 Lam yan˛u li’llhi tafila fı ’l-azalı * Naqßun wal yan˛uhü fiiwa∂un dh nazalı, 439 Lam yazal wjib al-wujüdi wa˛ıd * Lam yajid qa††u ß˛iban aw walıd, 338 Lan min al-fiumri taf∂ılan min Allhi * Hadhı ’l-fiimratu inna ’l-˛amda li’llhi, 318 Lan rifqat un fı Ngoumba fiinda ’l-ra√ısı * Mu˛ammadin al-nabı ’l-amın al-nafısı, 473 Laqad ∂fiat al-ashfiru idh m yuqra÷u * Siw ’l-Muß†af man ßıtuhü laysa yafiki÷u, 332 Laqad ∂fiat taqrı÷ı * Wa-abytı wa-ank÷ı, 336 Laqad ˛aqqa an yubk damun l madmifiü * fiAl ’l-dıni mimm ghayyarathu ’l-fa÷√ifiü, 254 La-qad l˛a barqun bi-laylin alaq * Yuthır alsawkina fiind al-ghasaq, 533 Laqad ruziqtu widd al-Muß†af wa-ßaf * Waqtı bi-mawlidihı abıtu fiinda ∑af, 291 L qarma ill wa-hdın lahü sanadü * Huwa ’l-humm alladhı m mithluhü a˛adü, 332 L shakka annaki law-l kunti ßbirat * M kunti skinatan fı Fsa min alami, 336 L shakka anna ’l-Muß†f ra√ısü * Li-man lijumlati ’l-war ru√üsü, 439 Lastu adrı lim’l-fiuyünu fiuyünı * Fı ’nßibbi wa’zdiydi hutüni, 385 Lastu ill mufiayyaban bi-yaqını * Anna fiayna ’l-yaqıni fı ÷illi dını, 384 L tadhkur al-dra wa’ns ’l-rabfia wa’l-†alal * Wa-fiadda fian dhikrika ’l-a˛y√a wa’lkhulal, 124 L tanmı y fiaynu jüdı bi-damfii * Ffiilin fifil al-wbilına bi-zarfii, 332

INDEX OF FIRST LINES L tastarib bi-karmtin yukhaßßu bih * Man ittaq ’llha fı sirrin wa-ifilnı, 86 L tatakabbar wa-l tatajabbar * Innaka fiabdun lasta bi-shay√ı, 316 Law kna yablughu wßifun m ˛zahu * fiAbd al-fiAzızi mu†ayyab al-arkni.318 Lawqi˛ al-ra˛amti wa’l-ta˛iyytı * fiAl ’lnabıyyi ’l-ra∂iyyi khayr al-barriyy†ı, 104 Laylata ˛ayy i n min laylı ’l-jumufiah * Shawwli †afisashin waftu ’l-warifiah, 368 Laysa al-jihdu ßawrikhan wa-junüd * Wata˛akkuman fı shaghlih wa-wafiıd, 384 Laysat ˛ukümat Senghor aw-Lamin * Taq∂ı lan ’l-˛jt fiinda man qamin, 341 Layta shifirı hal lan qad ˛utim * Fı bulayd zawratun min umam, 360 Li-fiabdi Rabbihi khadım al-Muß†af * Tihi ’lmuqaddima nüran yaß†afı, 439 Lı arbafiüna min al-mıldi sinın * Wall ’lshabbu wa-Rabbı ’llhu yahdın, 318 Li’l-drisına wa-li’l-madrisi minkumü * Awf musfiadatin ka-nawfii sa˛bı, 482 Li-dh idh fiamma khawfun kulla an˛√ı * Bi’lMuß†af artajı amnı wa-ifil√ı, 292 Li-dh ’ntaßartu bi-manßür al-ilhi mal(*)dhı fı ’l khu†übi ˛abıbu ’llhi jalla fial, 292 Li-dhı ’l-baq√i bi’l-ßalawti ’l-khamsı * ˘amdı wa-shukrı bi-ghayri ramsı, 439 Li-ghayrika l nashkü ilh al-war amr * Wam lan ill ilayka ’ltij√u dahr, 452 Li-khayri kulli wlidin wa-walad * Qd al-fiAlı Dhü qidamin lam yalid, 410 Li’llhi Dhı ’l-Jalli wa’l-Ikrm * Kullı min almu˛arrami ’l-˛arm, 439 Li’llhi kasrun m lahu jbirü * Wa-thalmatun laysa lah ßbirü, 533 Li’llhi ’lladhı qad jda lı bi-hud * Kullı khadıman li-man taqdımuhü fiahd, 427 Li’llhi m ghashiya ’l-fu√da min jazfiı * Idh fja nafiyu Abı fi◊√ishata ’l-warifiı, 536 Li’llhi qad waßaltu bi’l-jamılı * wa-za˛za˛ alafid√u ka ’l-khumülı, 439 Li’llhi Rabbi ’l-war qad qumtu min drı * Lighayri Hindin wa-l Mayyin wa-l jrı, 479 Li’llhi shukrı bi-l kufrnı * Mudh ßnanı fian kulli dhı khusrn, 431 Li’llhi y qawman tübü il ’llhi * Umürakum fawwi∂ü ˛aqqan il ’llhi, 318

781

Lı maddu Rabbı ’lladhı ˛waltuhü wa-hud * Kullı wa-lı qda bi’l mukhtri khayru hud, 410 Li-mad˛i A˛mada ‡h * ‡awılan sahirtu laylı, 338 Li-man lahü ’l-laylu mafi ’l-nahri * Li-man kafnı kullu dhı ’ntihr, 440 Li-man wujüduhü tulzim al-qidam * Kulliyyatı sirran wa-jahran bi’l-khidam, 440 Li’l-Muß†af nawaytu m yujaddidu * Sunnatahü ’l-ghar√ wa-innı A˛madu, 424 Li-Nkumba ha÷÷ un wa-nifiam un * Min nüri khayri ’l-war, 479 Li-qalbı il ’l-bi√ri al-fiatıqi tasharrubü * Wa-fı zamzam al-gharr√i li’l-ahli mashrabü, 393 Li-Rabbin ghafürin qad ma˛ fiannı ’l-dhanb * wa-fiannı naf iblısa fı ba˛ri m yanb, 425, 438 Li-Rabb in karımin wsifiin khayri mafibüdı * Shukürı lad drı wa-fı ’l-ba˛ri wa’l-bıdı, 427 Li’l-ra˛li ta˛tı min al-a†ı†i * bi-mithli m bı min al-gha†ı†i, 335 Lisnu shukrı * Min bafidi dhikrı * Bi-ghayri makri * Li-dhı’l-l√ı, 410 Li-‡h nabiyyi ’l-anbiy√i than√ı * Bi-waqti iqtirbı mithla waqti tan√ı, 292 Lu†fuhu yajrı bi’l-fiabıdi dawm * Min ghawiyyin wa-safiıdin wa-rashıdı, 105 Mafia jumüfi in min al-mu˛ibbına qumn * Nata˛arr hill shahrin ˛abıbı, 304 M fianna fiaynayka mundhu ’l-layli lam tanami * A-fı ’l-fu√di khaylu ’l-˛ubbi min alami, 334 M blu Hindin na√at fiann bi-ghayri qil * Wa-ßrat anb√uh yutl (sic) mal wa-mil, 589 M ’l-dahru ill na˛yh * aw dawratun ya˛y bin majrha, 386 M ji√ta y ghawth al-khal√iqi sayyidı * Lashahidta min fiind al-rasüli Mu˛ammadı, 358 M blu qalbika l yanfakku dh ’l-alamı * Mudh bna ahl al-˛im wa’l-bnı wa’lfialamı, 573 Madadtu li’llhi ’l-mukarrami yadı * Dh khidmatin li’l-muntaq ’l-mu√ayyadı, 440 Madadtu li’llhi yadı * Bi’l-muntaq ’lmu√ayyadı, 440

782


Madadtu li’l-shaykhi al-anwrı * Immi ’lqu†bi’l-Rabbnı, 479 Madadtu y Rabbi y ra˛mnu y ßamadu * yadı ilayka fa-anta ’l-w˛idu ’l-a˛adu, 363 Mada˛tu ’l-nabı ’l-muntaq ’l-nüri azmn * Li-wajhi Ra˛ımin lam yazal qa††u Ra˛mn, 410 Ma∂ il Ra˛mati ’l-Brı wa-ri∂wnih * Hdh ’l-mu†ahharu hqqan kulla ardnih, 367 Madda il kulliyatı ’llhu ’l-fialımü * M ghba fian siwya fuztu bi’l-fiulümı, 440 Madda lı ’l-˘aqqu ’l-mubınu m li’l-bariyyati yubınu * Wa-m li-ghayrı l yubınu min bishrin wa-nifiamı, 414 Madda lı ’l-mukhtru m lı madd * Min bishrin bi-l adhan fa’mtadd, 414 Madda lı ’l-sharıfiata ’l-mu†ahharah * Man qda lı ’l-˛aqıqata ’l-munawwarah, 414 Madda wujüdu man lahü ’l-wujüdü * Lı naffiuhü wa’ nqda na˛wı al-jüdü, 427 Madd al-Khabıru * Lı wa’l-kabıru * M l yabüru * min al-luh√ı, 414 Mad˛u ’l-nabı dhı ’l-mazy ’l-m˛ı * aghn fian al-suyüfi wa’l-rim˛ı, 440 Mad˛un wa-dhammun fı maqmin w˛idı * Min w˛idin li-w˛idin fiajabn, 240 Ma˛ ’llhu m qad s√anı ’l-dahru fa ’nghasal * Wa-lı qda sirran minhu a˛l min al-fiasal, 414 Ma˛ tawajjuh al-fiid wa’l-sü√ı * Lı-man ˛am fiumrı fian musı√ı, 415 Ma˛ fiuyübı wa-ma˛ fiifsı * Man qda lı ’lshukür fı anfsı, 415 Ma˛awtu bi’llhi fı dh ’l-yawmi jumlata m * Thabbatahü min haw nafsı wa-min qalbı, 429 Mahawtu ’l-lagh fiannı bi-Rabbı wa-bi ’l-nabı * fiAlayhi salm khayri hdin mujnibı, 414 Ma˛madatı li’l-akrami ’lladhı ’l-qadar * Minhu fial m˛in ma˛ bi-hi ’l-kadar, 421 Majjadanı ’l-majıdu wa’l-mumajjad * wa’nqda lı minhu ’l-kitb al-amjad, 440 M ’l-karımu yans t√iban athü * L yakhfu bakhsan kullu man rajhü, 456 Maktümat un khutimat bi’l-fiilmi wa’l-dhti * Nafs al-wilyati majl †al, 360 M kuntu aktumuhu mudh azmunin fshı * Bayn al-bariyyati li-m bna li’l-wshı, 361

Malaktu bi-fa∂li ’llhi m kna yushtah * Wa-sayrı lahü min qablu bi’l-muntaq ’ntah, 428 Malaktu khayra ’l-khalqi khidmatan ßafat * wa’ qda lı minhu fiulüman qad shafat, 440 M lan fiißmatun siw man ta˛m * In yurma ˛imyatan aw yu∂m, 112 M lan min kharı†ati ’l-ar∂i dhı * Ghayru m ’l-Sinighl min khayri ’l-wa†anı, 334 Mala√ al-qalba ˛ubbu shaykhı ’l-Tijnı * Laysa fıhi li-ghayrihı min maknı, 360 Ml al-fu√du il badr al-dujunntı * Ghawth al-anmi il qu†bi ’l-bariyytıfiat al-dhti, 360 M lı ar ’l-fiabarti mithl ’l-dim√i * Fawq al-khudüdi fa-qultu y l fian√i, 318 M lı ar ’l-jawwa mukhtall al-ni÷mi fial * Khilfi m kna ßi˛˛iyyan wa-mufitadilı, 46 M lı arka il m yuskhi† Allha, 234 M lı ar ’l-kawna mamlü√an bi-afr˛ı * Wa-l ka-maytati ar∂in ghibba Sa˛s˛i, 365 M lı li’l-fiadhli wa’l-fidhilı * fiAdhilu q a d aktharta fı ’l-b†ilı, 123 M li’l-fu√di fnat al-yawma madhfiürü * Madhrüfu damfiin a-bi’l-hayf√ı maghrürü, 484 Mallaka nafsı al-khayru dhü ’l-nafsiyyah * Lıathbata ’l-fal˛a dhü ’l-salbiyyah, 440 Mallakanı ’l-maliku sirran fia÷m * Sqa lighayrı kullu man tafia÷÷am, 415 Man dh yusfiilu fian kirmin ajillatı * Fa-hum mash√ikhu qdatun li’l-muqtafı, 86 Man ghayru Rabbika tarjühu wa-ta√malu * an yuza˛zi˛a ’l-hamma wa’l-awjla wa’lkurab, 341 Man kna fimilan li-wajh Allhi * Yanßur lahu ’llhu bi-l ’shtibhi, 377 Man kna yafiqilu mawjüdan wa-yaftakiru * fıhi yußawwiruhü shakhßan lahü ßuwar, 456 Man kna yarjü siw ’l-Ra˛mni qultu lahü * ∆ayyafita fiumraka fı lahwin wa-fı fiabathı, 322 Man lı bi-mad˛ al-Muß†af * Wa’l-mad˛u fawq al-muntah, 248 M sma˛a ’l-dahru min yawmin aladhdha bin * Ka’l-yawmi ji√n lad dr ibni fiAbbs, 323 M sh√ahu ’llhu bi-kun yakünü * M lam yakun yash√u l yakünü, 356

INDEX OF FIRST LINES M ’l-sukh†u il˛˛un bi’l-dufi√i * Wa’ltij√un ilayka bafid iltij√ı, 101 M †ba fiayshuka y man sha√nuhü abad * K a d h b un wa-ifk un wa-buhtn un min alnasami, 378 Mat taßhü wa-qalbuka fı ghurürı * Wa-tasbi˛u bi’l-sinıni wa’l-shuhürı, 84 Mawl ’l-bariyyati bi’l-nabiyyi Muhammadı * Anzil sa˛√iba rahmatin li-Muhammadı, 291 Mawlid khayr al-filamın A˛mad * Naf lighayrin ’l-adh wa’l-kamad, 413 Mawlidu ß˛ibı Ayfür Waylikis * Wfaqa jumufiatan thaltha wa-fiishrın, 598 Mayoro Kumba Galy Madira Mukhtr * Mbayang Mukhtr Maysin fi◊li Lamtoro, 370 Middı wa-aqlmı li-man za˛za˛a al-yamm * Kam za˛za˛a ’l-shay†na wa’l-jahla wa’lghamm, 424 Middı wa-aqlmı wa-fiaqdı wa-aqwlı * LiRabb al-sam wa’l-ar∂i qa†fian ka-a˛wli, 414 Mimm samifitu min aghrab al-buhtnı * Min qawl ahl al-zaygh wa’l-khidhlnı, 125 Min fiabdi mawlhu ’l-ghaniyyu bihi ’l-faqırı * Wa-ilayhi ˛aqqan A˛mad al-Bakk√iyyı,127 Min Allhi bi’l-mukhtri qad j√at al-mun* Wa-rumtu min al-bqı bihı ’l-shukra azman, 431 Min al-˘aqq j√a ’l-˛aqqu li’l-˛aqqi fı ’l-ßa˛bı * Bi-˛aqqin mubın in l yufinıhi min ßafibı, 413 Min al-ilhi li’l-ilhi tı ’l-˛urüf * Li-wajhihı walı yamla√u ’l-÷urüf, 440 Min al-khadımi il ’l-makhdümi mıznü * L yanta˛ı ajruhü kaylun wa-mıznü, 431 Min mlikı rumtu bi-ahli Badrı * fiißmata kullı wa’ fitil√i qadrı, 415 Minnı ilayka ta˛iyytun mufatta˛atü * Akmmu azhrih min raw∂at al-bni, 336 Minnı il sayyid al * -Sdti Siddtı, 479 Minnı li’l-shaykhi ’lladhı fı ’l-fiilmi Mukhtrü * Najl al-makrimi hum fı ’l-majdi akhyrü, 479 Minnı shukürun wa-˛amdun li’ ’lladhi faja√ * Bi-makhjal al-su√li fiabdan khdiman laja√, 428

783

Minnı ’l-salm wa-fiannı ayyuh ’l-nujubü * Ta˛ammalü tafiban intjuhu ’l-†arabü, 80 Minnı wafiıdun d√im al-iqblı * Yaqfü la√ıman fı rififiin blı, 86 Mudda ˛aytı dhta †ülin wa-safiah * Y khayra mughnin qad wahabta tawsifiah, 452 Mudda ßaltuka mafia ’l-taslım * Li-fiabdika ’lrasüli dhı ’l-taklım, 430 Mu˛ammadatı li’l-akrami ’lladhı ’l-qadar * Minhu fial m˛in ma˛ bihı al-kadar, 433 Mu˛ammadatı li’l-W˛idi ’l-Qahhrı * fiAl ’lsirj al-anwar al-bahhrı, 440 Mu˛ammadun fiAbd Allhi khayr al-bariyyatı * Wa-majl ’l-asmı wa’l-ßift al-fialiyyatı, 353 Mu˛ammadun jammalahü ’l-ilhu * Bi-bahji l ilha illa ’llha, 414 Mu˛ammad un kullu m fı ’l-rusli fıhi †uwi * Mu˛ammad un fza minhu al-mißru wa’lbadwi, 293 Mu˛ammad un qad ma˛ m s√anı abad * Wa-madda lı bi-sharri bqin w˛idin fiabd, 415 Mu˛ammad un wa’l-li wa’l-ßa˛bi’l-kirm * Wa-lı bihi hab Rabbi m fqa ’l-marm, 441 Mu˛ammadun ’l-Mushrı atka ˛immü * Waarjü min al-Mawl atka marmü, 293 Mumıtu kuffa man tawajjaha bi-∂urr * Liya lahu fı fijilin y ma ya∂urr, 416 Muny madı˛u shaykhı dhı ’l-san√ı * Lahu ’l-majdu al-mu√aththalu wa’l-than√ü, 598 Munsalakhu Shawwla fim wafsash * Ta√sısun ’l-safidata shfı ’l-fia†ash, 370 Nahrı kulluhu darsun wa-ßwmu * wa-laylı kulluhü dawman qiymu, 322 Nabiyyu mawln ’l-shafıfi * al-∑li˛ al-barr almu†ıfi * Dhü’l-qadri wa’l-sha√n al-rafıfi * fiAl ’l-nabiyyi ’l-Muß†af khayr * al-∑alti wa’l-salm * Wa-lihi wa’l-shuraf√ * Aß˛bihi ’l-ghurr al-kirm, 121 Nabiyyun rasülun Mu˛ammadü * bi-hı imma˛ ∂urrı wa-hwa A˛madü, 441 Nafafianı man lam yakun bi-waladı * wa-l biwlidin fa-†ba khaladı, 447 Naf ’lladhı lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam * Lighayrı ’l-shay†ni wa’hwa dhü nadam, 417, 431

784


Nafsi ’llatı tamliku al-ashy√a dhhibatü * Fakayfa asfi fial shay√in dhhibı, 85 Nah∂ an li-sawtin qad dafi bi-Kajoor * I˛y√a nahjin shaqqahu Latoor, 384 Na˛madu Rabban bsi† al-mihdı * Wa-jfiil aljibli ka’l-awtdı, 589 Na˛nu ˛umt al-dıni * Bi’l-fiilmi wa’l-talqın nafdıhi bi’l-watın * bi-fiazminat al-mubın, 341 Na˛wı mafia ’l-fiarü∂i wa’l-bayn * walat bih li-ghayrı al-fiißyn, 441 Naja˛a li’l-khamsati fı ’l-affili * Tathniyat alasm lahu y tlı, 370 Nm al-khaliyyu wa-jafn al-fiayni yaq÷nü * Idh qıla ˛alla bih büqun wa-ßulbnü, 86 Nma khalılı wa-bittu ’l-layla lam anam * Min ghayri m saqamin ladayya wa-l alam, 125 Nr al-ma˛abbati am dhı nüru fiirfnı * Iyyhu ghyatu m yufin bihi ’l-fnı, 356 Naßr un min Allhi wa-fat˛un fian qarıb * Wabashshir al-mü√mina jamfian y ˛abıb, 355 Nawaytu fı dh ’l-fimmı * Ka ’l-fimmi ’lawwalı * Ziyrata qabri ’l-shaykhı * Safid abihi ’l-walı, 479 Nid√un tin al-ımn wa’l-birr wa’l-tuq * Wanashr fiulüm al-dıni bi’l-˛usni wa’l-naq, 482 Nifim al-ßab min fiinda ar∂ al-a˛ibbatı * Samat bı ilayh himmatı ˛ına habbatı, 485 al-Nüru jund al qalbi ay taw˛ıdu * Wa-jundu nafsin ÷ulmatun ßindıdu, 376 Nuzüluka min ar∂ al-nubuwwatı fawzan * Biyumn in wa-khayrtin min Allhi fiamman, 483 Qad akh†a√a ’l-sahmu min rmı ’l-fiul ’lghara∂ * In kna ghayru khitmi ’l-awliy ghara∂, 358 Qda lı ’l-Qur√nu m l ajidü * Fı ghayrihı nifim al-kitbu al-munjidü, 427 Qad asar Allhu rü˛ı na˛wa ˛a∂ratihı * Wasawfa tıhi mafirüjan mafia ’l-jismı, 350 Qad bada√tu m nawaytu * Fı ’l-ta˛rıri musa††ir, 601 Qad ˛uyyirat jumlat al-†ullbi wa’l-fiulam√ * Hal ji√ta bi’l-na÷mi aw bi’l-nathri aw bihim, 323 Qad ishtqa qalbı il sayyidı * Wa-shaykhı alTijnı al- fat ’l-amjadi, 329

Qad kuntu fı ˛li ahl al-dahri mufitabir * Liman yudrıhim kay yaqta∂ı ’l-wa†ar, 318 Qad qlah shukran Mu˛ammad al-Bashırü * Li-nifiamin awlhu Rabbuhu ’l-Baßırü, 255 Qad qla Müs khdimu ’l- khadım * Li-man ˛aw taqaddum al-qadım, 461 Qad ßadaqa ’llhu wa-ballagha ’l-rasülü * Wana˛nu mann bi-kulli m yaqülü, 85 Qad shba shawq al-nabiyyi ’l-Muß†af adamı * Fa-hal tasılanna min bafid al-dumüfii damı, 293 Qad †ba lı ’l-yawma fian Layl wa-jrtı * Dafidin Sufidin wa-Sufidh wa-Mayytı, 374 Qad †ba qalbı li-m ’llhu sallamanı * Min alfiid wa-bi-ha††i’l-dhanbi akramanı, 431 Ql al-faqıh al-muqtadı bi’llhı * Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtru ghayra w†ı, 85 Ql al-khadım al-fiabdu wa’hwa A˛madü * L zla fiinda Dhı ’l-jaml ya˛madü, 404 Ql al-khadımu A˛mad al-Bakk√ı * fiAnhu fiaf wa-ra˛ima ’l-fiAliyyu, 122 Ql al-mu˛ibbu li-rasül Allhı * Mu˛ammadun sib†u ˛abıb Allhı, 417 Qla li-wajh Allhi fiabduhü ’l-khadım * rasuluhü a˛mad (...?) al-qadım, 430 Qla al-mubashshir j√ ’l-sayyid Sıdtı * Qawlan ta∂manu anwfi al-masarrtı, 471 Qla Mu˛ammadu ’l-Kükiyyu ’l-dri * Wa’labü min dhurriyat al-Mukhtri, 394 Ql Mu˛ammadun huwa ’l-‡ughüghiyyu jaddı * Takrüriyyu iqlımin wa-Süqı al-waladı , 175 Qla Mu˛ammad un sulalatu fiUmar * Rjı ra˛mat al-Ilhi dhı’l-Qada, 252 Qla Mu˛ammad al-‡aghüghiyy al-nasab * Ibn Mu˛ammadin Inalbash al-qu†b, 176 Qla fiubayd Allhi dhü ’l-fiißynı * al-Murtajı maghfirat al-Ra˛mnı, 599 Qla fiubayd Allhi khdim al-rasül * Mu˛ammadu ’bnu. shaykhihı al-rjı ’lqubül, 448 Qla fiubaydu Rabbihı fialiyyü * ayyadahü binaßrihı ’l-fialiyyü, 316 Qalbı fufidı shighfı kulliyatı kabidı * aslamtu li’llhi fı sirrin wa-fı fialanı, 316 Qalbı lahu fı fiitbi ’l-jismi takrrü * Li-annahu li’l-hud wa’l-nüri jarrrü, 445

INDEX OF FIRST LINES Qalbı ya˛innu il Abı ’l-Anwr, 526 al-Qalbu minnı fı dh ’l-yawmi qad fialim* Bifiajzi khalqin fa-min khawfi ’l-war salim, 430 Qalb un fial ba˛r al-as yataqallabu * washighfuu fı qfiihı yatalahhabu, 385 Qalla li’l-amıri wa-l tarhabuka haybatuhu * Inna ’l-mahbata khidn al-fiadli wa’l-sadadı, 460 Qlü la-anta ßabı khlin min al’l-khli * min ajli dh ßirta l tunh fian affili, 456 Qlü lı ’rkun li-abwb al-sal†ını * Ta˛uz jaw√iza tughnı kullam ˛ını, 432 Qlü ’staslimu kunta fı dh ’l-jıli dh qadami * Wa-kunta fıhim ra√ısan y akhı ’stalimi, 318 Qarrarta y shaykhu fiaynay mubtag˛ı zdi * Muballaghin li-jinnin kulla murtdi, 368 Qaßarat yad al-afhmi wa’l-afkrı * fiamma ˛awhu sayyid’l-Mukhtr, 642 Qaßurtu fian al-mash√ikhi ajmafiın * Il shaykhı ’l-murabbı ’l-wlidın, 319 Qif fial rabfi al-˛abıbi wa-qul * Hal maqılun fiindah wa-ma÷l, 581 Qif bi’l-diyri wa-bi’l-mafilimi fı ’l-qur * Nabkı khalılı ˛asratan wa-ta˛ayyur, 60 Qif bi’l-diyri wa-in lam talqa insn * Fa-m al-tansı li-†ül al-fiahdi ansn, 126 Qif bi’l-diyri wa-sal Salm bi-dhı salamı * Hal f˛a †ıb al-shadh fı ’l-rabfii dhı salamı, 477 Qif al-ma†y bi-afil sh†i√ al-wdı * ‡uw ’lmuqaddasi m afilhu min wdı, 358 Qifü wa’smafiü li’l-qawli fı tunkuyaw * Ra√ayn ’l-fiaj√iba fı tunkuyaw, 592 Qılı tawall il ’l-zimmi wa-miqwadı * Wa-lidhka bittu ’l-layla laylata anqadi, 335 Qul li-jaysh al-Fullni qultu(m) shanıfi * Rumta amran amran fia÷ıman fa÷ıfi, 122 Qul li’l-khalifati abq Allhu ˛urmatahu * Waanna shfiirahu fı ’l-bbi qad waqaf, 346 Qul li’l-mumazziqi fiir∂ı dünam sababi * Wa’lmuftarı †uruqan min ayyim kadhibi, 369 Qultu li-man yurıdu istifibd al-ns A˛sin il ’lnsi tastafibid qulübahum * Fa-†lam istafibad al-insn al-i˛snu, 561 Qul y khalılu li-shni√in murr√ı * Inna ’lqinfia malbası wa-rid√ı, 575 Qul y khalılu li-shni√ in murr√ı * Laa˛madanna ilhı shukra al√ı, 560

785

Ra√ ’l-˛afı÷u janb al-khilli A˛madu Jah * Dınan wa-duny wa-yaq∂ı m yash ˛iwajah, 366 Ra√ ’llhu qalban kna da√ban yu˛fi÷ü * fiAl ’l-fiahdi li’l-Tijnı ni’ma ’l-mu˛fi÷ü, 361 Ra√nı bafi∂ al-nsi annı mublighü * Bi-mad˛ı li’l-Tijnı mudh an blighü, 358 Ra√aytu fiajıba ˛lin fı ’l-mafidı * Wa-akh†ra sa-ta÷haru fı ’l-bildı, 604 Ra√aytu bild an l tufiaddu fiadıdat * Saadhkuru minh ’l-bafi∂a lastu muwfiy, 604 Ra√aytu ’l-Muß†af fı ’l-nawmi ˛aqq * Fabashsharanı wa-adnnı ilayhi, 80 Rabb al-Amın wa-Rabb al-Muß†af wa-kaf * Fa ’ghfir dhunüba fiubaydin qad fiaß wajaf, 298 Rabban dafiawnka fial * Falaqatin wa’lfiafwu yufiz li’l-kirm, 82 Rabban ’ghfir li-man atka khadım * muqbilan t√iban ilayka fiadım, 431 Rabbi adfiü bi-˛qq al-ism al-mufia÷÷amı * Wabi-˛qq al-ßifti ˛qq al-asmı, 375 Rabb al-fiibdi Ghfir al-dhunübı * Wa-qbil al-tawbi bi-taqabbuli tawbı, 294 Rabbi bi-hijrat al-rasül al-rashdı * Fal-tahdin li-subul al-rashdı, 303 Rabbı bi-jhi mujmifi al-shu√ünı * Fa’kshif kurübı aßli˛an shu√ünı, 293 Rabbı bi-jh al-murta∂ Mu˛ammadi ßalli * fiAlayhi Rabbi †ül al-abadi, 377 Rabbi bi-jh al-Muß†af ’l-hdı ’l-amını * ∑all fialayhi Rabbun fı kulli ˛ını, 311 Rabbi bi-l ilha ill ’llh * Qin ’l-rad wakulla m nakhshh, 332 Rabbı bi-m yashra˛ al-adh’hna qad faja√ * Bi-jhi af∂ali man li’llhi qad laja√, 428 Rabbı bi-shaykhı A˛mad al-Tijnı * khayru ’lwasılati il ’l-Ra˛mni, 364 Rabbi innı fiabd u n kathıru ’l-mafißı * Ghalabtanı nafsı fa-kun lı mufiın, 441 Rabbı innı li-m anzalt * Ilayya min khayrin faqırun batt, 357 Rabbi ’shra˛ lı y man lahu ’l-amru ßadrı * waila ’l-yusri ˛awwilan kulla amrı, 356 Rabbî tarnı b√isan faqır* fa-’r˛am ra˛ımı ’lb√is al-faqır, 294 Rabbu jamıfi al-filamina a˛madu * fiAl ’lladhı simtuhü Mu˛ammadü, 441

786


Rabb al-war laka ’l-ma˛midu fa-ßalli * fiAl ’lladhı man iktaf bihı waßal, 447 Raddu ’lladhı lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam * Mafia ’l-baq li-siwya m ßadam, 441 Raddu salmin †ayyibin qad fq * Kulla salmin yajlibu ’l-wifq, 432 Ra∂ın bi-m ’l-mawl qa∂ fı fiibdihı * waman lam yakun na√ fian rashdihı, 369 Ra∂ıtu fian al-mawl tafil ’lladhı Rabb * Fu√dı wa-aghnnı wa’krim bihi Rabb, 441 Rafafin il ’l-M˛ı ’lladhı qad ma˛ ’l-˛uzn * Madı˛an fiajıban yukhjil al-sajfia wa’l-wazn, 412 Rfii m anta qultahü li’l-munjı * Wa’l-munj wa-laysa ka ’l-burwjı, 336 Ramaytum fa aqßadtum ßamıma fu√dı * faghdartumü fiaynı salıba ruqdi, 365 Rasül Allhi mift˛u ’l mazy * fiAdımu ’lmithli wahhbu ’l-hady, 322 Rasülu ilh al-filamına tafil * Khadımuka nd y rasülu tafil, 292 Rasül un ra√üfun bal hudan fiaynu ra˛matı * Yadullu sabılan li’l-jinni muballigh, 355 Rfiü ’l-waßıyyata fiüh qawm al-Tijnı * Wa’ltan÷urüh bi-ri∂wnin wa-i˛sni, 319 Rifq an bi-man adbarat rak∂an shabıbatuhu * Wa-aqbala al-shaybu yanfi slif al-fiumrı, 103 Rü˛ al-nabiyyi wa-rü˛u shaykhı hkadh * M a d  d an wa-imdd an fa-khudh dh ’lma√khadh, 358 Rumn shukür alladhı bi’l-kfi wa’l-nünı * M sh√a yaffialu min bdin wa-maknünı, 430 Rumn shuküra man ilayn wajjah * A˛madan al-Mukhtra dh fa’ttajah, 428 Ruwaydaka ba˛r al-m√i man fıka yafiburü *, 103 Sa√aln ahla hdh ’l-˛ayyi * Wa-damfiı sqi†un fian mayyi, 338 Sa√altu Allhumma bi’l-Mukhtrı * Yusr a n sarıfian y Karım al-Brı, 446 Sa√altu Rabbı ’l-˘afı÷ al-Mnifi * In kna fiann kulla ∂urrin dfifi, 405 Sa√altuka mu∂†arran li-yusrin lad fiusrı * Fa-y Rabbi y Ra˛mnu y kshif al-∂arrı, 147 Sabaqat rijl al-Qdirı wa-tuwwijü * Bifiam√im al-taqdır wa’-tijnı, 143

∑abran jamılan y akhı li’llhi * fiAlayhi in shadd al-bal ya√lahü, 582 Sabfi un taqı abwbs kulli nrı * Tajüdu bi’ldirhami wa’l-dınr, 447 ∑af fiilmu man ˛ajja fı rayfashül * Bi-minkhli fa∂l al-Mannn al-qubül, 573 Sahartu’l-layla una÷÷imu dhı ’l-qaßıdı * Bimad˛ al-˛jji Sunnu Külü farıdı, 537 ∑a˛awta fa-hal tar∂ ‘l-ghayrika ßhiy * Qubaylaka nah∂an li-’l-mafilı musmiy, 387 ∑˛ibı un÷ur fa-hal tar min bqı * Ghayra wajh al-Muhaymin al-Khallqı, 367 ∑˛i ’rkabi ’l-˛azma wa’ß˛ab ßdiqa ’l-˛li * m∂ı ’l-fiazımati fı ’l-tı wa-fı ’l-˛li, 372 Safiıdun ummatun fıh safiıdu * Muf∂a ’l-nüri †lifiuh sufiüdu, 367 S√iq al-khayri l yazlu yasüqü * Li’l-Tijnı man lahu ’l-tawfıqü, 360 Salaba lı nür al-lisni wa’l-kitb * azmna khidmatı lad ahla ’l-kitb, 441 Salm Allhi wa’l-ri∂wnu yattar * Yajüdu tharan li-Bba A˛mad wa-qabr, 126 Salm an †ayyiban farajan amın * Li-ma˛bübı fiAliyyi ’bni Ma˛amm, 599 Salmatı min dawfiı ’l-∂ıqi wa’l-˛asadi * Dafiat li-shukri qalmı ’l-fim ka ’l-jasadi, 445 Salm un fial man tha minhu thabırü * Wathat bi’l-duny wa-th al-qubürü, 254 Salmun bqin qadımun fa∂luhu karamü * fiAl ’lladhı madda lı-m laysa yanßarimü, 431 Salmun ka-fiarf al-miski wa’l-fianbar al-nadı * fiAl f√iq al-aqrni dhı ’l-fiizzi wa’l-majdı, 478 Salmun ka-fiarf al-raw∂i bkarahu ’l-ma†arü * Kam zna fian wakf al-khay nürahu alshajar, 126 Salmun ka-fard al-Mußtaf sayyid al-rusulı * Wa-sayyidi kull al-filam al-fiulwı wa’l-suflı, 478 Salmun kam ∂fiat riy˛ ghawlı * Tahubbu rı˛an ßabban wa-shamlı, 124 Salm un mu˛allan bi’l-zabarjadi wa’l-durrı * Wa-yuzrı fial ∂aw√ al-yawqıti fı ’l-na˛rı, 319 Salm un salmun wa-l yufiaddadı * Li’l-˛jji Qdirin bafiıd al-mad , 589

INDEX OF FIRST LINES ∑altı fial man nafituhu ’l-jüdu wa’l-badhlü * Wa-min sha√nihi ’l-i˛snu wa’l-ßul˛u wa’lfa∂lü, 159 ∑altu ’lladhı fı kulli shahrin wa-fı ßafar * ˘amnı fial m˛in ma˛ ’l-˛absa wa’lsafar, 433 ∑alt un w˛idun bi-fiqhi fiabd * fiAl ’lladhı a˛sana safiyan A˛mad, 441 ∑altu Rabbı mafia ’l-salmı * fiAl ’l-˛abıbi khayr al-anmı, 102 ∑alli wa-sallim Rabban fial ’l-nabı * Wa’l-li wa’l-ßa˛bi filı ’l-rutabi, 315 Sali ’l-nsa ahla ’l-fiar∂i aw kha†† al-istiw√ı * Fa-hal fakhru ‡h ’l-Muß†af ghayruhu ˛aw, 329 Sammıhi bi’l-sharıfi dhı ’l-martibi * Mu˛ammadi ’l-ghlı akhı ’l mawhibi, 324 ∑na ilhı bi’l-mun jihtı * Wa-abadan aghnü yadı fian htı, 446 Saq ’l-ilhu ghamman f∂a wa’nhamara * Min ra˛matin qabra man ndamtuhu fiußur, 533 Saqka ilh al-fiarshi yqabra sayyidı, 454 ∑aramtu ˛abliya min layl wa-in afiishi * ∑araftu hammı bi-madh al-Muß†af ’lQurashı, 332 Sar rü˛ al-˛abıbi yazüru Rabbı * wa-yarjü minhu maghfirat al-dhunübı, 319 ∑arraftu widdı fian sufida wa-fian mayy * wafian kulli m yunm il hdhihı ’l-duny, 371 Sayrun bi-˛addi durübin yaftakhir * Bi-m√thir al-srına bih man khabi, 385 Shba ra√sı wa-ghaflatı fı ’zdiydi * Wa-jumü˛ı li-m dhuhı fı tamdi, 370 Shakartu ’llha fı sirrı wa-jahrı * Kam qad afiamman (?) nifim ’l-÷ahırı, 595 Shakartu Rabbı dh ’l-wujüdi wa’l-qidam * Wa-dh ’l-baq√i man yuthabbitu ’l-qadam, 441 Shakartu Rabbı al-muqıt al-∑amad * fiAl ’lnabı wa’l-rasüli A˛mada, 442 Shakawtu umürı wa-dhanbı ’l-fia÷ım, 447 Shakaytu li-fiumrı li-far†i fıhi tafarra† * Wa-m shnat fıhi min wfiri takhalla†, 563 Sha√n al-ma˛abba shay√un fıhi m fıhi * Man dhqa †afiman lahu fı ’l-nsi yudrıhi, 355

787

Sha√nı bi-˛ubb al-kirm al-ghurri mushtahirü * Da√ban wa-qalbı bi-ahl al-fiilmi muzdahirü, 574 Sharibtu bu˛ür al-˛ubbi fı ’llhi khliqı * Wa-fı nüri ‡h wa’l-Tijniyyi A˛madı, 374 Sharibn khumür al-shawqi fı sakartı * Wakhu∂n bu˛ür al-fiishqi fı ghamartı, 330 Shaykhı ’bnu fiAbbs alladhı man ammahü * yufi† ’l mun bi-fiinyat al-ra˛mn, 376 Shaykhı ’l-farıdu mlikı * m mithluhü min nsiki, 322 Shaykhun A˛mad al-Tijnıyyu afil * Jmifiin li’l-fiul ’l-raqıb al-mufiall, 359 al-Shın mufijamatun wa’l-kfu wa’l-r√u * Li’lr√i wa’l-b√i wa’hwa ’l- b√u wa’l-r√u, 428 Shuddü ’l-ri˛la il ßindıdin ’l-fiarabı * ’lhshimiyyi ’l-sharıfi ’l-aßl wa’l-nasabi, 335 Shughif al-fu√du bi-˛ubbi Dht al-w˛idı * Wa’l-sirru anb fian muqirrin j˛idı, 80 Shughiftu fial ˛ubbı Sulaym wa-jrih * WaHindin wa-Lubn fian maqılati mabda√ı, 478 Shukrı li-dhı ’l-wujüdi nifiamun wa’l-qidam * wa-dhı ’l- baq√i ’lladhı yuthabbitu ’lqadam, 442 Sirrun sar mutanakkiran bi-tafiarrufı * Bayn alwar muta÷hiran bi-tala††ufı, 358 Sufidu aw Asm√ü * Aw Dafidun aw ˘aww√ü, 589 Sub˛na man awjada kulla dharratı * Min fiadamin il wujüd al-nifimatı, 609 Sub˛na man l yumr * Wa-l yur wa-l yubr, 337 Sub˛na Rabbı al-fia÷ım al-afil * Man khalaq al-Mukhtra fardan afil, 400 Sub˛na Rabbı ’l-fia÷ım al-barrı * Fı ’l-ba˛ri dh tahayyu√in li’l-barrı, 442 ∑udd al-maß√iba Rabbı la taßul darı * Wabaynan Rabbi bfiid bayna ßuldrı, 319 Su˛qan li-salm wa-layl ayyu fiudwnı * baynı wa-baynahum min düni buhtnı, 336 Suqtu al-shaküra wa’l-than√a sarmad * Likhayri Rabbin bi’l-muküthi A˛mad, 442 Suqyan li-ar∂in ghashh ’l-qa˛†u min zamanı * Fa’mnin bi-ghaythin ay Mannnu y ’llhü, 81 Tafilaw y shabba’l-qu†ri li-’stishkhdhi Müsn.*, 334

788


Tafiallam wa-bdir y ghfil * Li-fahm alfiaq√id qabl al-qubürı, 661 Ta√allaqa najdiyyan fa-˛ayy wa-sallam * Wanj jufünı fa’stahallat lahu dam, 11 ‡afiantu sayfin fawqa fiunqi ’l-abya∂i * Bi∂arüratin tilka ’llatı an arta∂ı, 383 Ta√awwabanı lahfun wa-hammun tamarrad * Wa-wajdun uqsı ladhfiahü al-mutawaqqid, 358 ‡b al-zamnu wa-qarrat al-fiaynnı * Wa-at ’l-˛ubüra fa-hanna√ü khulßn, 102 Tabraka dhü ’l-fiul wa’l-kibriy√ı * Tawa˛˛ada bi’l-kamli wa’l-san√ı, 591 Tabarrakü min fiubaydin kna shaykhahum *, 227 Tadabbartu ’l-hayta hayta fiasrı * wa-mithlı l yußarri˛u düna sabri, 386 Tadhakkar fa-fı ’l-tidhkr jull al-faw√idı * Wafı †ayyihi wirdun fial khayri wridı, 13 Tafnayn bi-˛ubb al-khatmi ˛ubb * Wa-afinı ’l-khatma A˛madan ’l-Tijnı, 374 Tafarruqun ka-asrbi ’l-qa†ıfii * na√at fi ’l-jar√i min farfii ’l-hufiüfii, 385 That riy∂ al-ghawri wa’l-am†rı * Wa’l-zuhri wa’l-akmmi wa’l-afi mrı, 472 Tahdı ’l-anm wa-jamfi al-jahli tahzumuhü * Bikulli jayshin min al-fiirfni jarrr, 482 ‡ahhir ∂amıraka min hammi dunka wa-kun * Bi’llhi li’llhi fiabdan wthiqan qanifi, 364 Tahwı ilaykum qulübu ’l-muslimına mafi * Wa’l-muslimti min al-fiurbni wa’l-fiajamı, 482 Takallam akhı fı ’llhi †abfian bi-l ’l-tiw * Fal yarsha˛ ’l-an bighayri ’lladhı ˛aw, 339 ‡alafi al-badru fı rubüfii qurayshi * Fa ’l-nra ’l thar fial kulli nawshi, 339 ‡alafi al-badru kshifan ÷ulumtı * Kunna fın tarq il darajti, 372 ‡alafiat bi-wajhin s†ifi al-lamfinı * Qarrat biman÷arin ßabbah al-fiaynnı, 60 ‡alafiat fa-burjuka li’l-bariyyati asfiadü * Ayymu jda bika ’l-zamn al-ajwadü, 100 Tanßarat al-afid√u min kulli jnibı * fiAlayya fa-˛asbı man lahu ’l-khalqu wa’l-amrü, 83 Taqallamü ’l-lughta wa’l-taßrıf * Wa’l-na˛wa wa’l-badıfia bi’l-bayn, 256 ‡araf al-fiayni yaq÷nü * Wa’l-qalbu min lafa˛t al-wajdi walhnü, 83

Tarajjawtu min ma∂ghikum luqmat * Tuzıl albal wa-tufiısh al-nufüs, 28 Tarnı idh m ji√tu drata San-Luwi * fiAl ˛lati m mithluh shribu ’l-khamri, 323 ‡araqat Nafısatu wa’l-duj lam yanjalı * Wasnna min †ül al-sur fı ’l-hawjalı, 124 Taraqq il afil wa-qad kna filiyy * Wadıdnuhü qad kna rakb al-mafiliyy, 483 ‡arıqu ahli ’l-ilhi * Qafrun wa-wafirun ßadüfiu, 336 Tasabbaba fiabdun slikun nahja mlikı * Bijamfii ’l-shurü† al-mustaghıthi bi-mlikı, 313 Tawwaßullı ’l yawma bi-khdim ’l-nabı * waahli baytihı dhawı ’l taqarrubı, 458 ‡awayti li-‡h ’l-Muß†af ataqarrabü * Mahmiha fian shawq al-khuwaydimi yufiribü, 608 Tawfıq man qaddama ghayruhü intaf * Lı jda minhu bi-’khtißßi m ’khtaf, 442 Tayammantu bi’smi’llhi mawlya awwal * Wa-m khba makrübun fial ’llhi fiawwal, 112, 113 Than√ı li-samiyyı al-qu†bi widdı * wa-˛aythu ’l-dınu muntasabı wa-jaddı, 336 Than√u khayr al-war li’l-fawzi fiunwnü * L yashghalanka fianh ’l-dahra insnü, 332 Tijnı laysa mithluka fi ’l-budüri * Wa-l shamsun ka shamsika fı ’l-÷uhüri, 322 Tiwwan fı hdh ’l-˛ıni yusta˛sanu ’l-ßabrü * fiAn al-na÷ri fı ˛ltih yufi÷amu ’l-ajrü, 319 Tub li’l-fiAlımi wa’l-Khabıri fawr * Min kulli shay√in qad yu˛kı jawr, 407 Tubn ilayka y ilha ’l-filamın * qbil altawbi li’l-fiibdi ’l-mujrimın, 324 Tubtu li-Rabbı min al-mu˛arramı * wa-kulli m kuriha fı mu˛arram, 451 Tübü il ’llhi tawb a n l yukhli†uhü * Ghishshun wa-l tabtadı fı ufuqihı ’l-kadhib, 321 ‡ulu shaykhı fı Dakr * Minhu qalbı fıhi nr,332 Ufiazzı qibb al-majdi wa’l-mawtu l yu†fı * Wa-inna karmatahu al-nafsa wa’l-†abfi bal yu˛fı, 147 fiUdhn min-al-nafsi wa’l-shay†ni bi’llhi * mimm yuza˛zi˛unı fian ˛a∂rati ’llhi, 363 Ufawwi∂u amrı il ’llhi inna ’llha baßırü * B’ismi’llhi ’l-Ra˛mni ’l-Ra˛ımı, 402

INDEX OF FIRST LINES Uthnı fial man bi-fat˛ al-ghaybi yuftını * Waartajı minhu bushr sürata ’l- †ını, 432 Udhnı tamujju kalmakum y-luwwamü * Wa’l-qalbu min hazytikum yata√allamü, 330 Ufnı jamıfia zamnı * Fı ˛ubb al-shaykh alTijnı, 598 Uhanni√u man yafilü ’l-san√a wa-yaqßidu * Il na˛wi bayt Allhi nifim al-maqßadi, 379 Uhanni√u ßhib al-qaßri ’l-munıfi * Lad Wakma qurba ma†ar Yüfı, 385 Uhdı salman fiarfuhü muta∂awwifiü * Li-janbi khlı qadruhü mutaraffifiü, 329 Uhdı salman il man ismuhü fialamu * Wa-man manqibuhü fı ’l-dıni tashtahiru, 324 Uhdı salm an zrı ’l-jwı * Bi-bayti shifiri n r√iqin bwı, 332 fiUlüm alladhı qd al-fiulüma li-man yash * Tufiallimunı m kna fı ’l-ghaybi wa’l-÷ahri, 400 Urıtu bi-khayr al-khalqi khayra mar√ı * Naf al-shakka wa’l-asw wa-kulla mir√ı, 292 Uslik al-dahra dh ’l-bah√ı * Bi’l-dhti wa’lßifti wa’l-asm√ı, 315 fiUyün sa˛bin am sa˛b fiuyünı * Saqat ßawba nufimnin bi-ßawbin mafiını, 11 Wafiada ’l-karımu fa-wafiduhü l yakhlifu * waghad il akwnihı yatafiarrafu, 371 Wa-amm bi-nifimati Rabbika fa-˛addith labbayk * Rabbı wa-safidayka wa’l-khayru kulluhu bi-yadayk, 421 Wa-bafidu fa ’filamü a-y ikhwnü * afinan fial ’l-hud ’l-Ra˛mnü, 445 Wa-bafidu fa ’l-majüsu wa’l-naßr * ∑rü liiblısa ’l-qawı asr, 406 Wa-bi-dhı ’l-fi†nati wa’l-firsati Mamma man * Yujlı ’l-mafinı ˛aythu afijazat al-fikar, 536 Wa-bi-thqib al-dhihni al-taqı khalılu man * ˘z al-sakına wa’l-murü√a wa’l-khafar, 535 Wa-firru min amkin al-malhı * Ka’l-duffi wa’l-mizmri wa’l-fiıdnı, 257 Wa’l-˛amdu li’llhi ’l-fia÷ım al-ajlalı * Thumma ’l-ßaltu mukammilan li’l-rusulı, 561 Wahaba lı ’l-Wahhbu fı ’l-thulth * M yukhjilu ’l-fiashru wa’l-thalth, 424 Wahaba liya ’llhu lisn al-fiarabı * Wa-lı bihi qad qda khayr al-qurbı, 421

789

Wa-hdhihı ’l-zajaru min fialiyyi * Min nashri shaykhin ’l-ri∂ ’l-fialiyyi, 315 Wa-hal fiawd al-fat ’l-ndarwı li-Fsi * Siw ’ltafibıri fian kurh al-tansı, 339 Wa-hal fı ’l-drati al duny madr * Li-nafsin fian ˛iy∂ al-mawti dr, 462 Wahhbu bi’smika ’l-fia÷ım al-afi÷amı * Wafiayni nüri wajhika ’l-mu†alsamı, 355 Wa-huwa ’llhu l siwhu kabırü * Wa-fial kulli m yash√u qadırü, 357 Wa˛yun atka min al-ilh al-afi÷amı * L rayba fı hdh li-ghayri jahannamı, 297 Wa-in kna nayl al-˛ubbi fı ’llhi bi’l-fiadw * Fa-l tar∂a ill bi’l-atammi wa’l-aqw, 361 Wa-in sa√alü qad zurtum al-farma fiqib * Wahal at’haf al-zuwwru minhu mawhib, 281 Wa-in tafijab fa-˛asbuka min fiujbı * ˘ijbun fiaynuhu kashf al-˛ijbı, 357 Wa-innı ’lldhı byafitu shaykhı ’bna fiAbbsi * Bi-qaydi ˛aytı lastu ulf bi-iqfis, 377 Wajjahtu abkra amd˛ı li-man fa∂∂al * fiAla ’l-kirmi ’l-khiyri ’l-sdati ’l-fu∂al√, 449 Wajjahtu kullı il Dhı ’l-fa∂li wa’l-minan * fiAbdan khadıman lahu bi’l-far∂i wa’l-sunna, 418 Wajjahtu kullı li-man hadnı * Wa-r∂in lı fı ’lba˛ri man fidnı, 423 Wajjahtu kullı li’l-Wadüd al-∑amadı * Dh khidmatin li’l-Muß†af„ Mu˛ammadı, 449 Wajjahtu li’l-ilhi bi’smi ’llhı * Kulliyyatı bi-l adhan wa’llhı, 442 Wajjahtu li’llhi ˛amdan wa’hwa karramanı * Bi ’l-Muß†af wa-bihı lı jda bi’l-amni, 406 Wajjahtu li’llhi li-m lı qa∂ ’l-arab * ˘amdan yasüqu lı’l-ml wa’l-†alab, 425 Wajjahtu mad˛ı li-man taqdımuhü bdı* Waqad kafnı fasqan bi-fiibdı, 428 Wajjahtu taw˛ıdı li’l-ilhı* Wa-qudtu mad˛ı lirasül Allhı, 449 Wajjahtu wajhı bi-tafsiri ’l-kitb * Li-man kafnı ’l-˛isba wa’l-fiitb, 423 Wajjahtu wajhı jhilan faqır* Li’llhi fiabdan khdiman ˛aqır, 442 Wajjahtu wajhı li-Bqin qda lı ’l-qurab * fiAbdan shaküran lahu bi’l-dhikri muqtarib, 450 Wajjahtu wajhı li-fiizzi ’l-fiajami wa’l-fiarabi *∑all fialayhi ’lladhı lı qad qa∂ arabı, 426

790


Wajjahtu wajhı li-man takrımuhu bn * Fı shahri mawlidi man fı ’l-ba˛ri Rabbn, 424 Wajjahtu wajhı li’l-Qadım al-Bqı * L ∂arranı ˛asadu dhı ’l-nifqi, 293 Wajjahtu wajhiya rjı ’l-fa∂li li’llhi * Bi’lMuß†af y fi÷ım al-qadri wa’l-jhi, 370 Wa-la-anta akramu man ankha bi-bbihı * Ni∂w al-mulimm al-mudalhimmu mujannabü, 358 Wa-l√im in lumtuhü fı ’l-lawmi aw kn * mustafidhiran ndiman wa-nazruhü ln, 332 Walajtu wulüjan ßfiyan laysa yab†a√u * Bi-m ukhtıra lı fı-mad˛i man laysa yakh†afiu, 422 Wa’filam bi-anna thamarat al-tafiallumı * Li†lib al-fiulümi wa’l-burhnı, 257 Wa-laqad aratnı wa’l-ilhu mubaßßirı * M afijazat bi’l-fiaqli kulla mufakkirı, 354 Wa-laqad karrama ’l-ilhu mubın * Fa∂lahu m li-◊damin min banın, 354 Wa-laqad ßadaqakum Allhu wafidahu, 422 Wa-la-sawfa yufi†ıka Rabbuka ’l-mukhtrü * Rutaban fa-tar∂ ayyuh ’l-mukhtrü, 356 Wa-lı fı ’l-drayni hab khayra naßıb * Wa’jfial ˛aytı kullah khayra thawbi, 401 Waliyyukum awliy√ Allhi idh makarü * makr an huwa ’llhu mawl ’l-khalqi fa’ß†abirü, 299 Wall ’l-lafiın li-siw jihtı * ‡aradahu mughnı yadı fian htı, 433 Wall li-ghayri jihatı ’l-shay†n * Wa-lı ßaf ’l-mamarru wa’l-aw†n, 442 Wa’llhi m kna fi ’l-akwni man balagh * ˘aqıqata ’l-Muß†af bi’l-fiilmi law nabagh, 339 Wa’llhu fial m naqülu wakıl, 422 Wa-min al-fiaj√ibi fı Dakar li-mubßirı * Kawn al-usüdi yaßıduh ’l-ghizlnü, 328 Wa-min shımatı ’l-ıthru ill bi-qurbikum * Wa-˛a÷÷ı minkum fa-hwa mumtanifiun fiindı, 100 Waqafa ’l-fiaqlu wazamjar * wa-amm al-dıni tharthar, 340 Wa-qla Rabbukum ilhı ’dfiünı * Wa˛dı astajib lakum fa-l tafißünı, 356 Waqnı bqin za˛za˛a ’l-∂arr wa’l-tabab * Lighayrı wa-bi ’l-mukhtri aghn fiani ’lsabab, 422

Waqnı ˘afızun Qhirun jalla Mnifiü * Jamıfi al-adh wa’l-khayru lı’l-yawma †√ifiü, 425 Wa-qul ilhi Rabbi zidnı fiilm * Y man a˛†a kulla shay√in fiilm, 356 Wa-qul li’lladhı yashkü fial qalbihı ’l ghi† * Li-yuthni fial ’l-mukhtri dhı ’l-nüri wa’lfia†, 332 Wa-ra∂iya’llhu fian sayyidi Mu˛ammad i n ba˛r in mula††amı * Ab [sic] ˘mid i n Mu˛ammadin wa-A˛mad al-fhimı, 583 Wa-ra∂iya ’llhu Rabbı ’l-munzilu ’l-suwar * ri∂an war√a madhu l yuqsu war, 365 Wasifia lı’l-Wsifiu yawma ’l-jumufiah * Wa-lı jarra julla khayrin manfafiah, 442 Waßiyyatı kullu ıß√ in li-fiuthmni * Falyastamifi kulla ißkh√i li-ladhzni, 319 Waßiyyatukum mafi an li-wajhi Rabbin * An ta†lubü fiilman yajurru ˛usn, 450 Waßiyyatukum y man tafiallaqü biy * Fı ’lsirri wa’l-jahri li-wajhi Rabbiy, 450 Wathiqtu bi-fa∂l Allhi m a˛sana ’l-÷ann * Bihi ’l-dahra arjü m urajji bihi ’l amn, 356 Wathiqtu bi-khayri ’l-khalqi fiabdi ’l-Mudabbiri * Nuzül al-nad li’l-qnifiına wa-mufitarı, 293 Wathiqtu bi’llhi tafil wa˛dahü * Wa-artajı injzahü lı wafidahü, 442 Wathiqtu bi’l-mughnı fian al-asbbı * Muqallib al-awßli wa’l-albbı, 442 Wa-y ’l-shif wa-y ikhwnun wa-idh * qul hu‹wa ytu ’l-shif li-dhı’l-adh, 371 Widdı li-Rabb in qdirin khayri fafifilı * Aßa˛˛ fu√dı mafia kalmı wa-affilı, 422 Wuddı li-man bi-nabiyyı yafta˛ al-bb * Duny wa-ukhr wa-fıhim faqat a˛bb, 426 Wu∂ü˛u kawnika a˛abbu abad * Li-dhı ’lwar min al-war lahum bad, 424 Wu∂ü˛u ßaf√ı bi-lladhı ’l-dahru yansha√ü * Murdı bi-Rabbı qad bad lı wa-ansha√ü, 429 Wu∂ü˛u ’fitil√i ’l-Muß†af qda lı ’l- fiafw * Kam qda lı bushran ˛aw ’l-amna wa’lßafw, 434 Wujüdı bi-hamdi ’llhi min sbiq al-fiadam * Wa-m bafidahu li’llhi min sbigh al-nifiam, 356 Wujüdu dhı ’l-qidam wa’l-baq√i * Qad bna lı wa-jda bi’rtiq√i, 443

INDEX OF FIRST LINES Wullıtu fian kulli m lam yur∂ihı ’l-A˛adü * Wa-kna lı wa-kafnı sharra man ja˛adü, 427 Wuqıtu sharra ’l-insi mafia ’l-jinni * Li anna sayyida ’l-war mujinnı, 297 Wusülu jamıfi al-msikına bi-˛abliy * Ta˛aqqaqahu man lam yukadhdhib biRabbiy, 294 Y ab ’l-fay∂i innan fı ˛imk * Nartajı waßla ˛ablin bi-fiurk, 359 Y fidhilayya min al-luwwami wa’l-fiudhdhalı * fiÜwj ’l-ma†iyya bi-hdh ’l-rabfi wa’l†alalı, 124 Y ahla Sinighlin hdh durrat al-durarı * Shaykh al-bild wa-q∂i’l-badwi wa’l˛a∂arı, 515 Y la Dimba fa inna ’llha * Fa∂∂alakum minhu m sh√a min maziyyatı, 320 Y fi◊miran ka ’smihı bi’l-fiilmi m ’ndaras * Min al-madrisi li-l-qawm al-nuh ’l-ru√as, 368 Y arıban yabtaghı manhaj * Li-mafzin l yur afiwaj, 330 Y ayyuh ’l-ghdı il ’l-tafiallumı * Hka waßiyyatı wa-rfii kalimı, 416 Y ayyuh ’l-muta˛allı ghayra shımatihı * Aqßir fa-laysa wujüd al-fiayni ka’l-atharı, 83 Y ayyuh ’l-rams al-sanı * Dhü’l-maghna†ıs al-˛asanı, 135 Y Bba A˛mad y kahf al-∂ififi dafi * Mustanjidka ∂afiıfun ruknuhu inßadafi, 141 Y ba˛ru sirbı il ˛abıbı * Bi-ar∂i Fsin fatan najıbi, 333 Ya√b ’l-qa∂’u li-jumlat al-ashykhı * Ill ’lTijnı an yaküna munkhı, 359 Y ’bnı wa-y qurrata ’l-fiaynayni y waladı * summıta bi’l-gidiwı ’l-fütıyyi shaykhi fiUmar, 324 Yadafiu iblısu li-ghayrı sarmad * ˘ubbı Rabbı wa-˛ubbı A˛mad, 451 Y d√im al-i˛sn wa’l-mafirüfı * Wfaytu bba nawlik al-ma√lüfı, 100 Y dalıl al-˛ayrni aydı ’l-nmi * Waquwhum wanat mudımı ’l-malm, 378 Y dh ’l-asmı ’l-fii÷mi ’l-ghurri y sanadı * innı ’ttakhadhtuka fi ’l-drayni mafiün, 432

791

Y dh ’l-bushrti bi’l-yti wa’l-suwarı* Lı ish’had bi-kawniya fiabd al-mu˛sin alßuwarı, 433 Y dh ’l-jalli mafia ’l-ikrmi y sanadı * fiannı ’jzi khayr a n li-man ahd lı aw khadam, 456 Y dh ’lladhı athra duran khafı * Fı mad˛i ‡h ’l-Muß†af ’l-ashrafi, 333 Y dh ’l-sharıfu karım al-aßli wa’l-nasabi * Mujaddid al-dıni bi’l-akhlqi wa’l-adabi, 323 Y dh ’l-than l yan˛aßir * Innı ghulibtu fa’ntaßir, 83 Y dh ’l-wujüdi wa’l-baq√i wa’l-qidam * Y dh ’l-mukhlafati khudh minnı ’l-khidam, 435, 443 Yafn ’l-zamnu wafın dahshatu ’l-bli * fiAl fat najlihı Mu˛ammadin fi◊li, 366 Y ghdiy an yafilü ’l-sinda fa-ballighan * Salgh wa-sal fian jıratı salm, 557 Y ghfiran kull fiabdin mudhnibin jnı * Y Barru y Ra˛mnu y ˘nı, 316 Y ˛∂ı ’l-fiısi na˛wa ’l-fiaylami ’l-hdı * rifqan bi-sawqi fiamıdin shawquhu bdi, 371 Y hjiyan hdhiyan bi’l-kidhbi muftakhir * Alkidhbu djin wa-nür al-˛aqqi ÷ahar, 147 Y himmat al-shaykh al-Tijnı sahhilı * Lifiabdikum muradahü ’l-mubtahili, 376 Y jfiil al-nra bardan li’l-khalıli wa-qad * Ta√ajjaj al-jamru minh ˛miyan wa-waqad, 127 Y ’jillhu fiann ’jzına li’l-shaykh sayyidin * al-˛jj Mlik bi-m yur∂ıhi bi-llhi, 330 Y kafibat al-aq†bi wa’l-abdlı * Wa-mu˛aqqiq al-a÷nni wa’l-mlı, 102 Y Karımu y Ra˛ımü * Anta’l-Ra˛mnu Ra˛ımü, 595 Y khalılayya fa-fiajab an * Idh ra√aytu ’lfiaj√ib, 588 Y khallu y murıdu fiabdu ’llhi * L zilta dh jadhbin li-bbi ’llhi, 443 Y khayra ∂ayfin at bi’l-bishr wa’l-madadı * Ahlan wa-sahlan wa-tra˛ıban bi-l fiadadı, 427 Y khayra man zra ’l-aw†n * Wa-khayra man min fiulüm al-dıni makhzünü, 346 Ya khayra mawlüdin mawjüdin at * Min khayri mafibüdin ’l-war kay ya†f,339

792


Y kitb al-Karım anta ˛abıbı * Wa-khalılı wakunta qablu †abıbı, 426 Y lhiyan bi’l-shabbi fa’ntahizi * Furßatuhü wa’l-ba†latu ’shta√izi, 330 Y ’llhu bi’l-Muß†af al-ßindıdi y ’llhü * Wa-bi-khalılika Ibrhim y ’llhü, 446 Ya ’llhu innı ilayka ’l-yawma y ’llhü * Abghı ’l-wasılata bi’l-mukhtri ya ’llhü, 443 Y ’llhu ßalli wal-tusallim sarmad * fiAnnı fial khayr al-bary A˛mad, 418, 443 Y ’llhu y alifu ßalli d√im * Wa-sallim fial ’lladhı qad wusim, 303 Y ’llhu y ˘annnu y Mannnu * Y ˘ayyu y Qayyümu y Ra˛mnu, 319 Y ’llhu y ˘ayyu y man l sharıka lah * Fı ’l-khalqi wa’l-amri y Qayyümu y Kfı, 362 Y ’llhu y ˘ayyu y Qayyümu y ∑amadu * y man yujıbu dufi ’l-mu∂†arri y ahdu, 362 Y ’llhü y kshif al-balw√i  wa’l-ghumamı * y Rabbi y shfifi al-awjfii wa’l-alamı, 319 Y ’llhu y man l illha ghayrahü * Y man atnı düna sharrin khayrahü, 448 Y ’llhu y Rabbı dh ’l-asm√ al-qadımt * Wa-dh ’l-ßift al-fialiyyt al-ßamımt, 479 Y ’llhu y Rabbi y Ra˛mnu y ’llhu * Ra˛ımun y Bsi†u ’l-mannni y ’llhü, 379 Y madı˛an li-ghayri ‡h rasüli ’llhi * M dh janayta min mad˛i dhk, 339 Y man bi-amd˛ihı lı yafta˛u ’l-bb * duny wa-ukhr wa-düna ’l-daraki alb, 452 Y man bi-amd˛ihı ta√tını ’l-busharü * Y M „ uß†af y rasülu ’llhi y basharü, 433 Y man bi-azrihi yashudd al-sfiidü * M lı siwkum fı ’l-umüri musfiidü, 80 Y man bi-˛usn al-ßanfii qa†† ˛ab lı * fiAmman siwhu wa-fianhu batta wißlı, 64 Y man bi-fiirfn al-muthallath ightaba† * Min ghayr ta∂fiıfin bihi khlı al-wasa†, 112 Y man kasnı na√yuhü thawbay jaw * wa∂an kaska ’l-fiizza Rabbu ’l-mashriqi, 457 Y man lahü qla khayr al-khalqi ijll * Anfiq wa-l takhsha min Dhı ’l-fiarshi iqll, 359 Y man lahü sabba˛at man fı ’l-samwtı * Waman fı ’l-ar∂i min anwfi al-barriyytı, 354

Y man tadakdiku min tajalliyyihi ’l-jibl * Wa-li-fiizzihi’l-afil jamıfi al-khalqi dhall, 125 Y man tamunnu fial m shi√ta min karamı * wa-tafruju ’l-hamma y mawßüfu bi’lqidamı, 319 Y man tunaghghißu dafiban fiinda shurbatin * ba˛r al-ma˛abbati i÷hran li-fiudwni, 319 Y man yad al-nawli aqfiada ka˛ıl * Idh ghad li’l-zamni †arfan ka˛ıl, 474 Y man yadullu fial musammhu ismuhu, 234 Y man yar m fı ’l-∂amıri mukh†ir * Y man yajüdu bih narümu takarrum, 320 Y man yajüdü bi-jüdin ghayra ma˛düdı * Waman yamunnu bi-mannin ghayra ma˛düdı, 123 Y man yanhü ˛aqqan amalu * Wa-laqad nufiya ’l-mithlu ’l-mathalu, 313 Y man yujıbu dafiwata ’l-mu∂†arri * astajib lı wafiannı ’kshif ∂urrı, 461 Y man yukh†ibu Salm dünam khajali * Waru˛ta tabhathu fianhu dünama malali, 383 Y man yurıdu ’l-fawza qaddim niyyah * Min qabli safiyin fi ’l-fiul ’l-mar∂iyya, 443 Y man yurıdu lu˛üqan bi’lladhı sabaq * Min al-rijli wa-sabqan bafida m la˛iq, 329 Y Momar Seye qad fiarnı * m fiarnı fı jannı, 320 Y mukrim al-∂ayfi jran kna aw zr * Y m˛iyan fian khadımin qablu awzr, 433 Y mülifian bi’l-†arabi * Rghiba fian tafiattubi * Wa’l-zayghi wa’l-tajannubi * Inha∂ li-mad˛ al-qu†bi, 609 Y mumidd al-Mukhtri ra˛ala than√uka, 227 Y nafsu qümı bi-ßidq al-jiddi fı ’l-†alabı, 122 Yanlu ’l-mar√u mabghhü * Idh m ’llhu afi†hü, 330 Ya nßir al-fiabd al-nabiyyu Mu˛ammad * Fardan tu˛addı kulla jamfiin fı ’l-nad, 121 Yanyir Fabryir fa-Mris * Abrıl May yünyu y ˛ris, 399 Yanqdu lı ’l-ajru bil ˛isb * Mimman lahu fiumrı dhü ’˛tisb, 426 Y qalbu m laka ka’l-jarı˛ * hall tafıqu watastarı˛, 333 Ya qßid al-˛aramayni bushrka ’˛riß * Fı-m nawayta wa-bi’l-mansiki akhliß, 328

INDEX OF FIRST LINES Yaqın an bi-afil m yakünu yaqınü * Fa-hal mithlu dhı ˛aqqi ’l-yaqıni ÷unünü, 357 Yaqını yaqını tarku qaßdı li-mawridi * khalılin ˛abıbin dhı ’l-siydti mufradi, 427 Yaqüdu man lahü ’l-wujüdu wa’l-qidam * M sarranı bi-l adhan wa-l nadam, 443 Yaqülu fiabd Allhi dh tagharrubü * fiInda ’l -fiid li’llhi dh taqarrub, 450 Yaqülu fiAbd Allhi najlu sayyidı * Mu˛ammad in dma ˛ubbuhu li’l-A˛madı, 553 Yaqülu afqaru ’l-fiabıdi ’l-whı * Lira˛mati ’lghaniyyi fiabdu ’llhi, 362 Yaqülu A˛madu ’l-dhalıl ’l-shı * al -Mustajıru bi-rasüli ’llhi, 418 Yaqülu A˛mad al-ßaghır ∂imnuhü * murtajiyan fat˛ al-fia÷ım mannuhü, 455 Yaqülu fı aqw ’l-raj√i fı karamı * Dhı ’lkaram al-jammi li-ghafr m ’jtaram, 143 Yaqülu ’l-Fütiyyu dhka ’l-afqarü * AlKidiwiyyu ’bnu Safiıdin fiUmarü, 221 Yaqülu Ibrhımu najl al-˛jjı * fiAbd al-ilhi badrin ’l-wahhjı, 296 Yaqülu man laysa yazlu A˛mad * Li-Rabbihı dh khidmatin mufitamid, 399 Yaqülu man laysa yazlu ya˛madü * mlikahü ’l-fiabdu ’l-khadımu A˛madü, 448 Yaqülu najlu m yara ’l-südnı * almaghribiyyu ’l-mlikiyyu al-Tıjnı, 369 Yaqülu †lib al-ilhi wa’l-rasül * Mu˛ammadun yarjü ’l-ri∂ wa’l-qubül, 406 Y qu†ba dawr al-sdat al-akmalı * Y dh’lfiul y sayyidi y fiAlı, 121 Yaqüfiu ma√süru dhanbihi aqarra * Rjı’l-ilha mu˛sinan ÷annan Kamara, 657 Y Rabban astawdifiuka ’l-bunayy * Mu˛ammad A˛mad kun lahu khafiyy, 362 Y Rabban brak lan fı †btıi * Munılan b’ilfa∂li kulla ’l-bughyatı, 364 Y Rabban bi-˛aqqi ’l-ismi ’l-afi÷ami * wa˛aqqi khayri ruslika ’l-mufia÷÷ami, 363 Y Rabban bi-˛urmat al-Mukhtrı * fiAlayhi khayru ßalawtin li’l-Brı, 475 Y Rabban bi-sirri fiayni ’l-dhti * Wa-nüri m lah mina ’l-ßifti, 364 Y Rabban ∂afiufat al-a†flü * Wa-qa˛a† alnis√u wa’l-rijlü, 81

793

Y Rabban ilayka ashkü ˛lı * Bi’l-Muß†af wa-khamsati ’l-rijlı, 443 Y Rabban qad fiammat al-asw√u wa’l-∂ararü * Wa’ghbarra ufq al-sam wa’˛marrat alshajarü, 83 Y Rabban ßalli fial Mu˛ammadı * fiAbdika dh nabiyyika ’l-mumajjadı, 291 Y Rabban ßalli wa-sallim sarmad * fiAl ’lladhı sammaytahü bi-A˛mad, 402 Y Rabban y ˘ayyu y Qayyümu * Y man ilayhi kullu m arümu, 378 Ya Rabban y qarıbü * Y man ilayka atübü, 320 Y Rabban y Rabban y Rabban * Y Rabban y Rabban ya ˛ibban, 444 Y Rabban y Rabban y Rabbi dh ’lma†arı * Am†ir ladayn sa˛ban ghayra dh ∂ararı, 320 Y Rabban y Rabbi Rabb al-filamın * ßalli fial ’l-nabiyyi khayri ’l-k√inın, 458 Ya Rabbi bi’l-fiAlı al-mu˛ı†ı * al-Wsifii wa’lism al-afi÷amı, 95 Y Rabbi bi’l-fiilm al-mu˛ı† al-wsifiı * Wa’l-ism al-afi÷am al-fia÷ım al-jmifiı, 99 Y Rabbi bi’smi dhtika ’l-fialiyyah * Wa-bißiftika ’l-fiul ’l-saniyyah, 364 Y Rabbi dh ’l-anmi wa’l-af∂lı * Rawwi ’lbilda bi-wbilin dhayylı, 82 Y Rabbı hab lı d√ima ’l-ghufrni * bisirri shaykhı A˛mada ’l-Tijnı, 316 Y Rabbi hadh ’l-wab * Nar annahu i∂taramat, 84 Y Rabbi m fiawwadtan ill ’l-jamıl * Warizquka ’l-jammu wa-fa∂luka ’l-jazılü, 85 Y Rabbi najjin min al-shay†nı * wa-jawrat al-jırni wa’l-sul†nı, 452 Y Rabbi qad ∂q al-khinqu wa-†l * Wailayka nafzafiu ßibyatan wa-rijl, 125 Y Rabbi ßalli ßaltan l ’ntih√a lah * Wa-l yun†iquh d˛ü man†iqi wa-lah, 471 Y Rabbi üfı ˛ılat al-mu˛tlı * Laj√an ilayka bidhullatin wa-sufilı, 101 Y Rabbi y Rabbi ßra ’l-mawtu †üfn * Waanta akramu man bi’l-lu†fi awln, 82 Y rghiban li-man√i˛i ’l-fursni * mutafiarri∂a ’l-nafa˛ti li’l-ra˛mni, 365 Y rghiban tabyın m qad ashkal * Baynuhu fı ’l-ghrimın al-˛umal, 630

794


Y rkib al-fiansa tukha††i ’l-rub * Wa-taq†afi al-sabsaba wa’l-sabsab, 122 Y rkib al-nujub al-fiitqi wa’l-fa˛li * ˘ayya ’l-amıra ’bn al-amır al-akmali, 124 Y sdatin bihim al-zamnu mufkhirü * Walahum fial amad al-laylı mafkhirü, 103 Y ß˛i fa’lzim sunnatan wa-jamfia, 509 Y ß˛i in rumta fı ’l-firdawsi abyt * qul fı madı˛i rasüli ’llhi abyt, 333 Y ß˛i kun dh ’shtighlin kulla a˛yn * bi†fiati ’llhi l tarkun li-fiißyn, 432 Y ß˛i fiuj bi’l-jimlı * fiAl ’l-rubüfi al-bawlı, 125 Y ß˛ibı rum nüra Rabbika’l-salm * bi-tarki fiißynin wa-qillati ’l-anm, 455 Yâ sa√ilan hal Mlikun qad zakk * Gerte fahabbu gerte lam yuzakk, 292 Y skinı ’l Sinighl hal ghayrı * Mimm banaytum ˛√izun fakhrı, 328 Y slikan li-†arıq al-khatmi munkhari† * Bushrka nilta mun ’l-drayni fa’ghtabi†, 361 Y slikan yashtakı fı qalbihı mara∂ * qum li’l†abıbi ’l-Tijnı yashfi m fiara∂, 333 Y sayyidı al-Bakk√ı y sanadı * Wafiadtu wa’intih qaßdı wa-y fiamadı, 135 Y sayyidi nißf al-Khulsati li’bni M * Likin alimmi Mu˛ammadin akmaltuhu, 123 Y sayyidı y rasül Allhi khudh mad˛ı * M lı siw ’l-muntaq li’l-mliki ’l-wlı * wasılatan wa-kafnı kulla ahwli, 429 Y sayyid al-rusuli y man mad˛uhü daraku * Li’l-mubtadı wa-hajhu fı ’lla÷ daraku, 333 Y sayyid al-sdti y badr al-hud * Y man il nür al-amna Mußtaf, 478 Ya shfiiran yarjü ’l-nabiyya wa-yamda˛u * Y safida jiddika kullu safiyika yarba˛u, 333 Y shfiiran yartajı bi-shifirihı nifiam * Aw yattaqı niqamn aw yabtaghı ˛ikam, 333 Y shaykhan A˛mad al-Tijnı y sanadı * Mumiddu kulli waliyyi ’llhi bi’l-madad, 379 Y shaykhu mliku hdh ’l-ibnu qad nazal * ˘amka ya√mulu min imddika ’l-nuzul, 366

Yashtqu qalbı il qu†bin ˛aw sharaf * Wajumlat al fiaybi fianhu ’llhu qad ßaraf, 330 Ysınu sirru wujüd al-Muß†af ‡h * M u ˛ a m m a d u n makhtam al-anb wamabdh, 359 Yasurru rasüla ’llhi kha††ı bi-mawlidı * Yadümu lan bushran yafı khayra mawridı, 428 Y †lam katabat yadk faw√id * Jallat fian al-tafiddi wa’l-i˛ß√ı, 533 Y †lib al-fiilmi kun fı ’l-fiilmi mufitabir * ta˛uz ma√thira tughnı ˛aythu m ˛a∂ar, 320 Y †liban li’l-˛aqqi düna jidlı * Anßif akhı li’lW˛id al-Mutafilı, 60 Y thniya ’l-˘asanayni ’l-fqid al-thnı * Fı qarni fiishrına min qßin wa-min dni, 366 Y ukhayya khudh nama† * Li’l-jinni munbasi†, 330 Yawadd al-fat idrka m huwa †libuhü * Waya√b lahu dahrun tawlat maß√ibuhü, 145 Y whilan jafial al-taqßıra taqßır * Wa-rma raddan wa-tajwıran wa-tafikır, 103 Y way˛a man knat al-duny irdatuhu * Wabi’l-baßırat fı fiuqbhu m na÷ar, 485 Y waykha nafsı wa-wayki ’l-nafsu w alamı * idh ghba fiannıya badrun ˛lata ’l-÷ulamı, 320 Yazüru la shaykhihı Safidu abıhi * Man ismuhü Safidun mu∂fun li-abıhi, 479 Yu√minnı ’llhu bi-afil khayrı * Bi-l nihyatin bi-ghayri ∂ayrı, 433 ⁄afirat yadka bi-durrat al-ghawwßı * Waakhadhta li’l-khayrti kulla nawßı, 361 ⁄alamüna wa-Rabbin ÷alamüna * Abßat alhaqqi fi ’l-duny ˛aramüna, 386 Zran Mißru wa’l-mukarraru a˛l * ˘alla was†a ’l-qulübi ahlan wa-sahl, 366 Zrat fı kulli la˛÷in †arfu mu˛tarisı * Wa-˛awla kulli kinsin kaffu muftarisı, 11 Zur ar∂a fsin bi-qalbin khshifiin nfı * Siw ’lMuhaymini qaßdan fiabdahu ’l-kfi, 358


795

(ii) Fulfulde Hey moo∂on yo jamaanu wodaangu fendo han * Hey noo∂on sgataaÿe sa∂∂uÿe fewndo han, 522 Mi yetta Alla honnu∂olan e Masi * Yi∂immi, ye∂immi giggol Sayku Masi, 499 Mi yetta Allah senii∂o wa∂u∂o’n e mofte suÿaa∂o burnaa∂o khalqu fow * Sabo heewÿe bonnii jikke tertike diina fow, 522 Mi yetti ma yaa Allaahu gettooje maa∂a fow * E soowreeje mum e ko haanu∂aa yettiree de fow, 521

Mi∂o salmina ÿeygu ga fii musidal * Ÿ eyguuli yonaw∂i ∂aÿÿa malal, 509 Mi∂o yetta jooman wown∂o lan senii∂o mo maayataa * Malnay∂o julÿe lette innuÿe juulaata, 664 Mi∂o yetta wa∂u∂on e mofte Muhammadu * E jibinÿe lan maakimmi inde Muhammadu, 664 Yıitere nden no ila gondi k˙yhe ∂ en ko munca∂un, 518

(iii) Hausa Abin ga da ya tafo shi za mu tsara * Ku saurara ga labarin nasara, 592 Bismila na fara ga jalla Ubangiji * Kata taimako gare ini zan taÿa ªoªari, 593 Kalmomi miyagu nike so zani zana * Dangina musulmi ku saurara ku jiya, 593

Mu gode Ubangiji daya mai iyawa * Tafil wand ke iko da kowa, 586 Muna sama waka da sunan Alla * Muradinmu tsari na halin tsiya, 593 Na fara dan sunan tafil za ni waha * In taba ∂an azanci kadan in gai da zaki, 593

(iv) Wolof Ci turu buur bi Yà lla mi ra˛mn * Te di ’lra˛ımi ’l-whibi ’l-mannn, 372

Jisn bu woor te kima wan bür Yàll * Lay xeeti sant lépp ñehalna yalla, 372

GENERAL INDEX

This index focuses chiefly on names of persons not authors included with their writings elsewhere in the volume, titles of books by such persons, place names, religious groups, and ethnic groups. Index does not list places, or promoters, of publication. Alphabetization ignores person’s titles, honorifics, and filial relation indicators (b. and w.). The country where a town, village, or region is located is put in brackerts after the place name. The abbreviation (L/E) stands for language / ethnicity. Ababakar Kébé, see Ndiouga Kébé Abalagh (or Abalek, Niger), 530 fiAbbs al-fiAlawı al-Mlikı al-Makkı, 619 Imam fiAbbs al-Mu˛addith, 554 fiAbbs b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu, imam of Kong, 551, 552, 565 fiAbd Allh b. fiAbbs Sal, 383 fiAbd Allh Cissé, 342 fiAbd Allh Diallo, 503 fiAbd Allah b. Fayßal, 482 al-˛jj fiAbd Allh al-Fütı, 554 fiAbd Allh b. Ibrhım al-fiAlawı, 252 fiAbd Allh Jire, 266 fiAbd Allh Mbaye, 455 fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye, 79, 208, 269 fiAbd Allh b. al-˛jj Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım Watara, 571 fiAbd Allh w. Rabbnı, 305 fiAbd al-fiAzız, king of Saudi Arabia, 198, 270 fiAbd al-fiAzız Sy Jamıl, 313 fiAbd al-˘fi÷ al-fiAjımı, 505 fiAbd al-˘alım Ma˛müd, Al-Azharı shaykh, 366 fiAbd al-˘amıd b. Bdıs, 251 fiAbd al-Karım b. A˛mad al-Nqil, 215, 498 fiAbd al-La†ıf al-Kuntı, 524 fiAbd al-Majıd, Ottoman sultan, 122 fiAbd al-Mu√min b. A˛mad b. Salm, 555 fiAbd al-Qdir, almamy of Futa Toro, 635, 636 fiAbd al-Qdir al-Anßrı, 194

fiAbd al-Qdir Bamba, Sarkin Zongo of Yendi, 589, 594, 600 fiAbd al-Qdir Jawr, 255 fiAbd al-Qdir al-Jilnı, 170, 579 Almamy fiAbd al-Qdir Kane, 476 fiAbd al-Qdir b. Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsı, 211 fiAbd al-Qdir b. Mu˛ammad Tarawiri, imam of Wa, 565 fiAbd al-Qdir b. al-Muß†af, 127 fiAbd al-Qdir b. Safiıd, 635 fiAbd al-Qdir, son of Yüsuf Bamba, Sarkin Zongo of Yendi, 594 fiAbd al-Qdir Yüsuf Maydük, 625 Sh. fiAbd Rabbih b. Mu˛ammad al-Anßrı, 185, 186 Sh. fiAbd al-Ra˛ım of Koula, Guinea, 501 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn of Sombili, 513 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. fiAlı al-Makküdı al-Fsı, 29 Cerno fiAbd al-Ra˛mn B/Bh, 503, 504, 514 al-˛jj fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Diallo, 503 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Kunbali, 581 Sh.fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Lo, 404, 453 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Mu˛ammad, 635 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Saganugu, 580 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Sayyid al-Tinbuktı, 64 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Shinqı†ı, 505 fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Ujhürı, 16 fiAbd al-Salm Lü [Lo], 367 fiAbd al-∑amad b. ˘mid al-Aghllı, 532 Abdou Diouf (president of Senegal), 387 Abdoul Diallo, 502, 503

GENERAL INDEX El hadj Abdourahmane Diallo, 517 Abdulªadiri ∂an Gi∂a∂o, 652 fiAbdu Samb, 351 Abidjan (Ivory Coast), 372, 655 Abı Samghün (Algeria), 272 Aboabo quarter in Kumase, 613, 621 Abü Bakr ◊dam, kha†ıb of the Kumase mosque, 616 Abü Bakr A˛mad b. al-˘usayn al-Bayhaqı, 525 Abü Bakr fiAtıq, 282 Abü Bakr Büb˙, 532 Abü Bakr Cissé, 459 Abü Bakr Diallo, 319 Abü Bakr Diakhaté b. Madiakhaté Kala, 453 Abü Bakr Diawara, 256 al-˛jj Abü Bakr al-Falltı al-Kanawı, 612 Abü Bakr (Garba) ◊dam ˘akım, Asante Region Chief Imam, 620 Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan b. fiAbd al-Qdir Timiti, 554 Abü Bakr b. al-˘asan al-Tayra, 554 Abü Bakr b. fiˆs al-Ghallwı, 149 Abü Bakr Jabayghatı, 523 Abü Bakr Kunatay, 540 Abü Bakr b. Müdi, 635 Sh. Abü Bakr b. Mu˛ fiAbd Allh, 538 Abü Bakr b. Müs al-Kashinwı, Tijnı muqaddam, 618 Abü Bakr b. al-∑ayd, 150 Abü Bakr al-∑iddıq b. Ibrhım Saganugu, imam of Bobo-Dioulasso, 571 Abü Bakr al-∑iddıq b. Mu√min Takari [Tarawiri] of Wa, 570 Abü Bakr b. fiUmar, Almoravid leader, 9 Abü Bakr b. fiUthmn, king of Gonja,whose laqab is Layufi, 544 Abü ’l-Makrim al-Bakrı, 16 Sh. Abü ’l-Qsim al-fiArabı al-Tabassı, 486 Accra (Ghana), 547, 554, 555, 598, 602, 605, 606, 609, 611 Acre (Palestine), 325 Sayyid ◊dam, Sarkin Mossi of Kumase, 612 ◊dam fiAbd Allh al-Ilürı, 554 ◊dam Bban Makaranta [al-Ksı al-Shaykh al-Kumsı], khalıfa of Ibrhım Niasse in Kumase, 614, 618, 620 Sh. ◊dam Guèye, 450

797

◊dam Na-Mafiaji, 554 Adamu Waziri, 577 Adibo (Ghana), 549, 550, 595 Ad‚ra‚r-n-Ifo‚ras (Mali), 68, 118, 136, 139 Agades (Niger), 530 Ag ˘atı b. ˘uwilly, 198 Agibou (al-fi◊qib), son of al-˛jj fiUmar, 266 Agyeman Prempeh, 627 Ahaggar (Algeria), 68, 632 Ahl-i-˘adıth school (India), 505 Ahliyya School, Nima, Accra, 555 al-˛jj A˛mad, Zohe Imam of Yendi, 594 A˛mad b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Katghumı, 224, 555, 612, 619 A˛mad b. Abı Bakr Kale, 252 A˛mad Abü Bakr Wulde Hoore Goniya, 233 A˛mad Abü ’l-Fat˛ b. fiAlı al-Yarwwı, 285 Sı. A˛mad Ag Adda, 149, 159 A˛mad Ag al-Shaykh al-Süqı, 149 al-˛jj A˛mad al-Damanghari, 554 A˛mad Dm Ture, 664 A˛mad Fal Secondary school (in Saint-Louis), 380 A˛mad al-˘abıb b. Mu˛ammad, 272 Ahmad b. Habıb Allah Mbacké, 383 A˛mad al-Kabır al-Madanı, 227, 228, 229, 238, 242 A˛mad al-Kisy al-Kalasüqı, 193 Sh. A˛mad Kolondiya, 538 A˛mad Mai Kano al-Fütı al-Azharı, 614 A˛mad al-Ma√mün al-Yafiqübı, 636 A˛mad al-Maqqarı, 18 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr al-Msinı, 645 A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Ciroma, 621 Sh. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad Safiıd, 632 A˛mad Mukhtr Sakho, 639 A˛mad b. Nßir al-Dın Mu˛ammad al-Darfiı, 91 A˛mad Ndiaye Mabèye, 457 Sh. A˛mad Nguirane, 320 A˛mad Slim b. al-Slik al-Daw˛jjı, 124 A˛mad al-∑aqlı (or ∑aqallı), 52 A˛mad Shafibn, 617, 618 A˛mad al-Shdhilı b. Mu˛ammad al-Juljulı, 508 A˛mad Skıraj al-fiAyyshı, 308, 613 A˛mad Tafsır Ba, 266

798

GENERAL INDEX

Sı. A˛mad al-Tijnı, originator of the Tijnı †arıqa, 215, 220, 226, 235, 236, 272, 280, 297, 345, 351, 352, 356-61, 391, 495, 500, 503, 598, 608, 654, 655, 659, 660, 663 A˛mad al-Tijnı, nephew of al-˛jj fiUmar, 222, 224, 225, 230 A˛mad Tijnı fiUthmn, 300 A˛mad Watara, 577 A˛mad Zarrüq of Jenne, 52 Ahmadou Hampaté Ba, 265, 267 Aïnoumane (Senegal), 388 Aïr (Niger), 530, 650 ◊√isha Kamara, 523 al-◊jurrümiyya, 36, 445 Akan (L/E), 539, 578 Alboury N’Diaye, 390 ◊le Sarr, 391 Alexandria (Egypt), 274 Alfa Gazari, 601 Alfa Ibrhım (ruler of Labé), 512 Alfa Ibrhım Sow, 493, 512 Alfiyya of Ibn Mlik, 26, 27, 28, 29, 175, 177, 351 Alfiyya of Ma˛an∂ Bb al-Daymnı, 351 Alfiyya of al-Suyü†ı, 34, 253 Algiers, 12, 349 fiAlı b. Abı ‡lib, 243 Sh. fiAlı Dia, 351 fiAlı Dièye, 351 Imam fiAlı al-Gambarı, 558 al-˛jj fiAlı al-Khalıfa, 554 fiAlı b. Mu˛ammad Bello b. fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammd Fodiye, 652 Sı. fiAlı al-Najıb, 213 fiAlı b. ∑iddıq Kunatay, 577, 579 Sh.fiAlı Sise, 481 fiAlı al-∑üfı al-Fsı, 497 Alioune Guèye, 488 Alioune Samb, 351 Almamy fiAbd al-Qdir Kane of Futa Toro, 476 Almamy Bademba of Futa Jallon, 510 Almamy Ibrhım of Futa Jallon, 509 Almamy Njay of Futa Toro, 636 Almamy fiUmar Soriya of Futa Jallon, 520 Almamy fiUthmn of Futa Jallon, 520 Alpha Guèye, 488

Alhajji Amadu Baba, Sarkin Zongo of Kumase, 602 Afimar b. Sı. fiAlı al-Raqqdı al-Kuntı, 531 Qdi fiAmar Fl, 385 Amar Samb, 337, 396 America, 475 American Bible Society, 519 Amicale Gilbert Vieillard, 515 Amın Kébé, 322 Aminatou Diallo-Bah, 501, 520 Ammalü Ag Hamath al-Anßrı, 64 fiAmr b. al-fi◊ß, 634 Anda Ag-Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn, 13 al-Andalus, 213 Anßr al-Dın (Ghana school system), 607, 609 Ansongo (Niger), 270, 647 Anu ∑amman (Niger), 530 al-fi◊qib al-Anußammanı, 30 fiAqıda of fiAbd al-Ra˛mn b. Mu˛ammad al∑aghır al-Akh∂arı, 140 fiAqıda of al-Awjilı, 241 fiAqıda of Burhn al-Dın fiUthmn al-Sallijı, 29 al-fiAqıda al-ßughr of al-Sanüsı, 607 Sıdı al-fiArabı b. al-S’i˛ al-Tijnı al-Maghribı, 373 Arawn (Mali), 62, 149, 151, 155, 158, 159, 165, 166, 193, 204, 632 Archbishop Lefebvre of Dakar, 284 Archinard, Col. Louis, 207, 223 Argungu (Nigeria), 538 Arhin, Dr. Kwame, 626 Arma (rulers of post-Songhay Middle Niger), 636, 649 Asamankese (Ghana), 597 Asante (Ghana), 541, 543, 546, 547, 550, 564, 570, 583, 586, 592, 614, 620, 626, 627 al-fiAshmwiyya, 606 al-fiAshriyyt of al-Fzzı, 590 Askiya Dwüd of Songhay, 31, 38 Askiya al-˛jj Mu˛ammad of Songhay, 10, 14, 38, 39, 181, 213, 646 Askiya al-Mukhtr b. al-˘jj, 647 Assemblée Territoriale de l’Afrique Occidentale Française, 348 Atebubu (Ghana), 626 Audu Badi, Sarkin Zongo of Kete-Krakye, 587

GENERAL INDEX al-fiAwfı, Mlikı scholar, 488, 607 Awjila (Libya), 8 al-Awjilı, Mu˛ammad al-∑li˛ b. fiAbd alRa˛mn, 662 Awld fiAllüsh, 154 Awld al-Bahır, 169 Awld Ghayln, 169 fiAyn M∂ı (Algeria), 272 Azawd (Mali), 1, 63, 67, 69, 74, 91, 94, 149, 155, 188, 205, 633 al-Azhar, 263, 280, 303, 307, 393, 463, 575, 576, 580, 602, 625 Serigne Babacar Sy, 342 Bbah b. Sayyid Mu˛ammad b. Bbah A˛mad b. Sh. Sı. al-Mukhtr, 643 Bb Ibrhım of Konongo, 581 Bb b. Suwaylim al-Khußaybı, 168 Badara Diack, 344 Almamy Bademba of Futa Jallon, 509 Badon (Guinea), 511 Badr, battle of, 415 Bafulabe, 633 Bghana (Mali), 504, 523 Baghdad (Iraq), 325 Bagyemso (Ghana), 587 al-Bjürı, Ibrhım b. Mu˛ammad, 326 Sh. Bako al-Tnü, 559 Bamako (Mali), 207, 256, 289 Bamba, Juula sub-group, 562 Bamba (Mali), 633 Bamba Fâ-Khoudia, 389 Bambara (L/E) 107, 179, 209, 467 Bambogo (Mali), 256 Bamuko (Burkina Faso), 555 Banamba (Mali), 263 Bnat Sufid of Kafib b. Zuhayr, 248 Banda, also called Fugala (Ghana), 551, 562, 564, 579, 580, 594 Bandiagara (Mali), 215, 230, 266 Banı Isr√ıla, 526 Bansang (Gambia), 511 Banü ’l-Mült, 87 Barbısh, southern Saharan nomads, 63, 69, 144, 166, 188, 633, 634 Bara Khary Niang, 389 Barıd Ifrıqiy (journal), 255 Baroueli (Mali), 252 Barth, Heinrich, 119, 129, 181, 571

799

Sh. Bashır Ngirane, 392 Bawku (Ghana), 602, 627 Baye-Fall (Mouride sect), 398 Begho, see Bighu Beirut, 270, 528 Beijing China), 282 al-˛jj Bello b. Limam Thnı, 594 Benin, Republic of, 611 B˙r (Mali), 183 Berlin (Germany), 600 Bighu/Begho (Ghana), 3, 539, 543, 562, 570, 571 Bilima (Guinea), 510 Bilma (Niger), 634 Binani (Guinea), 497 Bin fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad al-Kabır, 619 Bi√r Inüshuf (Mali), 199 Bisaya (Guinea), 510 Black Volta river, 578 Blaise Diagne, 466 Blyden, Edward, 221, 528 Bobo (E), 551, 560, 578 Bobo-Dioulasso (Burkina Faso), 551, 552, 553, 554, 555, 557, 558, 571, 578, 579 Bogoro Grmaga (Mali), 255 Boki Diame (Senegal), 485 Bokoul (Senegal), 455 Bolewura Safo, 568 Bonduku (Ivory Coast), 3, 551, 570, 571, 572, 573, 575, 576, 577, 579, 580, 627 Bornu (Nigeria), 215, 220, 541, 566, 598, 603 Boron (Ivory Coast), 540, 551, 552 Boubou Hama, president of National Assembly (Niger), 265, 556 Boudjbéha (Mali), 159, 165, 166, 168, 170, 634 Boukari Tamba, 498 Bouroudji (Guinea), 491, 508, 511 Boutilimit, see Bü Tilimıt Bowdich, T. E., 543 Bron[g] kingdom of Gyaman, 570 Sh. Bübakar Boyi b. Mu˛ammad Saliyu b. Sh. Bübakar Bütı, 513 Sh. Bü Bakar Poti, 494 Bübu Ar∂o Galo, 105 Bü Jubayha (see also Boudjbéha), 633 Buna/Bouna (Ivory Coast), 3, 551, 571, 579 Burda of al-Büßırı, 391, 525, 573, 591 Burkina Faso, 2, 539, 486, 555

800

GENERAL INDEX

Burmi, battle of, 224 Busse (Burkino Faso), 567 Bussube, 458 Bü Tilimıt (Mauritania), 94, 417, 463 Ÿuuÿa-Ndiyan (Guinea), 513 Cairo, 274, 289, 338, 349, 575 Callep (Senegal), 351 Cam (Senegal), 483 Cambeen (Senegal), 351 Cameroun, 280, 304 Cape Coast (Ghana), 575, 603, 612 Casamance (Senegal), 480, 509 Cayor (Senegal), 398 Centre Ahmad Baba (Timbuktu), 6, 158 Centre d’Etudes Islamiques, Abidjan, 655 Centre Islamique Sérigne Hady Toure (Dakar), 487 Chad, 280, 304, 349 Cocody-Riviera, part of Abidjan, 655 Codde Guèye, 488 Collin, Jean (colonial administrator who settled in Senegal), 387 Comité Consultatif des Affaires Musulmanes, 52, 398 Comité musulman de l’A.O.F., 500 Communism, 262 Companya (Guinea), 502 Conakry (Guinea), 289, 502 Convention People’s Party of Ghana, 602 Corson, Dr. J. F.,Medical Officer in Wa, 565 Council for Development and for the Translation of Islamic Literature (Ghana), 609 Daboya Ghana), 580, 627 Dafin (Juula sub-group), 551, 554, 578, 579 Dagana (Senegal), 308, 454 Dagari (E), 64 Dagbamba (E), 584, see also Dagomba, 567 Dagbane (L), 549, 597 Dagomba (Ghana, see also Dagbamba), 540, 547, 550, 564, 567, 584, 596, 597, 601 Dahra Djolof (Senegal), 393 D√irat al-dirst al-Islmiyya, 257 Dakar, 4, 253, 266, 305, 320, 328, 332, 343, 348, 379, 391, 471, 476, 486, 487 Dalaba (Guinea), 503 Dal√il al-khayrt [of al-Jazülı], 91, 656

Dalen (Guinea), 508 Dalıl al-qfiid of Mu˛ammad al-∑li˛ b. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Awjilı, 662 Damascus, 575 Damergu (Niger), 634 Dam Mbacké, 459 Dr al-Arqm li-Tahfı÷ al-Qur√n al-Karım (madrasa), 339 Dr al-˘adıth (Saudi Arabia), 270 Dr al-Khayr (Senegal), 480, 481 Dr al-mufiallimın (college in Dakar), 393 Dara Labé (Guinea), 498, 507 Darou Dondé (Guinea), 498 Dar al-Salam (Burkino Faso), 579 Darsalami, 552, 553, 554 al-Dasüqı’s comm. on the Mukhtaßar, 164 De Gaulle, Charles, 317, 345 Dégembéré (Mali), 216 De Gironcourt, Georges, 647, 650 Delafosse, Maurice, 466, 572 Demba Bsin Sal, 408 Demba Ndiaye, 322 Demba Wague, 251 Denyankoÿe (Fulbe sub-group), 469 Dhü Nün, 466 Dia (Mali), 564, 579 Diakha (Mali), 2, 9 Diakhamody (Mali), 268 Diakhanke, see Jahanke Diallo (Fulbe clan), 511 al-Dıbj al-mudhahhab fı mafirifat afiyn almadh’hab, of Ibn Far˛ün, 18, 27 Didé-Koto (Guinea), 523 Diegounkou, see Jegunko Dilly (Mali), 252 Dinguiraye (Guinea), 215, 241, 498, 507 Dinnik, 111 Diomboko (Guinea), 523 Dionfo (Guinea), 502, 503 Diori Hamani president of Niger, 265 Diourbel (Senegal), 398, 454 Dirdıriyya (†arıqa), 155 Dıwn of Imrü√ al-Qays, 248, 588, 593 Djégounko, see Jegunko Djelgodi (Niger), 635 Djougou (Bénin), 541, 584, 594 Dogon (L/E), 210 Dokrupe (Ghana), 627

GENERAL INDEX

801

Dongol Cerno (Guinea), 513 Dounga, battle of, 242 Dori (Niger), 635, 643 Dosso (Niger), 537, 538, 651 Doumga (Senegal), 485 Douroula (Ghana), 578, 583 Dresden (Germany), 600 Dufi√ al-rift of Al-˘arırı, 425 Dunkwa (Ghana), 576 Dupuis, J., 547 Cerno Duura Sombili, 500 Dyula, see Juula

Fulbe/Fulani/Peuls, 40, 115, 125, 132, 467, 468, 597, 605, 612, 612, 634-6, 645, 653 Fulfulde (language/literature), 4, 5, 232, 236, 267, 488, 492, 495, 499, 500, 502, 503, 512-521, 635, 638, 639, 640 Futa Bondu (Senegal), 469, 523 Futa Jallon (Guinea), 5, 207, 215, 215, 272, 466, 485, 491-522, 638 Futanke (Fulani from Futa Toro), 126, 306, 308 Futa Toro (Senegal), 50, 207, 214, 232, 241, 251, 315, 325, 350, 397, 458, 463, 466, 469, 473, 485, 496, 636

Ecole des Etudes Islamiques (in Boutilimit, Mauritania), 486 Ecole Nationale d’Administration et de Magistrature (Senegal), 473 Ejura (Ghana), 605 L’ère nouvelle (magazine), 487 Etudes islamiques, 487, 488 Europeans (al-Naßr), 573, 588, 592, 656

Gabeiro (Fulani sub-group), 636 Gabon, 398, 453, 461, 605 Gade Ndemba (Senegal), 375 Gaden, Henri, 466 Gaia (Guinea), 507 Galajo, 635 Galla Yel (Senegal), 453 Gallieni, Cdt., 242 Gambaga (Ghana), 585, 587, 590 Gambia, 274 Gane Samb Lo, 284 Ganguel (Senegal), 466 Gannr (Wolof for southern Mauritania), 287, 295 Gao (Mali), 8, 119, 180, 636 Gaoual (Guinea), 494 Sh. Garba, nicknamed Hitler, 625 Garba ba-Gonje, 545, 585 Malam Garba [Abü Bakr b. Müs] alKashinwı, 612 Gasama Kamagatay, 545 Cerno Al-Gassimou (of Zawiya), 497 Gaya (Senegal), 308, 322 Gbanyito (L), 546 Gbuipe (Ghana), 542, 544 Gédé (Senegal), 315, 459 Gemukura (Mali), 228 Genumu Kura, battle of, 655 George V, King of Great Britain, 568 Germany/Germans, 502, 549, 550, 572, 584, 594, 587 Ghana (Ancient), 2, 38, 559 Ghana/Gold Coast, 2, 3, 6, 279, 280, 304 Ghana Muslim Council of Chiefs, 602 Ghana Muslim Mission, 602

F∂iliyya (†arıqa), 463, 480 F∂il Mbacke, 391 Fahd, King of Saudi Arabia, 516 Serigne Fallou (Mu˛ammad F∂il, or Al-Hâjj Falilou), 416, 428 Fanta Madi Chérif, 528 al-Faqqı b. Bübakar al-Aghllı, 532 Fâs Cissé Touré, 389 Fass Toure (Senegal), 327, 333, 339, 342, 486 Fâtou Seydi, wife of Almamy fiUmar Soriya, 495, 520 Faysal b. fiAbd al-fiAzız, King of Saudi Arabia, 365 Ferobe, Fulani sub-group, 635 Fez (Morocco), 52, 272, 274, 276, 318, 346, 348, 391, 489, 495, 497 Fezzan (Libya), 221 Fodigi Mori Müs Kaita, 653 Fodiye Almami Sy, 254 Fodiye Dwüd Sıbı of Fegui, 254, 255 Fodiye Jbı of Gori, 255 Fodiye Mu˛ammad Sita, 253 Frafra (E), 621 La France catholique (journal), 284 Freetown (Sierra Leone), 221, 638 Malam Fulata Borono, 603

802

GENERAL INDEX

Ghanaian National Council of Ulama and Imams, 619 Gill, J. Withers, 585 Gimbala-Diakha (Mali), 522 Gobir (Nigeria), 586 Gold Coast Muslim Council, 602 Gonja (Ghana), 3, 539, 542- 547, 568, 580, 588, 595, 627 Gor Dara, 393 Goumba Cissé (father of Madior Malick Cissé), 464 Goundam (Mali), 181, 196, 199, 204, 233 Goundioro (Mali), 256, 523 Gouriki-Samba-Diom (Senegal), 466 Granada (Spain), 10, 11 Groumania (Ivory Coast), 545 Grunshi/Gurunsi (see also Gurensi), 585, 586 Guéoul (Senegal), 315, 321, 392, 435, 457, 471, 472, 477, 479 Guiguilone (Senegal), 325 Guilê, battle of, 390 Guinea, 491-529 Guinea Bissau, 507, 513, 518 Gulimım (Morocco), 53 Gurensi (see also Gurunsi/Grunshi), 553, 576 Gurma (Mali), 586, 637 Gushiegu (Ghana), 585, 599, 627 Gyaman (Ghana), 570, 627 Hdı Ture, 486 ˘adıth school of Medina, 505 Halwar (Senegal), 214 ˘amad Bodejo, 105 ˘amadu Kamaghatay of Bonduku, 576 ˘amlliyya/Hamallisme (Hamawiyya), 208, 267, 395, 624 ˘amdallhi (Burkina Faso), 579 ˘amdallhi (Mali), 38, 43, 52, 207, 208, 211, 212, 215, 216, 233, 241 Cerno Hamdine Kane, 344 ˘mid Ane Tillere, 475, 485 Hamma Bodejo, 635 Hammadun Abba, q∂ı of Sokura, 233 Hamma b. Hamathi, 198 Alfa ˘amma b. Yünus, 584, 597 Hamziyya of al-Büßırı, 325 al-˘anafiyya, Islamic institution of higher learning in Louga (Senegal), 351, 374, 385

˘ar†ın, 166 Karamoko Hrün b. Bb Watara, 576 Hrün Jr b. fiUmar Alfa Kiri, 596 Hrün Mu˛ammad, khalıfa of Ibrhım Niasse in Kumase, 617, 618, 621 Hrün al-Rashıd Jibrıl Mdughu, 609 Hrün Tanjakür, 254 al-˛jj al-˘asan Anj√, 255 ˘asan Ndiaye, 444 ˘asan I, Sultan of Morocco, 53 ˘asan II, King of Morocco, 366 Malam ˘asan Ata, a Gonja teacher, 605 al-˘asan ∑algha, 586 ˘assniyya (L/E), 470, 640 Hausa (L/E), 530, 541, 546, 565, 566, 567, 568, 584, 587, 592, 600, 602, 603, 606, 620, 625, 628 Hausaland (Nigeria), 2, 221, 541, 583, 586, 592, 600, 603, 604 al-˘aw∂ (Mauritania), 67 ˘ayt al-˛ayawnt al-kubr of Mu˛ammad b. Müs al-Damırı, 242 Hayre (Senegal), 241 al-˘illa (Mali), 67, 119 “Hitler”, see Sh. Garba Hodh, see ˘aw∂ Hombori (Mali), 640 Houphouët-Boigny, president of Ivory Coast, 265, 575 “Hubbu” movement, 510, 519 al-˘ulal al-mawshiyya, 40 Humanity journal (Ghana), 610 Imam ˘usayn b. Idrıs of Yendi, 594 ˘usayn al-Kashnwı, called Mallam ∑allaw, Sarkin Zongo of Kumase, 587, 589, 612, 619, 620 ˘ußayn b. ‡alll, king of Jordan, 373 Hyderabad (India), 505 Ibn Ba††ü†a, 1, 9, 12, 40, 382 Ibn ˘ajar al-Haytamı, 55, 56 Ibn ˘jib, 29, 175 Ibn Husm al-Dın al-Shahır b. al-Muttaqı, 665 Ibn al-Jawzı, 56 Ibn Myb al-Jakanı, 277, 660 Ibn al-Muqrifi, Ismfiıl b. Abı Bakr al-Shwarı al-Shaghdarı al-Yamanı, 47 Ibn Salım ,143 Ibn Safiüd University in Riy∂, 611

GENERAL INDEX Ibn Tümart, 12 Ibra Fall, 398 Alfa Ibrhım (ruler of Labé, Guinea), 513 Almamy Ibrhım of Futa Jallon, 509 Ibrahîma Bah, 503 Alf Ibrhım b. Abı Bakr, q∂ı of Mopti, 646 Cerno Ibrahîma Caba Bah, 503 Ibrhım Ag Yüsuf, 181 Ibrhım Aw, 325 Ibrhım al-Amır b. Mu˛ammad al-Hshimı, 505 Ibrhım Bakarambasi Kawtay, 580 Ibrhım Balarabe Jega, 284 Ibrahim Diop (known as Baryım), 351 Sh. Ibrhim Diop, 365 Ibrhım Jnı, 523 Ibrhım Kabawı, 528 Ibrhım al-Laqnı, 20 Ibrahim M[a˛müd]. Diop, 298, 482 Ibrhım al-R√is b. Ismfiıl, 51 Ibrhım Timiti, imam of Bonduku, 571 I∂√at al-dujunna of al-Maqqarı, 253 Idaw fiAlı, 272, 273 Idrıs, Zohe Imam in Yendi, 599 Alfa Idrıs b. Mu˛ammad al-˘aydarı, 65 Idrıs Naino, 603 Sh. Idris Sow, 483 Idrissa Mbengue, 310 Iguellad (south Saharan people), 89, 181, 189, 640 Ihallashatan (Khawrij tribal group), 650 [K.] al-I˛mirr of al-Mukhtr Ibn Büna alJakanı, 351, 394 I˛sn (journal), 342 al-Iklıl wa’l-tj fı tadhyıl Kifyat al-mu˛tj of Mu˛ammad b. al-‡ayyib al-Qdirı, 23 Ilorin (Nigeria), 592, 603 Imam Mu˛ammad of Gbuipe, 542 al-Imm al-Südnı, 35 Imillü b. Hamathi, 198 In Settefen (Mali), 118 Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana, 576 Institut Supérieur d’Etudes Islamiques, University of Algiers, 346, 348 Iraq, 349, 374, 383, 464 Cerno Irrahima mo Juntu, 494 fiˆs b. al-˛jj fiAlı al-fiUmrnı, 169

803

Sharıf fiˆs al-Kanawı, 604 fiIs Mada˛a b.fiUmar Salagha, 586 Isanwurfo, Kpembewura, 600, 601 Is˛q Kano, 604 Is˛q Saganugu, 570 fiIshrıniyyt of al-Fzzı, 220, 525 Islamic Council for Development and Human Services, Accra, 610 Islamic Culture Centre of Prang, 625 Islamic Judiciary Committee of Ghana, 608 Islamic League, 320 Islamic University of Madına (Saudi Arabia), 324, 611, 625 al-Ißlıt al-khirrı† of Ibn Abı Ma˛allı, 24 Ismfiıl Baldé, 483 Ismfiıl b. Mu˛ammad Timiti. imam of Bonduku, 571 Ivory Coast, 2, 264, 539, 575 Ja (Mali), see Dia Cerno Jaawo Pellel, 501 Jabaghatay, 545 Jbi-Kasama (Jahanke clan), 522, 523 Jafifar b. Is˛q, Emir of Zaria, 283, 287 al-˛jj Jafifar Jumoy (or Djamoye), 254, 255 Jahanke/Diakhanke, 2, 497, 522-527, 540, 552, 658 Jallnı (Mali), 257 Jalloÿe (Fulbe clan), 233, 512 Jamfiat anßr al-dın, 280 Jamfiat fiibd al-Ra˛mn, 486, 489 Jaml fiAbd al-Nßir, president of Egypt, 516 al-Jmifi al-mußannaf fı Shufiab al-ımn of Abü Bakr A˛mad b. al-˘usayn al-Bayhaqı, 525 Jamfiiyya Shabb al-Nah∂a (Khartoum), 511 al-Jawb al-muskit of Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad Akansüs, 120 Jawhir al-mafinı of fiAlı ˘arzim Barda, 187 Jawhir al-ras√il of A˛mad Abü’l-Fat˛ alYarwawı, 618 Jawharat al-kaml[Tijnı prayer], 264 al-Jaz√iriyya, 248 Jazüliyya (†arıqa), 155 Jegunko (Diegounkou or Djégounko), 215, 498 Jenene (Ivory Coast), 580, 581 Jenne (Mali), 8, 40, 45, 46, 50, 53, 106, 523, 539, 540, 551, 578, 579, 612, 641 Jerusalem, 547, 575

804

GENERAL INDEX

al-˛jj Jibrıl Kasmasi, 554 Jili Mbaye, 458 Jingere B˙r (“Great Mosque” of Timbuktu), 2, 11, 37, 51 Jolof (Senegal), 273, 308, 458 Josom (Senegal), 301 Julabogo, 201 Juula/Dyula, 9, 31, 539, 540, 541, 542, 552, 565 Kaarta (Mali), 230 Kafiba, 656 Kabara (Mali), 169 Kbara (Mali), 9, 12 Kaduna (Nigeria), 286 Kaédi (Mauritania), 264 Kafaba (Ghana), 628 Kajagr (Niger), 531 Kajoor (Senegal), 308, 327, 455 Kalan (Guinea), 491 Kamaghatay, 570 Kamshegu (Ghana), 541 Kangaba (Mali), 567 Kankan (Guinea), 523, 528-529 Kano (Nigeria), 224, 283, 289, 300, 306, 541, 566, 586, 605, 606 Kaolack, 274, 275, 276, 279, 285, 286, 300, 301, 305, 306, 307, 338, 346, 464, 481, 486, 489, 612 Kaoussen, Revolt of, 136 Karamoko Alfa mo Labé, 494, 520 Karamoko fiAlı b. al-∑iddıq Kunatay, 577 Karamoko Billo, 508 Karamoko Ÿ ooyi Masi, 499 Karamoko Dugutigi Kulibali, 560 Karamoko Turi, 560 Karamoko [Sulaymn] Yara (“the blind walı of God”), 578 Karantagi (Guinea), 497 Karantaw jihd, 579 Kasamba fiulam√ of Touba, 526 Kashf al-˛ijb fiamman talq mafia al-shaykh al-Tijnı min al-aß˛b of A˛mad Skıraj, 613 Katsina (Nigeria), 67, 541, 596 Kawa Ag Amma, amenokal of the Ullimiden, 69 Kayel (Senegal), 351 Kayes (Mali), 207, 253, 255, 256, 257, 523

Kebbi (Nigeria), 3, 541, 586, 592 Kébémer (Senegal), 321, 333, 471 Keje (Mali), 228 Kel Aghll, 530, 532, 534, 535 Kel Ahoggar, 136 Kel Antaßar, 89, 189, 641, 642 Kel Awsa, 189 Kel Gunahn, 650 Kel ˘urma, 68 Kel Inalbash, 68 Kel Inukundar, 181, 184 Kel Sıdı fiAlı, 206 Kel al-Süq, 68, 86, 166, 172, 647 Kete-Krayke, 3, 541, 584, 587, 595, 596, 597, 605 Keur Makala (Senegal), 388 Khadım Mu˛ammad Safiıd Mbacké, 459 Khadıja al-Shinqı†iyya, 555 Khlid al-Azharı, 16 Khalwatiyya (†arıqa), 272 Khartoum (Sudan), 576 Khtima of al-Yadlı, 253 al-Khazrajiyya, 508 Khelcom Diop (Senegal), 391 Khulßa of Ibn Mlik, 123 Kidal (Mali), 136 Kingui (Mali), 256 Kintampo (Ghana), 576, 577 Ko (E), 551 Kofi Kakari, Asantehene, 577, 579 Koforidua (Ghana), 598, 599, 602 Koho (Burkino Faso), 578 Koki (Senegal), 392, 394, 453 Kolaa∂e (Guinea), 496 Kolda (Senegal), 481, 482 Kong (Ivory Coast), 3, 540, 551, 552, 553, 558, 559, 560, 565, 570, 577, 579, 580 Konyan (Guinea), 523 Koro (Ghana), 540 Kossi (Senegal), 305 Koubia (Guinea), 498, 503 Kougeni (Mali), 253 Koula Mawnde (Guinea), 499, 501 Koulia (Guinea), 514 Koutan (Guinea), 498, 507 Kotokoli (L), 597, 598 Koyin, battle of, 507 Kpabia (Ghana), 584, 596

GENERAL INDEX Kpembe (Ghana), 546, 583, 587, 628 Kpembewura Isanwurfo, 600, 601 Kpembewura Mahama, 597 Kpembewura Napo, 601 Kpong (Ghana), 595, 605 Karamoko Kunandi Timiti, 575 K. al-ßalt of al-fiAwfı, 488 Kulliyyat ußül al-Dın wa’l-Dafiwa (Saudi Arabia), 611 Kumase (Ghana), 6, 287, 295, 542, 547, 551, 554, 601, 612, 613, 619, 620, 621, 623, 624 Kunche (Niger), 641 Kunta (Saharan group), 67-148, 641-643 Kunatay, 571 Kunta al-Qibla, 67 Kunting (Gambia), 523 Kuwait, 349, 464, 516 K. al-zuhd wa’l-waßiyya by fiAlı b. al-˘usayn al-Sajjd, 591 Labbt b. Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım, 73 al-˛jj Labbu, son of al-˛jj fiUmar b. Abı Bakr al-∑alghawı, 589, 594 Labé (Guinea), 494, 496, 497, 499, 500, 502, 513, 514, 518, 519, 524 Lagos (Nigeria), 289, 554 La˛lu, Moroccan merchant in Senegal, 367 Lla fi◊√isha, wife of Sı. al-Mukhtr al-Kuntı., 643 Lmiyyat al-affil of Ibn Mlik, 175, 178 Lanfieri (Burkina Faso), 567 al-Laqnı, Nßir al-Dın 14 al-Laqnı, Shams al-Dın, 14 Larbi Tébessi, see Sh. Abü ’l-Qsim al-fiArabı al-Tabassı al-La†√if al-insiyya fial na÷m al-fiaqıda alSanüsiyya of fiAbd al-Ghanı al-Nbulsı, 33 Lat Dior (damel of Cayor), 388, 398 Lawqi˛ al-anwr fı †abaqt al-akhyr of fiAbd al-Wahhb al-Shafirnı, 217 Lélouma (Guinea), 493, 494, 497, 500, 501 Leo Africanus, 149 Lepusi (Ghana), 594 Lere (Mali), 193 Libya, 349, 379, 602 Limam Thnı of Kete-Krakye, 591 Liptako (Burkina Faso), 269, 636, 643 Lokoja (Nigeria), 554

805

Lokoso, 562 London, 293 Louga (Senegal), 322, 351, 353, 373, 380, 381, 385, 389, 455, 486 Lotokoro (Mali), 650 Lugudi (Guinea), 496 Maama fiUthmn ‡nu, 494 M√ al-fiAynayn, 480 Mb Diakhou, 389 Maba Diakhou Ba, 274, 308 Maba M’baye, 389 Maci (Guinea), 498 Macintosh, Susan Keech, 46 Madına (Saudi Arabia), 270, 281, 324, 505, 555, 586, 611 Madina Nianou (Guinea), 501 Madrasa Ittihdiyya, Accra, 611 al-Madrasa al-Itti˛diyya li’l-Dirst alIslmiyya, in Baroueili, Mali, 263 Madrasa Mu˛ammadiyya in Kayes, 257 Madrasa al-Nüriyya al-Islmiyya in Kumase, 622 Madrasat al-Fal˛ (Segu), 244 Madrasat al-Hill al-Islmı, 257 Madrasat al-Mutafiallimın in Niger, 537 Madrasat al-Rashıd in Ghana, 609 Madrasat Takwın al-Mufiallimın in Tunis, 393 Madrasat Ummun in Sikasso, 257 al-Madrasat al-Wa†aniyya in Kumase, 613, 619, 625 Karamoko al-Maghılı, 526 al-Maghılı, Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-Karım, 15, 150, 269 Maghsharan/Imaghcharan, 140, 181 Ma˛jıb, S. Saharan people, 110 Mafihad al-fiIlmı in Riy∂., 270 Ma˛ammad Sani Balarabe, 538 Ma˛aram M’Backe, 388 Mahdı, 262 Mahdı Müs, 564, 588 Ma˛müd ˘ammd Kane Diallo, 252 Ma˛müd b. Ibrahim b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu, 578 Ma˛müd Jwarı, 523 al-˛jj Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad Karantaw, 557, 579, 582, 583 Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad Salga al-Kanawı, 606 Sı. Ma˛müd al-Tijnı, 368

806

GENERAL INDEX

Al-˛jj Ma˛müd b. fiUthmn Saganugu, 569 Ma˛müd b. Zarqün (pasha of Timbuktu), 10 Majdhıb clan of al-Dmir (Sudan), 224 Makala b. Müsa Diakhate, 455 al-˛jj Mala∂o Diallo, 503 Mali (ancient), 8, 38, 539, 543, 550 Malicounda (Senegal), 395 Mlik, imam of Gbuipe, 547 Mlik Mu˛ammad al-Hdı Ture, 379 Mamadou Fâ-Diama Niang, 389 Mamadou Jire, 263 Mamadou Saghîr M’baye, 389 Mama Sambou Gasama, 522 Mamour Cissé, Sérigne de Bakel, 416 Mampong (Ghana), 620 Mamprusi (Ghana), 545, 564, 567 Mampurugu (Ghana), 585, 628 Shaykh Manda, 500 Manda (Guinea), 514, 518 Manda Foulbé (Guinea), 500 Mande (L/E), 9, 564 Mandela, Nelson, president of South Africa, 7, 385 Manfara (Mali), 540 al-Manhaj al-farıd of Mu˛ammad al-Wlı b. Sulaymn al-Fullnı al-Barnwı, 267 al-Manjür, 28 Mansa Müs, ruler of Ancient Mali, 8, 11 Mansür Sy, 317 Man÷üma of al-Qur†ubı, 16 Maqmt of al-˘arırı, 34, 253, 325, 351, 489 al-Maqqarı, Shams al-Dın A˛mad, 18 al-Maqßür wa’l-mamdüd of Ibn Durayd, 44, 326 Maraille (Mauretania), 465 Mrina (Mali), 254, 256 Marrakesh (Morocco), 10, 18 Marssassoum (Guinea), 527 Marty, Paul, 149, 166, 396, 466, 572 Masar Diop (Senegal), 351 Mâsilla Mâné, 389 Msina, 2, 9, 37, 38, 40, 43, 45, 51, 115, 119, 213, 219, 234, 522, 541, 584, 597, 632, 638, 644-646 Massemba Khary Sylla, 389 Masüfa (∑anhja sub-group), 1, 9 Matam (Senegal), 323, 466, 488 Matar Ndiaye, 273

Mauritania, 67, 241, 251, 280, 287, 295, 305, 318, 373, 397, 398, 464, 471, 473, 477, 485, 490, 496, 501, 504, 530 al-Mawhib al-quddüsiyya fı ’l-manqib alSanüsiyya of Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım alMalllı, 24 Mawdo Mbengue, 310 Mawlüd Fl, 273 Mayacine Oumi Dieng, 389 M’Backé (Senegal), 398 Mbacké Baol (Senegal), 458 Sh. M’Backé Bousso, 389, 461 Mbacké family of Touba, 325 Mbacké Seck, 393 Alfa Mayoro Wele, 308, 311, 322 Mederdra (Mauretania), 264 Medina Khasso, 465 Mengye (Ghana), 562 Mift˛ al-asrr al-Rabbniyya of Mu˛ammad Ghibrıma of Bornu, 618 Sharıf Mijinyawa b. Sharıf Ibrhım, 585 Min (Saudi Arabia), 292 Mina˛ al-Wahhb of al-Maghılı, 26 Ministry of Education (Senegal), 349 Ministry of Foreign Affairs (Senegal), 303, 348 Ministry of Information (Senegal), 489 Mischlich, Adam, 584, 587 Modibo Keita, president of Mali, 265 Cerno Modi fi◊lim, 485 Cerno Modi mo Labé, 494 Cerno Mody ◊che, 344, 346, 348 Mogho Naba Wobogu, 585 Mole of Dagomba (Ghana), 547 Moleyili (Ghana), 549 Momar Antisali (father of A˛mad Bamba), 389, 398 Momar Antasali Diakhaté, 389 Sh. Momar ˘awa Ndiaga Seye,, 320 Momar Jobé Mbacké, 462 Momar Nıy al-Kajını, 450 Momar Sâssoum Diakhaté, 329, 389 Mombeyâ (Guinea), 496 Monrovia (Liberia), 528 Montluçon (France), 265 Moodi Abdullahi Suware, 496 Moodi Amadu Laria, 502 Moodi Salihou, father of fiUmar Rfifiu, 507

GENERAL INDEX Moodi ‡hir b. Maama fiUthmn ‡nu Labé, 494 Mopti (Mali), 646 Sh. Mor Ngirane, 315 Mor Seck, 322 Mossi/Moshi (E/L), 560, 584, 586, 620, 623 Mossi Youth Association, 623 Mouhamadou Limâmou Laye, 474 Mourdia (Mali), 251 Moussa Traore, president of Mali, 197 Mowa (Guinea), 528 Mufiammar al-Qadhdhfı, president of the Libyan Arab Jamhıriyya, 61, 365 Cerno Mufiwiya Maci (Pita), 498 al-Mudawwana of Ibn Sa˛nün, 15 Mu˛ammad fiAbbs ◊n, 466 Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd Allh Amnat Allh, 252 Mu˛ammad fiAbd Allh al-Tinwajiyu, 501 Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-Karım al-Sammn, 272, 505 Mu˛ammad b. al-˛jj fiAbd al-Ra˛mn Kunbali, 581 Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd al-Wahhb, 656 Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr b. Ya˛y alShaqr†isı, 664 Mu˛ammad al-fi◊bid al-Sindı, 505 Mu˛ammad al-Abya∂, son of Ismfiıl of Bighu, 543, 544 Mu˛ammad al-Abya∂ b. Abı Bakr Saganugu, 578 Sı. Mu˛ammad w. A˛mad w. fiAbd Allh alAkh∂ar, 264 Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad Akansüs, 5, 120, 177 Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Bashır, 639 Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad B˙gΩr˙, 603 Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Daymnı, 474 Mu˛ammad b. A˛mad al-Wali, nicknamed Turu Kuru, 554 Mu˛ammad fi◊li b. Fat ’l-Müritnı, 366 amır Mu˛ammad fiAlı b. al-‡hir b. al-Mahdı, 60 Mu˛ammad b. fiAlı al-Waltı, 211 Mu˛ammad A-l-r b. fiAbd Allh al-Süqı, known as Balkhu, 534, 535 Mu˛ammad al-Amın w. A˛mad Zaydn, 252 Mu˛ammad al-Amın al-Knemı, 218, 219 Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. fiUmar b. Mlik al-Fütı, 225

807

Mu˛ammad Ammak b. al-Bakk√ al-Kuntı, 136, 532 Mu˛ammad fiAmmür ( Qdirı muqaddam), 128 Mu˛ammad Ashraf al-fiA÷ımbdı, 505 Mu˛ammad Aw, 325 Sı. Mu˛ammad b. Bbuya, 150 Mu˛ammad Baªo, 603, 604 Mu˛ammad Bakuri imam of Wa, 580 al-˛jj Mu˛ammad Baldé, 502 Mu˛ammad Bawa of Katsina, 596 Mu˛ammad Bello b. fiUthmn (∂an Fodiye), 123, 125, 127, 660 Mu˛ammad Bobo, 228 Mu˛ammad Bounaliou, 523 Mu˛ammad Ciroma, Asante Region Chief Imam, 620 Mu˛ammad al-Daymnı, 253 Mu˛ammad Diallo, 274 Mu˛ammad Diattara, 488 Mu˛ammad Diop, 408 Sh. Mu˛ammad al-F∂il b. Mmayn alQalqamı, 252, 463, 481 Mu˛ammad Fani b. fiAlı, 300 Mu˛ammad Fat˛ al-Na÷ıfı, 618 Mu˛ammad F†uma Gasama, 523 Mu˛ammad Fodi Mori b. Safiıd b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af, 553 Sh. Mu˛ammad Füdı, 367, 368 Mu˛ammad Ghlı, 215, 272, 555 Mu˛ammad Ghibrıma of Bornu, 618 Mu˛ammad al-˘abıb Ba, 315 Mu˛ammad al-˘fi÷ b. al-Mukhtr al-fiAlawı, 215, 223, 272, 275, 388, 505, 555 Mu˛ammad al-Hdı b. Mawlüd Fl al-fiAlawı, 612, 619 Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım, imam of Wa, 570 Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Drı, 227 Mu˛ammad b. Ibrhım al-Khlidı, 653 Mu˛ammad Inuwa b. fi›Is, Sh. fiAbd Allh Tnu, 612 Mu˛ammad al-Jaylnı al-Barkürı, 111 Mu˛ammad al-Jaz√irı, the kha†ıb of Blida, 254 Mu˛ammad al-Jumufia b. Mmma, 184, 187 Mu˛ammad Karantaw, 578 Mu˛ammad Kaso, Touba imam, 523 Muhammad al-Katsinwı, 541 Mu˛ammad al-Khalıf b. al-Shaykh Zayn alfi◊bidın, 639

808

GENERAL INDEX

al-˛jj Mu˛ammad Labbü, 601 Mu˛ammad al-Mahdı Ag al-‡hir., 199 Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd b. Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. Jiddu al-Simllı531 Mu˛ammad Ma˛müd w. Rabbnı, 305 Mu˛ammad al-Majdhüb (known as al-Shaykh w. al-Shaykh al-‡hir), 225 Mu˛ammad Mourdia, 254 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad Busübbe, 408 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr w. alDh, 367 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr alSharıf al-˘asanı al-fiAlawı, 278 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af [b. fiUmar Kunandi], 543, 547 Mu˛ammad b. Mu˛ammad b. Sinna, 504 Mu˛ammad Mukhtr Sghü, 253 Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af b. al-fiAbbs b. Mu˛ammad al-fi◊fı Saganugu, 551, 552, 553 Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Mbacké, 452 Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu, 551 Mu˛ammad Muß†af, son of Taslımi, imam of Touba, 523 Mu˛ammad al-Mushrı (or -Mishrı), 293 Mu˛ammad-n-Allh (governor of Timbuktu), 9, 12 Mu˛ammad al-Na÷ıfı, 254 Sh. Mu˛ammad al-Rbifi Khlid, 612 Mu˛ammad w. Ra˛˛l, chief of the Barbısh, 69 Mu˛ammad al-Rashıd Shafibn Kunda, 617, 618 Mu˛ammad al-∑adıq b. al-Dın, 568 al-˛jj Mu˛ammad Saganugu, 560 Mu˛ammad Safiıd Safar, 505 Mu˛ammad b. Safiıd al-Yadlı, 510 Mu˛ammad Salgha, 606 Mu˛ammad al-∑li˛ b. A˛mad b. Mu˛ammad al-Qri√, 75 Mu˛ammad al-Slik b. Khayyi al-Tinwjıwı, 59 Mu˛ammad Slim b. Qatham b. al-Dh, 275 Mu˛ammad Samba, 514 Mu˛ammad al-Sanüsı, Emir of Kano, 295, 296 Mu˛ammad Saynabu Niasse, 253

Alfa Mu˛ammad Sellu (Karamoko al-Fhim Labe, see also Karamoko Alfa mo Labe), 513 Sıdı Mu˛ammad b. Sh. Sıdiyya al-Kabır, 524 Mu˛ammad al-Süqı, 166 Mu˛ammad Ta, 555 Mu˛ammad ‡hir al-Anßrı, 202 Mu˛ammad al-Taslamı, 253 Mu˛ammad al-Thnı b. al-˘asan (Sani Kafanga), 282 Mu˛ammad Thiam, 305 Mu˛ammad b. Ubba al-Tuwtı, 140 Mu˛ammad fiUmar fiArabı, 511 Sı. Mu˛ammad b. Umayya, 142 Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn Hawsa, 251 Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn al-Mlikı al-Ashfiarı al-Tijnı, 591 Mu˛ammad b. fiUthmn Tarawiri of Wa, 578 Mu˛ammad Vth, King of Morocco, 365 Cerno Mu˛ammad Wuri 498 Mu˛ammad Ya˛y b. Mu˛ammad b. alMukhtr al-Waltı, 139, 140, 159, 251 Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf b. fiUmar al-Sanüsı, 580 Mu˛ammad Zayd of Tamarimuni, Friday Imam of Wa, 569 Malam Muhamman Kundungunda, 585 Mukhtr fiAbd al-Karım, known by his Christian name as Edward Blyden, 221 al-Mukhtr b. Abı Bakr al-Fullnı, 635 al-Mukhtr b. Büna al-Jakanı, 504 Mukhtr w. ˘mid ( Mukhtar Ould Hamidoun), 486 Mukhtr Ndoumbé, 394 Mukhtr ould Daddah, president of Mauritania, 485 Mukhtr Sakho, 466 al-Mukhtr al-Süsı, 254 Mukhtaßar of al-Akh∂arı, 409, 488 Mukhtaßar of Khalıl, 14, 15, 19, 22, 25, 30, 31, 32, 36, 58, 150, 158, 253, 311, 351, 469, 488, 496, 523, 532, 606 Mule Tarawiri, 578 Mul˛at al-ifirb of Qsim b. Alı al-˘arırı, 177 Al-Mundhir, founder of B˙r, 183 Cerno Muntaq Tall, 349 Murıd/Murıdiyya ∑üfı †arıqa, 318, 396, 397, 455, 463

GENERAL INDEX

809

al-Murshid al-mufiın fial ’l-∂arürı min fiulüm al-dın by fiAbd al-W˛id b. A˛mad b.fiAlı Ibn fi◊shir al-Andalusı al-Fsı, 157, 177 Murta∂ al-Zabıdı, 505 Müs, amır of Dagomba, 595 Müs Ag Amastan, 136 Müs Cam, 351 al-˛jj Müs Kunkü, 560 Müs Mâne N’Diaye, 389 Muslim Association Party (Ghana), 602 Muslim Council of Ghana, 602 Muslim Students organisation (Ghana), 609 Muslim World League, 280 Muslim Youth Congress, 602 al-Muß†af b. Bb Sharaf, 163 Mustaf Lo, 337 Muß†af Mbacke, 453 Le Musulman (Senegalese periodical), 487 Malam Mutawakilu, 602 Muthallath of al-Ghazlı, 124 Müly al-Madanı al-fiAlawı, imam of Qdirı zwiya, 128 Muwa††a√ of Imam Mlik, 241, 311, 551, 571, 575

New Testament, 519 New York, 397 Sh. Ngagne Dièye, 391 Ngaoundere (Cameroun), 304 Ngeriyaÿe, 513 Nguick (Senegal), 379 Nguick Fall (Senegal), 351 N’Guidjilone (Senegal), 485 Nguilogne, 481 Niamina (Mali), 263 Niger, 243, 280, 304, 530-537 Nigeria, 5, 243, 279, 280, 296, 304, 306, 602 Nioro du Sahel (Mali), 215, 256, 265, 266 Niqya of Jall al-Dın al-Suyü†ı, 142 Njabel (Senegal), 375 Njambur (Senegal), 351, 388, 455 Nkenkasu (Ghana), 577 Nkrumah, Kwame, president of Ghana, 559, 602, 605 Nousi (Guinea≈, 504 Nü˛ b. al-‡hir al-Fullnı, 612 Nuzhat al-˛dı bi-akhbr mulük al-qarn al˛dı, 41 Nyaaro Karamoko, 266

Sh. Nadhır b. Ibrhim Niys, 307 Nagg al-Süqı, 186 Namasa (Ghana), 628 Nna Khadıja bt. Sh. Alfa A˛mad b. Alfa Banya, 52 Nanu (Burkina Faso), 579 Nanumba (E), 597 Na Pelpuo III of Wa, 568 Naqshabandiyya †arıqa, 325 Nasa (Ghana), 540 al-Nßir b. al-Nbigha b. Kwı, 134 Nßiriyya †arıqa, 155, 272, 505 Nasiru Kabara [Mu˛ammad al-Nßir b. Mu˛ammad al-Mukhtr], 538 National Council of Ulama, Ghana, 619 National Liberation Movement of Ghana, 602 Nayiri Bariga of Mampurugu, 585 Nayl al-marm min shiyam al-kirm of fiAbd Allh b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye, 79 N’Daibé (Senegal), 325 Ndieye (Senegal), 321 Ndiouga Kébé or Ababakar Kébé, 458 Ndiwine (Senegal), 457 N’Djamena/Fort Lamy (Chad), 304, 305, 554

Odumase (Ghana), 575 Organisation of the Islamic Conference, 347, 365 Organisation pour l’action islamique (Dakar), 487 Osei Bonsu Ketewa, 626 Osei Kwadwo (Asantehene), 550 Osei Tutu Kwame (Asantehene), 543, 547 Ottomans, 656 Ould Daddah, Mukhtr (President of Mauritania), 485 Ouro-Modi (Mali), 523 Paateya Guinea), 494 Pakro (Ghana), 607 Palewogo (Ghana), 539 Paris, 397 Parti Démocratique de Guinée, 515 Patare (Senegal), 375 Pétel (Guinea), 494 Pétain, Marshal, 345 Poyé (Guinea), 493, 495, 503 Prang (Ghana), 602, 625

810

GENERAL INDEX

Qdiriyya (†arıqa), 5, 67, 68, 69, 94, 98, 113, 128, 125, 135, 145, 157, 161, 166, 169, 171, 205, 207, 233, 264, 272, 396, 397, 398, 446, 463, 465, 466, 471, 472, 477, 497, 524, 528, 531, 553, 554, 571, 653 al-Qmüs al-mu˛ı† of al-Fırüzbdı, 248 al-Qmüsı (magazine), 338 Qarawiyyin mosque-college/university, 289, 346, 348, 489 al-Qsim b. Ibrhım al-Daghmanı, 532 Sh. al-Qsim b. Mma Ismafiıl al-Zwiywı, 497 Qatar, 464 Qaryünus University in Benghazi, 379 Qawfiid al-ßalt, 607 Q. hamziyya of al-Büßırı., 325 Karamoko Qu†b, son of Taslımi, 523 Rabat (Morocco), 302 Sh. Rabbnı, 302, 305 Alfa R˛a, 523 Rama∂n, 403, 404, 406, 411, 413, 418 al-Rmizat al-shfiya of Mu˛ammad alKhazrajı, 32, 35, 351 Rashıd Ri∂, 486 Ra√s al-M√ (Mali), 88 Rassemblement Démocratique Africaine, 265 Le réveil islamique, 487, 488 Rguibat, 144 Rio Grande (Guinea), 524 Risla (of Ibn Abı Zayd), 15, 44, 63, 240, 325, 351, 488, 492, 495, 606 Riy∂ (Saudi Arabia), 5, 270, 395, 611 Rome, 289 Roye Dièye (Senegal), 351 Ruqiyya Sow, 318 Rushdie, Salman, 321 Sabari (Ghana), 540, 550 Safid Büh b. Mu˛ammad F∂il, 466, 477, 529 Saer Maty Ba, 274 Safane (Burkina Faso), 551, 578, 579, 580 Safo (Katanka), 544 Sagalé (Guinea), 501 Saganugu, Juula sub-group, 540, 550-562, 570, 578, 579 Sagatta (Senegal), 471 ∑a˛ı˛ of al-Bukhrı, 523, 562 Safiıd b. fiAbd al-Qdir, imam of Wa, 564

Alfa Safiıd al-Fütı, 224 al-˛jj Safiıd Hann, 266 Safiıd b. ˘mid, imam of Wa, 569 Safiıd b. Mlik al-Timitı, imam of Bonduku, 572, 575 Safiıd b. Mu˛ammad al-Muß†af Saganugu, 578, 579 Safiıd al-Nür [Seydou Nourou Tall], 266, 345, 351, 367, 638 Safiıd Sghü, 254 Saint-Louis (Senegal), 308, 323, 339, 342, 343, 344, 346, 348, 349, 350, 351, 376, 380, 389, 408, 457, 460, 464, 465, 472, 477, 481, 486 Sakal (Senegal), 391 Salaga (Ghana), 3, 541, 545, 547, 580, 583, 584, 586, 587, 591, 594, 596, 597, 598, 599, 600, 601, 628 Salm al-Tijniyyın of Mu˛ammad al-Amın b. fiUmar b. Mlik al-Fütı, 225 ∑alt al-Fti˛ (Tijnı prayer), 324 Malam Salifu, 585 ∑li˛ al-Zughaybı, imam of the Prophet’s mosque in Madına, 254 Slim b. Bb˙r al-Tinbuktı, 66 Slim b. Mu˛ammad al-Sanhürı, 19 Slim Sükhün, 256 al-˛âjj Slim Suwari, 496, 522, 527, 540, 551, 570 Mallam ∑allaw, Sarkin Zongo of Kumase, see ˘usayn al-Kashnwı al-˛jj Salmoye of Jenne, 266 Salum (Senegal), 398 Samba b. Baw al-Falltı al-Msinı, 664 Samba Ka, 397 Samba Laobé Fall, damel of Cayor, 390 Samba Marême Diop, 389 Cerno Samba Mombeyaa, 493, 499, 503 Samb Tokolor, 458 Samda Diadana, 388 Sami (Mali), 254 Sammniyya (†arıqa), 272, 505 al-˛jj Sammu Silla, 560 Samori, 528, 565, 566, 568 Sandiary Diop, 351 Sangare (Fulani sub-group), 635 ∑anhja (Saharan tribal confederation), 1, 9, 10 Sansanding (Mali), 96, 211

GENERAL INDEX Sankore mosque, 2, 40 Sansanne Mango (Togo), 545, 553, 601 al-˛jj al-Sanüsı al-‡ürı, 562 al-Sqiy√ al-˛amr√ (Morocco), 67 Sarankye Mori, son of Samori, 579 Sarédina (Mali), 119 Sariq Ahmad Kébé, 448 Satanic Verses of Salman Rushdie, 321 Saudi Arabia, 5, 303, 328, 347, 348, 464, 473, 602, 622, 464 Savelugu (Ghana), 549 Say (Niger), 214, 530, 646 Cerno Saydou Diallo, 502 Sayyid ◊dam, Sarkin Mossi of Kumase, 612 Schildkrout, Enid, 623 Sebara, 132 Seeforé (Guinea), 492 Seeku Dalaba, 503 Seeleyaÿe family (Guinea), 494, 496 Segu (Mali), 61, 63, 207, 215, 248, 249, 266, 632, 644, 645 Segu Sikoro (Mali), 223, 263 Sékou Touré, president of Guinea, 502, 515 Selik (Senegal), 276 Senghor, Léopold, president of Senegal, 6, 337, 383, 386, 395 Senghor International Airport, Dakar, 386 Serigne Madîna Sylla, 389 Serigne Müs Ka, 6 Seydiyanke ruling family of Futa Jallon, 520 Seydou Nourou Tall, see Safiıd al-Nür Seyx Abdallaa Sagale, 517 Shdhiliyya, 155, 397, 499, 554 Shfiya of Ibn ˘jib, 175 Shaghrüsh (Mali), 55 al-Shams b. fi◊bidın, muftı of Syria, 505 al-Shaqr†isı, Mu˛ammad b. Abı Bakr b. Ya˛y, 664 Sh. Sharubütu, 607, 608 Sheku fiAbd al-Qdir ( known as Sheku Timiti), 570 al-Shiffi of Q∂ı fiIy∂, 523, 525, 551 Shıfiism, 5, 490 Shinqı† (Mauritania), 53 Sh. Sıdti, son of Safid Büh, 471 ∑iddıq b. fiAbd al-Mu√mim, imam of Wa, 569 al-˛jj ∑iddıq b. Safiıd of Wa, 569 Karamoko Sidiki Chérif, 528

811

Sıdı Ya˛y mosque, Timbuktu, 12 Sh. Sıdiyya al-Kabır, 397, 398, 417, 463, 524 Sierra Leone, 523 Sikasso (Mali), 58, 257 Silla (ancient Takrür), 233 Sinder (Niger), 646 Sisako of Wa Jangbeyiri, 570 Sissala (E), 575 al-Q∂ı Skıraj al-fiAyyshı, 308 Sokodé (Togo), 538 Sokone (in Sine Saloum, Senegal), 325 Sokoto, 215, 220, 224, 272, 530, 586 Songhay (L/E), 6, 41, 154, 194, 586 Songhay (empire), 10, 40, 558, 646 Soninke (L/E), 9, 38, 586 Sosso (E), 248 Sow, Alfa Ibrâhîm, 493, 495, 512 Stuttgart (Germany), 600 al-∑ughr of al-Sanüsı, 17, 33, 253, 267, 412, 508, 662 Sulaymn b. fiAbd Allh Baghayogho, 540, 541, 547, 548, 550 Karamoko [Sulaymn] Yara (“the blind walı of God”), 578, 579, 580 al-Sullam al-murawnaq of al-Khünajı, 351 ∑üma b. Mu˛ammad Bawa, 547 Sunni fiAlı, 10, 14 al-Süq (Mali), 136, 149, 172-3, 633, 647-648 Surmuy b. Mu˛ammad Baghayogho alWangarı, 169 Cerno Suufi Kansa Gawol, 497 al-Suyü†ı, Jall al-Dın, 16, 180, 507, 616 Sy family of Tivaouane, 325 Tdmakkat (Mali), 115, 172, 633 Tafsır al-Jallayn, 253, 351, 550, 570, 571, 575, 576 Tafsirga (Mali), 256 Tagalalt clan, 180 Taghza, 149 Tagidda (Niger), 530 ‡h b. Mu˛ammad al-Bayqünı al-Dimashqı, 246 al-Thir Mai Gari, 307 Taïba (Senegal), 274 Taïba Niassene (Senegal), 279 Takedda, see Tagidda Takmilat al-takmila li’l-Dıbj of Bb b. A˛mad Bayb al-Shinqı†ı, 24

812

GENERAL INDEX

Takrür, 631, 632 Sh. Talibouya Diop, 472 Tamakloe, E. F., German interpreter, 584, 596 Tamale (Ghana), 279, 606 Tamasheq (language of the Tuareg), 532 Tama÷÷uk (Niger), 531 Tamba (Guinea), 507 Tamgrüt (Morocco), 505 Tanbıh al-mughtarrın fı ’l-qarn al-fishir fial m khlafahu al-salaf al-†hir of fiAbd alWahhb al-Shafirnı, 525 Gyamanhene Tan Daté, of Bonduku, 580 Taoudeni (Mali), 157 Tarjim afiyn al-Madına al-munawwara, 505 Tarawiri [Traore, Juula sub-group], 564-570 Taslima (Mali), 551 Tata Doporo (Guinea), 494 Tchin Tabaraden (Niger), 536 Terrazart, 650 Tetemu (Ghana), 589, 595, 605 Thiambène (Senegal), 351 Thiarêne (Senegal), 488 Thiaroye (Senegal), 489 Thiène (Senegal), 398 Thiès (Senegal), 344, 466, 486 Thierno Ka, 385 Thierno Yoro Bal, 325 Thilogne (Senegal), 346 Tiâguel-Bôri (Guinea), 515 al-˛jj Tijnı Dramé, 255 Tijniyya († a r ı q a , beliefs, practices, adherents), 4, 5, 52, 66, 68, 119, 128, 125, 161, 184, 185, 187, 197, 204, 205, 207, 208, 220, 223-4, 224, 233, 235, 240, 251, 254, 264, 266, 270, 272, 276, 277, 279, 283, 285, 296, 301, 302, 307, 308, 309, 313, 314, 318, 322, 325, 327, 342, 344, 349, 351, 352, 373, 376, 388, 394, 395, 397, 463, 484, 495, 499, 500, 501, 503, 507, 529, 538, 554, 558, 559, 578, 579, 580, 581, 587, 598, 612, 618, 620, 621, 658, 660 Tillabéry (Niger), 647 Timbi-Madîna [Bamikouré] (Guinea), 503, 515 Timbo (Guinea), 507, 523 Timbuktu (Mali), 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 18, 31, 32, 34, 36, 37, 40, 42, 43, 51, 62, 64, 67, 89, 115, 119, 130, 149, 155, 158,

161, 169, 181, 196, 200, 210, 211, 504, 540, 543, 547, 548, 550, 648-9 Timiti (E), 570, 572 Tintouhoun (Mali), 181 Tinwjiyü (Mauritanian zawya group), 264, 265 Tishıt (Mauritania), 528 Tivaouane (Senegal), 253, 308, 314, 319, 325, 327, 350, 458 Togo[land], 539, 587 Torodbe (E), 636 Touba (Guinea, see also Touba Koto a n d Touba Kuta), 497, 499, 522-524, 526, 649, 658. Touba (Senegal), 325, 396, 397, 398, 407, 412 Touba Kane (Senegal), 484 Touba-Koro, 649 Touba Koto (Guinea), 523 Touba Kuta (Guinea), 524 Trb b. ˘amls, 642 Traore, see Tarawiri Tribunal Musulman of Saint-Louis, 348 Tuareg, 8, 10, 53, 58, 65, 88, 96, 117, 128, 530, 633, 635, 649-650 Tu˛fat al-˛ukkm of Ibn fi◊ßim, 253, 496 Tu˛fat al-mawdüd of Ibn Mlik, 75 Tukulor (E), 224, 243, 273, 325, 398, 467, 469 Tunbukwrai (Niger), 538 Tunis, 50, 448, 656 Ture (clan of Futa Toro), 241 Turks, 572 Turin, 397 Tuwt (Algeria), 8, 26, 67, 149, 264 Uba Ringim, 306 al-fiUhüd al-Mu˛ammadiyya of fiAbd alWahhb al-Shafirnı, 525 Ullimiden (Tuareg sub-group), 74, 89, 134, 649 al-hajj ‘Umar Dao, 582 [Serigne] fiUmar Diop, 351, 413 fiUmar Fadika b. Mu˛ammad b. Yüsuf b. alSalm b. Ibrhım al-Dabsı al-Fdikı alZghawı, 47 fiUmar b. al-˘asan Tanjakür, 253 Sı.fiUmar al-Karzı al-Tijnı, 365 fiUmar Lo, 459 fiUmar Kunadi b. fiUmar, 544 Umar Kunandi Jabaghatay of Buna, 576

GENERAL INDEX fiUmar b. Mu˛ammad Aqıt, 13 Alfa fiUmar Pereejo Soo, 500 Almamy fiUmar Soriya, 520 fiUmar b. Sulaymn b. Abı Bakr b. Ma˛müd b. fiUthmn b. Ya˛y b. Imam Ma˛müd, 562 fiUmar Türı, 523 Umm al-Khayr bt. Ibrhım Niys, 391 Umm al-Zayn, 505 Union Culturelle Muslumane (Senegal), 6, 307, 486 Union of Arabic-Islamic Schools (Sikasso, Mali), 257 Union Progressiste Sénégalaise, 489 United Arab Republic Cultural Centre (Accra, Ghana), 538 Université Muhammad V (Rabat), 473 University of Algiers, 346, 348 University of Ghana, 576, 609 University of Medina (Saudi Arabia), 611, 625 fiUqba b. fi◊mir, 635, 648 fiUqba b. Nfifi, 67, 280, 352 fiUqba b. Ysir, 634 fiUqüd al-jumn of al-Suyü†ı, 351, 469 fiUrwa al-Arawnı, 60 U.S.A., 307 Caliph fiUthman b. fiAffn, 551, 552 fiUthmn Dabila, imam of Wa, 565 fiUthmn Gharı, 523 fiUthmn b. al-˘jj b. Ballu al-Inükundarı, 655 fiUthmn Jire, 263 fiUthmn Mrıgh, 256 fiUthmn b. Mu˛ammad Fodiye, 32, 49, 69, 127, 133, 208, 213, 586, 607, 612 fiUthmn Ndiaye, 319 fiUthmn Nü˛ al-Barnwı, 609 fiUthmn b. ∑ambu al-Fütı, 531 Uthman Sarkin Zongo (of Kumasi), 593 fiUthmn Sıl, 256 Vieillard, Gilbert, 492, 519 Visi (Ghana), 540 Wa (Ghana), 3, 539, 540, 551, 560, 564, 566, 567, 568, 569, 579, 602, 628-9 Wdı Darfia (Morocco), 67 Wagadugu (Burkina Faso), 548, 556 Wahabu (Ghana), 579 Wahhbiyya, 5, 208, 262, 270-1, 603, 616 Wajja Dieng, 409

813

Wala (people of Wa, Ghana), 540, 567 Wlaldé (Senegal), 325 Walta, 8, 11, 13, 149, 639 Walewale (Ghana), 587 Walo (Senegal), 308 Wa Na, origins of the office of, 568 Wanaar (Senegal), 464 Wangara/Wangarawa, 539, 540, 541, 622, 650 al-Wansharısı, A˛mad b. Ya˛y, 30 Waraqt of Abü ’l-Mafilı [al-Juwaynı?], 113 Watara (Juula sub-group), 558, 559, 560, 570, 571, 576, 577 Wawamÿe (Fulbe sub-group), 469 Wenchi (Ghana), 562, 564, 574, 577, 580 Whittall, P. J., D.C. Wa, 568 Karamoko Wili, 575 Wilks, Ivor, 598 Wolof (L/E), 308, 314, 327, 343, 351, 372, 380, 384, 387, 390, 397, 461, 465, 472, 477 World Muslim Congress, 280 World Muslim League, 373 World War II, 317 Yagbum (Ghana), 539 Yahüdh b. Safid, 554, 612, 620 al-˛jj Ya˛y Darna, 606 Ya˛y al-Nawawı b. fiAbd al-Qdir Macci∂o, 532 Sı. Ya˛y [al-Tadallisı], 649 Yalalÿe (Fulbe sub-group), 469, 470 Yafimuru Tarawiri, 540, 564, 569 Ya Na fiAbd Allh, 549 Ya Na Andani paramount chief of Dagomba, 595, 600, 601 Ya Na Luro, 550 Ya Na Mu˛ammad Zangina, 548 Ya Na Yafiqub, 585 Yanbüfi al-nakhl. (Saudi Arabia), 270 Yandoto (Nigeria), 544 Yafiqüb Ejura, 620 Yafiqüb Ibrhım, 538 Yafiqub b. fiAbd al-Qdir, imam of Wa, 566 Yafiqüb b. Ibrhım al-Daghmanı, 532 Yafiqüb b. Ma˛müd Taslım b. fiUthmn Saganugu, 578 Yafiqüb Sylla, 264, 265, 484 al-Yqüta al-farıda of Mu˛ammad b. fiAbd alW˛id al-Na÷ıfı, 618 Yarse (E), 622

814

GENERAL INDEX

Yendi (Ghana), 583, 587, 589, 593, 594, 596, 597, 599, 600 Yidan Mole Buba, 548 Yidan Mole Mu˛ammad, 548 Yidan Mole Muß†af, 548 Yirlaÿe (Fulani sub-group), 213 Yola (Nigeria), 603 Cerno Yoro Bal, 466, 485 Yoruba (L/E), 304, 603 Yoossou (Senegal), 481 Yüsuf Diop, 457 Yüsuf b. Ibrhım al-ˆsı, 19 Yüsuf ∑aghır, first Sarkin Zongo of Yendi, 594 Yüsuf Sıl, 255 Zaberma/Zabarima (E), 565, 568, 601, 621, 625, 651

Za∞âwa/Zaghwa, 469 al-Zahr√ bt. fiAbd al-Ra˛mn al-Yafiıshiyya, 169 Zakari Magóga, 606 Zanj, 209 Zaria (Nigeria), 554, 612 Zarma (L/E), 530, 586 Zarrüq, 93 Zarrüqiyya (†arıqa), 155 al-Zawjir [fian iqtirf al-kab√ir of Ibn ˘ajar al-Haytamı], 55, 56 Zwiyat Kunta, 67 Zaynab Tall, 349 Zinder (Niger), 651 [K.] al-Zuhd wa’l-waßiyya by fiAlı b. al-˘usayn al-Sajjd, 591

Arabic Literature of Africa: The Writings of Western Sudanic Africa (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

The Luwians (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

Enigmatic Charms (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

Education in Ancient India (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik) (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

Ancient Egyptian Chronology (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch der Orientalistik)

Arab Painting (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

A Comparative Lexical Study of Quranic Arabic (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch der Orientalistik)

The Dictionary of the North-West Semitic Inscriptions (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

Dictionary of the North-West Semitic Inscriptions - Volume 1 (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

A History of Ancient Near Eastern Law (Handbook of Oriental Studies; Handbuch der Orientalistik)

A Grammar of the Ugaritic Language (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch der Orientalistik)

Dictionary of the North-West Semitic Inscriptions - Volume 2 (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

The Mishnah in Contemporary Perspective: Part Two (Handbook of Oriental Studies - Handbuch Der Orientalistik) (Pt. 2)

Bibliography of Islamic Philosophy (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

The Mishnah: Religious Perspectives (Handbook of Oriental Studies - Handbuch der Orientalistik)

The Mishnah in Contemporary Perspective: Part Two (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik) (Pt. 2)

Divine Epithets in the Ugaritic Alphabetic Texts (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch der Orientalistik)

The Mishnah in Contemporary Perspective: Part Two (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik) (Pt. 2)

Construction Techniques In South And Southeast Asia: A History (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

Corpus Inscriptionum Arabicarum Palaestinae (CIAP), Vol. 3: D-F (Handbook of Oriental Studies. Handbuch der Orientalistik)

Arabische Dialektgeographie: Eine Einfuhrung (Handbook of Oriental Studies - Handbuch der Orientalistik)

Animals in Stone: Indian Mammals Sculptured Through Time (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

Political Handbook Of Africa 2007

Dictionary of the North-West Semitic Inscriptions - 2-volume SET (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

The Masque of Africa

The Decolonization of Africa

The Masque of Africa

Southeast Asian Warfare, 1300-1900 (Handbook of Oriental Sudies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

Handbook of Ugaritic Studies (Handbook of Oriental Studies)

Classical Arabic Philology and Poetry: A Bibliographical Handbook of Important Editions from 1960 to 2000 (Handbook of Oriental Studies - Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

Dictionary of Andalusi Arabic (Handbuch Der Orientalistik - Abteilung - Der Nahe Und Der Mittlere Osten , Vol 29)

Arabic Literature of Africa: The Writings of Western Sudanic Africa (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

The Luwians (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

Enigmatic Charms (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

Education in Ancient India (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik) (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

Ancient Egyptian Chronology (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch der Orientalistik)

Arab Painting (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

A Comparative Lexical Study of Quranic Arabic (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch der Orientalistik)

The Dictionary of the North-West Semitic Inscriptions (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

Dictionary of the North-West Semitic Inscriptions - Volume 1 (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

A History of Ancient Near Eastern Law (Handbook of Oriental Studies; Handbuch der Orientalistik)

A Grammar of the Ugaritic Language (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch der Orientalistik)

Dictionary of the North-West Semitic Inscriptions - Volume 2 (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

The Mishnah in Contemporary Perspective: Part Two (Handbook of Oriental Studies - Handbuch Der Orientalistik) (Pt. 2)

Bibliography of Islamic Philosophy (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

The Mishnah: Religious Perspectives (Handbook of Oriental Studies - Handbuch der Orientalistik)

The Mishnah in Contemporary Perspective: Part Two (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik) (Pt. 2)

Divine Epithets in the Ugaritic Alphabetic Texts (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch der Orientalistik)

The Mishnah in Contemporary Perspective: Part Two (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik) (Pt. 2)

Construction Techniques In South And Southeast Asia: A History (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

Corpus Inscriptionum Arabicarum Palaestinae (CIAP), Vol. 3: D-F (Handbook of Oriental Studies. Handbuch der Orientalistik)

Arabische Dialektgeographie: Eine Einfuhrung (Handbook of Oriental Studies - Handbuch der Orientalistik)

Animals in Stone: Indian Mammals Sculptured Through Time (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

Political Handbook Of Africa 2007

Dictionary of the North-West Semitic Inscriptions - 2-volume SET (Handbook of Oriental Studies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

The Masque of Africa

The Decolonization of Africa

The Masque of Africa

Southeast Asian Warfare, 1300-1900 (Handbook of Oriental Sudies Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

Handbook of Ugaritic Studies (Handbook of Oriental Studies)

Classical Arabic Philology and Poetry: A Bibliographical Handbook of Important Editions from 1960 to 2000 (Handbook of Oriental Studies - Handbuch Der Orientalistik)

Dictionary of Andalusi Arabic (Handbuch Der Orientalistik - Abteilung - Der Nahe Und Der Mittlere Osten , Vol 29)

Recommend Documents